C.W. POST CAMPUS LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY
2011 -2012 GRADUATE BULLETIN
Long Island University
C.W. Post Campus
2011 - 2012 Graduate Bulletin
720 Northern Blvd, Brookville, New York 11548
General Information: (516) 299-2000
www.liu.edu/cwpost
Admissions: (516) 299-2900
E-mail: [email protected]
Notice to Students: The information in this publication is accurate as of September 1, 2011. However, circumstances may require that a given course be withdrawn or alternate offerings be made. Therefore, Long Island University reserves the right to amend the courses described herein and cannot guarantee enrollment into any specific course section. All applicants are reminded that the University is subject to policies promulgated by its Board of Trustees, as well as New York State and federal regulation. The University therefore reserves the right to effect changes in the curriculum, administration, tuition and fees, academic schedule, program offerings and other phases of school activity, at any time, without prior notice.
The University assumes no liability for interruption of classes or other instructional activities due to fire, flood, strike, war or other force majeure. The University expects each student to be knowledgeable about the information presented in this bulletin and other official publications pertaining to his/her course of study and campus life. For additional information or specific degree requirements, prospective students should call the campus Admissions Office. Registered students should speak with their advisers.
Bulletin 2011 - 2012
LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY
In its ninth decade of providing access to the American dream through excellence in higher education, Long Island University is a multicampus, diverse, doctoral institution of higher learning. One of the largest and most comprehensive private universities in the country, Long Island University offers more than 550 undergraduate, graduate and doctoral degree programs and certificates, and educates over 24,000* students in degree-credit and continuing education programs in Brooklyn, Brookville (C.W. Post), Brentwood, Riverhead, Rockland and Westchester. The Arnold & Marie Schwartz College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences prepares students for successful careers in the fields of pharmacy and health care. The University’s Global College provides a wide range of study abroad options at overseas centers in China, Costa Rica and India, and through program offerings in Australia, Taiwan, Thailand and Turkey. Long Island University’s more than 600 full-time faculty members provide outstanding instruction, which is supplemented by internships and cooperative education opportunities. The accomplishments of more than 182,000 living alumni are a testament to the success of its mission – providing the highest level of education to people from all walks of life. The University’s NCAA Division I and II athletic teams, nationally renowned George Polk Awards in journalism and Tilles Center for the Performing Arts provide enrichment for students and the community. *This number includes high school students enrolled in one or more degree-credit courses.
Accreditation and Program Registration Long Island University is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. The degree and certificate programs also are approved and registered by the New York State Department of Education.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 2 C.W. Post Campus
TABLE OF CONTENTS Readmission 11 New York State 18 Programs Program Changes 12 Long Island 2 Veteran Benefits 18 University Audit 12 Terms and Conditions 18 Withdrawal 12
Standards for 18 Class Size 12 Campuses of Long 5 Satisfactory Academic Island University Payment of Tuition and 12 Progress Fees Residential Campuses 5
Regional Campuses 6 Division For Student 19 Academic Policy 12 Affairs
Grading 12 Hillwood Commons 19 Academic Calendars 7 Attendance 12 Student Life and 19 Leadership Absence from Final 12 Development Mission Statement 8 Examination Recreational Sports 20 Academic Conduct 12 Religious Life 20 General Information 8 Course Numbers and 13 Course Frequency Residence Life 20 C.W. Post Campus 8 Transfer Credits 13 Student Health and 20 Faculty 8 Counseling Change of Major 13 Security Report 8 Time Limit 13
Oral Qualifying or 13 Resources and 21 Enrollment Services 9 Comprehensive Facilities Examination Summer Sessions 9 Library 21 Graduation and 13 Evening Programs 9 Office of Information 21 Diplomas Technology Weekend College 9 Transcript Requests 13 Public Safety 22 Winter Session 9 Additional Academic 14 Information for Current 22 Policies Senior Adult Programs 9 and Prospective Students and Intensive English 9 Program for Employees Graduate Tuition and 15 International Students Emergency 22 Fees Veteran Services 9 Management General Tuition and 15 Disability Support 22 Fees Services (DSS) Admission 10 Residence Life 15 Psychological Services 23 Admission Procedures 10 Other Fees 15 Center
Graduate Admission 10 Student Health 16 International Student 23 Status Insurance Services
International Students 10 Withdrawal Policy 16 Digital Art and Design 23 Lab Financial Obligations 17
Digital Games Lab 23 Payment Plans 17 Registration 11 Music Technology 23 Advisement 11 Laboratory
Course Load 11 Financial Aid 18 Media Arts Labs 23
Maintenance of 11 Application Process 18 Jerrold Mark Ladge 23 Matriculation C.W. Post Scholarships 18 Speech and Hearing Leave of Absence 11 and Awards Center
Medical Leave of 11 Federal Grants and 18 Benjamin and Elizabeth 23 Absence Loan Programs Abrams Communication Center
Page 3 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Institute for Arts and 24 Political 123 Campus 240 Culture Science/International Administrators Studies Tilles Center for the 24 Performing Arts Psychology 127 Long Island 241 Hillwood Art Museum 24 University Trustees and Administration Pratt Recreation Center 24 College of 143 Teaching and Learning 24 Management Board of Trustees 241 Initiative Master of Business 144 Officers 241 Administration Winnick Student Center 24 Administration 242 (M.B.A.) C.W. Post Community 24 Arboretum Advanced Certificate in 144 Business Administration
College of Education 25 Heath Care and Public 150 and Information Administration Sciences Professional 159 Communication 26 Accountancy Sciences and Disorders
Computer Science and 30 Management School of Health 164 Engineering Professions and Nursing Counseling and 37 Development Grievance Policy 165
Curriculum and 42 Biomedical Sciences 165 Instruction Nursing 177
Educational Leadership 64 Nutrition 183 and Administration Social Work 188 Palmer School of 68 Library and Information Science School of Visual and 196 Special Education and 81 Performing Arts Literacy Art 197 Doctoral Program 88 Media Arts 207 (Ed.D.) in Interdisciplinary Music 210 Studies Theatre, Film, Dance, 220 and Arts Management
College of Liberal 90 Arts and Sciences School of Continuing 224 Biology 91 Education
Criminal Justice 97
Earth and 101 Blended and Online 224 Environmental Science Learning English 107
Foreign Languages 110 Approved Programs 225 History 113
Interdisciplinary 118 Studies C.W. Post Campus 228 Faculty Mathematics 119
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 4 C.W. Post Campus
CAMPUSES OF LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY C.W. Post Campus
The C.W. Post Campus is distinguished by programs of excellence and The Residential Campuses small classes in five schools of study: College of Education and Information Sciences, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of Management, School of Health Professions and Nursing, and School of Visual and Brooklyn Campus Performing Arts. The wooded suburban campus, only 20 miles from New York City, is home to the renowned Tilles Center for the Performing Arts, Hillwood The Brooklyn Campus is distinguished by dynamic curricula reflecting the Art Museum and WCWP-FM. C.W. Post offers the Ph.D. in information great urban community it serves. Distinctive programs encompass the arts and studies, the Psy.D. in clinical psychology and the Ed.D. in interdisciplinary media, the natural sciences, business, social policy, urban education, the health educational studies. professions, pharmacy and the health sciences, all on a pluralistic campus that The Campus was established on the former estate of cereal heiress Marjorie draws insight and strength from differences. The Campus offers Ph.D. Merriweather Post in 1954 to accommodate the growing educational needs of programs in clinical psychology and pharmaceutics, the D.P.T. in physical Nassau County following World War II. Named for breakfast cereal magnate therapy and the Pharm.D. in pharmacy. In the past year, the Brooklyn Campus Charles William Post, C.W. Post offers its full-time, part-time and non-credit has received more than $3,000,000 in new external funding to support a variety students a comprehensive range of more than 240 associate, undergraduate, of programs including faculty research, community outreach and student- graduate, and doctoral degree programs and certificates. In addition, the centered projects. Campus offers college credit courses to high school students in area schools. Founded in 1926, the Brooklyn Campus is the original unit of Long Island The Campus is recognized as one of the nation’s most beautiful academic University and its only one in New York City. The 11-acre site in downtown settings. Modern buildings range from an acclaimed student union to an Brooklyn is convenient to many subway and bus lines and the Long Island Rail elegant library. Beautiful red-brick academic buildings, including Humanities Road. Hall, Pell Hall/Life Science and the Kahn Discovery Center, are outfitted with The Brooklyn Campus offers more than 200 associate, undergraduate, wireless classrooms, major-specific laboratories and computer centers. C.W. graduate, doctoral and certificate programs. Serving a diverse student body, its Post’s award-winning cooperative education program is nationally renowned academic units include the Richard L. Conolly College of Liberal Arts and for its extensive career counseling and job placement services. Sciences; the School of Business, Public Administration and Information Fifteen NCAA men’s and women’s sports teams take advantage of C.W. Sciences; the School of Education; the School of Nursing; the School of Health Post’s 70 acres of playing fields. Clubs, fraternities and sororities provide Professions; and the Arnold & Marie Schwartz College of Pharmacy and many other outlets for student activities. C.W. Post’s $18-million Pratt Health Sciences. It is known for its nationally recognized Honors Program. Recreation Center is a state-of-the-art health and fitness facility featuring an The $45-million Wellness, Recreation and Athletic Center serves the eight-lane swimming pool, three full-size basketball courts, racquetball courts Campus and the surrounding community, and the Cyber Café provides a high- and an elevated jogging track. tech hot spot for students and faculty members to meet and eat. Tilles Center for the Performing Arts, Long Island’s premier concert facility, brings Carnegie Hall and Lincoln Center to the Campus with world- class jazz, rock, folk music, dance, mime, orchestral and chamber music performances.
Page 5 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
The Regional Campuses Hudson Graduate Centers at Long Island University at
Rockland and Westchester Riverhead
Brentwood Campus For more than a quarter of a century, Long Long Island University at Riverhead offers
Island University has been offering graduate high-quality undergraduate and graduate courses The Brentwood Campus of Long Island degree and certificate programs in Rockland and and programs to residents of Long Island’s East University has been offering undergraduate and Westchester Counties. The Hudson Graduate End. Conveniently located on Suffolk County graduate programs to residents of Suffolk County, Center at Rockland is conveniently located near Community College’s Eastern Campus, just 10 Long Island since 1959. The Campus is located on the Palisades Parkway in Orangeburg, N.Y., just minutes from exit 70 on the Long Island Second Avenue in Brentwood, on 172 acres of two miles from the New Jersey border. The Expressway, it provides working adults and recent tree-lined property owned by the Sisters of St. Hudson Graduate Center at Westchester is located baccalaureate graduates with the opportunity to Joseph. in a state-of-the art facility on the grounds of pursue a private education during the evenings and The Brentwood Campus has been an innovator Purchase College, which features high-tech weekends. in developing fast-track master’s degree programs classrooms designed for adult learners. Both Offerings include the B.S. in childhood for working professionals who wish to accelerate Centers boast technologically advanced library education (1-6) (upper division), B.A. in their studies. These programs offer a set schedule resources and mainframe-networked computer communication studies - new media, M.S. in of courses and a reduced tuition rate. Qualified labs, and offer small classes with personalized childhood education, the M.S. in literacy applicants enroll as a cohort and proceed to earn instruction delivered by full-time and adjunct education, the M.S. in teaching students with the M.S. in criminal justice. A Master in Business faculty members who bring a wealth of practical disabilities and an advanced certificate in applied Administration (M.B.A.) also is offered. experience and an understanding of career trends behavior analysis. In addition, an M.S. and an The Campus offers M.S. degrees in early to the classroom. advanced certificate in homeland security childhood education B-2, childhood education 1-6, Students enroll as degree candidates or as non- management (HSM) are offered fully online. The childhood education/special education, childhood degree students who wish to pursue graduate HSM program features comprehensive curricula education/literacy education B-6, mental health courses for personal enrichment or professional designed by professionals for professionals. counseling and school counselor, as well as the advancement. Most classes in Rockland and Faculty members and guest lecturers include some M.S.Ed. in literacy B-6 and special education 1-6. Westchester are held in the late afternoons, in the of the top names in law enforcement, Graduate courses are offered in conjunction evenings and on weekends to meet the scheduling counterterrorism and government. All programs with a number of different programs at the C.W. needs of working adults. Program offerings are accredited by the Commission of Higher Post Campus, including library and information include: business (M.B.A. and/or advanced Education of the Middle States Association of science. The Campus also offers an undergraduate certificate); health or public administration Colleges and Secondary Schools. program in criminal justice. (M.P.A. and advanced certificate in gerontology); Classes are small and personalized. Students educational leadership (M.S.Ed. and/or advanced take advantage of a full range of computer and certificate); education (M.S.Ed. and/or advanced library facilities by networking with the certificate) in the areas of childhood – grades 1-6, University’s mainframe systems. The Campus early childhood, middle childhood and schedules most of its courses during late adolescence – grades 5-12, special education, afternoons, evenings and weekends. autism, literacy, bilingual, TESOL, bilingual
extension, gifted extension, writing and reading,
school counseling and school psychology;
marriage and family therapy (M.S.); mental health
counseling (M.S.); and pharmaceutics (M.S.) with
specializations in industrial pharmacy and
cosmetic science. The Palmer School of Library
and Information Science, which is based at the
University’s C.W. Post Campus, also offers a rich
array of graduate-level courses at the Hudson
Graduate Center at Westchester.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 6 C.W. Post Campus
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2011-2012 Winter Term 2011-2012
Classes Begin December 27
Fall Term 2011 Add/Drop and Late Registration December 27
Classes Begin September 7 New Years Holiday - No Classes December 31 - January 2
Add/Drop and Late Registration September 7-20 Classes End January 10 (instructor permission required to add Lab Science courses as of 9/14) Weekend College 2011-2012 Award of September Degrees September 18 SESSION I, FALL 2011 Columbus Day - Administrative October 10 Offices Open - No Classes A: 1st Sat. Seven Week Session September 10 - October 29
Last Day to File for January 2012 October 14 C: September 10-11; October 1-2; 29-30 Degree C - (Off Campus): September 17-18; October 15-16; Registration Begins for Spring 2012 October 17 November 5-6
Last Day to Opt P/F or Withdraw November 18 G: 1st Sunday Seven Week Session September 11 - October 30
Thanksgiving Recess - No Classes November 23-27 No Classes: October 8-9 (Columbus Day Weekend) Last Day of Regular Classes December 12 SESSION II, FALL 2011-12 Study/Alternate Class Days December 13-14 A: 2nd Sat. Seven Week Session November 12 - January 14 Final Examination/Final Class December 15-21 Meetings C: November 12-13; December 10-11, January 7-8 Term Ends December 21
C - (Off Campus): November 19-20; December 17-18; January 14-15 Spring Term 2012 G: 2nd Sunday Seven Week Session November 13 - January 15 Classes Begin January 17 No Classes: November 26-27 (Thanksgiving) Add/Drop and Late Registration January 17-30 December 24-26 Dec. 31-Jan. 2 (New Year's) Award of January Degrees January 20 SESSION III, SPRING 2012 Last Day to File for May 2012 Degree February 11 A: 1st Sat. Seven Week Session January 21 - March 10 Presidents' Day Weekend - No February 18-20 Classes C: January 21-22; February 11-12; March 10-11 Monday Classes Meet, Tuesday February 21 Classes Suspended C - (Off Campus): January 28-29; March 3-4; 24-25
Spring Recess - No Classes March 12-18 G: 1st Sunday Seven Week Session January 22 - March 11
Registration Begins for Summer and March 19 No Classes: February 18-19 (President's Fall 2012 (tentative) Weekend)
Last Day to Opt P/F or Withdraw April 6 SESSION IV, SPRING 2012
Last Day of Regular Classes April 24 A: 2nd Sat. Seven Week Session March 31 - May 12
Study/Snow Days/Alternate Class April 25-26 C: March 31 - April 1; 21-22; May 12-13 Days C - (Off Campus): April 7-8; 28-29; May 19-20 Final Examinations/Final Class April 27 - May 3 G: 2nd Sunday Seven Week Session April 1- May 13 Meetings No Classes: May 26-28 Commencement May 4 (Memorial Day Weekend) Conferral of May Degrees May 11 SESSION V, SUMMER 2012 All classes must meet during the Final Examination period (for either a final A: Seven Week Session June 23 - Aug. 4 exam or regular class meeting) in order to meet minimum contact hours required by NYSED. C: June 23-24; July 21-22; Aug. 11-12
C - (Off Campus): June 30 - July 1; 28-29; Aug.18-19
G: June 24 - August 5
Page 7 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
C.W. POST MISSION from Long Island’s famed “Gold Coast” era and offers snacks, prepackaged food and light lunch includes the former homes of financial wizard E.F. throughout the day and evening hours. The Grab & STATEMENT Hutton and Marjorie Merriweather Post, daughter Go snack bar in Humanities Hall offers of breakfast cereal creator Charles William Post. sandwiches, snacks and beverages. At its core a liberal arts institution, the C.W. The Campus is named for Mrs. Post’s father, who, Post Campus of Long Island University is in building his cereal empire, embodied ingenuity, Faculty dedicated to meeting the needs and expanding the determination and courage – qualities that are horizons of all its students, whether in the arts and living inspirations for the University’s faculty and Full- and part-time faculty members as well as sciences or in our professional schools. At C.W. students. a number of visiting professors educate C.W. Post Post, we are committed to providing highly Modern campus buildings range from an students. Of the full-time faculty, approximately individualized educational experiences in every award-winning student union to an elegant library. 90 percent hold the highest degree available in department and program from the freshman year Most classes are conducted in eight major their field. through advanced doctoral research in selected academic buildings on campus: Humanities Hall, C.W. Post is primarily a teaching institution; areas. The emphasis on the student learner is Kahn Discovery Center, Pell Hall/Life Science, classroom instruction is its priority. evident in our faculty’s devotion to excellence in Hoxie Hall, Roth Hall, Lorber Hall, Fine Arts and The faculty who deliver the curriculum include teaching, our intensive advisement system and our the B. Davis Schwartz Memorial Library. many accomplished scholars and artists. Research encouragement of experiential learning through To provide students with a high-tech learning and publication by faculty members are cooperative education, internships, practica, experience, C.W. Post has more than 500 encouraged and supported through a program of community service, study abroad, research computer workstations throughout the Campus and research grants, release time from teaching duties, projects and artistic performance. Our students wireless capabilities in the library, student centers sabbaticals, travel allowances, and assistance in benefit as well from the Campus’ participation in and outdoors, on the Great Lawn. The Campus writing grant proposals to secure private and one of the nation’s largest private university boasts several major-specific computer government sources of funding. Various C.W. Post systems and from our ability to draw on the laboratories in such disciplines as accountancy, Campus programs also employ adjunct or part- unparalleled cultural and professional resources of music, multimedia arts, journalism and computer time faculty in a number of capacities: New York City and Long Island. C.W. Post science. Many academic buildings feature “smart 1. In professional areas such as business, students develop strong critical and expressive classrooms” with multimedia capabilities, laptop accountancy, computer science, education, abilities, a sense of civic responsibility and a connections and Internet access. journalism, communications and criminal mature understanding of the ideas, events and Every residence hall room is wired with two justice, where full-time experience and active forces shaping the modern world. Internet access ports and all students receive free participation in the field are desirable
e-mail accounts. qualifications; GENERAL INFORMATION The C.W. Post Campus has an extensive 2. In fine arts such as music, painting, sculpture academic advisement system and offers excellent and theatre, where again, a faculty member is
career counseling and placement services. The practicing as well as teaching his or her C.W. Post Campus C.W. Post Cooperative Education program has specialty; garnered national awards for its stellar reputation 3. In other departments such as English or The C.W. Post Campus was founded by Long and high job placement rates for graduating mathematics that need a large staff to serve the Island University in 1954 to accommodate the students. From the world-renowned Tilles Center number of students enrolled in required educational needs of Nassau County residents and for the Performing Arts and Hillwood Art Museum courses. workers. to the Hutchins Gallery and award-winning Post Today, C.W. Post enrolls 8,700 full- and part- Theatre Company, C.W. Post provides a rich Annual Campus Security Report time students from all over the globe and offers a selection of on-campus cultural events, with more comprehensive range of undergraduate, graduate than 1,000 activities each year. These include A copy of the C.W. Post Campus of Long and certificate programs in accountancy, business, plays and recitals, symphonies, dance Island University’s annual security report includes computer science, education, health professions performances, and rock and pop concerts by the statistics for the previous three years concerning and nursing, liberal arts and sciences, library and world’s leading artists as well as art exhibits, reported crimes that occurred on the Campus; in information science, public service, and the visual lectures and conferences. certain off-campus buildings or property owned by and performing arts. Doctorates are offered in The Campus serves the general public through or controlled by C.W. Post; and on public property clinical psychology, interdisciplinary studies and exceptional community outreach programs, within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible information studies. including the Long Island Women’s Institute, the from, the Campus. The report also includes To meet the needs of students with busy lives, Center for Gifted Youth, the Center on Aging, the institutional policies concerning campus security courses are offered year-round during the day, Psychological Services Center, the J.M. Ladge such as policies concerning alcohol and drug use, evenings and weekends. The Campus offers the Speech and Hearing Center, the C.W. Post crime prevention, the reporting of crimes, sexual traditional fall semester (begins in September) and Community Arboretum, the Hutchins Gallery and assault and other matters. You can obtain a copy of spring semester (begins in January), plus a winter Tilles Center for the Performing Arts. this report by contacting: Admissions Office, C.W. session and three summer sessions. Dining facilities and food service areas are Post Campus, Long Island University, 720 With its tree-lined paths, rolling green lawns available in several locations. The Arnold S. Northern Blvd., Brookville, NY 11548 or by and historic buildings, the 307-acre Brookville Winnick Student Center, located in the Residence accessing the following website: campus is recognized as one of the most beautiful Hall Quadrangle, contains an all-you-care-to-eat www.liu.edu/CWPost/PublicSafety. You can also in the nation. The C.W. Post Campus is located in cafeteria and a banquet hall called the Gold Coast obtain a PDF copy of the Annual Security and Fire Nassau County, Long Island, an area that Room. Hillwood Commons offers a full-service Report by accessing the following website: combines metropolitan sophistication with cafeteria as well as a Subway sandwich shop, a hot www.liu.edu/CWPost/PublicSafety. suburban beauty and convenience. It is less than an grilled food station and a Starbucks. The Ocelot, hour by automobile or train from Manhattan. located on the lower level of Pell Hall/Life The Campus is formed by three notable estates Science, and the Bookmark Cafe in the library
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 8 C.W. Post Campus
provided each year in the fall and spring semesters ENROLLMENT SERVICES Winter Session and an intensive Summer session. In all of these programs, students work closely with experienced The C.W. Post Winter Session is a popular 10- and dedicated teachers in classroom and laboratory Summer Sessions day session that is ideal for students who wish to settings. accelerate, enrich or begin their college studies. Prospective international students lack The Summer Sessions include undergraduate Winter Session usually runs from late December to extensive English skills but, meet academic and graduate course offerings by all early January and courses are offered at a 1/3 requirements for a graduate degree program, may schools/colleges at C.W. Post. C.W. Post offers tuition discount. Winter Session includes several be considered for conditional enrollment. In these three sessions of classes during the summer undergraduate and graduate courses from a variety cases, students with strong academic records (from months from May through August. Courses range of disciplines and are offered during the morning, prior secondary and collegiate institutions) may be from one to four credits and are generally five afternoon and evenings. Most course offerings are eligible to enter the University, complete the weeks in length. Other opportunities include a 3-credits and can be applied to undergraduate core Intensive English Program, and then continue in weekend college term, one-week intensive requirements, major and minor requirements, or their chosen field of study. learning institutes, and study abroad courses at serve as elective courses. Graduate students have Interested students should consult with the 40% off the regular tuition rate. the opportunity to fulfill major or elective International Admissions Office for additional The College of Management’s graduate courses requirements. Winter Session also offers three- information. meet for one 10-week period and the School of credit travel courses at 40% off the regular tuition All Intensive English Programs provide: Professional Accountancy’s graduate courses meet rate. • Small, comfortable classes (approximately 15 for one 12-week program The courses are For more information please contact the Office students) equivalent in content and credits to courses offered for Non-Traditional Student Programs at (516) • Convenient Monday through Thursday during the regular academic year. 299-2431 or visit www.liu.edu/cwpost/winter. schedule Summer session courses allow students to • 20 hours of class per week of Intensive English accelerate their studies or to take special courses to Senior Adult Programs instruction supplement their regular programs. • State-of-the-art computer and Internet equipped For further information, contact the Office for To be eligible to participate in the Senior Adult laboratories Non-Traditional Student Programs at (516) 299- Program, you must be 65 years or older prior to • Experienced, dedicated instructors 2431 or visit www.liu.edu/cwpost/summer. the beginning of the term for which you wish to For more details contact the Intensive English enroll. Program office at (516) 299-4002 or send an e- Evening Program The Office for Non-Traditional Student mail to: [email protected]. Visit our website at Programs coordinates educational services for www.liu.edu/cwpost/ELI. One of the main functions of the Evening senior citizens. Please note that senior citizens may Programs is to provide educational opportunities not submit registration until one week before Veteran Services for students preferring late afternoon, and evening classes begin. These registrations will be courses that are convenient for their work and/or processed on the first day of classes if there are The C.W. Post Campus of Long Island family responsibilities. C.W. Post schedules seats available. Senior Citizens pay 1/2 tuition for University has a proud and distinguished history of classes until 9 p.m. on most weekdays in an effort credit courses and 1/4 tuition for audit courses. serving its nation’s military veterans and active to accommodate student's scheduling needs. The special senior citizen tuition rate is not duty service members. Our supportive community For further information, contact the Office for applicable to institutes, workshops, continuing of staff and faculty is dedicated to seeing you Non-Traditional Student Programs at (516) 299- education programs, per capita classes, succeed in your education, your career and your 2431 or e-mail [email protected]. individualized courses of instruction, or studio art life. To accomplish this mission, C.W. Post classes. Senior Citizens are not eligible for awards provides the resources you need to pursue your Weekend College that further reduce the tuition rate. education while balancing the demands of life both Please note that while special course fees such inside and outside the classroom. Weekend College is an intensive educational as laboratory fees and art fees still apply as Our team of professionals is ready to help you program offered through the Office for Non- indicated, the following fees are waived: learn more about admissions requirements, Traditional Student Programs and is designed for application, registration and activity fees. veterans’ benefits and financial aid, academic and students who are unable to attend classes during For further information and tuition, contact the career advising, health and wellness counseling, the week, or who prefer the weekend format. Office for Non-Traditional Student Programs at disability support services, tutoring, and student Courses offered are the equivalent in content and (516) 299-2445, e-mail: adult- activities. We’re here to help you access these credits to the courses offered during the regular [email protected]. services and assist you every step of the way. For academic year. more information please contact our Veteran and There are Weekend College schedules designed Intensive English Program for Military Affairs Coordinator at (516) 299-2256. to meet individual needs: seven Saturdays and or seven Sundays; three intensive weekends; and six International Students consecutive Saturdays. The Intensive English Program, part of the Weekend College also provides the opportunity C.W. Post English Language Institute, offers for concentrated study in selected academic areas, international graduate and undergraduate students course work for certification and in-service an opportunity to improve their listening, training for educators and professionals. speaking, reading and writing skills in preparation For further information, contact the Office for for future college study or for their own Non-Traditional Student Programs at (516) 299- enrichment. Specific instruction is also provided in 2040. grammar and American culture. Programs are
Page 9 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
a limited number of courses for education • Two or three letters of recommendation and/or ADMISSIONS certification within the College of Education other documentation (such as a Resume, video and Information Sciences but is not a candidate Audition, or Portfolio) required for specific Requests for a graduate admission application for a graduate degree or advanced certificate. programs as outlined in departmental and related correspondence concerning admission Non-Degree students must submit a graduate requirements detailed online to graduate programs should be directed to: admissions application and select "Undecided www.liu.edu/cwpost/admissions/graduate. Graduate Admissions Office Education" as the Intended Major. Immigration Requirements C.W. Post Campus 5. Students who hold a bachelor’s degree and An admitted international applicant who Long Island University wish to take a limited number of undergraduate intends to apply for an F-1 student visa must 720 Northern Boulevard or graduate-level courses, may be admitted as a submit an I-20 Application showing that he/she Brookville, New York 11548-1300 Personal Enrichment Student. Acceptance as a can finance his/her educational and living Telephone: (516) 299-2900 personal enrichment student does not constitute expenses. Financial documents from the student Online application: www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp acceptance into a degree or certificate program and/or sponsor, and a copy of a valid passport Email: [email protected] although courses taken might apply to degree must be submitted in support of the I-20 Website: www.liu.edu/cwpost/graduate programs if a student subsequently applies to Application. and gains admission to a specific program. Upon acceptance, payment of tuition deposit, Admission Procedures Most departments limit students to 6-9 credits and submission of all required financial taken under Personal Enrichment; in addition, documentation, each eligible student is sent a To apply for admission, a student must submit some departments do not allow students to certificate of Eligibility for Nonimmigrant (F-1) official undergraduate and/or graduate transcripts enroll with Personal Enrichment status. A Student Status (also called a Form I-20). This form from any college or university attended. maximum of two semesters of Personal may be used to apply for an F-1 entrance visa to Candidates for graduate study must have a Enrichment are permitted, and students must the U.S. issued by American embassies abroad. conferred bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, complete an application each semester prior to For detailed information visit our International from an accredited institution and must have an registration. A Visiting Student is a Personal Admissions website at acceptable academic record. An applicant who is Enrichment Student who attends another www.liu.edu/cwpost/international; 1(516)299- in his or her senior year at an undergraduate university and is taking a course at C.W. Post 2639; e-mail [email protected]. institution may apply for admission. Some with permission from the student’s home Language Proficiency programs require letters of recommendation, university. Minimum TOEFL score for graduate standardized test scores, and/or other admission: some exceptions apply for select documentation. International Students programs such as Nursing and Clinical Lab Specific application requirements detailed Science; please see department website for details. online www.liu.edu/cwpost/admissions/graduate. Admissions Criteria 79 Internet-based score (213 computer based, A non-refundable $40 application fee must The C.W. Post Campus of Long Island 550 paper-based score) (Master’s or Advanced accompany the application. University welcomes applications for admission Certificates) or 100 Internet-based score (250 An applicant should file his or her application from international applicants. If you are not a computer based, 600 paper-based score) and supporting documents as early as possible. citizen or permanent resident of the United States, (Doctoral). Eligibility requirements and deadlines vary by you must apply to C.W. Post as an “international Minimum IELTS score for graduate admission: department and program. Specific information is student.” It is recommended that an international 6.5 (Master’s) or 7.5 (Doctoral). outlined in the individual departmental student applicant submit an Application for Minimum Pearson PTE score for graduate descriptions available online. International Admission and the following admission: 58 (Master’s only; not available for use supporting documents to the International for Doctoral admissions). Graduate Admission Status Admissions Office by June 1 for September An academically-admissible international admission or by November 1 for January student who demonstrates an insufficient level of A student may be admitted to C.W. Post for admission (except where other departmental English language proficiency may be granted graduate study in one of the following categories: deadlines apply as detailed online conditional acceptance if his/her TOEFL score is For additional information, please consult with http://liu.edu/CWPost/Admissions/Graduate/Start/ at least 56 (Internet-based, or equivalent IELTS or the Graduate Admissions office at (516) 299-2900 Deadlines.aspx). A non-refundable $40 application Pearson PTE). In this case, he/she must or e-mail: [email protected]. fee must accompany the application. successfully complete the C.W. Post Intensive 1. A Standard Admit is a student who has • Original, sealed official records or properly English Program. Once his or her language ability submitted all required documentation and meets attested copies of completed university work reaches the required proficiency level, he/she will all eligibility requirements for his or her degree and verification of earned degrees (official be offered full acceptance and will be eligible to program. certified translations required if records are not enroll full-time in C.W. Post Campus academic 2. A Limited Admit is a student who does not in English). courses. meet all academic requirements or has not • Test of English as a Foreign Language submitted all required credentials for standard (TOEFL), International English Language admission. Testing System (IELTS), or Pearson Test of 3. Any student accepted as Limited because of English (PTE) results (see Language academic deficiencies must satisfy all Proficiency, below, for admission and conditions outlined in the acceptance letter to conditional admissions standards). continue in graduate studies. If the conditions • Personal Statement that addresses the reasons of limited matriculation are not satisfied, the for pursuing graduate work in intended area of student may be permanently reclassified as a study. Non-Matriculant. • Standardized examination test results if 4. A Non-Degree Admit is a student who is taking required (see department requirements).
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 10 C.W. Post Campus
Matriculation does not, however, extend the time REGISTRATION limits specified under "Requirements for Degrees," Medical Leave of Absence and students should be aware that such status may Dates and deadlines will be announced before affect their eligibility for financial aid. A Medical Leave of Absence may be granted each registration period. Registration rules and Students must apply to an academic counselor when serious medical and/or psychological regulations apply equally to all students. New for Maintenance of Matriculation prior to or circumstances prevent a student from adequately graduate students should schedule an appointment during the registration period in a given semester. completing course work in a given semester. with their graduate advisor to register for their first The fee is $100 for master's degree students and A student who wishes to request a Medical term. Students without any holds on their accounts $250 for doctoral students engaged in dissertation Leave of Absence will need to obtain an are able to register via self-service (via the student research/writing. This matriculation status will be application form from the Student Health and portal – my.liu.edu) for all subsequent terms. recorded on their transcripts as a "class" for zero Counseling Center. The student must complete the Questions regarding the on –line registration credit. Maintenance of Matriculation is generally form, attach adequate medical documentation and process should be directed to the Student Center limited to two semesters. An extension beyond two submit it to the Student Health and Counseling for Information at 516-299-3967. In addition, semesters, due to extenuating circumstances, must Center for evaluation. instructions can be found at csi.liu.edu. be approved by the appropriate academic dean. A Medical Leave of Absence may be granted to Registration requirements may vary in certain Otherwise, students will have to apply for any full- or part-time graduate student and is academic departments. Check registration readmission to their academic program in initially granted for one semester only. A request procedures specific to the academic departments. accordance with procedures and policies stated for a continuance may be granted for up to one During the fall and spring semesters, the elsewhere in this bulletin. year. The Director of Student Health and Registrar's Office is conveniently open Monday- Maintenance of Matriculation is essential for Counseling evaluates the request and forwards the Thursday from 9 a.m. until 7 p.m. and Friday from international students, who must either attend decision to the Academic Standing Committee. 9 a.m. until 5 p.m. Further information is available classes or maintain matriculation through suitable Recipients of federal, state and/or University by calling 516-299-2756. Closed and cancelled academic activity in order to maintain their visa assistance who are granted a Medical Leave of courses may be checked on the Office of the status. In addition, Maintenance of Matriculation Absence may lose financial assistance for the Registrar website or at my.liu.edu. status enables students to continue to purchase semester they are withdrawn. Students must student health insurance through Long Island contact the Financial Assistance Office about Advisement University. possible consequences of this change in status. In addition, students should check with the Bursar Each student is assigned a graduate academic Leave of Absence regarding eligibility for a tuition adjustment. advisor who helps develop an appropriate Plan of All students are required to meet with and Study, assists in course selection and schedules A student is expected to register for consecutive provide medical documentation to the Director of and approves registration. The student must meet Fall-Spring semesters until degree requirements Student Health and Counseling prior to receiving with his or her academic counselor before have been completed. Absence for one or more approval to return. registering for their first semester. Students are semesters will subject a student to degree encouraged to confer with their academic advisor requirements in effect at the time of his or her Readmission regularly to assure appropriate progress throughout return to the program and requires a student to their degree program. A graduate student is apply for readmission. In order to extend the time If a student is out of attendance and has not encouraged not to take more than two consecutive allocated to complete the requirements as specified maintained his or her Maintenance of courses in a single day. in the Bulletin at the time when admitted, a student Matriculation status (as described in the previous must apply in writing for a Leave of Absence to section) or has not been granted a Leave of Course Load his or her dean. Absence, he or she must apply for readmission. If the Leave of Absence is approved, the Students out of attendance for one semester but A full-time graduate student must register for at Registrar’s Office will be notified and it will be less than five years must complete a Request for least 9 graduate credits each semester. Eligibility recorded on the student’s transcript. The maximum Readmission Form. The form must be signed by for some financial aid programs may require length of a leave is one year. A student may not the Chairperson or Faculty Advisor. The enrollment for a minimum of 12 credits. Further attend any other university while on leave. Chairperson or Faculty Advisor will then forward information is available from the Office of Returning to his or her studies after an approved to the Graduate Admissions Office for processing. Financial Assistance at (516) 299-2338. E-mail: Leave of Absence, a student requires no The Request for Readmission Form can be found [email protected]. Admissions authorization and can register with his at www.liu.edu/CWPost/Admissions/Forms. or her graduate adviser. A student whose Leave of Students out of attendance for more than five Maintenance of Matriculation Absence extends beyond a year must apply for years must submit a new Graduate Application and readmission to the program through the all supporting credentials required for admission. Unless granted an official leave of absence, Admissions Office. Requests for the extension of Students can find specific Graduate Program graduate students must register for consecutive any leave must be filed with the dean. requirements at semesters (excluding summer sessions). Although International students should know that ICE www.liu.edu/CWPost/Academics/Programs/Gradu students typically proceed toward their degrees by (U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement) ate. enrolling in classes, they may apply for regulations will likely prohibit those who have If readmission is approved, students return "Maintenance of Matriculation" status provided been granted such a leave from maintaining their subject to the academic requirements posted in the that they are engaged in some sort of academic visa status. Graduate Bulletin in effect at the time of activity, such as working on a thesis. Students readmission. approved for Maintenance of Matriculation are entitled to avail themselves of Campus facilities and services (e.g., computer labs, library resources, health services). Maintenance of
Page 11 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
missed through absence is not automatic and is Program Changes ACADEMIC POLICY given at the discretion of the instructor. The University reserves the right to exclude a student A student may drop and/or add courses, transfer Refer to specific department listings for degree from an examination, courses or program if his or from one section of a course to another, or change requirements. her class attendance record is unsatisfactory. a course to audit status (or vice versa) in one or Excessive rates of unexcused absences may result more courses by either doing so in the student Grading in grades of (F) or (UW) for the course(s) in portal (my.liu.edu) or filing an official change of question. program card with the Registrar’s Office. The Credit is granted for courses completed with the deadline for all such program changes is specified grade of (A), (A-), (B+), (B), (B-), (C+), (C) or Absence from Final Examination in the academic calendar. After this time, these (P). A grade of (P) signifies pass and a grade of changes cannot be made. (SP) signifies satisfactory progress for dissertation A student who is absent from a final supervision. The grade of (F) signifies failure, and examination must: Audit a grade of (W) indicates a student-initiated 1. Notify his or her professor or department withdrawal from a course that occurred some time chairperson within 24 hours and provide a reason With the dean’s permission, selected courses after the add/drop period through the final day to for the absence may be taken on an audit basis. select the pass/fail option. A grade of (UW) 2. Request the professor’s permission to take a indicates an unauthorized withdrawal. A grade of deferred final examination Withdrawal (UW) indicates an unauthorized withdrawal. A A deferred final examination is a privilege that grade of (WF) indicates an unauthorized may be granted only to a student who complies In order to withdraw from a course, a student withdrawal with record of failure. with the notification regulations outlined above, must complete an official Drop/Add Withdrawal A grade of (INC) is assigned at the discretion of whose work during the semester is satisfactory and Form and submit it to the Registrar’s Office prior the professor and indicates that some of the course whose reason for missing the scheduled to the withdrawal listed in the academic calendar. requirements have not been completed. A student examination is an authorized excuse. The withdrawal is noted on the student’s transcript has until the end of the following semester to make with a grade of (W). If the withdrawal deadline has up incomplete coursework. When, due to Academic Conduct passed, the student must obtain the appropriate extenuating circumstances, a student needs instructor and dean’s approval. A student, who additional time to complete the course, he or she Student Conduct stops attending classes without officially must submit a written request to the appropriate Discipline in the classroom is the responsibility withdrawing will be given either of the grades UW faculty member, chairperson and dean for an of the faculty member in charge of the class. (unofficial withdrawal– no penalty) or WF extension. After completion of an incomplete Misbehavior that interferes with the educational (unofficial withdrawal with failure). (INC) course, a grade of (I) is retained on the efficiency of a class is considered sufficient cause transcript along with the final earned grade and the for suspension of a student from class. A student Class Size date. who is suspended from class for disciplinary Quality-Point Index reasons must first attempt to resolve the problem Every effort is made to provide an optimal A student’s grade point average is calculated with the faculty member. If this is not possible, the learning environment by limiting the number of using the University’s quality-point index. A grade problem will be referred to the Department students in each course section. The C.W. Post of (A) corresponds to an index number of 4.00, Chairperson and if not resolved at that level, then Campus graduate class size average is 15 students. (A-) to 3.67, (B+) to 3.33, (B) to 3.00, (B-) to 2.67, the Academic Dean. A record of the disposition of (C+) to 2.33, (C) to 2.00 and (F or WF) to 0. the case will be forwarded to and maintained by Payment of Tuition and Fees Grades of (W), (UW), (P), (SP), and (INC) are the Director of Student Conduct and Community not factored into the computation, nor are grades Education. Each semester the University mails a bill for for courses taken at another college or university. In instances where a faculty member or an charges to the billing address of students who Unsatisfactory Grades academic department requires Department of register. Bills are also available online on the A student’s cumulative grade point average in Public Safety assistance, the faculty member or students MyLIU page (my.liu.edu). Students are his or her approved program of study may be no academic department will report the incident to the responsible for making payment or approved less than 3.00. Any student who receives grades Department of Public Safety so that a report can be payment arrangements by the first day of classes. below (B) in two graduate courses is considered to generated. A faculty member, Chair or Dean also Students who have decided not to attend should have an academic deficiency. A student who earns has the right to make a formal grievance against a contact the Office of Academic Counseling to a third grade below (B) may lose his or her student by filing a written statement with the officially withdraw. Any balance not paid by the matriculated status or may be dismissed from the Office of Student Affairs. The information will due date is subject to late payment fees. For further graduate program. Academic standards vary and then be reviewed by the Director of Student information, contact the Bursar's Office at 516- may be more stringent in select departments. Conduct and Community Education to determine 299-2323 or e-mail: [email protected] or Complete information is found in the specific whether or not any violations of the Ethos visit the Bursar website. No registration may be department listings. Statement and Code of Conduct were committed. considered completed without payment or an When applicable, the student will then proceed arrangement acceptable to the Bursar. Students Attendance through the established Student Conduct who have outstanding indebtedness to C.W. Post adjudication process. In addition, the appropriate are not eligible to register, receive transcripts of A student is expected to attend all class Dean will also be notified of the incident. Final their records, have academic credits certified, be sessions scheduled for the courses in which they determination as to whether or not the student will granted a leave of absence, or receive a diploma. are enrolled. The instructor establishes the be permitted to continue as a member of the class, attendance policy for each respective course. department or school would be the decision of the Absences from classes or laboratories may affect Dean or their designee. For additional information the final grade. Permission to make up work outlining the Student Conduct disciplinary process,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 12 C.W. Post Campus please refer to the Student Handbook. The candidate to write a thesis may require the handbook, which is updated annually, is also Transfer Credits candidate to defend his or her thesis through an available on the C.W. Post Web site. oral examination. The examination is designed to Academic Irregularities Courses taken at another university after test the candidate not only on the thesis project but In cases of academic irregularities or admission to a master’s program at the C.W. Post also on ancillary areas. dishonesty in examinations or class work, Campus may not be used for transfer credit unless Students must be fully matriculated and must responsibility for disciplinary action is governed prior written permission is obtained from the have completed the minimum number of semester by the faculty policy contained in the Academic major department. credit hours (set by the department) to be admitted Conduct Policy. Previous graduate credits earned at other to these examinations. Please see our website at institutions may be credited to a student’s graduate Students must register and attend C.W. Post www.liu.edu/cwpost/academicconduct. Plagiarism degree. A request to transfer credits must be made Campus classes or maintain matriculation during and cheating are not only serious violations of the to the appropriate academic program chairperson the semester he or she applies to take the rules, but also may reflect adversely on the with the submission of official transcripts of all examination. student’s reputation as well as on the reputation of previous graduate work. Transfer credit is the Campus. Faculty, administrators and the normally limited to six semester credit hours with Graduation and Diplomas student body share responsibility for academic an earned grade of (B) or better. integrity. A student in violation of accepted A graduation candidate is required to file a academic procedures may be subject to Change of Major degree application well in advance of disciplinary action, up to and including expulsion Commencement. A candidate must also notify the from the Campus. Faculty members will report to In order to change majors and transfer from one Graduate Records Office of his or her anticipated the Academic Dean any case of irregular or academic department to another, a graduate graduation date by the deadline date found in the dishonest behavior that occurs in the class or in his student’s application for admission must be Academic Calendar available on the C.W. Post or her observation. Students may likewise make formally accepted by the new department Registrar website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/registrar. such a report to the faculty member or dean. The chairperson. Before leaving the academic A student who meets all requirements for his or Academic Dean will decide what disposition is to department, the graduate student is expected to her degree in September or January is considered be made of the charges. Requests for appeals may notify the department chairperson. If the student for the following May’s graduating class. Degrees be made to the Student/Faculty Appeals Board. has a quality-point average of less than 3.00, the are conferred by the faculty of Long Island In the case of a minor infraction that is the appropriate dean must approve the proposed University. Diplomas are dated three times a year: student’s first disciplinary offense, the Dean may change. Application forms are available in the September, January and May. Students who file authorize the faculty member to dispose of the Graduate Admissions Office or with the their degree applications after the specified charges, limiting the maximum penalty to failure department graduate advisors. graduation date will have their degrees awarded at in the course. The faculty member will make a the next conferral regardless of the date of report of the incident and the action taken to the Time Limit completion of requirements. dean and the Judicial Affairs Coordinator. In the case of a major infraction, or in the case Degree requirements for a master’s degree must Transcript Requests of repeat academic offenses, the student may be be completed within five years from the term for subject to suspension or expulsion from the which the candidate is admitted and enrolled Official transcripts for professional and graduate Campus. If current non-academic disciplinary (exclusive of time spent in military service). All schools, prospective employers and other action is pending for a student, further disciplinary requests for an extension must be in writing and institutions must be requested in writing. Please action may result, up to and including expulsion submitted to the appropriate dean for approval. note: if you owe the University any funds or have from the Campus. blocks on your account, your request cannot be Oral Qualifying or processed. The University adheres to the Family Course Numbers and Course Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. A Comprehensive Examination student's record will not be released without prior
Frequency written consent from the student. Enrolled students Some departments require a student to take may use the secure student portal (My LIU) Courses numbered 600 and above are generally examinations in his or her major field. These (https://my.liu.edu) to check their financial and open only to those who qualify for graduate examinations include: academic status. Students have the four following standing. Courses numbered 500 to 599 are Qualifying Examination options to secure transcripts, which cost $7 each. designed primarily for those who qualify for This examination is given in academic graduate standing, but may be taken by advanced departments that require a common core of Option 1: undergraduate students. courses. Degree candidacy status and an Currently Enrolled Students - Login to the The frequency with which Fall and Spring assignment of a thesis project are deferred until the My LIU portal and select "Order Transcripts courses are offered is indicated after every examination is successfully completed. Online." department course description. A complete listing Comprehensive Examination of courses is available at Some academic departments give a Option 2: www.liu.edu/cwpost/schedules. Evening, Summer comprehensive examination after students Alumni or Students Not Currently Enrolled - and Weekend course frequency is not indicated. complete a minimum of 24 semester credit hours. Order transcripts online (Credentials, Inc.) through Information on course offerings during these This examination is designed to test the TranscriptsPlus. You can submit a transcript sessions is available by contacting the appropriate candidate’s knowledge of both general concepts request 24 hours/day, 7 days/week. Be assured that academic department or by calling Summer, and his or her area of concentration. The TranscriptsPlus uses current web encryption Evening, Winter and Weekend Office at (516) examination may be oral or written. technology and your information is secure. 299-2040. Oral Examination (and defense of thesis):
Academic departments that require a degree
Page 13 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Option 3: Customer Service Telephone Requests - By calling the toll free Customer Service number at 1- 800-646-1858, you can request a transcript over the phone. An additional $10 processing fee will be added to your order. ($17 total per transcript order.)
Option 4: In-Person - You may come to the campus Record's Office, show picture ID, and up to two (2) official transcripts can be printed for you on the spot. Please call 516-299-2756 for office hours. If you wish to pick up more than two (2) transcripts, contact Mike Litroff at 516-299-2901 to make arrangements. If you wish to release your transcripts to a third party for pick up, you must provide signature authorization for that request. Essential information to be furnished should include: Full name, address, social security number, dates of attendance Name while enrolled, if different from (a). Complete name and address (written clearly) of recipient including institution, department name, address, city, state and zip code. Many transcripts do not reach their proper destination in time because incomplete and inaccurate information is included in the original request. Except during peak periods at the conclusion of each semester, requests are usually processed with two business days. If the transcript is to be held for completion of any courses in progress, processing will occur within 10 days after the Records Office receives grades for posting. For more information, visit the C.W. Post Campus Registrar's website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/registrar.
Additional Academic Policies
Respective academic departments may have additional academic policies. Exceptions to academic policy provisions may be made only with written permission from the appropriate dean.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 14 C.W. Post Campus
GRADUATE TUITION AND FEES (2011-2012 Course fees, per semester (see course descriptions).
RATES) Residence Life Tuition & Fees RESIDENCE HALLS The tuition, and fees, residence life, health insurance and other Deposit (submitted with housing $ 300.00 miscellaneous fee schedules listed below are at the prevailing rates for the application) 2011-2012 academic year. Rates for 2012-2013 will be announced on or about June 1, 2012. The University reserves the right to change the fees herein stated Fall and Spring Accommodations, at any time without notice. per term: Students are billed for tuition and fees at the time of registration. Room and Medical Single 4,140.00 board charges are reflected at the time of room assignment. Students must make satisfactory payment arrangements prior to the start of each term or Double Occupancy 3,730.00 before moving into residence halls to remain in good financial standing. Triple Occupancy, Large 3,560.00 The University accepts payment by check, money order, AMEX, VISA, Discover, or MasterCard at the Office of Integrated Student Financial Services Triple Occupancy, Temporary 3,150.00 or online through your MyLIU account. Quadruple Occupancy 3,730.00
Suite Style 3,790.00 General Tuition and Fees Intersession, per week 250.00 Graduate Tuition, per credit, per $1,028.00 semester Summer Accommodations, per session: Doctoral Tuition, flat rate, per semester: Single Occupancy 1,860.00
Clinical Psychology, Psy.D., 12 or Double Occupancy 1,380.00 20,994.00 more credits (year 1-3) Triple Occupancy 1,160.00
Doctoral Tuition, per credit, per Quadruple Occupancy 1,130.00 semester: Summer Accommodations, Clinical Psychology, Psy.D. 1,342.00 per week: (year 4) Single Occupancy 372.00 Information Studies, Ph.D. 1,342.00 Double Occupancy 276.00 Interdisciplinary Educational 1,342.00 Studies, Ed.D. Triple Occupancy 232.00
Tuition Deposit fee (nonrefundable) 100.00 - 500.00 Quadruple Occupancy 226.00
Application fee (nonrefundable) 40.00 MEAL PLANS, per semester:
Orientation fee (entering and 175.00 Flex 1 (carte blanche meals plus 2,190.00 international students only) $125 dining dollars)
Orientation fee (transfer students) 35.00 Flex 2 (14 meals per week plus 1,980.00 $300 dining dollars) University fee, per semester: Flex 3 (10 meals per week plus 1,810.00 Students carrying 12 or 690.00 $375 dining dollars) more credits Flex 4 (7 meals per week plus 1,570.00 Students carrying 345.00 $275 dining dollars) 11.9 credits or less
Student activity fee, per semester: Meal plans are required for all resident students occupying a Residence Hall room. Regular meals are provided at the Winnick Residential restaurant. Students carrying 12 or 110.00 Dining dollars can be used at point of sale locations across the campus. more credits
Students carrying 4.1 to 85.00 11.9 credits Other Fees Transcript of record (on-line, in Students carrying 4 credits or less No Fee person, or via mail) Audit fee (half tuition and full fees), 514.00 Up to 10, per request $7.00 per credit Above 10, per request 2.00 Maintenance of Matriculation fee, 100.00 per term Replacement I.D. card 10.00 Late graduation application fee 50.00
Page 15 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Reinstatement of cancelled 100.00* semester, or is no longer in a health core curriculum, since coverage continues registration to be effective over the full policy period.
Delayed registration fee 200.00* Withdrawal Policy Late payment fees: If you register for courses and decide not to attend, you must officially First (assessed 45 days into 50.00* withdraw your registration prior to the end of the first week of classes to avoid the term) liability. You can withdraw online using your MyLIU account through the first week of the term. After the first week of classes, you must complete an Second (assessed on the last 100.00* Application for Withdrawal Form and receive official approval from the day of the term Office of the Registrar on your campus. Non-attendance and/or non- Deferred final examination fee payment do not constitute official withdrawal from the University. per examination When a student withdraws, the University will refund tuition and fees as indicated in the following schedule. (maximum $60.00) 20.00
General Comprehensive 25.00 Examination fee Long Island University Institutional Refund Schedule
Graduate record examination, per test 10.00 Time of Withdrawal Fall/Spring terms Thesis binding fee: Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. Graduate 20.00 term or session Doctoral (including micro filming) 60.00 During 1st calendar week 100% Returned check fee 25.00 During 2nd calendar week 75% University Payment Plan fee 35.00 During 3rd calendar week 50% Diploma Replacement fee 35.00 During 4th calendar week 25% Repayment of returned checks and all future payments to the University After 4th week No refund from a student who has presented a bad check must be tendered via bank check, certified check, money order, AMEX, VISA, Discover or MasterCard. Time of Withdrawal 3-Week terms *Students are expected to clear their bills before the start of classes. In the Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. event that a student fails to do so, late payment fees will be assessed. session Registered students who have not cleared their bill by the 45th day into the term will be obliged to pay a late payment fee of $50.00. Bills not cleared by Day 1 of Term 100% the last day of the term will be assessed an additional late fee of $100.00. If a Day 2 thru 8 of Term 60% student’s registration is canceled, the student will be required to pay a reinstatement fee of $100.00 plus the late payment fees. If the reinstatement After Day 8 of the Term No refund takes place one year or more after the semester has ended, current tuition rates will be charged. Any student who deliberately fails to register but attends classes with the intention of registering late in the term will be responsible for Time of Withdrawal 4-, 5- or 6-Week terms paying the delayed registration fee of $200.00. If the registration takes place Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. one year or more after the semester has ended, current tuition rates will be semester or session charged. Day 1 thru 2 of Term 100%
Day 3 thru 9 of Term 60% Student Health Insurance Health Insurance: Day 10 thru 16 of Term 25%
Rates for the Annual Plan $999.00 After day 16 of the Term No refund
Rates for the Spring Semester 619.00 (newly enrolled students), Time of Withdrawal 7- or 8-Week terms covers the policy period Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. 1/1/12 - 5/15/12 session Rates for the Summer Semester, 252.00 Day 1 thru 2 of Term 100% covers the policy period 5/1/12 - 8/15/12 Day 3 thru 9 of Term 70%
Day 10 thru 16 of Term 30% Health insurance (Compulsory for domestic resident students, all international students, intercollegiate athletes, and students assigned field work After day 16 of the Term No refund in a health core curriculum). Charges are billed for an annual plan in the Fall semester, covering the policy period 8/15/11 - 8/15/12. Charges are not reduced if a student does not reside in the Residence Hall for the Spring
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 16 C.W. Post Campus
Time of Withdrawal 10- or 12-Week terms A student who complies with any of the above shall be considered in good financial standing, so long as all terms and conditions are met throughout the Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. term. All payment arrangements must be completely satisfied in accordance session with your University authorized payment agreement or fees and/or penalties Day 1 thru 2 of Term 100% may be applied. If your account becomes seriously past due and no arrangements are made, the University will refer it to an external collection Day 3 thru 9 of Term 80% agency or law firm, where additional fees and penalties may be charged to your Day 10 thru 16 of Term 60% account. The University’s policies and procedures governing Student Financial Services can be found online at: www.liu.edu/About/Administration/ Day 17 thru 23 of Term 25% University-Departments/SFO/Policies.aspx After day 23 of the Term No refund Payment Plans Time of Withdrawal Weekend College The University offers two basic types of interest-free payment plans to assist students with managing the cost of their education each term: Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. • Monthly Plans are offered to students who make payment arrangements term before the start of the term. Monthly Plans provide the most affordable Day 1 thru 2 of Term 100% payment options to our students and immediately place you in good financial standing. The balance is spread across 4-6 equal monthly Day 3 thru 9 of Term 70% installments with at least two payments due prior to the start of the term. Day 10 thru 16 of Term 30% • Term Plans are offered to students who need to make payment arrangements at or after the start of the term. Term Plans should only be After Day 16 of the Term No refund used as a last resort because the number of installments is limited to 2-3 monthly payments. In addition, your total balance due must be covered by an appropriate combination of approved aid, applied aid, and/or an initial Time of Withdrawal Short-Term Institutes student payment. (3 weeks or less) The University must approve your signed Payment Plan Agreement Form Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. and receive your first initial payment for your account to remain in good first class financial standing. There is a $35.00 enrollment fee per term that is due with your first payment. Day 1 of Term 100%
Day 2 of Term 80%
After Day 2 of the Term No refund
Time of Withdrawal Continuing Studies
Cancellation prior to beginning of Complete refund except for deposit. first class
Prior to start of second class 80%
After second class session No refund
The University will make all feasible efforts to conduct suitable academic services in the event of an unanticipated interruption. If the University is unable to provide education services to the Campus students because of a natural catastrophe, employee strike, or other conditions beyond its control, tuition and fees will be refunded in accordance with a reasonable refund schedule to be determined at that time.
Financial Obligations Students are liable for all charges incurred at the time of registration or room assignment. Your MyLIU account makes it easier than ever to manage your financial obligations. To view your current account balance, simply log into your MyLIU account online at https://my.liu.edu and click on the Account Inquiry link in the Finances section of your Student Center homepage. Students must make acceptable payment arrangements or officially withdraw prior to the start of classes to remain in good financial standing. Acceptable payment arrangements include: • Payment in full; • Approved financial aid covering all charges; • Signed and approved University Payment Plan Agreement Form; or • Participation in an approved third-party payment agreement.
Page 17 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
FINANCIAL AID State may be eligible for grants, scholarships and loans from their home state. Contact the Federal Standards for Satisfactory Financial Assistance is awarded on an annual student aid agency at 1-800-433-3243 or www.federalstudentaid.ed.gov for more Academic Progress basis in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment. Assistance is offered to information. A detailed listing of New York State Federal Financial Aid Programs students admitted into eligible graduate degree awards can be found online at: Federal regulations require students to make programs. liu.edu/CWPost/Financial- Assistance/Programs/NYS. satisfactory academic progress (SAP) toward the completion of a degree or Title IV eligible Application Process advanced certificate program in order to receive
Veteran Benefits Title IV financial aid through the Federal Direct All students are required to complete the Free Veteran benefits provide an easier path to a Loan Program. Satisfactory academic progress is Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) no college degree and C.W. Post joins our nation in measured qualitatively and quantitatively by two later than March 1. The FAFSA must be repaying students for their military service. With components: a student’s cumulative grade point completed online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. The the Post-9/11 GI Bill, education-related benefits, average (GPA) and the amount of credits they federal school code for C.W. Post is 002751. including funds for tuition, housing, books and have earned relative to their year in school and Continuing students at C.W. Post must reapply for supplies, are better than ever for our veterans. In enrollment status. financial assistance each year. addition, financial aid, scholarships and New York Satisfactory academic progress is measured State tuition awards and grants may also be annually, at the end of the Spring semester, after Awards available to help you with costs that are not all grades have been submitted. Students failing to
covered by your veteran benefits. Additional meet the criteria stated below are eligible to appeal C.W. Post Scholarships and Awards information can be found online at: this decision if extenuating circumstances played a C.W. Post awards more than $37 million www.liu.edu/CWPost/StudentLife/Services/Vetera factor in their academic performance. Examples of annually in University scholarship assistance to ns/Vet-Benefits. such circumstances could include an illness, students. These scholarships and grants, which do accident, separation or divorce, or the death of a not require repayment, are based on academic Terms and Conditions relative. An appeal must be made in writing to the success, athletic ability, community service, University and include an explanation of the artistic talent, and financial need. The campus also Awards are not finalized until all requested circumstance(s) that may have adversely affected offers departmental scholarships for specific supporting documentation has been properly the student’s ability to meet the academic programs of study. A detailed listing of graduate submitted and reviewed. All awards are subject to requirements, and the plan or changes that have scholarships can be found online at: funding levels and appropriations by Federal and occurred which will allow them to make SAP in liu.edu/CWPost/Financial- State agencies. Many aid programs require that the future. All appeals must be accompanied by Assistance/Programs/CWP/Grad. you be matriculated and attend the C.W. Post supporting documentation, such as a letter from a campus on at least a half-time basis. C.W. Post doctor or attorney. If an appeal is granted, the reserves the right to adjust or cancel offers of Federal Loan Programs student will either be placed on probationary status financial assistance if you make changes to your The federal government awards financial for one semester during which the student must FAFSA, adjust your registration status, withdraw assistance to students who demonstrate financial meet SAP guidelines, or must successfully adhere from one or more courses, or fail to maintain good need according to a variety of economic criteria as to an individualized academic plan that was academic standing for financial aid purposes. C.W. determined by the United States Department of developed for them by their academic advisor as Post also reserves the right to change the selection Education. The criteria include income and assets, part of their appeal. Failure to meet these criteria criteria, deadlines, and awarding process of family’s household size, and the number of family will result in loss of eligibility for Title IV funds. academic awards. members attending college. Benefits from all Students wishing to receive Title IV financial Awards, grants, and scholarships listed are for federal programs are subject to legislative changes. aid for Summer semesters may have these awards graduate study only and do not apply to Recipients of federal programs must be U.S. evaluated and offered prior to a determination of undergraduate study. Students enrolled in citizens or permanent residents. A detailed listing SAP. All students receiving summer aid will have accelerated and dual degree programs are advised of Federal programs can be found online at: their SAP evaluated after all spring grades have to contact the Undergraduate Admissions office to liu.edu/CWPost/Financial- been submitted. Students not making progress will obtain information on aid for the undergraduate Assistance/Programs/Federal. have their summer aid cancelled, and the student portion of their degree. will be liable for all tuition and fee charges All awards from C.W. Post are accompanied by incurred unless an appeal is filed and granted as State Programs a letter of stipulation detailing the terms of the outlined above. The New York State Higher Education Services award. Students are governed by the stipulations The criteria below outline the progress that is Corporation (HESC) offers a variety of grants, accompanying their specific awards. Part-time required for a full time graduate student to be scholarships, student loans and parent loans for status, for the purpose of scholarship and grant considered in good standing: part-time and full-time graduate study. Although renewal, is defined as carrying and earning a • Completion Rate Requirements: All students students apply for financial aid directly to HESC, minimum of 6 credits per semester. must earn at least 67% of their attempted hours. the funds are taken into account when developing Unless otherwise indicated, University The maximum time frame to complete each the C.W. Post financial aid package. You must be assistance is for tuition charges only. Students are degree varies by Department and is outlined in a U.S. citizen and resident of the State of New advised to inform C.W. Post of any aid received the bulletin under the specific degree program. York to be eligible for HESC awards. Residents of from outside sources, and awards from C.W. Post • GPA Requirements: All students must maintain New York State must also apply through the may be adjusted if such additional assistance is in a cumulative GPA of 3.0. Higher Education Service Corporation at excess of estimated need. Notes: www.hesc.com using C.W. Post’s school code • Progress standards for part-time students are 5403. Students who reside outside of New York prorated based upon the criteria above.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 18 C.W. Post Campus
• Qualifying transfer credits are counted as both Graduate Semester Based Program Chart attempted and earned credits but have no effect Before Being Certified for Hillwood Commons on the GPA. Payment: • Grades of W (Withdrawal), UW (Unofficial Hillwood Commons is the student and Semester A student must With at least Withdrawal), INC (Incomplete), WF community hub of the C.W. Post Campus of Long have accrued at this GPA (Unofficial Withdrawal with Failure) and IF Island University. The three-story building least this many (Incomplete Fail) are counted as credits features a large cafeteria, Starbucks and Subway, a credits attempted but not completed, and do not affect lecture hall, a movie theater, a museum, student art the GPA. 1st 0 0 gallery, computer lab, bank, student organization • Repeated classes will count only once towards offices, lounges, a student information center, and 2nd 6 2.0 credits completed. A student may receive aid areas for group study, recreation and quiet for a repeated class that has been successfully 3rd 12 2.5 contemplation. completed once. Hillwood Commons provides C.W. Post 4th 21 2.75 • Any departmental requirements that exceed students, faculty, staff and guests with a these standards must be adhered to for the 5th 30 3.0 comfortable and accessible gathering place for all purposes of evaluating SAP. types of social activity, both formal and informal. 6th 45 3.0 Hillwood Commons is adjacent to Tilles Center 7th 60 3.0 for the Performing Arts, a 2,200-seat world-class New York State Awards concert hall. Hillwood Commons is open seven Graduate students receiving New York State 8th 75 3.0 days a week, generally from 7:30 a.m. to 12 Scholarship Awards must meet the academic Notes: midnight. standing requirements established by the New • A student may not receive a NY State award for If you have any questions, please contact the York State Education Department. These repeating a class that they have already Hillwood Commons Information Desk at 516-299- requirements are different from those set forth by successfully completed (i.e. the credits for a 2611. the Federal government, and apply only to New repeated class for which the student has already York State awards. received a satisfactory grade will not count Student Life and Leadership The basic measures for good academic standing towards the full-time requirement). for New York State Awards include the following: • A student is placed on the chart above based Development • Pursuit of Program: A student must receive a upon their total State Aid received, including passing or failing grade (A-F) in a certain any award(s) received at a previous The Office of Student Life and Leadership percentage of courses each term. institution(s). Development provides a diverse range of • Satisfactory Academic Progress: A student • To continue to receive NY State funding, a opportunities for student involvement that must accumulate a specified number of credits minimum number of credits must be completed complement the academic experience. and achieve a specified cumulative grade point each term, as well as on a cumulative basis. The office is committed to helping students average (GPA). • A student must maintain a minimum grade realize their full potential. We believe that learning The requirements for meeting these standards point average (GPA) prior to being certified for is not limited to the classroom. We seek to increase as the student progresses, and are based a NY State award payment. This average educate, challenge and cultivate C.W. Post upon the number of State awards that the student increases as the student progresses in payment students by providing programs and services that has already received. Students failing to meet the points. encourage student involvement and offer both required criteria are eligible to request a one-time • A student who is not making progress may personal and academic support for student growth. waiver if extenuating circumstances played a request a one-time waiver if extenuating We promote community outreach and social factor in their academic performance. Examples of circumstances affected their academic understanding and we help students learn how to such circumstances could include an illness, performance. A student may only receive this help themselves as they prepare to become accident, separation or divorce, or the death of a waiver once for NY state awards. responsible and contributing citizens of our diverse relative. An appeal must be made in writing to the society. University and include an explanation of the DIVISION FOR STUDENT The Office of Student Life and Leadership circumstance(s) that may have adversely affected Development advises 80 clubs and organizations at the student’s ability to meet the academic AFFAIRS the C.W. Post Campus. We say advise, because at requirements, and the plan or changes that have C.W. Post, clubs and organizations are created by occurred which will allow them to make SAP in The Division of Student Affairs provides those students, run by students, and governed by the future. All appeals must be accompanied by services, programs and activities that complement students, with the assistance of professional staff supporting documentation, such as a letter from a the academic program and both enhance and members and faculty. We believe that it is the doctor or attorney. If a waiver is granted, the integrate the intellectual, personal, social, physical students’ passion, leadership, talent and drive that student will be eligible for the State award for the and spiritual development of students. Student make C.W. Post a truly unique higher education semester for which they were granted the waiver. Affairs staff and educators hold students at the experience. The student must continue to meet the academic center of our institutional universe and strive to If you are interested in forming a new club or progress and pursuit of program requirements to model conduct that reflects principled leadership, organization, or simply wish to find out more receive further awards. an appreciation for diversity, and concern for the about leadership opportunities and student The chart below outlines the progress that is dignity and welfare of each student. We help activities, please contact the Student Life & required for a graduate student to be considered in create and sustain a learning community Leadership Development Office at 516-299-2800. good standing: characterized by respect, responsibility and a sense of personal honor, and actively encourage students to excel in the classroom as well as in their character.
Page 19 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
students, for those who work on campus, or for (During the Fall & Spring semesters when school Recreational Sports students who register for classes during the Winter is in regular session.) Semester. 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Monday through Friday The Recreational Sports Department serves as a Every residence hall offers lounges for (During Winter & Summer sessions.) vital and integral part of student life at the C.W. relaxation or study, as well as snack areas with Post Campus of Long Island University. The vending machines and convection ovens, and Student Conduct & Community Department is committed to providing the finest fully-equipped laundry rooms. programs, services, facilities and equipment to Applications for On-Campus Housing are Education enrich the University learning experience and to available from the Residence Life Office and can The mission of the Office of Student Conduct foster a lifetime appreciation of and involvement be found on the campus website. Additional & Community Education is to promote student in wellness and recreational sports and activities information regarding the University Health understanding of rights and responsibilities as for our students, staff, faculty, and alumni as well Insurance Requirement, information regarding individuals and as members of the Campus as members of the local community. student property insurance for Fire, Theft, and community. All students are expected to adhere to Vandalism is also available. principles set forth in the Division of Student Religious Life Cancellations: The $300.00 deposit is Affairs Ethos Statement as well as the provisions refundable until July 1st for the Fall Semester and set forth in the C.W. Post Code of Conduct. The Office of Religious Life celebrates the January 1st for the Spring Semester. Students who A student who is allegedly in violation of the diversity of religious experience and faith cancel after occupancy are eligible for a room Code of Conduct is referred to the Office of traditions represented in the C.W. Post refunded as listed below. There are no refunds for Student Conduct & Community Education to meet community. At the Interfaith Center individuals meal plans. All cancellations must be submitted in with the Director or designee. They provide a fair are encouraged to develop a deeper understanding writing to the Office of Residence Life. and educational adjudication process of students. of one's own traditions and to learn about, respect Withdrawals Fall/Spring Summer The goal of the process is to promote an and appreciate the religious traditions of others. During: understanding of ethical behavior, to encourage The Office of Religious Life supports the focus of personal development, and to develop a sense of 1st Calendar 90% 60% community service and volunteerism throughout importance to becoming a positively contributing Week the C.W. Post Campus, encouraging the active member of the community. citizenship of civic-minded individuals. Students 2nd Calendar 75% 25% can learn about service opportunities and Week Code of Conduct experiences available through the Interfaith 3rd Calendar 50% No Refund The C.W. Post Campus can make its maximum Center. Week contribution as an institution of higher learning The Interfaith Center is located on Gold Coast only if the highest standards are maintained by Road, marked by its high dome and pillared front 4th Calendar No Refund No Refund every member of the Campus community. Such is entrance. Visitors are always welcome for silent Week the spirit in which the rules and regulations set meditation, worship services, lectures and other forth in the Code of Conduct have been activities. If your faith tradition is not represented formulated. The code expresses our commitment we will assist you in finding your tradition locally. Student Health and Counseling to the values of responsible freedom and
Center interdependence. It expresses our concern for the
Residence Life right to privacy and safety, as well as personal Wellness is essential to academic success. The responsibilities, and responsibilities to one About 1,700 students live in eight residence Student Health and Counseling Center offers another. It is designed to assure respect and halls on the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island medical, counseling, psychiatric and nutritional equitable treatment of all individuals. It is University. Each hall is co-ed, with males and services as well as drug and alcohol counseling. designed to ensure that student life at Post can females divided by floor or wing. Halls range in The staff is dedicated to helping our students feel develop in an atmosphere conducive to learning size and can accommodate any number of students comfortable discussing personal issues and having and personal growth. The C.W. Post Code of from 40 to 380 students. Five residence halls – a successful college experience. All services are Conduct is founded on the principles of student Brookville, Kings, Queens, Post and Riggs – are open to all C.W. Post students and are free and conduct set forth in the Division of Student traditional-style, offering two, three or four- confidential. Your good health is important to us! Affairs’ Ethos Statement: respect for oneself, person rooms that open onto a common hallway. respect for others, respect for property, respect for Residents in each hallway share a large, common Our mission is to maximize the educational authority, and honesty. bathroom. experience of our students by looking at the Until evidence to the contrary is observed, the The South Residence Complex features an all- student as a whole and taking into consideration Campus presumes that students are motivated by suite design, with up to eight students sharing a the importance of the mind - body connection. the desire to improve their capabilities and to help common living area, double bedrooms and a semi- Student Health & Counseling Center others to do so, that they possess a sense of honor private bath. This layout is popular with junior and C.W. Post Campus and are trustworthy, and that they are mature men seniors who want to share living accommodations Long Island University and women, capable of behaving accordingly. with a group of friends. 720 Northern Blvd. Students who violate the rules and regulations Two other residence halls – Suffolk and Life Science Building, Room 154 must expect that appropriate disciplinary actions Nassau – offer more specialized options. Suffolk Brookville, New York 11548-1300 will be taken. The complete version of the Ethos Hall is a traditional-style hall designed for 24-hour 516-299-2345 Statement and our Code of Conduct can be found intensified study for students who prefer a quiet, For 24 Hour Emergency Service Call: on our website. academic-centered environment. Nassau Hall 516-299-2222 offers the additional benefit of long-stay Infirmary hours: accommodations over vacations and in between 8 a.m. - 8 p.m., Monday through Friday semesters – for overseas and other far-from-home
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 20 C.W. Post Campus
has an extensive core of legal resources and the Post Library Association and the Hutchins RESOURCES & FACILITIES business materials. Gallery. The Library and Information Science resources The Christine B. Gilbert Collection of are primarily used by doctoral, graduate and Children’s Literature, named in honor of a former Library undergraduate degree students in the Palmer professor of the Palmer School, and the American School of Library and Information Science. There Juvenile Collection, a research collection of fiction The B. Davis Schwartz Memorial Library has a are more than 22,000 volumes in this specialized and folklore published by American publishers large and diverse collection with more than 2 collection, and 270 current journal subscriptions, from 1910 to 1960 are also located in the Library. million volumes and access to over 135,000 many of which are available full-text online. The Post Library Association, (PLA) a Friends periodical subscriptions in online and print Current subscriptions of more than 2,500 of the Library organization, was founded by Mrs. formats. journals, and a large retrospective collection, are Carleton Palmer, a former member of the Board of The library is open 86 hours a week, including maintained in the Periodicals Department, with Trustees of Long Island University and a professor evenings and weekends, with special extended print and computerized indexes and databases of English at C.W. Post. The PLA conducts many hours during final examination periods. The providing access to the material. While a wide cultural and educational programs in the Hutchins Library’s homepage is located at: range of academic subjects is included in its Gallery. Alumni and other friends of the www.liu.edu/cwpost/library, and has links to holdings, the Department is particularly strong in University are cordially invited to join the thousands of resources of value to students and psychology, education, literature, art and business. membership. researchers including access to LIUCAT, the The Instructional Media Center (IMC) is the Through the generosity of the Carleton H. and University’s online catalog, extensive periodical multimedia resource center of the C.W. Post Winthrop B. Palmer Memorial Fund, an holdings, and online research guides. Access to Campus, with more than 1,500 films, videos, endowment of over $4 million enables the library hundreds of online databases enables users to interactive CD-ROMs and a rich variety of other to purchase materials in the arts and humanities, retrieve many full-text resources in a variety of audiovisual resources. The IMC is equipped with supplementing its regular budget for acquisitions subject fields. Remote access to online resources is a state-of-the-art instructional lab for and enriching collections immeasurably. available to Long Island University users. demonstrations, workshops, technology training, An intensive instruction program is available to and media previews. Its exemplary collection of Office of Information undergraduate and graduate students through class curriculum resources for K-12 (teacher resource lectures, hands-on demonstrations, and materials, children’s books and textbooks) Technology orientations. An important goal of the program is supports the programs in the College of Education The Office of Information Technology (IT) is to instruct students so that they become and Information Sciences. charged with the responsibility of mediating the information literate: able to determine the extent of The Digital Initiatives and The Art Image technology needs for the entire Campus information needed, able to access needed Library house a collection of more than 80,000 community. IT is responsible for overseeing all information, able to evaluate information and its analog images representing most geographic network-related activities for the campus while sources critically, able to use information regions and time periods as well as a growing supporting the technology-related mission and effectively, and able to understand the ethical use collection of digital images. It also holds a values within the institution. We serve both the of information. Classes demonstrating the collection of art reference books, course related art administrative and academic areas of the intricacies of conducting research using all types textbooks, scholarly books on topics in the fine institution, including our students, faculty and of sources and formats, including online resources, arts, a selection of materials on medieval art from staff. are offered to the entire Campus community. the library of Jacqueline Anne Frank and the Technology enhances communication and Library competency education is provided to William Randolph Hearst Archive. The expands the opportunities to explore a Web- undergraduates through a seven-session library department also offers instruction in art research, mediated world. The C.W. Post campus maintains workshop, and the Library collaborates with the digital imaging, image retrieval, and presentation enterprise level Internet services with more than English Department to teach Information Literacy. technologies. 2,000 computers for faculty, staff and students. The collections of all Long Island University The Special Collections Department contains High-speed Internet access is available via an libraries (including the Brooklyn, Brentwood, and many notable holdings, such as: the only portion advanced network architecture providing the Rockland Campuses) are listed in LIUCAT. This of Eugene and Carlotta O’Neill’s personal library necessary exchange speed as well as the resiliency computerized network makes information that survives as a whole; the William Randolph we depend on. Multiple Internet service providers available to faculty and students at all LIU Hearst art photograph collection; a comprehensive are used to ensure network stability. Densely campuses. Books, journal articles and other library collection, donated by the Theodore Roosevelt populated wireless access points establish strong materials not available at a particular campus can Association, of Theodore Roosevelt’s life, times, wi-fi signals in and around all instructional venues. be requested through the Interlibrary Loan and writings; 5,000 movie posters mainly from the Long Island University's iPad initiative, the Department and delivered to the requesting 1940s and 1950s; letters by Henry James to his largest deployment of mobile devices within a campus. Items not available at LIU libraries can publisher; the Fine Art Facsimile Editions of the private institution thus far, underscores the also be requested and brought to campus. Book of Kells and the Tres Riches Heures of Jean, University's commitment to mobile learning. The The Reference Services Department, part of the Duc du Berry; and the developing Winthrop initiative, which began in 2010, now provides Reference Commons located on the main floor of Palmer collection of rare books of Irish and French iPads at no cost for incoming full-time freshmen the library, includes The Reference Desk, Library literature. The Department also has the archives of and transfer students, and at half price for Instruction Room and the Circulation/ Reserve Long Island University, especially the C.W. Post incoming graduate students and new part-time Department. This area is equipped with over 50 Campus, featuring a complete run of the student undergraduate students.* Regularly-scheduled user computers for student use and also offers wireless newspaper, the Pioneer, and the student yearbook, groups convene each semester providing access, a quiet study area for students, individual Opticon, as well as other University documents. information exchanges among faculty, students study carrels, and a copy center. The library is also the home of the College of and staff on innovative ways these devices serve The Reference collection, with 36,000 volumes Education and Information Sciences, the the academic mission of the institution. LIU is of reference and research materials, is particularly Academic Multimedia Support Services committed to providing mobile connectivity to its strong in the areas of literature and the arts, and department, the Office of Information Technology,
Page 21 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 stakeholders and our learning environments. respect for the individual rights and dignity of all informed of closings immediately via the C.W. *Specific terms of eligibility may be reviewed at persons and continually attempts to instill public Post homepage, our emergency closings hotline the individual campuses. confidence by maintaining a high degree of (516-299-EMER), as well as local radio and At the C.W. Post campus, IT supports 26 professionalism, dedication and expertise in the television stations. Campus-wide labs with more than 550 computers delivery of the service it provides. for student access. All labs offer high-speed laser Disability Support Services (DSS) printing and are equipped with office productivity Information for Current and and instructional software. Discipline-specific The Disability Support Services Office has computer labs located throughout the campus Prospective Students and been established to support the educational make a number of other well-known software Employees development of students with disabilities. programs available in graphic design, video The Assistant Director of the Learning Support editing, computer programming and mathematical Section 485 of the Higher Education Act, The Center coordinates Disability Support Services for and statistical manipulations. Students have access Federal Crime Awareness and Campus Security the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University to faxing, color printing and scanning in two Act of 1990, requires that current and prospective and assists students in securing the necessary general access labs, where software and hardware students and employees are notified of the accommodations (based on appropriate assistance from peer technology assistants is availability of the annual report and statistics and documentation) from academic departments and available. All classrooms have networked security policies. A copy of the C.W. Post Campus other offices, if needed. connections available for faculty demonstrations of Long Island University's annual security report You can reach the DSS Office at 516-299-3164 including high-resolution digital projectors and includes statistics for the previous three years which will coordinate the following: interactive screens. To maintain a state-of-the-art concerning reported crimes that occurred on the • Policy for students with special needs environment, hardware and software are routinely Campus; in certain off-campus buildings or • Documentation upgraded. property owned by or controlled by C.W. Post; and • Evaluation of Documentation Every student is provided with an e-mail on public property within, or immediately adjacent • Notification account and access to the My LIU portal, located to and accessible from, the Campus. The report • Accommodations on the Web at my.liu.edu. My LIU is designed to also includes institutional policies concerning • Publicity of the Policy and Procedures help students access online information concerning campus security, such as policies concerning Policy for Students with Disabilities grades, class schedules, online registration, student alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the New York state guidelines indicate that recent finances, e-mail, cloud storage and access to the reporting of crimes, sexual assault, and other federal and state laws require college and course management system, among other matters. You can obtain a copy of this report by universities to provide qualified individuals with resources. More information is available on our contacting: Director of Public Safety, C.W. Post disabilities the opportunity to participate in all departmental website at www.liu.edu/infotech. Campus, 720 Northern Blvd., Brookville, New programs and services, curricular and York 11548. extracurricular, which are available to non- Public Safety disabled individuals, including test programs and Emergency Management examinations. In order to permit individuals with Emergencies: 516- 299-2222 disabilities the opportunity to benefit from such Non-Emergencies: 516-299-2214 C.W. Post's Department of Public Safety offers participation, reasonable accommodations, Email: [email protected] comprehensive services in emergency response including appropriate adjustments and The Department of Public Safety is committed and management to ensure the safety of our modifications of examinations and activities, must to providing a safe and secure environment for students, faculty and staff. Through several be implemented. students, faculty, staff and visitors on the C.W. initiatives, the Campus is prepared for a wide array Under the law, reasonable accommodations are Post Campus of Long Island University in of emergency situations, ensuring prompt offered at the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island Brookville, NY. We provided safety and security notification and protection of the Campus University for individuals with disabilities. services by foot, bicycle and vehicle patrol 24 community whether the event is commonplace or Students with disabilities will receive basic hours a day, 365 days a year. Public Safety extraordinary. In the event of emergency, the C.W. academic accommodations by their individual Officers on the C.W. Post Campus are licensed by Post Emergency Notification System is enabled to professors and their academic departments. the State of New York and are trained, certified instantly and simultaneously contact C.W. Post Accommodations will be made by other Campus and registered pursuant to the New York State students, faculty and staff via Long Island departments as required for non-academic matters. Security Guard Act of 1992. University e-mail, Web site notifications and text Students with disabilities, who desire The Public Safety Department administers a messaging to those who register their cell phones accommodations, must submit appropriate comprehensive public safety program, including with the University. Emergency Building documentation of their disabilities to the DSS traffic enforcement, crime prevention programs, Managers assist Public Safety in disseminating Office. Appropriate professional staff will review fire prevention exercises, EMT services, personal information in their designated building and have and evaluate this documentation, establish safety workshops, escort services, an emergency been trained in “Evacuation” and “Shelter-in- confidential files, and provide the student with alert system , and a network of sirens and Place” procedures. C.W. Post also employs the use appropriate Accommodations Forms that the loudspeakers in the event of outdoor emergencies. of an outdoor siren warning system, which can be student will present to the teaching faculty. Prior The Department of Public Safety works closely heard throughout the Campus. to the beginning of each semester students with with the Old Brookville and Old Westbury Police Throughout the Fall and Spring semesters, disabilities must meet with the Assistant Director Departments, and the Nassau County Office of trained Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) to obtain the appropriate Accommodations Forms Emergency Management to ensure the safety of respond to on-campus medical emergencies in a to present to the professors. Other Campus the Campus community. In addition, the timely fashion. The C.W. Post Campus also has its departments will be notified, as necessary, of the Department models its security procedures by the own ambulance to shuttle students in need of needs for additional accommodations noted in the guidelines of the United States Department of hospitalization or immediate medical care. An student's documentation. Homeland Security. efficient Snow and Emergency School Closings The Department maintains and promotes system is in place to ensure our students are
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 22 C.W. Post Campus
Procedures for Students With Disabilities Who The PSC is an independent community mental workstations, a teaching station, a large screen Desire Accommodations health facility whose purpose is to provide projection system and a stereo sound system. In 1. Documentation psychological services to the community and to the lab, students explore digital options for A student with a disability who desires serve as a training facility for graduate students in composition, theory and recording, and develop accommodations must submit appropriate the doctoral program. During the four-year their own projects while studying sequencing, documentation of their disability to the DSS residency, each doctoral candidate is required to notation, digital audio, ear-training, theory, Office. In most cases, appropriate documentation complete a one-year externship at the PSC. The composition and music education. should be no older than 3 years, must include a PSC contains two-way mirrors for observation, a diagnosis of a disability, must include the testing children’s room for play therapy, audio and video Media Arts Labs and results that explain the nature of the disability, equipment for recording of supervised cases, the way it currently impacts the student conference rooms, and ample office space for Television Facility academically or otherwise, and suggestions of testing and therapy sessions. The Media Arts Department in the School of accommodations that might work for the student. Visual and Performing Arts has a television 2. Evaluation of Documentation International Student Services facility with a newly refurbished production Appropriate professional staff in the DSS studio, a professional control room, linear editing Office will review and evaluate the disability Welcome to International Student Services and a new digital editing lab. Computers are documentation that a student submits. Confidential (ISS) at the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island equipped with the latest digital video software. files will be established for documented students University. ISS offers programs and services to all The television facility is also home to PTV, which with disabilities. incoming and currently enrolled international provides student programming, and feature films 3. Notification students. We lend our support and expertise to to the entire campus. Any Post student may join The DSS Office will notify the campus more than 700 international students from over 50 PTV. The television facility is located in departments of special accommodations needed. countries on our culturally diverse campus. Humanities Hall room 214. The Assistant Director will also meet with the Studying abroad can be one of the most rewarding Journalism/Public Relations Lab and student and provide the student with the experiences of a lifetime, but it can also be Newsroom appropriate Accommodations Forms for the challenging to navigate by yourself. At ISS, our Humanities Hall room 209 serves as a computer student to present to their professors. caring and knowledgeable staff is here to make laboratory for journalism and public relations 4. Accommodations sure you are comfortable and enriched, both students. It is equipped with the latest software for Each academic department will provide the socially and academically, at your new home- writing, desktop publishing and web publishing. academic accommodations needed by the student. away-from-home. The ISS Office provides The lab is designed as a professional newsroom These academic accommodations may include but guidance for academic success, assists students in with a cable hookup, newspapers, magazines and a are not limited to extended time for tests, note maintaining their legal F-1 non-immigrant status digital projection system. takers, use of a tape recorder in class, reading in the United States and offers social, cultural and exam questions to a student, a scribe to record a educational programs to promote integration into Jerrold Mark Ladge Speech and student's answers to test questions, and the use of a the C.W. Post community computer for an essay exam. Other Campus Hearing Center departments will be responsible for making Digital Art and Design Lab The Ladge Speech and Hearing Center provides accommodations as necessary. evaluation and therapeutic services for children 5. Publicity of the Policy and Procedures The School of Visual and Performing Arts and adults with speech language and/or hearing The policy and procedures for students with Digital Art and Design Lab, located on the second problems. The Center is fully equipped with the disabilities will be publicized in the following floor of Humanities Hall, is a state-of-the-art latest instrumentation and materials in speech- ways: facility for students majoring in art, digital art and language pathology and audiology. The clinic • C.W. Post publications such as the Student design, graphic design or photography. The services are supervised by a full-time clinic Handbook, Handbook for Students with complex of five Mac equipped laboratories director and other supervisors who are ASHA Disabilities and the graduate and undergraduate includes networked computers, current software certified and licensed by the State of New York. catalogues and bulletins will include the policy packages, digital still and video cameras, film and The Center serves as a training facility for and procedures for students with disabilities. flatbed scanners, and laser printers. Students can graduate students working toward certification and • Letters explaining the policy and procedures create everything from newspaper layouts and licensure as speech-language pathologists. will be sent to all incoming students in the fully interactive Web pages to 3D-images and Services are available to the community as well as admission acceptance packets. animations in this studio setting. those at C.W. Post at a reasonable fee. For more • A campus mailing to all teaching faculty and information, call the Ladge Speech and Hearing staff will explain the policy and procedures. Digital Games Lab Center at (516) 299-2437. • Special information meetings will be held with the offices that often interact with students with A spacious newly-designed and equipped lab disabilities such as Admissions Counselors and for students in digital game design opened in Fall Benjamin and Elizabeth Abrams Academic Counselors/Advisors. 2011. It features all new Mac computers, a smart Communication Center • All faculty will be provided with a statement to board system, flexible workspace, and read in class on the first day of classes that professional-level software for all aspects of game The Communication Center contains four radio provides students with information on how to development. This new lab is located in broadcast facilities all of which are equipped with request accommodations Humanities Hall room 206. digital equipment. These include WCWP 88.1 FM and WebRadio WCWP, as well as production and Psychological Services Center Music Technology Laboratory live performance studios. Broadcasting 24 hours a day, WCWP 88.1 FM, is a non-commercial The Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program The Music Technology Lab in the Fine Arts station. In the evening, student-hosted music operates the Psychological Services Center (PSC). Center features 14 new computer music programming is broadcast on WCWP 88.1 FM.
Page 23 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Students also create and deliver a nightly news Commons, serves as an integral part of the cultural as New Faculty Orientation and Teaching with program. All students are invited to join the staff resources at C.W. Post. Each year the Museum Technology workshops; curriculum development of WCWP. WebRadio WCWP is a multi- features exhibitions accompanied by lectures, and assessment endeavors with current faculty and formatted, student-operated learning laboratory for demonstrations and symposia to enrich, explain expert external consultants; events to promote the Media Arts Department as well as for students and educate all students. innovative campus-community collaboration; majoring in other disciplines. Hillwood Art Museum also serves as custodian events to cultivate learning communities; and WebRadio WCWP can be heard on the Campus to the University’s Permanent Collection discussions and workshops regarding new cable channel and on the internet via the Long consisting of more than 4,000 objects from ancient approaches to the integration of research, teaching Island University Web page each day during the Roman glass to contemporary photography. The and learning. Furthermore, the Teaching and academic year at www.webradiowcwp.org. The extensive collection offers opportunities for Learning Initiative facilitates faculty networking, joint mission of WCWP 88.1 FM and WebRadio scholarly research in many areas. The recording, connecting instructors with common interests WCWP is to foster the individual and collective conservation and display of the collection serve as across disciplines, and organizing events at which growth of the students and staff while providing an educational platform for student museum faculty come together and share their programming that serves the needs and interests of assistants interested in pursuing a career in arts interdisciplinary perspectives and strategies. the campus and off-campus communities. management,curatorial studies, art history studies or art education. Winnick Student Center Institute for Arts & Culture For more information on exhibitions or educational programs call (516) 299-4073. The Arnold S. Winnick Student Center, located The Institute for Arts & Culture was established in the Residential Quad, contains a modern food in 1998 on the principle that engagement with the Pratt Recreation Center court with an “all-you-care-to-eat” menu offering arts is an indispensable component of higher meal choices ranging from home cooking to fat- education. Our mission is to make the arts central The Pratt Recreation Center provides C.W. Post free and health-conscious meals. The seating area to the lives of Long Island University students, students with a modern facility where they can has Internet ports for laptop computers at several faculty, and staff, and to enhance the educational exercise, play, compete or work out. From high- dining tables, as well as wireless communications and cultural experience of the Campus community. action basketball games to leisurely laps in an and a big-screen TV. Also located in Winnick The Institute develops programs using the eight-lane swimming pool, the Pratt Recreation Center is the Gold Coast Room, which is used for professional arts resources of Tilles Center and Center is outfitted for a variety of recreational, large banquets, as well as assemblies. Located on Hillwood Art Museum and serves as a intramural and competitive activities and sports. the lower level is the Long Island Room, which clearinghouse for information on the professional The Center is home to an elevated running serves as meeting space. The facility also has a and academic arts activities on campus. track, an 8-lane swimming pool, racquetball courts faculty/staff dining room. The building is named Through the Rose Tilles Encounters with the and a gymnasium that features basketball and for the father of C.W. Post alumnus Gary Winnick. Arts Program, the Institute coordinates lectures, volleyball courts with seating for 3,000. master classes, workshops and residency activities The fitness area features free weights and state- C.W. Post Community with visiting artists who, in recent years, include of-the-art exercise equipment, including, the Tokyo Quartet, Judith Ivey, David Parsons, treadmills, stationary bicycles and arc trainers. A Arboretum
Edward Villela, Andre Watts, and members of the multipurpose room houses classes in aerobics, The C.W. Post Campus of Long Island New York Philharmonic Orchestra. dance and exercise. University is nationally recognized as one of the The Pratt Recreations Center is conveniently most beautiful college campuses in the nation. The located in the athletics complex, next to the Tilles Center for the Performing scenic campus is famous for its magnificent formal football field and field house. It is open days, gardens, rolling green lawns and 4,000 trees – Arts evenings and weekends seven days a week. For some among the largest on Long Island. more information visit the website at Tilles Center for the Performing Arts provides In 2002, a 20-acre portion of the campus was www.liu.edu/cwpost/recreationcenter. C.W. Post with an internationally recognized designated as an arboretum featuring more than venue for great performances, featuring the most 100 trees (some very rare). Each tree contains a important classical and popular artists of our time. Teaching and Learning Initiative label with interesting horticultural facts and origin
The 2,200-seat concert hall, which adjoins information. The trees are located along a self- One of the most important issues in higher Hillwood Commons, is the Long Island home for guided walking trail that encircles the campus’ education today is the improvement and many of New York City’s finest ensembles main academic buildings. measurement of student learning, particularly in an including the New York Philharmonic, the Big The arboretum is open to the public seven days era of changing student demographics and greater Apple Circus and the Alvin Ailey American Dance a week from dawn to dusk, free of charge. A self- demands for student access and accountability of Theater. Tilles Center presents nearly 100 guided walking trail starts and ends at Hillwood higher education institutions to stakeholders such performances annually, incorporating every style Commons and lasts anywhere from 30 to 45 as parents, surrounding communities and from classical music, dance and opera to jazz, rock minutes. C.W. Post students studying biology and employers. The Long Island University Teaching and hip-hop, with many programs designed earth and environmental science often use the and Learning Initiative addresses these critically especially for families and children. arboretum in their field research of plant life, floral important issues and includes both University- Long Island University students receive development and structure, photosynthesis and wide and campus-based strategies to enhance substantial discounts on many Tilles programs. ecology. For more information visit the arboretum faculty development in teaching and learning, The Box Office can provide current schedules and website at www.liu.edu/arboretum or call the C.W. thereby enhancing the quality of the educational prices at (516) 299-3100 or www.tillescenter.org. Post Office of Community Relations at (516) 299- experience that we provide to our students. 3500. To acquaint our faculty with the best research Hillwood Art Museum and the most recent advances in teaching and
learning, the Teaching and Learning Initiative Hillwood Art Museum, located in Hillwood includes new faculty development strategies such
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 24 C.W. Post Campus
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND INFORMATION SCIENCES
The College of Education and Information Sciences offers undergraduate and graduate degrees in teacher education, educational administration, counseling, communication sciences and disorders, library and information science, computer science and management engineering. Small classes, state-of-the-art technology, exceptional student teaching and internship opportunities, and a distinguished faculty of experienced professionals combine for an education of unparalleled quality. The College of Education and Information Sciences is dedicated to preparing students for leading roles in some of the world’s fastest growing and most rewarding fields. Along with bachelor’s and master’s degrees, the College of Education and Information Sciences offers two doctoral programs – the Ph.D. in Information Studies and the Ed.D. in Interdisciplinary Educational Studies. The College is home to the nationally renowned Palmer School of Library and Information Science. In addition, the College offers graduate-level advanced certificates in such specialties as archives and records management, public library administration and school district leadership. Long-standing affiliations with dozens of school districts, public libraries and other organizations give our students opportunities for real- world experience and a forum for networking. The College holds several prestigious accreditations signifying they meet the highest standards of their respective fields.
Robert Hannafin, Ph.D. Dean [email protected]
Michael Hogan, Ph.D. Associate Dean Director, Clinical Education and Professional Certifications [email protected]
Kathryn Lusteg, Ph.D. Associate Dean; [email protected]
Marilyn Pedalino, Ph.D. Assistant Dean [email protected]
Jody Howard Interim Director, Palmer School of Library and Information Science [email protected]
Page 25 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
DEPARTMENT OF facility. communication sciences and disorders is preferred, This highly competitive M.A. program is but a background in other areas will be considered COMMUNICATION accredited by the American Speech-Language along with prerequisite work required before the SCIENCES AND DISORDERS Hearing Association. As a prerequisite for master’s program. admittance, an undergraduate degree in Admission is restricted and requires a general Phone: (516) 299-2436 communication sciences and disorders is preferred, undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a 3.0 Fax: (516) 299-3151 but a background in another area will be average in the major area. Chairperson: Slavin considered. In addition to ASHA-certification, the Admission is for the fall semester only. Associate Professors: Amato, Barrow, Domingo, program meets the requirements for New York Applications must be submitted by February 1 for Slavin, Wolk State licensure and New York State teacher the following fall term. All supporting credentials Assistant Professor: Abdelli-Beruh certification. (transcripts, three letters of recommendation, Adjuncts: 12 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS personal statement, and résumé and G.R.E.) must Ladge Speech and Hearing Center Candidates for the Master of Arts in Speech- be submitted by February 15. Phone: (516) 299-2437 Language Pathology must have completed the The program requires completion of at least 58 Fax: (516) 299-3151 following prerequisites: master’s-level credits. The degree candidate Clinical Director: Rubenstein Course Credits selects either a thesis (additional 3 credits) or Clinical Supervisors: 14 comprehensive examination option to complete. SPE 51 Phonetics of 3 Millions of Americans suffer from some form During the four-semester sequence of clinical English of speech, language or hearing disorder and practica, students will not be able to work full- require specialized therapy or rehabilitation SPE 63 Introduction to 3 time. These courses require a minimum of two services. This creates a demand for trained Linguistics and days per week and may be a full-time professionals to assist adults and children in Language Acquisition commitment. overcoming their communication difficulties. The Applicants to the Master of Science in Speech- SPE 82 Introduction to 3 Department of Communication Sciences and Language Pathology and Audiology must Speech Science Disorders is dedicated to the advancement of the complete the following requirements for diagnosis and treatment of speech, language and SPE 84 Introduction to 3 admission: hearing problems. Anatomy and • Application for Admission The M.A. in Speech-Language Pathology is Physiology of the • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) nationally accredited by the American Speech- Speech and Hearing • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Language-Hearing Association and meets the Mechanism graduate transcripts from any college(s) or universities you have attended. requirements for New York State “Teacher of SPE 90 Introduction to 3 • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative Children with Speech and Language Disabilities” Audiology certification and licensure as a speech-language grade point average in undergraduate studies pathologist. SPE 580 Introduction to 4 overall and in the major area of study or Students observe and participate in actual Speech Language successful completion of another master’s clinical sessions at the Jerrold Mark Ladge Speech Pathology degree. All applicants are required to take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). and Hearing Center, located on campus. The EDU 15A 3 • Three professional and/or academic letters of Ladge Speech and Hearing Center offers a full Psychological recommendation that address the applicant’s range of diagnostic and therapeutic services for Perspectives: Teaching potential in the profession and ability to children and adults individually and/or in small and Learning complete a graduate program groups. or • Personal Statement that addresses the reason EDU700A you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Psychological this area of study M.A. in Speech-Language Foundations of • A current resume Education Pathology • Interview with the clinic director of the
EDU 14 Historical, 3 Department of Communication Sciences and Imagine the satisfaction of helping a child Philosophical, and Disorders is at the discretion of the faculty overcome chronic stuttering or assisting a stroke Sociological • A spontaneous writing sample at admissions patient to speak more clearly. With the specialized, Foundations of interview may be required advanced training provided by the 58-credit Education • Students for whom English is a second Master of Arts in Speech-Language Pathology you or language must submit official score results of will be equipped for a career diagnosing and EDU 700B Social the Test of English as a Foreign Language treating a wide range of speech, language and Foundations of (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable hearing disorders. American Education TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Courses examine all facets of the field, computer-based or 550 paper-based) or including the; voice, stuttering, motor speech and EDU 703 Child 3 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. swallowing disorders; aural rehabilitation; Development Send application materials to: language impairments and neurogenic Each applicant’s academic background and Graduate Admissions Office communication disorders through the lifespan. training will be evaluated to determine if he or she C.W. Post Campus Central to your training will be three clinical needs to complete any prerequisite courses. Long Island University placements: the first in the on-campus clinic, the Prerequisite work will not count toward the 58- 720 Northern Boulevard second in a school setting, and the third in a credit master’s degree requirements. For admission Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 hospital, rehabilitation center or other adult to the program, an undergraduate degree in
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 26 C.W. Post Campus
Speech-Language Pathology M.A. SPE 707 Research Problems in 3.00 SPE 580 Introduction to Speech-Language Pathology ( 58-61 Credits) Speech-Language Pathology This is a survey course designed for prospective Requirements graduate in speech-language pathology. The course Required Speech-Language Pathology Courses: Required Speech-Language Pathology Courses: provides an overall perspective on the causes, as List 2 (choose one) List 1 well as principles of assessment and management of EDU 613 Methods and Materials in 3.00 SPE 601 Neuroanatomy of the 3.00 children and adults who present with Speech-Language Speech/Language and communication disorders involving speech, Pathology Hearing Mechanism language, voice and/or fluency. Twenty-five hours of observation are required of the students. SPE 610 Speech Science 3.00 SPE 634 P A S S: Practical 3.00 Applications for School Instruction in the current ASHA Code of Ethics is SPE 620 Clinical Methods and 1.00 Speech-Language included. Focused Observation in Pathologists Graduate level prerequisite course Speech-Language Credits: 4 Elective Speech Language Pathology Courses Pathology Every Spring EDU 613 Methods and Materials in 3.00 SPE 625 Intro Clinical Pratice 2.00 Speech-Language SPE 601 Neuroanatomy of the Speech/Language Speech-Language Pathology and Hearing Mechanism Pathology SPE 629 Clinical Practicum in 1.00 This course is designed to provide the student with SPE 626 Practicum in Diagnostic 1.00 Speech-Language a working knowledge of the anatomical landmarks Evaluation of Pathology II (optional) of the central nervous system, its physiology, and Communication those pathological disorders which are Disorders SPE 634 P A S S: Practical 3.00 speech/language/hearing specific. Its goal is to Applications for School familiarize the student with basic brain behaviors. SPE 627 Practicum in Audiology 1.00 Speech-Language This course provides the knowledge of the central SPE 628 Clinical Practicum in 2.00 Pathologists nervous system essential to the understand Speech-Language SPE 683 Craniofacial Anomalies 3.00 neurologically based communication disorders in Pathology I and Related Disorders of children and adults. Credits: 3 SPE 631 Clinical Practicum in 3.00 Speech Every Fall Speech Language SPE 694 Communication-Based 3.00 Pathology IV Intervention for Infants SPE 610 Speech Science SPE 632 Practicum in a School 3.00 and Toddlers This course provides a basic understanding of speech acoustics, and its application in the study of Setting Culminating Experience: speech production and perception, as well as
SPE 633 Diagnostic Procedures in 3.00 techniques of speech analysis and synthesis used in Speech-Language Student is required to do a current speech research. Various speech Pathology Comprehensive Exam or Final Project or instrumentation is also studied. Laboratory SPE 680 Swallowing Disorders in 3.00 Thesis (with course). exercises allow students hands-on experience that Children and Adults for Thesis Course integrates theories with clinical practice. the Speech-Language SPE 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 Credits: 3 Pathologist Every Fall and Spring
SPE 682 Voice Disorders 3.00 SPE 620 Clinical Methods and Focused Communication Sciences and Observation in Speech-Language Pathology SPE 684 Stuttering 3.00 Disorders Courses The purpose of this one credit seminar is to provide SPE 685 Aphasia and Related 3.00 each student with an introduction to clinical Disorders methods used in prevention, evaluation and EDU 613 Methods and Materials in Speech- treatment of communication and related disorders SPE 687 Phonological and 3.00 Language Pathology across the life span in speech-language pathology. Articulation Disorders in This course will introduce school-based speech- Students will have an opportunity to observe Children language pathology practices as a learning sessions in the Ladge Speech and Hearing Center, SPE 689 Language Disorders in 3.00 experience. Students will learn to interface and participate in lectures, reading, video tape Children and Adolescents effectively with teachers and other personnel in the analysis, seminar participation and role playing to schools. Students will explore curriculum and the SPE 690 School-Based Language 3.00 better understand the thought process for session underpinning components of speech-language Intervention for the planning and interaction. The class will help development and the impact of speech-language Speech-Language students become better prepared for direct clinical difficulties and differences on children¿s ability to Pathologist interaction with clients in the subsequent semester listen, speak, read, and write. Service delivery in Speech 625. Experiences will be supervised by SPE 691 Motor Speech Disorders 3.00 models, including classroom collaboration and the Director of the Ladge Speech and Hearing in Children and Adults consultation, will be presented using Center and the supervisory staff. A seminar class constructionist techniques and authentic materials. SPE 692 Aural Rehabilitation 3.00 will meet regularly to review and discuss theoretical Credits: 3 and procedural information and review textbook Every Summer material and observations.
Page 27 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Credits: 1 clients, clinical procedures, and professional issues principles and procedures including interviewing Every Fall, Spring and Summer including and testing, are stressed. the ASHA Code of Ethics, licensure and Prerequisite of SPE 685, 687, 689 is required. SPE 625 Intro Clinical Pratice Speech-Language certification rules and requirements. Supervision Credits: 3 Pathology groups once per week for one hour accompanies Every Fall and Summer This course provides the graduate student in the one hour seminar. Individual supervisory speech-language pathology with an overview of the sessions and mentoring of graduate clinicians is SPE 634 P A S S: Practical Applications for evaluation and therapeutic process with a limited stressed. School Speech-Language Pathologists amount of hands-on clinical experience. The course Credits: 2 This course is an innovative practical and pragmatic covers fundamental concepts in client and clinician Every Fall, Spring and Summer course for graduate speech-language pathology interaction, the clinical process, clinical vocabulary, students (SLP) preparing for work in schools. This and the supervisory process. Students participate in SPE 629 Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language course covers the following from a practical lecture seminar, clinical observation and therapy, as Pathology II (optional) application perspective: making service delivery well as analysis of clinical sessions. Lecture for one Additional remedial hands-on experience in models work, collaboration, the ABCs of IEPs, hour weekly plus on hour supervision group, and evaluation and treatment is parents as communication partners, preparing an directly supervised clinical interaction with several directly supervised by the Communication Sciences in-service workshop for teachers and/or parents, pediatric and adult clients over the semester in the and Disorders legal landmarks for the SLP, working with the Ladge Speech and Hearing Center is faculty in the Ladge Speech and Hearing Center. hearing impaired, working within the political included.Students are sometimes paired with a There is a seminar one per week to framework of the school, and more. The diversity of more advanced graduate clinician. Twenty five discuss clients and clinical procedures. students and challenges for the speech-language hours of observation (15 hours must be at the Prerequisite of SPE 632 is required. pathologist in schools are constantly changing. This Ladge Speech and Hearing Center) is Credits: 1 to 3 course seeks to prepare school based SLPs to meet required prior to registration for this class. Every Fall, Spring and Summer these challenges with practical applications that can Credits: 2 be immediately applied to the administration of Every Fall, Spring and Summer SPE 631 Clinical Practicum in Speech Language speech-language services in schools. Pathology IV - Adults SPE 626 Practicum in Diagnostic Evaluation of This course is a continuation of the practicum work Note: See EDU 703 (graduate) under Communication Disorders in Speech 628 with an emphasis on clinical Curriculum and Instruction School of The purpose of this course is to provide each practicum in speech pathology under the Education. student with hands-on experience supervision of licensed and certified supervisors at Credits: 3 in administering, scoring, analysis and off campus centers that provide speech-language On Occasion interpretation of standardized tests as and related services for adults. There is a weekly well as report writing and referral in children and seminar that accompanies the adult practicum SPE 680 Swallowing Disorders in Children and adults with communication disorders. Research experience. Practicum is a minimum of three days Adults for the Speech-Language Pathologist relevant to evaluation and testing procedures and per week for the semester. This course presents the anatomy and physiology of interpretation will be reviewed. Multi-cultural Prerequisite of SPE 625, 628, 633 and 685 or 691 normal and disordered oral feeding and swallowing, considerations when assessing clients will be are required. in infants, preschool, and school aged children as addressed as they affect the diagnostic procedure. Credits: 3 well as adults. Emphasis is on medical, cognitive Credits: 1 Every Fall, Spring and Summer and behavioral issues related to the etiology, Every Fall and Summer diagnosis and treatment of dysphagia. Topics will SPE 632 Practicum in a School Setting include evaluation and treatment of oral feeding SPE 627 Practicum in Audiology This practicum is designed to partially fulfill and swallowing disorders in the home, medical This course is designed to fulfill Audiology requirements for teacher certification. The student setting, and the classroom. Methods of Practicum hours for the Speech Language becomes familiar with all aspects of the technological assessment including modified Pathology Master of Arts Degree. The practicum is administration of speech/language services in a barium swallow studies, flexible endoscopic completed through observation in the Audiology school evaluation of swallowing will and Aural Rehabilitation services conducted at the and gradually assumes responsibility for caseload also be presented. Ladge Speech and Hearing Center and management. The practicum is a minimum of participation in audiological screenings at the three days per week and there is a seminar once per Fall, 3 credits Center and in the community. A total of 15 hours week accompanying the practicum experience. Prerequisite of SPE 601, 685 is required. of participation in audiological screenings within Prerequisite of SPE 628, 633 is required. Credits: 3 the Scope of Practice for a speech-language Credits: 3 Every Summer pathologist is required. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Credits: 1 SPE 681 Language Disorders in Severe Every Fall, Spring and Summer SPE 633 Diagnostic Procedures in Speech- Developmental Disabilities and Autism Language Pathology This course presents graduate students in special SPE 628 Clinical Practicum in Speech-Language This course introduces assessment models for education and speech language pathology with the Pathology I communication disorders. Formal and informal neurological, cognitive and communicative This course is a hands-on experience in providing assessment procedures are presented. Report characteristics of people with developmental evaluation and treatment in speech/language writing including formulation of diagnostic disabilities and/or autism. The pathology and related disorders in children and impressions, and development of recommendations course also addresses social and emotional aspects adults directly supervised by the Communication are taught through a combination of language development across the life span. Both Sciences and Disorders supervisory staff in the of lecture, observation and participation in traditional and topical methods of intervention will C.W. Post Campus Ladge Speech and Hearing diagnostic sessions. be discussed and contrasted in class discussions. Center. A seminar once per week will discuss Cultural perspectives related to diagnostic
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 28 C.W. Post Campus
Class participants will be encouraged to share and SPE 684 Stuttering to question more traditional school-based clinical discuss their work and/or personal experiences as The course covers the major theories and research practices, such as relying on intervention conducted they pertain to course content during the term. on the etiology and development of stuttering. in separate settings (e.g., ¿pull-out¿ therapy), in light Case presentations will that include principles and Study of diagnostic and therapeutic principles and of an increased call for collaboration between practices relevant to identification,diagnosis and procedures for children and adults are stressed. At regular and special educators and SLPs in the treatment procedures, as they relate to autism the end of this course students will 1) be able to classroom. They will learn to serve the spectrum disorders and other developmental differentiate normal disfluencies from stuttering; 2) communicative needs of their clients through disabilities, will be discussed as consistent with understand the role of emotions in stuttering; 3) curriculum-based assessment and intervention. ASHA guidelines. understand the difference in stuttering Case discussions Credits: 3 modification and fluency shaping techniques. will be presented that include principles and Every Spring Prerequisite or Co-requisite of SPE 601 is required. practices relevant to diagnostic and treatment Credits: 3 procedures as they relate to language learning SPE 682 Voice Disorders Every Fall and Spring disabilities and related language disorders This course serves to introduce the various aspects encountered in the school setting, consistent with of normal and pathological voices. The structural, SPE 685 Aphasia and Related Disorders ASHA guidelines. physiological,psychological, and cultural factors that This course presents the physical, theoretical and Credits: 3 may result in various forms of voice disorders will etiological considerations pertaining to aphasia and Every Fall and Spring be discussed. Specifically, the following areas will be related disorders, including dysarthria and cognitive included: (1)review of anatomy and physiology of impairments. Diagnostic and therapeutic SPE 691 Motor Speech Disorders in Children and structures involved in voice production; approaches are studied. Adults (2) pathophysiology of disordered voice in Prerequisite of SPE 601 is required. This course will familiarize the graduate student association with the larynx and vocal tract; (3) Credits: 3 win speech-language pathology with current diagnosis and treatment methods for disorders Every Spring concepts concerning the neurological nature of associated with the larynx and vocal tract; and (4) verbal speech production and the effect that speech rehabilitation, after laryngectomy. Upon SPE 687 Phonological and Articulation Disorders congenital and acquired neurologic disorders have completion of the course, the students are expected in Children on motor planning, neuromuscular control and to develop problem-solving skills in diagnosing and This course presents the graduate student in speech- execution of speech. Assessment procedures for treating voice disorders. language pathology with current concepts detecting the various motor speech disorders, Fall, 3 credits concerning the nature of normal articulation and including dysarthria and apraxia of speech will be Credits: 3 phonological development and articulation and reviewed. Management procedures for remediating Every Fall phonological disorders. Assessment procedures for these impairments in adults and children will be detecting articulatory and phonological presented. Diagnostic and treatment principles and SPE 683 Craniofacial Anomalies and Related impairments, motor speech disorders, and practices related to the control of respiratory, Disorders of Speech treatment procedures for phonatory, resonatroy, articulatory and prosodic The course aims at learning the effects of remediating these impairments are covered. Case aspects of speech production will be applied craniofacial anomalies on speech development. discussions will be presented that high- light through case presentations. Particularly, how clefts of the lip and/or palate principles and practices relevant to diagnostic and Credits: 3 affect speech production is examined in relation to treatment of articulatory, phonological and oral- Every Spring resonance and velopharyngeal functioning. Focus is motor disorders, consistent with ASHA guidelines. on the interdisciplinary team model for speech Co-requisite of SPE 601 or 610 is required. SPE 692 Aural Rehabilitation assessment and treatment. Possible feeding Credits: 3 This course provides the graduate student in speech problems in this population are also discussed. Every Fall and Spring pathology with a broad Upon completion of the course, the student should understanding of the principle theories and be able to: (1) Demonstrate a functional knowledge SPE 689 Language Disorders in Children and methodologies currently applied in aural of the embryological development of the Adolescents rehabilitation of hearing impaired persons. The craniofacial area; (2) Identify the various structures Typical acquisition of language is reviewed as a hearing aid as an instrument of rehabilitation is of the craniofacial area that are directly involved in baseline for identifying language and learning described as well as other assistive listening devices. speech production and swallowing; (3) Identify disorders and delays. Characteristic features of Also included are techniques of speech reading and major causes of craniofacial anomalies, including speech and language in the language disordered auditory training. major syndromes, sequences and associations; (4) child will be covered. Assessment procedures, Credits: 3 Identify and discuss specific techniques used in the including standardized tests and language sample Every Spring evaluation and treatment of speech, resonance and analysis, will be emphasized. Strategies of velopharyngeal dysfunction associated with intervention and implementation of functional SPE 694 Communication-Based Intervention for craniofacial anomalies; and (5) Evaluate resonance evidence-based therapy programs will be discussed. Infants and Toddlers problem by using nasometer. In addition, the Prerequisite or Co-requisite of SPE 601 is required. This course involves students in a critical study of course provides sufficient information to the Credits: 3 recent trends in the diagnosis and treatment of students to do well on the National Every Fall and Spring infants and toddlers, birth through age three, who
Examinations in Speech-Language Pathology and are at risk for or present with speech and/or SPE 690 School-Based Language Intervention for Audiology. language delays and disorders. Special attention is the Speech-Language Pathologist Credits: 3 given to developmental approaches and This course will enable graduate students in speech- On Occasion mainstreaming. language pathology (SLP) to apply the fundamentals Prerequisite of 601, 610, 689 is required. learned regarding normal and disordered processes Credits: 3 of speech,language, and hearing to the classroom Every Summer setting. SLP students will be challenged
Page 29 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SPE 695 Mgt Of Hearing Loss In Children graduate transcripts from any college(s) or This course is designed as an introduction to the DEPARTMENT OF universities you have attended. process of audiologic rehabilitation for children • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 with hearing loss. Students will be provided with COMPUTER SCIENCE AND grade point average or equivalent in an information necessary to identify the need for MANAGEMENT accredited bachelor’s program that develops rehabilitation services and suggestions for program quantitative reasoning and scientific implementation ENGINEERING methodology. In general, most applicants will
Credits: 3 have completed undergraduate work in fields Phone: (516) 299-2293 On Occasion such as computer science, mathematics, the Fax: (516) 299-3418 physical sciences, quantitative management or Chair: Susan Fife Dorchak SPE 700 Independent Study in Speech-Language engineering at approved institutions qualify for Senior Professor: White Pathology admission. It is also suggested that the student Professor: Dorchak Permission to take this course is based on particular have practical experience in engineering or a Associate Professors: Heim, Malinowski, criteria: 1) merit of proposed study; 2) maturity of related technical field. Rozenshtein student; i.e., ability to complete such a study. • Two professional and/or academic letters of Visiting Professors (2011): Williams, Scovetta Permission to take this independent course recommendation that address the applicant’s Adjunct Faculty: 6 necessitates the signature of the faculty member potential in the profession and ability to The Department of Computer Science and conducting the study and the department chair. complete a graduate program. Management Engineering offers three programs The faculty member directing the project must be • Personal Statement that addresses the reason leading to the Master of Science degree. The qualified in the area designated by the student. The you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Management Engineering Program provides choice of faculty member (with the previous this area of study. students with relevant skills and knowledge for stipulation) is made by the student. • Students for whom English is a second practical technical management, specifically Credits: 1 to 3 language must submit official score results of engineering and project management. The On Demand the Test of English as a Foreign Language Information Technology Education Program (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable SPE 707 Research Problems in Speech-Language prepares students to train and support various TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Pathology levels of users of computer-based technology. The computer-based or 550 paper-based) or This course provides an understanding of research Information Systems Program prepares students to minimum IELTS score: 6.5. design and data analysis. Developing skills for analyze, develop and manage complex information Send application materials to: critical evaluation of scientific publications is systems in an enterprise environment. Graduate Admissions Office stressed. An appreciation for the benefits and Our programs are designed for the working C.W. Post Campus pitfalls of research is fostered by the development professional. All courses are taught in the evenings Long Island University and execution of a research project culminating in a or on the weekends to accommodate the majority 720 Northern Boulevard formal presentations of findings. of students who hold full-time jobs. Graduate Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Prerequisite of SPE 601 & 689 is required. classes are small (average size is 15), which Credits: 3 enables our students to get to know each other and MS Management Engineering Every Fall and Spring to work together as they go through their programs MS Management Engineering Major of study. SPE 708 Thesis Seminar Requirements This course is a capstone option for graduate Required Management Engineering Courses students. It covers the preparation of the thesis. M.S. in Management MGE 501 Engineering Economic 3.00 The completed thesis must be Analysis I approved by a committee, and the writer must Engineering MGE 521 Project Management 3.00 undergo an oral examination. The primary objective of this program is to Principles Enrollment is restricted to students whose projects provide students with the knowledge and skills have been approved by MGE 523 Quality and Process 3.00 required to be effective leaders in multidisciplinary the department faculty. This course may replace the Improvement project teams. The 36-credit Master of Science in comprehensive examination. Management Engineering program is appropriate MGE 525 Communications 3.00 Credits: 3 for engineers and other technical professionals Management On Occasion who are interested in developing the skills and MGE 611 Engineering Cost 3.00 knowledge base necessary to be effective project Analysis managers. This is a flexible program in that students can MGE 621 Project Planning and 3.00 combine the required courses with a variety of Control elective courses best suited to advance their own MGE 627 Project Risk Management 3.00 careers and to make them more valuable to the organization in which they are employed. MGE 629 Human Resource 3.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Management & Applicants to the M.S. in Management Administration Engineering must meet the following requirements MGE 633 Systems Engineering 3.00 for admission. • Application for Admission. MGE 707 Management Engineering 3.00 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Thesis • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 30 C.W. Post Campus
Required Management Engineering Capstone potential in the profession and ability to CS 624 Communicating and 3.00 Courses complete a graduate program. Documenting Information Management Engineering Thesis • Personal Statement (500 to 1,000 words) that Systems MGE 709 Management Engineering 3.00 describes your reason for pursuing graduate CS 634 Computer Networks and 3.00 Thesis work in this area of study. Information Systems • Students for whom English is a second Project Management Practicum language must submit official score results of CS 636 Enterprise Networks 3.00 MGE 695 Project Management 3.00 the Test of English as a Foreign Language Practicum CS 650 Human Computer 3.00 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Interaction TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 M.S. in Information Systems computer-based or 550 paper-based) or CS 706 IS/ITEThesis Research 3.00 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. CS 710 Information Systems 3.00 The 36-credit Master of Science in Information Send application materials to: Project Management Systems focuses on the integration of technology, Graduate Admissions Office people and strategy. It is designed to provide C.W. Post Campus Required Information Systems Capstone students with the knowledge and skills to develop Long Island University Courses and manage sophisticated information systems, as 720 Northern Boulevard Information Systems Practicum well as managing the people and processes Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 CS 694 Information Systems 3.00 involved in systems development. At the heart of Conditional Admittance Practicum the degree is the integration of technology into the All applicants to the graduate Information Thesis Course business process. The knowledge and skills you Systems program must meet the criteria listed in CS 708 IS/ITE Thesis Writing 3.00 will acquire in this program will open career the Admission Requirements section. Any options in a wide range of fields and locations. applicant who lacks this required background will The program gives students the fundamental be admitted to the program on a conditional or a M.S. in Information Technology knowledge and skills that are required at the limited matriculated basis until he or she Education project management level within the enterprise, completes the necessary pre-core courses including the technical foundations of information described below. MS Information Technology systems and the skills required to manage Pre-Core Courses resources and to lead people. Throughout the (Required for individuals who have insufficient Education Requirements program, courses are taught in a way that will academic background to begin the master’s Required Information Technology Eduation enable you to learn to integrate all components of program.) Courses information system technology (hardware and The pre-core courses can be completed in one CS 502 Computers and 3.00 software), people and business strategy into an year or less and they prepare a student to take the Programming efficient and effective resource that helps an courses required for the graduate information CS 504 Intermediate 3.00 organization fulfill its unique mission within the systems program. Programming economy and society. Course (18 credits) The program is well suited to those who want CS 502 Computers and Programming (3) CS 506 Networking Systems 3.00 to change careers and/or gain marketable skills in a CS 504 Intermediate Programming (3) Fundamentals world that is becoming increasingly more reliant CS 506 Networking Systems Fundamentals (3) CS 508 Computer Systems and 3.00 on the computerized collection, processing, CS 508 Computer Systems and Architecture (3) Architecture distribution and accessibility of information. CS 540 Database Fundamentals (3) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS CS 554 Information Systems Development (3) CS 540 Database Fundamentals 3.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Information Systems CS 554 Information Systems 3.00 must meet the following requirements for MS Information Systems Development admission. Requirements CS 580 Methods and Tools for 3.00 • Application for Admission Students are expected to have a minimum Technical Training • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) undergraduate GPA of 3.0 and undergraduate • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or coursework in the following areas: object-oriented One of the following: graduate transcripts from any college(s) or programming, database, networks, operating CS 590 Computer User Support 3.00 universities you have attended. systems, and systems analysis and design. CS 624 Communicating and 3.00 • Applicants are required to have a baccalaureate Required Information Systems Courses degree with a minimum cumulative grade point Documenting Information CS 602 Database Implementation 3.00 average of 3.0 or equivalent. To enter the Systems and Administration program as a full matriculant, the student must Elective Information Technology Eduation have majored in either Computer Science or CS 614 Information Systems 3.00 Courses Information Systems or have equivalent Analysis Any two courses in graduate Computer Science professional experience. Any applicant who CS 616 Information Systems 3.00 (CS), Management Engineering (MGE) or lacks this required background will be admitted Design and Telecommunications (TEL) to the program on a conditional or limited Implementation Required Information Technology Eduation matriculated basis until he or she completes the Capstone Courses necessary pre-core courses described below. CS 622 Management and 3.00 CS 706 IS/ITEThesis Research 3.00 See “Conditional Admittance.” Two Economics of Information professional and/or academic letters of Systems CS 708 IS/ITE Thesis Writing 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s
Page 31 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Credits: 3 course encompass the concepts in a variety of Computer Science and Every Spring languages to allow the relationships among variants of the same concept to be clearly seen. The core of Management Engineering CS 512 C Programming and Its Application the course is to develop essential concepts in the Courses This course introduces the student to the C areas of data representation, operations on data programing language and its application in the structures and program structures. Specific industrial programming environment. Topics cover programming languages are chosen for analysis CS 502 Computers and Programming both the syntax and the semantics of the language, according to two major criteria: widespread use and This course introduces the computer and computer advantages and the pitfall of C and future trends. diversity of concept. programming. Using a current high-level language, Examples are provided from several application Computer Usage Fee emphasis is placed on the application of software areas. Prerequisite of CS 504 or equivalent is required. engineering principles to the programming process. Computer usage fee Credits: 3 Topics also include problem definition, algorithmic Prerequisite of CS 504 or equivalent is required. On Occasion solutions, computer system structure, program Credits: 3 structure and elementary data types. This course On Occasion CS 558 Advanced Operating Systems and cannot be applied for credit in the M.S. Computer Architecture Information Systems program. CS 540 Database Fundamentals This course continues the development of the Computer Usage Fee This course covers fundamentals of modern material in CSC 508 with an emphasis on intra- Credits: 3 database design and use. Specific topics include the system communications. The course includes a Every Fall transformation of system analysis products to entity discussion of I/O and interrupt structure, relationship modeling, relational database design, addressing schemes and memory management. CS 504 Intermediate Programming introduction to normalization, SQL and an Topics include concurrent processes, name This course has an additional fee.This course overview of implementation and administration management, resource allocation, protection and applies and extends the programming concepts of issues. Note: This course cannot be applied for advanced concepts. CSC 502. The student will design and build credit in the M.S. in Information Systems program. Computer Usage Fee programs of increased complexity and size. Topics Computer Usage Fee Prerequisites of CS 504 and CS 508 are required. include the software development life cycle; Prerequisite of CS 504 or equivalent is required. Credits: 3 foundations of data structures and algorithms; Credits: 3 On Occasion abstract data types, inheritance, overloading and Every Spring polymorphism, use of libraries and the CS 580 Methods and Tools for Technical Training development of reusable code, and unit and CS 552 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms This course addresses the analysis, design and integration testing. This course develops the student¿s ability to write implementation issues for the development of Note: This course cannot be applied for credit in and analyze programs through exposure to technical courses. The course objective is to teach the M.S. in Information Systems program. problems and their algorithmic solution. Topics students how to create and present quality technical Computer Usage Fee include combinations, integer arithmetic, real training. Method topics include: training needs Prerequisite of CS 502 or equivalent is required. arithmetic, polynomial arithmetic, random assessment, learning objective identification, lesson Credits: 3 numbers, matrix operations, systems programming, planning, performance and course evaluation, and Every Spring artificial intelligence and domain independent alternative pedagogies. The course also covers the techniques. tools used by the trainer for presenting information CS 506 Networking Systems Fundamentals Computer usage fee and introduces students to the authoring tools used This is a foundation course in networks and the Prerequisite of CS 504 or equivalent is required. to develop computer training courseware. multiple systems they connect. This course presents Credits: 3 Prerequisite of CS 504, 506, 508 is required. an overview of data communications by covering On Occasion Credits: 3 signals and their transmission and the hardware On Occasion and protocols needed to create a network using CS 554 Information Systems Development these signals. An overview of what a network is and This course presents an overview of the life cycle for CS 590 Computer User Support its various possibilities (WANs, MANs, LANs, information systems development. Topics include: This course introduces a wide range of issues in the Intranets and Extranets) are discussed. information systems components (people, data, computer user support field. Topics include: Note: This course cannot be applied for credit in technology and procedures), project life cycles, customer service skills, computer problem trouble- the M.S. in Information Systems program. requirements analysis, modeling methodologies, shooting, help desk operation, product evaluation, Computer Usage Fee logical and physical design, implementation user needs analysis and assessment, user reference Co-requisite of CS 502 or equivalent is required. considerations, systems quality and testing, systems and help materials and end-user system installation. Credits: 3 maintenance, and project organization and Prerequisite of CS 506 & 508 is required. Every Spring management. Credits: 3 Note: This course cannot be applied for credit in On Occasion CS 508 Computer Systems and Architecture the M.S. in Information Systems program. This course facilitates an understanding of the Co-requisite of CS 502 or equivalent is required. CS 600 Database Design organization and architecture of computer systems. Credits: 3 This course presents advanced issues and concepts Topics include operating systems (OS) Every Fall of logical database design. Topics include data fundamentals and the relationship between modeling and logical design and refinement, computer architecture and systems software. The CS 556 Programming Languages modeling tools, business rules and information student will develop an understanding of the "user The central goal of this course is to bring together needs determination and analysis. view" of operating systems, including a variety of the various facets of language design and Prerequisites of CS 624 & CS 602 are required. OS user interfaces. implementation within a single conceptual Credits: 3 Prerequisite of CS 502 or equivalent is required. framework. The topics to be discussed in this Every Spring
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 32 C.W. Post Campus
modeling, problem definition, alternatives Interpersonal communication is examined as it CS 602 Database Implementation and generation and evaluation and formal specification relates to the information systems development Administration composition. process. This course emphasizes the concepts and Prerequisite of CS 616 is required. Prerequisite of the IS pre-core courses are required techniques involved with ensuring the integrity and Credits: 3 (CS 502, 504, 506, 508, 540 and 554).. operation of databases. Topics include: Every Fall Credits: 3 transactional integrity; concurrency control; back- Every Spring up, disaster planning and recovery; security and CS 616 Information Systems Design and authorization; performance analysis, tuning and Implementation CS 630 Database Management Systems Internals troubleshooting; ODBC and other access strategies; This course presents the tools and techniques used This course presents a technical view of the internal and query tools and application generators. This to design, implement, test and maintain workings of database management systems. It course has an additional fee. information systems. Topics include translation of begins with a review of mass storage technology and Prerequisite of CS 600 is required. requirements specifications into logical and physical sequential and indexed-sequential file Credits: 3 design models, human-computer interaction, organizations. It then goes on to explore sorting, Every Fall reduction of design complexity, integration of indexed files, B and B+ tree indices, dynamic- system and data models, evaluation of design hashing, concurrency and its control, two-phase CS 604 Software Engineering with Ada quality, black box and white box testing, locking protocol, database backup and recovery, This course explores the development of technically information systems maintenance and software commit protocols and an introduction to oriented systems using Ada as both a design and quality assurance. distributed databases. implementation language. Topics include: Computer Usage Fee Computer usage fee packaging, tasking of concurrent processes and real Prerequisite of CS 554 is required. Prerequisite of CS 602 is required. time programming systems. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Computer Usage Fee Every Fall On Occasion Prerequisite of CS 504 & 554 is required. Credits: 3 CS 620 Administration of Information Systems CS 632 Theoretical Foundations of Information On Occasion Personnel Systems This course introduces information systems This course explores the theoretical foundations of CS 608 Introduction to Knowledge Engineering concepts in organizations. Topics include relating information systems topics, including set theory Topics covered in this course include concepts of systems and information to the organization, and formal data query languages such as relational Artificial Intelligence, rule based systems, inference administration of the information systems function, algebra and relational calculus. Other concepts engines, knowledge bases, user interfaces, methods selection and development of information systems covered include normalization theory, functional for knowledge representation and applications to personnel, the role of the information systems dependencies, Armstrong deductive system, expert system development. executive in the organization, computer center soundness and completeness of deductive systems, Computer Usage Fee administration and the ramifications of individual information preserving decompositions and normal Prerequisite of CS 504 or equivalent is required. and group behavior on information systems forms. Credits: 3 administration. Computer usage fee On Occasion Prerequisite of CS 554 is required. Prerequisite of CS 602 is required.
Credits: 3 Credits: 3 CS 610 Application of Formal Methods On Occasion On Occasion This course provides an introduction to the theory of automata and formal languages and applications CS 622 Management and Economics of CS 634 Computer Networks and Information to program testing, formal verification and Information Systems Systems correctness. Topics include languages and This course deals with the management and This course discusses the role of computer networks grammars, finite automata, regular expressions, economics of the information systems process and within enterprise-wide information systems. Topics algorithm complexity and decidability. product. Topics include planning an organizational include network specifications, protocols used in Prerequisite of CS 552 is required. information system, management of information various types of computer based networks from Credits: 3 and application systems development, development centralized mainframe to distributed client/server, On Occasion of strategies, application software "make" or buy comparison of different topologies and
decisions and planning to accommodate change. arrangements and evaluation of CS 612 Compiler Design and Implementation Prerequisite of the IS pre-core courses are required telecommunications equipment. This course introduces students to methods for (CS 502, 504, 506, 508, 540 and 554).. Prerequisite of the IS pre-core courses are required constructing compilers. Topics include parsing Credits: 3 (CS 502, 504, 506, 508, 540 and 554).. methods, lexical analysis, symbol table construction, Every Spring Credits: 3 intermediate code generation and code Every Fall optimization. CS 624 Communicating and Documenting Computer usage fee Information Systems CS 636 Enterprise Networks Prerequisite of CS 610 is required. This writing-intensive course pulls together the This course emphasizes the administrative concerns Credits: 3 technical and organizational aspects of information of the enterprise networks. Topics include creation On Occasion systems. Documentation of the process and of networks under different conditions, mainte-
product of information systems development is nance and management of the networks created CS 614 Information Systems Analysis stressed, including such areas as analysis and design and the effect these networks have on the enter- This course presents an in-depth look at specifications, conformation correspondence, RFP prise's information system. Computer usage fee information systems analysis within the context of a responses, walkthroughs and technical reviews, Prerequisite of CS 634 is required. current modeling methodology. Topics include documentation standards, manuals and the role of Credits: 3 information gathering, analysis techniques, systems documentation in the system quality function. Every Spring
Page 33 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
required. the thesis problem. The completed thesis, usually CS 640 Computer Simulation Credits: 3 following the five-chapter model is defended before In this course, computer simulation techniques are On Occasion a department faculty committee. A grade of B or used in the solution of system problems. Topics better is required to pass the master's degree include: techniques for generating pseudo-random CS 690 Special Topics in IS/ITE milestone requirement. numbers and applicable statistical testing The specific contents of these courses may vary each Credits: 3 procedures, the formulation of a model for time they are offered. They reflect current research Every Semester computer simulation solution, data-gathering, and practice in advanced areas. Topics and parameter estimation, design of simulation prerequisites are announced before the registration CS 710 Information Systems Project Management experiments, variance reduction techniques, period begins. This course presents a detailed study of the validation and analysis of simulation results. Note: students are permitted to repeat these courses integration of the qualitative and quantitative Computer usage fee for additional credit provided that content is elements of information systems while applying Prerequisite of CS 552 is required. different. project management techniques. Students work Credits: 3 Credits: 3 through and manage a complete project from On Occasion On Occasion conception through the various deliverables to termination. Stress is on the practical tools and CS 644 System Performance Evaluation CS 692 Special Topics in IS/ITE application of problem definition, work breakdown Techniques for system analysis and program The specific contents of these courses may vary each structure, planning and scheduling, meeting quality performance measurement are presented. Topics time they are offered. They reflect current research specifications, project review and evaluation include: levels and types of system simulations, and practice in advanced areas. Topics and techniques and scope and risk management. performance prediction and monitoring, and prerequisites are announced before the registration Prerequisite or corequisite of CS 706 is required. modeling of concurrent processes and the resources period begins. Credits: 3 they share. Note: students are permitted to repeat these courses Every Fall Computer usage fee for additional credit provided that content is Prerequisite of CS 558 & 554 is required. different. MGE 501 Engineering Economic Analysis I Credits: 3 Credits: 3 This course discusses the development of On Occasion On Occasion quantitative foundations upon which engineering decisions are based. Topics include: engineering CS 648 Computer Science Mathematics CS 694 Information Systems Practicum economic analysis, developing and evaluating cost This course surveys mathematical methods applied This course is a capstone course that applies and effective programs, introduction to statistical to computer science. Algorithms and special integrates the content of the entire program. Stress decision-making and hypothesis testing. Systems language structures of mathematical problems are is on the analysis, design and development of are carried through to the preparation of financial analyzed. dependable and secure systems. Students will relate statements as they relate to the technical project. Prerequisite of CS 552 is required. their solutions to industry and academic literature. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Every Spring On Occasion Every Spring MGE 505 Engineering Probability and Statistics CS 650 Human Computer Interaction CS 700 IS/ITE Project Topics covered in this course include development This course provides an overview of Human- This course is for students who wish to undertake of the logical probabilistic foundations upon which Computer Interface (HCI) an approved software project including design, quantitative management engineering is based, design. HCI paradigms are examined in relation to implementation and documentation. The project is development of the fundamentals of probability the historical evolution of hardware and software. under the guidance of an advisor, and the topic theory, commonly used probability distributions Topics include: techniques facilitating effective must be approved jointly by the advisor, the and set notation, introduction to statistical decision human-computer interaction; design principles, graduate director and the department chair. theory, sampling methods and hypothesis-testing. guidelines and methodologies for interactive (Credits based on complexity) Credits: 3 systems that optimize user productivity, design Credits: 1 to 3 On Occasion issues such as user help facilities and error On Occasion information handling; and strategies for evaluating MGE 509 Cost Fundamentals human-computer interfaces. Application of CS 706 IS/ITEThesis Research This course represents the fundamentals of techniques and principles using prototyping will be The student researches and prepares for the industrial cost systems from a management examined. master’s thesis. Topics include critical evaluation of engineering view including data sources, collection Prerequisite of the IS pre-core courses are required literature, problem statement formulation, and recording; cost analysis and prediction; (CS 502, 504, 506, 508, 540 and 554).. literature review synthesis, research methods, and allocation of indirect and joint costs; and the Credits: 3 research writing requirements (content and format). preparation and use of budgets. Job order, process Every Spring The student must achieve a grade of B or better to and standard cost systems are investigated. The move on to the Thesis Writing Course CS 708. systems are carried through to the preparation of CS 670 E-Commerce Credits: 3 financial statements. This course emphasizes recent technologies for Every Semester Credits: 3
Web design and development as they are applied to On Occasion E-Commerce on the Internet. Areas covered CS 708 IS/ITE Thesis Writing include: relationship management with the The student is responsible for preparing a MGE 521 Project Management Principles consumer, personalization and membership using completed master's thesis under the guidance of an This course presents an overview of the basic Site Server and Commerce Server, LDAP, push and advisor assigned by the department. A grade of B or principles of project management: planning, pull technology, multicasting and personalized mail. better in the Thesis Research course CS 706 is definition of work requirements, quality and Prerequsite of IS pre-core courses and CS 600 are required along with a completed literature review of quantity of work, definition of needed resources,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 34 C.W. Post Campus progress tracking, comparison of actual to predicted Prerequisite of MGE 521 is required. outcomes, analysis of impacts and change MGE 601 Engineering Economic Analysis II Credits: 3 management. Appropriate productivity software Quantitative methods and economic logic are Every Fall will be introduced. interwoven to establish decision-making patterns Credits: 3 for the industrial firm. Among the practical and MGE 623 Configuration Management Every Fall analytical risk and uncertainty, forces of demand Configuration management procedures and and pricing structures, problems of capital methods are studied for the establishment of MGE 523 Quality and Process Improvement budgeting and engineering economic analysis, and technical documentation covering configuration This course addresses the identification, cost-effectiveness studies. identification, control and accounting for a documentation and evaluation of the Project Prerequisite of MGE 501 is required. complex weapons system or systems of other Management process, the metrics involved in that Credits: 3 contract end items (Cel's). The study extends from process and a discussion of various models of On Occasion the conceptual phase through the contract quality management. Emphasis will be on the definition and acquisition/operation phases of the integration of process and product improvement. MGE 605 Engineering Statistics and Applications life cycle of a system. Co-requisite of MGE 521 is required. This course discusses the application of probability Credits: 3 Credits: 3 and statistical decision theory to the solution of On Occasion Every Fall management engineering problems. Topics include the uses and functions of random variables, MGE 625 Patents and Engineering Law MGE 525 Communications Management probability distributions, point and interval Topics covered in this course are patentability; This course examines the people side of the estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, and applications for patents infringement; litigations; interdisciplinary project team: leadership; hiring, techniques in the use of statistical decision theory procedures before the courts; various type of training, and evaluating of personnel; and technical for problem solving. patents including utility patents, reissue, patents, communications within the project team, with the Credits: 3 design patents, and plant patents; ancillary matters organization's managers, outside vendors, suppliers, On Occasion including employment contracts, assignments, and other project stake-holders. licenses, confidential relationships, trade secrets Co-requisite of MGE 521 is required. MGE 611 Engineering Cost Analysis and antitrust; comparative foreign patent law; and Credits: 3 This course explores the use of the basic cost system an introduction to trademarks and copyright. Every Spring in constructing cost estimates and in reporting and Credits: 3 controlling costs and the effect of cost studies on On Occasion MGE 541 Marketing in the Technical managerial decisions. Advanced topics in cost Environment systems include: approaches to allocation, cost MGE 627 Project Risk Management This presentation of management techniques for variance analysis, cost-volume profit relationships, This course explains how to identify, analyze, marketing technical products and engineering responsibility accounting and management control, mitigate and monitor the various risks involved in services covers topics which include: the marketing sales and production mix, capital budgeting, profit any project. The different categories of risks system, strategic marketing, market opportunity planning and applications of quantitative associated with a project (technical, performance, analysis, market planning, product strategy management science techniques. scope, schedule, cost) will be examined. Also formulation, the marketing mix, the marketing Prerequisite of MGE 501 is required. discussed are the particular risks involved in organization, marketing research, marketing Credits: 3 procurement and sub-contracting. Appropriate information systems and sales force decisions. Every Fall productivity software will be introduced. Credits: 3 Prerequisite of MGE 621 is required. On Occasion MGE 617 Management of R & D Credits: 3 This intermediate course applies principles of Every Spring MGE 591 Policy for the Management of technical management to the particular problems of Technical Firms research and development. Discussion covers such MGE 629 Human Resource Management & This course examines policy setting and managerial areas as manager-engineer/scientist and Administration decision-making and practices in technical firms by engineer/scientist-technician relations, This course examines the people side of the means of case studies and student role-playing. interdepartmental problems, planning and interdisciplinary project team. Topics include: Emphasis is on state-of-the-art techniques for such scheduling R&D, contract administration and the development of a project human resource plan, decision-making. creative environment. team building, hiring, firing, development, Credits: 3 Prerequisite of MGE 521 OR CS 620 is required. personnel evaluation and organizational behavior. On Occasion Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion Every Spring MGE 593 Systems Methodology for Management Engineering MGE 621 Project Planning and Control MGE 631 Human Factors In Engineering Design This integrating course for management This course centers around the processes and This course discusses systems engineering engineering emphasizes the set of systems-based procedures involved in planning a project (e.g., approaches to equate human capabilities to methods used to define and intervene in technical scope management, statement of work, hardware for increasing the effective performance problem and opportunity situations. Topics requirements specification, work breakdown of man-machine systems. include: comparison of hard and soft systems structure, allocation to sub-contractors, scheduling); thinking, practical applications using case studies, managing the trade-offs involved in terms of cost, Topics include: the evaluation of visual and and principles of creative thinking used to develop time and performance; monitoring the project's auditory information display, environmental effects, research and development strategies. progress in terms of both scheduling and cost; and control and workplace design; and anthropometric Prerequisite of MGE 521, 523, 525 is required. managing the changes that take place at various data analysis for increasing operational Credits: 3 stages of the project life cycle. Appropriate effectiveness, accelerating training On Occasion productivity software will be introduced. accomplishments, reducing accidents and
Page 35 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 increasing systems reliability. MGE 665 Industrial Dynamics Systems for additional credit provided that content is Credits: 3 Simulation different. On Occasion This course covers design, construction and Credits: 3 computer simulation models. Models constructed On Occasion MGE 633 Systems Engineering represent structure, policies and decisions in such This course introduces the concepts of systems areas as production and inventory, research and MGE 693 Special Topics in Management engineering, which are used to cope with the engineering, personnel policies and capital Engineering and Management Science complexity of modern system development. The expenditures. Employing industrial dynamics The specific contents of these courses may vary each approach can be applied to a wide variety of concepts, the interaction of feedback in a dynamic time they are offered. They reflect current research developments from huge aerospace systems to mass- management systems is tested and studied over a and practice in advanced areas. Topics and produced consumer electronics, pharmaceuticals wide spectrum of time cycles. Students construct, prerequisites are announced before the registration and information systems. The course covers the run and analyze elementary models of their own period begins. following topics: systems engineering process, choice. Note: students are permitted to repeat these courses systems engineering management, user and system Credits: 3 for additional credit provided that content is requirements, system architecture, system On Occasion different. integration and test, the role of software in systems, Credits: 3 prototyping, requirements tracking and MGE 681 Industrial Engineering Control Systems On Occasion dependability. This course analyzes the operating characteristics of Prerequisite of MGE 621 is required. production, quality assurance and inventory control MGE 695 Project Management Practicum Credits: 3 systems. It includes development of numerical This course is a capstone course that applies and Every Fall methods for controlling systems performance at the integrates theory and implementation of qualitative decision-making level and problems in quality and quantitative elements of project management. MGE 635 Engineering Reliability and control, station balancing, economic order Stress is on the practical tools and application of Maintainability quantity, periodic and order point inventory planning, budgeting, staffing, scheduling, and The decision models of systems reliability and control under uncertainty, network schedules, operations research involved in complex maintainability are developed. Engineering and production planning and control systems. Activities engineering programs and projects. managerial aspects of reliability programs are of industrial engineering as a management system Prerequisite or corequisite of MGE 707 is required. treated, including life testing, redundancy, trade- are developed. Credits: 3 offs, systems design review and failure reporting. Credits: 3 Every Spring
Discussions deal with reliability structures, hazard On Occasion functions and Markov models. MGE 701 Management Engineering Projects Credits: 3 MGE 685 Industrial Engineering Methods This course is for students who wish to work on an On Occasion This comprehensive course covers effective plant approved project in management engineering and location and layout, material handling, prepare a paper suitable for publication in a MGE 651 Mathematical Programming development and application of work professional journal. Arrangements are made with This course explores the development of recursive measurement, value engineering techniques, the department chairperson. optimization algorithms. Particular emphasis is process charting, work sampling, line balancing, Credits: 3 given to the simplex algorithm used in linear learning curve theory and principles of work On Occasion programming (the optimization of a linear function simplification. The justification of capital MGE 707 Management Engineering Thesis subject to linear constraints). The "assignment" and expenditures and determination of manufacturing The student researches and prepares for the "transportation" recursive procedures are also product costs are also treated. master’s thesis. Topics include critical evaluation of analyzed. Credits: 3 literature, problem statement formulation, Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion literature review synthesis, research methods, and MGE 687 Production and Inventory Analysis research writing requirements (content and format). MGE 655 Operations Research I This is a quantitative approach to problems in The student must achieve a grade of B or better to The application of the scientific method to inventory and production control. Inventory move on to the Thesis Writing Course MGE 709. organizations and systems is developed. models for fixed order and fixed interval systems, Credits: 3 Deterministic models are emphasized, particularly both deterministic and probabilistic, are discussed; Every Semester applications of programming algorithms both to also, the techniques of modifying the models for MGE 709 Management Engineering Thesis software design and development as well as software special conditions are considered. Other topics The student is responsible for preparing a utilization. include low demand and fixed demand problems, completed master's thesis under the guidance of an Prerequisiste of MGE 655 is required. the interrelationship of inventory control, and an advisor assigned by the department. A grade of B or Credits: 3 introduction to production scheduling models. better in the Thesis Research course MGE 707 is On Occasion Credits: 3 required along with a completed literature review of On Occasion MGE 659 Operations Research II the thesis problem. The completed thesis, usually This course is a continuation of Operations MGE 691 Special Topics in Management following the five-chapter model is defended before Research I covering stochastic models and their Engineering and Management Science a department faculty committee. A grade of B or application to software development and to the The specific contents of these courses may vary each better is required to pass the master's degree operation of systems. time they are offered. They reflect current research milestone requirement. Prerequisiste of MGE 655 is required. and practice in advanced areas. Topics and Credits: 3 Credits: 3 prerequisites are announced before the registration Every Semester
On Occasion period begins.
Note: students are permitted to repeat these courses
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 36 C.W. Post Campus
TEL 502 Telecommunications planning and managing a telecommunications school counselor in New York, leads to permanent This course is an overview of the history and future facility and marketing telecommunications New York State certification as a school of the telecommunications industry. Topics include products. Selected topics may include international counselor. telecommunications technology, regulatory communications, new telecommunication ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS environment, competitive structure, product and products, services and their applications; and Applicants to the Master of Science in School service offerings, and managerial and social regulatory policy and tariffs. Counseling must meet the following requirements implications of telecommunications. Prerequisite of TEL 618 is required. for admission. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 • Application for Admission. On Occasion On Occasion • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or TEL 504 Systems, Signals and Circuits DEPARTMENT OF graduate transcripts from any college(s) or This course is an introduction to electrical universities you have attended. engineering topics fundamental to communications COUNSELING AND • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative and computer systems. Topics include properties of DEVELOPMENT grade point average in undergraduate studies or systems in the time and frequency domains, control successful completion of another master’s systems, signal and noise concepts, modulation, Phone: (516) 299-2814/2815 degree. Applicants who do not meet this multiplexing, estimation, filtering and detection of Fax: (516) 299-3312 academic requirement will be required to take signals, information theory, fundamental properties Chair: Bordan the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). For of electric circuits, the network model, equilibrium Senior Professors: Araoz, McGowan admission purposes, only the writing equations and dynamics, introduction to electronic Professors: Goldin, Heck, Schaefer-Schiumo, assessment of the GRE is evaluated. This devices and circuits. Bordan section of the exam assesses writing and critical Credits: 3 Associate Professors: Ciborowski, Colangelo, thinking skills which are essential attributes for On Occasion Smith the professional counselor. Applicants will be
Assistant Professors: Keefe-Cooperman, Mariska, considered to have met the GRE requirement if TEL 600 Cyber Forensics for Information Systems Shenker they obtain a score of 4.5. This course discusses the use of cyber forensic Adjunct Faculty: 25 • Applicants who have completed a bachelor’s techniques as employed in industry. Topics The Department of Counseling and degree and have at least 10 years work related include: acquisition and analysis of retrieved data, Development educates and prepares graduate experiences beyond their degree and/or have "live system" analysis, and legal concerns. students to enter the professions of mental health been involved in extraordinary life experiences Credits: 3 counseling and school counseling through are eligible to apply to the graduate counseling On Occasion programs of study that are nationally accredited by programs. At the discretion of the Chair of the TEL 614 Voice Communication and Basic the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Department of Counseling and Development, Telephony Related Educational Programs (CACREP). The the GRE will be waived. This basic course in telephony covers topics that department offers the M.S. in School Counseling • Two professional and/or academic letters of include the evolution of the switched networks: and the M.S. in Mental Health Counseling. recommendation that address the applicant’s telephone, PBX, and other customer premise Coursework encompasses theory, practica and potential in the profession and ability to equipment, interoffice connection, signal methods internships, and preparation of students for New complete a graduate program. and traffic problems. The analyzes of the York State licensure or certification in their • Personal Statement that addresses the reason technology and advantages of the principal respective disciplines. The faculty is diverse with a you are interested in pursuing graduate work in transmission media and switching techniques, wide range of specializations. They are committed this area of study. regulatory environment, competitive structure and to excellence and support the integration of • Interview with a faculty member of the managerial implications of voice communication technology, multicultural competencies and the Department of Counseling and Development. are also covered. highest ethical standards. In addition, the program • Pass a spontaneous writing sample at Prerequisite of TEL 502 & 504 is required. prepares students to become reflective counselors admissions interview. Credits: 3 fostering professional identity with a commitment • Students for whom English is a second On Occasion to lifelong learning. language must submit official score results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language
TEL 618 Data Communications (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable This course introduces students to basic concepts in M.S. in School Counseling TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 data communications. Topics include terminals and computer-based or 550 paper-based) or processing hardware and software, codes and The Master of Science in School Counselor minimum IELTS score: 6.5. protocols, network alternatives and architectures, program is nationally accredited by the Council for Deadlines for a complete application for packet switching, local area networks, regulatory Accreditation of Counseling and Related admission to the programs of study in the environment, competitive structure and managerial Educational Programs (CACREP). The program Department of Counseling and Development are as implications. prepares students to work with young people from follows: Prerequisite of TEL 614 is required. a developmental perspective to clarify goals, to • August 20 for Fall Admission Credits: 3 overcome behavioral and social obstacles, and to • January 10 for Spring Admission On Occasion enhance the learning experience. Graduates of this • April 30 for Summer Admission program help students cope with a myriad of Send application materials to: TEL 626 Telecommunications Management Issues problems. They learn effective individual and Graduate Admissions Office This course integrates material from preceding group counseling techniques and gain practical C.W. Post Campus telecommunications courses, presents additional field experience through internships at all levels Long Island University selected topics, and analyzes issues, including (elementary, middle and high school). This 48- 720 Northern Boulevard strategies for credit program, plus two years of experience as a Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300
Page 37 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
their problems and issues. As a mental health degree and have at least 10 years work related School Counseling M.S. Degree counselor, you can have a positive and meaningful experiences beyond their degree and/or have Requirements impact on people. The M.S. in Mental Health been involved in extraordinary life experiences (48-49 Credits) Counseling will provide counselors with the are eligible to apply to the graduate counseling preparation and support they need to help others programs. At the discretion of the Chair, the Introduction to EDC 600 3.00 experience healthy, fulfilled lives. GRE will be waived. Professional Counseling As a leader in preparing students for careers in • Two professional and/or academic letters of Behavior Dynamics Over counseling and development, C.W. Post provides recommendation that address the applicant’s EDC 610 3.00 Life Span an educational environment that fosters the potential in the profession and ability to personal and professional growth of future complete a graduate program Diversity and Socio- counselors and related professionals while • Personal Statement that addresses the reason EDC 613* Cultural Issues in 3.00 upholding the highest ethical standards and respect you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Counseling for individual differences. Our faculty members this area of study Developmental are actively engaged in mental health counseling • Interview with a faculty member of the EDC 614 Counseling with Children 3.00 and frequently contribute to publications and Department of Counseling and Development and Adolescents conferences. • Pass a spontaneous writing sample at EDC 615 Theories Of Counseling 3.00 The program integrates mental health admissions interview counseling theories and approaches with carefully • Students for whom English is a second Counseling for the supervised practical experiences in state-of-the-art language must submit official score results of EDC 659 College Admission and 3.00 appropriate field settings. The training comprises the Test of English as a Foreign Language Selection Process individual counseling as well as group and other (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable EDC 668 Counseling Pre-Practicum 3.00 systemic modalities within the developmental TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 model and brief therapy framework. This is an computer-based or 550 paper-based) or EDC 669 Counseling Practicum 6.00 individualized program emphasizing self- minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Educational Tests and development and the integration of individual and Deadlines for a complete application for EDC 670 3.00 Measurements group counseling theories and techniques, with a admission to the programs of study in the strong emphasis on carefully supervised clinical Department of Counseling and Development are as EDC 676 Career Development 3.00 experiences. Each degree candidate will be follows: Group required to complete 90 hours of counseling • August 20 for Fall Admission EDC 687 Approaches:Theory and 3.00 practicum (EDC 669) and 900 hours of internship • January 10 for Spring Admission Practice experience (EDC 683, EDC 684, EDC 685). • April 30 for Summer Admission The Department of Counseling and Developing Send application materials to: Group Counseling EDC 689 3.00 intends to transition its Mental Health Counseling Graduate Admissions Office Laboratory Program, which is accredited under the 2001 C.W. Post Campus School Counseling CACREP standards, into the Clinical Mental Long Island University EDC 690 3.00 Internship I Health Counseling Program, that will meet the 720 Northern Boulevard 2009 standards designated by CACREP. The Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 School Counseling EDC 691 3.00 Department is presently undergoing the CACREP Internship II reaccreditation process and will seek accreditation Mental Health Counseling M.S. Research Methods In of the Clinical Mental Health Counseling Program EDC 702 3.00 Degree Requirements Counseling during this reaccreditation process. (60-61 Credits) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS *EDC 619, Socio Cultural Issues in Counseling: A Introduction to Applicants to the Master of Science in Mental EDC 600 3.00 Field Based Experience, may be taken in lieu of Professional Counseling Health Counseling must meet the following EDC 613, Diversity and Socio-Cultural Issues in requirements for admission. EDC 601 Mental Health Counseling 3.00 Counseling. • Application for Admission Culminating Experience - Students will take the Assessment and • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Counselor Preparation Comprehensive EDC 608 Intervention Strategies in 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Examination (CPCE). Students must take the Mental Health Counseling graduate transcripts from any college(s) or exam the semester before they graduate. Students universities you have attended. Behavior Dynamics Over who fail the CPCE examination twice will be EDC 610 3.00 • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative Life Span required to take EDC 707, Degree Synthesis (1 grade point average in undergraduate studies or credit). EDC 615 Theories Of Counseling 3.00 successful completion of another master’s Students must take the Child Abuse and Project degree. Applicants who do not meet this EDC 616 Family Counseling 3.00 SAVE workshops. academic requirement will be required to take Practicum In the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). For M.S. in Mental Health EDC 660 Psychological Testing for 3.00 admission purposes, only the writing Counselors Counseling assessment of the GRE is evaluated. This section of the exam assesses writing and critical EDC 668 Counseling Pre-Practicum 3.00 The 60-credit Master of Science in Mental thinking skills which are essential attributes for EDC 669 Counseling Practicum 6.00 Health Counseling prepares you for a career as the professional counselor. Applicants will be mental health counselor. You will learn individual considered to have met the GRE requirement if EDC 676 Career Development 3.00 and group counseling techniques to help youths, they obtain a score of 4.5. adults, couples, parents and families work through • Applicants who have completed a bachelor’s
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 38 C.W. Post Campus
Mental Hlth Coun psychopathology, utilization of current diagnostic EDC 683 3.00 Intrnship I tools, including the DSM-IV; use and limitations of psychopharmacological medications; guidelines for Mental Hlth Coun Mental Health Licensing EDC 684 3.00 conducting intake, mental status, biophysical and Intrnship II Preparation Courses mental health interviews; and consultation theory
Group and practice. If you are a certified school counselor EDC 687 Approaches:Theory and 3.00 Prerequisite of EDC 610 & 615 is required. interested in obtaining licensure as a mental health Practice Credits: 3 counselor, the C.W. Post Department of Every Fall Group Counseling Counseling and Development provides a course of EDC 689 3.00 Laboratory study in Mental Health Counseling that will enable EDC 610 Behavior Dynamics Over the Life Span individuals with a Master's degree in School Research Methods In This course provides for the study of the dynamics EDC 702 3.00 Counseling to meet the educational requirements Counseling of human behavior over the life span. This course for licensure as a Mental Health Counselor in New covers healthy adjustment versus maladjustment at One of the following: York State. each stage of life. The major models describing Diversity and Socio- human behavior and the causes of mental illness EDC 613 Cultural Issues in 3.00 are described. The classifications of mental illness Counseling Counseling and Development and adjustment disorders according to the DSM-IV Socio Cultural Issues in Courses are discussed and illustrated. EDC 619 Counseling: A Field 3.00 Credits: 3
Based Experience Every Fall and Spring EDC 600 Introduction to Professional Counseling Mental Health Counseling M.S. Electives This is the basic course for counseling in schools, EDC 613 Diversity and Socio-Cultural Issues in Developmental colleges and mental health agencies and explains Counseling EDC 614 Counseling with Children 3.00 the role of the professional counselor. The course Major 21st century contributions of sociology and and Adolescents focuses anthropology are examined with a view to on the student as a person and as a potential understanding the role of socio-cultural factors in Principles of Couple EDC 617 3.00 counselor. The changing world of the counselor is human development and behavior. This course also Counseling also the world of the developing client. Forces examines the impact of the socio-cultural viewpoint Counselor's Approach to contributing to the variable, emerging culture of on contemporary concepts of adaptive and EDC 652 3.00 Human Sexuality values, societal norms and individual choices are maladaptive human behavior and related mental examined in relation to the developmental world of health issues. Counselor Examines EDC 654 3.00 young persons and adults and to the practices, Credits: 3 Alcoholism philosophies, and principles of the institutions with Every Fall and Spring Counseling Families Of which counselors are associated. The course will EDC 657 3.00 Alcoholics also explore job opportunities on Long Island, New EDC 614 Developmental Counseling with York City, upstate New York and nationally, as well Children and Adolescents Mental Hlth Coun EDC 685 3.00 as alternative paths in the counseling profession. This course focuses on understanding the principles Intrnship III The Graduate Handbook is required reading for and rationale of developmental counseling with Special Topics in the course. children from a multicultural perspective. Students EDC 750 3.00 Counseling Credits: 3 become familiar with the primary functions of the Every Fall and Spring developmental counselor: counseling, consulting, Special Topics in EDC 750 3.00 coordinating, assessment and Counseling and Counseling EDC 601 Mental Health Counseling Development advocacy. Students will be made Special Topics in To be taken as the first course in the Mental Health aware of the kits, games, audiovisual material, and EDC 750 3.00 Counseling Counseling specialization,within the student's first special programs used by the developmental 15 semester hours of work. This course is an counselor. In addition to an overview of Culminating Experience - Students will take the introduction to preventive education and developmental stages and developmental tasks Counselor Preparation Comprehensive counseling for mental and emotional health as which children face, the course includes Examination (CPCE). Students must take the uniquely available in mental health centers. The exploration and experimentation with various and exam the semester before they graduate. Students course prepares students to work on counseling unique methods used in developmental counseling. who fail the CPCE examination twice will be teams and enrichment programs, to handle referral Students observe and interact with an individual required to take EDC 707, Degree Synthesis (1 procedures, community relations and teamwork, child/adolescent from a developmental perspective. credit). and to deal with mental Prerequisite of EDC 600 is required. Students must take the Child Abuse Workshop in health problems in terms of their etiology and the Credits: 3 order to graduate. innovations in the field. Every Fall and Spring
Credits: 3
EDC 615 Theories Of Counseling Every Fall and Spring This is a basic course in counseling theories and
EDC 608 Assessment and Intervention Strategies techniques and their application within a
in Mental Health Counseling multicultural and diverse society. Students gain an
This course is a weekly seminar focused on, but not understanding of the major theories of counseling
limited to, the following: the etiology, diagnosis, and psychotherapy (e.g., psychoanalytic, existential,
treatment, referral and prevention of disorders; person-centered, gestalt, reality, behavioral,
psychological assessment, case conceptualization, cognitive-behavioral and family systems, etc.). In
Page 39 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 addition, the counselor as a person and a consent required. personality inventories. professional is explored as well as ethical issues in Credits: 3 Prerequisite of EDC 600 is required. counseling and therapy. Every Summer Credits: 3 Prerequisite or Co-requisite of EDC 600 or 601 is Every Spring required. EDC 652 Counselor 's Approach to Human Credits: 3 Sexuality EDC 668 Counseling Pre-Practicum Every Fall and Spring A study of human sexuality from its normal This is the basic counseling laboratory course manifestations and development to its designed to provide supervised practical counseling EDC 616 Family Counseling dysfunctions. The student will be guided to experience from a life span and a multicultural This course offers a consideration of theories, examine his/her own attitudes perspective that can be applied in the school or practices and related activities with couples, parents and values in this area and to learn counseling agency. Students learn the basics in terms of the and/or other related adults and children. Included approach to problems and questions related to active listening skills and the use of appropriate in the course is a survey of some major trends and sexuality. counseling techniques through role-play and other problems associated with individual adjustments, Credits: 3 activities. Students must have three to five adaptations and other reactions within family and Rotating Basis actual tape-recorded role playing sessions with social settings. another student in the course who will act as the Prerequisite of EDC 615 is required. EDC 654 The Counselor Examines Alcoholism client; the professor may give permission for Credits: 3 Alcoholism, as a behavioral psychological problem, students to work with a client who is not a member Every Fall and Spring is analyzed to enable the counselor to integrate of the class. Interview summaries, detailed analyses current theories on this condition into his/her and other relevant counseling experiences are part EDC 617 Principles of Couple Counseling work. Approaches to the treatment will be of the course. Orientation to the role of the A study of the theoretical and practical aspects of evaluated, and varied techniques will be studied. professional counselor and ethical concerns are couple counseling from initial referral to Credits: 3 discussed. termination. The difference between this form and Rotating Basis Prerequisite of EDC 600 and a Pre or Co-requisite individual, group or family counseling will be of EDC 615 are required. EDC 657 Counseling Families Of Alcoholics examined in order to understand the clinical issues Credits: 3 Consideration of theories, practices, problems and involved. Both the object relations and the Every Fall and Spring systemic theories will be studied with emphasis on trends as they relate to counseling the family the clinical application to help couples change, affected by alcoholism. Sessions will include EDC 669 Counseling Practicum according to their therapeutic goals. lectures, This course is an in-depth counseling laboratory Credits: 3 films and role-playing to explore the kinds of course designed to provide supervised practical Rotating Basis problems present and the different approaches to counseling experience from a life span and counseling these families. multicultural perspective through successful EDC 619 Socio-Cultural Issues in Counseling: A Credits: 3 completion of 100 hours of to with: 60 hours of Field Based Experience Rotating Basis observation, interaction, and supervision at a
It is critical for the helping professional to give due school or mental health agency site; 30 hours of EDC 659 Counseling for the College Admission consideration to CULTURE and its impact in the direct service via individual and group counseling and Selection Process counseling relationship/process. Multicultural to clients at that site; and 10 hours off site with This course is designed to provide systematic counseling is counseling that takes place among clients who will be audio-taped. The purpose of the training in counseling for the college admission and people of different cultural backgrounds. It takes 60 hours, which can be interspersed throughout the selection process. Graduate students in school into consideration the individual experiences of the semester, is to acclimate the practicum students to counseling and those who are already in the field clients in their cultural context. This course will the environment in which the counseling are introduced to concepts and practical skills provide a field based MULTICULTURAL experience occurs. Interview summaries, detailed required for competency in working with diverse immersion into a cultural experience (place to be analysis and other relevant counseling experiences populations: the traditionally aged college student identified by the professor). It will seek to expose are a part of this course. Again, it must be applicant, the disadvantaged, the minority student, students to field experiences which will provide emphasized that practicum students in 669 must the gifted, the learning disabled, the student primary exposure to the cultural nuances; explore provide 40 hours of direct service to clients of athlete, and the adult. The course consists of cultural awareness of one's own cultural values and which 30 hours take place at a school or agency site lectures, presentations, cooperative and group biases as they reflect on personal stereotypes; and 10 hours are provided to non-site clients. With learning activities, video viewings, class discussions understand how race, culture, and ethnicity may onsite clients, practicum students are to document and "hands-on" type of activities designed to affect personality formation, vocational choices, and describe each individual and group counseling enhance knowledge of the college admission and and manifestation of psychological disorders, help- experience, which are to be shared with the selection process. College admission personnel and seeking behavior, and the appropriateness of cooperating counselor and reflected in the logs school counselors are invited as guest presenters. counseling approaches; understand the impact of given to the University professor. These clients are Credits: 3 multiculturalism as a force in the professional supervised by and remain the primary responsibility helping discipline; understand the pitfalls of Cross Every Fall and Spring of the cooperating counselor. The remaining ten Cultural counseling; explore the cultural dynamics EDC 660 Practicum In Psychological Testing for (10) hours with non-site clients are audio-recorded of the dominant ethnic groups and the implications Counselors and shared only with the University professor and for culturally responsive counseling; examine the This course is laboratory experience designed to the other students in EDC 669. Practicum students research on cutting edge issues in counseling clients develop adequate understandings and competencies meet in group seminar with the University of diverse cultures; understand the ethical with respect to concerns, issues and professor every week. In addition, the University implications of Multicultural counseling; and implementation factors related to administration, professor provides an hour of individual or triadic become aware of the consequences of social scoring, recording and interpretations of supervision (i.e., professor and two students), the intolerance and the global impact. Department aptitude,intelligence tests, as well as interest and time for which is built into this six (6) credit course.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 40 C.W. Post Campus
While the professor and the two students are meetings and to prepare weekly logs directed styles and skills will be discussed with special interacting, the other practicum students observe toward observation, insight and evaluation of consideration given to their application and impact the supervision being given by the professor. After activities in the field setting. Related professional on members. The progressive stages in group the triadic supervision occurs, the observing readings are also required. The student is expected development will be identified. Concomitant students will be asked to offer their comments and to develop a counseling caseload, participate in strategies for addressing relevant issues within the suggestions immediately after the triadic group work, attend staff meetings and schedule a stages will be presented. Practical considerations supervision or during the group class. The weekly meeting with the field supervisor for necessary for screening potential members, appropriate roles of the professional counselor, evaluation. A minimum 300 hours in a mental beginning/ending groups, process interventions, based upon the Ethical Guidelines of the American health counseling setting, acceptable to the discussing confidentiality and ethical considerations Counseling Association, are covered. This course is department is required. Health Insurance required will be included. A variety of theoretical also designed to develop and extend the student's for Mental Health Counseling students. orientations on groups will be explored. understanding and competencies begun in EDC Prerequisite of EDC 669 and Pre or Co-requisite of Credits: 3 668, Counseling Pre-Practicum. This course must EDC 601, 608, & 687 are required. Every Fall and Spring be completed prior to taking EDC 683,Mental Credits: 3 Health Counseling Internship I or EDC 690, Every Fall, Spring and Summer EDC 689 Group Counseling Laboratory School Counseling Internship I. Health Insurance This course requires student demonstration of required for Mental Health Counseling students. EDC 684 Mental Health Counseling Internship accepted and appropriate practice and procedure in Prerequisite of EDC 668 and a prerequisite or co- II supervised professional group counseling methods requisite of EDC 610 is required. A second semester internship required for mental and experiences. The course presumes familiarity Credits: 6 health counseling students. Course content and and understanding of the dynamics of therapeutic Every Fall and Spring time requirements are the same as for EDC 683. forces within a counseling group, the ability to assist Health insurance required for Mental Health in self-awareness and discovery, and the competence EDC 670 Educational Tests and Measurements counseling students. to facilitate change. Although theory will be This is a survey course in the principles and Prerequisite of EDC 683 is required. reviewed, it is the practice in effective group practices of testing and assessment used in schools. Credits: 3 counseling leadership that will be the focus and After a quick look at the concepts of educational Every Fall, Spring and Summer goal of this course. Professional reading, viewing of statistics and the underlying mathematical basis of group counseling videotapes, and analysis and standardized tests, the student will examine EDC 685 Mental Health Counseling Internship evaluation of group sessions are used. Students will the most widely used tests and assessments that III lead a minimum of two, but preferably three group he/she will be expected to know and understand in This course consists of supervised experience sessions. the K-12 setting: achievement tests, interest involving 300 hours in an approved mental health Prerequisite of EDC 687 is required. inventories, counseling setting. Professional readings are Credits: 3 aptitude and intelligence measures. In addition, required. However, the student at this level is Every Fall and Spring time will be devoted to the New York State expected to be self-initiating and able to perform Learning Standards and the assessments which will both competently and creatively in considerable EDC 690 School Counseling Internship I accompany depth in achieving This course is designed for students in the school the higher graduation requirements. the objectives of the course at the practitioner level. counseling specialization. It is taken in the latter Credits: 3 Health insurance required for Mental Health part of the graduate program after they have taken Every Fall and Spring Counseling Students. considerable theory and coursework in the Prerequisite of EDC 683 & 684 is required. counseling process and its application within a EDC 676 Career Development Credits: 3 school setting. The student is required to attend This course provides students with an in-depth On Demand weekly seminar meetings, and to prepare weekly study of theories and emerging patterns in career logs directed toward observation, insight, and development counseling, as well as their application EDC 686 Mental Health Counseling Internship evaluation of activities in the field setting. Related across a range of settings including schools and IV professional readings are also required. The student agencies. Emphasis is placed on practical This course is a continuation of the advanced is expected to develop a counseling caseload, counseling techniques, psychoeducational internship placement and seminar experience as it participate in group work, approaches, and evaluation of resources used in consists of supervised experience involving 300 attend staff meetings, and meet with the career counseling and education. Attention is given hours in an approved mental health counseling cooperating counselor for evaluation. A minimum to psychological, sociological, economic and setting. Professional readings are required. of 300 hours in a school setting, acceptable to the educational dynamics; multicultural, gender, and However, the student at this level is expected to be department is required. disability perspectives of career development are self-initiating and able to perform both competently Prerequisite of EDC 669 and a pre or co-requisite also discussed. Technological and other current and creatively in considerable depth in achieving of EDC 614 & 687 are required. trends as they relate to career counseling and the objectives of the course at the practitioner level. Credits: 3 education are reviewed. Health insurance required for Mental Health Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3 Counseling students. Every Fall and Spring Prerequisites of EDC 685 is required. EDC 691 School Counseling Internship II Credits: 3 This course consists of a supervised experience EDC 683 Mental Health Counseling Internship I On Demand involving 300 hours in a school setting. Course This course is designed for students in the latter content and time requirements are the same as 690. part of the graduate program after having taken EDC 687 Group Approaches:Theory and Practice A permission form signed by the field supervisor considerable theory and course work in the This course will examine the dynamics present in a must be on file with the Department of Counseling counseling counseling group and how these forces can be and Development before the student begins the process. The student is required to attend seminar employed in the service of therapeutic change. internship placement. Leadership
Page 41 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Prerequisite of EDC 690 is required. the CPCE twice. The program is designed for individuals who Credits: 3 Credits: 1 have earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited Every Fall and Spring On Demand university and college and who wish to begin a new career as a certified school teacher. Upon EDC 700 Independent Study EDC 750 Special Topics in Counseling graduation, you will be eligible for Initial Independent study involves in-depth development Summer Session institutes and workshops are three- Teaching Certification from New York State. In of a project idea as an area of study in a previous credit courses, one week in length, designed to addition, current teachers who have bachelor's course. Permission to take this course is based on enrich one’s graduate or post-graduate education by degrees in education and Initial Teaching the merit of the proposed study and the needs and focusing on topics that are of timely interest and Certification may use this program to expand their background of the student. Permission concern to working professionals. Often institutes expertise to the first through sixth grade levels. requires the signature of the faculty member are team-taught by experts in their field, offering This program meets the New York State master's sponsoring the study, the Department Chair and students a unique opportunity to accelerate their degree requirements for Professional Teaching the Dean of the College of Education and academic progress for personal, professional and Certification. Information Sciences at C.W. Post Campus. career advancement. All courses are open to visiting The M.S. degree curriculum comprises 11 Independent Study is not allowed in place of a students and working professionals. education courses (33 credits) plus field course offered as part of the program. Hours are Credits: 3 experience, supervised student teaching (6 credits), arranged. Every Summer and a culminating experience. In the required
Credits: 3 courses you will study the physical, intellectual, On Demand DEPARTMENT OF emotional and social development of small
children, including culturally diverse populations. EDC 701 Counseling Supervision CURRICULUM AND You will gain an understanding of the theory and This course is designed to systematically train INSTRUCTION practice of teaching language arts -- reading, experienced professional counselors in counselor writing, listening, and speaking -- in the early supervision. Both didactic and experiential Phone: (516) 299-2372/2374 childhood classroom. The curriculum includes instruction are included. Self-awareness, theoretical Fax: (516) 299-3312 courses in "The Psychological Foundations of and conceptual knowledge, and skill acquisition are Chair: Goubeaud Education," "Creative Expression for Early stressed. Supervision trainees are required to apply Associate Professors: Ahmad, Byrne, Dunne, Childhood," "Child Development," and theory to actual practice through weekly face to Levine, McLoughlin, Ogulnick, Piro, Rasheed, "Beginning Reading and Writing: Emergent face, hour long, individual supervision of graduate Rhee, Schneiderman, Szpara, Woo Literacy." After completing 12 education credits, students enrolled in EDC 669 Counseling Assistant Professors: Boyanton, Choi, Lew, all students take a seminar in Health and Substance Practicum. Department faculty members, in turn, Tolentino Abuse. oversee trainee supervision of EDC 669 practicum Adjunct Faculty: 46 The number of credits required for the program students. Master's Degree in Counseling or its ranges 39 to 42 credits, depending on your equivalent. Department consent required. The Department of Curriculum and Instruction culminating experience. You can choose one of Credits: 3 offers one of the most comprehensive teacher three culminating experiences: On Demand preparation programs in New York State. • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (39 Nationally accredited by the Teacher Education EDC 702 Research Methods In Counseling credits), which consists of artifacts from your Accreditation Council (TEAC), the Department’s This is a course in the understanding of the use, student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, master’s degree programs focus on the different process and applications of research findings in journal of experiences, research, reports and stages of child development: infancy, pre-school, counseling. Students will examine recent research projects). Mandatory for those who student early childhood, childhood, middle and high studies, explore topics of particular interest to teach. school and teaching English to speakers of other them, and prepare a draft research proposal on an • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (39 credits), languages. Students are mentored throughout their issue of their choosing. This course is project-based, which is a written essay exam that assesses entire program by expert faculty who oversee their relevant and practical. your knowledge of teaching and the teaching student-teaching assignments, portfolio Credits: 3 process that was acquired throughout the development, peer- and self-evaluations, and Every Fall and Spring program's coursework. There is no leadership experiences. All teacher education thesis/research paper required for this option. EDC 707 Degree Synthesis programs lead to New York State teacher This option is for students whose student- This course provides students the opportunity to certification. teaching requirements are waived. review and integrate material required in the • Option 3: Education Thesis (42 credits), mental health and school counseling programs with which consists of an original research paper. emphasis on the eight CACREP common-core M.S. in Early Childhood This option requires three additional credits. areas: professional orientation and ethical practice, Education (Birth to Grade 2) Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the social and cultural diversity, human growth and Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the development, helping relationships, group work, The Master of Science degree in Early Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option assessment, and research and program evaluation. Childhood Education prepares professional sought by students who plan deeper research at Using data from the CPCE (Counselor Preparation teachers and leaders to work with infants, toddlers, the post-master's level. Comprehensive Examination), each student will preschoolers and younger children in their After you complete all degree requirements and design and implement an individual plan to address formative years (Birth to Grade 2). You will be successfully pass New York State licensure tests, areas of identified weakness. An examination will trained to work in a variety of educational settings, you will be awarded Initial Teaching Certification be taken at the end of Degree Synthesis to assess including public and private schools, Head Start by the New York State Department of Education the students' knowledge. Students must attain a programs, child development and child care for Early Childhood: Birth to Grade 2. If you are a passing grade on the Degree Synthesis exam. This centers and other programs related to the education certified teacher with three years of teaching course is only offered to students who have failed of children, from ages Birth to 8. experience, you will be eligible to apply for
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 42 C.W. Post Campus
Professional Teaching Certification upon EDI 639 Play In the Curriculum 3.00 the elementary school grades, and to remedial and completion of the program. developmental reading. After completing 12 Required Co-Related Content Courses Please refer to the NYSED certification website education credits, all students take a seminar in EDS 605 Beg Read & Writ 3.00 (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up Health and Substance Abuse. Emergent Lit to date changes in certification requirements. The number of credits required for the program ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 ranges 39 to 42 credits, depending on your Applicants to the Early Childhood Education Learning: Birth-Grade 6 culminating experience. You can choose one of (Birth to Grade 2) must meet the following three culminating experiences: EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 requirements for admission. • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (39 with Special Needs in • Application for Admission. credits), which consists of artifacts from your Inclusive Settings • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, (Includes Technology and • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or journal of experiences, research, reports and Inclusion) graduate transcripts from any college(s) or projects). Mandatory for those who student universities you have attended. Required Health and Substance Abuse teach. • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 Workshop • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (39 credits), overall and 2.75 in major grade point average HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 which is a written essay exam that assesses or equivalent in a bachelor's program. Wrkshp your knowledge of teaching and the teaching • Personal Statement that addresses the reason process that was acquired throughout the Required Student Teaching Course you are interested in pursuing graduate work in program’s coursework. There is no EDI 713 Supervised Student 6.00 this area of study. thesis/research paper required for this option. Teaching and Seminar in • Students for whom English is a second This option is for students whose student- Early Childhood language must submit official score results of teaching requirements are waived. Education the Test of English as a Foreign Language • Option 3: Education Thesis (42 credits), (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Culminating Experience which consists of an original research paper. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Student is required to do a Comprehensive This option requires three additional credits. computer based or 550 paper-based) or Exam or Final Project or Thesis (with course). Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the minimum IELTS score: 6.5. EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the
Send application materials to: Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option Graduate Admissions Office sought by students who plan deeper research at C.W. Post Campus M.S. in Childhood Education the post-master’s level. Long Island University (Grades 1-6) After you complete all degree requirements and 720 Northern Boulevard successfully pass New York State licensure tests Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 The Master of Science degree in Childhood you will be awarded Initial Teaching Certification Education prepares professional teachers and by the New York State Department of Education C.W. Post Early Childhood Education leaders to address the intellectual, social and to teach Childhood: Grades 1 to 6. If you are a (Birth - Grade 2) M.S. Major emotional needs of children in the first through certified teacher with three years of teaching sixth grades. experience, you will be eligible to apply for Requirements The program is designed for individuals who Professional Teaching Certification upon (39-42 Credits) have earned a bachelor’s degree from an completion of the program. Requried Education Core Courses accredited university and college and who wish to Please refer to the NYSED certification website EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 begin a new career as a certified school teacher. (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up Foundations of Education Upon graduation, you will be eligible for Initial to date changes in certification requirements. EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 Teaching Certification from New York State. In ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS American Education addition, current teachers who have bachelor’s Applicants to the M.S. in Childhood Education degrees in education and Initial Teaching (Grades 1-6) must meet the following EDI 604 Early Child Development: 3.00 Certification may use this program to expand their requirements for admission. Birth to Grade 2 expertise to the first through sixth grade levels. • Application for Admission EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 This program meets the New York State master’s • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Diversity degree requirements for Professional Teaching • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Certification. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Required Pedagogical Core Courses The M.S. degree curriculum comprises 11 universities you have attended EDI 615 Early Childhood 3.00 education courses (33 credits) plus field • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 Curriculum: Birth to experience, supervised student teaching (6 credits) overall and 2.75 in major grade point average Preschool in a public or private school, and a culminating or equivalent in a bachelor's program EDI 616 Early Childhood 3.00 experience. Courses range from “The • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Curriculum: Kindergarten Psychological Foundations of Education,” which you are interested in pursuing graduate work in to Grade 2 covers a wide variety of factors that affect this area of study. teaching, learning and development, to • Students for whom English is a second EDI 618 Creative Expression for 3.00 “Accommodating Learners with Special Needs in language must submit official score results of Early Childhood Inclusive Settings,” which includes instruction in the Test of English as a Foreign Language EDI 625 Observation and 3.00 assistive and teaching technologies to help (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Assessment in Early integrate students with disabilities into the TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Childhood classroom. Specific courses are devoted to computer-based or 550 paper-based) or teaching social studies, mathematics and science in minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
Page 43 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Send application materials to: Comprehensive Exam or Final Project or EDS 641 Literacy In Content Area 3.00 Graduate Admissions Office Thesis (with course). 5-12 C.W. Post Campus Thesis Course Health & Substance Abuse Workshop Long Island University EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 720 Northern Boulevard Wrkshp Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 M.S. in Middle Childhood Required Student Teaching Course
EDI 711 Supervised Student 6.00 MS in Childhood Education Leading Education (Grades 5-9) Teaching and Seminar in to NYS Initial Certification in Grades The Master of Science degree in Middle the Middle School 1-6 Childhood Education prepares professional Culminating Experience (39-42 Credits) teachers and leaders to address the intellectual, Student is required to do a Comprehensive Exam Degree Requirements social and emotional needs of children in fifth or Final Project or Thesis (with course). through ninth grades. The program is designed for Core/Prerequisite Courses EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 individuals who have earned a bachelor’s degree The minimum EDU GPA is 3.00 Foundations of Education from an accredited university and college and who wish to begin a new career as a certified school Possible content subject areas are EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 teacher. Upon graduation, you will be eligible for Biology, Earth Science, English, American Education Initial Teaching Certification from New York Mathematics, Social Studies and State if you have thirty credits in the appropriate EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 Spanish. Diversity subject area. In addition, current teachers who have bachelor’s degrees in education and Initial Required Content Area Teaching Methods EDI 677 Curriculum Development 3.00 Teaching Certification may use this program to Course for the Classroom expand their expertise to the fifth through ninth Students must complete one of the Teacher grade levels. This program meets the New York following based on content subject area: State master’s degree requirements for EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 EDI 654 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Professional Teaching Certification. Students Educational Research Teaching Modern select from the following concentration: Biology, Languages in Secondary Co-Related Core Requirements Earth Science, English, Mathematics, Social Co-related Core Requirements Schools Studies and Spanish. EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 The program’s central goal is the preparation of EDI 655 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Learning: Birth-Grade 6 outstanding teachers who are experienced in Teaching Science in Secondary Schools EDS 611 Lit Assess/Instr For 3.00 thinking critically, solving problems and working Diverse Popu collaboratively with children ages 9 to 14, parents, EDI 658 Methods and Materials of 3.00 and educators in public and private schools. Teaching English in EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 Secondary Schools with Special Needs in M.S. in Middle Childhood Education Inclusive Settings EDI 659 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Requirements (45-48 Credits) (Includes Technology and Teaching Mathematics in Required Middle Childhood Education Core Inclusion) Secondary Schools Courses Pedagogical Core Requirements EDI 550 Psychology of the Early 3.00 EDI 660 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Pedagogical Core Requirements Adolescent Student Teaching Social Studies EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies 3.00 in Secondary Schools EDI 554 Organization and School 3.00 in Grades 1-6 Foundation of the Middle Biology Requirements EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics in 3.00 School Required Biology Courses Grades 1-6 All of the following: EDI 557 Communicating 3.00 EDI 614 Teaching Science in 3.00 Effectively with All BIO 505 Sources in Biological 3.00 Grades 1-6 Learners:Focus on Middle Research School Child (Grades 5- Required Health and Substance BIO 513 Biological Chemistry 3.00 9) Workshop AND one of the following: HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 EDI 610 General Methods of 3.00 BIO 503 Modern Concepts of 3.00 Wrkshp Teaching Evolution
Student Teaching Requirement EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 BIO 520 Cell Biology 3.00 Student Teaching Req Educational Research BIO 604 Biological Chemistry 3.00 EDI 709 Supervised Student 6.00 EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 Laboratory Teaching and Seminar in with Special Needs in AND one of the following: the Elementary School Inclusive Settings BIO 510 Molecular Biology 4.00 Culminating Experience: (Includes Technology and Inclusion) BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics 3.00 Student is required to do a BIO 530 Human Genetics 3.00
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 44 C.W. Post Campus
AND one of the following: GLY 526 Earth Materials 3.00 ENG 622 American Renaissance 3.00 BIO 501 Population Ecology 3.00 GLY 533 Methods of Field 3.00 ENG 623 Late 19th-Century 3.00 BIO 517 Vascular Plants of Long 4.00 Geology for Earth American Literature Island Science Teachers ENG 624 20th-Century American 3.00 BIO 518 Ecology 4.00 GLY 549 The Age of Mammals 3.00 Literature
BIO 609 Marine Ecology 3.00 Required Earth Science Comprehensive Modern Literature ENG 500 Contemporary Literature 3.00 Elective Biology Course Exam Students must pass a comprehensive exam At least one course/three credits from all BIO ENG 533 Contemporary American 3.00 administered by the Earth and Environmental courses excluding BIO 707 or BIO 708 Drama Science Department. Minimum Biology Credits = 18 Minimum Earth Science Credits = 20 ENG 558 The Irish Literary 3.00 Minimum Biology GPA = 3.00 Minimum Earth Science GPA = 3.00 Renaissance Earth Science Requirements English Requirements ENG 624 20th-Century American 3.00 Required Earth Science Courses Required English Disciplinary Literacy Literature All of the following: Course ERS 513 The Earth Environment I 4.00 ENG 631 Modern Poetry 3.00 One of the following ENG 632 The Modern Novel 3.00 ERS 514 The Earth Environment II 4.00 ENG 505 Rhetoric 3.00 AND one of the following ENG 634 Modern Drama 3.00 ENG 510 Research and Criticism 3.00 GGR 518 Topics in Applied 3.00 ENG 657 Modern British Literature 3.00 Conservation ENG 563 Comparative Literature 3.00 Special topic courses (ENG 684, 688 and 690) GLY 510 Oceanography 3.00 ENG 670 The Critical Tradition 3.00 may apply to any of the above literature areas. Please see the English graduate advisor for GLY 511 Continental Drift and 3.00 Elective English Literature Distribution more information. Plate Tectonics Courses Students must complete one course from Required English Comprehensive Exam GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3.00 Students must pass a comprehensive exam five of the following six literature areas: administered by the English Department. GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3.00 Medieval Literature or History of the Language Minimum English Credits = 18 Elective Earth Science Courses ENG 513 History of the English 3.00 Minimum English GPA = 3.00 At least nine credits of the following: Language Mathematics Requirements AST 501 Spherical and Elliptical 3.00 ENG 650 Chaucer 3.00 Astronomy Required Mathematics Courses ENG 651 Middle English Literature 3.00 All of the following: ERS 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 English Renaissance Literature MTH 511 Set Theory 3.00 ERS 700 Research Problems in 1.00 ENG 643 Shakespeare 3.00 MTH 513 An Introduction to 3.00 Earth Science ENG 645 Literature of the English 3.00 Abstract Algebra GGR 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 Renaissance MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry 3.00 GGR 518 Topics in Applied 3.00 ENG 653 Metaphysical Poetry 3.00 MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3.00 Conservation ENG 654 Milton 3.00 Elective Mathematics Courses GLY 510 Oceanography 3.00 Restoration and 18th-Century Literature Two courses/six credits from all MTH courses GLY 511 Continental Drift and 3.00 ENG 572 The English Novel 3.00 excluding MTH 707, 709 and 710 Plate Tectonics Required Mathematics Culminating ENG 658 18th-Century Literature 3.00 Experience Course GLY 513 Marine Geology 3.00 and Life MTH 710 Research and Oral 1.00 GLY 514 Marine Sedimentary 3.00 ENG 659 Restoration and 3.00 Presentation for Environment Eighteenth-Century Mathematics Education Literature GLY 516 Physical Oceanography 3.00 Required Mathematics Comprehensive 19th-Century British Literature GLY 517 Geomorphic Processes 3.00 Exam ENG 572 The English Novel 3.00 Students must pass a comprehensive exam GLY 518 Groundwater Geology 3.00 ENG 655 The Romantic Movement 3.00 administered by the Mathematics Department. GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3.00 Minimum Mathematics Credits = 19 ENG 656 Studies in Victorian 3.00 Minimum Mathematics GPA = 3.00 GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3.00 Literature Social Studies Requirements GLY 523 Environmental 3.00 American Literature Required Historiography Course Geochemistry ENG 500 Contemporary Literature 3.00 HIS 601 Historiography 3.00 GLY 524 Methods of Mineral 3.00 ENG 533 Contemporary American 3.00 Elective History or Political Science Identification Drama Courses
Page 45 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Five courses/fifteen credits from all HIS courses repertoire of teaching techniques; you will minimum IELTS score: 6.5. excluding HIS 707 and 708. Students may examine the ways that race, class and gender Send application materials to: substitute HIS elective courses with POL impact the teaching-learning connection; and you Graduate Admissions Office courses excluding POL 707 and 708 with will learn effective listening and communication C.W. Post Campus permission of the respective graduate advisor. skills. From the rich menu of biology courses, you Long Island University Exact credit substitution amounts will be can choose to explore such cutting-edge fields as 720 Northern Boulevard determined by the graduate advisor based on Human Genetics, Molecular Biology and Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 previous course work. Population Ecology, and you can elect to pursue Required Social Studies Comprehensive specific topics such as "Fisheries Biology and M.S. in Middle Childhood Aquaculture," "Wildlife and Wilderness Exam Education: Earth Science (Grades Students must pass a comprehensive exam Resources" and "Vascular Plants of Long Island." administered by the History or Political Science The number of credits required for the program 5-9) Department. ranges from 45-48 credits depending on your Minimum Social Studies Credits = 18 culminating experience. Graduate students majoring in Middle • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) may select an Minimum Social Studies GPA = 3.00 credits),which consists of artifacts from your academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and Spanish Requirements student teaching experiences (i.e., lessons Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the Required Spanish Courses plans, journal of experiences, research reports Middle Childhood Education courses and provides All of the following: and projects). Mandatory for those who student you with specialized knowledge in one particular SPA 513 Advanced Syntax and 3.00 teach. discipline. It is expected that you, as a teacher, will Stylistics • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), transmit your enthusiasm for the focused subject to which is a written essay exam that assesses young learners, helping them to grow intellectually SPA 541 Introduction to Spanish 3.00 your knowledge of teaching and the teaching and socially. You may select Earth Science (20 Linguistics process that was acquired throughout the credits) from among the Liberal Arts and Sciences SPA 665 Seminar in Spanish- 3.00 program's coursework. There is no curriculum. Students in Middle Childhood American Literature: thesis/research paper required for this option. Education: Earth Science also will take 27 credits Special Topics with This option is for students whose student in teacher education courses. Disciplinary Literacy in teaching requirement is waived. EARTH SCIENCE CONCENTRATION Spanish • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), which Earth science explores the interrelations among consists of an original research paper. This the four systems that make up our planet: the Elective Spanish Courses option requires three additional credits. atmosphere (air), the hydrosphere (water), the Three courses/nine credits from all SPA courses Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the lithosphere (the solid earth), and the biosphere (all Required Spanish Comprehensive Exam Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the living creatures). Within the 47-credit Master of Students must pass a comprehensive exam student teaching portfolio. This is an option Science program in Middle Childhood Education administered by the Foreign Languages sought by students who plan deeper research at (Grades 5 to 9) in Earth Science, you will be Department. the post-master's level. prepared to guide middle or high school students Minimum Spanish Credits = 18 Please refer to the NYSED certification website to a deeper understanding of their own Minimum Spanish GPA = 3.00 (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up environments, including climate change, and the
to date changes in certification requirements. challenge of managing natural resources for the M.S. in Middle Childhood ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS common good. Along with education courses that Education: Biology (Grades 5-9) Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood cover teaching concepts from "Psychology of the Education: Biology must meet the following Adolescent Student" to "Methods and Materials of
Graduate students majoring in Middle requirements for admission. Teaching Science in Secondary Schools," you will Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) must select • Application for Admission take a two-semester course in "The Earth an 18 to 21 credit academic specialty from the • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Environment," and you will have an opportunity to Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Such study • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or choose electives that deal with such topics as complements the Middle Childhood or graduate transcripts from any college(s) or "Continental Drift and Plate Tectonics," Adolescence courses and provides you with universities you have attended. "Environmental Geochemistry" and 'Principles of specialized knowledge in one particular discipline. • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Meteorology." These courses will help you It is expected that you, as a teacher, will transmit overall grade point average or equivalent in a understand the interactions of human beings within your enthusiasm for the focused subject to young bachelor's program. their natural and physical environments. The learners, helping them to grow intellectually and • Two professional and/or academic letters of course of study follows an orderly path to a socially. You may select Biology from among the recommendation that address the applicant's broader and deeper comprehension of the earth Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Students in potential in the profession and ability to sciences. Middle Childhood Education also will take 27 complete a graduate program The number of credits required for the program credits in teacher education. • Personal Statement that addresses the reason 47 or 50, depending on your culminating BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION you are interested in pursuing graduate work in experience. You can choose from among three The Master of Science degree program with a this area of study. culminating experiences: specialization in biology education combines a • Students for whom English is a second • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (47 thorough grounding in educational theory and language must submit official score results of credits), which consists of artifacts from your practice with a biology curriculum you can tailor the Test of English as a Foreign Language student teaching experiences (i.e., lessons to your own needs and interests. In the core (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable plans, journal of experiences, research reports education courses you will master an extensive TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 and projects). Mandatory for those who student computer-based or 550 paper-based) or teach.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 46 C.W. Post Campus
• Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (47 credits), Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the which is a written essay exam that assesses M.S. in Middle Childhood Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the your knowledge of teaching and the teaching Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option process that was acquired throughout the Education: English (Grades 5-9) sought by students who plan deeper research at
program's coursework. There is no the post-master's level. Graduate students majoring in Middle thesis/research paper required for this option. After you complete all degree requirements and Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) must select This option is for students whose student have completed thirty credits of English and an academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and teaching requirement is waived. successfully pass New York State licensure tests Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the • Option 3: Education Thesis (50 credits), which and take the required state workshops, you will be Middle Childhood courses and provides you with consists of an original research paper. This awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the New specialized knowledge in one particular discipline. option requires three additional credits. York State Department of Education to teach It is expected that you, as a teacher, will transmit Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the English to grades 5 to 9. your enthusiasm for the focused subject to young Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the Please refer to the NYSED certification website learners, helping them to grow intellectually and student teaching portfolio. This is an option (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up socially. You may select English from among the sought by students who plan deeper research at to date changes in certification requirements. Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum (18 credits). the post-master's level. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students in Middle Childhood Education program In addition, all students in this major must take Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood will also take 27 credits in teacher education an Earth Science Written Comprehensive Exam at Education: English must meet the following courses. the conclusion of their studies that covers the Earth requirements for admission. ENGLISH CONCENTRATION Science coursework and maintain a B average or • Application for Admission The 45 to 48 credit graduate degree program better, have at least thirty credits in Earth Science, • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) will prepare you to teach English to young learners and successfully pass all NYS licensure tests ) as • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or (ages 9 to 14) while deepening your knowledge well as required state workshops. You will then be graduate transcripts from any college(s) or and appreciation of the English language and its awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the New universities you have attended. great literature. In addition to studying the York State Department of Education to teach Earth • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 psychology of the adolescent student and Science to grades 5 to 9. overall grade point average or equivalent in a mastering a variety of teaching techniques, you Please refer to the NYSED certification website bachelor's program. will have an opportunity to take 18 credits in (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up • Two professional and/or academic letters of English, including "Research Method and Critical to date changes in certification requirements. recommendation that address the applicant's Writing." Additional English courses must be ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS potential in the profession and ability to taken in five of six broad areas of study (Early Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood complete a graduate program. Literature and Language, Literature of the English Education: Earth Science must meet the following • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Renaissance, Literature of the Restoration and requirements for admission. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Eighteenth Century, Nineteenth-century British • Application for Admission. this area of study. Literature, American Literature of any period, and • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). • Students for whom English is a second Modern Literature of any country). The • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or language must submit official score results of Department of English offers more than 40 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or the Test of English as a Foreign Language elective courses in a rich array of subjects that universities you have attended. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable range from "Rhetoric," "Style and Syntax" and • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 "Psycholinguistics" to "Metaphysical Poetry," overall grade point average or equivalent in a computer-based or 550 paper-based) or "The Irish Literary Renaissance," and bachelor's program. Students who do not meet minimum IELTS score: 6.5. "Contemporary American Drama." this requirement are welcome to discuss their Send application materials to: The number of credits required for the Master options for admissions with the graduate Graduate Admissions Office of Science program ranges 45 to 48 credits, advisor. C.W. Post Campus depending on your culminating experience. You • Two professional and/or academic letters of Long Island University can choose one of three culminating experiences at recommendation that address the applicant's 720 Northern Boulevard the end of your coursework: potential in the profession and ability to Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 complete a graduate program credits), which consists of artifacts from your • Personal Statement that addresses the reason student-teaching experiences (i.e. lesson plans, M.S. in Middle Childhood you are interested in pursuing graduate work in journal of experiences, research, reports and this area of study Education: Mathematics (Grades projects). Mandatory for those who student • Students for whom English is a second teach. 5-9) language must submit official score results of • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), the Test of English as a Foreign Language Graduate students majoring in Middle which is a written essay exam that assesses (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) must select your knowledge of teaching and the teaching TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 an academic specialty (19 to 22 credits) from the process that was acquired throughout the computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Such study program's coursework. There is no minimum IELTS score: 6.5. complements the Middle Childhood courses and thesis/research paper required for this option. Send application materials to: provides you with specialized knowledge in one This option is for students whose student- Graduate Admissions Office particular discipline. This adds depth and breadth teaching requirements are waived. C.W. Post Campus to your level of teaching expertise. It is expected • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), Long Island University that you, as a teacher, will transmit your which consists of an original research paper. 720 Northern Boulevard enthusiasm for the focused subject to young This option requires three additional credits. Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 learners, helping them to grow intellectually and
Page 47 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 socially. You may select Mathematics from • Application for Admission. from a range of courses including, “Ancient among the Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Historians,” “Birth of the American Republic,” Students in the Middle Childhood Education • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or “Capitalism and Its Discontents: 1870-1919,” Program also will take 27 credits in teacher graduate transcripts from any college(s) or “History of American Women,” and “Modern education. universities you have attended. Latin America.” MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 CULMINATING EXPERIENCE This 46-49 credit program will equip you to overall grade point average or equivalent in a At the end of your coursework, you will help fifth through ninth graders gain confidence bachelor's program. complete a Comprehensive Exam with the social and proficiency in this indispensable discipline. In • Two professional and/or academic letters of studies department , which is a written essay exam the core education courses you will examine how recommendation that address the applicant's that assesses your knowledge of social studies. The race, socioeconomic factors and gender can impact potential in the profession and ability to number of credits required for the program ranges success in the classroom; and you will master a complete a graduate program. 45 to 48 credits, depending on your culminating variety of teaching techniques to motivate and • Personal Statement that addresses the reason experience. You can choose one of three maximize learning at all levels. In addition, you you are interested in pursuing graduate work in culminating experiences at the end of your will strengthen your knowledge of set theory, this area of study. coursework: algebra, geometry and the fundamentals of • Students for whom English is a second • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 mathematical and logical thinking. To personalize language must submit official score results of credits), which consists of artifacts from your your curriculum you can choose electives from a the Test of English as a Foreign Language student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, wide variety of courses—including "History of (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable journal of experiences, research, reports and Mathematics," "Mathematical Statistics," and TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 projects). Mandatory if you student teach. "Number Theory," "Complex Analysis" and computer-based or 550 paper-based) or • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), "Linear Programming" -- taught by our minimum IELTS score: 6.5. which is a written essay exam that assesses accomplished and dedicated faculty. Send application materials to: your knowledge of teaching and the teaching CULMINATING EXPERIENCE Graduate Admissions Office process that was acquired throughout the The number of credits required for the program C.W. Post Campus program’s coursework. There is no ranges 46 to 49 credits, depending on your Long Island University thesis/research paper required for this option. culminating experience. You can choose one of 720 Northern Boulevard This option is for students whose student- three culminating experiences at the end of your Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 teaching requirements are waived. coursework: • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (46 M.S. in Middle Childhood which consists of an original research paper. credits), which consists of artifacts from your This option requires three additional credits. student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, Education: Social Studies (Grades Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the journal of experiences, research, reports and 5-9) Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the projects). Mandatory if you student teach. Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (46 credits), Graduate students majoring in Middle sought by students who plan deeper research at which is a written essay exam that assesses Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) must select the post-master’s level. your knowledge of teaching and the teaching an academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and TEACHING CERTIFICATION process that was acquired throughout the Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the After you complete all degree requirements and program’s coursework. There is no Middle Childhood Education courses and provides successfully pass New York state licensure tests thesis/research paper required for this option. you with specialized knowledge in one particular and have thirty credits of appropriate social studies This option is for students whose student- discipline. It is expected that you, as a teacher, will courses as well as the required NYS workshops, teaching requirements are waived. transmit your enthusiasm for the focused subject to you will be awarded Initial Teaching Certification • Option 3: Education Thesis (49 credits), young learners, helping them to grow intellectually by the New York State Department of Education which consists of an original research paper. and socially. You may select Social Studies (18 to teach Social Studies to grades 5 to 9. This option requires three additional credits. credits) from among the Liberal Arts and Sciences Please refer to the NYSED certification website Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the curriculum. Students in Middle Childhood (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the Education: Social Studies also requires 27 credits to date changes in certification requirements. Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option in teacher education courses. Check the NYS ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS sought by students who plan deeper research at Department of Education website for additional Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood the post-master’s level. social studies prerequisites. Education: Social Studies must meet the following After you complete all degree requirements, SOCIAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION requirements for admission. have a total of thirty credits of Math and The 45 credit program combines a • Application for Admission. successfully pass New York state licensure tests as comprehensive curriculum in educational theory • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). well as take the required NYS workshops, you will and practice with a concentration in history that • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the explores the record of diverse human societies and graduate transcripts from any college(s) or New York State Department of Education to teach significant events in all historical eras. While universities you have attended. Mathematics to students in grades 5 to 9. mastering a range of pedagogical approaches, this • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Please refer to the NYSED certification website program introduces you to the ways historians overall grade point average or equivalent in a (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up have applied different theoretical models to the bachelor’s program. to date changes in certification requirements. study of the past. You will gain the ability to • Two professional and/or academic letters of ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS evaluate conflicting interpretations of historical recommendation that address the applicant’s Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood events and to analyze a broad array of sources in potential in the profession and ability to Education: Mathematics must meet the following social, political, religious, economic, and cultural complete a graduate program. requirements for admission. history. You will have the opportunity to select • Personal Statement that addresses the reason
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 48 C.W. Post Campus
you are interested in pursuing graduate work in coursework: minimum IELTS score: 6.5. this area of study. Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 Send application materials to: • Students for whom English is a second credits), which consists of artifacts from your Graduate Admissions Office language must submit official score results of student-teaching experiences (i.e. lesson plans, C.W. Post Campus the Test of English as a Foreign Language journal of experiences, research, reports and Long Island University (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable projects). Mandatory for those who student teach. 720 Northern Boulevard TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or which is a written essay exam that assesses minimum IELTS score: 6.5. your knowledge of teaching and the teaching M.S. in Adolescence Education Send application materials to: process that was acquired throughout the Graduate Admissions Office program's coursework. There is no (Grades 7-12)
C.W. Post Campus thesis/research paper required for this option. The Master of Science degree in Adolescence Long Island University This option is for students whose student- Education prepares professional teachers and 720 Northern Boulevard teaching requirements are waived. leaders to address the intellectual, social and Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), emotional needs of teenagers in grades 7 through which consists of an original research paper. 12. This option requires three additional credits. M.S. in Middle Childhood The program is designed for individuals who Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the have earned a bachelor’s degree from an Education: Spanish (Grades 5-9) Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the accredited university and college and who wish to Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option Graduate students majoring in Middle begin a new career as a certified school teacher. sought by students who plan deeper research at Childhood Education (Grades 5 to 9) must select Upon graduation, you will be eligible for Initial the post-master's level. an academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and Teaching Certification from New York state. In After you complete the total degree Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the addition, current teachers who have bachelor’s requirements (45 credits) have thirty credits of Middle Childhood courses and provides you with degrees in education and Initial Teaching Spanish, and successfully pass all licensure tests, specialized knowledge in one particular discipline. Certification may use this program to expand their as well as required state workshops, you will be This adds depth and breadth to your level of expertise to the seventh through twelfth grade awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the New teaching expertise. It is expected that you, as a levels. This program meets the New York state York State Department of Education to teach teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the master’s degree requirements for Professional Spanish to grades 5 to 9. focused subject to young learners, helping them to Teaching Certification. * Please refer to the NYSED certification grow intellectually and socially. You may select The program’s central goal is the preparation of website (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the Spanish (18 credits*) from among the Liberal Arts outstanding teachers who are experienced in most up to date changes in certification and Sciences curriculum. Students in Middle thinking critically, solving problems and working requirements. Childhood Education will also take 27 credits in collaboratively with teen learners grades seven Note: Students who have not completed at least teacher education courses. through twelve as well as parents and educators in 30 credits in the subject area in which they plan to SPANISH CONCENTRATION public and private schools. This Master of Science teach must complete these credits prior to Spanish is the third most-spoken language in program encompasses teacher education courses, graduation in order to be recommended for initial the world, after Chinese and English. The Master which prepare you for classroom management and certification as a Middle School (Specialist) or of Science degree program with a specialization in curriculum development, and a concentration in Adolescence Education teacher. Spanish education combines a thorough grounding one of six disciplines: Biology, Earth Science, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS in educational theory and practice with a foreign English, Mathematics, Social Studies or Spanish. Applicants to the M.S. in Middle Childhood language curriculum you can tailor to your own Depending on the concentration you choose, the Education: Spanish must meet the following needs and interests. In the core education courses Master of Science in Adolescence Education requirements for admission. you will master an extensive repertoire of teaching requires 45 to 48 credits. • Application for Admission. techniques; you will examine the ways that race, ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). class and gender impact the teaching-learning Applicants to the Master of Science in • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or connection; and you will learn effective listening Adolescence Education (Grades 7 to 12) must graduate transcripts from any college(s) or and communication skills. From the rich menu of meet the following requirements for admission. universities you have attended. Spanish graduate courses, you will enhance your • Application for Admission. • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 understanding of Spanish syntax, stylistics, • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). overall grade point average or equivalent in a linguistics and literature. You will have an • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or bachelor's program. opportunity to choose from a rich array of graduate transcripts from any college(s) or • Two professional and/or academic letters of electives that range from "Current Spoken universities you have attended. recommendation that address the applicant's Spanish" to "Cervantes and His Epoch" to "Latin • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 potential in the profession and ability to American Women Poets." overall grade point average or equivalent in a complete a graduate program. At the end of your studies, you will take a bachelor’s program. Students who do not meet • Personal Statement that addresses the reason written comprehensive examination consisting of this requirement are welcome to discuss their you are interested in pursuing graduate work in essay questions that assess your knowledge of all options for admissions with the graduate this area of study. graduate courses in the Spanish education advisor. • Students for whom English is a second program. • Two professional and/or academic letters of language must submit official score results of The number of credits required for the program recommendation that address the applicant’s the Test of English as a Foreign Language ranges from 45 to 48 credits, depending on your potential in the profession and ability to (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable culminating experience. You can choose one of complete a graduate program. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 three culminating experiences at the end of your • Personal Statement that addresses the reason computer based or 550 paper-based) or
Page 49 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Required Content Area Teaching Methods GGR 518 Topics in Applied 3.00 this area of study. Course Conservation • Students for whom English is a second Students must complete one of the GLY 510 Oceanography 3.00 language must submit official score results of following based on content subject area: the Test of English as a Foreign Language GLY 511 Continental Drift and 3.00 EDI 654 Methods and Materials of 3.00 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Plate Tectonics TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Teaching Modern GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3.00 computer based or 550 paper-based) or Languages in Secondary Schools minimum IELTS score: 6.5. GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3.00 Send application materials to: EDI 655 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Elective Earth Science Courses Graduate Admissions Office Teaching Science in At least nine credits of the following: C.W. Post Campus Secondary Schools Long Island University AST 501 Spherical and Elliptical 3.00 EDI 658 Methods and Materials of 3.00 720 Northern Boulevard Astronomy Teaching English in Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 ERS 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 Secondary Schools ERS 700 Research Problems in 1.00 M.S. in Adolescence Education EDI 659 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Earth Science Requirements Teaching Mathematics in (45-48 Credits) Secondary Schools GGR 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 Adolescence Education Courses EDI 660 Methods and Materials of 3.00 GGR 518 Topics in Applied 3.00 EDI 551 Psychology of the 3.00 Teaching Social Studies Conservation Adolescent Student in Secondary Schools GLY 510 Oceanography 3.00 EDI 555 Organizational and Social 3.00 Biology Requirements GLY 511 Continental Drift and 3.00 Foundation of the High Required Biology Courses Plate Tectonics School All of the following: GLY 513 Marine Geology 3.00 EDI 556 Communicating 3.00 BIO 505 Sources in Biological 3.00 Effectively with All Research GLY 514 Marine Sedimentary 3.00 Learners:Focus on Environment BIO 513 Biological Chemistry 3.00 Adolescent Child (Grades GLY 516 Physical Oceanography 3.00 9-12) AND one of the following: BIO 503 Modern Concepts of 3.00 GLY 517 Geomorphic Processes 3.00 EDI 610 General Methods of 3.00 Evolution Teaching GLY 518 Groundwater Geology 3.00 BIO 520 Cell Biology 3.00 EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3.00 Educational Research BIO 604 Biological Chemistry 3.00 GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3.00 Laboratory EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 GLY 523 Environmental 3.00 with Special Needs in AND one of the following: Geochemistry Inclusive Settings BIO 510 Molecular Biology 4.00 (Includes Technology and GLY 524 Methods of Mineral 3.00 BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics 3.00 Inclusion) Identification BIO 530 Human Genetics 3.00 EDS 641 Literacy In Content Area 3.00 GLY 526 Earth Materials 3.00 5-12 AND one of the following: GLY 533 Methods of Field 3.00 BIO 501 Population Ecology 3.00 Health & Substance Abuse Workshop Geology for Earth HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 BIO 517 Vascular Plants of Long 4.00 Science Teachers Wrkshp Island GLY 549 The Age of Mammals 3.00 Required Student Teaching Course BIO 518 Ecology 4.00 Required Earth Science Comprehensive EDI 712 Supervised Student 6.00 BIO 609 Marine Ecology 3.00 Exam Teaching and Seminar Students must pass a comprehensive exam Grades 7-12 Elective Biology Course At least one course/three credits from all BIO administered by the Earth and Environmental Culminating Experience: courses excluding BIO 707 or BIO 708 Science Department. Student is required to do a Comprehensive Minimum Earth Science Credits = 20 Exam or Final Project or Thesis (with course). Minimum Biology Credits = 18 Minimum Earth Science GPA = 3.00 Thesis Course Minimum Biology GPA = 3.00 English Requirements EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 Earth Science Requirements Required English Disciplinary Literacy The minimum EDU GPA is 3.00 Required Earth Science Courses All of the following: Course Possible content subject areas are ERS 513 The Earth Environment I 4.00 One of the following Biology, Earth Science, English, ENG 505 Rhetoric 3.00 Mathematics, Social Studies and ERS 514 The Earth Environment II 4.00 ENG 510 Research and Criticism 3.00 Spanish. AND one of the following
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 50 C.W. Post Campus
ENG 563 Comparative Literature 3.00 Special topic courses (ENG 684, 688 and 690) SPA 541 Introduction to Spanish 3.00 may apply to any of the above literature areas. Linguistics ENG 670 The Critical Tradition 3.00 Please see the English graduate advisor for SPA 665 Seminar in Spanish- 3.00 Elective English Literature Distribution more information. American Literature: Courses Required English Comprehensive Exam Special Topics with Students must pass a comprehensive exam Students must complete one course from Disciplinary Literacy in administered by the English Department. five of the following six literature areas: Spanish Medieval Literature or History of the Language Minimum English Credits = 18 Elective Spanish Courses ENG 513 History of the English 3.00 Minimum English GPA = 3.00 Three courses/nine credits from all SPA courses Language Mathematics Requirements Required Spanish Comprehensive Exam Required Mathematics Courses ENG 650 Chaucer 3.00 Students must pass a comprehensive exam All of the following: administered by the Foreign Languages ENG 651 Middle English Literature 3.00 MTH 511 Set Theory 3.00 Department. English Renaissance Literature MTH 513 An Introduction to 3.00 Minimum Spanish Credits = 18 ENG 643 Shakespeare 3.00 Abstract Algebra Minimum Spanish GPA = 3.00 ENG 645 Literature of the English 3.00 MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry 3.00 Renaissance M.S. in Adolescence Education: MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3.00 ENG 653 Metaphysical Poetry 3.00 Pedagogy-Only Elective Mathematics Courses ENG 654 Milton 3.00 Two courses/six credits from all MTH courses The M.S. in Adolescence Education: Pedagogy- Restoration and 18th-Century Literature excluding MTH 707, 709 and 710 only degree is intended primarily for those ENG 572 The English Novel 3.00 Required Mathematics Culminating students who have an undergraduate degree in the Experience Course content area or 36 credits of study (either ENG 658 18th-Century Literature 3.00 undergraduate or graduate) in the content area. In and Life MTH 710 Research and Oral 1.00 Presentation for the case of Social Studies, degrees in history or ENG 659 Restoration and 3.00 Mathematics Education political science (including 21 credits of history) Eighteenth-Century are acceptable. At least three credits in geography Literature Required Mathematics Comprehensive must also have been completed. Exam 19th-Century British Literature In the case of applicants without an Students must pass a comprehensive exam undergraduate degree in the content area, certain ENG 572 The English Novel 3.00 administered by the Mathematics Department. courses will not be counted toward the 36 ENG 655 The Romantic Movement 3.00 Minimum Mathematics Credits = 19 qualifying credits. These courses include ungraded credits such as CLEP, Advanced Placement, ENG 656 Studies in Victorian 3.00 Minimum Mathematics GPA = 3.00 Pass/Fail, and life experience, as well as content Literature Social Studies Requirements area teaching methods courses. Students not Required Historiography Course American Literature meeting these criteria or denied admission to the HIS 601 Historiography 3.00 ENG 500 Contemporary Literature 3.00 pedagogy-only degree are encouraged to apply to the joint M.S. in Adolescence Education degree ENG 533 Contemporary American 3.00 Elective History or Political Science which includes 18 credits in the following content Drama Courses Five courses/fifteen credits from all HIS courses areas: Biology, Earth Science, English, ENG 622 American Renaissance 3.00 excluding HIS 707 and 708. Students may Mathematics, Social Studies and Spanish. ENG 623 Late 19th-Century 3.00 substitute HIS elective courses with POL For applicants without a degree in the content American Literature courses excluding POL 707 and 708 with area, the following criteria will be used to permission of the respective graduate advisor. determine admission to the pedagogy-only degree. ENG 624 20th-Century American 3.00 Exact credit substitution amounts will be BIOLOGY Literature determined by the graduate advisor based on Thirty-six credits in Biology with a Biology Modern Literature previous course work. GPA not less than 3.0 are required. A course in ENG 500 Contemporary Literature 3.00 Required Social Studies Comprehensive genetics is also required. All courses to be counted toward the 36 credits must have grade of B or Exam ENG 533 Contemporary American 3.00 better. Students must pass a comprehensive exam Drama CHEMISTRY administered by the History or Political Science Please contact the Associate Dean for the ENG 558 The Irish Literary 3.00 Department. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for specific Renaissance Minimum Social Studies Credits = 18 requirements. ENG 624 20th-Century American 3.00 Minimum Social Studies GPA = 3.00 EARTH SCIENCE Literature Spanish Requirements Thirty-six credits in Earth Science are required, ENG 631 Modern Poetry 3.00 Required Spanish Courses which must include no more than four introductory All of the following: level courses with no more than two courses in ENG 632 The Modern Novel 3.00 SPA 513 Advanced Syntax and 3.00 geology or earth science, no more than one course ENG 634 Modern Drama 3.00 Stylistics in astronomy, no more than one course in meteorology. Students must have earned at least a ENG 657 Modern British Literature 3.00 B in each of the content courses. Earth science
Page 51 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 certification includes geology, astronomy, Pedagogy Only EDI 555 Organizational and Social 3.00 meteorology, and earth science. It does not include Social Studies Sub-Plan Requirement Foundation of the High environmental science. Required Course School ENGLISH EDI 660 Methods and Materials of 3.00 EDI 610 General Methods of 3.00 Thirty-six credits in English (not including Teaching Social Studies Teaching composition) are required, with grades of B or in Secondary Schools better in each course. The courses should include 1 EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 course in Shakespeare, 2 courses in British Biology Sub-Plan Requirement Diversity literature of any kind (other than Shakespeare), 2 Required Course EDI 677 Curriculum Development 3.00 courses in American literature of any kind, 1 EDI 655 Methods and Materials of 3.00 for the Classroom course in World literature survey, or equivalent, 1 Teaching Science in Teacher course in research, theory, and literary analysis Secondary Schools and 5 additional elective courses, not including EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 freshman composition. The English Department Educational Research believes the student should have as broad a range EDS 612 Lit Teach & Learn: Gr 5- 3.00 of English courses as possible, with studies in Chemistry Sub-Plan Requirement 12 literature related to various historical periods (from Required Course medieval to modern) and genres (poetry, fiction, EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 EDI 655 Methods and Materials of 3.00 drama), and with studies also in literary analysis. with Special Needs in Teaching Science in GERMAN Inclusive Settings Secondary Schools Please contact the Associate Dean for the (Includes Technology and College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for specific English Sub-Plan Requirement Inclusion) requirements. Required Course EDS 641 Literacy In Content Area 3.00 ITALIAN EDI 658 Methods and Materials of 3.00 5-12 Please contact the Associate Dean for the Teaching English in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for specific Secondary Schools Health and Substance Abuse Workshop requirements. HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 Earth Science Sub-Plan Requirement MATHEMATICS Wrkshp Required Course Thirty-six credits in mathematics are required EDI 655 Methods and Materials of 3.00 Required Student Teaching Course with grades of B or better and should include two Teaching Science in EDI 712 Supervised Student 6.00 semesters of calculus and analytic geometry and at Secondary Schools Teaching and Seminar least six semesters of course work from the Grades 7-12 following list: German Sub-Plan Requirement 1. Multivariable or Advanced Calculus Required Course Culminating Experience: 2. Set Theory EDI 654 Methods and Materials of 3.00 3. Mathematical Logic Teaching Modern Student is required to do a 4. Euclidean Geometry Languages in Secondary Comprehensive Exam or Final Project or 5. Probability and Statistics Schools Thesis (with course). 6. Abstract Algebra Thesis Course 7. Linear Algebra Italian Sub-Plan Requirement Required Course EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 8. Real Analysis 9. Complex Analysis EDI 654 Methods and Materials of 3.00 10.Differential Equations Teaching Modern M.S. in Adolescence Education: 11.Discrete Mathematical Structures Languages in Secondary SOCIAL STUDIES Schools Biology (Grades 7-12)
Thirty-six credits in social studies to include 3 Mathematics Sub-Plan Requirement Graduate students majoring in Adolescence credits in U.S. Government, 6 credits in a U.S. Required Course Education (Grades 7 to 12) must select an 18 to 21 History survey, 6 credits of either a world history EDI 659 Method and Materials of 3.00 credit academic specialty from the Liberal Arts or a western civilization survey, 6 credits of upper- Teaching Mathematics in and Sciences curriculum. Such study complements level courses that indicate a level of rigor beyond Secondary Schools the Adolescence Education courses and provides that of introductory courses and 3 credits in you with specialized knowledge in one particular Geography. A social studies GPA of at least 3.0 is Spanish Sub-Plan Requirement discipline. This adds depth and breadth to your required. Required Course level of teaching expertise. It is expected that you, SPANISH EDI 654 Methods and Materials of 3.00 as a teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the Thirty-six credits in Spanish with a minimum of Teaching Modern focused subject to young learners, helping them to a 3.0 Spanish and 3.0 cumulative GPAs are Languages in Secondary grow intellectually and socially. You may select required. The Spanish credits should include a Schools Biology from among the Liberal Arts and Sciences minimum of 30 credits above Level 4 MS Aolescence Education Requirements curriculum. Students in Adolescence Education (Intermediate) Spanish and should not include Required Adolescence Education Core Courses will also take 27 credits in teacher education Spanish conversation or courses given in English. courses. EDI 551 Psychology of the 3.00 BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION Adolescence Education 7-12 MS Adolescent Student The Master of Science degree program with a Requirements (33-36 Credits) specialization in biology education combines a
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 52 C.W. Post Campus thorough grounding in educational theory and graduate transcripts from any college(s) or "Continental Drift and Plate Tectonics," practice with a biology curriculum you can tailor universities you have attended. "Environmental Geochemistry" and "Principles of to your own needs and interests. In the core • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Meteorology." These courses will help you education courses you will master an extensive overall grade point average or equivalent in a understand the interactions of human beings within repertoire of teaching techniques; you will bachelor's program. their natural and physical environments. The examine the ways that race, class and gender • Two professional and/or academic letters of course of study follows an orderly path to a impact the teaching-learning connection; and you recommendation that address the applicant's broader and deeper comprehension of the earth will learn effective listening and communication potential in the profession and ability to sciences. skills. From the rich menu of biology courses, you complete a graduate program. The number of credits required for the program can choose to explore such cutting-edge fields as • Personal Statement that addresses the reason ranges 47 to 50 credits, depending on your Human Genetics, Molecular Biology and you are interested in pursuing graduate work in culminating experience. You can choose one of Population Ecology, and you can elect to pursue this area of study. three culminating experiences: specific topics such as "Fisheries Biology and • Students for whom English is a second • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio Aquaculture," "Wildlife and Wilderness language must submit official score results of (47credits), which consists of artifacts from Resources" and "Vascular Plants of Long Island." the Test of English as a Foreign Language your student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson To learn more about our programs and faculty, (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable plans, journal of experiences, research, reports visit the Department of Biology website: TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 and projects). Mandatory for those who student www.liu.edu/cwpost/biology. The number of computer based or 550 paper-based) or teach. credits required for the program ranges 45 to 48 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (47 credits), credits, depending on your culminating Send application materials to: which is a written essay exam that assesses experience. You can choose one of three Graduate Admissions Office your knowledge of teaching and the teaching culminating experiences: C.W. Post Campus process that was acquired throughout the • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio Long Island University program’s coursework. There is no (45credits), which consists of artifacts from 720 Northern Boulevard thesis/research paper required for this option. your student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 This option is for students whose student- plans, journal of experiences, research, reports teaching requirements are waived. and projects). Mandatory for those who student M.S. in Adolescence Education: • Option 3: Education Thesis (50 credits), teach. which consists of an original research paper. • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), Earth Science (Grades 7-12) This option requires three additional credits.
which is a written essay exam that assesses Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the Graduate students majoring in Adolescence your knowledge of teaching and the teaching Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the Education (Grades 7 to 12) may select an process that was acquired throughout the Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and program's coursework. There is no sought by students who plan deeper research at Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the thesis/research paper required for this option. the post-master’s level. Adolescence Education courses and provides you This option is for students whose student- After you complete all degree requirements and with specialized knowledge in one particular teaching requirements are waived. successfully pass New York State licensure tests discipline. This adds depth and breadth to your • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), as well as take required state workshops you will level of teaching expertise. Our hope that you, as a which consists of an original research paper. be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the This option requires three additional credits. New York State Department of Education to teach focused subject to young learners, helping them to Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the grades 7 to 12. If you are a certified teacher with grow intellectually and socially. You may select Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the three years of teaching experience, you will be Earth Science (20 credits) from among the Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option eligible to apply for Professional Teaching Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Students in sought by students who plan deeper research at Certification upon completion of the program. Adolescence Education: Earth Science also will the post-master's level. Please refer to the NYSED certification website take 27 credits in teacher education courses. After you complete all degree requirements and (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up EARTH SCIENCE CONCENTRATION successfully pass New York State licensure tests to date changes in certification requirements. Earth science explores the interrelations among as well as take required state workshops you will ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS the four systems that make up our planet: the be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence atmosphere (air), the hydrosphere (water), the New York State Department of Education to teach Education: Earth Science must meet the following lithosphere (the solid earth), and the biosphere (all grades 7to 12. If you are a certified teacher with requirements for admission. living creatures). Within the 47-credit Master of three years of teaching experience, you will be • Application for Admission. Science program in Adolescence Education eligible to apply for Professional Teaching • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). (Grades 7 to 12) in Earth Science, you will be Certification upon completion of the program. • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or prepared to guide middle or high school students * Please refer to the NYSED certification graduate transcripts from any college(s) or to a deeper understanding of their own website (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the universities you have attended. environments, including climate change, and the most up to date changes in certification • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 challenge of managing natural resources for the requirements. overall grade point average or equivalent in a common good. Along with education courses that ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS bachelor’s program. Students who do not meet cover teaching concepts from "Psychology of the Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence this requirement are welcome to discuss their Adolescent Student" to "Methods and Materials of Education: Biology must meet the following options for admissions with the graduate Teaching Science in Secondary Schools," you will requirements for admission. advisor. take a two-semester course in 'The Earth • Application for Admission. • Two professional and/or academic letters of Environment," and you will have an opportunity to • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). recommendation that address the applicant’s choose electives that deal with such topics as • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or potential in the profession and ability to
Page 53 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
complete a graduate program. ranges 45 to 48 credits, depending on your Send application materials to: • Personal Statement that addresses the reason culminating experience. You can choose one of Graduate Admissions Office you are interested in pursuing graduate work in three culminating experiences at the end of your C.W. Post Campus this area of study. coursework: Long Island University • Students for whom English is a second • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 720 Northern Boulevard language must submit official score results of credits), which consists of artifacts from your Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 the Test of English as a Foreign Language student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable journal of experiences, research, reports and M.S. in Adolescence Education: TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 projects) computer based or 550 paper-based) or • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), Mathematics (Grades 7-12)
minimum IELTS score: 6.5. which is a written essay exam that assesses Graduate students majoring in Adolescence Send application materials to: your knowledge of teaching and the teaching Education (Grades 7 to 12) must select an Graduate Admissions Office process that was acquired throughout the academic specialty (19 to 22 credits) from the C.W. Post Campus program's coursework. There is no Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Such study Long Island University thesis/research paper required for this option. complements the Adolescence Education courses 720 Northern Boulevard This option is for students whose student- and provides you with specialized knowledge in Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 teaching requirements are waived. one particular discipline. It is expected that you, as • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), a teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the which consists of an original research paper. M.S. in Adolescence Education: focused subject to young learners, helping them to This option requires three additional credits. grow intellectually and socially. You may select English (Grades 7-12) Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the Mathematics from among the Liberal Arts and Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the Graduate students majoring in Adolescence Sciences curriculum. Students in Adolescence Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option Education (Grades 7 to 12) must select an Education will also take 27 credits in teacher sought by students who plan deeper research at academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and education courses. the post-master's level. Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the MATHEMATICS CONCENTRATION After you complete all degree requirements and Adolescence Childhood courses and provides you This 46-49 credit program will equip you to successfully pass New York State licensure tests with specialized knowledge in one particular help 7-12th graders gain confidence and as well as take required state workshops you will discipline. This adds depth and breadth to your proficiency in this indispensable discipline. In the be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the level of teaching expertise. It is expected that you, core education courses you will examine how race, New York State Department of Education to teach as a teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the socioeconomic factors and gender can impact grades 7 to 12. If you are a certified teacher with focused subject to young learners, helping them to success in the classroom; and you will master a three years of teaching experience, you will be grow intellectually and socially. You may select variety of teaching techniques to motivate and eligible to apply for Professional Teaching English from among the Liberal Arts and Sciences maximize learning at all levels. In addition, you Certification upon completion of the program. curriculum (18 credits). Students in the will strengthen your knowledge of set theory, Please refer to the NYSED certification website Adolescence Education program also will take 27 algebra, geometry and the fundamentals of (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up credits in teacher education courses. mathematical and logical thinking. To personalize to date changes in certification requirements. ENGLISH CONCENTRATION your curriculum you can choose electives from a ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The 45 to 48 credit graduate degree program wide variety of courses—including “History of Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence will prepare you to teach English to young learners Mathematics,” “Mathematical Statistics,” and Education: English must meet the following (ages 9 to 14) while deepening your knowledge “Number Theory,” “Complex Analysis” and requirements for admission. and appreciation of the English language and its “Linear Programming” -- taught by our • Application for Admission. great literature. In addition to studying the accomplished and dedicated faculty. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). psychology of the adolescent student and CULMINATING EXPERIENCE • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or mastering a variety of teaching techniques, you The number of credits required for the program graduate transcripts from any college(s) or will have an opportunity take 18 credits in English, ranges 46 to 49 credits, depending on your universities you have attended. including "Research Method and Critical Writing." culminating experience. You can choose one of • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Additional English courses must be taken in five three culminating experiences at the end of your overall grade point average or equivalent in a of six broad areas of study (Early Literature and coursework: bachelor's program. Language, Literature of the English Renaissance, • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (46 • Two professional and/or academic letters of Literature of the Restoration and Eighteenth credits), which consists of artifacts from your recommendation that address the applicant's Century, Nineteenth-century British Literature, student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, potential in the profession and ability to American Literature of any period, and Modern journal of experiences, research, reports and complete a graduate program. Literature of any country). The Department of projects) • Personal Statement that addresses the reason English offers more than 40 elective courses in a • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (46 credits), you are interested in pursuing graduate work in rich array of subjects that range from 'Rhetoric,' which is a written essay exam that assesses this area of study. "Style and Syntax" and "Psycholinguistics" to your knowledge of teaching and the teaching • Academic writing sample "Metaphysical Poetry," "The Irish Literary process that was acquired throughout the • Students for whom English is a second Renaissance,' and "Contemporary American program’s coursework. There is no language must submit official score results of Drama." To learn more about our programs and thesis/research paper required for this option. the Test of English as a Foreign Language faculty, visit the Department of English website: This option is for students whose student- (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable www.liu.edu/cwpost/english. teaching requirements are waived. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 CULMINATING EXPERIENCE • Option 3: Education Thesis (49 credits), computer based or 550 paper-based) or The number of credits required for the program which consists of an original research paper. minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 54 C.W. Post Campus
This option requires three additional credits. Liberal Arts and Sciences curriculum. Students in • Application for Admission. Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the Adolescence Education: Social Studies also will • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the take 27 credits in teacher education courses. • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option SOCIAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION graduate transcripts from any college(s) or sought by students who plan deeper research at The 45 credit program combines a universities you have attended. the post-master’s level. comprehensive curriculum in educational theory • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 After you complete all degree requirements and and practice with a concentration in history that overall grade point average or equivalent in a successfully pass New York State licensure tests explores the record of diverse human societies and bachelor's program. as well as the required state workshops, you will significant events in all historical eras. While • Two professional and/or academic letters of be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the mastering a range of pedagogical approaches, this recommendation that address the applicant's New York State Department of Education to teach program introduces you to the ways historians potential in the profession and ability to English to grades 7 to 12. have applied different theoretical models to the complete a graduate program. Please refer to the NYSED certification website study of the past. You will gain the ability to • Personal Statement that addresses the reason (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up evaluate conflicting interpretations of historical you are interested in pursuing graduate work in to date changes in certification requirements events and to analyze a broad array of sources in this area of study. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS social, political, religious, economic, and cultural • Students for whom English is a second Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence history. You will have the opportunity to select language must submit official score results of Education: Mathematics must meet the following from a range of courses including, "Ancient the Test of English as a Foreign Language requirements for admission. Historians," "Birth of the American Republic," (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable • Application for Admission. "Capitalism and Its Discontents: 1870-1919," TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). "History of American Women," and "Modern computer based or 550 paper-based) or • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Latin America." To learn more about our programs minimum IELTS score: 6.5. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or and faculty, visit the Department of History Send application materials to: universities you have attended. website: www.liu.edu/cwpost/history. Graduate Admissions Office • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 CULMINATING EXPERIENCE C.W. Post Campus overall grade point average or equivalent in a The number of credits required for the program Long Island University bachelor’s program. ranges 45 to 48 credits, depending on your 720 Northern Boulevard • Two professional and/or academic letters of culminating experience. You can choose one of Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 recommendation that address the applicant’s three culminating experiences at the end of your potential in the profession and ability to coursework: M.S. in Adolescence Education: complete a graduate program. • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason credits), which consists of artifacts from your Spanish (Grades 7-12)
you are interested in pursuing graduate work in student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, Graduate students majoring in Adolescence this area of study. journal of experiences, research, reports and Education (Grades 7 to 12) must select an • Students for whom English is a second projects) academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and language must submit official score results of • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the the Test of English as a Foreign Language which is a written essay exam that assesses Adolescence Education courses and provides you (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable your knowledge of teaching and the teaching with specialized knowledge in one particular TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 process that was acquired throughout the discipline. This adds depth and breadth to your computer based or 550 paper-based) or program's coursework. There is no level of teaching expertise. It is expected that you, minimum IELTS score: 6.5. thesis/research paper required for this option. as a teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the Send application materials to: This option is for students whose student- focused subject to young learners, helping them to Graduate Admissions Office teaching requirements are waived. grow intellectually and socially. You may select C.W. Post Campus • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), Spanish (18 credits*) from among the Liberal Arts Long Island University which consists of an original research paper. and Sciences curriculum. Students in Adolescence 720 Northern Boulevard This option requires three additional credits. Education will also take 27 credits in teacher Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the education courses. Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the SPANISH CONCENTRATION Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option M.S. in Adolescence Education: Spanish is the third most-spoken language in sought by students who plan deeper research at the world, after Chinese and English. The Master Social Studies (Grades 7-12) the post-master's level. of Science degree program with a specialization in After you complete all degree requirements and Graduate students majoring in Adolescence Spanish education combines a thorough grounding successfully pass New York State licensure tests Education (Grades 7 to 12) must select an in educational theory and practice with a foreign as well as the required state workshops, you will academic specialty from the Liberal Arts and language curriculum you can tailor to your own be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the Sciences curriculum. Such study complements the needs and interests. In the core education courses New York State Department of Education to teach Adolescence Education courses and provides you you will master an extensive repertoire of teaching Social Studies to grades 7 to 12. with specialized knowledge in one particular techniques; you will examine the ways that race, Please refer to the NYSED certification website discipline. This adds depth and breadth to your class and gender impact the teaching-learning (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up level of teaching expertise. It is expected that you, connection; and you will learn effective listening to date changes in certification requirements. as a teacher, will transmit your enthusiasm for the and communication skills. From the rich menu of ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS focused subject to young learners, helping them to Spanish graduate courses, you will enhance your Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence grow intellectually and socially. You may select understanding of Spanish syntax, stylistics, Education: Social Studies must meet the following Social Studies (18 credits) from among the linguistics and literature. You will have an requirements for admission.
Page 55 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 opportunity to choose from a rich array of universities you have attended. • Application for Admission electives that range from 'Current Spoken Spanish" • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) to "Cervantes and His Epoch" to "Latin American overall grade point average or equivalent in a • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Women Poets." bachelor’s program. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or At the end of your studies, you will take a • Two professional and/or academic letters of universities you have attended. written comprehensive examination consisting of recommendation that address the applicant’s • Have an undergraduate major in music or music essay questions that assess your knowledge of all potential in the profession and ability to education or must have a minimum of 36 graduate courses in the Spanish education complete a graduate program. credits in music classes program. • Personal Statement that addresses the reason • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative After you complete the total degree requirements you are interested in pursuing graduate work in grade point average in undergraduate studies or (45 credits) and successfully pass all licensure this area of study. successful completion of another master’s tests as well as required state workshops, you will • Students for whom English is a second degree. be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by the language must submit official score results of • Two professional and/or academic letters of New York State Department of Education to teach the Test of English as a Foreign Language recommendation that address the applicant’s Spanish to grades 7 to 12. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable potential in the profession and ability to *Note: Students who have not completed at TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 complete a graduate program least 30 credits in the subject area in which they computer based or 550 paper-based) or • Personal Statement that addresses the reason teach must complete these credits prior to minimum IELTS score: 6.5. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in graduation in order to be recommended for initial Send application materials to: this area of study certification as a Middle School (Specialist) or Graduate Admissions Office • Appear before a faculty member or panel, Adolescence Education teacher. C.W. Post Campus either individually or as a participant in a group The number of credits required for the program Long Island University situation, for assessment of interpersonal and ranges 45 to 48 credits, depending on your 720 Northern Boulevard musicianship skills. culminating experience. You can choose one of Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 • Submit a current résumé three culminating experiences at the end of your • Students for whom English is a second coursework: M.S. in Music Education (Birth language must submit official score results of • Option 1: Student Teaching Portfolio (45 the Test of English as a Foreign Language credits), which consists of artifacts from your to Grade 12) (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable
student-teaching experiences (i.e., lesson plans, TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 To teach music is to introduce children to an art journal of experiences, research, reports and computer-based or 550 paper-based) or form that is basic to all of humanity. But the projects) minimum IELTS score: 6.5. benefits of music education go far beyond learning • Option 2: Comprehensive Exam (45 credits), Send application materials to: to sing, play and appreciate music. Cognitive which is a written essay exam that assesses Graduate Admissions Office development, fine motor skills, cultural awareness your knowledge of teaching and the teaching C.W. Post Campus and increased intellectual capacity all progress process that was acquired throughout the Long Island University from the study of music. Music education program's coursework. There is no 720 Northern Boulevard combines the joy of artistic expression with the thesis/research paper required for this option. Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 challenge and rewards of classroom instruction. This option is for students whose student- The Master of Science in Music Education teaching requirements are waived. MS Music Education: Initial prepares professional music teachers and leaders to • Option 3: Education Thesis (48 credits), work with children of all ages, from infants, Certification Sub-Plan which consists of an original research paper. toddlers and preschoolers to elementary, middle (42 Credits) This option requires three additional credits. and high school students in New York State. The Required Music Education Courses Students can pursue the thesis in lieu of the program includes a semester of student teaching in Graduate Music Teaching & Learning Seminar Comprehensive Exam or in addition to the elementary and secondary schools as well as MUS 632 Graduate Music Teaching 1.00 Student Teaching Portfolio. This is an option comprehensive coursework in the social and & Learning Seminar sought by students who plan deeper research at psychological aspects of teaching and modern the post-master's level. Classroom Methods educational methods and materials. Students who After you complete all degree requirements MUS 634 Ennhancing Literacy 3.00 elect to waive student teaching are required to take and successfully pass New York State licensure Through Teaching Music an additional 6 credits lieu of student teaching and tests as well as the required state workshops, you in Special Education pass a comprehensive examination. will be awarded Initial Teaching Certification by A joint program of the C.W. Post College of MUS 651 Teaching Music in the 3.00 the New York State Department of Education to Education and Information Sciences and School of Elementary School teach Spanish to grades 7 to 12. Visual and Performing Arts, the M.S. in Music Please refer to the NYSED certification website Conducting Education offers two plans of study – a 42-credit (www.highered.nysed.gov/tcert/) for the most up 2 credits from the following: plan for initial teaching certification by the New to date changes in certification requirements. MUS 630 Conducting I 2.00 York State Education Department and a 36-credit ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS plan leading to professional certification, for MUS 679A Studio Lessons: 1.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Adolescence students with a significant background in Advanced Conducting Education: Spanish must meet the following education. requirements for admission. MUS 679B Studio Lessons: 2.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Application for Admission. Advanced Conducting Applicants to the Master of Science in Music • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Education must meet the following requirements • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or for admission. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 56 C.W. Post Campus
Keyboard and Musicianship Skills MUS 548 Vocal Pedagogy 2.00 MUS 633 Musicianship for Music 2.00 MUS 630 Conducting I 2.00 M.A. in Teaching English to Teachers MUS 632 Graduate Music Teaching 1.00 Speakers of Other Languages Music Technology & Learning Seminar (TESOL) MUS 673 Technology and Music 2.00 MUS 633 Musicianship for Music 2.00 Education Imagine being in a room where everyone is Teachers Required Music Education Option Course speaking a language completely unfamiliar to you. One of the following sets of courses: MUS 634 Ennhancing Literacy 3.00 Many students in our local schools face this Instrumental Music Option Through Teaching Music problem on a daily basis. The Master of Arts 5 credits from the following: in Special Education program in TESOL program prepares you to help children in all grades to overcome language MUS 635 Brass Methods 1.00 MUS 635 Brass Methods 1.00 barriers and learn how to speak the English MUS 636 Percussion Methods 1.00 MUS 636 Percussion Methods 1.00 language effectively. You will develop a greater awareness of the special needs of children in MUS 637 Woodwind Methods 1.00 MUS 637 Woodwind Methods 1.00 multilingual/multicultural school districts. This MUS 638 Instrumental Music 2.00 MUS 638 Instrumental Music 2.00 highly specialized program - which prepares you Methods Methods for New York State certification - also provides advanced training for experienced TESOL MUS 639 String Methods 1.00 MUS 639 String Methods 1.00 teachers, supervisors and administrators. OR MUS 651 Teaching Music in the 3.00 The program is 39-42 credits depending on Vocal Music Option Elementary School course selection and the culminating experience. 4 credits from the following: ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS MUS 662 Secondary Choral Music 2.00 MUS 548 Vocal Pedagogy 2.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Teaching English to Methods MUS 662 Secondary Choral Music 2.00 Speakers of Other Languages must meet the MUS 673 Technology and Music 2.00 Methods following requirements for admission. Education • Application for Admission Required Music Education Pedagogy Courses • Application fee: $ 40 (non-refundable) Official MUS 679A Studio Lessons: 1.00 EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 copies of your undergraduate and/or graduate Advanced Conducting Foundations of Education transcripts from any college(s) or universities MUS 679B Studio Lessons: 2.00 EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 you have attended. Advanced Conducting American Education • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 Required Music Education Pedagogy Courses overall and 2.75 in major grade point average EDI 610 General Methods of 3.00 or equivalent in a bachelor’s program. EDI 603 Advanced Topics in 3.00 Teaching • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Psychology of Teaching EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 why you are interested in pursuing graduate EDI 606 Contemporary Issues in 3.00 Diversity work in this area of study. American Education • Students are required to have 12 credites in a EDI 652 Methods and Materials of 3.00 EDI 642 Contemporary Philosophy 3.00 Foreign Language (may be waived for Teaching Music in Of Education Bilingual Students) Secondary Schools • Students for whom English is a second EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 language must submit official score results of Diversity Educational Research the Test of English as a Foreign Language EDI 677 Curriculum Development 3.00 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable EDI 711 Supervised Student 6.00 for the Classroom TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Teaching and Seminar in Teacher computer-based or 550 paper based) or the Middle School minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Required MS Music Education EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 Educational Research Culminating Experience M.A. Teaching English to Speakers of OR Required MS Music Education Other Languages (39-42 credits) Required Thesis Course Culminating Experience MA TESOL Core Rquirements EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 OR Education Courses Required Thesis Course MS Music Education: Initial Certification EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 Foundations of Education MUS GPA The minimum Music (MUS) GPA is 3.00 MS Music Education: Professional EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 MS Music Education: Professional Certification MUS GPA American Education The minimum Music (MUS) GPA is 3.00 Certification Sub-Plan EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 MS Music Education: Professional Diversity Certification Sub-Plan EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 Elective Music Education Courses Educational Research 9 credits of the following:
Page 57 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 candidate as both artist and teacher. Candidates in potential in the profession and ability to with Special Needs in the program sharpen their design and drawing complete a graduate program. Inclusive Settings skills through studio classes and workshops in • Students for whom English is a second (Includes Technology and traditional and electronic media. Students also take language must submit official score results of Inclusion) courses aimed at enhancing their teaching skills the Test of English as a Foreign Language and exploring the psychological, philosophical and (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Methods & Materials Courses social foundations of art education. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 EDI 650 Methods and Materials in 3.00 With input and guidance from two graduate computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Teaching English to advisors each student designs a personalized minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Speakers of Other curriculum that reflects his or her strengths and SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR Languages or Dialects professional goals. TRANSFER STUDENTS EDI 679 Advanced Methods and 3.00 The program is accredited by the Teacher • If pertinent to the applicant's plan of study, a Evaluation in TESOL Education Accreditation Council, which signifies maximum of 12 graduate credits with a grade that it meets the highest standards of quality in of B or better may be transferred from another EDI 689 TESOL in Content Areas: 3.00 preparing competent, caring and qualified university's graduate program (15 credits from Science, Humanities and professional educators in public and private within Long Island University). Social Science schools. • The transfer will take place after the completion Required Adolescent Health-Risk Workshop ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS of 15 credits within this program but the HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 Applicants to the Master of Science in Art request must be made at the time of the original Wrkshp Education must meet the following requirements application to the degree program and must be for admission. approved by the Graduate Advisor. Educational Theory & Practice Courses • Application for Admission. Send application materials, with the exception EDI 630 Second-Language 3.00 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). of the portfolio, to: Literature Acquisition • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Graduate Admissions Office EDI 680 Bilingual Education and 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or C.W. Post Campus ESL: Theory and Practice universities you have attended. Long Island University • Bachelor's degree in art education with at least 720 Northern Boulevard Co-Related Content Course a 3.0 cumulative grade point average from an Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 ENG 512 Descriptive Linguistics 3.00 accredited school which meets the New York Fax: 516-299-2137 (LIN 512 Descriptive Linguistics 3.00) State requirements for certification or have E-mail: [email protected] One of the following Student Teaching or completed an undergraduate major in art from The portfolio should be mailed to: Practicum Course and Elective an accredited school with a minimum of 36 Art Department Graduate Studies Office credits in Studio Art classes. If the applicant C.W. Post Campus EDI 726 Supervised Student 6.00 has fewer than 36 undergraduate Studio Art Long Island University Teaching and Seminar in credits he/she will only be excepted as a 720 Northern Boulevard Teaching English to "limited-matriculant" until this New York State Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Speakers of Other requirement is satisfied. Also, if the Art Phone: 516-299-2465 Languages (K-12) Department faculty feels it is necessary, after Email: [email protected] EDI 620 Practicum In TESOL and 3.00 reviewing an applicant's portfolio, they may (Please indicate degree applying for on portfolio) 3 credit elective if student require that the student take additional Art teaching is waived and/or Art History courses to eliminate a Art Education M.S. Initial deficiency before being admitted into the EDI Elective in Education 3.00 Certification Requirements master's degree program. These credits cannot (45 Credits) Culminating Experience Requirements: be applied toward the master's degree. The Intial Certification Courses Comprehensive Exam or Final project student's status will be "limited-matriculant" EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 Or until these courses are completed and a grade of Foundations of Education Thesis B or better is attained. In some cases a second EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 portfolio review will be required for full EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 matriculation. American Education M.A. Teaching Education to Speakers of • A portfolio, evaluated by the Art Department Other Languages GPA Requirements EDI 610 General Methods of 3.00 faculty, is required for admission. The portfolio Minimum GPA is 3.00 Teaching must be submitted to the Art Department Graduate Studies Office and should contain 15 EDI 643 Education for Cultural 3.00 to 20 samples of your most recent work and a Diversity M.S. in Art Education numbered inventory list. Samples can be either EDI 651 Methods and Materials of 3.00
original works, slides (enclosed in a slide page), Teaching Art in Joint Program with School of Visual and CD or DVD. Photography applicants are Secondary Schools Performing Arts encouraged to submit a portfolio of 20 original The Master of Science in Art Education (Birth prints. EDI 700 Introduction to 3.00 to Grade 12) offers a unique opportunity for • Personal Artist Statement that addresses the Educational Research students to advance their development as creative reason you are interested in pursuing graduate EDI 712 Supervised Student 6.00 artists while sharing their love of art with young work in this area of study. Teaching and Seminar people in public and private schools. • Two professional and/or academic letters of Grades 7-12 The plan of study is aimed at advancing each recommendation that address the applicant's
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 58 C.W. Post Campus
HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 CGPH 602 Graduate Digital Design 3.00 as it relates to teaching and learning will be Wrkshp examined. This course will require a writing CGPH 603 Motion Graphics 3.00 component. Also 15 hours of field work will be ARTH 609 Special Populations in 3.00 CGPH 604 Web Design Portfolio For 3.00 required. Child / Adolescent Art Artists Credits: 3 Therapy and Art Every Fall and Spring Choose one (1) Elective Art History Course (3 Education credits) M.S. Art Education EDI 555 Organizational and Social Foundation of ART 581 Art History Colloquium 3.00 the High School Required Art Courses This course explores the foundational aspects of ART 660 Philosophy of Art 3.00 ART 585 Art History Independent 3.00 high school education. Various perspectives will aid Education Study the asking/answering of foundational questions, ART 661 Elementary Art Education 3.00 ART 671 History of Contemporary 3.00 such as: How do philosophy and culture inform Studio Workshop Art how students at the high school levels think about teaching and learning? What is the teaching- ART 664 Literacy and Learning 3.00 ART 672 Problems in 3.00 learning connection? Is learning the same as Through the Visual Arts Contemporary Art developing? By engaging in dialectical methods of One of the following: ART 679 History Of Photography 3.00 critical inquiry, students will reexamine the ART 517 Design I 3.00 ART 680 Concepts and Issues in 3.00 philosophical, sociological, historical, political and cultural contexts of their educational pedagogy. To ART 611 Drawing I 3.00 Contemporary Photography this effect, traditional definitions of race, class and Choose one (1) Elective Directed Art Studio gender will also be explored with emphasis on
Course (3 credits) issues of ethnicity, sexual orientation, religious ART 517 Design I 3.00 Education Courses affiliation and the relationship between the public and the private notions of identity. This course will ART 519 Photography 3.00 further examine the underpinnings of such belief ART 520 Advanced Photography 3.00 EDI 550 Psychology of the Early Adolescent structures and explore alternate ways of knowing. Student The use of the technology as it relates to teaching ART 590 Graduate Projects 3.00 This course examines various aspects of early and learning will be examined. This course will ART 591 Graduate Projects 3.00 adolescent psychological development, including require a writing component. Also, 15 hours of cognition, social relationships, stress, self-esteem, field work will be required. ART 592 Graduate Projects 3.00 political and moral development. Considerable Credits: 3 ART 593 Graduate Projects 3.00 attention is given to gender, race, ethnicity, the Every Fall and Spring
ART 602 Photo Workshop 3.00 special early adolescent and the "at-risk" student.The use of the technology as it relates to EDI 556 Communicating Effectively with All ART 603 Color Photography 3.00 teaching and learning will be examined. This course Learners:Focus on Adolescent Child (Grades 9-12) Printing will require a writing component. Also, 15 hours Active listening and communication counseling skills provide the basis for adolescent teachers to ART 605 Photography Studio I 3.00 of fieldwork will be required. Credits: 3 engage in conflict resolution and mediation with ART 606 Photography Studio II 3.00 Every Fall and Spring other teachers, students, and/or parents. Developmental ART 611 Drawing I 3.00 EDI 551 Psychology of the Adolescent Student counseling theories and techniques and their ART 612 Drawing II 3.00 This course examines various aspects of adolescent implementation provide and underlying theme of psychological development, including cognition, the course. Teachers are also prepared to develop, ART 613 Painting I 3.00 social relationships, stress, self esteem and political facilitate and conduct advisor advisee groups in the ART 614 Painting II 3.00 and moral development. Considerable attention is secondary settings. The use of the technology as it given to gender, race, ethnicity, the special relates to teaching and learning will be examined. ART 615 Painting III 3.00 adolescent and the "at risk" student. The use of the This course will require a writing component. Also, ART 616 Painting IV 3.00 technology as related to teaching and learning will 15 hours of fieldwork will be required. Credits: 3 ART 621 Printmaking I 3.00 be examined. This course will require a writing component. Also, 15 hours of fieldwork will be Every Fall and Spring ART 622 Printmaking II 3.00 required. EDI 557 Communicating Effectively with All ART 623 Printmaking III 3.00 Credits: 3 Every Fall and Spring Learners:Focus on Middle School Child (Grades 5- ART 624 Printmaking IV 3.00 9) EDI 554 Organization and School Foundation of Active listening and communication counseling ART 635 Sculpture I 3.00 the Middle School skills provide the basis for teachers to engage in ART 636 Sculpture II 3.00 Foundational aspects of middle school education conflict resolution and mediation with other are explored in this course which traces the teachers, students and/or parents. Developmental ART 637 Sculpture III 3.00 development of the middle school, providing counseling theories and techniques and their ART 638 Sculpture IV 3.00 theoretical and practical examples of successful implementation provide an underlying theme of proposals and projects. Issues and problems relating the course. Teachers are also prepared to develop, CGPH 601 Graduate Computer 3.00 to governance, structure, and middle school facilitate and conduct advisor-advisee groups in the Graphics constituencies are studied. The use of technology middle school. The use of the technology as it
Page 59 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 relates to teaching and learning will be examined. emphasized. The use of the technology as it relates as it relates to teaching and learning will be This course will require a writing component. Also, to teaching and learning will be examined. This examined. This course will require a writing 15 hours of fieldwork will be required. course will require a writing component. Also, ten component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be Credits: 3 hours of fieldwork will be required. required. Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3 Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI Every Fall, Spring and Summer 551,555,556 are required. Students in Art EDI 600 Psychological Foundations of Education Education MS and Music Education MS require This course is designed to introduce students to EDI 606 Contemporary Issues in American prerequisites of EDI 600 and EDI 601. psychological theories and principles which affect Education Credits: 3 teaching, learning and development. Students have The course offers analyses of selected contemporary Every Fall and Spring the issues in American education. The issues are opportunity to observe student and teacher considered in terms of their origin, present EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies in Grades 1-6 behavior as well as classroom environments in institutional manifestations and socio-economic This course examines social studies curriculum order to identify operative psychological theories policy implications for schooling or education at development through examination of theory and and principles. The use of the technology and the district, state and national levels of American current practices in the school. Inquiry approach, learning will be examined. This course will require society. The use of the technology as it relates to model development, organizational patterns and a writing component. Also, 10 hours of fieldwork teaching and learning will be examined. This teaching strategies are examined through current will be required. course will require a writing component. Also, 10 research. The use of the technology as it relates to Credits: 3 hours of fieldwork will be required. teaching and learning will be examined. This Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3 course will require a writing component. Also 10 On Occasion hours of fieldwork will be required. EDI 601 Social Foundations of American Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are Education EDI 608 Issues In Gender and Education required. This course introduces students to the social, This course investigates various issues and theories Credits: 3 economic, political and intellectual foundations of of gender, including such possible areas as how Every Fall and Spring American education. It describes the development gender affects ways of thinking, cognitive and of the American school system in a rapidly emotional development, ethics and moral EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics in Grades 1-6 changing environment, with emphasis on the development, learning, curriculum design and Educational and psychological dimensions of relationship between education and society. Main assessment. In all cases, there are considerations of learning and teaching mathematics in grades K-6 topics to be explored are the structure and purposes how gender issues should affect classroom are examined in the context of current trends in of schooling, the professionalization of teaching, organization and teaching practice.The use of the mathematics education. The development of educational policy making and school social factors technology as it relates to teaching and learning will mathematics concepts and understandings is influencing teaching and learning, and the be examined. This course will require a writing explored through relevant activities and materials. relationship between education and work. Class component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be Model programs and teaching approaches are discussions are based upon both primary and required. discussed in light of current recommendations for secondary sources. The use of the technology as it Credits: 3 mathematics education. The use of the technology relates to teaching and learning will be examined. On Occasion as it relates to teaching and learning will be This course will require a writing component. Also, examined. This course will require a writing 10 hours of fieldwork will be required. EDI 609 Gender & Language in the Classroom component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be Credits: 3 To raise awareness of the ways gender affects required. Every Fall and Spring students and teachers in classrooms, this course Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are examines the strategies and approaches female and required. EDI 603 Advanced Topics in Psychology of male students use to process their learning through Credits: 3 Teaching language. Specifically, the course focuses on the Every Fall and Spring This course is an analysis of how school conditions, ways males and females speak, write and interpret including teachers and behavior, influence what they read, participate in classroom discussions, EDI 614 Teaching Science in Grades 1-6 students¿ acquisition and subsequent application of and interact with male and female peers and This course is an examination of existing programs, information and abilities. Emphasis is on setting teachers. The research, conducted primarily in U.S. materials and problems of science education in the educational objectives and managing classroom and British classrooms, looks at different racial, light of current psychological and philosophical variables to help students achieve them. The use of socio-economic, age and ethnic learners. The use of theories. Development of science activities with the technology as it relates to teaching and learning the technology as it relates to teaching and learning emphasis on the process of science, conceptual will be examined. This course will require a writing will be examined. This course will require a writing understanding, meeting individual differences, component. Also, ten hours of fieldwork will be component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be discovery approach and utilization of inexpensive, required. required. easily available materials for experiments and Credits: 3 Credits: 3 demonstrations are covered.The use of the On Occasion On Occasion technology as it relates to teaching and learning will be examined. This course will require a writing EDI 604 Early Child Development: Birth to EDI 610 General Methods of Teaching component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be Grade 2 Cross-listed as LIS 625 required. Scientific findings on the physical, intellectual, This course is a study of generic instructional Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are emotional and social development of young techniques in which the student begins to explore required. children, birth to grade two are examined. The the development of a repertoire of methodologies Credits: 3 integration of perception, cognition and the growth and materials to match instructional purposes. Every Fall and Spring of the total personality are stressed, and their Students are expected to demonstrate mastery in a significance for teaching and guidance processes is variety of teaching methods. The use of technology
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 60 C.W. Post Campus
EDI 615 Early Childhood Curriculum: Birth to to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL). The EDI 639 Play In the Curriculum Preschool practicum will consist of a series of meetings for the Students will gain an understanding of the direct Models, principles, curriculum and practices of purpose of discussion and supervision of the link between play and early childhood developmentally appropriate infant, toddler and portfolio creation, as well as the on-going development. It will explore the connection preschool care giving; emphasis on knowledge, devlopment of the student's teaching skills through between how play supports the curriculum and how skills and dispositions necessary to plan and the portfolio process and their obersvation the curriculum supports play. The focus will be on facilitate development of infants, toddlers and experiences. theories of play with the goal of developing the preschoolers. The use of the technology as it relates Credits: 3 whole child. There will be a synthesis of theory and to teaching and learning will be examined. This Every Fall and Spring practice. Ten hours of fieldwork will be required. course will require a writing component. Also 10 The use of the technology as it relates to teaching hours of fieldwork will be required. EDI 625 Observation and Assessment in Early and learning will be integrated into the course Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 604 are required. Childhood work. This course will require a writing component. Credits: 3 Developmental perspective on measurement and Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 604 are required. Every Fall evaluation in early childhood years. Considers Credits: 3 standardized tests, observations, checklists, rating Every Spring EDI 616 Early Childhood Curriculum: scales, portfolios and teacher-designed tests and Kindergarten to Grade 2 rubrics; their advantages and disadvantages for use EDI 642 Contemporary Philosophy Of Education Models, principles, curriculum and practices of with young children; and professional ethical This course is an overview of major contemporary developmentally appropriate kindergarten, first and issues pertaining to evaluating young children. philosophies of education. Considerable attention second grade education; emphasis on knowledge, The use of the technology as it relates to teaching is given to the practical application of the various skills and learning will be examined. This course will theories of reality, knowledge and value to the and dispositions necessary to plan and facilitate the require a writing component. Also 10 hours of classroom situation. The student is encouraged to development of school-age children. The use of the fieldwork will be required. develop his or her own philosophy through dealing technology as it relates to teaching and learning will Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 604 are required. with educational problems he or she has be examined. This course will require a writing Credits: 3 encountered.The use of the technology as it relates component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be Every Spring to teaching and learning will be examined. This required. course will require a writing component. Also 10 Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 604 are required. EDI 630 Second-Language Literature Acquisition hours of fieldwork will be required. Credits: 3 The core of literacy is the construction of meaning, Credits: 3 Every Spring either through the creation of one's own text or the On Occasion interpretation of texts written by others. This EDI 618 Creative Expression for Early Childhood course provides a theoretical and practical EDI 643 Education for Cultural Diversity Techniques for instructing young children to background in the issues related to the The principles and practices of multicultural handle various art materials creatively and development of reading and writing for second education are studied in this course, which provides expressively are examined. Techniques of language/bilingual children, adolescents, and adults a practical approach to implementation of a storytelling, creative dramatics and related language in Pre-K to College settings. In particular, we will culturally diverse Curriculum and Instruction activities for use with young children are included focus on: how and when to teach literacy skills in curriculum. Major issues covered include human in this course along with the integration of the native languages; the question of transfer of reading rights, involvement of parents and the community, creative arts into the total curriculum. The use of skills from native to a second language; the cultural criteria for multicultural curricula, assessment and the technology as it relates to teaching and learning and socioeconomic dimensions of literacy, biliteracy evaluation strategies, global issues in education, and will be examined. This course will require a writing and illiteracy; teaching and learning strategies formulating an agenda for educational and social component. Also, ten hours of fieldwork will be affecting literacy acquisition from a native to a action. The use of the technology as it relates to required. second language; and developing advanced literacy teaching and learning will be examined. This Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 604 are required. through the language arts and literature. We will course will require a writing component. Also 10 Credits: 3 begin by examining research on children's first and hours of fieldwork will be required. On Occasion second language literacy acquisition in the settings Credits: 3 of home, community and in schools. From there Every Fall and Spring EDI 620 Practicum In TESOL we will move on to what this means for daily work This course is designed for students who are already in classrooms with second language learners of EDI 650 Methods and Materials in Teaching certified in one area of teaching ansd now seeking various ages and linguistic, ethnic, cultural, and English to Speakers of Other Languages or certification as Teachers of English to Speakers of scoioeconomis backgrounds. The use of the Dialects other Languages (TESOL). The purpose of the technology as it relates to teaching and learning will This is a basic course in the analysis of the teaching course is to facilitate the students' understanding be examined. This course will require a writing of grammar, pronunciation, reading and vocabulary and development of skills in the areas of classroom component. Also 10 hours of fieldwork will be development to students who speak other languages motivation, learning and development; instuction; required. or nonstandard dialects of English, using the curriculum; assessment and professional Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are principles and application of descriptive development as described in the INSTASC required. linguistics and including problems of cross-cultural Standards (Interstate New Teachers Assessment and Credits: 3 communication, and a survey of methods, Support Consortium), a set of national standards Every Spring materials, techniques and media appropriate for for teacher education. This understanding and individual and group instruction on the development will be accomplished through the elementary, secondary, adult and college levels. creation and completion of a teaching portfolio by The use of the technology as it relates to teaching each of the students. The portfolio will document and learning will be examined. This course will each student's competency as a Teacher of English require a writing component. Also, 15 hours of
Page 61 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 fieldwork will be required. for process, planning instruction, assessment technology as it relates to teaching and learning will Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are strategies, classroom management, and the use of be examined. This course will require a writing required. easily available materials for laboratory activities. component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be Credits: 3 Demonstration lessons are taught by members of required. Every Fall the class. The interaction of science and technology Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI and the implication for the development of values 551,555,556 are required. EDI 651 Methods and Materials of Teaching Art and attitudes in today's youth are discussed. The Credits: 3 in Secondary Schools use of the technology as it relates to teaching and Every Fall and Spring This course is a consideration of the principles and learning will be examined. This course will require practices of Art Education. The elementary through a writing component. Also, 15 hours of fieldwork EDI 660 Methods and Materials of Teaching high school curricula are examined and studied in will be required. Social Studies in Secondary Schools relation to student needs and current Art Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI This course is designed to acquaint the student with curriculum standards. Methods, materials and 551,555,556 are required. the content areas which comprise social studies and teaching aids are considered for each Credits: 3 to examine the methods relevant to its teaching. It developmental level. Each student is required to Every Fall and Spring is make 15 hours of observations of art classes in a intended that the student becomes aware of a public placement. The use of the technology as it EDI 656 Curricula, Trends and Issues in Science variety of approaches used in dealing with the relates to teaching and learning will be examined. Instruction: 7-12 subject and creates a method with which to present This course will require a writing component. Existing curricula, trends and issues in science his or her competence. In addition, the course Prerequisite of ART 660, 661, EDI 600, 601 and instruction in grades 7-12 are examined and seeks to provide the understanding that the process 610 are required. evaluated in the light of the conceptual structures of social studies is one of synthesis of the academic Credits: 3 of the various science disciplines, recent advances in areas in the social sciences and that its teaching Every Fall science content and in teaching-learning theories. necessitates creativity. To that end, students are The teaching of science as inquiry, conceptual encouraged to enter the public schools for the EDI 652 Methods and Materials of Teaching understanding, individualizing instruction, purpose of observing of teaching styles.The use of Music in Secondary Schools diagnosis and evaluation techniques, and the use of the technology as it relates to teaching and learning This course will cover the insight that will be inexpensive, easily available materials for laboratory will be examined. This course will require a writing necessary to teach Music in the public schools. You activities are demonstrated. The nature and component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be will study the latest innovations in teaching music interrelationships of science and technology and required. and develop a reservoir of lesson plans based on the implications for the development of values and Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI New York State and National Standards for Art attitudes in today's youth are discussed. The use of 551,555,556 are required. Education. You will review the latest assessment the technology as it relates to teaching and learning Credits: 3 instrument developed by New York State Education will be examined. This course will require a writing Every Fall and Spring and field test in volunteer public schools for the component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be past three years. You will develop assessment required. EDI 662 Transforming communities of practice: instruments for the Music courses you will be Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI Applications, technologies, & implementation teaching. 551,555,556 are required. Education, public and private, at all levels of Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601 and 610 are required. Credits: 3 delivery is experiencing major changes directly Credits: 3 On Occasion related to the evolution and implementation of Every Fall and Spring technology in teaching and learning practices. This EDI 658 Methods and Materials of Teaching course provides students with the knowledge and EDI 654 Methods and Materials of Teaching English in Secondary Schools skills necessary to critically assess and selectively Modern Languages in Secondary Schools The course explores the scope and sequence of incorporate 21st century learning tools into new This course is a study of the current methods of instruction in secondary English. Students have the learning environments. The focus is on Web 2.0 instruction in foreign languages. Curriculum opportunity to design and teach lessons, to tools, second-generation Internet tools, that offer materials and instructional devices for the effective videotape increased interactivity allowing teachers and teaching of foreign languages in the middle, junior their teaching and to observe experienced teachers students to easily create, communicate, collaborate, and secondary schools are discussed, examined and of English.The use of the technology as it relates to and share information, projects, and ideas. The appraised. Materials for co-curricular programs teaching and learning will be examined. This course is delivered in a blended format mixing such as assemblies, club meetings and other course will require a writing component. Also, 20 traditional face-to-face and online, asynchronous, activities are considered. The use of the technology hours of fieldwork will be required. learning experiences. as it relates to teaching and learning will be Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI Credits: 3 examined. This course will require a writing 551,555,556 are required. On Occasion component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be Credits: 3 required. Every Fall and Spring EDI 677 Curriculum Development for the Prerequisite of EDI 551, 555, 643, 677 or EDI Classroom Teacher 551,555,556 are required. EDI 659 Method and Materials of Teaching This course examines principles of curriculum Credits: 3 Mathematics in Secondary Schools construction, planning, development and Every Fall and Spring The psychological and educational dimensions of justification in relationship to historical, theoretical teaching mathematics as a secondary school subject and practical considerations of purpose, content EDI 655 Methods and Materials of Teaching are explored. Detailed analysis of the content of and the organization of educational experiences. Science in Secondary Schools algebra I, algebra II, geometry, coordinate geometry, Consideration is given to principles of curriculum Existing curricula, trends and issues in science trigonometry and other branches of secondary research and evaluation. The course embraces instruction in grades 7-12 are examined in light of school mathematics are explored.The use of the concerns of the school and non-school settings for recent advances in science content and in teaching
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 62 C.W. Post Campus educational experiences.The use of the technology EDI 700 Introduction to Educational Research in a selected private or public school. Half of the as it relates to teaching and learning will be Scientific findings on the physical, intellectual, experience is in kindergarten through grade three, examined. This course will require a writing emotional and social development of children are and the other half is in grades four through six. A component. Also, 10 hours of fieldwork will be examined. The integration of perception, cognition weekly seminar integrates theory with practice and required. and the growth of the total personality are stressed, provides orientation to the teaching profession. Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are and their significance for teaching and guidance Prerequisites of EDI 600, 601, 677, 612, 613, 614, required. processes is emphasized. The use of the technology EDS 600, 610, 619, 640, 642 or EDS 600, 610, Credits: 3 as it relates to teaching and learning will be 617, 630, 631, 632, 633 and 624 are required. Every Fall and Spring examined. This course will require a writing Credits: 3 component. Also, ten hours of fieldwork will be Every Fall and Spring EDI 679 Advanced Methods and Evaluation in required. TESOL Prerequisite of 9 credits in EDI or a combination of EDI 711 Supervised Student Teaching and This course focuses on the application of ESL EDI/EDS is required. Seminar in the Middle School theory and techniques to the development of Credits: 3 Students preparing to qualify as school teachers are specific lesson plans, ESL curriculum and Every Fall and Spring required to spend half of their student teaching evaluation techniques. The use of testing experience in grades five to six, and the other half instruments for diagnostic and evaluative purposes EDI 705 Thesis Seminar in grades seven to nine. Students are expected to is studied. Observations of teachers working in the This course is available only to those matriculated participate in conferences, meetings, and field are incorporated into the discussion and master's degree candidates electing to develop and extracurricular activities in the schools to which evaluation of teaching strategies. A microtaping write a thesis under the supervision of an approved they are assigned. This is for a full semester, which with videotape is made of student performance.The faculty member. Registration must be approved by is from 14 to 15 weeks. A weekly seminar use of the technology as it relates to teaching and the student's departmental chairperson or integrates theory with practice and provides learning will be examined. This course will require designated representative. orientation to the a writing component. Also, 15 hours of fieldwork Credits: 3 teaching profession. will be required. Every Semester Prerequisite of EDI 550, 554, 557, 610, one of the Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are following courses (EDI 654 or 655 or 655 or 657 or required. EDI 706 Independent Study 658 or 659 or 660), 700 and EDS 641 are required. Credits: 3 The course, Independent Study, involves in-depth Credits: 6 Every Spring development of a project idea as a result of study in Every Semester a previous course. Permission to take this course EDI 680 Bilingual Education and ESL: Theory would be based on particular criteria: (1) merit of EDI 712 Supervised Student Teaching and and Practice proposed study; (2) needs and background of Seminar Grades 7-12 This course covers the history of bilingual student; i.e., ability to carry out such a study. Students preparing to qualify as adolescence school education and ESL in the United States. The Permission to take this independent course would teachers are required to spend half of their student course is a study of present theories and practices necessitate the signature of the faculty member teaching experience in grades seven to nine, and and of available conducting the study and the department the other half in grades 10-12. Students are materials in these fields. Discussion of the different chairperson and Dean of the School of Education. expected to participate in conferences, meetings types of bilingual and ESL programs and the It is understood that the faculty member who and extracurricular activities in the schools to importance of a bicultural component are covered. would direct the project would be qualified in the which they are assigned. This is for a full semester, Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are area designated by the student and that the choice which is for 14 to 15 weeks. A weekly seminar required. of faculty (with the previous stipulation) would be integrates theory with practice and provides Credits: 3 made by the student. Curriculum and Instruction orientation to the teaching profession. Every Fall and Spring Hours arranged with approval of instructor. Prerequisite of (EDI 551, 555, 610, 643, 677, 700, Credits: 1 to 3 EDS 612, 641) or (EDI 551, 555, 610, 700, EDS EDI 689 TESOL in Content Areas: Science, Every Semester 641 and 18 credits in subject area) and one of the Humanities and Social Science following EDI 654 or 655 or 656 or 657 or 658o r This course examines current principles, practices EDI 709 Supervised Student Teaching and 659 or 660 are required. and materials in the use of TESOL in the specific Seminar in the Elementary School Credits: 6 content areas. The course includes the This course is the systematic, extended observation Every Fall and Spring development and adaptation of science, humanities and student teaching experience under supervision and social science curricula to meet the needs of the in a selected private or public school. Half of the EDI 713 Supervised Student Teaching and non-English speaking child.The use of the experience is in kindergarten through grade three, Seminar in Early Childhood Education technology as it relates to teaching and learning will and the other half is in grades four through six. A The one semester student teaching experience be examined. This course will require a writing weekly seminar integrates theory with practice and provides an opportunity for the teacher candidate component. Also, 20 hours of fieldwork will be provides orientation to the teaching profession. to integrate theory and practice through required. Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, 612, 613, 614, 677, development and Credits: 3 643, 700, EDS 610, 611 & EDS 633. implementation of learning experiences for young Every Spring Credits: 6 children from birth to grade 2 in two settings. The Every Fall and Spring teacher candidate will integrate theories of child development, family systems, theories of learning, EDI 710 Supervised Student Teaching and content knowledge, and early childhood curriculum Seminar for Childhood/Special Ed or and pedagogy. The student teaching experience Childhood/Literacy also provides the teacher candidate with This course is the systematic, extended observation opportunities to learn how to work in collaboration and student teaching experience under supervision
Page 63 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 with field-site staff, to work as a member of an complete days per week at an assigned secondary interdisciplinary team, and to reflect on their school for at least 15 weeks, or a total of 180 DEPARTMENT OF practice in collaborative relationships. periods; (2) spend at least 110 of these 180 periods Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, 604, 615, 616, in actual teaching, the balance given to related EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 618,625,639,643, EDS 605 and 610 are required. activities. Students are expected to participate in AND ADMINISTRATION Credits: 6 conferences, meetings and extracurricular activities Every Fall and Spring in the schools to which they are assigned. Phone: (516) 299-2244 Credits: 3 Fax: (516) 299-3312 EDI 714 Supervised Student Teaching and On Occasion Chair: Dodge Seminar in the Elementary School in Bilingual Senior Professor: Lester Education EDI 721 Practicum Early Childhood Education Professors: Bowman, Red Owl This course is the systematic, extended observation Designed to give students a deeper understanding Associate Professors: Hammond, Kamler and student teaching experience under supervision of the aspects of quality early childhood programs. Assistant Professor: Dodge in selected public and private kindergarten and Students will observe in a variety of early childhood Adjunct Faculty: 15 elementary grades. A minimum of 360 hours, with settings and will analyze their findings in keeping The Department of Educational Leadership and a minimum of 110 hours in teaching, and with relevant research in the field. The physical, Administration offers master’s degrees and participation in appropriate staff and school intellectual, sensual, creative, emotional and advanced certificates that enable talented activities are required. A weekly seminar integrates spiritual needs of young children in general educators and newcomers to the field to achieve theory with practice and provides orientation to the education and inclusion settings will be explored in positions of leadership in public and private school teaching profession. depth. districts. The Department’s academic programs Credits: 3 Credits: 3 address the issues facing modern elementary and On Occasion Every Fall and Spring secondary education, including decision-making;
curriculum-writing; human relations; adapting EDI 715 Supervised Student Teaching and EDI 725 Advanced Seminar in Action Research in programs to keep up with emerging knowledge Seminar in Elementary School of Bilingual Early Childhood Education and changing social circumstances; the influence Education This culminating experience synthesizes student of politics and public policy on education; This course is the systematic extended observation understanding of early childhood education. Taken education law; and school business. The full-time and student teaching experience under supervision in the final semester of the program, it enables and adjunct faculty of the department includes in selected public and private elementary school students to conduct a field-based project in an early experienced school administrators who are former settings. This course is designed for students who childhood setting, utilizing the body of knowledge administrators, principals, chief financial officers are already certified in another area and who are gained in coursework, research and field and superintendents of schools. seeking certification in Bilingual Elementary experiences. Our graduates attain meaningful positions at Education. A minimum of 180 hours, with a Prerequisite of SPE 628, 633 is required. every level of school administration, including minimum of 110 hours of teaching, and Credits: 3 principal, school district business leader and participation in appropriate staff and school On Occasion superintendent of schools. They bring to these activities is required. A weekly seminar integrates roles the knowledge and skills required to navigate theory with practice and provides orientation to the EDI 726 Supervised Student Teaching and economic, political and social obstacles and teaching profession. Seminar in Teaching English to Speakers of Other deliver the education that will enable our children Credits: 3 Languages (K-12) This course is the systematic, extended observation and our communities to prosper. On Occasion and student teaching experience under supervision EDI 716 Supervised Student Teaching and in selected public and private school settings. This Seminar in the Secondary School in Bilingual course is designed for students who seek M.S.Ed. in Educational Education certification in teaching in grades kindergarten Leadership Students preparing to qualify as secondary school through 12 (K-12). A minimum of 360 hours with bilingual teachers are required to: (1) spend five 110 hours in actual teaching under supervision of The 36-credit Master of Science in Educational complete days per week at an assigned secondary certified staff in classroom instruction and Leadership equips today's educators with the skills school for at least 15 weeks, or a total of 360 appropriate school activities are required. Students they need to effectively balance six essential periods; (2) to spend at least 110 of these 360 who qualify would spend half a semester student components of successful school district periods in actual teaching, the balance given to teaching on the elementary school level and the administration: human relations, leadership, related activities. Students are expected to other half teaching their academic subject area on school-community relations, research, school participate in conferences, meetings and the secondary level in a TESOL setting. A weekly business, and technology. In addition to extracurricular activities in the schools to which seminar integrates theory with practice and coursework in subject areas ranging from they are assigned. provides orientation to the teaching profession. curricular concerns to supervision to school law, Credits: 6 Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, 630, 643, 650, you will gain valuable insight from our On Occasion 679,680,689,700, ENG 512 or LIN 512 are outstanding team of professors - all of whom are required. active in their specialized fields. EDI 717 Supervised Student Teaching and Credits: 6 Under the mentorship of a school administrator, Seminar in the Secondary School in Bilingual Every Fall and Spring students will complete a 400-hour, hands-on Education administrative internship. Upon completion of this This course is designed for students who are already EDI 727 Seminar In TESOL program (and successful passage of the New York certified in another area and who are seeking Seminar in TESOL. State School Leadership Assessment) students will certification in Bilingual Secondary Education. Credits: 3 be eligible for New York state certification as a Students preparing to qualify as secondary school On Occasion School Building Leader. Candidates for this bilingual teachers are required to: (1) spend five
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 64 C.W. Post Campus program must have a bachelor’s degree, permanent EDL 634 School Personnel 3.00 York State certification as a School District or professional state certification in teaching or an Administration Business Leader. educational specialty and satisfactory completion Candidates for this program must have a EDL 636 Public School Finance 3.00 of three years of teaching. bachelor’s degree, an appropriate career ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS EDL 640 Seminar in Youth 3.00 background and prior graduate work or Applicants to the M.S.Ed. must meet the Problems, Curricular anticipation of further graduate work. Upon following requirements for admission. Innovation and the completion of their coursework students must pass • Application for Admission. Administration of the New York State School Leadership • Application fee: $40(non-refundable). Innovative Programs Assessment in order to be certified as a school • Baccalaureate degree and a minimum district business leader. EDL 641 School District 3.00 undergraduate cumulative grade point average Note: New York State certification as a School Administration: Problems of 3.0 or equivalent. Applicants not meeting the District Business Leader requires a total of 60 and Issues required grade point average for admission to graduate credits, including the master’s degree. the program will be required to appear for a EDL 643 School Plant Planning 3.00 Consult the New York State Education personal interview with the Chairperson and Department for more information. EDL 644 Collective Negotiations In 3.00 may be required to take the Graduate Record ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Education Examination (GRE). Applicants to the M.S.Ed. in School District • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or EDL 646 Special Education Law 3.00 Business Leader must meet the following graduate transcripts from any college(s) or For School requirements for admission. universities you have attended. Administrators • Application for Admission • Permanent or professional state certification in • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) EDL 647 Administration of 3.00 teaching or an educational specialty and • Baccalaureate degree and a minimum Educational Programs for satisfactory completion of at least three years undergraduate cumulative grade point average Exceptional Children experience under such certification. of 3.0. Applicants not meeting the required • Two professional and/or academic letters of EDL 648 School Organization, 3.00 grade point average must appear for a personal recommendation that address the applicant’s Programming and interview with the Chairperson and may be potential in the profession and ability to Scheduling required to take the Graduate Record complete a graduate program. Examination (GRE). EDL 649 Leadership and 3.00 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Administration in you are interested in pursuing graduate work in graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Multicultural School this area of study. universities you have attended. Settings • Students for whom English is a second • Two professional and/or academic letters of language must submit official score results of EDL 652 Seminar In School 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s the Test of English as a Foreign Language Business Office potential in the profession and ability to (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable complete a graduate program. EDL 653 Administration and 3.00 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Leadership at the Middle computer-based or 550 paper-based) or you are interested in pursuing graduate work in School Level minimum IELTS score: 6.5. this area of study. Send application materials to: EDL 704 Degree Synthesis 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second Graduate Admissions Office language must submit official score results of EDL 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 C.W. Post Campus the Test of English as a Foreign Language Long Island University Required School Building Leader Internship (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable 720 Northern Boulevard Course TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 EDL 650 Internship in School 6.00 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Administration-Master's minimum IELTS score: 6.5. MS Educational Leadership Level Send application materials to: (36 Credits) Required Culminating Experience Graduate Admissions Office Required Administration Core Coures Portfolio within Internship C.W. Post Campus EDL 630 Administrative Core I 6.00 Long Island University M.S.Ed. in School District 720 Northern Boulevard EDL 631 Administrative Core II 3.00 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Required School Building Leader Courses Business Leader
EDL 632 Curricular Concerns in 3.00 MS Education School District The 36-credit Master of Science in Education Public School Business Leader (M.S.Ed.) in School District Business Leader Administration (36 Credits) prepares graduates for the positions of assistant, Required Administration Core Courses EDL 635 School Law 3.00 associate or deputy superintendent for business. Course work includes 30 hours in school EDL 630 Administrative Core I 6.00 EDL 637 Supervisor In School 3.00 administration as well as a 400-hour supervised Setting EDL 631 Administrative Core II 3.00 internship in a school business office. Courses Required School District Business Leadership Elective School District Leader Courses include issues involving school finance, school Courses Any four of the following courses: business administration, the school budget process EDL 633 School Business 3.00 and school district administration. Students EDL 633 School Business 3.00 Administration without teaching experience may qualify for New Administration
Page 65 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
EDL 635 School Law 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s EDL 646 Special Education Law 3.00 potential in the profession and ability to For School EDL 636 Public School Finance 3.00 complete a graduate program. Administrators EDL 641 School District 3.00 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason EDL 647 Administration of 3.00 Administration: Problems you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Educational Programs for and Issues this area of study. Exceptional Children • Students for whom English is a second EDL 652 Seminar In School 3.00 language must submit official score results of EDL 648 School Organization, 3.00 Business Office the Test of English as a Foreign Language Programming and Elective School District Business Leadership (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Scheduling Courses TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 EDL 649 Leadership and 3.00 Two of the following: computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Administration in EDL 634 School Personnel 3.00 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Multicultural School Administration Send application materials to: Settings Graduate Admissions Office EDL 643 School Plant Planning 3.00 C.W. Post Campus EDL 653 Administration and 3.00 EDL 644 Collective Negotiations In 3.00 Long Island University Leadership at the Middle Education 720 Northern Boulevard School Level Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Required School Building Leader Internship EDL 704 Degree Synthesis 3.00 Course Advanced Certificate School District The required GPA is 3.00 Internship in School Administration- Master's level Business Leader EDL 650 Internship in School 6.00 (30 Credits) Advanced Certificate in Administration-Master's Administration Courses Educational Leadership Level EDL 630 Administrative Core I 6.00 This 30-credit program prepares you for an GPA 3.0 EDL 631 Administrative Core II 3.00 administrative post in K-12 public and private School District Business Leadership Courses school systems. Through an advanced curriculum Advanced Certificate in School EDL 633 School Business 3.00 you will receive the training and credentials District Business Leader Administration needed to qualify for New York State certification as both a school building leader and a school EDL 636 Public School Finance 3.00 This 30-credit program prepares graduates for district leader. Upon completion of the the positions of assistant, associate or deputy EDL 641 School District 3.00 coursework, students must pass the New York superintendent for business. Course work includes Administration: Problems State School Leadership Assessment. 24 core credits in educational administration and a and Issues Course offerings include topics in leadership, 400-hour, hands-on internship in a school business supervision, law and curricular concerns in public EDL 651 Internship in School 6.00 office, enabling students to hone their business school administration, as well as district Administration-Advanced acumen. Courses explore public school finance, administrative problems and solutions. Under the Certificate Level the school budget process and school district mentorship of a school administrator, students will administration. Students without teaching EDL 652 Seminar In School 3.00 complete a 400-hour, hands-on administrative experience may qualify for New York State Business Office internship. Candidates for this program must certification as a School District Business Leader. One of the following Elective Courses possess a master’s degree, permanent teaching Candidates for this program must possess a certificate and three years of teaching under such EDL 632 Curricular Concerns in 3.00 master’s degree and have an appropriate career certification. Public School background and aspirations. Upon completion of Admission Requirements Administration their coursework students must pass the New York Applicants to the Advanced Certificate must State School Leadership Assessment. EDL 634 School Personnel 3.00 meet the following requirements for admission. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Administration • Application for Admission. Applicants to the Advanced Certificate must • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). EDL 635 School Law 3.00 meet the following requirements for admission. • A bachelor’s and a master’s degree with a • Application for Admission. EDL 637 Supervisor In School 3.00 minimum cumulative grade point average of • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Setting 3.0 or equivalent. Applicants not meeting the • A bachelor’s and a master’s degree with a EDL 640 Seminar in Youth 3.00 required grade point average for admission to minimum cumulative grade point average of Problems, Curricular the program will be required to appear for a 3.0 or equivalent. Applicants not meeting the Innovation and the personal interview with the Chairperson and required grade point average must appear for a Administration of may be required to take the Graduate Record personal interview with the Chairperson and Innovative Programs Examination (GRE). may be required to take the Graduate Record • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Examination (GRE). EDL 643 School Plant Planning 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or EDL 644 Collective Negotiations In 3.00 universities you have attended. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Education • Permanent or professional state certification in universities you have attended. teaching or an educational specialty and • Two professional and/or academic letters of satisfactory completion of at least three years
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 66 C.W. Post Campus
experience under such certification. EDL 631 Administrative Core II school support formulas. • Two professional and/or academic letters of The goals of this course are to have students Prerequisite of EDL 631 is required. recommendation that address the applicant’s become wise consumers of educational research, Credits: 3 potential in the profession and ability to knowledgeable about the business functions of a All Sessions complete a graduate program. school district, and conversant with the use of • Personal statement that addresses the reason computers to solve administration problems. Core EDL 637 Supervisor In School Setting you are interested in pursuing graduate work in II may be taken before Core I. This course is a study of the major components of this area of study. Credits: 3 school supervision. Areas • Students for whom English is a second All Sessions of concentration include: the nature of the language must submit official score results of supervisory process; functions of the the Test of English as a Foreign Language EDL 632 Curricular Concerns in Public School supervisor; principles of supervision; leadership (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Administration styles of supervisors; procedures TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 This course is a study of curricular concerns and used by the supervisor; the supervision of teachers; computer-based or 550 paper-based) or administrator decision-making. Major topics and the evaluation of the minimum IELTS score: 6.5. include administering programmatic change, supervisor. Send application materials to: understanding theories of curriculum and Credits: 3 Graduate Admissions Office instruction and addressing current curriculum Every Semester
C.W. Post Campus issues related to regional, state and federal policy. EDL 640 Seminar in Youth Problems, Curricular Long Island University Credits: 3 Innovation and the Administration of Innovative 720 Northern Boulevard All Sessions Programs Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 EDL 633 School Business Administration This course is a study of youth problems and This course is a study of the basic areas of innovation in the school setting. Educational Leadership Advanced responsibility of the school business Major topics include the central role of the child; Certificate Requirements administrator. Major topics include the role of the methods for determining (30 Credits) school business administrator; needs; analysis of data; cooperative planning of Required Administration Core Courses budgeting; accounting; purchasing; insurance; innovative programs; continuous EDL 630 Administrative Core I 6.00 operation and maintenance; transportation and evaluation and feedback; measurement of growth; food service. special problems involved with EDL 631 Administrative Core II 3.00 Credits: 3 innovative programs, and creativity and innovation. Required Educational Leadership Courses All Sessions Credits: 3 EDL 632 Curricular Concerns in 3.00 On Occasion Public School EDL 634 School Personnel Administration Administration This is a study of the skills, attitudes and knowledge EDL 641 School District Administration: essential for effective school Problems and Issues EDL 635 School Law 3.00 personnel administration. Areas of concentration This course is a study of the role and EDL 636 Public School Finance 3.00 for the school personnel responsibilities of the school district administrator include recruitment; certification; administrator in a school system. Major topics EDL 637 Supervisor In School 3.00 selection; assignment; load and include: organizational, professional Setting transfer; orientation; salaries and scheduling; leaves and legal issues in school district administration; EDL 641 School District 3.00 of absence; tenure; in-service the school district Administration: Problems education; personnel records; morale; retirement; administrator and organizational decision- making; and Issues professional associations emerging responsibilities in and collective bargaining. working relationships among school district Required Educational Leadership Internship Credits: 3 administrators and the board and Course All Sessions community; critical economic, political and social EDL 651 Internship in School 6.00 issues confronting educational Administration-Advanced EDL 635 School Law leadership. Certificate Level This course is a study of the major topics of law Credits: 3 related to public schools. Areas of All Sessions
concentration include sources of the law; scope of Educational Leadership and the law; law and the organization for public EDL 643 School Plant Planning education; pupils, employees and school law; school This course is an analysis of needs and program Administration Courses officers and the law; theory of governmental non- determination for educational
liability; liability and individual members of the facilities. The course includes: the planning of EDL 630 Administrative Core I board; and personal liability of school employees. functional and environmental This course presents a balanced viewpoint of theory Credits: 3 aspects of school building design and utilization; and practice in analyzing current issues in All Sessions demographic studies; and financing administration. This sequence includes three of school building construction and school building EDL 636 Public School Finance interrelated areas within the field of school renovations. Also included This course is a study of public school finance. administration. They are: human relations, is the use of abandoned school buildings and the Major topics include: the development of public leadership and school-community relations. implementation or school finance in the United States; principles of Credits: 6 development of reduction programs. school finance; revenues; expenditures and All Sessions Credits: 3 indebtedness; fiscal problems; fiscal control; and On Occasion
Page 67 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
EDL 649 Leadership and Administration in and practice as they may apply to the operation of a EDL 644 Collective Negotiations In Education Multicultural School Settings middle level school. This course is a study of the implementation and This course is designed to provide specific Topics include: understanding the middle school development of collective negotiations in the public preparation for supervisors in the management of concept; examining administrative decision-making schools. It includes principles and practices applied operational policies which apply particularly in and the middle school curriculum; supervision at in public sector negotiations and the study of multicultural school the middle school level; current issues in selected topics such as the bargaining settings. Recent national and local policy trends are administering a middle school. process, impasse procedures, grievance machinery, explored for their effects upon Credits: 3 the strike content of bargaining agreements, and traditional budget allocation practices, curriculum On Occasion the role of the administrator in negotiations. strategies, personnel management, program Credits: 3 assessment, and shared management. EDL 704 Degree Synthesis Every Spring Credits: 3 This course is a synthesizing experience, with eight
On Occasion hours of group study culminating in a two-hour EDL 646 Special Education Law For School written examination. Administrators EDL 650 Internship in School Administration- Credits: 3 This course is designed to acquaint the student with Master's Level Every Semester those public laws pertaining During the internship, the six major core areas are to the education of handicapped youngsters. reintroduced, providing a synthesizing experience EDL 705 Thesis Seminar Specifically, PL 94-142, Section for the student. Practical applications of systematic This course is available only to matriculated 504, Article 89 of the New York State Education observation and participation in administrative and master's degree candidates electing Law, the concept of mainstreaming, supervisory activities are provided at the school to develop and write a thesis under the supervision least restrictive environment, due process rights, building level. of approved faculty. and the role of the impartial hearing officer are Prerequisites of EDL 630 & a Prerequisite or Co- Registration must be approved by the student's discussed. requisite of EDL 631 are required. departmental chairperson or Credits: 3 Credits: 6 designated representative. Alternate Semesters Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3 Every Semester EDL 647 Administration of Educational EDL 651 Internship in School Administration- Programs for Exceptional Children Advanced Certificate Level EDL 706 Independent Study This course is an introduction to the organization, During the internship, the six major core areas are Independent Study administration and supervision reintroduced, providing a synthesizing experience Credits: 3 of special education programs,including: assessment for the student. Practical applications of systematic All Sessions of exceptional children and observation and participation in administrative and EDL 750 Institute youth; program options and support services; pupil supervisory activities are provided at the school Various institute topics of current interest are referrals; assessment eligibility district level. Permission of the Chairperson of the arranged for summer sessions. and placement processes; individual educational Department of Educational Leadership and Credits: 3 programs; introduction to due Administration is required to enroll process requirements; and funding, legislative and Every Summer in this course. legal dimensions. Prerequisites of EDL 630 & a Prerequisite or Co- Credits: 3 requisite of EDL 631 are required. PALMER SCHOOL OF Alternate Semesters Credits: 6 LIBRARY AND Every Fall and Spring EDL 648 School Organization, Programming and INFORMATION SCIENCE Scheduling EDL 652 Seminar In School Business Office This is a survey course focusing on selected aspects This course provides the student with an in-depth Phone: (516) 299-2866 of the school organizational knowledge and understanding Fax: (516) 299-4168 process up to and including the building of a of the roles and responsibilities of the district E-mail: [email protected] master schedule. Topics include: school school business official. Topics Interim Director: Howard organizational patterns; personnel and staffing include an overview of the school business office Administrators: decisions; budgeting and responsibilities of the School Library Program: Baaden and programming as they relate to use of pupil internal and external auditors and the district Director, Manhattan Program: Flynn personnel services; planning treasurer. In addition, the course focuses on fund Public Library Certificate Program: Nichols and building an organizational schedule; exploring accounting principles, Rare Books and Special Collections: Pena relationships that exist the uniform system of accounts, fund balance Professors: Byrne, Chu, Hunter, Koenig, Regazzi, among curriculum and the management, extra classroom activity funds, tax Saffady, Spaulding, Zhang programming/scheduling processes. Although the rates and the budget process. Associate Professors: Krichel, Schneiderman, primary focus of this course is the middle, Credits: 3 Westermann-Cicio intermediate, junior and senior high On Occasion Assistant Professors: Howard, Jank school, attention is also given to elementary school, Adjunct Faculty: 12 especially where departmentalization patterns EDL 653 Administration and Leadership at the The Palmer School of Library and Information emerge. Middle School Level Science, which recently celebrated its 50th Credits: 3 This course is a study of administrative leadership anniversary, offers a Master of Science in Library Alternate Semesters and decision-making at the and Information Science (M.S.L.I.S.) and a Doctor middle school level. It includes a review of current of Philosophy in Information Studies (Ph.D.)
educational research, theory Students in the M.S.L.I.S. program can take
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 68 C.W. Post Campus classes at four locations – the C.W. Post Campus years. applications and materials to the Westchester in Brookville, Long Island; Brentwood, Long You can personalize your Master of Science in Graduate Campus Admissions Office. Island; Purchase, Westchester; and at the Bobst Library and Information Science degree by adding Applicants to the Master of Science in Library Library of NYU, where the school’s highly a specialization in one of the following areas: and Information Science must adhere to the regarded specialization in Rare Books and Special • School Media Specialist following requirements for admission. Libraries is based. The Palmer’s School Library • Public Librarianship • Application for Admission Media program is offered in a blended (hybrid) • Academic and Special Librarianship • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) format and other master’s classes are offered • Rare Books and Special Collections • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or online. The school also offers two advanced REQUIRED COURSES graduate transcripts from any college(s) or certificates – one in Archives and Records • LIS 510: Introduction to Library and universities you have attended. Management, the other in Public Library Information Science • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Administration. • LIS 511: Information Sources and Services grade point average or equivalent in a The Ph.D. program, the only one of its kind in the • LIS 512: Introduction to Knowledge bachelor's program or in the last two years of New York City area, prepares individuals to Organization the undergraduate program. Applicants who assume positions as researchers, professors, chief • LIS 514: Introduction to Research in Library have not have completed their degrees prior to information officers and senior executives in and Information Science submitting the admission application should information-driven institutions. • LIS 690: Internship submit a transcript without the final semester's ELECTIVE COURSES grades. Such applicants may be accepted
Students choose from more than 45 elective pending receipt of their final degree noted. M.S. in Library and Information courses in a wide range of library and information • Applicants whose undergraduate average is Science specialties. In addition, the Palmer School offers below a 3.0 will be required to submit the special topics on new subjects and emerging results of the Graduate Record Exam or Miller A Master of Science degree in Library and technologies. Analogies Test taken in the last five years. Information Science (M.S.L.I.S.) will prepare you INTERNSHIP PROGRAM Students already holding a master's degree or for careers in a world transformed by the Internet. Perhaps the most valuable aspect of the Palmer who can show successful completion of More information reaches people today than ever School education is the Internship Program. Every coursework in graduate school will not be before. The tremendous value of information is student is offered the opportunity to participate in required to take the GRE or MAT exams. now widely recognized by every for-profit and a capstone internship that will provide them with • Two professional and/or academic letters of not-for-profit sector, including corporations, marketable experience and essential skills for a recommendation that address the applicant's industry, schools, organizations and government competitive job market. potential in the profession and ability to agencies. As a result, those who can find, analyze CAREER OPPORTUNITIES complete a graduate program and present information are highly valued by Among the careers and specialties for which the • A current résumé employers. People who hold M.S.L.I.S. degrees Palmer School trains students are: academic and • A written statement that describes the are uniquely suited to help individuals and public librarianship, digital librarianship, health applicant's motivation for seeking the degree, organizations find and use the information they information management, business information, special areas of interest, and career objectives need. school media librarianship, knowledge in the profession (500-1000 words). You may Information professionals are assuming organization, law librarianship, archives and submit this statement in lieu of the Applicant's leadership positions in such areas as marketing, records management, and rare books librarianship. Personal Statement requested as part of the strategic planning, Web site development and ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Online Application for Admission. information architecture, in addition to traditional The following admission requirements apply to • Students for whom English is a second library settings. those pursuing the Master of Science in Library language must submit official score results of Accredited by the American Library and Information Science (M.S.L.I.S.) as well as the Test of English as a Foreign Language Association, the 36-credit master’s degree fuses students pursuing the M.S.L.I.S. with (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable traditional library science with information science specializations in School Media Specialist, Public TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 and state-of-the-art technology. The program Librarianship, Academic and Special Librarianship computer based or 550 paper-based) or comprises 12 courses. Five required core courses and Rare Books and Special Collections. minimum IELTS score: 6.5. provide the foundation upon which students add Students applying to the M.S. in Library and LIMITED ADMISSION the electives that will best prepare them for the Information Science programs at the C.W. Post Applicants who do not meet the above career path they choose. Campus of Long Island University, the Brentwood minimum criteria may be considered for admission Fifteen credits of required coursework include Campus of Long Island University or the as limited matriculants if potential for success in "Introduction and Information Science," Manhattan Program should submit the Long Island the program and the field can be confirmed by an "Information Sources and Services," "Introduction University Online Application for Admission at unusually high GRE or MAT score, extensive and to Knowledge Organization," "Introduction to www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp and select "C.W. successful experience in the field, outstanding Research in Library and Information Science" and Post" in the "Campus" field and submit all letters of recommendation from professionals in an Internship. An additional 21 credits of electives admissions applications and materials to the C.W. the field, or a personal interview that will can be taken from a broad array of courses that are Post Graduate Admissions Office located at: C.W. demonstrate that the applicant has attained the tailored to suit your individual career objectives. Post Campus of Long Island University, 720 level of maturity and dedication necessary to The average length of time to complete the Northern Boulevard, Brookville, N.Y. 11548- pursue study at the master's level. master's depends on the course load each students 1300. Also, students applying to the Brentwood or Students interested in studying at the C.W. takes. Full-time students (9 credits/semester) can Manhattan programs must complete the C.W. Post Post, Brentwood or Manhattan locations, expect to finish the program in one academic year Admissions Application. should send application materials to: and a summer session. Students who attend part- Students interested in studying at the Graduate Admissions Office time usually complete the degree in two and a half Westchester Graduate Campus of Long Island C.W. Post Campus University should submit all admissions Long Island University
Page 69 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
720 Northern Boulevard LIS 628 School Media Materials 3.00 LIS 900 Institutes 3.00 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 and the Curriculum LIS 901 Special Topics 3.00 Students interested in studying at the LIS 629 Integrating Technology 3.00 Westchester Graduate Campus, should send Capstone Courses into the School Media application materials to: LIS 690 Or LIS 695 Curriculum Admissions Office LIS 690 Internship 3.00 Westchester Graduate Campus LIS 650 Basic Web Design 3.00 LIS 695 Master's Project 3.00 Long Island University LIS 651 Advanced Web Site 3.00 735 Anderson Hill Road Rare Books and Special Collections Architecture Purchase, N.Y. 10577 Requirements
LIS 657 Introduction to 3.00 Required Library and Information Science M.S. in Library & Information Preservation Courses Science Requirements LIS 658 History of The Book 3.00 LIS 510 Introduction to Library & 3.00 General Concentration - Required Library and Information Science Information Science Courses LIS 662 Library Public Relations 3.00 LIS 511 Information Sources and 3.00 LIS 510 Introduction to Library & 3.00 LIS 669 Government Information 3.00 Services Information Science LIS 697 Master's Thesis 3.00 LIS 512 Introduction to 3.00 LIS 511 Information Sources and 3.00 LIS 699 Independent Study 3.00 Knowledge Organization Services LIS 713 Rare Books and Special 3.00 LIS 514 Introduction to Research 3.00 LIS 512 Introduction to 3.00 Collections Librarianship in Library and Knowledge Organization Information Science LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts 3.00 LIS 514 Introduction to Research 3.00 Rare Books and Special Collections Required in Library and LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and 3.00 Courses Information Science Manuscripts LIS 658 History of The Book 3.00 General Concentration - Elective and LIS 722 Electronic Records 3.00 LIS 713 Rare Books and Special 3.00 Capstone Requirements LIS 729 Young Adult Sources and 3.00 Collections Librarianship General Elective Courses Services Seven of the following courses: Two of the following: LIS 508 Technology for 3.00 LIS 731 Materials and Services for 3.00 LIS 519 Great Collections of NYC 3.00 Information Management Early Childhood LIS 603 Humanities Sources and 3.00 LIS 513 Management of Libraries 3.00 LIS 733 Children's Sources & 3.00 Services and Information Centers Services LIS 652 Exhibitions and Catalogs 3.00 LIS 520 Records Management I: 3.00 LIS 735 Storytelling & Folk 3.00 in the Library Fundamentals Literature LIS 657 Introduction to 3.00 LIS 603 Humanities Sources and 3.00 LIS 737 Serving Diverse 3.00 Preservation Services Populations LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts 3.00 LIS 604 Science and Technology 3.00 LIS 739 Myth and the Age of 3.00 LIS 763 Metadata: Description 3.00 Sources and Services Information and Access LIS 741 Public Libraries 3.00 LIS 605 Social Science Sources 3.00 General Elective Courses and Services LIS 745 Academic Libraries 3.00 Three of the following: LIS 508 Technology for 3.00 LIS 607 Health Science Sources 3.00 LIS 747 Special Libraries 3.00 and Services Information Management LIS 749 Health Science Libraries 3.00 LIS 608 Legal Sources and 3.00 LIS 513 Management of Libraries 3.00 Services LIS 755 Information Technologies 3.00 and Information Centers and Society LIS 609 Business & Economics 3.00 LIS 520 Records Management I: 3.00 Sources & Services LIS 763 Metadata: Description 3.00 Fundamentals and Access LIS 618 Online Information 3.00 LIS 603 Humanities Sources and 3.00 Retrieval Techniques LIS 765 Knowledge 3.00 Services Representation LIS 620 Instructional Design and 3.00 LIS 604 Science and Technology 3.00 Leadership LIS 768 Abstracting and Indexing 3.00 Sources and Services for Information Systems LIS 622 Management of the 3.00 LIS 605 Social Science Sources 3.00 School Media Center LIS 770 Information Storage & 3.00 and Services Retrieval LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies 3.00 LIS 607 Health Science Sources 3.00 for School Media LIS 773 Comparative 3.00 and Services Specialists Bibliography
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 70 C.W. Post Campus
LIS 608 Legal Sources and 3.00 LIS 763 Metadata: Description 3.00 Elective Courses Services and Access Chose one of the following courses (3 credits): LIS 609 Business & Economics 3.00 LIS 765 Knowledge 3.00 LIS 728 K-12 Literature for 3.00 Sources & Services Representation School Media Specialists
LIS 618 Online Information 3.00 LIS 768 Abstracting and Indexing 3.00 LIS 729 Young Adult Sources and 3.00 Retrieval Techniques for Information Systems Services
LIS 620 Instructional Design and 3.00 LIS 770 Information Storage & 3.00 LIS 733 Children's Sources & 3.00 Leadership Retrieval Services
LIS 622 Management of the 3.00 LIS 773 Comparative 3.00 Capstone School Media Center Bibliography LIS 691 Internship - School Media 3.00 Specialist LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies 3.00 Capstone Courses
for School Media LIS 690 Or LIS 695 Specialists LIS 690 Internship 3.00 Dual Master's (M.A. and M.S.)
LIS 628 School Media Materials 3.00 LIS 695 Master's Project 3.00 with NYU
and the Curriculum M.S. in Library and Information Science from LIS 629 Integrating Technology 3.00 M.S. in Library and Information Long Island University’s Palmer School and the into the School Media Science, School Library Media M.A. from New York University’s Graduate Curriculum School of Arts and Science LIS 650 Basic Web Design 3.00 Specialist This unique 52-credit dual master’s degree
program will prepare you for a highly sought after
LIS 651 Advanced Web Site 3.00 position as a subject specialist or scholar-librarian M.S. in Library and Information Architecture in academic and research institutions and in the LIS 657 Introduction to 3.00 Science with School Library Media information industry. Offered by two of the most Preservation Specialist - Initial Certification prestigious schools in the country, the program Lib Info Sci/Schl Lib Media MS grants an ALA-accredited Master of Science in LIS 662 Library Public Relations 3.00 Required Courses Library and Information Science from the Palmer School of Library and Information Science at LIS 669 Government Information 3.00 LIS 510 Introduction to Library & 3.00 Long Island University and a Master of Arts (in LIS 697 Master's Thesis 3.00 Information Science any of 200 subject concentrations except LIS 699 Independent Study 3.00 LIS 511 Information Sources and 3.00 linguistics) from the Graduate School of Arts and Services Science at New York University. Integrating LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts 3.00 subject expertise with education and training in LIS 512 Introduction to 3.00 library and information science provides dual- LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and 3.00 Knowledge Organization Manuscripts degree graduates with a competitive edge in the LIS 514 Introduction to Research 3.00 growing market for information professionals. LIS 722 Electronic Records 3.00 in Library and Central to the program is a 160-hour mentoring LIS 729 Young Adult Sources and 3.00 Information Science arrangement, in which subject specialists from Services *** EDS 610 Must be taken by students without NYU Libraries work with candidates to introduce previous certification them to the requirements of the field, offering the LIS 731 Materials and Services for 3.00 School Library Media Specialist Required opportunity for hands-on experience within a Early Childhood Courses theoretical framework. If the mentor and student LIS 733 Children's Sources & 3.00 EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 feel it’s appropriate, in addition to the time spent Services Learning: Birth-Grade 6 in the mentorship, dual degree students may participate in internships in many of the cultural LIS 735 Storytelling & Folk 3.00 LIS 620 Instructional Design and 3.00 and research organizations in the New York Literature Leadership Metropolitan area. All Library and Information LIS 737 Serving Diverse 3.00 LIS 622 Management of the 3.00 Science courses are taught in Manhattan at NYU’s Populations School Media Center Bobst Library. Students enrolled in the dual- degree program take 13 fewer credits than would LIS 739 Myth and the Age of 3.00 LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies 3.00 be required if they pursued each master’s Information for School Media separately. LIS 741 Public Libraries 3.00 Specialists CAREER OPPORTUNITIES There is a need for subject specialists in LIS 745 Academic Libraries 3.00 LIS 629 Integrating Technology 3.00 into the School Media academic libraries, research and cultural LIS 747 Special Libraries 3.00 Curriculum institutions and the corporate sector. Our approach LIS 749 Health Science Libraries 3.00 to integrating subject expertise with education and LIS 712 Learning and Literacy 3.00 training in library and information science LIS 755 Information Technologies 3.00 Strategies for Special provides dual-degree graduates with the and Society Education Populations opportunity to acquire the skills and knowledge they need for a variety of positions.
Page 71 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Curriculum background is required to work as a librarian in program to complete the dual-degree Students who enroll in the dual-degree program most major academic and research institutions. requirements for NYU. will earn two master’s degrees for a total of 52 Students have access to the NYU Wasserman Students are responsible for applying for this credits. For the Master of Science in Library and Career Center and to the impressive employment transfer of credit and should do so once 12 credits Information Science (M.S.L.I.S.), the Palmer database at the Palmer School. In addition, the are completed at either institution. School requires students to complete 28 credits, Palmer faculty is very successful at networking Orientation which includes four core courses and four elective students with future employers. Dual Degree Program students must participate courses as well as a mentorship. The Palmer ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS in a one-week intensive orientation to the program. School has elective courses in information Students interested in the Dual Degree Program This orientation is offered only at the start of the technology, subject reference and organization of at NYU and LIU apply separately for admission to fall semester. For this reason, students may not be information, web architecture, digital libraries, each school. A student must be admitted to NYU’s eligible for the Dual Degree Program if they have information retrieval, metadata, collaborative Graduate School of Arts and Science (GSAS) and progressed in their Palmer or GSAS studies before technologies, rare books, archives and Long Island University’s Palmer School before applying for admission to the program. Students management. NYU’s Graduate School of Arts and they can be considered dual-degree students. already enrolled in either the Palmer School or Science (GSAS) offers 48 programs in 200 fields Please consult the NYU website (www.nyu.edu) NYU should consult with an advisor from the dual of study. Each department has different curricula for admission requirements to the Graduate School degree program to be apprised of their eligibility. requirements. For further information see the Field of Arts and Science. GSAS requires the GRE Specialization of Study Descriptions on NYU’s GSAS web site at examination. The Palmer School requires the Within the dual-degree program, students can http://gsas.nyu.edu/object/grad.scholarly.masters. GREs or Miller Analogy Test (MAT) for all complete a concentration in Rare Books and Admission students with a grade point average below 3.0. Special Collections or choose a more general Students apply to Long Island University’s GSAS departments each have individual M.S.L.I.S. with elective courses in archives, Palmer School and NYU’s GSAS separately. admissions applications deadlines. At the Palmer records management, information technologies, Admission to both is required for enrollment as a School we admit throughout the year. subject reference and organization of information. dual-degree student, but is not a guarantee of For admission requirements to the Palmer School’s *Please note* Because the School Library admission to the dual degree program. Students M.S. in Library and Information Science degree Media Specialist program has a minimum of 6 must also be accepted into the program itself by program, visit the Graduate Programs section of mandatory courses in addition to the core courses, completing a separate application. Please the Palmer School Web site. There is a separate it is not part of the Dual-Degree Program. request this form from [email protected]. application for inclusion in the Dual Degree Students who have completed more than 12 NYU Program. Advanced Certificate in Archives credits or 6 Palmer credits are no longer eligible to The following admission requirements apply: apply for this program. Students must be available • Complete a Long Island University Online and Records Management for an intensive one-week orientation at the start of Application for Admission The dynamic field of archives and records the fall semester. • Complete a Dual Degree Program Intention management is at your fingertips. C.W. Post’s After admission, students are interviewed by a to Enroll Application from the Palmer School Certificate of Advanced Studies in Archives and committee of NYU librarians and assigned a • An in-person information session with the Records Management can help you launch a mentor. Students work with their mentors program director at the Palmer Manhattan rewarding career as an archivist or records throughout the course of the degree program to While students may take courses at any campus manager who can expertly handle and process vast gain valuable work experience in areas of their of the Palmer School, all GSAS courses are taught amounts of information and maintain accessible professional interests. in NYU’s Washington Square Campus in records. NYU GSAS requires students in most master’s Manhattan. The Palmer School offers all courses The Archives and Records Management programs to complete 24 credits while enrolled at for the Master of Science in Library and Certificate program is offered as part of the GSAS. Additional thesis and internship Information Science (M.S.L.I.S.) at our NYU Master’s degree in Library and Information requirements vary by department. For specific Bobst Library location. Science or as a separate post-master’s certificate. information, please see the Field of Study Students already enrolled in our M.S.L.I.S. In order to attain the certificate, students must Descriptions at program may apply for the Dual-Degree Program complete the program concurrently with the http://gsas.nyu.edu/object/grad.scholarly.masters. as long as they have completed no more than 15 Library Science master’s or must hold a previously Location and Class Schedules credits by the time they enter the program. completed master’s degree in any discipline. NYU’s Bobst Library is the host for the Palmer Students with more than 16 credits in the NYU The Certificate of Advanced Studies in School’s Manhattan campus. Weekday courses GSAS program can apply to the Palmer School for Archives and Records Management may be earned meet after 4:30 p.m. Weekend courses and our traditional Master’s degree. at any of the Palmer School locations but students summer sessions are offered. NYU’s GSAS program requirements can be generally take up to three specialized courses at NYU Graduate School of Arts and Science found on the New York University Web site at the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University courses are taught in Manhattan. Students may gsas.nyu.edu/page/gradHome. or our Manhattan location. concentrate their studies in one of 200 subject Students are advised to speak with a Director of CAREER OPPORTUNITIES concentrations. For more information about Graduate Study in the department where they plan Because all types of institutions create and schedules, departments, and admission procedures, to apply before they complete their GSAS maintain records, there are career opportunities for please visit gsas.nyu.edu. application. both archivists and records managers in a variety Graduation After completing 12 credits at NYU and after of settings, such as corporations, government Students who complete the required credits, completing 12 credits at the Palmer School, agencies, libraries of all types, museums, historical mentoring program, and additional thesis or students in the dual-degree program will: societies, and non-profit organizations and departmental requirements from NYU will *Transfer 8 credits from their NYU program associations. graduate with an American Library Association to complete the dual-degree requirements for The certificate program covers content areas accredited M.S.L.I.S. from Long Island University Palmer. included in certification examinations and a subject Master’s degree from NYU. This *Transfer 9 credits from their Palmer School
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 72 C.W. Post Campus administered by the Academy of Certified LIS 657 Introduction to 3.00 examination series. The program has been Archivists (ACA) and the Institute of Certified Preservation recognized by the New York State Education Records Management (ICRM). Department as a formally approved N.Y.S. LIS 706 Digital Preservation For the Certificate in Archives and Record Certificate of Advanced Studies. Management, whether taken as a Post Master’s LIS 713 Rare Books and Special 3.00 CURRICULUM Certificate or as part of an MLIS degree, the Collections Librarianship The Certificate of Advanced Studies in Public following courses are required: (totaling 18 Library Administration encompasses five required LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and 3.00 credits) courses, generally taken in succession as a cohort. Manuscripts • LIS 520 Records Management The courses are offered in a seminar format and • LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts LIS 722 Electronic Records 3.00 limited to a maximum of 25 students per class. • LIS 690 Internship in an Archives or Records Each course carries three graduate credits. LIS 755 Information Technologies 3.00 Management setting Students completing the program (15 credits) are and Society Students must choose an additional three awarded a Certificate in Advanced Studies in courses from the electives listed below. LIS 763 Metadata: Description 3.00 Public Library Administration. The specific Occasionally offered Special Topics classes may and Access courses are: also meet a requirement. • LIS 700 Principles of Public Library LIS 765 Knowledge 3.00 • LIS 611 Film and Media Collections Organization and Management Representation • LIS 657 Introduction to Preservation • LIS 701 Seminar in Legal Issues and the • LIS 705 Principles and Practices in Archival LIS 770 Information Storage & 3.00 Regulatory/Governance Environment of the Description: EAD/DACS Retrieval Public Library
• LIS 706 Digital Preservation • LIS 702 Human Resources Administration in • LIS 713 Rare Books and Special Collections Advanced Certificate in Public the Public Library • LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and Manuscripts • LIS 703 Financial Management of Public • LIS 722 Electronic Records Library Administration Libraries • LIS 755 Information Technologies and Society • LIS 704 Public Library Facilities; Automation • LIS 763 Metadata: Description and Access The challenges faced by today's public library Systems and Telecommunications Special Topics and WISE classes may be administrators require a solid foundation of ADMISSION approved for Certificate elective credit on a case- training and experience. The Palmer School's post- Entrance to the Certificate of Advanced Studies by-case basis. Master's Certificate of Advanced Studies in Public in Public Library Administration is limited to ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Library Administration is designed to develop and working professionals who either hold, or aspire Students who wish to obtain a certificate enhance the management skills and credentials of to, executive management positions in the public concurrent with the M.S. degree must comply with professional librarians working within the public libraries. All applicants should hold a relevant Admission Requirements for the master’s degree library sector and to train the leaders of tomorrow. master's degree (the Master of Science in Library program in Library and Information Science. The program offers students interested in public and Information Science – M.L.S. or M.S.L.I.S.) For admission to the Archives and Records library administration a comprehensive education and a minimum of two years experience in public Management program only, applicants must based on practical experience in the critical aspects libraries. The Public Library Administrator's submit: of managing a public library. Certificate is designed as a post-M.L.S. "cohort" • Long Island University Online Application for program, where students register with the intent to Admission This program is open to librarians with a complete all five courses as a group. The program • Official transcript indicating completion of a minimum of two years professional experience and is often coordinated with regional public library master’s program has been designed to: organizations acting as partners with the Palmer • Two letters of recommendation • Update librarians on new management School to assure a focused and meaningful principles and organizational structures; educational experience for the participants. Advanced Certificate in Archives and • Integrate these concepts and illustrate their PROGRAM SITES Records Management practical application within the public library The Certificate of Advanced Studies in Public setting; Archives & Records Mgt CRT Library Administration is offered at public library • Explore current issues and trends in public systems throughout the state of New York, Requirements library management and improve leadership including Queens Library, Westchester Library Required Courses skills within the workplace; System, Mid-Hudson Library System, Buffalo & LIS 520 Records Management I: 3.00 • Provide a forum where important management Erie County Public Library, Nassau Library Fundamentals issues germane to public librarians can be System and the Suffolk Cooperative Library discussed in light of the theoretical constructs LIS 690 Internship 3.00 System. covered within this program. LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts 3.00 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Advanced Certificate in Public Elective Courses The growing complexity of public institutions Library Administration Three of the following: has forced governing boards to become far more Public Lib Admin ADV CRT LIS 611 Film and Media 3.00 selective in choosing their administrators. A Requirement Collections working understanding of the law, human resources, finance and facilities is now a Required Courses LIS 705 Principles and Practices 3.00 fundamental requirement for public library LIS 700 Principles of Public 3.00 in Archival Description: administrators as directors or middle managers. Library Organization & EAD/DACS The certificate program of the Palmer Institute Management covers all content areas required in the New York State Public Library Director civil service
Page 73 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
LIS 701 Seminar In Legal Issues 3.00 • Information Policy scholarly writing & the • Information Services • A full curriculum vitae/resume Regulatory/Governance • Organization Information Management Send application materials to: Environment of the PROGRAM GOALS Graduate Admissions Office Public Library Current and emerging information technologies C.W. Post Campus present both challenges and opportunities. Long Island University LIS 702 Human Resources 3.00 Realizing the benefits of information technologies 720 Northern Blvd. Administration in the requires individuals who can: Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Public Library • Represent information and organize knowledge The Palmer School encourages applications LIS 703 Financial Management of 3.00 for efficient, timely access and effective use from minority groups and is committed to equal- Public Libraries • Design, test and evaluate information retrieval opportunity acceptance of candidates into the systems and methodologies program in order to offset the shortage of LIS 704 Public Library Facilities, 3.00 • Improve human computer interaction as the minorities in the information professions. Automation Systems and basis for designing ever more usable, effective For more information about admission Telecommunications information systems and environments requirements or the application process, please • Investigate and understand information needs contact Dr. Gregory S. Hunter at 516-299-2171 or Ph.D. in Information Studies and information-seeking behaviors of e-mail [email protected] or contact the Graduate individuals, groups and organizations in a Admissions Office at 516-299-2900 or e-mail The Doctor of Philosophy in Information variety of task and technology environments, [email protected]. Studies – the only one of its kind in the New York including the Web metropolitan area – prepares individuals to assume • Investigate the effectiveness, relevance and PhD Info Studies Required Courses leadership positions in research, teaching and in evolution of societies’ information provision Required Major Requirements practice. Graduates of the program contribute to agencies and organizations such as libraries, Area/Content Courses theoretical and operational research in existing and museums, publishers and the media DIS 801 Information Access and 3.00 new fields, and are equipped to fill the expanding • Analyze information policy and ethics at Systems need for information managers, researchers and national and international contexts faculty members in the broad, interdisciplinary ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS DIS 803 Information Studies and 3.00 field of information studies. Taught by faculty of Incoming students are admitted to the Ph.D. in Services the prestigious Palmer School of Library and Information Studies at the C.W. Post Campus of Research Method Courses Information Science, the 60-credit Ph.D. in Long Island University each fall semester only, DIS 805 Research Methods I 3.00 Information Studies utilizes a strong with a maximum of 20 students accepted. interdisciplinary approach because solutions to the Applicants must hold a master’s degree which can DIS 807 Research Methods II 3.00 problems of organizing, storing and retrieving vast be in any discipline. Work experience is an asset Elective Doctoral Course Requirements amounts of information require the combined but is not required. The program is structured to Required Elective Doctoral Courses knowledge of computer scientists, management accommodate those who are already working in DIS 810 Information Organization 3.00 specialists, educators, psychologists, librarians and the information field or in related professions. and Access others. Approximately 20 students from across the Admission decisions will be based on the United States are admitted each year; current following factors: academic proficiency, DIS 812 Information Retrieval 3.00 students in the program hold master's degrees in professional accomplishments, proposed DIS 815 Information Systems: 3.00 17 different disciplines. intellectual focus, and potential for completing a Theories, Paradigms, and This program offers two main areas of study – rigorous program. Professional references and Method Information Access and Systems and successful interviews with faculty will impact Information Studies and Services – and includes decisions about admission to the program. DIS 816 Human-Computer 3.00 research into such subjects as human-computer Applicants whose master’s degrees are not from Interaction interaction and systems analysis and design. The English-language institutions must provide proof DIS 820 Information Policy and 3.00 program is structured to accommodate part-time of a TOEFL examination score of 600 or more. Services students who are already working in the This deadline for receipt of completed information field or in related professions. During application forms is March 15. All of the DIS 822 Information and Society 3.00 the first-year of the program, courses are held on following application materials must be received DIS 826 Organizational 3.00 Tuesday and Thursday evenings from 6 to 9 p.m. by the deadline date: Information Management The two main knowledge areas are composed • Complete the Long Island University Online Elective Related Doctoral/Master Course of the following courses: Application for Admission INFORMATION ACCESS AND SYSTEMS • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Requirements Principles of information organization and • Official transcripts for all undergraduate and Required Elective Doctoral/Masters Courses retrieval as well as the information systems that graduate course work DIS 810 Information Organization 3.00 support both activities. • Three letters of recommendation and Access • Knowledge Organization • Personal Statement that addresses the reason DIS 812 Information Retrieval 3.00 • Information Retrieval you are interested in pursuing graduate work in • Information Systems this area of study. DIS 815 Information Systems: 3.00 • Human-Computer Interaction • A statement of research/inquiry outlining the Theories, Paradigms, and INFORMATION STUDIES AND SERVICES reasons for pursuing a doctoral degree, and a Method The relationship of information technologies to description of the proposed area of study and DIS 816 Human-Computer 3.00 individuals, organizations, and society in general. research Interaction • Information and Society • A writing sample of a published work or other
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 74 C.W. Post Campus
DIS 820 Information Policy and 3.00 Every Fall and Spring
Services Library and Information Science LIS 514 Introduction to Research in Library and DIS 822 Information and Society 3.00 Information Science Courses Theoretical and applied research design, DIS 826 Organizational 3.00 methodologies, and evaluations in library Information Management LIS 508 Technology for Information Management and information science. Review of existing DIS 890 Special Topics 3.00 A comprehensive introduction to digital and research in the field, techniques DIS 899 Independent Study 3.00 communications technologies as the of proposal preparation, and design of instruments underpinnings for information storage and retrieval used in the field. LIS 713 Rare Books and Special 3.00 systems. These include the Prerequisite or Co-requisite of LIS 510 is required. Collections Librarianship theory of digital representation of information (text, Credits: 3 LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts 3.00 graphical images, and Every Semester
sound), the inter-relationship of hardware, LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and 3.00 LIS 516 Collection Development operating system software and Manuscripts Students examine the principles, issues and best applications software in stand-alone systems, and practices related to the development of a library LIS 722 Electronic Records 3.00 extensions of these in networked environments. collection serving an academic or research Credits: 3 LIS 729 Young Adult Sources and 3.00 community in a college, university, public or special All Sessions Services library environment. The course will consider methods for identifying the needs of a user LIS 731 Materials and Services for 3.00 LIS 510 Introduction to Library & Information community, designing a collection policy, selecting Early Childhood Science Overview of the field. Introduction to the history, and acquiring library materials in all formats, LIS 733 Children's Sources & 3.00 purpose, functions, and making decisions related to a collection's Services processes of the field, its place in society, practice of management and preservation, and evaluating the quality and appropriateness of an existing LIS 735 Storytelling & Folk 3.00 the profession in various types of settings, and collection. Literature current issues and trends. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 LIS 737 Serving Diverse 3.00 All Sessions On Occasion Populations LIS 511 Information Sources and Services LIS 517 Emerging Web Technologies LIS 739 Myth and the Age of 3.00 Philosophy, process, and techniques of information With the advent of new web technologies, an Information services. Overview of information access and explosion of new social software tools has emerged LIS 741 Public Libraries 3.00 delivery, types of resources and formats used in enabling users to create, organize, share and collaborate in an online space. Today's Web users LIS 745 Academic Libraries 3.00 information services, evaluation and measurement of sources and services, and information seeking are organizing their favorite bookmarks, LIS 747 Special Libraries 3.00 processes and behaviors. collaborating on shared documents, cataloging their personal collections and sharing their information LIS 749 Health Science Libraries 3.00 Credits: 3 Every Semester with others. This course will explore the features LIS 755 Information Technologies 3.00 and functionality of emerging web technologies and Society LIS 512 Introduction to Knowledge Organization such a blogs, wikis, RSS, social bookmarking, media Basic principles of bibliographic control. sharing, tagging, folksonomies and more. This LIS 763 Metadata: Description 3.00 Emphasizes understanding the function of catalogs, course will look at how libraries are implementing and Access indexes, bibliographies, Web-browsers and these various tools as well as their potential uses. LIS 765 Knowledge 3.00 acquiring the ability to use and interpret these tools Credits: 3 Representation effectively. Introduction to bibliographic utilities, On Occasion online catalogs and indexes, world wide web, LIS 768 Abstracting and Indexing 3.00 metadata and the Dublin Core, MARC formats, LIS 519 Great Collections of New York City for Information Systems Anglo- American Cataloguing Rules, Library of This course introduces students to issues LIS 770 Information Storage & 3.00 Congress Subject Headings, Sears List of Subject surrounding the curation of special collections in Retrieval Headings, Dewey Decimal Classification, Library of architecturally or historically significant physical Congress Classification. Fall & Spring spaces in New York City. It does so through guided LIS 773 Comparative 3.00 Prerequisite or Co-requisite of LIS 510 is required. visits to repositories representing a range of Bibliography Credits: 3 historical types of libraries. During the course of Dissertation Research Requirement Every Semester these visits, students will see spectacular examples Dissertation Research Requirements from major collections, become aware of the DIS 880 Dissertation Research 1.00 LIS 513 Management of Libraries and contexts of these collections, and develop an Information Centers understanding of the "sense of place" associated Nine credit courses from any Graduate Principles and techniques of management with each collections. Their own observations will program applicable to libraries and information service be enriched by the explanations of curators about Nine credits of any Graduate courses pending organizations. Focuses management theory on opportunities and limitations of these special departmental approval. organizing for library and information services, settings in regard to collection care, preservation,
collections, facilities management, and and services.
measurement and evaluation of services. Prerequisite of LIS 510 or permission of instructor
Credits: 3 is required.
Page 75 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Credits: 3 for the form taken by social documents, periodicals, associations, etc., in print On Occasion science literature. A study of bibliographic, and electronic form, and techniques for using reference, and selection tools in them. Also covers specific client groups, ethics, LIS 520 Records Management I: Fundamentals print and electronic formats. management, Introduction to the systematic management of Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. and current issues. business records. Topics covered Credits: 3 Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. include: inventorying records, preparation of On Occasion Credits: 3 retention schedules, space management for inactive On Occasion records, micrographics, protection of vital LIS 606 Information Literacy and Library records, and file organization concepts. Instruction LIS 618 Online Information Retrieval Techniques Credits: 3 This course is intened to introduce information A survey of the design and use of computerized Annually literacy and library instructon methods used in a information retrieval systems variety of information systems including libraries, and services, including online catalogs, commercial LIS 602 Children's Literature, Emotional archives, and electronic environments. It will database searches, and Intelligence, & the Moral Imagination include an overview of theoretical and applied Internet-based search services and electronic Sharing stories and Books is an important part of research and discusses relevant issues and concepts. resources. The emphasis will be on helping children understand themselves, other The focus of the course is on the process of acquiring a practical understanding of these systems people and the world in which they live. Books designing, implementing, and assessing and services to aid in the enhance a child's facility with language and help instructional programming. This process has its development of advanced search, selection, and children identify and express feelings. Students will roots in education and training. As such, much of evaluation competencies. The explore different literary genres and story formats in the content in the course is drawn from the fields course will include the application of search their relation to emotional IQ and moral of education as well as from library and strategies and techniques to all imagination.A thematic approach will address information science. types of formats of electronic resources, including issues such as: violencs, conflict resolution, Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 511 or permission of bibliographic, full-text, and cooperation, and tolerance as well as specific instructor are required. multimedia resources. Instructional methods character traits such as: courage, integrity, Credits: 3 include lecture, online demonstrations, and hands- playfulness, empathy, generosity, honesty, and On Occasion on training. resilience. Students will develop their own criteria Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 511 or permission of and strategies for evaluating material. LIS 607 Health Science Sources and Services instructor are required. Pre requisite of LIS 510 is required Examines health science reference tools, both print Credits: 3 Credits: 3 and electronic. Includes study Every Semester Every Semester of the National Library of Medicine, and health science professional organizations LIS 620 Instructional Design and Leadership LIS 603 Humanities Sources and Services and their publications. Specific attention is given to (Same as EDU 980) Examines the curriculum A study of the nature of the knowledge, historical access to Medline through consultant and instructional leadership roles of the development, research, and PubMed. The literature and resources for consumer school media specialist. Attention is given to the publications in the humanities. Includes the health information, medical history of curriculum design and delivery systems, identification and evaluation of bibliographic, terminology and Internet resources will be and opportunities are provided for students to reference, and selection sources in philosophy, explored. blend recent developments in curriculum and religion, language, Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. instruction with information literacy objectives and fine arts, minor and applied arts, performing arts, Credits: 3 staff development strategies. Presentation and music, and world literature. On Occasion discussion of appropriate techniques dealing with Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. students having special needs and disabilities and Credits: 3 LIS 608 Legal Sources and Services accommodating inclusion children into the library On Occasion Provides an overview of the tools and techniques of media center. Collaborative, interdisciplinary
legal research. Students are approaches are emphasized. For information LIS 604 Science and Technology Sources and introduced to the structure and processes of the specialists, supervisors, administrators, and others Services three major components of the involved in the teaching/ learning process. There A study of the background, trends, terminology, legal system in the United States: common law, will be 25 hours of field experiences (observation) and notable publications in the statutes, and administrative related to the coursework as part of the physical and biological sciences, engineering, and law. Sources of foreign and international law are requirement in SED 52.21 (b)(3)(i). A total of 100 technology. Special consideration is given to the examined. hours of observation must be completed prior to forms taken by scientific literature, bibliographic, Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. student teaching or practica (internship). selection, and reference sources. The needs of the Credits: 3 Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 511 or permission of user of various types of libraries are emphasized. On Occasion instructor are required. Prerequisite of LIS 511 is required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 LIS 609 Business & Economics Sources & Every Semester On Occasion Services
Examines business and economic fields, their LIS 622 Management of the School Media Center LIS 605 Social Science Sources and Services literature and research, and the various settings and (Same as EDU 981) An examination of An examination of trends, terminology, and environments of business and economic research developments in the principles and strategies for notable works in history, geography, for the U.S., with some attention to international managing information and school information political science, law, education, psychology, needs. Includes collection development centers. This course examines philosophies and economics, business sociology, and services, general reference sources, statistical, practices related to policy development, budgeting, anthropology, and social sciences. A consideration bibliographic, government
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 76 C.W. Post Campus personnel, resource organization, networking, the permission of the instructor are required. Prerequisite of LIS 510 or permission of instructor public relations, and facilities planning including Credits: 3 is required. examination of facilities for persons with disabilities Every Semester Credits: 3 and special needs. There will be 25 hours of field On Occasion experiences (observation) related to the coursework LIS 635 Techniques for Storytelling as part of the requirement in SED 52.21 (b)(3)(i). A This course is appropriate for all students who wish LIS 654 Building Digital Libraries total of 100 hours of observation must be to improve their skills in the arts of storytelling and Designed especially for students intending to work completed prior to student teaching or practica other types of oral presentation. The skills being with original research materials of cultural interest (internship). developed are adaptable for a variety of such as photographs, manuscripts, and printed Prerequisites of LIS 510, 511, and 512 or communication situations, from presentations to ephemera, this course introduces the processes of permission of the instructor are required. business groups, through the telling of stories to digitizing these materials for wider public access. Credits: 3 audiences of all ages, to teaching, including Covered are these topics: local and international Every Semester teaching children to tell stories. contexts, implementation management issues, Credits: 3 special collections concerns, technical processes and LIS 626 Teaching Methodologies for School On Occasion issues, best practices and standards, marketing, use, Media Specialists evaluation, pedagogy, planning, and prediction. No This course will present teaching strategies LIS 650 Basic Web Design one, of course, can ever have a full command of important for the school media specialist in the This courses introduces students to the this rapidly changing area. "Learning to learn" is a school library information center "classroom." fundamentals of designing, building and more useful goal than learning "to know" in this Learn and practice techniques for using the school maintaining passive web sites. Passive web sites are area. Reacting to the dynamic and collaborative information center as a vital part of the instruction those that do not change appearance as a result of nature of this work, students will gain experience in occuring within the school. Lesson planning, user interaction. Students will learn and apply web finding and evaluating information materials on questioning strategies, and hands-on practice with site technologies such as XHTML (the Hypertext demand, and in "packaging" this information important educational trends are integral Markup suitably for their colleagues. Applying their skills, components of this course. they will also create actual micro-digital libraries Prerequisites of LIS 510,511,512,620 and 622 or Language using XML syntax) and CSS (Cascading representing cultural materials. the permission of the instructor are required. Style Sheets). Students will be introduced to the Pre requisite of LIS 512 is required Credits: 3 web site architecture and web site design literature Credits: 3 Annually as far as they are relevant for passive web sites. On Occasion Some fundamental aspects of the web such as http LIS 628 School Media Materials and the and URLs will also be addressed. LIS 657 Introduction to Preservation Curriculum Credits: 3 An introduction to the principles and practices of Survey of nonfiction resources in support of the Annually library and archives preservation. subject content areas in the modern school Current preservation methods, national, regional, curriculum including non-fiction materials. LIS 651 Advanced Web Site Architecture and local preservation efforts, the history of Attention is given to new developments in the This courses introduces students to the preservation, and disaster planning and recovery curriculum, with emphasis on policies related to fundamentals of designing, building and will be collection with selection of library materials. There maintaining active web sites. Active web sites are examined. will be 25 hours of field experiences (observation) those that do change appearance as a result of user Credits: 3 related to the coursework as part of the interaction. For example, the user may point the Annually requirement in SED 52.21 (b)(3)(i). A total of 100 mouse at a picture and the pictures changes. Or the hours of observation must be completed prior to user may file a request using a form and a response LIS 658 History of The Book student teaching or practica (internship). is given by the server. Students will learn and apply Students in this course become acquainted with Prerequisites of LIS 510,511,512,620 and 622 or server-side technologies such as PHP (the PHP recognized icons of the western book and with the permission of the instructor are required. Hypertext Processor) and client-side technologies theoretical approaches to interpreting "the book" in Credits: 3 such as Javascript. Students will be introduced to its broadest sense. They gain first-hand experience Every Semester the web site architecture and web site design with the intellectual tools of the book historian's literature as far as they are relevant for active web trade including vocabulary, bibliography in its LIS 629 Integrating Technology into the School sites. various manifestations, sources, and major Media Curriculum Prerequisite of LIS 650 or instructor permission is collections and related bibliographic institutions. Students will examine software, hardware, Internet required. Prerequisite of LIS 510 or 511 is required. applications, and web sites to see how technology Credits: 3 Credits: 3 facilitate learning in the school media center; Annually On Occasion explore the ways hardware and software should be integrated into the curriculum, including the LIS 652 Exhibitions and Catalogs: Library meets LIS 669 Government Information Resources examination of age appropriate material for Museum Study and evaluation of documents and children with disabilities, and use of adaptive While this course considers theoretical issues of information from federal, state, and technology. There will be 25 hours of field conceptualization and criticism, it essentially municipal sources, including international experiences (observation) related to the coursework provides practical, hand-on, experience with the governments. Most emphasis on the as part of the requirement in SED 52.21 (b)(3)(i). A steps necessary to create a successful exhibition of U.S. The nature of documents, electronic formats total of 100 hours of observation must be rare book/special collections material. Major topics (databases, CD-ROMs), their completed prior to student teaching or practica are planning, implementation, evaluation, and reference and research value, as well as selection, (internship). documentation. The course is appropriate for acquisition, organization and Prerequisites of LIS 510,511,512,620 and 622 or students who are preparing for curatorial careers in access in various settings. rare/book special collection units. Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 511 or permission of
Page 77 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 instructor are required. in depth areas in the field On Occasion Credits: 3 that are of particular interest. A student will be On Occasion limited to two independent studies LIS 703 Financial Management of Public Libraries during their course of study. For further This course is designed to provide library managers LIS 690 Internship information, contact the Academic with an understanding of public finance and 120 hours (or a combined 40 days at two school Counselor. economic theory. Specific topics such as basic sites for school media students) during a semester at economic theory, public finance, community an approved site, working under supervision of a and Deans approval assessment, budget process and preparation, the professional in the field. Guided by a Learning Prerequisites of LIS 510 LIS 511, LIS 512, and audit function, taxation and capital funding are Contract jointly approved by faculty and the site Dean's Approval are required. covered. supervisor, students augment what they have been Credits: 3 Prerequisite of Public Library Certificate majors taught in formal courses, further their career Every Semester only. objectives, and enhance their skills, competencies, Credits: 3 and abilities. For students with extensive library LIS 700 Principles of Public Library Organization On Occasion experience, LIS 695 (Masters Project) is available as & Management an alternative to the internship, with permission This seminar explores public library organization LIS 704 Public Library Facilities, Automation from the student's advisor and the dean. and management. Topics include principles of Systems and Telecommunications Prerequsite of LIS 510, 511, 512, 514 and 15 units management and organization; the planning This seminar is designed to prepare the public of electives are required. process, policy, decision making, and leadership library administrator to deal with the process and Credits: 3 principles. Issues such as assessing community problems of planning, managing and evaluating Every Semester needs, public and governmental relations, library facilities. Emphasis is placed on cooperative ventures, leadership and management maintenance and operation of public facilities, LIS 691 Internship - School Media Specialist systems, professional ethics, and censorship are also including space planning and utilization; building The school library media internship is a student addressed. and grounds maintenance; security; and branch teaching experience. It consists of two 120 hour Prerequisite of Public Library Certificate majors library issues. The process of defining, specifying, sessions. 120 hours must be spent in an elementary only. evaluating and selecting automation and school media center and 120 hours must be spend Credits: 3 telecommunication systems, furniture and other in a secondary school media center. This is a On Occasion equipment is covered in depth. Other topics capstone experience that occurs at the very end of include the basics of writing a facilities program, the program. LIS 701 Seminar In Legal Issues & the selection of an architectural firm, project manager Pre requisite of LIS 510, LIS 511, LIS 512, LIS 514, Regulatory/Governance Environment of the and building contractor. LIS 620, LIS 622 and LIS 626 are required Public Library Prerequisite of Public Library Certificate majors Credits: 3 This seminar focuses on the legal basis for the only. Every Semester public library, sources of the public library's Credits: 3 authority and the organizational framework that On Occasion LIS 695 Master's Project enables the library to function in society. Attention Available for students with extensive library is given to the laws, rules and regulations on the LIS 705 Principles and Practicies in Archival experience as an alternative to LIS 690 (Internship). local, state, and national level that affect public Description Independent research, design, or development that libraries. Other topics include the roles of the Explores the principles of archival description as may include one of the following: a research paper board of trustees and the library director; regulatory expressed in Describing Archives: a Content of publishable quality; an instructional or agencies and reporting requirements; insurance risk Standard. Implementation of those principles informational design program; a creative management and liability; library policies and their through Encoded Archival Description (EAD) and performance program. The student will be enforcement and the relationship of the public MARC structures will form the largest portion of required to present a proposal for approval as well library to other agencies. the semester. Other practices will include authority as the completed results of the selected paper or Prerequisite of Public Library Certificate majors and subject analysis work. Other topics, issues and program project to the faculty advisor, project only. technologies include related standards, the history supervisor and the Dean. Credits: 3 and development of archival description, the uses Prerequisites of LIS 510,511,512,514, and Dean's Every Semester of description and description for special formats. Approval are required. The course consists of lectures, discussion and Credits: 3 LIS 702 Human Resources Administration in the hands-on exercises, culminating in EAD and Every Semester Public Library DACS-based analysis of existing finding aids. This seminar deals with issues involved in Credits: 3 LIS 697 Master's Thesis developing and implementing a On Occasion Independent research for the preparation, human resources program in the public library. development, and presentation of a Topics include performance evaluation, job LIS 706 Digital Preservation master's thesis under a faculty member's advisement descriptions; salary administration; fringe benefits; An introduction to the theoretical and practical and supervision. The completed thesis must be human resources policies; contract and collective aspects of the preservation of digital records. The approved by the thesis advisor and the Dean. bargaining negotiations; recruitment and course begins with an overview of the issues facing Prerequisites of LIS 510,511,512,514, and Dean's interviewing techniques; civil service issues; and all institutions trying to preserve digital records. It Approval are required. legal aspects of personnel supervision and then turns to a review of the many preservation Credits: 3 administration. initiatives underway worldwide. Finally, it focuses Every Semester Prerequisite of Public Library Certificate majors on practical considerations in implementing a
only. digital preservation program. LIS 699 Independent Study Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Through independent study, students may explore On Occasion
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 78 C.W. Post Campus
LIS 721 Appraisal of Archives and Manuscripts LIS 731 Materials and Services for Early LIS 707 Human Computer Interaction Discusses classic archival appraisal theory and Childhood In this course you will learn bout the human part of recent refinements, including documentation Materials and services for the young child, viewed computing. It focuses on the design and evaluation strategies. Relates appraisal to the mission, goals, from a library perspective. Discussion of underlying of interactive systems from a user-centered and objectives of an archival institution. Explores theories such as services and development of perspective. You will learn about how people the applicability of appraisal theory to records on appropriate programs including presentation of age perceive, process, remember, utilize, share and media other than print. appropriate material for children with disabilities communicate about information in the work and Prerequisite of LIS 714 or instructor permission is and special needs, use of adaptive toys and on-work situations; and you will learn how required. equipment, and material. Emphasis on books--their interaction technologies can take these human Credits: 3 selection, analysis, and presentation, with attention issues into account. You will become familiar with Annually to other materials, e.g., oral tradition, recorded design principles and evaluation techniques in the materials, toys and puppets. field of human-computer interaction (HCI). LIS 722 Electronic Records Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. Prerequisite of LIS 510 or permission of instructor In-depth examination of electronic records Credits: 3 is required. management implications and On Occasion Credits: 3 applications. Topics include: document imaging On Occasion systems, document management LIS 733 Children's Sources & Services systems, inventorying and retention of electronic A survey of literature for children of preschool LIS 712 Learning and Literacy Strategies for records, preservation of electronic through elementary school age Special Education Populations records, and protection of vital electronic records. (pre-K to 11 years) with emphasis on the literary This course will develop understanding of the Credits: 3 quality and characteristics of fictional and complexity of literacy for K-12 learners. Linguistic Annually biographical materials. The survey will include aspects (vocabulary, grammar, genre and text materials emphasizing structure), cognitive and metacognitive behaviors LIS 728 K-12 Literature for School Media multicultural characters and settings and (reading strategies), and socio-cultural context Specialists bibliotherapy including stories of persons (beliefs and attitudes of non-English Learners) will A survey course covering various genres, styles, with disabilities and special needs. Issues and be examined as influences on a learner's authors, illustrators and trends with emphasis on problems of bringing books to children are also development of literacy. This course will provide the role of literature in the school library media discussed. school and chidlren's librarian's with background center. Students will consider methods of selecting Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. knowledge of the various issues relevat to literacry and evaluating children's and young adult literature Credits: 3 instruction (e.g. language development, reading and in terms of readability and interest level and several Annually writing porcess, differentiated instruction. Various ways in which the titles can be integrated as the approaches to lieteacy and theories of literacy will content and vehicle to master the Core LIS 735 Storytelling & Folk Literature be examined. Reading motivation and strategies to Curriculum. Analysis and evaluation of folk literature and epic incorporate technology into literacy learning will be Through class discussions and constructing lessons, tales as revelation of the culture discussed. students will explore a range of topics related to of various people. This course emphasizes the art, Pre requisite of LIS 620 and LIS 626 for school literature, including book talks, author studies, techniques, and practices of oral presentation as a media is required; LIS 510, 511, 512 and 514 for read-aloud techniques and book discussion groups. medium of communication and appreciation of general/public librarians is required Credits: 3 literature. Credits: 3 Every Summer Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. Every Semester Credits: 3 LIS 729 Young Adult Sources and Services Annually LIS 713 Rare Books and Special Collections A survey of adolescents and their reading with Librarianship special emphasis on books written especially for this LIS 737 Serving Diverse Populations Examines the characteristics, criteria, and appraisal age group (12-18). The readings will include A seminar on services for multicultural populations of book materials. materials emphasizing multi-cultural characters and and groups with special Historical background, principles, and practice of settings, and bibliotherapy including stories of interests or needs: Sensory or mobilityimpaired; rare book librarianship. The persons with disabilities and special needs. Students learning disabilities; adult organization, administration, collection building, will attain skills in providing library services for the beginning readers; English as a secondlanguage; maintenance, preservation, young adult population, including information and gifted and talented; latchkey exhibition, publication, special problems, and use referral, programming, applying new technology children; homeless, aging, etc. Covers federal of rare books in all settings. advocacy, working with professional staff and regulations, materials, professional Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 512 are required. administration, partnering with parents and attitudes, techniques, equipment and programs, at Credits: 3 community, school and public library cooperative all levels and settings. Annually projects, publicity, evaluation of literature and Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. techniques for introducing literature to the Credits: 3 LIS 714 Archives and Manuscripts adolescent population. The course requires reading On Occasion Identification, preservation, and use of archival of text, reading and discussion of a number of materials. Emphasis on the organization and young adult titles in a variety of genres, small group LIS 739 Myth and the Age of Information administration of archival collections and presentations, oral presentations and bibliography. A seminar on the role of myth and storytelling in departments of archives Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. modern settings within diverse in various types of institutions. Credits: 3 contexts such as management, marketing, Credits: 3 Annually psychology, politics, anthropology, Annually literature, broadcast media and popular culture, multicultural education and religion. Covers the
Page 79 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 benefits and pitfalls of using story in different types their social impact. The course examines the Credits: 3 of settings evolution of several technologies - Every Semester and the role of the information-based institution. such as writing, the printing press, film, digitization Credits: 3 - and their social and cultural Palmer School Ph.D. Courses Bi-annually context. The course also explores the development of the Internet and its current LIS 741 Public Libraries potential impact on social, economic, political and DIS 801 Information Access and Systems A study of the philosophy, background, function cultural structures. Overview of the foundations, topics and issues in and place of public libraries in Prerequisite of LIS 510 or permission of instructor information organization and contemporary society. Examines the principles and is required. access, including current research in knowledge techniques of public library Credits: 3 organization, information organization, planning, operation, resources, On Occasion storage and retrieval, systems analysis and design, services and facilities, as well and user-systems interaction. as how to identify and serve groups and LIS 763 Metadata: Description and Access Credits: 3 organizations in a community. Study of This course covers the application of standards and Every Semester present condition, trends and issues. Emphasis on rules to the construction of public service orientation. tools for information retrieval, primarily Web DIS 803 Information Studies and Services Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. resources and catalogs in library and This course is an overview of the foundations, Credits: 3 information environments. The course includes an topics and issues in information Annually overview of metadata applications. Special studies and services including current research in problems in the organization of library materials in information and society, LIS 745 Academic Libraries various information policy, information services and A study of the place and function of the academic forms, including books, serials, maps, music, sound organizational information management. library within the parent organization with recordings and different Prerequisite of DIS 801 is required. particular concern for library needs of students and forms of material. Credits: 3 faculty. Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 512 are required. Every Spring
Includes organization and administration, policy- Credits: 3 DIS 805 Research Methods I making regarding collections, On Occasion access, organization, facilities, services, personnel, Survey of principles of scientific inquiry. Emphasis budget, and finance. LIS 768 Abstracting and Indexing for Information on the overall research process Attention is given to higher education, relevant Systems and developing quantitative methodological skills, networks, and external influences. The principles and concepts of abstracting and including the application of Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. indexing methods in the context descriptive and inferential statistics in data analysis. Credits: 3 of manual and computer-based information Design of research projects On Occasion retrieval systems are covered in this and preparation of research report. Critical review course. The course includes preparation of of empirical research in LIS 747 Special Libraries abstracts, subject analysis and vocabulary control, information studies. A study of the historical development and thesaurus construction and computer assisted Credits: 3 characteristics of a variety of special indexing. Also included are the evaluation of Every Fall libraries. Organization, administration and indexing and retrieval systems. DIS 807 Research Methods II function within their parent organizations, Prerequisites of LIS 510 & 512 are required. Examination of the qualitative paradigm of problems and solutions associated with planning, Credits: 3 research. Examination of historical collections, services, personnel, facilities, budgets, On Occasion and evaluation are covered. Emphasis is on methods for research. Overview of metaanalysis. information centers, networks, the Special Libraries LIS 900 Institutes Critical review of qualitative Association and related organizations. These are special workshops on topics not generally and historical research in information studies. Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. covered in the regular curriculum. These seminars Design and implementation of Credits: 3 are generally offered in intensive one-week or qualitative and historical research . On Occasion weekend formats.* Prerequisite of DIS 805 is required. Credits: 3 LIS 749 Health Science Libraries *Graduate students entering the Palmer School are Every Spring
An overview of the services and programs of health permitted to take a maximum of two (2) Institutes DIS 810 Information Organization and Access sciences libraries. The toward their master's degree. Institutes are defined This course is the identification and study of principles and techniques of administration and as those courses which meet in abbreviated one problems in knowledge organization, management will be discussed week or intensive weekend formats and carry the with close attention to theory building through with emphasis on the selection and organization of LIS 900 course number designation. Students are research. The emphasis collections, budgeting, facilities, staffing and allowed to take as many Special Topics courses as in the course is on autonomous student evaluation. their elective load permits. Special Topics are investigation, writing and discussion. Prerequisite of LIS 510 and 511 are required. numbered LIS 901. Students conduct original research and report the Credits: 3 Credits: 3 results in the class. The course On Occasion On Occasion also includes the historical context for bibliographic LIS 755 Information Technologies and Society LIS 901 Special Topics control; problems related A study of the history of technologies of A special topic not covered in the regular to descriptive cataloging, classification and subject information and communication and curriculum is explored in-depth. analysis, vocabulary control,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 80 C.W. Post Campus authority control; and the design of bibliographic of information and the valuing of information; new literature. retrieval systems. information technologies; the role of the legal Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. system; federal, state, and municipal Credits: 3 Credits: 3 roles and responsibilities; and the international Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall arena for information policy. Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL DIS 812 Information Retrieval Credits: 3 Fundamentals and theories of information retrieval Every Fall EDUCATION AND LITERACY (IR) are examined, including retrieval language, query formation, IR models, DIS 822 Information and Society Phone: (516) 299-2245 approaches, techniques, IR The course covers the complexity of the Fax: (516) 299-3312 systems, hypertext and multimedia IR and interrelationship among information and Chair: Vacca evaluation. Research in the field, information technologies and society. By utilizing Full Professors: DeCarlo, Giuliani, Minge, Mittler, with an emphasis on identifying additional topics the work of several of the classic Sanacore for further study. thinkers of the 1930s, 40s and 50s (Mumford, Ellul Associate Professors: Cohen, Feeley, Pierangelo, Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. and Gideon) and moving Vacca Credits: 3 to more modern approaches such as the social Assistant Professors: Levitt, Palumbo, Vida Every Spring constructivist approach of the Adjunct Faculty: 33 Society for the History of Technology, the course The Department of Special Education and DIS 815 Information Systems: Theories, will investigate the social Literacy prepares students for New York State Paradigms, and Method effects of the use of technology and information, certification as special education teachers and Conceptual and paradigmatic foundations of the economics of information literacy specialists. Student can select from three information systems research and and the social and political aspects of information. Master of Science degree programs: Literacy; development throughout history, from Shannon Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. Special Education; and Special Education with a and Weaver's mathematical, Credits: 3 Concentration in Autism. The Department also objectivist perspective and cybernetics, to today's Every Spring offers dual certification programs which prepare neo-humanistic, ethnographically-oriented socio- you to become certified in two specialty areas: cultural paradigm represented in the works of the DIS 826 Organizational Information Management Childhood Education (Grades 1 to 6) and Special proponents of distributed cognition and activity Exploration of the ways organizations manage Education or Literacy. theory. The epistemological and information for decision-making The mission of the Department of Special ontological assumptions of these paradigms will be and other purposes. Topics include: organizational Education and Literacy is the generation, examined. Various information systems structure and culture, archival preservation, dissemination, and application of development and research methodologies will be management, record management, digital records, knowledge and research in the fields of special reviewed, with an in-depth look at the issues preservation, knowledge management, data education and literacy for the benefit of students, surrounding each of these methodologies. warehousing and data mining. public/private schools and agencies in the Long Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. Island and metropolitan New York community. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 The Department provides premier instructional, Every Fall Every Fall applied research, and public service programming in an open and welcoming environment. We fulfill DIS 816 Human-Computer Interaction DIS 880 Dissertation Research our commitment to quality by using advanced This course is an examination of the user-system The course is the process of research, upon instructional technologies, fostering lifelong interaction from a number of approval and the successful defense learning, promoting cultural diversity, and theoretical and design perspectives that have been of the dissertation proposal. All students must working in partnership with our service applied to this area. Included register for at least one credit in communities. in the course are cognitive and holistic approaches each of the Fall and Spring semesters in order to The programs are accredited by the Teacher as well as usability studies. maintain candidacy. Education Accreditation Council, signifying they While most of the course reviews the interaction of Credits: 1 to 6 meet the highest standards of quality in preparing end-users with computerized Every Fall and Spring competent, caring and qualified professional information systems, some time is devoted to the educators who will teach and lead in pre-K DIS 890 Special Topics interaction of users with other systems. through grade 12 schools. A special topic not covered in the regular Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. The Special Education Program prepares curriculum is explored in-depth. Credits: 3 students to create effective learning environments Prerequisite of DIS 801, 803, 805, 807 is required. Every Spring for three types of students: mentally handicapped, Credits: 3 emotionally disturbed, and learning disabled in DIS 820 Information Policy and Services Rotating Basis grades 1 to 6. Coursework includes classroom This course is an investigation of historical context management, the diagnosis and correction of and current policy agenda DIS 899 Independent Study learning disabilities, and the use of inclusion with attention to social, political, and economic The course is an in-depth exploration of a subject techniques. issues along with the policy that is not covered in the formal The Literacy Program leads to New York State implications of the electronic environment curriculum at the doctoral level. In case the subject certification as a Literacy Teacher and prepares particularly the Internet, the is in the student's corelated students to work in schools and clinical settings as World Wide Web and development of the area, the study may be conducted under the a literacy specialist. Students learn to teach reading National Information Infrastructure. direction of an approved instructor outside of Long and written communications, develop reading In this course, the focus is on stakeholders in policy Island University. The study must include a curricula, evaluate student progress, and identify development and implementation; the economics comprehensive and analytical review of the
Page 81 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 students in need of corrective and remedial M.S. Education In Literacy (Birth - with this special population. instruction. Participants develop skills and clinical The M.S.Ed. in Special Education program is Grade 6) Requirements (30 credits) experience for communicating with parents and accredited by the Teacher Education Accreditation Required Courses the expertise to evaluate district-wide reading Council, signifying the program of study meets the Required Literacy Foundation Courses programs. highest standards of quality in preparing EDS 600 Introduction to the Study 3.00 competent, caring and qualified professional
of the Exceptional Child educators who will teach and lead in public and M.S. in Literacy (Birth to Grade EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 private schools. 6) Learning: Birth-Grade 6 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the M.S.Ed. in Special Education EDS 613 Literacy and Children's 3.00 The 30-credit Master of Science program leads must meet the following requirements for Literature:Brith-Grade 6 to New York State certification as a Literacy admission. Teacher for children from Birth to Grade 6, and EDS 619 Literacy and Literature- 3.00 • Application for Admission. prepares you to work in schools and clinical based Reading • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). settings as a literacy specialist. The curriculum Instruction: Birth-Grade 6 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or prepares you to teach reading and written graduate transcripts from any college(s) or EDS 640 Literacy in the Content 3.00 communications, develop reading curricula, universities you have attended. Areas: Birth-Grade 6 evaluate student progress, and identify students in • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.75 in need of corrective and remedial instruction. In EDS 642 Literacy & Language Arts 3.00 major and 2.5 overall cumulative GPA in a addition, you will develop skills for Instruction B - GR 6 bachelor’s program. Initial (or provisional) teaching certificate is required. Special communicating with parents and encouraging Required Literacy Practicum Courses them to become intimately involved in their child's education applicants must hold provisional or EDS 615 Practicum I. Literacy 3.00 reading experience. initial certification in elementary, early Assessment and Students will gain clinical experience at our on- childhood or childhood education. A minimum Intervention:Birth- Grade campus Literacy and Learning Development grade point average of B must be maintained 6 Center. for continuation in the program and eligibility ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS EDS 616 Practicum II. Literacy 3.00 for practicum experiences. Applicants to the Master of Science program Intervention:Birth-Grade • Personal statement that addresses the reason must meet the following requirements for 6 you are interested in pursuing graduate work in admission. this area of study. EDS 703 Practicum III Overcoming 3.00 • Application for Admission. • Students for whom English is a second Literacy • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). language must submit official score results of Difficulties:Birth-Grade 6 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or the Test of English as a Foreign Language graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Required Culminating Experience Course (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable universities you have attended. EDS 622 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 Research in Literacy: computer-based or 550 paper-based) or overall and 2.75 in major grade point average Birth-Grade 6 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. or equivalent in an accredited bachelor’s (Culmination Experience) Send application materials to: Graduate Admissions Office program. Applicants must hold provisional or Minimum GPA is 3.0 initial teaching certificate. Students who do not C.W. Post Campus meet these requirements are welcome to discuss Long Island University M.S.Ed. in Special Education 720 Northern Boulevard their options for admissions with the graduate Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 advisor. Teaching students with special needs in
• Personal Statement that addresses the reason elementary school requires dedication and Master's Degree in Special Education you are interested in pursuing graduate work in knowledge. The 30-credit Master of Science in this area of study. Education in Special Education (M.S.Ed.) will (M.S.Ed.) Grades 1-6 (30 credits) • Students for whom English is a second prepare you to create effective learning Special Education Core Course Requirements: language must submit official score results of environments for three types of students: mentally EDS 600 Introduction to the Study 3.00 the Test of English as a Foreign Language handicapped, emotionally disturbed and learning of the Exceptional Child (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable disabled. These three areas of specialization are EDS 617 Literacy for Children with 3.00 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 incorporated into one comprehensive program that Disabilities:Birth-Grade 6 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or covers grades 1 to 6. minimum IELTS score: 6.5. You will study classroom management and the EDS 620 Assessment and 3.00 Send application materials to: diagnosis and correction of learning disabilities. Diagnosis of Children Graduate Admissions Office You will learn about inclusion techniques - a trend with Disabilities C.W. Post Campus toward keeping special education children in EDS 630 Curriculum-based 3.00 Long Island University regular classes while also providing additional Assessment and 720 Northern Boulevard assistance in that setting. Elective courses include Instruction of Students Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 the use of technology in special education, with Mild Disabilities understanding the neurologically impaired child,
and the psychology and education of autistic
children. Supervised student-teaching
opportunities will give you real-world experience
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 82 C.W. Post Campus
General Special Education Sub- goal of the master’s degree program in special skills, the greater the child's potential for life-long education with a concentration in autism. success. The Master of Science in Childhood Plan Course Requirements: The 30-credit Master of Science in Education Education/Literacy explores the values of reading, EDS 631 Curriculum-based 3.00 prepares highly specialized educators to work with writing and technology and will train you to Assessment and autistic children and adults. It also prepares become a New York State certified teacher of Instruction of Students educators to work in teams with psychologists, children from grades 1 to 6. This 48-credit with Severe Disabilities social workers and families to respond to the program will greatly expand your career EDS 632 Instruction and Classroom 3.00 special needs of this unique population. The opportunities by preparing you for dual Management for Children program leads to New York State certification in certification – offered by New York State – in both with Emotional and Special Education for Grades 1-6, and includes childhood education and teaching literacy. The Behavior Problems three courses certified by the Behavior Analyst program is accredited by the Teacher Education Certification Board. Accreditation Council, signifying it meets the EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 As a student in this program, you will study the highest standards of quality in preparing with Special Needs in assessment and instruction of students with severe competent, caring and qualified professional Inclusive Settings disabilities, behavior management for children educators in public and private schools. (Includes Technology and with autism and developmental disorders, In your courses, you will explore basic Inclusion) communication development and language principles of elementary education curricula as EDS 624 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 disorders in autistic children and other subjects well as a full spectrum of instructional strategies Research in Special central to the education of children on the autism and assessment methods. For example, "Social Education/Culminating spectrum. Professors with extensive experience Foundations of American Education" looks at the Experience and expertise lead small classes, and the program development of the American school system in a places considerable emphasis on field study and rapidly changing environment, with emphasis on EDS 702 Practicum in Special 3.00 practicum. the relationship between education and society, Education Admission Requirements while "Curriculum Development for the EDS ___ Elective in Special 3.00 Applicants to the M.S.Ed. in Special Education: Classroom Teacher" examines historical, Education - Students may Concentration in Autism must meet the following theoretical and practical considerations of the choose a Special requirements for admission. purpose, content and organization of educational Education course as an • Application for Admission. experiences (including non-school settings). elective • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Coursework in literacy covers reading • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or comprehension, selecting appropriate literature for With Concentration in Autism/CASE Sub-Plan graduate transcripts from any college(s) or classroom learning, remedial instruction, and Course Requirements: universities you have attended. current trends in testing and reading techniques. EDS 629 Curriculum-based 3.00 • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 2.75 in the Field work will enable you to work with individual Assessment and candidate’s major field and a 2.50 cumulative children in classroom settings. Instruction of Students average in undergraduate studies. In addition, a In service to our local community, the Department with Severe Disabilities - provisional or initial teaching certificate is of Special Education and Literacy offers an on- Autism required. Special education applicants must campus clinic for children with reading challenges: EDS 635 Behavior Management for 3.00 hold provisional or initial certification in the Literacy and Learning Development Center. Children with Autism & elementary or childhood education. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Developmental • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Applicants to the Master of Science program Disabilities you are interested in pursuing graduate work in must meet the following requirements for this area of study. admission. EDS 750 Institute 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second • Application for Admission SPE 681 Language Disorders in 3.00 language must submit official score results of • Application fee: $30 (non-refundable). Severe Developmental the Test of English as a Foreign Language • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Disabilities and Autism (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable graduate transcripts from any college(s) or TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 universities you have attended. EDS 625 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.5 Research in Special minimum IELTS score: 6.5. overall and 2.75 in major grade point average Education/Culminating Send application materials to: or equivalent in an accredited bachelor's Experience (Autism) Graduate Admissions Office program. Students who do not meet this EDS 704 Practicum In Autism 3.00 C.W. Post Campus requirement are welcome to discuss their Long Island University options for admissions with the graduate Minimum GPA is 3.00 720 Northern Boulevard advisor. Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason M.S.Ed. in Special Education: you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Concentration in Autism M.S. in Childhood this area of study. • Students for whom English is a second Autism is a complex developmental disability Education/Literacy (Dual language must submit official score results of that typically appears in the first three years of life. Certification) the Test of English as a Foreign Language The Centers for Disease Control estimate that as (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable many as one out of every 110 children falls Literacy is an important part of a child's social, TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 somewhere on the autism disorder spectrum. emotional and intellectual development. The computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Helping these children and their families is the stronger a child's reading and comprehension minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
Page 83 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Send application materials to: EDS 616 Practicum II. Literacy 3.00 Send application materials to: Graduate Admissions Office Intervention:Birth-Grade Graduate Admissions Office C.W. Post Campus 6 C.W. Post Campus Long Island University Long Island University EDS 703 Practicum III Overcoming 3.00 720 Northern Boulevard 720 Northern Boulevard Literacy Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Difficulties:Birth-Grade 6
Dual Certificate Master of Science EDS 622 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 Dual Certificate Master of Science in in Childhood Education/Literacy Research in Literacy: Childhood Education/Special Leading to NYS Initial Certification Birth-Grade Education Leading to NYS Initial 6/Culminating Experience (48 Credits) Certification: Requirements (48-51 Curriculum & Instruction Courses Minimum of 3.0 GPA Credits) Requirements: Required Curriculum and Instruction Courses: M.S. in Childhood EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 EDI 600 Psychological 3.00 Foundations of Education Education/Special Education Foundations of Education EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 (Dual Certification) EDI 601 Social Foundations of 3.00 American Education American Education This 48-credit Master of Science program EDI 677 Curriculum Development 3.00 prepares you for New York state certification in EDI 677 Curriculum Development 3.00 for the Classroom both Childhood Education and Special Education. for the Classroom Teacher You will learn to develop and teach innovative Teacher EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies 3.00 curricula for children in Grades 1 to 6, and to teach EDI 612 Teaching Social Studies 3.00 in Grades 1-6 elementary school children with special needs, in Grades 1-6 including mental handicaps, learning disabilities, EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics in 3.00 EDI 613 Teaching Mathematics in 3.00 emotional and behavioral disorders, developmental Grades 1-6 Grades 1-6 disorders and physical disabilities. In addition, you EDI 614 Teaching Science in 3.00 will explore the historical, social and legal EDI 614 Teaching Science in 3.00 Grades 1-6 foundations of special education and receive Grades 1-6 extensive clinical experience by working with HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 HE 205A Adolescent Health-Risk 0.00 children with special needs. You will learn to Workshop Workshop identify the characteristics of youngsters with EDI 710 Supervised Student 3.00 varying levels of learning difficulties and adapt EDI 710 Supervised Student 3.00 Teaching and Seminar for instructional strategies and materials to fit their Teaching and Seminar for Childhood/Special Ed or needs. Childhood/Special Ed or Childhood/Literacy In service to our local community, the Childhood/Literacy Curriculum & Instruction Culminating Department of Special Education and Literacy Culminating Experience: Experience: houses two on-campus clinics for children with Student is required to take the Final Project or reading challenges and disabilities: the Literacy Student is required to do a Comprehensive Exam or Thesis (3 credits) and Learning Development Center and the Center Comprehensive Exam or Final EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 for Community Inclusion. Project or Thesis (with course). ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Literacy Courses Requirements: Applicants to the Master of Science program Thesis Course EDS 600 Introduction to the Study 3.00 must meet the following requirements for EDI 705 Thesis Seminar 3.00 of the Exceptional Child admission. Special Education Core Course • Application for Admission EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 Requirements: Learning: Birth-Grade 6 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or EDS 600 Introduction to the Study 3.00 EDS 619 Literacy and Literature- 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or of the Exceptional Child based Reading universities you have attended. EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and 3.00 Instruction: Birth-Grade 6 • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.75 in Learning: Birth-Grade 6 EDS 640 Literacy in the Content 3.00 the candidate’s major field and a 2.50 EDS 617 Literacy for Children with 3.00 Areas: Birth-Grade 6 cumulative average. A minimum grade point average of B must be maintained for Disabilities:Birth-Grade 6 EDS 642 Literacy & Language Arts 3.00 continuation in the program and eligibility for EDS 630 Curriculum-based 3.00 Instruction Birth-Grade 6 practicum experiences. Assessment and EDS 615 Practicum I. Literacy 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second Instruction of Students Assessment and language must submit official score results of with Mild Disabilities Intervention:Birth- Grade the Test of English as a Foreign Language
6 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable
TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213
computer-based or 550 paper-based) or
minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 84 C.W. Post Campus
General Special Education Course studies methods; and curriculum and assessment. students with the opportunity to work Requirements: In addition, students take specialized courses in collaboratively, engage in multiple modalities of EDS 631 Curriculum-based 3.00 developmental reading, study of the exceptional learning and reflective thinking, and use a Assessment and child, literacy for children with disabilities, constructivist approach to learning. Students will Instruction of Students behavior management for children with autism, work individually and in collaboration on class with Severe Disabilities diagnosis and treatment of autism, language assignments and projects. The course is delivered in disorders, and curriculum-based assessment. a blended format mixing traditional face-to-face and EDS 632 Instruction and Classroom 3.00 Professors with extensive experience and expertise online, asynchronous, learning experiences. Management for Children lead small classes, and the program places Credits: 3 with Emotional and considerable emphasis on field study and Every Fall and Spring Behavior Problems practicum. A minimum of 150 hours of field EDS 600 Introduction to the Study of the EDS 633 Accommodating Learners 3.00 experience are required prior to student teaching. Exceptional Child with Special Needs in ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS A basic introduction to exceptionality. A Inclusive Settings Applicants to the Master of Science program consideration of emotional, neurological, (Includes Technology and must meet the following requirements for and physically based etiologies as they relate to Inclusion) admission. • Application for Admission exceptionality. Specific reference EDS 624 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 • Application fee: $30 (non-refundable) will be given to an overview of disability and Research in Special • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or impairment and to a system Education/Culminating graduate transcripts from any college(s) or of classification and criteria of classification. Experience universities you have attended. Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, 612, 613, 614, 677 EDS 713 Supervised Student 3.00 • Applicants must have achieved at least a 2.75 in are required of all Childhood/Literacy and Teaching and Seminar in the candidate’s major field and a 2.50 Childhood/Special Education majors only. Special Education cumulative average. A minimum grade point Credits: 3 average of B must be maintained for All Sessions Autism/CASE Requirements: (51-54 Credits) continuation in the program and eligibility for EDS 629 Curriculum-based 3.00 EDS 605 Beginning Reading & Writing Emergent practicum experiences. Assessment and Literacy • Students for whom English is a second Instruction of Students This course is designed for teachers who will learn language must submit official score results of with Severe Disabilities - about the teaching of language arts - reading, the Test of English as a Foreign Language Autism writing, listening and speaking in the early (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable childhood classroom. This course will acquaint EDS 635 Behavior Management for 3.00 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 teachers with scientifically based research, theory, Children with Autism & computer-based or 550 paper-based) or principles, practices, strategies, techniques and tools Developmental minimum IELTS score: 6.5. that are appropriate when considering literacy Disabilities Send application materials to: development in the early years (birth through Graduate Admissions Office SPE 681 Language Disorders in 3.00 second grade). The stages of child development and C.W. Post Campus Severe Developmental language acquisition will provide the framework for Long Island University Disabilities and Autism observing children's literacy development and 720 Northern Boulevard determining appropriate approaches to literacy EDS 750 Institute: 3.00 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 instruction. Diagnosis/Treatment Prerequisite of Early Childhood major required. Autism Special Education and Literacy Credits: 3 EDS 625 Contemporary Issues and 3.00 Every Fall Research in Special Courses Education/Culminating EDS 610 Literacy Teaching and Learning: Birth-
Experience (Autism) Grade 6 EDI 663 Technologies in the 21st century: A study of strategies and resources in childhood EDS 712 Supervised Student 3.00 Applying digital media and multimedia in language acquisition and the Teaching and Seminar in teaching and learning teaching of literacy for elementary school children. Special Education Education, public and private, at all levels of The newest techniques and (Autism) delivery is experiencing major changes directly research findings will be discussed. Students will Minimum of 3.0 GPA related to the evolution and implementation of observe, plan and instruct technology in teaching and learning practices. sample literacy lessons. Digital media and multimedia provides teachers M.S. in Childhood Prerequisites of EDI 600, 601, 612, 613, 614, and and students with powerful new ways of expressing, 677 with co-requisite of EDI 600 and 601 for Education/Special Education: organizing, synthesizing, and evaluating ideas and Childhood Edu programs are required. information. This course provides students with the Credits: 3 Concentration in Autism knowledge and skills necessary to create and use All Sessions digital media / multimedia for educational The 51-credit program leads to dual New York purposes. The course will focus on developing skills EDS 611 Lit Assess/Instr For Diverse Popu State certification in childhood education (grades 1 in digital imaging, audio, and video production; This course will acquaint students with to 6) and special education with a concentration in and in combining media in new ways to present current assessment techniques that can autism. Courses include psychological and social information and tell stories. We will examine ways be used to evaluate elementary school foundations of education; math, science and social that school based multimedia projects provide children within the general education
Page 85 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 classroom. An emphasis will be placed procedures will be included. Clinic: Students will and other pertinent areas. Specifically, a wide on current literacy practices, techniques, work with individual variety of important topics will be and strategies used in treating problems clients for a minimum of 20 hours under clinical addressed, including balanced reading instruction, of the elementary school child. Effective supervision. phonemic awareness and integration of technology in support of Prerequisite of 610, 613, 619, 640, 642 are phonics, multicultural perspectives, literacy literacy within the classroom setting will required. learning, basal materials and literature- be explored. Students will be involved in Credits: 3 based resources, traditional and invented spelling developing and discussing case studies. Every Fall, Spring and Summer practices, process writing, Prerequisite of EDI 600, 601, and EDS 610 are emergent literacy, content literacy, struggling required. EDS 617 Literacy for Children with literacy learners, and literacy Credits: 3 Disabilities:Birth-Grade 6 assessment. Within this context, a diversity of Every Fall and Spring This course covers theory, research and effective positions and opinions will be practices for teaching students considered as students formulate their own views by EDS 612 Lit Teach & Learn: Gr 5-12 with significant reading problems. Specifically, engaging in activities that This course is designed to introduce the content graduates will become encourage critical analysis and independent and methods of literacy instruction immersed in the assessment of literacy problems thinking. for adolescent students. Beliefs and theories which and their use to provide effective Co-requisite of EDS 615 or 616 or 703 and must be have become the basis for instructional practices instruction. Both formal and informal instruments taken in last 9 credits are required. will also be discussed, as will the use of technologies will be discussed for Credits: 3 which might offer new insight and opportunities determining children's strengths and needs. A Every Fall, Spring and Summer for adolescent literacy instruction. variety of instructional Prerequisite of Adolescent Education major are approaches will be considered for developing EDS 624 Contemporary Issues and Research in required. reading strategies and skills in children with Special Education/Culminating Experience Credits: 3 disabilities. This course is an advanced seminar in current All Sessions Prerequisite or Co-requisite of EDS 600 or 610 is issues facing the field of special education, is required. designed to provide an opportunity for students to EDS 613 Literacy and Children's Literature:Brith- Credits: 3 research, discuss Grade 6 Every Fall, Spring and Summer and understand the topics that are impacting our A survey of the literature for the school child with field and its theoretical emphasis on the quality and EDS 619 Literacy and Literature-based Reading base. Taken within the last 9 credits. characteristics of reading materials suitable for Instruction: Birth-Grade 6 Prerequisite of EDS 600, (610 or 620), 617, 630 various groups. The changing Included are the background and description of the and must be taken in the last 9 credits. characteristics of children¿s reading interests and various types of literature based Credits: 3 the presentation of books reading programs. This course will be concerned All Sessions through various media will be included. A reading with planning, developing file will be developed for a and implementing such instruction. The assessment EDS 625 Contemporary Issues and Research in particular age group. procedures used by the classroom teacher and the Special Education/Culminating Experience Prerequisite of EDS 610 is required implication of literature-based reading instruction (Autism) Credits: 3 upon This course, an advanced seminar in current issues Every Fall, Spring and Summer the total school program will also be discussed. facing the field of special education, is designed to Prerequisite or Co-requisite of EDS 610 is required provide an opportunity for students to research, EDS 615 Practicum I. Literacy Assessment and Credits: 3 discuss and understand the topics that are Intervention:Birth- Grade 6 Every Fall, Spring and Summer impacting our field and its theoretical base. Taken Lecture: The course will stress diagnostic within the last 9 credits procedures for reading disabilities; observation and EDS 620 Assessment and Diagnosis of Children Prerequisite of (EDS 600, 620, 617, 630, 750 or interview procedures; diagnostic instruments; with Disabilities (Childhood/Literacy and Childhood/Special standardized and An introduction to instruments and valuation Education EDS 600, 610, 630, 750 and taken in informal tests; report writing and materials of strategies used in assessing children last 9crs are required. instruction in these areas. with disabilities and the environmental conditions Credits: 3 Causative factors contributing to specific reading which contribute to their problems in learning. Every Fall and Spring problems will also be explored and discussed. Practice in administration of test interpretation of Clinic: Students will develop case studies with results, with suggested remedial and therapeutic EDS 629 Curriculum-based Assessment and individual clients. interventions, is an important facet of this course. Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities - Prerequisistes of EDS 610, 613, 619, 640, 642 and Prerequisite or Co-requisite of EDS 600 is required Autism co-requisite of EDS 610, 619, 640 ,642 are Credits: 3 This course focuses on methodologies of: (1) required. Every Fall, Spring and Summer assessment; (2) curriculum development; (3) Credits: 3 individualized educational planning; and (4) Every Fall, Spring and Summer EDS 622 Contemporary Issues and Research in instructional programming for children with severe Literacy: Birth-Grade 6 (Culmination Experience) developmental disabilities aged 6-12. Emphasis will EDS 616 Practicum II. Literacy This course involves the study of critical issues in be given to curriculum-based assessment as it relates Intervention:Birth-Grade 6 literacy education. Theory, to instructional planning. Assistive technology to The course will stress corrective procedures, research and practice will be explored through a support the learning process will be addressed. planning and management for vast body of knowledge and Accommodations to facilitate the successful children with reading disabilities. Major creative field of inquiry related to the perspectives of inclusion of students with severe disabilities in techniques and clinical remedial psychology, sociology, linguistics,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 86 C.W. Post Campus general education classrooms will also be reviewed. Childhood/Special Education MS Majors require a implement ABA procedures will occur in class, as Attention will be directed toward developing skill prerequisite of EDS 610 only. well as outside of class. in task analysis, IEP preparation, and lesson Credits: 3 Prerequisite of EDS 600 is required. planning. Case presentations will be utilized to All Sessions Credits: 3 highlight team building and interdisciplinary Every Spring collaboration in educating children with severe EDS 632 Instruction and Classroom Management disabilities. The course also includes 15 hours of for Children with Emotional and Behavior EDS 640 Literacy in the Content Areas: Birth- field observation. Problems Grade 6 Field experiences are required. Focus in this course will be on program This course will review Expository and Narrative Prerequisite of EDS 600 is required. development which will include prescriptive Materials in the Content Areas as well as those Credits: 3 remediation based on diagnostic assessment. A skills unique to each content field. Readability of Every Fall consideration of instructional techniques and texts will be explored and means of adapting resources will be of central focus. Fundamental instruction to a variety of levels in reading will be EDS 630 Curriculum-based Assessment and skills in classroom management and in dealing with discussed. Schema development and direct Instruction of Students with Mild Disabilities maladaptive behavior in both inclusive and non- instruction will be emphasized. The course will examine the complexity of the inclusive educational settings will also be surveyed. Prerequisite or co-requisite of EDS 610 is required. issues inherent in the teaching learning process The course also includes 10 hours of field Credits: 3 with particular reference to students with mild observation. All Sessions disabilities in inclusive settings. The instructional Prerequisites of EDS 600 & EDS 620 are required. dimensions that create the conditions of failure for Childhood/Special Education MS Majors require a EDS 641 Literacy In Content Area 5-12 students with learning problems will be prerequisite of EDS 600 only. In this course, significant issues concerning characterized. A framework and practical strategies Credits: 3 adolescent literacy across the curriculum for the use of assessment procedures that focus on All Sessions will be highlighted. Specifically, information effective instructional planning and can reverse the concerning literacy development in cycle of failure for students with mild disabilities EDS 633 Accommodating Learners with Special adolescents will be explored in the context will be emphasized. An assessment model that Needs in Inclusive Settings (Includes Technology of varied philosophies, theories and generates information for the design of an and Inclusion) practical applications. From this context, instructional program and provides for the Inclusion represents one of the most significant a range of viewpoints will be discussed continuous monitoring of student progress in challenges facing education in and analyzed to provide a foundation for academic areas (such as reading, writing and math) recent years. It requires critical changes in attitudes identifying and appraising a variety of perspectives and in content areas (such as social studies and and practice for both general on each issue concerning content science), will be outlined. Effective instructional and special educators. This course will explore the are literacy for adolescents. strategies and elements of teaching practice that concept of inclusion, discuss Co-requisite of EDS 610 is required for all support the learning and growth of students with it from both a theoretical and practical perspective, Childhood/Literacy and Childhood/Special mild disabilities will also be addressed. The course and present strategies necessary for it to be Education plans only. No prerequisites for also includes 15 hours of field observation. successful. Included will be discussions of historical Adolescent plans. Prerequisite of EDS 600 and Co-requisite of EDS and current perspectives, collaboration among Credits: 3 620 are required. Childhood/Special Education professionals, practical classroom administration, All Sessions
MS majors need a prerequisite of EDS 600 only. instructional adaptations, etc. One specific EDS 642 Literacy & Language Arts Instruction B - Credits: 3 mechanism to facilitate inclusion will be the use of GR 6 All Sessions assistive and instructional technologies with an emphasis on those that can assist in the integration This course will enable teachers to develop a EDS 631 Curriculum-based Assessment and of students with disabilities. The course also conceptual framework for the teaching of reading Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities included 10 hours of filed observation. and written communication skills in our schools, This course focuses on methodologies of: (1) Prerequisite of EDS 600 and Co-requisite of EDS focusing on composition, syntax, writing, spelling, assessment; (2) curriculum development; (3) 620 are required. Childhood/Special Education and handwriting as interrelated elements of written individualized educational planning; and (4) MS Majors require a prerequisite of EDS 600 only. expression. Instructional practices and materials instructional programming for children with severe Credits: 3 will be presented, analyzed and evaluated for developmental disabilities aged 6-12. Emphasis will All Sessions classroom implementation. be given to curriculum-based assessment as it relates Prerequisite or co-requisite of EDS 610 is required. to instructional planning. Assistive technology to EDS 635 Behavior Management for Children with Credits: 3 support the learning process will be addressed. Autism & Developmental Disabilities All Sessions
Accommodations to facilitate the successful This course provides an introduction to the EDS 652 Sp Ed A-Z Putting It All Together inclusion of students with severe disabilities in principles of applied behavior analysis Chances are that in the field of special general education classrooms will also be reviewed. (ABA) and its application for children with autism education a graduate of a special education Attention will be directed toward developing skill and other developmental disabilities. Procedures program will probably be hired as a in task analysis, IEP preparation, and lesson applicable to both individuals and groups will be teacher in one of three possible settings: planning. Case presentations will be utilized to studied, with particular attention to the area of resource room, self-contained special highlight team building and interdisciplinary autism. Skill-building techniques and strategies will class or an inclusion setting. The first collaboration in educating children with severe be covered with attention devoted to data collection goal of this course will be to discuss the disabilities. The course also includes 15 hours of for assessment, evaluation and record keeping. various steps that should be taken to field observation. Procedures to improve skills and behaviors as well insure the welfare of the children, the Field experiences are required. as to reduce maladaptive and/or stereotypic proper educational setting, information Co-requisite of EDS 610 or 620 is required. behaviors will be covered. Opportunities to that should be gathered and other areas
Page 87 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 to make the individual’s job easier and Credits: 3 Educational Leadership. Approximately 30 more rewarding. This course assumes Every Fall and Spring prospective students, 15 in each area of nothing and provides important information specialization, are accepted each year into the for all three settings. EDS 712 Supervised Student Teaching and program. C.W. Post's School of Education is a The second purpose of this course is to Seminar in Special Education (Autism) pioneer in educational administration, teaching and understand the needs of parents of children Student Teaching in Special Education will require counseling and has produced some of the New with disabilities in today’s schools. the student to spend a minimum of 175 hours York metropolitan area's brightest minds in This course will also familiarize students working with students with disabilities at the educational reform. For more information about with the rights of parents in the special childhood level in school settings. Student teaching the Ed.D. program logon to education process, the laws governing will occur with ongoing supervision of a www.liu.edu/cwpost/edd. special education, the legal requirements school based cooperating teacher (certified in ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS of due process, holding responsible and special education), along with Applicants for the Ed.D. in Interdisciplinary practical parent conferences, helping supervision by a member of the faculty. A weekly Educational Studies must hold at least a master's parents work with their children at seminar will also be required in degree in education or a related field. Additionally, home, dealing and coping strategies for a Special Education and Literacy which the student all applicants must have at least three years of variety of parent personality styles, teaching experience will be discussed, along with successful teaching, leadership or equivalent explaining strategies to parents, working current issues addressing preparation to enter into experience in educational practice. Admission with parents on IEP development, and the profession. decisions will be based on the following factors: the role of the special education teacher Credits: 3 academic proficiency, professional in assisting parents and their children Every Fall and Spring accomplishments, proposed intellectual focus and with transition services. potential for completing a rigorous program. After EDS 713 Supervised Student Teaching and Credits: 3 an initial review of applications and supporting Seminar in Special Education On Occasion documents, some applicants will be invited for a Student Teaching in Special Education will require personal interview with at least two committee the student to spend a minimum of 175 hours EDS 702 Practicum in Special Education members: one who represents the Ed.D. core working with students with disabilities at the The NYS Department of Education faculty and one who represents the doctoral faculty childhood level in school settings. Student teaching defines the practica as a structured, college- in the candidate's proposed concentration. Either will occur with ongoing supervision of a supervised learning experience for a before or immediately after admission, students school based cooperating teacher (certified in student in a teacher education program must complete an examination to assess special education), along with through direct experiences with individual competence and/or other prerequisites identified. supervision by a member of the faculty. A weekly students or groups of students. For more information about admission seminar will also be required in Prerequisites of EDS 600, 620, 617, 630, 631, 632, requirements or to speak with the program Special Education and Literacy which the student 633 or EDS 600, 630, 631, 632, 633 are required. director, contact Joan McCarthy, Secretary to the teaching experience will be discussed, along with Credits: 3 Dean, at 516-299-2210 or email current issues addressing preparation to enter into Every Fall and Spring [email protected] or Dr. Paula Lester, at the profession. 516-299-2191 or email [email protected]. EDS 703 Practicum III Overcoming Literacy Credits: 3 ADMISSION APPLICATION Difficulties:Birth-Grade 6 Every Fall and Spring INSTRUCTIONS (Open only to students in Literacy specialization.) Applications to the Ed.D. program are accepted Students will have full EDS 750 Institute for the fall semester only. All application materials responsibility for diagnosis, correction and Multiple sessions. must be received by the March 16 deadline, remediation of clients with various Credits: 3 including transcripts, letters of recommendation, types of reading problems. Case studies will be Every Summer statement of purpose, statement of developed and instruction will research/inquiry, writing sample, c.v./resume and take place under supervision in the University DOCTORAL PROGRAM non-refundable application fee. All requested clinic. A minimum of 30 contact- (Ed.D.) IN materials should be submitted to the Graduate hours will be required in addition to weekly Admissions Office. The Ed.D. Program does not seminars. INTERDISCIPLINARY accept applications for the Spring semester Prerequisites of EDS 600, 610, 613, 619, 640, 615, STUDIES admission. 616 are required. 1. Required Admissions Application Credits: 3 The Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) in Applicants to the Ed.D. Program must complete Every Fall, Spring and Summer Interdisciplinary Educational Studies prepares the Long Island University Online Application for candidates for senior positions as principals, EDS 704 Supervised Practicum In Special Admission at www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp. superintendents, administrators, researchers, Education - Autism For the field "Campus," select "C.W. Post" curriculum developers, professors, policy analysts The NYS Department of Education • For the field "Admit type," select "Graduate" or and educational consultants. Through a rigorous, defines the practica as a structured, college- "International Graduate" as appropriate broadly designed curriculum, you will develop the supervised learning experience for a • For the field "Intended major," select "Interdis administrative and leadership skills needed to student in a teacher education program Educational Studies Ed.D." transform today's learning communities by through direct experiences with individual 2. Application Fee applying an interdisciplinary approach to school students or groups of students. Mail a non-refundable application fee of $40 by reform, curriculum development, educational Prerequisites of EDS 600, 610 or 620, 617, 629, either check or money order (made payable to management and executive leadership. The 51- 630, 750 and co-requisite of EDS 625 or 629 or Long Island University) or contact the Bursar to credit research-based doctoral degree provides two 635 or SPE 681 are required. submit fee via credit card. Please write your name areas of specialization: Teaching and Learning or on the check or money order. International
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 88 C.W. Post Campus applicants must pay the fee in U.S. dollars by • For Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) sending an international money order or check. contact Educational Testing Service at You can also pay by credit card by printing the www.gre.org , or call 1-800-GRE-CALL. C.W. Credit Card Authorization form on the Bursar Post's Educational Testing Service Code is website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/bursar or by 2070. calling 516-299-2323. Cash, international postal • For Miller Analogies Test (MAT) information money orders or Eurochecks are not accepted. contact: www.milleranalogies.com. 3. Transcripts 10. International Students – Degree Official copies of your undergraduate and Requirements graduate transcript(s) from any college(s) you have International applicants must complete the attended. You may have them sent directly to the Long Island University Online Application for Graduate Admissions Office at C.W. Post, or you Admission at www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp may wish to have them sent to you. In that case, (select "International Graduate" in the field "Admit you should submit the transcripts in the original Type" and select "Interdisc Educational Studies sealed envelope as part of your application packet. Ed.D." in the field "Intended Major.") Applicants Photocopies or student copies are not considered who do not have a master's degree from a U.S. official. institution must also submit official score results 4. Letters of Recommendation of the Test of English as a Foreign Language Three letters of recommendation are required. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable score These letters should be written by persons who can for admission to doctoral study is 600. The comment from personal knowledge on the TOEFL exam requirement may be waived if the academic and/or professional qualifications of the applicant has received a degree from a college or applicant. Applicants to the Ed.D. Program must university where English is the primary language submit one letter of recommendation from a of instruction. current or former instructor or professor. An employer, school principal or superintendent must write one other recommendation. An employer, former instructor or professional colleague of status may write the third letter of recommendation. At least one letter of recommendation must be obtained from a person holding a doctoral degree (e.g., Ed.D., Pd.D., M.D.). Please ask recommenders holding a doctoral degree to indicate that credential in the text of their letters or to include it in their signature blocks. 5. Personal Statement Write a statement describing your educational and professional goals and discuss what you hope to gain from doctoral study at Long Island University. The statement should be one to three pages in length and can be submitted in the body of the online application. 6. Statement of Research/Inquiry Write a statement describing your primary areas of research or inquiry interest. The statement should be one to three pages in length. 7. Writing Sample Submit a copy of a publication or a sample of other scholarly writing. 8. Curriculum Vitae/Résumé Submit a curriculum vitae or résumé, indicating at least three years of successful teaching, leadership or equivalent experience in educational practice. 9. Graduate Admissions Tests Applicants are encouraged, but not required, to submit scores for the general test (verbal, quantitative and analytic) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). It is the applicant's responsibility to request that the Educational Testing Service (ETS) forward official copies of GRE scores directly to the Graduate Admissions Office (address below).
Page 89 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is C.W. Post's oldest, largest and most diverse academic unit. The liberal arts and sciences are the traditional core of C.W. Post’s educational base and provide specialized learning in American studies, biology, chemistry, criminal justice, earth and environmental science, economics, foreign languages, English, gender studies, interdisciplinary studies, history, mathematics, political science, philosophy, physics, psychology and sociology. Through these comprehensive programs, the College fosters the expansion of knowledge, the excitement of creative thinking and the delight of intense intellectual exchange between students and faculty members. The College's faculty includes more than 100 highly accomplished scholars, researchers and artists. What most unites these humanists, scientists, social scientists and mathematicians is a dedication to excellence in teaching. Classes are small and highly personalized. Students experience academics in a broad range of subject areas, explore multiple analytical strategies, learn to present ideas clearly and persuasively, and graduate with a degree that enhances their position in the professional world. If you have questions, please contact the dean’s office at 516-299-2233, or fax: 516-299-4140.
Katherine Hill-Miller, Ph.D. Dean [email protected]
Nicholas J. Ramer, Ph.D. Associate Dean [email protected]
Glynis Pereyra, Ph.D. Assistant Dean [email protected]
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 90 C.W. Post Campus
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY personal statement and $40 application fee. For these courses may not be applied toward the M.S. more information on the application process, visit in Biology without prior written approval from the Phone: (516) 299-2481 the Office of Graduate Admissions at department chairperson. Limited modifications in Fax: (516) 299-2484 www.liu.edu/cwpost/admissions. the required courses may be made with the Chair and Graduate Director: Professor Draud A candidate for admission must submit his or approval of the department chairperson and Professors: Shodell, Tettelbach her credentials to the Graduate Admissions Office graduate director.
Associate Professors: Brummel, Melkonian (Pre- for review by the Biology Graduate Committee, Health Professions Advisor), Schutt which may, subsequently, require a personal M.S. in Biology Requirements Assistant Professors: Blakeslee, Hatch, Santagata interview. The applicant should have completed at Students must choose a capstone option the undergraduate level: six semesters of biology; Adjunct Faculty: 13 (Non-Thesis or Thesis). The Department of Biology prepares its one year of college calculus; one year of general Non-Thesis Option Requirements graduate students for primary responsibilities in chemistry, one year of organic chemistry; and one Required Biology Seminar Course research and teaching as well as for entry into year of college physics. In addition, a minimum graduate schools for specialization in medicine, grade point average of 2.75 in the major is BIO 500 Biology Graduate 1.00 dentistry, veterinary medicine and numerous other required. A candidate whose credentials satisfy all Seminar of the above requirements as well as university fields within the biological sciences. Graduate Students must complete at least 35 credits in admissions requirements may be accepted as a students work collaboratively with faculty on Biology (at least 20 credits in Foundation important research projects. Students have access fully matriculated student. Courses and the remainder in Elective to well-equipped research laboratories and A student may be accepted on a limited Courses). teaching facilities and can take advantage of matriculant basis if his or her credentials are reduced tuition on travel courses to tropical deficient in not more than two areas. Limited Required Biology Foundation Courses locations such as Fiji and Jamaica. With a diverse matriculants may apply for full matriculant status At least twenty credits of the following: interdisciplinary academic and clinical faculty, the after removal of all deficiencies. Deficiencies must BIO 500 Biology Graduate 1.00 department’s graduate program in Genetic be removed during the first year of graduate study. Seminar Counseling is geared toward students who desire Courses taken to remove academic deficiencies BIO 501 Population Ecology 3.00 to become certified genetic counselors. In addition must be passed with a grade of C- or better and to course work, these students also complete will not be credited toward degree requirements. BIO 503 Modern Concepts of 3.00 clinical genetics rotations at local area health care Courses may also be taken on a non-matriculant Evolution basis. A non-matriculant may apply for facilities and hospitals. The Department of BIO 505 Sources in Biological 3.00 matriculant status after he or she completes at least Biology offers a Master of Science in Biology and Research a Master of Science in Genetic Counseling. The 12, but no more than 18, graduate biology credits graduate program in Genetic Counseling is provided that his or her cumulative grade point BIO 506 Experimental Behavioral 4.00 accredited by the American Board of Genetic average is 3.00 or better. At least half of these Ecology credits must be from among the foundation Counseling. In addition, students who seek initial BIO 510 Molecular Biology 4.00 or professional New York State certification to courses. Undergraduate coursework taken to fulfill teach biology in middle or secondary schools may a deficiency after the student has completed the BIO 513 Biological Chemistry 3.00 bachelor’s degree must be passed with a grade of pursue the Master of Science degree in Middle BIO 518 Ecology 4.00 Childhood Education (Grades 5-9) or the Master C- or better. of Science degree in Adolescence Education ACADEMIC POLICIES BIO 520 Cell Biology 3.00 Upon acceptance into the biology graduate (Grades 7-12) with a concentration in Biology BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics 3.00 (offered in conjunction with the College of program, the student should make an appointment Education and Information Sciences). to meet with the Biology Department’s graduate BIO 528 Developmental Biology 3.00- director. During this meeting, the student and 4.00 counselor will discuss degree requirements and BIO 609 Marine Ecology 3.00 M.S. in Biology complete a tentative Plan of Study and registration forms. Elective Biology Courses The master’s degree program in biology affords As soon as possible after matriculation, a Remainder of 35 credits from all BIO courses students the opportunity to engage in world-class student planning on completing the thesis option excluding BIO 707 and 708 research alongside acclaimed professors, with should select a mentor to aid in choosing a thesis Thesis Option Requirements state-of-the-art facilities and challenging, dynamic topic and completing a thesis which must consist Required Biology Seminar Course curricula. The M.S. in Biology is designed to of original research. Students choosing the thesis BIO 500 Biology Graduate 1.00 prepare you for research, teaching and other option and planning on going onto further graduate Seminar disciplines within biology, which may lead you study are strongly urged to take an additional six toward entry into a medical, dental or veterinary credits of course work. Students must complete at least 23 credits in school, as well as for a wide variety of rewarding Each grade below B- is considered a Biology (at least 14 credits in Foundation careers. Students may choose either a thesis (30 deficiency. Two deficiency grades will result in Courses and the remainder in Elective credits) or non-thesis (36 credits) option as part of probation. Three deficient grades will result in Courses) and 6 credits in thesis work. the degree requirements. dismissal. It is the student’s responsibility to bring Required Biology Foundation Courses ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS any deficiencies to the attention of the graduate At least fourteen credits of the following: Apply to the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island committee chairperson. Questions concerning the BIO 500 Biology Graduate 1.00 University at www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp. graduate program should be taken to the graduate Seminar Applicants to graduate programs at C.W. Post director. must have a bachelor’s degree or equivalent. A maximum of six biology credits may be BIO 501 Population Ecology 3.00 Applicants must provide undergraduate transcripts, accepted as transfer credits from other schools, but
Page 91 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
BIO 503 Modern Concepts of 3.00 training a diverse group of students to become academic areas. Academic factors include overall Evolution leaders in the field of clinical genetics. We believe GPA and GRE or MCAT scores as well as letters in embracing a supportive and collaborative of recommendation. Non-academic factors include BIO 505 Sources in Biological 3.00 atmosphere between our students and faculty. Our evidence of a commitment to public service and Research program is the first of its kind on Long Island and personal characteristics necessary to be a genetic BIO 506 Experimental Behavioral 4.00 only the third in New York State. It is one of just counselor. A weighted scoring system is used in Ecology 30 genetic counseling master's degree programs the evaluation of all these areas. Following the nationwide accredited by the American Board of evaluation of all completed applications, select BIO 510 Molecular Biology 4.00 Genetic Counseling. students are invited for a half day of interviewing BIO 513 Biological Chemistry 3.00 APPLICATION AND ADMISSION in March and April. Interviews are required for REQUIREMENTS acceptance. Final selections are made from this BIO 518 Ecology 4.00 Applications to the M.S. in Genetic Counseling group. BIO 520 Cell Biology 3.00 are accepted for the fall semester for full-time INTERVIEW REQUIREMENTS study only. Selected candidates for admission will be BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics 3.00 • At least one year of general biology At least invited to an in-person half-day interview with BIO 528 Developmental Biology 3.00- two advanced biology classes in the following program faculty. A subset of the interviewed 4.00 areas: genetics, molecular biology or students will be accepted into the program. The biochemistry C.W. Post Genetic Counseling Program will BIO 609 Marine Ecology 3.00 • Organic chemistry contact selected candidates directly to arrange this Elective Biology Courses • At least one psychology class interview. Remainder of 23 credits from all BIO courses • Recommended Classes: Statistics and excluding BIO 707 and 708 probability, calculus, physiology M.S. in Genetic Counseling Required Thesis Courses • At least an overall 3.0 GPA on a 4 point scale Requirements All of the following: in undergraduate studies Required Genetic Counseling Courses - GRE score should be at 70th percentile or BIO 707 Thesis Research 3.00 All of the following: above in all sections. ATCG 600 Issues Confronting 3.00 BIO 708 Preparation of Thesis 3.00 - MCAT must be 24 or above. Genetic Counselors: Applicants must submit C.W. Post Online M.S. in Biology Additional Principles, Theories and Application for Admission first before forwarding Requirements Practices additional application materials. Minimum Total Credits = 36 (Non-Thesis All application materials must be received by ATCG 601 Clinical Genetics in 3.00 Option), 30 (Thesis Option) the February 1 deadline, including: Practice I Minimum GPA = 3.00 • C.W. Post Online Application for Admission ATCG 602 Clinical Genetics in 3.00 (including the Personal Statement) Practice II M.S. in Genetic Counseling • Master of Science in Genetic Counseling Supplemental Admissions Application ATCG 603 Clinical Genetics in 3.00 Director: Greb • Undergraduate and/or graduate transcripts Practice III Associate Director: Blumenthal • Three letters of recommendations ATCG 604 Clinical Genetics in 2.00 Adjunct Faculty: 3 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Practice IV As genetic testing becomes more available and • GRE or MCAT Test Scores patients gain unprecedented access to information Submit official copies of your undergraduate ATCG 610 Cytogenetics 2.00 about birth defects and the likelihood of diseases and graduate transcript(s) from any college(s) you ATCG 613 Molecular Genetics 3.00 and medical conditions, the need for professionals have attended. You may have the transcript(s) sent who can help them understand and act on genetic directly to the Graduate Admissions Office at ATCG 615 Special Topics in Adult 1.00 test results is increasing rapidly. C.W. Post, or you may wish to have them sent to Genetics The 60-credit Master of Science program in you. In that case, you should submit the transcripts ATCG 628 Human Development 3.00 Genetic Counseling is committed to developing a in the original sealed envelope. Transcripts are to new generation of genetic counselors with the be mailed to: ATCG 668 Genetics Counseling Pre- 3.00 knowledge and skill to help patients make the best Graduate Admissions Office Practicum decisions. With a diverse, interdisciplinary C.W. Post Campus ATCG 669 Genetic Counseling 6.00 academic and clinical faculty, the two-year Long Island University Practicum program is geared toward students who desire a 720 Northern Boulevard rigorous and comprehensive training in the field of Brookville, NY 11548-1300 ATCG 701 Design and Analysis in 2.00 clinical genetics. The program emphasizes the The Genetic Counseling Supplemental Genetics Research scientific, clinical and psychosocial aspects of Admissions Application and recommendation Required Co-Related Courses genetic counseling. Skills learned through letters must be submitted by email to: All of the following: classroom-based didactics pave the way for [email protected]. BIO 514 Biochemical Genetics 3.00 students to enter their clinical rotations for "real- Applicants and those sending recommendation world" training. Additionally, a number of letters must state applicant's name in subject line. BIO 530 Human Genetics 3.00 supplementary activities ensure that students will For information about GRE Educational Testing BMS 612 Pathophysiology II 3.00 be exposed to non-traditional careers in genetic Service visit http://www.gre.org, or call 1-800- counseling along with traditional, clinic-based GRE-CALL. C.W. Post's Educational Testing careers. Students must also complete a thesis. Service Code is 2070. The M.S. in Genetic Counseling is dedicated to Applications are evaluated in academic and non-
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 92 C.W. Post Campus
Required Clinical Genetics Rotations ethical issues. This course will address some of the Fourteen credits of the following: Genetic Counseling Courses most common legal and ethical challenges faced in clinical genetics. Specific topics include legalities ATCG 702 Clinical Genetics 2.00- and ethics of dealing with families and Rotation 3.00 ATCG 600 Issues Confronting Genetic confidentiality, ethics of elective pregnancy Required Thesis Course Counselors: Principles, Theories and Practices termination, ethics of pre-implantation genetic This course is designed to expose students to issues ATCG 708 Thesis 3.00 diagnosis, genetic testing and surgical decisions, confronting genetic counseling from a counseling genetic testing for non-treatable/degenerative M.S. in Genetic Counseling perspective. The student will explore the counseling medical conditions, and eugenics. The second Additional Requirements contexts and situations that genetics counselors are portion of this class will begin facilitation of the Minimum Total Credits = 60 likely to face. It is critical that students understand mandatory thesis proposal. The format of this class a historical overview of the profession as they learn Minimum GPA = 3.00 is lecture and discussion. This course has a special the procedures for obtaining a pedigree, helping fee. clients understand diagnoses, determining risks, M.S. in Middle Childhood Pre requisite of ATCG 602 is required. assessing the need for psychosocial support and Credits: 3 Education: Biology (Grades 5-9) exploring diverse counseling theories. In Every Fall consonance with these needs students will learn the Joint Program with the College of Education skills that are necessary to gather an accurate and ATCG 604 Clinical Genetics in Practice IV and Information Sciences relevant family history. They will explore the genetic This course will consist of two parts. Much of the The degree of Master of Science in Middle counselor's role in working with clients who are semester will focus on completion of the research Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Biology is depressed, grieving, or suicidal. project selected by genetic counseling students in offered by the College of Education and Credits: 3 ATCG 603. The format of this class is lecture, Information Science in conjunction with the Every Fall discussion and presentations by students. The latter Department of Biology. The student must take a part of the class will cover practical issues in clinical minimum of 18 credits of Biology, maintain a ATCG 601 Clinical Genetics in Practice I genetics practice such as billing and cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education and also in This course is designed to explore the specific reimbursements, licensure and board certification, Biology. In addition, any student who receives aspects of medicine that genetic counselors must business issues in clinical genetics, and networking grades below B- in two graduate courses is confront in their clinical and/or laboratory careers. and career opportunities. This course has a special considered to have an academic deficiency. A There are psychosocial and scientific aspects to fee. student who earns a third grade below B- may lose every task a genetic counselor must perform. The Pre requisite of ATCG 603 is required. his or her matriculated status or may be dismissed focus of this course is on clinical knowledge and Credits: 2 from the graduate program. proper risk assessment for genetic counseling. Every Spring For information about this program, please see Issues covered in this semester include prenatal the College of Education and Information Sciences genetics, infertility genetics, hematology genetics. ATCG 610 Cytogenetics section for a complete degree description, genetic testing based on ethnicity, newborn This course will introduce topics of chromosomal admission requirements, degree requirements and screening and pediatric genetics. This course has a structure and function, chromosome abnormalities Education course descriptions. special fee. and their clinical presentations, chromosomal basis Credits: 3 of cancer, and cytogenetic laboratory techniques. M.S. in Adolescence Education: Every Fall Credits: 2 Every Spring Biology (Grades 7-12) ATCG 602 Clinical Genetics in Practice II This course is designed to explore the specific ATCG 613 Molecular Genetics Joint Program with the College of Education aspects of medicine that genetic counselors must This class will emphasize understanding of the and Information Sciences confront in their clinical and/or laboratory careers. applications of the emerging techniques in The degree of Master of Science in There are psychosocial and scientific aspects to molecular biology as they apply to genetics. Special Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Biology is every task a genetic counselor must perform. Focus emphasis will be given to topics important to offered by the College of Education and in this course is on clinical knowledge and proper biomedical applications and to those presenting Information Science in conjunction with the risk assessment for genetic counseling. Issues ethical considerations. Due to the rapidly changing Department of Biology. The student must take a covered in this semester include adult cancer nature of this field, all class materials will be minimum of 18 credits of Biology, maintain a genetics, neurological genetics, cardiology genetics, derived from primary, non-textbook literature. cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education and also in pharmacogenetics, and Bayesian risk calculations. Credits: 3 Biology. In addition, any student who receives This course has a special fee. Every Fall grades below B- in two graduate courses is Prerequisite of ATCG 601 is required. considered to have an academic deficiency. A Credits: 3 ATCG 615 Special Topics in Adult Genetics student who earns a third grade below B- may lose Every Spring This is a special topics course focusing on adult his or her matriculated status or may be dismissed genetics. Class is taught in seminar/journal club from the graduate program. ATCG 603 Clinical Genetics in Practice III format, and will cover topics such as cancer For information about this program, please see This course will consist of two parts. The first genetics, neurogenetics, adult cardiac genetics and the College of Education and Information Sciences portion of the semester will focus on the legal and pharmacogenetics. These issues are covered at an section for a complete degree description, ethical issues in the practice of clinical genetics. advanced level, and delve into more specific issues admission requirements, degree requirements and Genetic counselors and other health care that those presented in ATCG 602. Education course descriptions. professionals often work with physicians and the Pre Requisite of ATCG 602 is required. medical team in making crucial medical decisions Credits: 1 based on genetic test results. Often, these decisions Every Fall are controversial, and are surrounded by legal and
Page 93 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
ATCG 628 Human Development at an approved genetic counseling site. A doctoral In this course, we will cover human development or masters-level site supervisor will provide weekly Biology Courses including gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation, supervision at the placement site where the student gastrulation, neurulation, development of major will observe and practice genetic counseling for a organ systems, and molecular mechanisms total of 90 hours. In addition, a counselor educator BIO 500 Biology Graduate Seminar controlling pattern formation. Special attention will will provide one hour per week of either individual This once-a-week seminar ranges over the entire be given to teratogens, diseases, and genetic or triadic supervision in class. An additional one spectrum of biological science. Invited speakers and conditions that cause particular developmental and one half hours of weekly supervision will be departmental staff members speak earlier in the abnormalities during critical embryological periods. provided in group format. Students will participate semester; later in the semester, each student The main model animal systems presented in the in role-plays and will audio and video tape enrolled in the course presents a short seminar laboratory will be avian (chicken) and mammalian counseling practice sessions. Students will based on library research on some topic in biology. (pig) embryos whose development reflects that of participate in peer-critique in a supervised and Regular attendance and the submission of a humans. positive learning environment. The course prepares thorough annotated bibliography on the student's Same as BIO 528 without laboratory. the genetic counselor trainee to be a reflective seminar topic are required. This course may be Credits: 3 practitioner who will deliberate upon and practice taken as many as three times. Every Fall the theoretical concepts essential to effective Credits: 1 counseling. Every Fall and Spring
ATCG 668 Genetic Counseling Pre-Practicum Pre requisite of ATCG 668 is required. BIO 501 Population Ecology Regardless of which theoretical orientation a Credits: 6 This course is three hours of lecture and considers counselor eventually chooses, it will rest upon some Every Fall basic fundamental skills. Some essential conditions the ecology of populations with emphasis on present in all types of counseling have their origin ATCG 701 Design and Analysis in Genetics structure, dynamics, demography and on the in the client-centered approach developed by Carl Research behavioral responses of organisms to variable Rogers. The client-centered counseling approach The class is intended to provide a broad environments. stresses the critical importance of three basic understanding of the application of statistical Credits: 3 conditions: accurate empathy, unconditional procedures to the analysis of scientific data. The On Occasion positive regard, and genuineness. In order to emphasis is on the scientific method and hypothesis BIO 502 Advanced Microscopy establish a successful counseling relationship these testing, especially the relationship between This course is two hours of lecture and four hours three core characteristics must be present. In experimental design and data analyses. The course of laboratory and focuses on the study of genetic counseling it is imperative that counselors is not intended to teach statistical procedures, but microscopic technique including the theory and use be both efficient and expedient in establishing a rather to help the student understand the of the scanning electron microscope, various types therapeutic alliance given the serious nature of the relationships among experimental design, data of light microscopy, technical drawing and information that must be presented in a timely distributions, and proper statistical treatments. The photography through the microscope, and matter to the client. Therefore, it is critical that goal is for students to improve their ability to read, darkroom/digital micrograph image preparation for prospective genetic counselors develop the comprehend, and critically review relevant scientific publication. Term project required. necessary skills to foster the all important literature in their field. Students planning to do Credits: 4 therapeutic relationship necessary to effectively research oriented theses will also gain the On Occasion counsel individuals, couples, or families. This is an background required to design scientifically sound entry level counseling laboratory course designed to experiments. This course can be repeated for credit. BIO 503 Modern Concepts of Evolution provide basic fundamental communication skills Same as BIO 701. This course is two hours of lecture with collateral training to prospective counselors in the genetic Credits: 2 readings. This is a presentation of evidence favoring counseling program. Students are expected to gain Every Fall theories of organic evolution with emphasis on an understanding of the role of the genetic biochemical evolution and population dynamics. ATCG 702 Clinical Genetics Rotation counselor and the counseling process itself and how Modern genetics and cytology are applied to an Field-based rotations in clinical genetics. to establish an effective therapeutic alliance and understanding of the nature of the evolutionary Credits: 2 to 3 environment. Students will also develop process. fundamental foundation communication skills and Every Fall, Spring and Summer Credits: 3 basic counseling strategies. The main emphasis and ATCG 708 Thesis On Occasion focus of the course is on practical experience in a This course is open only to matriculated students. counseling environment. Students will participate BIO 505 Sources in Biological Research Approval of department chairperson, program in role-plays, audio taping of counseling sessions This course is two hours of lecture centered on the director and mentor is required. In this course, the with a client, as well as, simulated practice development of a critical facility as active readers of student executes a thesis topic proposed during counseling sessions. the primary scientific literature. Historical materials ATCG 603 which the student completes under the Pre requisite of ATCG 600 is required are initially employed as a starting point for supervision of a faculty member. A written thesis Credits: 3 critiquing experimental design, assessing modes of and its oral presentation are required. Every Spring data presentation, and analyzing conclusions drawn Pre requisite of ATCG 603 and co requisite of from experimental evidence. The course progresses ATCG 604 is required. ATCG 669 Genetic Counseling Practicum to in-depth analyses of current primary-source Credits: 3 This is an in-depth counseling practicum designed research publications. Student presentations and to provide supervised genetic counseling experience Every Spring original student-generated protocols and from a developmental, multicultural perspective, experimental design, with emphasis on the The main emphasis and focus of the course in on formulation of productive scientific questions, the practice. The student will personally complete at internal logic of the experimental approach, and least 40 hours of individual face-to-face counseling appropriate experimental design and controls, will
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 94 C.W. Post Campus constitute the final portion of the course. May be biochemistry of the vertebrate endocrine glands. studies organisms in their physical environments, used to fulfill 3 credits of the literacy requirement Emphasis is on the consideration of feedback natural communities, ecosystems and evolutionary for Adolescence Education students at the M.S. regulatory mechanisms in man and the vertebrates ecology. Study sites range from beach dunes and level. and some invertebrates. Topics include steroid and salt marshes to mixed upland woods. Credits: 3 protein hormones and the effects of environmental Credits: 4 On Occasion stress. On Occasion Credits: 3 BIO 506 Experimental Behavioral Ecology On Occasion BIO 519 Mammalogy This course focuses on active investigations of This course is three hours of lecture and collateral aspects of behavioral ecology including mate choice, BIO 513 Biological Chemistry readings. The course is concerned with the biology intrasexual competition, territoriality, parental This course is four hours of lecture and is an of major groups of mammals including diversity, division of labor, aggression, foraging and inquiry into the chemistry of amino acids, proteins taxonomy, morphology, geographic distribution, communication. Students work in small research and lipids. Enzymes and their role in cytoplasmic behavior and evolutionary history. teams and learn to construct hypotheses, design carbohydrate metabolism and fatty acid synthesis Identification of and environmental impact on experiments to test them and analyze data are discussed. The role of the mitochondrion, local species are discussed with considerations of statistically to draw conclusions. Experiments are especially the Krebs cycle and oxidative ecological and economic significance. conducted over several class periods. Four research phosphorylation, is explored. Credits: 3 projects are conducted during the semester that Same as BMS 513. On Occasion concentrate on topics listed above, and make use of Prerequisite of Organic Chemistry is required. a variety of vertebrate and invertebrate animals. Credits: 3 BIO 520 Cell Biology Students write research papers and review and Every Semester This course is three hours of lecture and is an critique peer-written research reports. intensive survey of cellular life and function, Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory BIO 514 Biochemical Genetics emphasizing cellular organelle and function and its weekly. Students will review metabolic pathways and the integrated role in total cell function. Credits: 4 structure and function of nucleic acids, Credits: 3 On Occasion carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids and proteins. On Occasion This course will focus on the biochemistry of BIO 508 Tropical Biology genetic disorders resulting in metabolic problems BIO 521 Recombinant DNA This is a multidisciplinary treatment of the with the processing and storage of amino acids, This course is two hours of lecture and four hours complex interrelations between organisms and their proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and nucleic acids. of laboratory. This course studies DNA, its physical and biotic environments in the American Credits: 3 structure, replication and the repair principles tropics. It provides an introduction to the special Every Spring underlying the recombinant DNA technique of ecological characteristics of tropical plant and gene manipulation including host-vector systems, animal communities and offers field experience in BIO 515 Plant Anatomy gene construction and cloning. The potential the tropics. Length of course varies based on This course is two one-hour lectures and two hours benefits as well as the potential hazards are location. This course has special travel fees. of laboratory. The microscopic anatomy of discussed. Credits: 3 representative vascular plants including disposition Credits: 4 On Occasion and composition of stem, root, leaf and floral On Occasion tissues, and fine structure of individual cell types is BIO 510 Molecular Biology covered. Emphasis is placed on developmental BIO 525 Eukaryotic Genetics This course is two hours of lecture and four hours anatomy and taxonomic significance of anatomical This course is two hours of lecture. This advanced of laboratory. Macromolecular structures including structure. Free-hand and freezing techniques are study of genetics assumes a basic understanding of collagen and chromosome, DNA function used in preparation of fresh material. Standard genetic principles. The course addresses some of including replication, information transfer procedures of micro-technique and the current issues in genetics gene mapping, gene including gene regulation, gene exchange and photomicrography are stressed. regulation, genetic structure through reading of rearrangements including transposons are to be Credits: 4 historical and current scientific literature. Students considered with special emphasis on recombinant On Occasion use statistical and computer methods of genetic DNA technology. analysis to map genes and analyze DNA sequences. Credits: 4 BIO 517 Vascular Plants of Long Island Credits: 3 On Occasion This course is two one-hour lectures and four hours Every Fall of laboratory and involves summer field and BIO 511 Plankton laboratory studies of the local vascular flora BIO 528 Developmental Biology This course is three hours of lecture and three including ferns, woody plants and herbaceous In this course, we will cover human development hours of laboratory/fieldwork. Topics covered flowering plants. Field study sites include most of including gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation, include the taxonomy, morphology and Long Island's major habitat types. Laboratory work gastrulation, neurulation, development of major identification of the major zooplankton and emphasizes morphology, identification and organ systems, and molecular mechanisms phytoplankton groups with consideration of preservation of field collected materials, and also controlling pattern formation. Special attention will ecological and economic significance. examines the methods and tools of plant be given to teratogens, diseases, and genetic Credits: 4 systematics investigations. conditions that cause particular developmental On Occasion Credits: 4 abnormalities during critical embryological periods. On Occasion The main model animal systems presented in the BIO 512 Endocrinology laboratory will be avian (chicken) and mammalian This course is two hours of lecture and collateral BIO 518 Ecology (pig) embryos whose development reflects that of readings. This is an introduction to comparative This course is two hours of lecture and four hours humans. morphology, physiology, histogenesis and of laboratory. This summer, field-oriented course Three credits without laboratory, four credits with
Page 95 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 laboratory biological communities and their associated relationships and ecological diversity are Credits: 3 to 4 environments. Attention is given to biological considered. Every Fall productivity and the chemical, physical and Credits: 3 biological dynamics of freshwater systems with On Occasion BIO 530 Human Genetics special consideration of planktonic and benthic This course will meet for three hours each week organisms. BIO 626 Wildlife and Wilderness Resources and will focus on genetics and genomics in human Credits: 3 This course is three hours of lecture and examines medicine. Content will include, but is not limited On Occasion the nature and current status of world wildlife to: single gene and complex inheritance, clinical resources and problems of wildlife conservation in cytogenetic principles, chromosomal disorders, BIO 572 General Entomology relation to competing demands on wilderness and autosomal and sex-linked disorders, genetic This course is two one-hour lectures and two two- other wild land areas. population variation, risk calculation, behavioral hour labs. This course includes a survey of the Credits: 3 and mental health disorders, cancer genetics, ocular insect orders, a study of their structure, biology and On Occasion genetics, pharmacogenetics and newborn screening. classification. It is an introduction to the study of Students will learn about many individual genetic insects as a major segment of the BIO 641 Advanced Microbiology disorders as well as screening techniques, biological community. Laboratory exercises in the This course is three hours of lecture and three fundamental concepts of inheritance and screening anatomy and biology of insects include practice in hours of laboratory. This is an advanced study of techniques. Ethical issues in medical genetics will the techniques of insect identification. microbes, their metabolism, symbiotic interactions also be covered. Credits: 4 and applications in industrial processes. The course Credits: 3 On Occasion includes studies of microbial ecology with an Every Fall emphasis on the role of microorganisms in the BIO 604 Biological Chemistry Laboratory environment. BIO 531 Ichthyology This course is four hours of laboratory. This Credits: 4 This course is two hours of lecture and four hours laboratory course illustrates the application of On Occasion of laboratory/field work. This course focuses on qualitative and quantitative chemical laboratory aspects of fish biology including systematics, principles and procedures to biochemical BIO 651 Comparative Animal Physiology structure/function, evolution, ecology, physiology experimentation. Laboratory procedures involve This course presents selected topics in animal and behavior. Lab and field work emphasize spectrophotometry, chromatography and radio- physiology to show the variety of physiological collection, identification, maintenance and tracer methods among other techniques. mechanisms in different animal groups and preservation of specimens of mainly local Prerequisite of BIO 513 is required. illustrates some of the trends in physiological freshwater, estuarine and marine fishes. Credits: 3 adaptation to changing environments. Among the Credits: 4 On Occasion topics to be included are osmoregulation, excretory On Occasion mechanisms, respiratory pigments, temperature BIO 609 Marine Ecology regulation, movement and neural control. BIO 535 Advanced Topics in Biology This course is two hours of lecture and two hours Credits: 3 This course is offered in the format that best suits of field work. This course involves summer field On Occasion the subject matter (lecture, seminar and/or studies in marine and estuarine ecology with laboratory). Topics are designed to aid students consideration of sampling methods and data BIO 700 Special Problems in Biology interested in research activities by stressing current treatments. In this course, the student explores a research topics, and the theory and practice of current Credits: 3 problem under the guidance of a member of the methodologies. Different topics are covered each On Occasion biology faculty. Research project requires approval semester, and in subsequent semesters, different of the Biology department chairperson and the faculty members present the material. The specific BIO 614 Advanced Electron Microscopy mentor. Credits to be determined with approval of topic will be announced in advance and the student This course is two hours of lecture and two hours the Biology department chairperson and the may take the course of laboratory. Course content includes the theory research mentor. more than once provided the topics differ. Three and practice of advanced electron microscopic Credits: 1 to 3 credits without laboratory, four credits with techniques. Biological material is examined by the Every Semester laboratory. methods of electron histochemistry, negative BIO 701 Design and Analysis in Biological Credits: 3 to 4 staining, shadow casting, replication and Research On Occasion autoradiography. Laboratory practice includes detailed instruction on the use and maintenance of The class is intended to provide a broad BIO 537 Fisheries Biology and Aquaculture the transmission electron microscope. Training in understanding of the application of statistical This course is two hours of lecture and collateral the use of the scanning electron microscope is procedures to the analysis of scientific data. The readings. This course explores the commercial and included. emphasis is on the scientific method and hypothesis biological aspects of fisheries with emphasis on the Prerequisite of BIO 502 is required. testing, especially the relationship between history, methods and potential of shellfish and Credits: 3 experimental design and data analyses. The course finfish farming including methods of estimation of On Occasion is not intended to teach statistical procedures, but catch, productivity of fishing grounds, migration of rather to help the student understand the fish and conservation methods. BIO 625 Ecological Modeling relationships among experimental design, data Credits: 3 This course is three hours of lecture and examines distributions, and proper statistical treatments. The On Occasion the technique of synthesis of mathematical models goal is for students to improve their ability to read, in ecology and examination of selected current comprehend, and critically review relevant scientific BIO 540 Limnology models with emphasis on their predictive properties literature in their field. Students planning to do This course is two hours of lecture and two hours and on applications. Models dealing with problems research oriented theses will also gain the of laboratory. This is an examination of freshwater of ecoenergetics, population dynamics, spatial background required to design scientifically sound
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 96 C.W. Post Campus experiments. This course can be repeated for credit. curriculum, specializations are available in Fraud Permission to enroll as a limited matriculant will Same as ATCG 701. Examination and Security Administration. All be granted by the Chair of the Department of Credits: 2 students must complete a thesis under faculty Criminal Justice only to those applicants who Every Fall supervision. The program prepares students for appear to meet the admission standards. Such modern-day careers in criminal justice, including students will be required to furnish these missing BIO 707 Thesis Research cyberspace crime detection, law enforcement documents within the first semester of enrollment. This courses is open only to matriculated students. management systems and homeland security. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND Approval of department chairman and mentor is Courses are taught by a distinguished faculty TRANSFER CREDITS required. In this course, the student selects a thesis that includes published authors, researchers and A degree candidate for the Master of Science in topic which the student completes under the widely-consulted authorities on the American and Criminal Justice must complete at least 24 credits supervision of a faculty member. world criminal justice systems. Adjunct faculty in residence. Residency is defined as the Credits: 3 members are working professionals in the field completion of graduate courses offered by the Every Fall, Spring and Summer and include attorneys, judges and law department or by other graduate departments.
enforcements officials. Our professors will engage Graduate courses taken at other institutions before BIO 708 Preparation of Thesis and inspire you to exceed your expectations. admission, may, if approved by the department This courses is open only to matriculated students. Alumni of our program are employed in a wide chairperson, be applied toward the master’s Approval of department chairman and mentor is variety of professional positions: law enforcement degree. Transfer credit is limited to 12 semester required. In this course, the student selects a thesis officers, federal agents, security officers, hours of credit and granted only for grades of B or topic which the student completes under the prosecutors, corrections counselors, judges, better. supervision of a faculty member. attorneys, private security professionals, homeland ACADEMIC POLICIES Credits: 3 security agents, forensic technologists, crime lab Students must take CRJ 699 the first semester Every Fall, Spring and Summer technicians, emergency managers, FBI agents and they enroll, or when the course is first offered. social service representatives. Students must take CRJ 700 the first semester they DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS enroll, or when the course is first offered. Students JUSTICE Applicants to the Master of Science in Criminal must register and complete CRJ 707 prior to Justice must meet the following requirements for registering for CRJ 708. An incomplete in CRJ Phone: (516) 299-2467 admission. 707 or CRJ 708 must be removed within 18 Fax: (516) 299-2587 • Application for Admission months and an incomplete for all other courses Chair: Professor Kushner • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) must be removed within six months from the start Professor: Muraskin (Director, Long Island • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or of the semester subsequent to the semester in Women’s Institute) graduate transcripts from any college(s) or which the incomplete was issued. Associate Professors: Grennan, O’Connor universities you have attended. A student must maintain at least a 3.0 Adjunct Faculty: 13 • Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree in a cumulative grade point average in the M.S. in The graduate criminal justice program provides related area with a minimum 3.0 undergraduate Criminal Justice program. Any student whose an ideal foundation for careers in the law and cumulative average. If a student does not have a cumulative grade point average falls below 3.00 criminal justice. Our professors are renowned background in a related area, he/she may will be evaluated by the Academic Standing experts and published authors with real-world petition the department chair for consideration. Committee of the Department of Criminal Justice, experience. They specialize in all areas of the • Two professional and/or academic letters of issued a letter of warning, and placed on probation. criminal justice field, from terrorism to organized recommendation that address the applicant’s A student on probation who fails to bring his or crime to women in policing. potential in the profession and ability to her average up to 3.00 in the succeeding semester The Master of Science degree in Criminal complete a graduate program may be dropped from the program. In addition, a Justice is awarded upon successful completion of • Personal Statement that addresses the reason student who receives grades below B in two 36 credit hours of coursework. The curriculum is you are interested in pursuing graduate work in graduate courses is considered to have an comprised of 21 credits of required coursework this area of study academic deficiency. A third grade below B, after and 15 credits of electives. In addition to general • Students for whom English is a second the student receives a formal warning of the criminal justice elective courses, elective courses language must submit official score results of deficiency, may cause the student to lose may be chosen in two specific concentrations: the Test of English as a Foreign Language matriculated status or be dropped from the Fraud Examination or Security Administration. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable program. C.W. Post alumni work in all areas related to TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 the criminal justice system, including probation, computer based or 550 paper-based) or M.S. in Criminal Justice parole, law enforcement, court administration, minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Requirements corrections, juvenile justice, diversionary Send application materials to: Required Criminal Justice Courses programs and security management. Additionally, Graduate Admissions Office All of the following: our program provides an excellent pathway toward C.W. Post Campus CRJ 555 Technology and the 3.00 the study of law. Long Island University Criminal Justice System 720 Northern Boulevard
Brookville, NY 11548-1300 CRJ 690 Theories of Crime 3.00 M.S. in Criminal Justice MATRICULATION POLICY Causation Students are fully matriculated into the CRJ 699 Foundations of 3.00 The 36-credit Master of Science in Criminal Department of Criminal Justice when they meet all Scholarship Justice offers an in-depth, 21st century curriculum of the admission requirements for the M.S. degree geared toward forensics, law and society, criminal program in Criminal Justice. In cases where any of CRJ 700 Research Design and 3.00 behavior, cyber crime, terrorism and the supporting documents specified are missing, an Methods criminological theory. In addition to our core applicant may be admitted as a limited matriculant.
Page 97 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
CRJ 707 Thesis Research 3.00 CRJ 647 Forensic Investigation of 3.00 CSA 583 Security Law 3.00 Fire, Arson and CRJ 708 Thesis Consultation 3.00 CSA 587 Institutional Security 3.00 Explosions Planning Students must choose either a CRJ 650 Class and Social Structure 3.00 concentration in General Criminal CSA 593 Investigation 3.00 CRJ 652 Seminar on the Grand 3.00 Management Justice Studies or Fraud Examination. Jury and the Petit Jury General Criminal Justice Fraud Examination Concentration CRJ 655 Counseling in Criminal 3.00 Concentration Required Fraud Examination Justice Concentration Courses Required General Criminal Justice All of the following: Concentration Course CRJ 656 Managerial Supervision 3.00 CRJ 801 Introduction to Fraud 3.00 CRJ 675 Critical Issues in Law and 3.00 CRJ 658 Crisis Intervention in 3.00 Examination Society Criminal Justice CRJ 802 Methods of Fraud 3.00 Elective General Criminal Justice CRJ 660 Principles and Methods of 3.00 Examination Concentration Courses Rehabilitation of Five courses/fifteen credits of the following: Offenders CRJ 803 Auditing Principles in 3.00 Fraud Examination CRJ 523 Computers and the 3.00 CRJ 665 Criminal Justice 3.00 Criminal Justice System Response to Domestic CRJ 804 Professional Accounting 3.00 CRJ 525 Teaching Criminal Justice 3.00 Violence Standards in Fraud Examination CRJ 529 Effectiveness of 3.00 CRJ 670 Narcotic Addiction, 3.00 Prevention and Treatment Alcoholism and Crime CRJ 805 Fraud Examination and 3.00 the Law Programs CRJ 680 Graduate Internship 3.00 CRJ 806 Ethics in Fraud 3.00 CRJ 530 Victimology 3.00 CRJ 686 Seminar in Justice 3.00 Examination CRJ 536 Introduction to Forensic 3.00 CRJ 689 Planning and 3.00 M.S. in Criminal Justice Additional Technology Management Requirements CRJ 540 Employment 3.00 CRJ 697 Workload Management 3.00 Discrimination Law Minimum Total Credits = 36 (both CRJ 698 Crime and Criminality in 3.00 concentrations) CRJ 552 Communications and the 3.00 Cinematography Minimum GPA = 3.00 Criminal Justice System CRJ 734 Forensic Homicide 3.00 CRJ 560 Funding and Grant 3.00 Investigation M.S. in Criminal Justice -Security Evaluation CRJ 760 Terrorism 3.00 Administration CRJ 565 Interpersonal Relations in 3.00 CRJ 801 Introduction to Fraud 3.00 Administration M.S. in Criminal Justice - Security Examination CRJ 570 Seminar in Criminal 3.00 Administration Requirements CRJ 802 Methods of Fraud 3.00 Justice Required Criminal Justice Courses Examination CRJ 577 Police and 3.00 All of the following: CRJ 803 Auditing Principles in 3.00 Professionalism CRJ 555 Technology and the 3.00 Fraud Examination Criminal Justice System CRJ 582 Psychiatry and the Law 3.00 CRJ 804 Professional Accounting 3.00 CRJ 675 Critical Issues in Law and 3.00 CRJ 585 Seminar in Court 3.00 Standards in Fraud Society Administration Examination CRJ 690 Theories of Crime 3.00 CRJ 600 Advanced Standing 3.00 CRJ 805 Fraud Examination and 3.00 Causation Criminal Justice I the Law CRJ 699 Foundations of 3.00 CRJ 601 Advanced Standing 3.00 CRJ 806 Ethics in Fraud 3.00 Scholarship Criminal Justice II Examination CRJ 700 Research Design and 3.00 CRJ 630 Forensic Psychology 3.00 CSA 546 Theories of Private 3.00 Methods CRJ 631 Seminar in Organized 3.00 Security and Loss CRJ 707 Thesis Research 3.00 Crime Prevention CRJ 708 Thesis Consultation 3.00 CRJ 635 The Mass Murderer and 3.00 CSA 571 Private Security 3.00 the Violent Criminal Administration Elective Security Administration Courses Five courses from the following: CRJ 640 Seminar in the 3.00 CSA 581 Security of Intellectual 3.00 CSA 546 Theories of Private 3.00 Administration of Property Security and Loss Juvenile Justice CSA 582 Instructing Security 3.00 Prevention Trainers
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 98 C.W. Post Campus
CSA 571 Private Security 3.00 parole. Integration of agencies, bureaucratic CRJ 536 Introduction to Forensic Technology Administration structures and value systems is also studied. This course covers the technological aspects used by Credits: 3 CSA 581 Security of Intellectual 3.00 law enforcement in apprehension and prosecution On Occasion Property of offenders. The course covers methods used including fingerprint discovery at crime scenes, CRJ 577 Police and Professionalism CSA 582 Instructing Security 3.00 ballistic identification, document examinations, This course is an analysis of the concept of Trainers serology, and hair and fiber analysis. professionalism and its relation to social control CSA 583 Security Law 3.00 Credits: 3 with special reference to the police. Subject matter CSA 587 Institutional Security 3.00 On Occasion explores how professionalism may be functional or
Planning dysfunctional, the further accountability and ethical CRJ 540 Employment Discrimination Law consideration in policy making, the control of CSA 593 Investigation 3.00 This course is an overview of various laws that police abuses and the self-regulation system. Management directly impact employers, managers and Credits: 3 supervisors in both the public and private sector. M.S. in Criminal Justice - Security On Occasion The course covers diverse viewpoints regarding Administration Additional outstanding employment cases pertaining to CRJ 582 Psychiatry and the Law Requirements personnel and discrimination issues. This course is an examination of the legal Minimum Total Credits = 36 Credits: 3 implications in psychiatric diagnosis, commitment Minimum GPA = 3.00 On Occasion and treatment; the utilization of psychiatric
testimony by judge and jury in the criminal justice CRJ 552 Communications and the Criminal system. Criminal Justice Courses Justice System Credits: 3
This course is a discussion of the role of mass On Occasion media in facilitating and hindering the functioning CRJ 523 Computers and the Criminal Justice of the criminal justice system-exposing deviant CRJ 585 Seminar in Court Administration System behavior, communicating information for arrest This course is an overview of the administration This course is an explanation of the application of and crime prevention, prejudicing court and management of the court system. The purpose basic computer technology in the criminal justice procedures, misrepresentation, libel and and functioning of a criminal court jurisdiction and system. This course includes a discussion of more defamation. the management of intake and control of the effective and efficient use of computer systems in Credits: 3 participating parties is covered. various aspects of agency work. On Occasion Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion CRJ 555 Technology and the Criminal Justice
System CRJ 600 Advanced Standing Criminal Justice I CRJ 525 Teaching Criminal Justice This course is an analysis of high-tech society, the This course is an independent study in a selected This is a course designed primarily for secondary impact of advanced technology on the crime scene area of criminal justice under the supervision and school teachers that surveys the component parts of and its application in criminal justice management. direction of a member of the criminal justice the criminal justice system. Particular attention is Credits: 3 faculty. given to law enforcement agencies, courts, Annually Credits: 3 corrections, probation, parole and rights of the Every Fall, Spring and Summer accused. CRJ 560 Funding and Grant Evaluation Credits: 3 This course is a survey of the sources for criminal CRJ 601 Advanced Standing Criminal Justice II On Occasion justice funding. The criteria and standards for This course is an independent study in a selected
meaningful evaluation of grants and reporting area of criminal justice under the supervision and CRJ 529 Effectiveness of Prevention and responsibilities of both agencies and independent direction of a member of the criminal justice Treatment Programs evaluators are examined. faculty. This course is a review of the basic concepts and Credits: 3 Credits: 3 strategies in valuative research. Topics include On Occasion Every Fall, Spring and Summer topologies of treatment and prevention programs, what works, measuring effectiveness, types of CRJ 565 Interpersonal Relations in CRJ 630 Forensic Psychology valuative research designs and exemplary projects. Administration This course examines the part that psychology plays Credits: 3 This course is an analysis of group behavior in with all facets of the police, courts, and corrections. On Occasion organizations, the dynamics of group membership The course probes the interaction of all
and leadership as they relate to administration of components and the role of psychological CRJ 530 Victimology business enterprise and contributions made by the interaction with these components. The criminal justice system is discussed with behavioral sciences. Credits: 3 emphasis on treatment of the victims as well as how Credits: 3 On Occasion criminal justice agencies hinder or encourage the On Occasion victim in reporting a victimization and processing CRJ 631 Seminar in Organized Crime the crime. CRJ 570 Seminar in Criminal Justice This seminar traces the historical roots of organized Credits: 3 The seminar focuses on the major components of criminality from circa 1850 to the present. On Occasion the criminal justice system. Special attention is Structural models are compared for understanding
given to the functions and role of the police, "emerging" group; in that context, international
correctional institutions, courts, probation and aspects and transnational characteristics are
Page 99 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 examined. Special attention is paid to dependencies CRJ 656 Managerial Supervision principles and practices, structure, supervision, and cooperation among ethnicities. This course is a study of the theories, methods and administrative communications and the fiscal Credits: 3 practices in the administration of punishment. management of the criminal justice budget. On Occasion Among the topics covered are trends in punitive Credits: 3 policy practices on the local, state and national On Occasion CRJ 635 The Mass Murderer and the Violent levels. Criminal Credits: 3 CRJ 689 Planning and Management This course studies the biological, psychological, On Occasion This course is a systematic analysis of parole and and environmental cases of the violent criminal. An probation management at the administrative, in-depth study of individual offenders is made to CRJ 658 Crisis Intervention in Criminal Justice supervisory and line levels. analyze causation. This course is a survey of the application of crisis Credits: 3 Credits: 3 negotiation techniques as they apply to probation, On Occasion On Occasion parole, corrections and law enforcement agencies. Credits: 3 CRJ 690 Theories of Crime Causation CRJ 640 Seminar in the Administration of On Occasion This course is a survey of the theoretical Juvenile Justice implications of criminal acts in relation to This course is a comprehensive study of the juvenile CRJ 660 Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation behavioral systems. It is an analysis of sociogenic, justice system. The seminar deals with of Offenders psychogenic, economic, anthropological and apprehension, adjudication, treatment and This course is an overview of the methods used in physical-type theories. prevention as these relate specifically to the the rehabilitative process. The synthesis of theory Credits: 3 administration of juvenile justice. with primary emphasis on social and cultural Annually Credits: 3 milieus is considered. On Occasion Credits: 3 CRJ 697 Workload Management On Occasion This course examines the workload management CRJ 647 Forensic Investigation of Fire, Arson and for probation and parole staff at the administrative, Explosions CRJ 665 Criminal Justice Response to Domestic supervisory, and line levels. A safe and systematic investigation and analysis of Violence Credits: 3 fire and explosion incidents. Specific procedures The course deals with the historic, social, and legal On Occasion will be presented to assist in these investigations. forces that have shaped the criminal justice Credits: 3 response to domestic violence. CRJ 698 Crime and Criminality in On Occasion Credits: 3 Cinematography On Occasion This course is an overview of the various CRJ 650 Class and Social Structure components of the criminal justice system as seen This seminar examines American cultural pluralism CRJ 670 Narcotic Addiction, Alcoholism and through the case studies presented through the and social structure and their impact on the Crime medium of cinematography. Films dealing with criminal justice system. This course is a survey of the multi-factorial causes court procedures, juries, police practices, Credits: 3 of chemical abuse; primarily, addiction to narcotics prosecutorial problems, sentencing procedures, On Occasion and alcohol, the characteristics of the addict and prisons, causes of crime and corrections are abuser and the legal sanctions developed for its explored. CRJ 652 Seminar on the Grand Jury and the Petit control. Credits: 3 Jury Credits: 3 On Occasion This course is a study of the grand and petit juries On Occasion and the present-day statutory and constitutional CRJ 699 Foundations of Scholarship mandates affecting those institutions. CRJ 675 Critical Issues in Law and Society This course must be taken in the student's first Consideration is given to the alternatives to a grand This course is an analysis of the ways laws evolve semester of attendance in order to develop tools for jury system, the possible elimination of the grand along with social change, the applicability of laws in conducting research and for writing papers in the jury as presently constituted, the waiver of grand relation to the criminal justice system and the field of criminal justice. The course explores jury presentment, as well as the functions structure of society and the viability of laws in approaches to writing a research paper, forms of performed and the safeguards, if any, achieved by relation to changing moral standards. documentation, library resources, data sources, and our present system. Credits: 3 computer usage. Credits: 3 Annually Credits: 3 On Occasion Annually CRJ 680 Graduate Internship CRJ 655 Counseling in Criminal Justice This course is a planned program of observation CRJ 700 Research Design and Methods This course is a survey of individual and group and participation in selected criminal justice This course must be taken in the student's first or counseling techniques for use in treatment-oriented agencies. It explores the gap between the second semester of attendance. It is a survey of criminal justice agencies. The different counseling development of criminological theory and the research designs, analytical techniques and the techniques in probation, parole, corrections, and practical application of that theory. preparation of research papers. drug and alcohol treatment agencies are all Credits: 3 Credits: 3 explored. On Occasion Annually Credits: 3 On Occasion CRJ 686 Seminar in Justice CRJ 707 Thesis Research This course is a comprehensive examination of the This course is taken prior to CRJ 708. It is an organization and management of criminal justice advanced study of the scientific method in the agencies. Particular attention is paid to organization discipline of Criminal Justice, together with the
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 100 C.W. Post Campus preparation of a master's thesis proposal and an CRJ 804 Professional Accounting Standards in outline of the thesis. CRJ 707 and CRJ 708 must Fraud Examination CSA 582 Instructing Security Trainers be taken consecutively in the student's last two This course is the analysis of past and present This course covers instructional techniques for semesters of study after maintaining a 3.00 or better professional accounting and auditing standards and security trainers in the preparation and GPA. their application to fraud problems. The changes presentation of loss prevention and loss control Prerequisite of CRJ 699 or CRJ 700 is required. occurring in the accounting profession and their knowledge and skills; and is a course in training the Credits: 3 implication on the growing threat of white collar trainers. Every Fall, Spring and Summer crime are discussed. Prerequisite of CSA 581 is required. Prerequisite or Co-requisite of CRJ 803 is required. Credits: 3 CRJ 708 Thesis Consultation Credits: 3 On Occasion
This course is the actual writing of the master's On Occasion thesis. CRJ 707 and CRJ 708 must be taken CSA 583 Security Law consecutively in the student's last two semesters of CRJ 805 Fraud Examination and the Law This course is a survey of the major legal issues in study after maintaining a 3.00 or better GPA. This course discusses the application of federal and criminal and civil law impacting on the private Prerequisite of CRJ 699 or CRJ 700, and CRJ 707 state criminal and civil statutes and a detailed security industry. The course is a discussion of self- are required. application of these laws to current and historical incrimination, search and seizure, electronic Credits: 3 fraud cases. The rules of criminal and civil eavesdropping, coerced confessions, right to Every Fall, Spring and Summer procedure are studied. The course includes a review counsel, illegal detention, use of deception devices, of cases from the common law to decisions of the interrogation techniques and professional ethical CRJ 734 Forensic Homicide Investigation U.S. Supreme Court that frame the overall fraud responsibilities. Students gain knowledge of the crime regarded as discussion. Credits: 3 the most heinous of all criminal acts. Investigative Prerequisite of CRJ 804 is required. On Occasion techniques used, the importance of the medical Credits: 3 CSA 587 Institutional Security Planning examiner's autopsy, and the time factors involved in On Occasion the solution are discussed. This course is the comparative analysis of relevant Credits: 3 CRJ 806 Ethics in Fraud Examination security problems in public and private institutional On Occasion This course analyzes the professional settings. responsibilities and limitations of auditors, Credits: 3 CRJ 760 Terrorism investigators, lawyers and fraud examiners. Ethical On Occasion
This course is a survey of terrorism within the considerations of a consultancy and conduct as an CSA 593 Investigation Management United States. Topics include the threat of expert witness are discussed. The confidential This course is an examination of investigation domestic and international terrorism, terrorist relationship between a fraud examiner and a client techniques involved in hiring practices, loss control, groups, and counter-terrorism strategies, among are studied. crime and regulatory agency violations. other related topics. Prerequisite or Co-requisite of CRJ 805 is required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion On Occasion
CRJ 801 Introduction to Fraud Examination CSA 546 Theories of Private Security and Loss DEPARTMENT OF EARTH This course is an analysis of the fraud problem and Prevention AND ENVIRONMENTAL its impact, both economic and social, on America. This course is an analysis of the operative principles Pertinent white collar crime laws and the various in deterring business and industrial crime. The SCIENCE enforcement and prosecutorial agencies that deal concept of defensible space, internal and external with fraud are also discussed. access control and psychological security barriers Phone: (516) 299-2318 Credits: 3 are all discussed. Fax: (516) 299-3945 On Occasion Credits: 3 Chair and Graduate Director: Professor Boorstein
On Occasion Associate Professors Carlin, DiVenere, Kennelly, CRJ 802 Methods of Fraud Examination Pires, Tanguay Various investigative and auditing techniques CSA 571 Private Security Administration Adjunct Faculty: 7 essential to the prevention, detection, resolution of This course is the study of the organization, The curricula of the Department of Earth and fraud problems are examined in this course. administration and management of security, plant Environmental Science spans the study of Earth’s Prerequisite or Co-requisite of CRJ 801 is required. protection, and loss prevention. Policy and makeup and physical processes to human Credits: 3 decision-making, personnel, budgeting, safety and interactions with the environment and the flow of On Occasion fire prevention programs in business, industry and natural resources through our urban and suburban
government are covered. settings and the natural environment. Principal CRJ 803 Auditing Principles in Fraud Credits: 3 research and teaching interests of the faculty Examination On Occasion include sustainability, conservation of natural This course studies the detecting of fraud through resources, meteorology, global climate change, the use of auditing techniques, radio analysis, CSA 581 Security of Intellectual Property geographic information systems, plate tectonics, statistical methods application, and other pertinent This course is a discussion of the clarification and sedimentology and coastal processes. Students accounting methods. The course includes controls classification of intellectual property. Particular have gone on to work for governmental agencies, to detect and prevent fraud. attention is paid to the use of management skills in environmental consulting firms, and school Prerequisite of CRJ 802 is required. stating and implementing company security policy districts across Long Island, as well as to advanced Credits: 3 safeguards. graduate studies at universities in the U.S. and On Occasion Credits: 3 abroad. On Occasion The Department of Earth and Environmental
Page 101 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Science offers the M.S. in Earth Science. In you are interested in pursuing graduate work in GGR 535 Field Studies in 1.00- addition, students who seek initial or professional this area of study. Geography 3.00 New York State certification to teach earth science • Students for whom English is a second GGR 701 Special Topics in 3.00 in middle or secondary schools may pursue the language must submit official score results of Geography Master of Science degree in Middle Childhood the Test of English as a Foreign Language Education (Grades 5-9) or the Master of Science (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable GLY 510 Oceanography 3.00 degree in Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12) TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 GLY 511 Continental Drift and 3.00 with a concentration in Earth Science (offered in computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Plate Tectonics conjunction with the College of Education and minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Information Sciences). Send application materials to: GLY 513 Marine Geology 3.00- Graduate Admissions Office 4.00
C.W. Post Campus GLY 514 Marine Sedimentary 3.00 M.S. in Earth Science Long Island University Environment 720 Northern Boulevard The Master of Science in Earth Science Brookville, NY 11548-1300 GLY 516 Physical Oceanography 3.00 prepares teachers, geologists, environmental ACADEMIC POLICIES GLY 517 Geomorphic Processes 3.00 leaders, planners, industry consultants, and others Students who do not choose the thesis option in the public and private sectors to management will take two courses from the choice of electives GLY 518 Groundwater Geology 3.00 community and natural resource concerns, from and are required to pass a comprehensive GLY 519 Coral Reef Geology 3.00 groundwater and recycling to pollution and global examination. If a student does not pass the warming. Advanced coursework ranges from comprehensive examination, he or she, at the GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology 3.00 astronomy, meteorology, conservation of natural discretion of the Department, may take the GLY 521 Stratigraphy 3.00 resources, and geographic information systems to examination a second time. If the student fails a oceanography, groundwater geology, second time, the student may not receive the GLY 523 Environmental 3.00 environmental geochemistry, and global climate degree. Geochemistry change. GLY 526 Earth Materials 3.00 The program is designed for working M.S. in Earth Science Requirements professionals who wish to obtain an advanced Required Earth Science Courses GLY 529 Global Climate Change 3.00 degree in the field and also for teachers who hold All of the following: GLY 533 Methods of Field 3.00 initial certification but need a master’s degree to ERS 513 The Earth Environment I 4.00 Geology for Earth secure permanent teacher certification in the State Science Teachers of New York. The program may also benefit fully ERS 514 The Earth Environment II 4.00 certified teachers who wish to expand their fields Elective Earth Science Courses GLY 535 Field Studies in Geology 1.00- of expertise. Students may use the degree as a 3.00 Eighteen credits of the following: stepping stone to a Ph.D. program. Students may AST 501 Spherical and Elliptical 3.00 GLY 701 Special Topics in 3.00 choose to write a thesis or complete a Astronomy Geology comprehensive examination. The 32-credit program allows for flexibility in ERS 501 Mapping Environmental 3.00 Students must choose a capstone option meeting certification requirements, geotechnical Data with GIS (Comprehensive Exam or Thesis). and government agency employers’ needs, and ERS 502 GIS Applications 3.00 Comprehensive Exam Option individual career interests. The graduate courses are offered during the evening to accommodate ERS 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 Requirements working students. Our department’s past graduate Additional Elective Earth Science Courses ERS 522 Natural Disasters 3.00 students are working across Long Island and Six additional credits from above elective beyond as teachers and as environmental scientists ERS 529 Global Climate Change 3.00 course list. and consultants. Required Comprehensive Exam ERS 535 Field Studies in Earth 1.00- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students must pass a comprehensive exam Science 3.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Earth Science must administered by the Earth and Environmental meet the following requirements for admission. ERS 700 Research Problems in 1.00- Science Department. • Application for Admission. Earth Science 2.00 Thesis Option Requirements • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) ERS 701 Special Topics in Earth 3.00 Required Thesis Courses • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Science All of the following: graduate transcripts from any college(s) or ERS 707 Thesis Research 3.00 universities you have attended. GGR 501 Mapping Environmental 3.00 • A bachelor’s degree, preferably in a natural Data with GIS ERS 708 Thesis 3.00 science, with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Students GGR 502 GIS Applications 3.00 who do not meet these requirements are M.S. in Earth Science Additional welcome to discuss their options for admission GGR 515 Principles of Meteorology 3.00 Requirements with the graduate advisor. GGR 518 Topics in Applied 3.00 Minimum Total Credits = 32 (both • Two professional and/or academic letters of Conservation options) recommendation that address the applicant’s Minimum GPA = 3.00 potential in the profession and ability to GGR 522 Natural Disasters 3.00 complete a graduate program. • Personal Statement that addresses the reason
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 102 C.W. Post Campus
M.S. in Middle Childhood M.S. in Adolescence Education: Earth Science Courses
Education: Earth Science (Grades Earth Science (Grades 7-12) ERS 501 Mapping Environmental Data with GIS 5-9) Joint Program with College of Education and This is a hands-on, introductory geographic Information Sciences Joint Program with College of Education and information system (GIS) course on managing The degree of Master of Science in Information Sciences spatial data using a computer. The course is based Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Earth The degree of Master of Science in Middle on the National Center for Geographic Science is offered by the College of Education and Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Earth Science Information and Analysis introductory curriculum Information Science in conjunction with the is offered by the College of Education and using ArcView software. The course addresses GIS Department of Earth and Environmental Science. Information Science in conjunction with the principles, creating and querying spatial views and The student must take a minimum of 20 credits of Department of Earth and Environmental Science. themes, importing and exporting data, map Earth Science, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 The student must take a minimum of 20 credits of projections, geocoding, attribute tabular data, in Education and also in Earth Science. Required Earth Science, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 charts, layouts and applications. The course is courses may be waived upon providing the in Education and also in Earth Science. Required lecture and laboratory and is designed for the graduate advisor with documentation indicating courses may be waived upon providing the practitioner and as an introduction to practical GIS successful completion of these or equivalent graduate advisor with documentation indicating applications. courses. successful completion of these or equivalent ERS 501 is cross-listed as GGR 501. In addition, any student who receives grades courses. Credits: 3 below B in two graduate courses is considered to In addition, any student who receives grades Annually have an academic deficiency. A student with two below B (B-, C+, C, C- or F) in two graduate grades below a B (B-, C+, C, C-, F) in Earth ERS 502 GIS Applications courses is considered to have an academic Science will be required to take an additional This course explores technical issues in Geographic deficiency. A student with two grades below a B course or take a course over again, with Information Systems (GIS) and the application of (B-, C+, C, C-, F) in Earth Science will be permission of the department. The student must GIS in addressing environmental problems. GIS required to take an additional course or take a receive a B or better in that course. An exception applications for environmental science and course over again, with permission of the to the requirement to take an additional course management decision support may include forest department. The student must receive a B or better may be made, at the department’s discretion, for a resource inventory, water resources and modeling, in that course. An exception to the requirement to student who has two B- grades. A student who coastal evolution and sediment-budget analysis, and take an additional course may be made, at the earns a third grade below B may lose his or her urban planning and zoning. department’s discretion, for a student who has two matriculated status or may be dismissed from the ERS 502 is cross-listed as GGR 502. B- grades. A student who earns a third grade graduate program. Prerequisite of ERS 501 or the equivalent or the below B may lose his or her matriculated status or Upon completion of required Earth Science instructors permission is required. may be dismissed from the graduate program. courses, and before graduation from the program, Credits: 3 Upon completion of required Earth Science each candidate must pass the Earth Science On Occasion courses, and before graduation from the program, Comprehensive Examination consisting of each candidate must pass the Earth Science questions pertaining to his or her course of study ERS 513 The Earth Environment I Comprehensive Examination consisting of in the earth sciences. Students should take the This course consists of two hours of lecture, two questions pertaining to his or her course of study Earth Science Comprehensive Examination no hours of laboratory for four credits. Students not in in the earth sciences. Students should take the earlier than their final semester of coursework. the Earth Science Adolescence Education program Earth Science Comprehensive Examination no Students who fail the Comprehensive Examination may opt to take the course for 3 credits without the earlier than their final semester of coursework. may, under special circumstances, take the laboratory. This course is a study of the Students who fail the Comprehensive Examination examination again. Students who fail the interrelationships that exist among various aspects may, under special circumstances, take the examination a second time will not be awarded the of the natural environment. Topics covered include examination again. Students who fail the master’s degree. The Earth Science the Earth as a planet and Earth-Sun relationships as examination a second time will not be awarded the Comprehensive Examination is administered by a basis for understanding the differential pattern of master’s degree. The Earth Science the Department of Earth and Environmental energy-receipt on the Earth; elements of Comprehensive Examination is administered by Science as a requirement for the master’s degrees meteorology; the geographical pattern of world the Department of Earth and Environmental Earth Science Education. It is in addition to other climates; relationship of climate to the basic Science as a requirement for the master’s degrees examinations administered by the School of biogeographical resources-vegetation and soils; the Earth Science Education. It is in addition to other Education and the New York State Department of impact of man upon weather, climate, soils, and examinations administered by the School of Education (such as the Content Specialty Test vegetation, and the resultant problems of Education and the New York State Department of required for teacher certification). conservation. Education (such as the Content Specialty Test For information about this program, please see Same as GGR 513. required for teacher certification). the College of Education and Information Sciences Three credits without laboratory, four credits with For information about this program, please see section for a complete degree description, laboratory. the College of Education and Information Sciences admission requirements, degree requirements and Prerequisite of Graduate status or permission of the section for a complete degree description, Education course descriptions. department is required. admission requirements, degree requirements and Credits: 3 to 4 Education course descriptions. Every Spring
ERS 514 The Earth Environment II
This course is two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory for four credits. Students not in the
Page 103 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Earth Science adolescence education program may sea level and more intense tropical storms. projections, geocoding, attribute tabular data, opt to take the course for 3 credits without the ERS 529 is cross-listed as GLY 529. charts, layouts and applications. The course is laboratory. Topics covered in this course include: Pre requisite of ERS 513 and ERS 514 are required lecture and laboratory and is designed for the constitution and formation of the rocks of the Credits: 3 practitioner and as an introduction to practical GIS earth; large-scale geological structures and global On Occasion applications. tectonics; the evolution of surface landscapes in ERS 501 is cross-listed as GGR 501. response to internal crustal agents and agents ERS 535 Field Studies in Earth Science Credits: 3 operating externally to the Earth's crust - weathering This course is designed for students who wish to Annually and erosion; and topographic maps and air participate in field-based, experiential learning photographs in the study of earth land-forms. opportunities in earth science in approved domestic GGR 502 GIS Applications Same as GGR 514. or international locations. Enrollment in this This course explores technical issues in Geographic Three credits without laboratory, four credits with course will be subject to the review and approval of Information Systems (GIS) and the application of laboratory. the department of a specific course syllabus that is GIS in addressing environmental problems. GIS Prerequisite of Graduate status or permission of the consistent with the area being studied. applications for environmental science and department is required. Credits: 1 to 3 management decision support may include forest Credits: 3 to 4 On Occasion resource inventory, water resources and modeling,
Every Fall coastal evolution and sediment-budget analysis, and ERS 700 Research Problems in Earth Science urban planning and zoning. ERS 515 Principles of Meteorology This detailed study of a chosen research topic or ERS 502 is cross-listed as GGR 502. This course considers atmospheric energy and the problem is presented under the guidance of an Prerequisite of ERS 501 or the equivalent or the composition of the atmosphere; insulation and the Earth and Environmental Science faculty member. instructors permission is required. heat-budget of the earth; and the geographical Credits: 1 to 2 Credits: 3 transference of heat-energy. The course considers On Occasion On Occasion moisture in the atmosphere and evaporation, ERS 701 Special Topics in Earth Science condensation, and precipitation; adiabatic changes; GGR 511 Economic Geography This course covers current topics on advances, atmospheric stability and instability. Also, included This course is a study of the human economic developments and issues in earth science not are motion of the atmosphere; controls on utilization of the physical world; the factors covered in existing courses. Student must receive horizontal air-movements; global wind-belts and the affecting economic development; the development permission from instructor and department chair to general atmospheric circulation; air masses and and distribution of world patterns of economic enroll. May be taken more than once. fronts. Weather forecasting: traditional and activity, including problems of the Prerequisites of ERS 513 and ERS 514, or modern methods, and the impact of man upon the "underdeveloped" world. permission of the department are required. weather are included. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Same as GGR 515. On Occasion On Occasion Prerequisite of ERS 513 or the equivalent or GGR 512 Political Geography permission of the department is required. ERS 707 Thesis Research This course examines the territorial organization of Credits: 3 Students will work with an advisor to prepare a the earth into political credits; factors behind the On Occasion thesis proposal and conduct the necessary research. existence and evolution of states; interrelationships Approval of faculty advisor and department chair is ERS 522 Natural Disasters between states; a consideration of political required. This course examines how Earth processes when “problem areas.” Credits: 3 concentrated in space and time can become Credits: 3 Every Fall, Spring and Summer extreme events posing serious hazards to humans On Occasion and their infrastructures. Emphasis is given to the ERS 708 Thesis GGR 513 The Earth Environment I fact that earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes, Student will write and defend a thesis based on the This course consists of two hours of lecture, two landslides, floods, and tsunamis are not disasters research developed in ERS 707 as approved by the hours of laboratory for four credits. Students not in until a vulnerable group of people is exposed. Case faculty advisor and two readers. the Earth Science Adolescence Education program histories describing emergency mitigation, Prerequisite of ERS 707 is required. may opt to take the course for 3 credits without the preparation and recovery strategies will also be Credits: 3 laboratory. This course is a study of the examined. Every Fall, Spring and Summer interrelationships that exist among various aspects GGR 522 cross-listed as ERS 522. of the natural environment. Topics covered include Credits: 3 the Earth as a planet and Earth-Sun relationships as On Occasion a basis for understanding the differential pattern of Geography Courses energy-receipt on the Earth; elements of ERS 529 Global Climate Change This course will explore the issue of global climate meteorology; the geographical pattern of world change from the deep past through to the present GGR 501 Mapping Environmental Data with GIS climates; relationship of climate to the basic and near future. Topics will include an This is a hands-on, introductory geographic biogeographical resources-vegetation and soils; the introduction to the Earth's climate system, study or information system (GIS) course on managing impact of man upon weather, climate, soils, and records of climate variations in the ancient past, spatial data using a computer. The course is based vegetation, and the resultant problems of more recent past, and ongoing natural variations, on the National Center for Geographic conservation. examination of the evidence as to whether humans Information and Analysis introductory curriculum Same as ERS 513. may be inducing global warming today, projections using ArcView software. The course addresses GIS Three credits without laboratory, four credits with for the amount of future temperature rise, and principles, creating and querying spatial views and laboratory. consequences of higher temperatures such as rising themes, importing and exporting data, map Prerequisite of Graduate status or permission of the department is required.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 104 C.W. Post Campus
Credits: 3 to 4 planning. Every Spring Credits: 3 Geology Courses On Occasion GGR 514 The Earth Environment II This course is two hours of lecture and two hours GGR 518 Topics in Applied Conservation GLY 502 History of the Earth of laboratory for four credits. Students not in the The application of geographic principles to the A journey through 4.6 billion years of Earth’s Earth Science adolescence education program may problems of environmental conservation is history guided by geologic theories, principles, and opt to take the course for 3 credits without the discussed. The course will include detailed studies methodologies. Emphasis is on the remarkable laboratory. Topics covered in this course include: of selected aspects of resource conservation. events that have profoundly altered the Earth’s constitution and formation of the rocks of the Students must demonstrate an ability to explain the continents, oceans, atmosphere and life as it has earth; large-scale geological structures and global various ways in which geographers and other evolved through deep time to the present. tectonics; the evolution of surface landscapes in environmental scientists organize knowledge and Prerequisite of ERS 514 or Earth Science Milestone response to internal crustal agents and agents communicate the results of their research in their is required. operating externally to the Earth's crust - weathering disciplines. Credits: 3 and erosion; and topographic maps and air Credits: 3 On Occasion photographs in the study of earth land-forms. On Occasion Same as ERS 514. GLY 510 Oceanography Three credits without laboratory, four credits with GGR 522 Natural Disasters This course studies the geological, chemical, laboratory. This course examines how Earth processes when physical and biological aspects of the oceans. Topics Credits: 3 to 4 concentrated in space and time can become include: crustal and sedimentary composition and Every Fall extreme events posing serious hazards to humans processes, morphologic features and their origins, and their infrastructures. Emphasis is given to the tides, waves, currents, coastal dynamics, ecosystems GGR 515 Principles of Meteorology fact that earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes, and the physical and chemical properties of water. This course considers atmospheric energy and the landslides, floods, and tsunamis are not disasters Students must demonstrate an understanding of composition of the atmosphere; insulation and the until a vulnerable group of people is exposed. Case the development and organization of the discipline heat-budget of the earth; and the geographical histories describing emergency mitigation, as well as an ability to communicate this transference of heat-energy. The course considers preparation and recovery strategies will also be understanding through the discursive conventions moisture in the atmosphere and evaporation, examined. of the sciences. condensation, and precipitation; adiabatic changes; GGR 522 cross-listed as ERS 522. Credits: 3 atmospheric stability and instability. Also, included Credits: 3 On Occasion are motion of the atmosphere; controls on On Occasion horizontal air-movements; global wind-belts and the GLY 511 Continental Drift and Plate Tectonics general atmospheric circulation; air masses and GGR 535 Field Studies in Geography This course investigates the development of the fronts. Weather forecasting: traditional and This course is designed for students who wish to modern theory of the Earth from the theory of modern methods, and the impact of man upon the participate in field-based, experiential learning continental drift in the 1920s, through the weather are included. opportunities in Geography in approved domestic observations that led to the plate tectonic Same as ERS 515. or international locations. Enrollment in this revolution in the 1960s, to recent discoveries of the Prerequisite of ERS 513 or the equivalent or course will be subject to the review and approval of Earth's internal dynamics. Topics will also include permission of the department is required. the department of a specific course syllabus that is past supercontinents, modern tectonically formed Credits: 3 consistent with the area being studied. regions and the influence of tectonics on past and On Occasion Credits: 1 to 3 present climate. Through reference to classic On Occasion papers, students will explore how earth scientists GGR 516 Urban Geography: Urban Land-Use have approached outstanding problems in the large- Analysis GGR 543 Geography of the United States: A scale dynamics of the Earth. Students must This course covers the distribution of cities and Spatial Analysis of the Human and Physical demonstrate an understanding of the development their functions; social, political and economic Environments of the scientific knowledge as presented in the activities and their effects on the internal structure Analysis of the human and physical geography of literature. of cities; problems of urban growth and decay; brief the United States. The course will use a spatial Prerequisite of ERS 514 is required. history of attempts to modify the urban perspective to study interactions among economic, Credits: 3 environment and the application of theory to urban social, political and physical environments. On Occasion planning; new towns and urban renewal. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion GLY 513 Marine Geology
On Occasion This course may be taken with or without the GGR 701 Special Topics in Geography laboratory. Topics covered include the origin and GGR 517 Geographical Concepts and Regional This course covers current topics on advances, nature of the crust and sediments of the ocean Planning developments and issues in geography not covered floor, and a survey of their exploration and This course is a study of the importance of regional in existing courses. Student must receive exploitation. analysis in planning and development; types of permission from instructor and department chair to Three credits without laboratory, four credits with region-economic, social, political and physical; enroll. May be taken more than once. laboratory. problems caused by overlapping of regions and Prerequisites of ERS 513 and ERS 514, or Credits: 3 to 4 possible ways of resolution. The course examines permission of the department are required. On Occasion the aims of regional planning; relationship of the Credits: 3 growth of the region to other regions and the On Occasion nation; development of regional planning concepts, with examples of different strategies of regional
Page 105 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
GLY 514 Marine Sedimentary Environment on the north shore of Jamaica. SCUBA diving is techniques, and evaluation and selection of mineral In this course, processes and sedimentation in optional for certified divers. This course has a tests. The course is supplemented by field trips to various siliciclastic, carbonate and evaporite coastal special travel fee. select mineral collecting localities and is designed to environments and deep water settings including Credits: 3 assist teachers of earth science in the quick deltas, estuaries, beaches, tidal areas, shelves, On Occasion determination of minerals. platforms, slope and rise, oceanic ridges, trenches Prerequisite of GLY 21 is required. and abyssal plains. The course examines the GLY 520 Sedimentary Geology Credits: 3 characteristics of biogenic, authigenic and The study of the classification, origin and On Occasion terrigenous sediments in these environments. interpretation of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Topics are introduced as aims for learning. The course is concerned with the physical, chemical GLY 526 Earth Materials Students respond to the aims of each topic in a and biological properties of sedimentary rocks, the A course studying the materials of the Earth's crust seminar discussion guided by a student leader and a process responsible for these properties and how and surface, including the important rock-forming workbook. these characteristics provide the basis for minerals; igneous rocks, igneous processes and Credits: 3 interpreting paleoclimatology, paleogeography and igneous bodies; weathering, sediments and On Occasion paleoecology. Students must demonstrate an sedimentary rocks; metamorphic processes and understanding of how geologists discover and metamorphic rocks. Minerals and rocks will be GLY 516 Physical Oceanography organize knowledge, as well as an ability to identified in hand specimen and under the This course is a study of tides, waves, surface and communicate this understanding through the microscope. deep currents and water movements in shallow discursive conventions of the discipline. Prerequisite of ERS 514 is required. areas of the ocean. Topics covered include the Prerequisite of ERS 514 or ENV 601 or Earth Credits: 3 hydrodynamic equations used in calculating and Science Milestone is required. On Occasion describing the thermohaline circulation of the Credits: 3 ocean and the transport of conservative and On Occasion GLY 529 Global Climate Change nonconservative water properties in the sea (heat, This course will explore the issue of global climate salinity, chemicals and elements). GLY 521 Stratigraphy change from the deep past through to the present Credits: 3 This course studies sedimentary rock strata and and near future. Topics will include an On Occasion their age relationships, succession of beds, local and introduction to the Earth's climate system, study or worldwide correlation of strata, and stratigraphic records of climate variations in the ancient past, GLY 517 Geomorphic Processes order and chronological arrangement of beds in the more recent past, and ongoing natural variations, This course is an analysis of the processes of erosion geologic column. Students will learn how to apply examination of the evidence as to whether humans and deposition with special emphasis on their the principles of magnetostratigraphy, seismic may be inducing global warming today, projections effects on short-term changes in landforms. Topics stratigraphy, sequence stratigraphy and for the amount of future temperature rise, and include slope processes and slope stability, and the chemostratigraphy (isotope stratigraphy) to consequences of higher temperatures such as rising geologic work of streams, waves and wind. stratigraphic problems. Students must demonstrate sea level and more intense tropical storms. Prerequisite of ERS 514 is required. an ERS 529 is cross-listed as GLY 529. Credits: 3 understanding of how knowledge is sought and Pre requisite of ERS 513 and ERS 514 are required On Occasion tested in geology, as well as an ability to Credits: 3 communicate this understanding through the On Occasion GLY 518 Groundwater Geology discursive conventions of the discipline. The course considers the factors controlling the Prerequisite of ERS 514 or Earth Science Milestone GLY 533 Methods of Field Geology for Earth occurrence and movement of groundwater, the is required. Science Teachers hydrologic cycle, groundwater regimes, theories and Credits: 3 The course is designed to provide field experience models of groundwater flow and storage, porosity On Occasion including geological mapping, field study of primary and permeability, the geologic work of and secondary structures, and methods of collecting groundwater, exploration for groundwater, GLY 523 Environmental Geochemistry fossils. problems of groundwater quality and This course is the study of the chemistry of the Prerequisites of (GLY 1 or ERS 2) and GLY 2 and contamination, and groundwater management earth with emphasis on the surficial geologic instructor permission. techniques. environment. Topics include the chemistry of Credits: 3 Prerequisite of (GLY 1 or ERS 2) is required. crustal rocks; chemical weathering and its products; On Occasion Credits: 3 the chemistry of natural waters and of soils; isotope On Occasion geochemistry as a tracer of environmental processes; GLY 535 Field Studies in Geology natural bedrock-related hazards such as radon; This course is designed for students who wish to GLY 519 Coral Reef Geology global chemical cycles, especially the role of geologic participate in field-based, experiential learning A coral reef field course, emphasizing coral reef feedbacks in the carbon cycle, and the moderating opportunities in geology in approved domestic or facies, physical and chemical controls on carbonate effects on global change. international locations. Enrollment in this course sedimentation and diagenesis, coral reef ecology Prerequisites of CHM 3 and (GLY 1 or ERS 2) are will be subject to the review and approval of the and paleoecology, Jamaica's stratigraphy and required. department of a specific course syllabus that is Caribbean tectonics. Two weeks of lectures, Credits: 3 consistent with the area being studied. laboratory work and field trips to modern and On Occasion Credits: 1 to 3 ancient coral reefs: sediment and water quality On Occasion surveys, snorkeling on coral reefs, examination of GLY 524 Methods of Mineral Identification cave and shoreline environments, fault line This laboratory and field course deals with GLY 549 The Age of Mammals orientation measurement, fossil, mineral and rock identification of minerals by their physical and This course covers the history of mammals from the collection and identification. Accommodations, chemical properties. Topics include optical end of the Cretaceous period to the present as lectures and laboratory work at a marine laboratory methods such as special instruments and interpreted in the fossil record. Evolution,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 106 C.W. Post Campus migration and extinction of various groups and 7-12) with a concentration in English. The Middle • Personal Statement that addresses the reason faunas of mammals are related to changing Childhood and Adolescence Education programs you are interested in pursuing graduate work in environments and changes in the distribution of are for students who seek initial or professional this area of study land and sea as inferred from the geologic record. New York State teacher certification to teach in • Academic writing sample The course is especially useful for teachers of middle or secondary schools. • Students for whom English is a second science. Some knowledge of paleontology or language must submit official score results of zoology is helpful. the Test of English as a Foreign Language Prerequisites of (GLY 1 or ERS 2) & 2 are required. M.A. in English (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Credits: 3 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 On Occasion The 33-credit Master of Arts in English computer based or 550 paper-based) or curriculum combines in-depth study of the wealth minimum IELTS score: 6.5. GLY 701 Special Topics in Geology of the British and American literary traditions with Send application materials to: This course covers current topics on advances, an examination of how the language developed Graduate Admissions Office developments and issues in geology not covered in over time and how it is used in everyday discourse. C.W. Post Campus existing courses. Student must receive permission As a student in this program you will take one of Long Island University from instructor and department chair to enroll. four disciplinary methodology courses designed to 720 Northern Boulevard May be taken more than once. strengthen your critical reading and writing skills: Brookville, NY 11548-1300 Prerequisites of ERS 513 and ERS 514, or "Rhetoric," "Research and Criticism," ACADEMIC POLICIES permission of the department are required. "Comparative Literature" and "The Critical A limited matriculant may apply in writing to Credits: 3 Tradition." the graduate academic counselor for a change of On Occasion You will also choose nine electives from a rich status to full matriculation upon removal of all
array of options that include: "Style and Syntax" deficiencies and upon completion of 12 credits of DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH (for writers and others who need a theoretical and graduate English courses with a cumulative technical knowledge of the field); "Cultural average of at least 3.00. Non-matriculants who Phone: (516) 299-2391 Linguistics" (an exploration of human decide to matriculate must reapply to the Graduate Fax: (516) 299-2997 communication in its cultural context, including Admissions Office and then be reviewed by the Chair: J. Lutz the origins of language); "Middle English department's graduate academic counselor. All Senior Professors: Dircks, Miller Literature" (lyric, romance, tale, fable and drama applicants should meet with the graduate academic Professors: Bednarz, Digby (Director, Honors and in the period 1100-1500); and "20th Century counselor to design a program of study. Limited Merit Fellowship Program), Hallissy, Hill-Miller American Literature"(an intensive study of writers matriculants are cautioned that courses that they (Dean), McNabb, Nalbantian, Pahl (Graduate such as Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, complete before full matriculation is approved Director), Scheckter Pynchon and Morrison). In addition, all M.A. in may not constitute an acceptable program. Associate Professors: Fahy (Director, American English students must complete a thesis. A student must maintain a cumulative GPA of at Studies Program), D. Lutz, McDonald, Ryden, Through its wide-ranging subject matter and least 3.00 in English courses. In addition, any Semeiks focus on reading and writing proficiency, the study student who receives grades below B (including Assistant Professor: Szekely of English prepares students for the broadest grades of B-) in two graduate English courses is Adjunct Faculty: 32 variety of careers. Studies show that an ability to considered to have an academic deficiency. A Through the systematic study of English, learn new skills and procedures is an outstanding student who receives a third such grade may lose students discover the values underlying the great characteristic of those who have majored in matriculated status or may be dismissed from the literature of the past and learn to distinguish and English. Many graduates of master's programs in graduate program. appreciate the contemporary literature most likely English go on to become elementary or secondary to endure. Students studying English learn to school teachers or pursue doctorates and become M.A. in English Requirements evaluate sensibilities both past and present, college professors, but a graduate degree in Required Disciplinary Methodology acquiring a profound knowledge of their own English can also be excellent preparation for a Course humanity and of the human condition in general. career in business, law, journalism, public One of the following: The study of English helps develop fluency of relations and many other fields. expression, skill in logical analysis, and facility in ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ENG 505 Rhetoric 3.00 planning, organizing, and revising. Literature Applicants to the Master of Arts in English must ENG 510 Research and Criticism 3.00 courses, no less than composition courses, give meet the following requirements for admission. ENG 563 Comparative Literature 3.00 attention to writing to help students perfect their • Application for Admission ability to communicate with others. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable)Official ENG 670 The Critical Tradition 3.00 The graduate English programs are designed to copies of your undergraduate and/or graduate Elective English Courses enhance literary appreciation and insight and to transcripts from any college(s) or universities Nine courses/twenty-seven credits from all ENG foster mastery of the English language – goals you have attended.Applicants must have courses excluding ENG 708 which promote personal enrichment and which achieved at least a 3.0 cumulativel grade point prepare the student not only for a career in average or equivalent in a bachelor's program, a Required Thesis Course teaching, but also for a wide range of positions in major grade point average of 3.5 and 24 credits ENG 708 Thesis 3.00 business and industry. in English. Students who lack any of these M.A. in English Additional The Department of English offers a Master of prerequisites may enter as non-matriculants or Arts in English. In conjunction with the College of as limited matriculants. Requirements Education and Information Sciences, the • Two professional and/or academic letters of Minimum Total Credits = 33 Department also offers a Master of Science in recommendation that address the applicant's Minimum GPA = 3.00 Middle Childhood Education (Grades 5-9) and a potential in the profession and ability to
Master of Science Adolescence Education (Grades complete a graduate program
Page 107 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
ENG 514 Historical Linguistics M.S. in Middle Childhood English Courses This course is a historical survey of language study giving special attention to the classical origins, the Education: English (Grades 5-9) extensive development in the nineteenth century,
ENG 500 Contemporary Literature and the current understanding of the classification Joint Program with College of Education and This course presents a critical examination of of languages into families. Topics include how Information Sciences several facets of contemporary world literature in languages change by analogy, how the sounds of The degree of Master of Science in Middle verse and prose. The authors will vary from language change over time, and how borrowing Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): English is semester to semester, but will include one or two occurs. offered by the College of Education and writers of experimental fiction, at least one figure of ENG 514 is cross-listed as LIN 514. Information Science in conjunction with the international stature, and several contemporary Credits: 3 Department of English. The student must take a poets. On Occasion minimum of 18 credits of English, maintain a Credits: 3 cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education and also in On Occasion ENG 515 Sociolinguistics English. In addition, any student who receives In this course, topics covered include basic grades below B in two graduate courses is ENG 505 Rhetoric sociolinguistic concepts, social stratification of considered to have an academic deficiency. A In this survey of the history and nature of rhetoric language and dialect interaction, stable and student who earns a third grade below B may lose through reading and discussion of classical and unstable bilingualism, language planning, his or her matriculated status or may be dismissed more modern works of theory, consideration is sociolinguistic field methods. from the graduate program. given to applications of rhetorical theory and the ENG 515 cross-listed as LIN 515. In addition to the above requirements, there is a production and evaluation of writing with some Credits: 3 comprehensive written essay examination covering attention to style in the students' own work. On Occasion the course work in English. Students who fail the Credits: 3 comprehensive exam in English may retake it, On Occasion ENG 516 Psycholinguistics after a three-month period. A second failure is The course explores linguistic aspects of biology and final and subsequently no degree will be awarded. ENG 510 Research and Criticism physiology, speech and language rehabilitation, For information about this program, please see Faculty-directed literary research and writing optimum age for language study, psychology of the College of Education and Information Sciences culminates in a 15- to 20-page paper using MLA learning and motivation in the foreign language, section for a complete degree description, format. The subject matter is in the area of the the human ability to recognize and reproduce admission requirements, degree requirements and instructor's expertise, and special attention is given speech sounds, and the pathology of language. Education course descriptions. to the study and practice of various modern critical ENG 516 is cross-listed as LIN 516. approaches - psychoanalytic, feminist, new Credits: 3 M.S. in Adolescence Education: historical, demonstrative and cultural studies. On Occasion Credits: 3 English (Grades 7-12) Annually ENG 517 Applied Linguistics This introduction to applied linguistics will Joint Program with College of Education and ENG 511 Syntax and Stylistics examine several ways that scholars and educators Information Sciences An advanced course in English grammar and syntax use linguistics and related sciences to identify and The degree of Master of Science in for writers and others who need a theoretical and address such issues and problems in language and Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): English is technical knowledge of the field. The course will culture as language and literacy, cross-cultural offered by the College of Education and introduce students to various modern theories of communication, language education and academic Information Science in conjunction with the grammar through intensive analysis of the language development, foreign language education, language Department of English. The student must take a of English sentences. Some attention will be given proficiency assessment, bilingual and vernacular minimum of 18 credits of English, maintain a to style and discourse analysis of longer texts. language education, language policy and planning cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education and also in ENG 511 is cross-listed as LIN 511. and linguistic public policy. English. In addition, any student who receives Credits: 3 ENG 517 cross-listed as LIN 517. grades below B (including B-) in two graduate On Occasion Credits: 3 courses (in English or Education) is considered to On Occasion have an academic deficiency. A student who earns ENG 512 Descriptive Linguistics a third grade below B (including B-) may lose his This course is an overview of descriptive linguistics ENG 518 Cultural Linguistics or her matriculated status or may be dismissed through the study of such components of language This course is an exploration of human from the graduate program. as phonemics, morphology, grammar and communication in its cultural context including the In addition to the above requirements, there is a semantics. origins of language, the creation of new language, comprehensive written essay examination covering ENG 512 is cross-listed as LIN 512. sign and symbols, nonverbal communication, and the course work in English. Students who fail the Credits: 3 contemporary issues in language and culture. comprehensive exam in English may retake it, On Occasion ENG 518 cross-listed as LIN 518. after a three-month period. A second failure is Credits: 3 ENG 513 History of the English Language final and subsequently no degree will be awarded. On Occasion The course presents a historical and linguistic study For information about this program, please see of the development of our language from the the College of Education and Information Sciences ENG 531 Theories of Academic Literacy Anglo-Saxon period to the present. section for a complete degree description, The purpose of this seminar is to enable students to Credits: 3 admission requirements, degree requirements and become informed of writing theories and tutoring On Occasion practices. Students will study the needs of students Education course descriptions. from a range of cultures, language backgrounds and
life experiences who want to succeed at writing for a
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 108 C.W. Post Campus variety of audiences and purposes. By the end of the semester, students will be able to theorize from ENG 581 Writing Workshop ENG 643 Shakespeare experiences about the intersections of language, The course involves extensive scholarly and creative In this course, Shakespeare's comedies, tragedies, culture, disciplines and academic literacies. writing and practice in evaluating student writing. histories and non-dramatic poetry are studied. Pass/No Pass only Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 0 On Occasion On Occasion
Every Semester ENG 582 Advanced Writing and Word ENG 645 Literature of the English Renaissance ENG 533 Contemporary American Drama Processing This course covers studies in literature from the This course is a study of plays and other dramatic This recommended elective for academic assistants dawn of the Golden Age to the death of Elizabeth presentations from the mid-20th century to the and thesis candidates is not applicable as part of the including such figures as Shelton, Wyatt, Surrey, present. It is designed to introduce students to the minimum graduate course requirements in English. More and Sidney. temper and forms of recent American drama and to It is an advanced writing course using modern Credits: 3 familiarize them with significant changes that information processing technology to improve On Occasion developed in the genre. Readings include works by written composition, to facilitate the production of ENG 650 Chaucer playwrights Hansberry, Albee, Shepard, Baraka, documented texts, and to examine the values and In this course, Chaucer's poems, with reference to August Wilson, Marsha Norman, Wasserstein, methods for using such skills in the teaching of the social, linguistic and literary background of Mamet, Lanford Wilson, Kushner and others. Non- writing. medieval England, are presented. traditional dramatic forms like the musical, the Credits: 3 Credits: 3 monologue and the performance piece are On Occasion On Occasion considered. ENG 622 American Renaissance Credits: 3 This course is a study of the major American writers ENG 651 Middle-English Literature On Occasion In this course, lyric, romance, tale, fable and drama of the mid-19th century and includes the works of by Malory, Langland, Mandeville, The Pearl Poet, ENG 541 World Drama Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, Hawthorne and Melville. the Wakefield Master and others of the period In this course, drama from primitive man to the Credits: 3 1100-1500 are covered. present, touching upon Eastern as well as Western On Occasion Credits: 3 plays, is covered. Emphasis is placed on the theater ENG 623 Late 19th-Century American Literature On Occasion as a unity of play, performance and audience. This course is a study of writers such as Dickinson, Credits: 3 Whitman, Twain, James and Crane. ENG 653 Metaphysical Poetry On Occasion This course presents 17th-century poets including Credits: 3 Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, Crashaw and Marvell. ENG 558 The Irish Literary Renaissance On Occasion Credits: 3 Yeats, Lady Gregory, Synge, Joyce and O'Casey are ENG 624 20th-Century American Literature On Occasion studied against the social and political backgrounds Students participate in an intensive study of writers of their time. such as Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Pynchon ENG 654 Milton Credits: 3 and Morrison. In this course, Milton's poetry and prose, with On Occasion reference to the religious and political background Credits: 3 of the 17th century, is covered. ENG 563 Comparative Literature On Occasion Credits: 3 This course is a study of the different critical ENG 631 Modern Poetry On Occasion methods of the comparative literature discipline In this course, British and American poetry from and the application of comparative approaches to Yeats to contemporary writers is presented. ENG 655 The Romantic Movement the confluence of literary themes and techniques in Credits: 3 This course studies the poetry and prose of the Western literature. On Occasion major Romantic writers such as Blake, Credits: 3 Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Byron and Keats. On Occasion ENG 632 The Modern Novel Credits: 3
In relation to the society of their times, the On Occasion ENG 572 The English Novel novelists Dostoevsky, Kafka, Mann, Joyce and The rise of the novel in the 18th century is traced Faulkner are discussed. ENG 656 Studies in Victorian Literature in such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding and Credits: 3 In this course, major poets and prose writers of the Sterne. Issues of gender, class, economy, ideology On Occasion Victorian period such as Tennyson, Browning, and narrative strategy are explored in the Arnold, Dickens and the Rossetti's are studied. development of the novel as the great middle-class ENG 634 Modern Drama Credits: 3 art form in the 19th century in such authors as This course explores major developments in On Occasion Austen, Dickens, Eliot and the Brontës. The technique, style and subject matter. Ibsen, questioning of traditional values emerges as a Strindberg, Chekhov, Shaw, O'Neill, Brecht, ENG 657 Modern British Literature theme in the works of such later authors as Hardy, Williams, Albee and Beckett are among the authors This course analyzes the rise of modernism in Conrad, Woolf, Joyce and Lawrence. Some studied. Britain in the early days of the 20th century with an consideration will also be given to fiction as a Credits: 3 emphasis on writers' attempts to "experiment" with criticism of life, tension between nature and On Occasion myth, convention and literary form. Topics include civilization, technical developments in point of the poetry of Yeats, the World War I poets, Eliot, view, and the representation of consciousness. Auden; the fiction of Conrad, Lawrence, Woolf, Credits: 3 Forster, Joyce; the drama of Shaw; their relation to On Occasion shifting political and intellectual trends.
Page 109 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Credits: 3 ENG 708 Thesis ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS On Occasion Open only to matriculated students, this course Applicants to the Master of Arts in Spanish involves actual preparation of the thesis under must meet the following requirements for ENG 658 18th-Century Literature and Life supervision. The completed thesis is evaluated by a admission: A reading of major writers 1660-1800 (including three-member committee and is the subject of an • Application for Admission Dryden, Swift, Pope and Johnson) and selected oral examination. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) minor writers with a view of their world through Prerequisite of taking 21 units of Graduate English • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or music, theatre, cuisine, high life and low life. is required. graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Credits: 3 Credits: 3 universities you have attended. On Occasion Every Fall, Spring and Summer • Bachelor’s degree in Spanish from an
accredited college or the equivalent academic ENG 659 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century training. Admission to the program also Literature DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN requires at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point This study of heroic drama, tragedy, comedy of LANGUAGES average in undergraduate Spanish courses. The manners, sentimental comedy, mock drama and undergraduate major must include a minimum farce from 1660 to 1800 considers the plays of Phone: (516) 299-2385 of 24 semester hours above intermediate Dryden, Congreve, Etheredge, Farquhar, Gay, Fax: (516) 299-2997 Spanish (i.e., above the fourth semester of Fielding, Goldsmith, Sheridan and others. Chair: Associate Professor Gunther college language). A deficiency of up to six Credits: 3 Professor DeVivo semester hours will not preclude admission as a On Occasion Associate Professors: Frouman-Smith, Hess, limited matriculant, provided the prospective Rosario-Velez candidate compensates for his or her deficiency ENG 670 The Critical Tradition Assistant Professors: Auletta, Codebò by taking, with departmental advisement, six In this course, the great literary critics, from Adjunct Faculty: 12 semester hours of non-credit undergraduate Aristotle to contemporary figures, are presented. The mastery of a foreign language enables advanced courses. Completion of 12 credits Credits: 3 students to deepen their understanding of another with an average of 3.0 will permit a limited On Occasion culture while learning to appreciate diverse matriculant to be considered for full matriculant influences on American culture. The study of a ENG 684 Seminar in a Major Author status. An applicant with a degree from an foreign language develops communication skills, Students participate in an in-depth study of a major institution outside the United States will be heightens cultural awareness, improves career author selected by the instructor and announced in evaluated based on his or her background and opportunities and encourages precision in thought the preceding semester. The course involves grades. and expression. reading, research, reports and discussions and may • Two professional and/or academic letters of The Department of Foreign Languages offers be taken more than once if content is different. recommendation that address the applicant’s graduate degree programs in Spanish and Spanish Credits: 3 potential in the profession and ability to teacher education. Students can select from the On Occasion complete a graduate program Master of Arts in Spanish or the Master of Science • Personal Statement that addresses the reason in Middle Childhood Education (Grades 5-9) or ENG 688 Special Literary Topics you are interested in pursuing graduate work in the Master of Science Adolescence Education In a given term, the course consists of a close study this area of study (Grades 7-12) with a concentration in Spanish in of a genre, idea or literary circle designated by the • Students for whom English is a second conjunction with the College of Education and faculty member offering the course. It may be taken language must submit official score results of Information Sciences. The Middle Childhood and more than once if content is different. the Test of English as a Foreign Language Adolescence Education programs are for students Credits: 3 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable who seek initial or professional New York State On Occasion TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 teacher certification to teach in middle or computer based or 550 paper-based) or ENG 690 Independent Study secondary schools. minimum IELTS score: 6.5. This independent study research course is taken Send application materials to: under the guidance of a professor of English, with Graduate Admissions Office the approval of the department chairperson. It may M.A. in Spanish C.W. Post Campus be taken more than once if content is different. Long Island University May be taken only after completing 21 credits in Spanish is the world’s second-largest language, 720 Northern Boulevard English. spoken by nearly 500 million people, more than 40 Brookville, NY 11548-1300 Prerequisite of taking 21 units of Graduate English million in the United States alone. Its importance ACADEMIC POLICIES is required. in culture and commerce is immense, as are the The student must maintain a minimum Credits: 3 political, artistic and commercial impacts of cumulative average of 3.00 in Spanish in order to Every Fall, Spring and Summer Spanish-speaking countries and communities. The Master of Arts degree program in Spanish is a remain in good standing in the master’s program. comprehensive study of the linguistics, syntax and Any student who receives grades below B in two literature of Spain and the Caribbean. graduate courses is considered to have an Graduates of the 36-credit M.A. program will academic deficiency. A student who earns a third be fully prepared for further study of Spanish at grade below B may lose his or her matriculated the doctoral level. A master’s degree in Spanish status or may be dismissed from the graduate also has extraordinary professional value, program. enhancing career opportunities for people in a A reading knowledge of a second foreign wide variety of fields, including education, language is required of all candidates. This government and business. requirement may be satisfied by successful completion of two years of college study in the
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 110 C.W. Post Campus second language, or its equivalent. Passing a Successful completion of a comprehensive semantics. qualifying examination in the second language examination in Spanish is also required. Graduate ENG 512 is cross-listed as LIN 512. administered by the Foreign Language Department students may take the comprehensive examination Credits: 3 in the second language may also satisfy this no more than twice. A second failure is final and On Occasion requirement. If a long period of time has elapsed subsequently no degree will be awarded. The since the student studied the second language, he comprehensive exam may not be taken until the LIN 514 Historical Linguistics or she will have to pass the qualifying student is enrolled in his/her last six (6) credits. This course is a historical survey of language study examination. For information about this program, please see giving special attention to the classical origins, the M.A. candidates in Spanish may transfer no the College of Education and Information Sciences extensive development in the nineteenth century, more than three credits with prior approval of the section for a complete degree description, and the current understanding of the classification graduate director. admission requirements, degree requirements and of languages into families. Topics include how Students must take courses when offered by the Education course descriptions. languages change by analogy, how the sounds of Foreign Languages Department in order to assure language change over time, and how borrowing a timely graduation (SPA 513, SPA 541). M.S. in Adolescence Education: occurs. Successful completion of a comprehensive ENG 514 is cross-listed as LIN 514. examination in Spanish is also required. Graduate Spanish (Grades 7-12) Credits: 3 students may take the comprehensive examination On Occasion Joint Program with College of Education and no more than twice. A second failure is final and Information Sciences LIN 515 Sociolinguistics subsequently no degree will be awarded. The The degree of Master of Science in In this course, topics covered include basic comprehensive exam may not be taken until the Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Spanish is sociolinguistic concepts, social stratification of student is enrolled in his/her last six (6) credits. offered by the College of Education and language and dialect interaction, stable and Information Science in conjunction with the unstable bilingualism, language planning, M.A. in Spanish Requirements Department of Foreign Languages. The student sociolinguistic field methods. Required Spanish Courses must take a minimum of 18 credits of Spanish, ENG 515 cross-listed as LIN 515. All of the following: maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education Credits: 3 SPA 513 Advanced Syntax and 3.00 and also in Spanish. In addition, any student who On Occasion Stylistics receives grades below B in two graduate courses is LIN 516 Psycholinguistics SPA 541 Introduction to Spanish 3.00 considered to have an academic deficiency. A The course explores linguistic aspects of biology and Linguistics student who earns a third grade below B may lose his or her matriculated status or may be dismissed physiology, speech and language rehabilitation, Elective Spanish Courses from the graduate program. optimum age for language study, psychology of Ten courses/thirty credits from all SPA Successful completion of a comprehensive learning and motivation in the foreign language, courses. Up to two courses/six credits from all examination in Spanish is also required. Graduate the human ability to recognize and reproduce LIN courses may be used to satisfy this students may take the comprehensive examination speech sounds, and the pathology of language. requirement. no more than twice. A second failure is final and ENG 516 is cross-listed as LIN 516. Required Comprehensive Exam subsequently no degree will be awarded. The Credits: 3 Students must pass a comprehensive exam comprehensive exam may not be taken until the On Occasion administered by the Foreign Languages student is enrolled in his/her last six (6) credits. LIN 517 Applied Linguistics Department. For information about this program, please see This introduction to applied linguistics will M.A. in Spanish Additional the College of Education and Information Sciences examine several ways that scholars and educators section for a complete degree description, Requirements use linguistics and related sciences to identify and admission requirements, degree requirements and Minimum Total Credits = 36 address such issues and problems in language and Education course descriptions. Minimum GPA = 3.00 culture as language and literacy, cross-cultural communication, language education and academic M.S. in Middle Childhood Linguistics Courses development, foreign language education, language proficiency assessment, bilingual and vernacular Education: Spanish (Grades 5-9) language education, language policy and planning
LIN 511 Syntax and Stylistics and linguistic public policy. Joint Program with College of Education and An advanced course in English grammar and syntax ENG 517 cross-listed as LIN 517. Information Sciences for writers and others who need a theoretical and Credits: 3 The degree of Master of Science in Middle technical knowledge of the field. The course will On Occasion Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Spanish is introduce students to various modern theories of offered by the College of Education and grammar through intensive analysis of the language LIN 518 Cultural Linguistics Information Science in conjunction with the of English sentences. Some attention will be given This course is an exploration of human Department of Foreign Languages. The student to style and discourse analysis of longer texts. communication in its cultural context including the must take a minimum of 18 credits of Spanish, ENG 511 is cross-listed as LIN 511. origins of language, the creation of new language, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education Credits: 3 sign and symbols, nonverbal communication, and and also in Spanish. In addition, any student who On Occasion contemporary issues in language and culture. receives grades below B in two graduate courses is ENG 518 cross-listed as LIN 518. considered to have an academic deficiency. A LIN 512 Descriptive Linguistics Credits: 3 student who earns a third grade below B may lose This course is an overview of descriptive linguistics On Occasion his or her matriculated status or may be dismissed through the study of such components of language from the graduate program. as phonemics, morphology, grammar and
Page 111 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SPA 525 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century Spanish Courses III SPA 551 Spanish Romanticism This course is a survey of literary movements in This course is a study of the evolution of the Spain since the end of the Spanish Civil War. Spanish Romantic Movement in theatre, poetry SPA 512 Intermediate Syntax and Stylistics Credits: 3 and prose. This course is a study of syntactical structures and On Occasion Credits: 3 analysis of literary styles. The course includes a On Occasion review of problematic grammatical structures. This SPA 536 Medieval Spanish Literature is the first part of a two-semester sequence (SPA This course is a comprehensive study of Spanish SPA 552 The Spanish Novel of the 19th Century 512-513). poetry, theater and prose from their origins through This course is a study of the Spanish novel of the Credits: 3 the 14th century. Major stress is placed on the epic 19th century from romanticism to realism and On Occasion of Cantar de Mio Cid and the literary criticism naturalism and includes Larra, Alarcon, concerning it. Espronceda, Gil y Carrasco, Pereda and Valera, and SPA 513 Advanced Syntax and Stylistics Credits: 3 continues with Galdos, Clarin, Palacio Valdes, This course is a study of syntactical structures and On Occasion Pardo Bazan and Blasco Ibanez. analysis of literary styles and the examination of Credits: 3 stylistic devices characteristic of several Spanish SPA 538 The Spanish Theatre of the Golden Age On Occasion literary masterpieces. (Credit for this course may be This course is a study of the Spanish theatre of the applied toward the M.S. in Spanish: Adolescence Golden Age from Lope De Vega to Calderon and SPA 560 Colonial Spanish-American Literature Education (7-12) and toward the M.A. in Spanish includes consideration of Cervantes, Alarcon and This course is a study of the poetry and prose of only with permission of advisor to the Spanish Tirso de Molina. Spanish America through the 16th, 17th, and 18th graduate program). Credits: 3 centuries and covers cronistas plus the early poets Credits: 3 On Occasion Sor Juana Ines de la Cruz, El Inca Garcilaso, On Occasion Rodriguez Freile, etc. SPA 541 Introduction to Spanish Linguistics Credits: 3 SPA 514 Current Spoken Spanish: Phonetics and This course is an introduction to the linguistic On Occasion Practical Applications I structure of contemporary Spanish phonology, The course covers recent developments in spoken morphology and syntax. Some coverage of SPA 561 The Novel in Spanish America I Spanish and includes discussion of articles from historical developments and dialectology is This course covers the evolution of the novel in newspapers and magazines. This is the first part of a included. Spanish America through the periods of two-semester sequence (SPA 514-515). Credits: 3 romanticism, realism and naturalism. Credits: 3 On Occasion Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion SPA 547 Latin-American Women Poets SPA 515 Current Spoken Spanish: Phonetics and This course introduces students to the feminist SPA 562 The Novel In Spanish America II Practical Applications II discourse of women poets in Latin American from This course covers the novel in Spanish America In this course, the most recent developments in 1900 to 1940. Students will interpret and apply from modernism to the present. spoken Spanish, presented through phonetic gender theory in order to analyze critically the Credits: 3 analysis, are examined. The course is development of a new feminist voice in poetry. On Occasion recommended for candidates for certification. The Topics include social construction of gender, SPA 563 The Short Story in Spanish America permission of the advisor to the Spanish Graduate patriarchy, traditional versus new woman, This course is a study of the evolution of the short Program is required. motherhood, and sexuality. Students will also learn story in Spanish America from the colonial period Credits: 3 how to decode poetry and language devices, and to the present. On Occasion how to integrate both approaches in writing. The Credits: 3 course studies poets such as Delmira Agustini, SPA 516 Literary Translation (Spanish-English) On Occasion Gabriela Mistral, Alfonsina Storni, Juana de This course is the study of the theory and the Ibarbourou, Clara Lair and Julia de Burgos. SPA 567 Civilization and Culture of Spain practice of the art of translation. Problems in Credits: 3 This course covers the civilization and the culture literary translation will be addressed. On Occasion of Spain from the days of the Iberos to the present Credits: 3 and includes the culture of the Romans, the On Occasion SPA 548 Latino Writers and the New/Old Visigoths, the Arabs, Medieval Spain, the Spanish Homeland Empire, etc., up to and including the Civil War and SPA 523 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century I This course studies Latino writers who address and its social and cultural consequences. This course is a concentrated study of the literary question the evolution of Latino identity in the Credits: 3 developments of the 20th century and is devoted to United States. Topics include: biculturalism, the authors of the Generation of 1898. On Occasion immigration, bilingualism, Latinos as foreigners, Credits: 3 assimilation, old and new country roots, social On Occasion mobility, generational differences, national pride,
the American dream, nostalgia and homeland. SPA 524 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century Representative authors are: Richard Rodríguez, II Julia Alvarez, Sandra Cisneros, Esmeralda Santiago, This course is a survey of writers from the Junot Díaz, Nilo Cruz, Cristina García, Rodolfo Generation of 1914 to 1927. Anaya. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 112 C.W. Post Campus
Octavio Paz and Rosario Castellanos. into the enormous variety of human experiences. SPA 568 Civilization and Culture of Spanish Credits: 3 In a world becoming ever more complex, we help America On Occasion students understand their place in contemporary This course is a study of the civilization and culture society by exploring how the individuals, ideas of Spanish America from pre-Columbian times to SPA 664 Seminar in Spanish Literature: Special and social conflicts in the past created historical the present. Among the topics discussed are the Topics change. A faculty of accomplished historians Indian cultures, the colonial society, the baroque, This course is a study of a major author, genre or introduces students to the histories of America, the 17th century and the independence movement literary movement as determined by the instructor. Europe, Latin America and the Ancient world. We leading to the creation of the present day republics. The course may be taken more than once if the also offer thematic courses on historical subjects Credits: 3 topic is different. that transcend geographic and chronological On Occasion Credits: 3 boundaries, including: the history of science and
On Occasion medicine, ethnicity and migrations, cultural SPA 569 The Caribbean: Its Hispanic People and history, religious history, urban history, and the its Culture SPA 665 Seminar in Spanish-American Literature: history of women, the family and sexuality. In all The course is intended to prepare teachers and Special Topics with Disciplinary Literacy in of our courses we emphasize the importance of supervisors in communities with large groups of Spanish asking questions, analyzing evidence and Caribbean Hispanics to gain insight into the social This course is a study of major author, genre or evaluating conflicting interpretations. As a history and cultural backgrounds. The course studies literary movement as determined by the instructor. student, you will develop skills in reading, Caribbean Hispanics through their history and The course may be taken more than once if the research writing, and communication that will sociology by focusing on problems arising from topic is different. The course introduces students to equip you to succeed in all professional careers living in another culture. the special ways of looking at texts characteristic of and to engage the world in meaningful ways. Credits: 3 the target language and gives the skills to The Department of History graduate degrees On Occasion communicate to others fundamental concepts of include the Master of Arts in History and the reading, writing, listening and speaking in Spanish. Master of Science in Middle Childhood Education SPA 572 The Spanish-American Boom Applications will pertain to original works, (Grades 5-9) and a Master of Science in This course is a study of the major works and inherently multicultural. Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12) with a writers of the Boom period including Carlos Credits: 3 concentration in Social Studies in conjunction with Fuentes, Julio Cortazar and Garcia Marquez. Annually Credits: 3 the College of Education and Information On Occasion Sciences. The Middle Childhood and Adolescence World Literature Courses Education programs are for students who seek
SPA 574 The New Novel in Latin America initial or professional New York State teacher This course is a study of the major works and WLT 565 Dante and Divine Comedy certification to teach in middle or secondary writers of the 1970s and 1980s. This course studies This course is an in-depth study of the sources, schools. Non-matriculated students who wish to writers such as Manuel Puig, Mario Vargas Llosa, structure and form of The Divine Comedy with enroll in graduate history courses on an ad-hoc Isabel Allende and Rosario Ferre. some reference to Dante's impact on Western basis must give evidence of satisfactory Credits: 3 literature, Dantean bibliography and a comparison completion of appropriate preparatory coursework On Occasion of some noteworthy English and American in history on the undergraduate level, and secure
translations. the permission of the graduate advisor. SPA 605 Cervantes and His Epoch Credits: 3 This course is a comprehensive study of the On Occasion complete works of Cervantes with particular M.A. in History attention to Don Quixote. WLT 566 Medieval Literature Credits: 3 This course covers the main currents and genres, The 30-credit Master of Arts in History is On Occasion the outstanding figures and the enduring designed for those who plan to pursue a new
masterpieces of medieval literature with particular career as a social study teacher; practicing social SPA 621 Federico Garcia Lorca emphasis on its continental evolution. studies teachers who need to fulfill their master's This course is an intensive study of Lorca's drama Credits: 3 requirement, professionals considering new and poetry. On Occasion careers options, as well as those who wish to Credits: 3 deepen their knowledge of history. It also provides On Occasion WLT 567 Masterpieces of Classical Literature a springboard for those who plan to enter doctoral
This course examines the enduring masterpieces of programs in history. The master's degree program SPA 624 The Modernist Movement Greek and Roman literatures up to the time of places emphasis on learning to think with rigor, to This course examines the modernist movement in Seneca. assess evidence, interpret historical events and Spanish America with an emphasis on the poetry of Credits: 3 write with clarity and precision. Graduate courses Ruben Dario. The course covers the impact of this On Occasion are structured as seminars that meet once a week movement on the literature of Spain. in which students discuss readings in depth and Credits: 3 develop literacy in recent scholarship. Graduate On Occasion DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY history courses cover a range of historical subjects SPA 626 Spanish-American Poetry of the 20th Phone: (516) 299-2407 including: "Ancient and Medieval Economic," Century Chair: Associate Professor Attie "The Atlantic World," "America During the Civil This course is a study of the major figures and Associate Professor: Gronim (Graduate Director) War and Reconstruction," "Historical Myth and trends in Spanish American poetry since Assistant Professors: Diehl, Haitt, Tambor Popular Memory," and "Latin America." All M.A. Modernism. The course includes poets such as Adjunct Faculty: 8 students are required to take HIS 601 Gabriela Mistral, Cesar Vallejo, Pablo Neruda, The study of history is a fascinating journey (Historiography) which examines different
Page 113 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 theories of historical thought and models of three times. A third failure is final and graduate courses is considered to have an historical methods. Students may choose to subsequently no degree will be awarded. academic deficiency. A student who earns a third complete a thesis, comprehensive exam or grade below B may lose his or her matriculated practicum in public history or policy. M.A. in History Requirements status or may be dismissed from the graduate Graduates of the Master of Arts in History Required Historiography Course program. program are ideal candidates for positions as HIS 601 Historiography 3.00 Successful completion of a comprehensive researchers, educators, journalists, museum examination in Social Studies is also required. curators, and public service professionals. A Elective History Courses Graduate students may take the comprehensive number of our graduates go on to doctoral Seven courses/twenty-one credits from all HIS examination no more than three times. A third programs to become professional historians. courses excluding HIS 708. failure is final and subsequently no degree will be ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students must choose a capstone option awarded. Applicants to the Master of Arts in History (Comprehensive Exam, Public History For information about this program, please see must meet the following requirements for the College of Education and Information Sciences Internship or Thesis). admission. section for a complete degree description, • Application for Admission Comprehensive Exam Option admission requirements, degree requirements and • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Requirements Education course descriptions. • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Additional Elective History Courses graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Two additional courses/six credits from all HIS M.S. in Adolescence Education: universities you have attended. courses excluding HIS 708 • Bachelor's degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative Social Studies (Grades 7-12) Required Comprehensive Exam grade point average in undergraduate work. A Students must pass a comprehensive exam Joint Program with College of Education and student whose undergraduate major was not administered by the History Department. Information Sciences history must have at least a 3.0 cumulative Public History Internship Option The degree of Master of Science in grade point average and a cumulative 3.0 Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Social average in any undergraduate history courses Requirements Studies is offered by the College of Education and he or she may have taken. Students who lack Additional Elective History Course Information Science in conjunction with the sufficient undergraduate preparation should One additional course/three credits from all Departments of History and Political Science. The expect to make up deficiencies by taking up to HIS courses excluding HIS 708 student must take a minimum of 18 credits of 24 credits of undergraduate coursework in Required Public History Internship History, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in history, the credits for which will not be applied Course Education and also in History. Based on previous toward the Master of Arts degree requirements. HIS 705 Practicum in Public 3.00 course work and with approval of the graduate • Two professional and/or academic letters of History or Public Policy advisor, students may substitute History courses recommendation that address the applicant's with courses from Political Science. In addition, potential in the profession and ability to Thesis Option Requirements any student who receives grades below B in two complete a graduate program Required Thesis Courses graduate courses is considered to have an • Personal Statement that addresses the reason All of the following: academic deficiency. A student who earns a third you are interested in pursuing graduate work in HIS 707 Thesis Seminar 3.00 grade below B may lose his or her matriculated this area of study HIS 708 Thesis 3.00 status or may be dismissed from the graduate • Students for whom English is a second program. language must submit official score results of M.A. in History Additional Successful completion of a comprehensive the Test of English as a Foreign Language Requirements examination in Social Studies is also required. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Minimum Total Credits = 30 (all options) Graduate students may take the comprehensive TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 examination no more than three times. A third computer based or 550 paper-based) or Minimum GPA = 3.00 failure is final and subsequently no degree will be minimum IELTS score: 6.5. awarded. Send application materials to: M.S. in Middle Childhood For information about this program, please see Graduate Admissions Office Education: Social Studies (Grades the College of Education and Information Sciences C.W. Post Campus section for a complete degree description, Long Island University 5-9) admission requirements, degree requirements and 720 Northern Boulevard Joint Program with College of Education and Education course descriptions. Brookville, NY 11548-1300 Information Sciences ACADEMIC POLICIES The degree of Master of Science in Middle Any student who receives a grade less than B in History Courses Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Social Studies a History course will be placed on probation. is offered by the College of Education and Probationary students may take no more than one HIS 501 Ancient Historians Information Science in conjunction with the course in History. A student who receives three In the study of the ancient world, no sources are Departments of History and Political Science. The grades below B will be dropped from the program. more essential than the historical narratives written student must take a minimum of 18 credits of A student whose GPA in History courses is below by ancient authors. Using these sources, however, is History, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in a 3.0 will be ineligible to take the Comprehensive complicated. Ancient narratives are not mere Education and also in History. Based on previous Exams and will be dropped from the program. recordings of events, but representations of human course work and with approval of the graduate Students may choose to complete a society, crafted by their authors to fulfill various advisor, students may substitute History courses comprehensive examination in History is as part of agendas. Discussions do not focus on actual events. with courses from Political Science. In addition, their degree requirements. Graduate students may Rather, students read a wide range of narratives and any student who receives grades below B in two take the comprehensive examination no more than
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 114 C.W. Post Campus consider how the authors presented their subjects HIS 505 Saints and Heretics in Late Antiquity and Christianity). and themselves, how they claimed the authority to During the Roman and post-Roman period, Credits: 3 write history, and how their narratives were shaped Mediterranean societies underwent a strange On Occasion by their social, cultural, and religious context. cultural trend. Across virtually all religious Credits: 3 communities, people developed a new interest in HIS 512 The Reformation On Occasion holiness -- manifestations of divine power. This This course is designed to introduce graduate course examines this development by focusing on students to current historiographical debates on HIS 502 Roman Politics the literary sources which reveal it most: religious Reformation Europe, with an emphasis on recent Between the 5th century B.C. and the 5th century biographies. As an exercise in cultural studies, this developments in social and cultural history and the A.D., the Roman state was transformed from a course sets aside issues surrounding the factuality of diverse approaches used by early modern historians. minor city-state to a Mediterranean-wide empire, religious literature. Rather the class uses religious It will begin by focusing on Germany, the cradle of from a republic to a monarchy, and from a texts to examine perceptions of holiness and the Protestant movement, but the course will be polytheist to a Christian organization. During that unholiness and to explore the massive impact of pan-European in scope. It will examine the time it produced institutions and ideologies which such perceptions of Mediterranean society. religious movements begun by Luther, Zwingli, continue to influence the modern world. This Specifically, the course covers Greek and Roman Calvin, Henry VIII and others. The principal focus research seminar will cover such topics as the worship of heroes and kings, later polytheistic is on Protestantism, but there will be comparison Roman republic as a governing system, the political visions of holy people, biblical images of prophets, with Catholic reform as well. impact of Roman conquest, the Augustan Jewish views of holy teachers, Christian views of Credits: 3 Revolution, the early Imperial regime, the Jesus and the apostles, Christian veneration of On Occasion
Christianization of Roman government, the martyrs and ascetics, and notions of unholy people HIS 520 Renaissance Europe development of Roman law, and the fragmentation in Christian and non-Christian religious traditions. An exploration of intellectual and cultural changes of the Roman empire. All along, students examine the role of class, that define Renaissance Europe, an era of Credits: 3 gender, political structures, religious rivalries, and enormous intellectual awakening and achievement. On Occasion authorial agendas in shaping the way holiness is This course will cover explorations of "new World," presented. HIS 503 Ancient and Medieval Economic Life the centralization of nation-states, and the lives of Credits: 3 This seminar looks at the sources and scholarship ordinary people. On Occasion on a series of issues critical to understanding the Credits: 3 way people in the classical and medieval HIS 506 Medieval Europe On Occasion
Mediterranean made their living and acquired Course will introduce students to the history and HIS 523 17th-Century Europe wealth and social status. The course examines the culture of Medieval Europe, bot West and East This course examines the political, economic, social nature of the Roman-era economy, specifically the between 410 and 1500. Topics will include: and cultural structures of Europe during the "long debate between those who focus on the differences Charlemagne's empire, agrarian and commercial 17th century" of 1589-1715. Topics include between ancient and modern economic values, and revolutions, the Crusades, and the rise of European religious developments, the Scientific Revolution, those who focus on the development of ancient monarchies. the creation of absolute monarchy in France, and trade. Topics include: ancient agricultural methods, Credits: 3 the solidification of a constitutional monarchy in slavery, economic gender roles, the effects of On Occasion Roman imperial institutions, and the impact of England. new religious communities (e.g. the Christian HIS 509 The Ottoman Empire Credits: 3 church). Course will explore economic aspects of A study of the formation of Ottoman Empire from On Occasion
Islamic conquest, the development of feudal its rise in the 13th and 14th centuries to its collapse HIS 525 The Enlightenment relationships, and the effects of urbanization and in the wake of World War I. Course traces the Topics covered in the course include the social, long-distance trade. history of the empire and its evolution as an political, cultural, and economic structures of Credits: 3 increasingly complex society, the impact of eighteenth-century Europe; the philosophers On Occasion European imperialism, the sources of Ottoman Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, weaknesses and the legacies of its dissolution. Condorcet, and Kant, as well as "grub street" HIS 504 The Rise of Christianity Credits: 3 authors of political libels and pornography; and the Of all the changes brought on by Roman rule, no On Occasion development had a greater social and cultural nature of the relationship between the impact than the spread of new religious HIS 510 Sex, Gender and Family in the Ancient Enlightenment and the French Revolution. communities, especially Christianity. This course Mediterranean Credits: 3 will look at the big question: How and why did In modern societies few topics attract more cultural On Occasion
Christian churches, and other large-scale religious interest than sexuality and family life. The same was HIS 526 The French Revolution communities, form and spread? After surveying the true in the ancient Mediterranean. Writers and This course examines the many political, economic, work of modern scholars , including confessional ordinary citizens argued over the meaning of love social and cultural causes of the French Revolution (i.e. religiously identified) approaches, psychological and sexual desire, the value of marriage and as well as the reasons for the Revolution's and anthropological methodologies, explanations homosexual relations, the characteristics and duties increasing radicalization, the de-Christianization based on political or cultural changes, and of men and women, the relationship between campaign and the Reign of Terror. The class will quantitative techniques, including comparative parents and children, the role of distant relatives analyze the impact of the Revolution on France's studies of the spread of Judaism and that of Islam. and domestic servants, and even the very definition colonial possessions and the slave trade and Credits: 3 of family. This course examines notions of consider why the Revolution ended with the rise of On Occasion sexuality, gender roles and family life in Ancient an emperor. Greek poleis, the Roman Empire, and religious Credits: 3 communities of late antiquity (rabbinic Judaism On Occasion
Page 115 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
HIS 538 Colloquium in Modern European rule, the fate of displaced communities from HIS 527 Early Modern France History Eastern Europe, and the foundation of This course examines the political, cultural and This course focuses on readings and discussion on international peacekeeping and defense social history of France from 1515 to 1789, from selected topics. organizations. the French Renaissance to the outbreak of the Credits: 3 Credits: 3 History French Revolution. The emphasis of this On Occasion On Occasion course will be on recent historiographical debate over methods and approaches to studying the past. HIS 540 Nineteenth-Century Europe HIS 551 The Early Modern Atlantic World, 1450- Each week's discussion will involve analysis of the This course investigates the 19th century as the 1800 methods of the historian as well as a discussion of founding age of what we have come to think of as In this world history course, students will study the the events the authors describe. modern Europe. It examines the origins and interrelated histories of Europe, Africa, the Credits: 3 development of major nineteenth-century concepts, Caribbean and North and South America from the On Occasion ideologies, and institutions that are commonly age of exploration through the late 18th-century regarded as the foundations of twentieth-century democratic revolutions. The methodology is HIS 528 Religion and Society in Early Modern European society and politics, such as the nation comparative. Topics will include conquest and Europe state, the welfare system, capitalism, social colonization, merchant capitalism and coercive This course examines religion in European society democracy, communism and nationalism. It aims to labor systems, interactions with the natural world, from the Protestant Reformation to the de- make students aware of the ambiguities inherent in and political transformations. Christianization campaigns of the French the notion of progress commonly associated with Credits: 3 Revolution. Along with studying the dominant the 19th century. If we consider that many 19th On Occasion Catholic and Protestant Churches, and their century developments did not reveal their full interactions with Judaism, the class also looks at implication until the calamitous 20th century, can HIS 552 America in the 17th and 18th Centuries alternative religious movements such as the Radical we really call the 19th the "age of progress"? This course is an investigation of selected problems Reformation, Jansenism, Methodism and groups Credits: 3 in the history of colonial America such as that challenged prevailing religious opinion. On Occasion Puritanism, the beginnings of slavery, the origins of Credits: 3 evolution of communities, witchcraft at Salem, the On Occasion HIS 542 20th-Century European Intellectual Great Awakening, and early American politics. History Credits: 3 HIS 535 Women in America The course examines major ideological On Occasion This course offers graduate students in a broad developments and schools of thought, such as survey of the history of women who have lived in totalitarianism, existentialism, feminism, HIS 553 Birth of the American Republic what is now the United States from 1600 to the environmentalism, postmodernism and the Third This course offers a survey of salient issues in the present. We will discuss women of diverse Way, placing them in specific socio-political and historical interpretation of the American backgrounds, and will consider questions of cultural contexts. Discussions will focus on key texts Revolution and the establishment of the United women's relative autonomy and power; shifts in by Friedrich Nietzsche, Sigmund Freud, Lenin, Jose States. Students will read historians' treatment of discourses of gender, race and class; the value and Ortega I'Gasset, Albert Camus, Hannah Arendt, such topics as interactions between Britain and its variety of women's labor; women's engagement with Jean-Paul Sartre, Simone de Beauvoir, Karl Popper, North American colonies before 1776, the the politics and social reform; sexuality and Isaiah Berlin and Michel Foucault. Revolution as both a military and an ideological reproductions; and philosophical and spiritual Credits: 3 conflict, the effect of the war on different social commitments. On Occasion groups, the political and imaginative development Credits: 3 of a separate nation, and the initial experiences of On Occasion HIS 543 Imperialism and Colonialism nationhood. Course explores the rise of European imperialism, Credits: 3 HIS 537 Race, Class and Ethnicity in American varieties of colonial systems, cultural representation On Occasion History of empire, and ways that Europeans employed This seminar explores the intersections of race, class ideologies of race and gender to rule colonial HIS 554 History of American Thought and ethnicity in 19th- and 20th-century America. It subjects. Will examine imperialism and colonialism This course explores American thought and culture will look at the development of race as an ideology as systems of political domination and economic by examining the ideas of key thinkers and history in defense of slavery, antebellum scientific racism, exploitation as well as forms of colonial resistance. of intellectual movements. and in the development of racism through the eras Credits: 3 Credits: 3 of emancipation, Reconstruction, segregation and On Occasion On Occasion immigration. It will explore changes in “American” national identity and citizenship from the late 19th HIS 544 Europe, 1914-1945 HIS 555 Jacksonian America, 1815-1850 century to the present, examining scholarly debates This course is a study of Europe's domestic affairs The election of Andrew Jackson in 1828 signaled over the concept of “whiteness” and how immigrant and international relations from the beginning of the shift toward American democracy. With the groups were accorded varied “racial” attributes as World War I to the end of World War II. election of the first president to come from humble they attempted to assimilate into American society. Credits: 3 origins and passage of universal white manhood The course will examine the varieties of racist and On Occasion suffrage laws, the period is also known as the “era racialist ideas as they applied to African Americans, of the common man.” Course will cover Jackson’s European immigrants, Asian-Americans, and HIS 545 World War II and Postwar Europe leadership in the Nullification Crisis, the expulsion Latino-Americans, and how these were mediated The course examines the Second World War as a of Cherokees, and the Bank War. This seminar will through class and the dynamics of gender politics. global conflict which profoundly altered the course investigate the spread of industrial capitalism and Credits: 3 of world history. The focus will be on the conflict's commercialized agriculture, the rise of wage labor, On Occasion long-term consequences, such as the creation of the factory system, the expansion of slavery, the rise Israel, the Cold War, the transition to post-colonial of scientific racism, feminism and new ideologies of
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 116 C.W. Post Campus gender. as modern America, the decades since have been a “Vietnam Syndrome,” empire, recruitment, the Credits: 3 time of dramatic change on numerous fronts in the draft and resistance movements. On Occasion domestic arena¿for example, in the status of blacks Credits: 3 in American society (from civil rights struggle to On Occasion HIS 556 America in the Era of the Civil War and civil enfranchisement to African-Americans Reconstruction occupying top political positions); or in the roles of HIS 565 The American West This seminar will cover America during the era of women (from life in a sharply circumscribed and Course will examine the West as a place of its most cataclysmic event – the Civil War – and its often separate sphere of social and economic conquest and migrations, from the 16th century to most radical experiment in equality and democracy activity to nearly full social and economic the present, and as a concept as it has played out in – Reconstruction. The course will investigate the enfranchisement and opportunity); or in mass American culture, politics and imagination. Will forces that led to war: the expansion of slavery; the communication (from radio to TV to the Internet). address issues including cultural contact and South’s relationship to the industrializing North; We will focus on one or two themes that will vary conflict, human interactions with nature, the emergence of ideologies of reform, from semester to semester, such as: technology and relationship of western states and the federal abolitionism, and free labor; and the Southern society; family, gender and sexuality; politics and government, tourism and the shifting debates about defense of slavery. It will analyze the ultimate failure society; and race, ethnicity and immigration. frontiers and borders. of compromises over slavery that defined American Credits: 3 Credits: 3 politics from the ratification of the Constitution to On Occasion On Occasion the secession crisis. It will explore the changing military, political and social character of the Civil HIS 560 African-American History HIS 567 New Deal America War, the process of emancipation, the nature of the African-American history from the origins of slavery An exploration of the Great Depression, the growth Union that emerged from war and the triumphs to the present. Course will cover the nature of of the labor movement, critiques of American and failures of Reconstruction. African-American slavery, the struggle to destroy capitalism, and the solutions attempted by F.D.R.’s Credits: 3 slavery, construction of "race" and rise of racism, government. Will analyze the impact of World War On Occasion the black experiences in the Civil War and II on domestic policies and foreign priorities. Reconstruction, the Jim Crow system, Credits: 3 HIS 557 Capitalism and its Discontents: 1870- disfranchisement, lynchings and anti-lynching On Occasion
1919 campaigns, the Great Migration, the Harlem HIS 569 The Cold War This course covers U.S. history from the Gilded Renaissance, the Civil Rights movement, black The seminar seeks to familiarize graduate students Age through the Progressive Era. This course covers nationalism and the Black Power movement, black with some of the latest historical scholarship on the U.S. history from the Gilded Age through the urban culture and politics. The course will pay Cole War, to expose them to differing analytical Progressive Era. This period saw the rise of large- special attention to the ways in which diasporic and interpretive approaches to this period, and to scale manufacturing, growing inequalities of wealth, Africans have shaped American culture and the provide a corpus of in-depth knowledge about the large-scale immigration, and a host of radical and ways in which racism has shaped African-American era, including key events, decision makers and their reform movements to address the inequities and lives and American society. policies, the cultural milieu, and significant corruption that were pervasive. Topics include the Credits: 3 documents. We will be examining both the agrarian Populist movement, anarchism, socialism On Occasion and the labor movement. This course will domestic and international dimensions of the era, investigate Progressivism as a middle-class effort to HIS 562 Myth and Memory in America reading works that deal with such diverse themes as stave off class war, and the varieties of Progressivism This course is an examination of the collective nuclear weapons theorists and theories, from “clean government” campaigns, antitrust memories and historical myths that Americans have McCarthyism, the complex nature of US-West legislation, settlement houses to prohibition. This constructed about themselves and their past. This European relations, the roles of non-Western states course will explore the changing definitions of course examines how historical memories are and actors vis-à-vis the superpower competition, and rights, liberty and citizenship in the era of Jim expressed in (and created by) public monuments, American culture as a factor during the Cold War. Crow, imperialism, eugenics and the growth of a historic sites, museum exhibits, textbooks, world¿s Credits: 3 new consumer identity. fairs and preservation projects. The course also On Occasion
Credits: 3 reviews how public remembrances of wars became HIS 571 American Popular Culture On Occasion lightning rods for competing political ideologies, This course will focus on analyses of primary the differences between memory and history, and documents and examine both the domestic and HIS 558 Modern America the relationship of political economic power to the international aspects of what is arguably the most An examination of the emergence of modern shaping of memories. significant endeavor of modern/contemporary America, from the late nineteenth century, during Credits: 3 America: the production and dissemination of which the country developed from an On Occasion industrializing, urbanizing society to its 20th popular culture. century formation as a mass society. It will focus HIS 563 War, Militarism and American Society Credits: 3 our attention on themes related to the tension A history of militarism in America that explores war On Occasion between progress and resistance in America from from political, economic, social and cultural HIS 572 New York City: The Making of the 1880-1945, including technology and society; race perspectives. Will examine the intersection between "Capital of the World" relations; immigration; urbanization; and politics society and military institutions, technology and This course is an inquiry into the factors that and society. military ideologies from the 18th century to the helped shape New York City from its earliest Credits: 3 present.Will examine changing styles of warfare, incarnation as the Dutch trading post of New On Occasion definitions of a “just war”, and defensive and Amsterdam to its current position as the self- offensive wars. Topics may include the concept of proclaimed global capital. Students will be required HIS 559 America Since 1945 Manifest Destiny, conquest, settlement, Indian to make use of the rich lode of available primary Even though by 1945 the United States had wars, foreign wars, world wars, the Cold War, the assumed many of the contours of what we think of documents available at archives and libraries in
Page 117 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
New York City. with factual information, but historians vary widely Credits: 3 HIS 587 History of Modern Iran in the questions they ask, in the kinds of evidence On Occasion While surveying a comparatively brief moment they attend to, and the ways in which they explain within Iran's millennium-long metamorphosis, this what happened. We will study a variety of HIS 573 Hollywood and History course presents a rigorous analysis of the theme of approaches, including history influenced by Marx, This course is an inquiry, on the one hand, into revolution from the rise of Qajar dynasty at the end the Annales school, structuralist and post- Hollywood's portrayal of historical events, and, on of the 18th century to the declaration of the Islamic structuralist anthropologists, Habermas, Foucault, the other hand, into what we can learn about the Republic at the end of the 20th century. The class Hayden White, feminists, and Kuhn. Students will issues and preoccupations of American society intends to provide students with both a concise write a significant study of the historiography of during various periods through the films overview of the land¿s modern history and some historical topic, demonstrating that they have Hollywood was producing at the time. Weekly film introduce them to several key works in the field of developed a critical understanding of modes of viewings. Iranian studies. historical interpretation. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion On Occasion Annually
HIS 575 U.S. Foreign Relations Since 1900 HIS 589 History of Borderlands HIS 705 Practicum in Public History or Public This seminar will expose students to a variety of We live in a world seemingly defined by very hard Policy themes, monographs and selected documents borders. Our neighborhoods, cities and nations are Designed as one option for successful completion covering United States foreign relations since the often portrayed as divided along strict categories of of the degree, this course provides opportunities for turn of the 20th century. Over the course of the identity (ethnicity, class, culture, etc.). This M.A. students to develop a significant project semester, students will have the opportunity to read perception (real or imaginary) is grounded in the intended either to present an aspect of history to widely across an historiography that encompasses creation of the modern nation-state. Yet whether the public or to research the historical background traditional diplomatic history and analyses of one looks at politics and society in places as for a current issue of public policy. Students will cultural, gender, and race/civil rights dimensions of different as San Diego, Palermo, Singapore, or the work independently with a faculty member to foreign relations (and thus helping to establish a Northwest Territories of Pakistan, communal and design and carry out a project tailored to their broad definition of the term). We will also view political borders were historically more gray than specific career objectives. and integrate into our discussion several relevant black and white. This course approaches the Credits: 3 American film satires that are particularly process by which national and communal borders Every Fall and Spring illuminating about the time in which they were were forcibly ossified. This course offers an released. introduction to the construction and consolidation HIS 707 Thesis Seminar Credits: 3 of nations and their borders. We will view this Required of matriculated master’s students On Occasion process through a long lens and approach issues of following Plan I. In the first semester, student will nationalism, state-building and resistance in such work with thesis advisor to define thesis subject, HIS 582 East Asian Civilizations diverse places as Macedonia, the North Caucasus, identify primary and secondary sources, produce an An examinations of the civilizations of China, the Sudan, southern China, and Los Angeles. As a outline, an annotated bibliography, and conduct Korea, and Japan. Will cover forms of government course based in global history, students will be research. authority, philosophical disputes, religious beliefs treated to a wide variety of historical Credits: 3 and practices. Will analyze debates about the paths methodologies. Every Fall and Spring to East Asian modernity. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion HIS 708 Thesis On Occasion Required of matriculated master’s students HIS 592 History of American Woman following Plan I. In the second semester, student HIS 583 Modern Latin America This course is an examination of the experiences will complete research and write the thesis, Will cover major events of modern Latin American and identities of women over the course of presenting portions to advisor(s) in stages for history including independence movements against American history. Course will analyze shifting critique and revision. colonial rule, revolutions, and the construction of ideologies about gender relations and the Prerequsite of HIS 707 is required. modern nation-states. Will examine development of consequences for the economic, political and social Credits: 3 nationalism, social movements, populism, as well as life of the nation. It will cover concepts of Every Fall and Spring the politics and cultures of indigenous peoples. womanhood, female citizenship, family, sexuality Credits: 3 and the growth of feminist thought. INTERDISCIPLINARY On Occasion Credits: 3
On Occasion STUDIES HIS 585 Disease and History From the Black Death to AIDS, diseases have HIS 599 Topics in History Graduate students who have special interests dramatically affected the course of people's lives. Courses on different historical topics that will be and needs that cannot be met by C.W. Post’s Simultaneously, diseases are also human announced under relevant subtitles. current list of majors and minors may develop an constructions, for people's actions shape the Credits: 3 individual interdisciplinary major, in consultation emergence and spread of diseases. In this course we On Occasion with their academic advisors. Interdisciplinary will study selected examples of diseases outbreaks in studies programs incorporate courses from all different times and places, with particular attention HIS 601 Historiography academic departments at C.W. Post. These to distinctive social histories of disease and An introduction to the variety of interpretive programs are designed to promote the ability to distinctive cultural interpretations of illness and stances taken by historians in the past century and a recognize connections between different areas and healing. half. Education in history at the master’s level kinds of knowledge; to discover previously Credits: 3 concentrates on how history is Interpreted, rather unsuspected relationships; and to negotiate On Occasion the facts of history themselves. All historians work confidently among differing approaches to
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 118 C.W. Post Campus understanding ourselves and our world. Minimum Total Credits = 36 the College of Education and Information C.W. Post awards the following degrees in Minimum GPA = 3.00 Sciences. The Middle Childhood and Adolescence Interdisciplinary Studies: Master of Arts or Master Education programs are for students who seek of Science (36 credits). initial or professional New York State teacher Interdisciplinary Courses certification to teach in middle or secondary M.A. or M.S. in Interdisciplinary schools. IDS 707 Interdisciplinary Thesis Research
Studies This course is open only to matriculated students in
the interdisciplinary studies program. The course M.S. in Applied Mathematics C.W. Post offers both the Master of Arts and covers the preparation of an interdisciplinary thesis Master of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies. The under supervision. The 37-credit Master of Science degree Interdisciplinary Studies program (IDS) is Credits: 3 program in Applied Mathematics offers designed for those students whose career or On Occasion specializations in either Classical Mathematics or educational goals are not reflected in one of C.W. Computer Mathematics. Classical Mathematics Post’s established graduate programs. An focuses on the foundations of modern individual course of study, subject to the approval IDS 708 Interdisciplinary Thesis Seminar mathematical theory, covering linear algebra, of the IDS Faculty Committee, will be developed This course is open only to matriculated students in numerical methods and complex analysis. by the student with the assistance of appropriate the interdisciplinary studies program. The Computer Mathematics combines the fields of departmental graduate advisors and the IDS completed thesis is evaluated by a three-member mathematics and technology through courses such program coordinator. Students may incorporate committee chosen from the appropriate as logic and information, applications of analysis, courses from any of the five C.W. Post colleges interdisciplinary fields and is the subject of an oral linear programming and statistics. Students must and schools. The student’s plan of study must be examination. complete either a thesis or a prepare a topic in approved before full matriculation is granted. Prerequisite of IDS 707 is required. mathematics and deliver a lecture on that topic. In addition to designing a unique Credits: 3 The faculty members in the Department of interdisciplinary degree, students can also elect to On Occasion Mathematics are experts in areas such as follow several other interdisciplinary topological groups, probability theory, differential concentrations: American Studies, Social Studies, DEPARTMENT OF geometry, number theory, dynamical systems and Liberal Arts, Museum Studies, Environmental computer graphics, real analysis, numerical Studies, and Literacy Studies among others. While MATHEMATICS analysis, abstract algebra, combinatorics and the course work for these concentrations will be Phone: (516) 299-2447 or 2448 history of mathematics. individualized according to the goals of the Fax: (516) 299-4049 Many of our graduates have gone on to receive student, the IDS program offers sample plans of Chair: Associate Professor Cleopa Ph.D.’s from prestigious institutions. C.W. Post study to help guide the selection of courses. Senior Professor: Borde graduates also are qualified for rewarding A total of 36 credits is required for either Professors: Berresford, Burns, Losonczy, J. Peters, positions in actuarial science, insurance, finance, degree, of which 6 credits are in thesis work. engineering, manufacturing and education. Rothman (Graduate Co-Director) Associate Professors: Ahdout (Graduate Co- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS M.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies Director), Andima, Chilaka, Zeinalian Applicants to the Master of Science in Applied Major Requirements Adjunct Faculty: 10 Mathematics must meet the following With approval of the Interdisciplinary A mathematics degree is an excellent requirements for admission: Studies Faculty Advisory Committee, foundation for a promising future in practically • Application for Admission. students may follow an individualized plan any profession or discipline. The Department of • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or focused on a combination of disciplines not Mathematics provides numerous graduate-level graduate transcripts from any college(s) or presently offered. Students must also courses that will enable you to master the mathematical methods and sophisticated reasoning universities you have attended. complete an Interdisciplinary Thesis (IDS and problem-solving skills essential to a wide • A bachelor’s degree, including an 707 and 708). Interested students should see variety of fields. The department draws upon the undergraduate calculus sequence with grades of the Interdisciplinary Studies faculty intellectual expertise and talent of a distinguished B or better is required for admission. A student advisor. faculty whose interests include topological groups, who does not meet the minimum entrance Minimum Total Credits = 36 probability theory, differential geometry, number requirements may be accepted on a limited Minimum GPA = 3.00 theory, dynamical systems and computer graphics, matriculant basis. real analysis, numerical analysis, abstract algebra, • Two professional and/or academic letters of M.S. in Interdisciplinary Studies combinatorics, algebraic topology and the history recommendation that address the applicant’s potential in the profession and ability to Major Requirements of mathematics. The Department of Mathematics offers several complete a graduate program. With approval of the Interdisciplinary graduate programs of study, including the Master • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Studies Faculty Advisory Committee, of Science in Applied Mathematics (with you are interested in pursuing graduate work in students may follow an individualized plan concentrations in Classical and Computer this area of study. focused on a combination of disciplines not Mathematics) and the Master of Science in • Students for whom English is a second presently offered. Students must also Mathematics for Secondary School Teachers. The language must submit official score results of complete an Interdisciplinary Thesis (IDS Mathematics Department also offers degrees in the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable 707 and 708). Interested students should see teacher education: the Master of Science: Middle TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 the Interdisciplinary Studies faculty Childhood Education (5-9) and the Master of Science: Adolescence Education (7-12) with a computer based or 550 paper-based) or advisor. concentration in Mathematics in conjunction with minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
Page 119 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Send application materials to: Computer Mathematics minimum entrance requirements may be Graduate Admissions Office accepted on a limited matriculant basis. Concentration Requirements C.W. Post Campus • Two professional and/or academic letters of Required Computer Mathematics Courses Long Island University recommendation that address the applicant’s All of the following: 720 Northern Boulevard potential in the profession and ability to Brookville, NY 11548-1300 MTH 512 Mathematical Logic and 3.00 complete a graduate program. Academic Policies Information • Personal Statement that addresses the reason At the start of graduate studies, each student MTH 521 Linear Programming 3.00 you are interested in pursuing graduate work in prepares a program of courses with a graduate this area of study. academic counselor. MTH 568 Mathematical Statistics 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second MTH 631 and 632 may be waived for a student Elective Mathematics Courses language must submit official score results of who has previously earned credit in equivalent Five courses/fifteen credits from all MTH the Test of English as a Foreign Language courses. Six approved elective credits will be courses excluding MTH 707 and 709 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable substituted. M.S. in Applied Mathematics TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 A student cannot have more than one grade computer based or 550 paper-based) or lower than a B- in mathematics courses that Requirements minimum IELTS score: 6.5. applied toward the degree. This requirement can Minimum Total Credits = 37 (both Send application materials to: be satisfied by retaking a course if necessary. concentrations and capstone options) Graduate Admissions Office Students with two or more of such grades must see Minimum GPA = 3.00 C.W. Post Campus an advisor before registering for additional Long Island University courses. M.S. in Mathematics for 720 Northern Boulevard Brookville, NY 11548-1300 M.S. in Applied Mathematics Secondary School Teachers ACADEMIC POLICES
At the start of graduate studies, each student Requirements A high school teacher with an advanced prepares a program of courses with a graduate Required Applied Mathematics Courses knowledge of mathematics can make a profound academic counselor. All of the following: impact on his or her students. A sophisticated MTH 631 and 632 may be waived for a student MTH 615 Linear Algebra I 3.00 understanding of mathematical concepts and who has previously earned credit in equivalent problem-solving strategies can help bring high MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3.00 courses. Six approved elective credits will be school-level math vividly to life for the adolescent substituted. MTH 632 Applications of Analysis 3.00 student. A student cannot have more than one grade The M.S. in Mathematics for Secondary School Required Applied Mathematics Capstone lower than a B- in mathematics courses that Teachers is designed for people who are currently Option applied toward the degree. This requirement can working as teachers or those who plan to enter the One of the following options: be satisfied by retaking a course if necessary. teaching field. This program makes the Students with two or more of such grades must see MTH 707 Research Methods and 4.00 mathematics teacher more versatile and valuable to an advisor before registering for additional Thesis Seminar his or her school district. courses. OR one additional course/three credits from all The 37-credit Master of Science program MTH courses excluding MTH 707 and 709 consists of 25 credits of required courses covering M.S. in Mathematics for Secondary AND such subjects as set theory, mathematical logic and School Teachers Requirements MTH 709 Oral Presentation 1.00 information, abstract algebra, Euclidean geometry, history of mathematics and the foundations and Required Mathematics Courses Students must choose either a applications of analysis. It also offers the All of the following: concentration in Classical Mathematics opportunity to satisfy individual interests by MTH 511 Set Theory 3.00 requiring 12 credits of electives. As a capstone or Computer Mathematics. MTH 512 Mathematical Logic and 3.00 project, students either write a thesis or prepare a Classical Mathematics Concentration Information lecture on mathematics suitable for high school Requirements students. MTH 513 An Introduction to 3.00 Required Classical Mathematics Courses Note: This program does not lead to New York Abstract Algebra All of the following: State teaching certification. MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry 3.00 MTH 543 Ordinary Differential 3.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Equations and Special Applicants to the M.S. in Mathematics for MTH 524 History of Mathematics 3.00 Functions Secondary School Teachers must meet the MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis 3.00 following requirements for admission: MTH 553 Fourier Methods and 3.00 • Application for Admission. MTH 632 Applications of Analysis 3.00 Boundary Value • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Problems • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or MTH 616 Linear Algebra II 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Elective Mathematics Courses universities you have attended. Four courses/twelve credits from all MTH MTH 627 Complex Analysis I 3.00 • A bachelor’s degree, including an courses excluding MTH 707 and 709. MTH 681 Numerical Methods I 3.00 undergraduate calculus sequence with grades of Required Mathematics Capstone Option Elective Mathematics Courses B or better and a one-year calculus sequence One of the following options: with grades of B or better are required for Three courses/nine credits from all MTH MTH 707 Research Methods and 4.00 admission. A student who does not meet the courses excluding MTH 707 and 709 Thesis Seminar
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 120 C.W. Post Campus
OR one additional course/three credits from all knowledge of the main concepts studied in MTH structures: groups, rings, fields. Also included are MTH courses excluding MTH 707 AND 511, 513, 514 and 631. This exam will be given equivalence relations and isomorphisms. MTH 709 Oral Presentation 1.00 once per semester as announced. Credits: 3 For information about this program, please see Every Fall M.S. in Mathematics for Secondary the College of Education and Information Sciences School Teachers Additional section for a complete degree description, MTH 514 Euclidean Geometry This course is a careful study of the foundations of Requirements admission requirements, degree requirements and Euclidean geometry contrasting the metric and Minimum Total Credits = 37 (both Education course descriptions. synthetic approaches. This course includes ruler capstone options) and compass construction. Different strategies Minimum GPA = 3.00 Mathematics Courses involving reading, writing, talking and listening will
be used to make sense of mathematics and to M.S. in Middle Childhood MTH 501 Mathematics for Elementary School develop insight into how these strategies can help Teachers I students of varying ability levels become active Education: Mathematics (Grades This course is an intensive study of: the structure of participants in learning mathematics. Thus, 5-9) the number systems and systems of enumeration participating students will not only improve their including bases other than 10; the set concept and own abilities at learning with texts, but will also Joint Programs with College of Education and those set operations pertinent to the elementary learn how to adapt the techniques to pre-college Information Sciences school curriculum; the fundamental operations of learning environments. The course will actively The degree of Master of Science in Middle arithmetic; useful topics from number theory, engage students in learning mathematics with texts Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Mathematics is including a study of divisibility, primes, the varying in level of content background and offered by the College of Education and fundamental theorem of arithmetic, finite and difficulty. This course satisfies the literacy Information Science in conjunction with the infinite decimal series. requirement in the discipline for the Master of Department of Mathematics. The student must Credits: 3 Science in Adolescence Education: Mathematics. take a minimum of 18 credits of Mathematics, On Occasion Credits: 3 maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Education Every Spring and also in Mathematics. In addition, any student MTH 502 Mathematics for Elementary School who receives grades below B in two graduate Teachers II MTH 521 Linear Programming courses is considered to have an academic This course covers work in finite arithmetic, This course covers elementary linear algebra, deficiency. A student who earns a third grade modulo systems, topics in logic for the elementary convex geometry, linear programming problems, below B may lose his or her matriculated status or school, a look into two- and three-dimensional the simplex method. Also included is Tucker and may be dismissed from the graduate program. geometry for the grades including topics in basic Dantzig tableaux, duality, sensitivity analysis, The student is required to take a comprehensive measurements, surface areas and volumes of solutions of the transportation and the assignment written examination that tests the student’s geometric figures, experiments in geometry and problems, and computational considerations. knowledge of the main concepts studied in MTH topology, set theory and its relation to the languages Credits: 3 511, 513, 514 and 631. This exam will be given of geometry, and finally, a look into some Alternate Fall once per semester as announced. probability as applied to fifth and sixth grade MTH 524 History of Mathematics For information about this program, please see mathematics. This course covers the development of the College of Education and Information Sciences Credits: 3 mathematical concepts and methods from ancient section for a complete degree description, On Occasion times to the present. The course includes the admission requirements, degree requirements and MTH 511 Set Theory interaction of mathematics and the physical Education course descriptions. This course covers sets, Cartesian products, sciences and the evolution of the abstract point of relations, functions, binary operations, finite and view. M.S. in Adolescence Education: infinite cardinal numbers and its application to the Credits: 3 Mathematics (Grades 7-12) development of mathematical systems. On Occasion Credits: 3 Joint Programs with College of Education and Every Spring MTH 543 Ordinary Differential Equations and Information Sciences Special Functions The degree of Master of Science in MTH 512 Mathematical Logic and Information This course examines the properties of solutions of Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Topics covered in this course are the propositional ordinary differential equations, existence and Mathematics is offered by the College of and predicate calculus, binary arithmetic and uniqueness, series solutions of linear differential Education and Information Science in conjunction coding, error-correcting codes, information and equations near regular and singular points. The with the Department of Mathematics. The student entropy. course is a study of special functions: Bessel, must take a minimum of 18 credits of Credits: 3 Legendre and hypergeometric. Mathematics, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 Alternate Spring Co-requisite of MTH 631 is required. in Education and also in Mathematics. In addition, Credits: 3 MTH 513 An Introduction to Abstract Algebra any student who receives grades below B in two Alternate Fall This course is not open to students who have had graduate courses is considered to have an an upper-level undergraduate course in algebraic MTH 553 Fourier Methods and Boundary Value academic deficiency. A student who earns a third structures. This course is a study of the basic Problems grade below B may lose his or her matriculated properties of the natural numbers. Construction of This course covers partial differential equations of status or may be dismissed from the graduate the integers, rational numbers, real numbers and physics and the Fourier series and integrals with program. complex numbers is included. In the process of applications to initial and boundary value The student is required to take a comprehensive these constructions there arise the basic algebraic problems. The course includes orthogonality and written examination that tests the student’s
Page 121 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 completeness, series of Bessel functions, Legendre topology including notions of open, closed, MTH 632 Applications of Analysis polynomials and convergence. compact and connected sets. Continuous maps, This course is a study of functions of several Co-requisite of MTH 631 is required. homeomorphisms, metrics, completeness and variables, including maxima and minima, Lagrange Credits: 3 induced topology are studied. Some aspects of multipliers, implicit function theorem, Jacobians, Alternate Spring algebraic topology are briefly introduced. vector algebra and calculus, and Green, Gauss and Credits: 3 Stokes theorems. Applications from geometry and MTH 568 Mathematical Statistics On Occasion physics are considered. Topics include classification of data, experimental Prerequisite of MTH 631or permission of Dept is design, hypothesis testing, unbiased and maximum MTH 623 Algebraic Computing required. likelihood estimators, nonparametric statistics, This course is an applied study of integer and Credits: 3 regression and correlation. polynomial arithmetic, including Euclid's Every Spring Credits: 3 algorithm, mod m inverses, Chinese remainder and Alternate Fall interpolation algorithms, computation by single MTH 661 Projective and Related Geometries and by multiple homeomorphic images, and fast This course is an algebraic and synthetic approach MTH 584 Automata Theory Fourier transform algorithms. to projective, affine, Euclidean and non-Euclidean The course includes the theoretical basis of Prerequisite of MTH 513 or permission of Dept is geometries, including finite geometries. computer science, including discussion of finite required. Credits: 3 automata, context-free grammars, pushdown Credits: 3 On Occasion automata, Turing machines, computable functions, On Occasion the halting problem, incompleteness and MTH 667 Probability Theory unsolvability, and Godel numbering. MTH 625 Operations Research This course covers the fundamentals of probability Prerequisite of MTH 512 or permission of Dept is This course includes nonlinear programming; theory, discrete and continuous random variables, required. steepest ascent and the branch and bound the binomial, normal, and Poisson laws. Moments Credits: 3 algorithms; quadratic programming and the Thiel and characteristic functions, derived and On Occasion and Van der Panne algorithm; and multivariate distributions, and the law of large nondifferentiable problems including dynamic numbers and central limit theorem are examined. MTH 613 Number Theory programming; finite and infinite stage problems Illustrative applications to the physical sciences is This course includes the Euclidean algorithm, the and the theory of queues: stochastic processes included. Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, Euler's (Markov and Poisson); single, multiple and infinite Credits: 3 function, linear Diophantine equations, channel queues; and non-Markov queues. On Occasion congruence and modular arithmetic, Gauss's and Prerequisite of MTH 521 & 568 is required. Euler's theorems, quadratic residues and reciprocity Co-requisite of MTH 631 & 615 or permission of MTH 672 Topics in Mathematics law, and homogeneous binary forms. Dept is required. This course is a detailed treatment of some topic in Credits: 3 Credits: 3 analysis, algebra, geometry, number theory or On Occasion On Occasion topology not covered by an existing course. Note: This course may be taken more than once MTH 615 Linear Algebra I MTH 627 Complex Analysis I only with the express approval of the chairperson. This course includes the study of real vector spaces, This course covers the algebra and geometry of Credits: 3 linear dependence and independence and bases. complex numbers, analytic functions, Taylor and On Occasion Linear transformations, matrices, determinants and Laurent series, Cauchy integral theory and linear equations are also included. applications, residue calculus. MTH 673 Calculus of Variations with Co-requisite of MTH 631 is required. Prerequisite of MTH 631or permission of Dept is Applications Credits: 3 required. The classical theory of the variational calculus along Alternate Fall Credits: 3 with weak solutions, Euler-Lagrange equations,
Alternate Fall Hamilton's principle, multiplier methods, fixed and MTH 616 Linear Algebra II variable end-point problems, direct and semi-direct This course covers quadratic forms, eigenvalues and MTH 628 Complex Analysis II procedures for the solution of extreme problems eigenvectors, diagonalization, canonical forms; also, This course covers applications of complex analysis including Raleigh-Ritz, Galerkin, and Kantorovich the applications to differential equations including to potential theory, ordinary differential equations, methods with applications to continuum mechanics small oscillation theory. Fourier transforms and Laplace transforms. are examined. Prerequisite of MTH 615 or permission of Dept is Prerequisite of MTH 631or permission of Dept is Prerequisite of MTH 632 or permission of Dept is required. required. required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Alternate Spring Alternate Spring On Occasion
MTH 617 Abstract Algebra MTH 631 Foundations of Analysis MTH 675 Differential Geometry This course studies groups, rings, fields, vector This course is an in-depth study of functions, This course deals with the geometry and analysis of spaces and their mappings, and Galois Theory. continuity, limits, differentiation, sequences and manifolds. Topics include the inverse function Prerequisite of MTH 513 or permission of Dept is series and the Riemann integral, Euclidean spaces theorem, implicit function theorem, transversality, required. and metric spaces. curvature and the morse lemma. Credits: 3 Co-requisite of MTH 511or permission of Dept is Prerequisite of MTH 631 & 615 or permission of On Occasion required. Dept is required.
Credits: 3 Credits: 3 MTH 621 Topology Every Fall On Occasion This course is the study of elementary point set
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 122 C.W. Post Campus
MTH 681 Numerical Methods I addition, students must complete either a thesis (30 The algorithms for numerical solution of linear and DEPARTMENT OF total credits) or comprehensive exam (36 total nonlinear equations, approximation of functions by credits). polynomials and numerical integration are POLITICAL SCIENCE / The graduate program offers courses from four examined. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES different areas: American Government, Co-requisite of MTH 631 is required. Comparative Government, International Relations Credits: 3 Phone: (516) 299-2408 and Political Theory. Courses in each of these Alternate Spring Fax: (516) 299-3943 areas afford the student an in-depth examination of Chair: Associate Professor Freedman the fundamental forces, institutions and functions MTH 682 Numerical Methods II Professors: Baker, Goldstein (Director, of public policy and governance. This program is This course examines the numerical solution of International Studies Program), Klein, Muslih, ideal preparation for a wide range of careers or for differential and difference equations, error analysis, Soupios (Graduate Director) doctoral study. and Monte Carlo methods. Associate Professors: Bachman (Pre-Law ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Prerequisite of MTH 681or permission of Dept is Advisor), Grosskopf Applicants to the Master of Arts in Political required. Adjunct Faculty: 4 Science must meet the following requirements for Credits: 3 The Department of Political Science and admission. Alternate Fall International Studies offers the Master of Arts in • Application for Admission
Political Science that can incorporate courses from • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) MTH 687 Digital Computer Programming for four areas: American government, comparative • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Teachers government, international relations, and political graduate transcripts from any college(s) or This course covers computer programming as theory. C.W. Post’s graduate degree program in universities you have attended. applied to the secondary school mathematics political science prepare students for success in a • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative curriculum. Programs related to matrices, systems broad range of rewarding fields, including grade point average in undergraduate work. of equations, linear programming and calculus are government, public service, law, education and • In addition to satisfying the general considered. The student develops programming politics. requirements for admission to graduate studies, skills in conjunction with these applications. The Students examine worldwide political systems, applicants may be required to take the Graduate language employed depends on the current needs economic systems and social organizations from a Record Examination (both the aptitude test and of secondary school teachers. variety of perspectives. They engage in lively the advanced political science or government Credits: 3 intellectual debates, learn how to develop test). On Occasion persuasive arguments and articulate their • Two professional and/or academic letters of MTH 707 Research Methods and Thesis Seminar convictions with confidence and poise. Students recommendation that address the applicant’s These courses include the use of the literature, the gain skills in research, analysis and critical potential in the profession and ability to selection of a thesis topic and writing the thesis. For thinking to ensure their marketability and success. complete a graduate program the Master of Science degree, the thesis usually Faculty members are widely recognized political • Personal Statement that addresses the reason consists of a detailed and scholarly exposition on analysts who have published on a variety of topics, you are interested in pursuing graduate work in some topic in mathematics. An oral defense of the from medieval political thought to constitutional this area of study thesis is required. These courses are open only to law to contemporary world politics. • Students for whom English is a second matriculated students. The Department of Political Science and language must submit official score results of Credits: 4 International Studies includes seven full-time the Test of English as a Foreign Language On Occasion faculty members and distinguished visiting (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable professors representing major core areas of the TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 MTH 709 Oral Presentation United Nations. Since a number of students are computer based or 550 paper-based) or Under the guidance of a faculty member, the interested in teaching social studies, the minimum IELTS score: 6.5. student prepares and presents a lecture on an Department includes courses which can be taken Send application materials to: approved mathematical topic to a faulty/student as part of graduate programs that lead to initial or Graduate Admissions Office audience. professional certification in Social Studies. C.W. C.W. Post Campus Credits: 1 Post also offers an extensive Pre-Law Advisement Long Island University Every Fall and Spring Program to help students select a curriculum that 720 Northern Boulevard prepares them for admission to law school. Brookville, NY 11548-1300 MTH 710 Research and Oral Presentation for ACADEMIC POLICES
Mathematics Education Each grade below B is considered a deficiency. Under the guidance of a faculty members, the MA in Political Science Two deficiency grades will result in probation. student prepares and presents a lecture on an Three deficient grades will result in dismissal. It is approved mathematical topic appropriate to the The American system of self-government and the student’s responsibility to bring any graduate mathematics education program to a political participation is one of the great stories of deficiencies to the attention of the graduate faculty/student audience. world history. From town and city councils to the committee chairperson. Credits: 1 Congress and the presidency, the institutions, Students may choose to complete a Every Fall and Spring political factions and social forces that drive our comprehensive examination in Political Science is
collective decision-making impact all of society as part of the 36-credit M.A. degree requirements.
and every individual. The Master of Arts degree in Graduate students may take the comprehensive
Political Science examines domestic and foreign examination no more than three times. A third
governments, the legislative process, the failure is final and subsequently no degree will be
Constitution, government functions, and the role of awarded. governments and their impacts on people. In
Page 123 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
M.A. in Political Science status or may be dismissed from the graduate On Occasion program. Requirements Successful completion of a comprehensive POL 501 The Theory and Practice of Federalism Required Political Science Course examination in Social Studies is also required. This course covers the theory of federalism and the POL 700 Political Science: 3.00 Graduate students may take the comprehensive experience in federalism in the United States, with Approaches and Methods examination no more than three times. A third some reference to other federal systems. Credits: 3 Elective Political Science Courses failure is final and subsequently no degree will be awarded. On Occasion Seven courses/twenty-one credits from all POL For information about this program, please see courses excluding POL 707 and 708 POL 502 American Political Parties the College of Education and Information Sciences Students must choose a capstone option This course examines the nature and operation of section for a complete degree description, American national, state and local party systems (Comprehensive Exam or Thesis). admission requirements, degree requirements and and politics related to the broad setting of the Comprehensive Exam Option Education course descriptions. governmental system and prevailing political values. Requirements Special emphasis is given to substantive and Additional Required Political Science M.S. in Adolescence Education: procedural problems. Course Social Studies (Grades 7-12) Credits: 3 POL 710 Seminar in Political 3.00 On Occasion
Science Joint Program with College of Education and Information Sciences POL 503 Interest Groups and Lobbies in Additional Elective Political Science The degree of Master of Science in American Politics Courses Adolescence Education (Grades 7-12): Social This course is an analysis of group theory: nature Three additional courses/nine credits from all Studies is offered by the College of Education and and function of interest groups, pressure groups POL courses excluding POL 707 and 708 Information Science in conjunction with the and lobbies; organization, functions and behavior Required Comprehensive Exam Departments of History and Political Science. The of political interest groups; techniques and goals of Students must pass a comprehensive exam student must take a minimum of 18 credits of lobbying. administered by the Political Science History, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in Credits: 3 Department. Education and also in History. Based on previous On Occasion
Thesis Option Requirements course work and with approval of the graduate POL 507 Changes and Reforms in Current advisor, students may substitute History courses Required Political Science Thesis Courses American Politics with courses from Political Science. In addition, All of the following: This course is a study of recent procedural and any student who receives grades below B in two POL 707 Research Methods 3.00 substantive changes in American politics against a graduate courses is considered to have an background of continuity in American political POL 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 academic deficiency. A student who earns a third institutions. Special attention is given to the areas grade below B may lose his or her matriculated M.A. in Political Science Additional of public opinion, political parties, the presidency, status or may be dismissed from the graduate the Congress and focusing on the effects that Requirements program. change and reform have on governmental policy. Minimum Total Credits = 36 Successful completion of a comprehensive Credits: 3 (Comprehensive Exam Option), 30 (Thesis examination in Social Studies is also required. On Occasion Option) Graduate students may take the comprehensive Minimum GPA = 3.00 examination no more than three times. A third POL 508 Redesigning the U.S. Constitution failure is final and subsequently no degree will be This course will simulate a 21st-century M.S. in Middle Childhood awarded. constitutional convention, in which we will For information about this program, please see reconsider the United States Constitution from the Education: Social Studies (Grades the College of Education and Information Sciences ground up. Students will revisit the choices made 5-9) section for a complete degree description, by the framers of the Constitution and will admission requirements, degree requirements and determine how the document should be updated to Joint Program with College of Education and Education course descriptions. reflect the needs of modern-day governance and
Information Sciences lessons learned from historical controversies The degree of Master of Science in Middle Political Science Courses surrounding constitutional interpretation. Childhood Education (Grades 5-9): Social Studies Credits: 3 is offered by the College of Education and On Occasion POL 500 American Constitutional Development Information Science in conjunction with the and Interpretation Departments of History and Political Science. The POL 509 Women in Politics and Administration This course covers the problems involved in the student must take a minimum of 18 credits of This course is an analysis of the various roles process of writing and developing a constitution, History, maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in women have played in the academic and the meaning and interpretation of various Education and also in History. Based on previous professional development of politics and public approaches to constitutional theory and practice, course work and with approval of the graduate administration. In addition, the course is the substance and meaning of constitutional advisor, students may substitute History courses concerned with the concept of women's rights and phraseology, the historical and legal development of with courses from Political Science. In addition, the role of the public sector both as an inhibition constitutional ideology, and the tests that must be any student who receives grades below B in two and a contribution. made of the materials which may or may not find graduate courses is considered to have an Credits: 3 their way into a constitution. academic deficiency. A student who earns a third On Occasion Credits: 3 grade below B may lose his or her matriculated
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 124 C.W. Post Campus
POL 510 The American Legislative Process problems of cities and metropolitan areas are This course is an intensive study of the American considered. POL 622 Problems in Comparative Government legislative process - its organization, function and Credits: 3 This course is a thorough study and analysis of behavior. Special emphasis is given to substantive On Occasion specific issues in government as treated by selected and procedural problems. world powers. Credits: 3 POL 561 Intergovernmental Relations Credits: 3 On Occasion This course is an examination of the relationships On Occasion and cooperative functions between governmental POL 511 Public Policy and Public Choice units of the federal, state and local levels with POL 635 Political Power in Contemporary China This course is a detailed study of selected problems particular emphasis on New York State. This course is an analysis of the major political in public policy determination within the American Credits: 3 ideas, institutions and groups in contemporary political system. On Occasion China and their impact on political decision- Credits: 3 making. On Occasion POL 570 Defense Policy Credits: 3 This course is an analysis of the military and its On Occasion POL 517 Institute on Practical Government and relationship to both domestic and foreign policy. Politics Special consideration is given to the United States. POL 636 Political Systems in Developing Areas: This course is a nonpartisan seminar in which The areas surveyed include nuclear strategy, the Regional Analysis governmental and political leaders meet to discuss concept of the limited war, guerrilla warfare, the One semester is devoted to each region. Political practical political issues. The seminar is organized military as a political force, and war as a policy tool. modernization of the developing areas; process of as a dialogue between the guests and the students. Credits: 3 transition from traditionalism to modernism; Credits: 2 On Occasion developing political institutions and changing On Occasion political processes to be considered in the following POL 581 Research and Field Work on Problems specific regions: South and Southeast Asia, East POL 522 Concepts of the American Presidency in American Government I Africa, the Middle East, Africa south of the Sahara, This course is designed to introduce students to the Teaching by several members of the department North Africa, and Latin America. study of permanent and changing factors in the stresses the areas of public opinion, national, state Credits: 3 American presidency. and local governments as well as methodology. The On Occasion Credits: 3 approach is behaviorally oriented. This semester is On Occasion on a seminar basis and students are required to POL 637 Seminar in the Political Problems of choose a topic of interest from which they can Asia POL 531 The Supreme Court as a Political construct a research design. This course is advanced research in selected Institution Credits: 3 problems of Asian political institutions and is This course is the history and present status of the On Occasion primarily intended for graduate students United States Supreme Court as a political specializing in the regional studies of Asia. instrumentality, and how it affects political, social POL 582 Research and Field Work on Problems Credits: 3 and economic changes in American society. in American Government II On Occasion Credits: 3 Students go into the field to write a paper in On Occasion accordance with POL 639 Seminar in the Political Problems of their design. In as many cases as possible, students Africa POL 532 Current Problems in Constitutional are placed in voluntary internship programs with This course is advanced research in selected Law local or national governments or political party problems of African political institutions and is This course is the analysis, possible synthesis and organizations. The student works under the primarily intended for graduate students ultimate evaluation of Supreme Court approaches professor of his or her choice and any member of specializing in the regional studies of Africa. to 21st-century problems of constitutional law the department is available for help. Credits: 3 concerning jurisdiction and judicial review, Prerequisite of POL 581 is required. On Occasion federalism, separation of powers, commerce, taxing Credits: 3 POL 640 The Dynamics of Revolution and spending powers, war powers and civil liberties. On Occasion Credits: 3 This course covers the backgrounds and causes of On Occasion POL 600 British Political Theory and Practice revolutions and the assessment and prediction of This course is an analysis of the nature of the revolutionary threat or potential. The types and POL 541 Teaching Civil Liberties British constitution, the crown, the ministry and stages of revolution and the techniques of This course is designed for improving the teaching cabinet, parliament and elections, the party system, revolutionary action; the planning, organization, of constitutional freedom in public and private law and the courts, local government. and conduct of revolution as a conflict instrument schools. Materials and methods for teaching the Credits: 3 in; and the prevention and suppression of Constitution and the Bill of Rights are presented. On Occasion revolution are examined. The course is primarily for secondary school Credits: 3 teachers. POL 612 Comparative Legal Systems On Occasion Credits: 3 Systems to be considered are the Anglo-American On Occasion system, the Islamic system, the judicial system of the POL 644 Political Development and former U.S.S.R., and civil law systems from the Modernization POL 551 Metropolitics point of view of their structure, function and This course is a comparative examination of the Governments and politics of metropolitan regions: philosophical base. cultural, social and ideological forces that produce development, governmental structures and Credits: 3 political and social change with special emphasis on functions, interest and power relations, politics and On Occasion the role of political leadership, the
Page 125 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 interrelationships between political development On Occasion seminar vary from semester to semester, dependent and nation-building and the preconditions for the on the decision of the department. This seminar modernization revolution. POL 700 Political Science: Approaches and may be taken only once. Credits: 3 Methods Credits: 3 On Occasion This course is a study and analysis of the Annually approaches and methodologies used by political POL 646 Russian Government and Politics scientists in examining the issues and problems of POL 720 Theories of International Relations This course is a study of Russian politics and their discipline. Students develop research designs This course is an examination of the problems political culture from the Imperial period through using varied approaches and methodologies raised by the study of international relations along the period of the Soviet regime to the present. discussed in class. (POL 700 should be taken during with the functions and types of empirical theory Emphasis is placed on continuity and change in a student's first semester in the program.) such as "political realism," "peace through law," political thought and practice within Russia. Credits: 3 equilibrium, strategic defense, policentrism, social Credits: 3 Annually communication. On Occasion Credits: 3 POL 701 Quantitative Analysis of Empirical Data On Occasion POL 652 Institute on Asian Problems in Political Science This course covers the political, economic, social This course is a comprehensive introduction to the POL 721 Current Strategies and Global Politics and cultural aspects of the Asian area with major concepts and methods of contemporary This course is an examination of the development emphasis on current problems. Participation by empirical research and data analysis in political of strategic theories and their impact on the foreign representatives of the area is stressed. science. Statistical techniques and the use of policies of major states in the contemporary world. Credits: 3 computers as tools for political analysis are Credits: 3 On Occasion emphasized. Annually Credits: 3 POL 653 Institute on African Problems On Occasion POL 722 The United Nations and World Stability This course covers the political, economic, social The goal in this course is to examine the role that and cultural aspects of the African area with POL 703 Political Science: The Development of the United Nations plays in promoting stability emphasis on current problems. Participation by the Discipline within and among nations. The course evaluates representatives of the area is stressed. This course examines the development of the the success and failure of various tools available to Credits: 3 discipline of political science and includes a survey this organization ranging from the use of military On Occasion of the works of the chief writers in the present forces to humanitarian assistance, and the existing scope of political science. constraints and possible directions for the future. POL 654 Institute on European Problems Credits: 3 Credits: 3 This course covers the political, economic, social On Occasion On Occasion and cultural aspects of the European area with an emphasis on current problems. Participation by POL 704 Special Problems in Political Science POL 731 The Sources of International Law representatives of the area is stressed. This course covers research on a special problem in This course is a historical and analytical study of the Credits: 3 political science not covered in existing courses documentary sources of international law and the On Occasion conducted under the guidance of a faculty member. community of nations. Approval of the department chair is required. Credits: 3 POL 655 Institute on Middle East Problems Credits: 3 On Occasion The political, economic, social and cultural aspects On Occasion of the Middle East area with an emphasis on POL 732 Public International Law current problems are examined. Participation by POL 707 Research Methods This course studies the substantive rules of the law representatives of the area is stressed. In this course, advanced study of the scientific of nations pertaining to the relations of how public Credits: 3 method in the discipline of political science, policy is formulated, applied, and enforced in On Occasion together with the preparation of a master's thesis administrative organizations; also, procedural law proposal and an outline of the thesis, is presented. for the settlement of international disputes. POL 656 Institute on Latin-American Problems This course is open only to matriculated students Credits: 3 The political, economic, social and cultural aspects pursuing the thesis option. On Occasion of the Latin-American area with an emphasis on Credits: 3 current problems are examined. Participation by Every Fall, Spring and Summer POL 742 Problems in International Organization representatives of the area is stressed. This course examines special topics of international Credits: 3 POL 708 Thesis Seminar organization, particularly those pertaining to the On Occasion In this course, the actual writing of the thesis is present scene. covered. This course is open only to matriculated Credits: 3 POL 675 The Politics of International students pursuing the thesis option. On Occasion Information and Cross Cultural Communications Prerequisite of POL 707 is required. This course is a study of culture-based perceptions Credits: 3 POL 760 Demography, Populations and Politics of the media in both developed and developing Every Fall and Spring This course is a study of domestic and international countries with particular emphasis on the influence population problems and their influence on the of politics on the ownership, control and POL 710 Seminar in Political Science formation and implementation of public policy. performance of the media. The mandate structure This course is a seminar designed to facilitate the Credits: 3 and function of the U.N. Department of Public integration of general principles, procedures and On Occasion Information are examined. areas offered in the Master of Arts program for Credits: 3 Option II M.A. students. The topic or topics of the
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 126 C.W. Post Campus
POL 761 Diplomacy Credits: 3 This course examines the nature and formulation On Occasion DEPARTMENT OF of diplomatic traditions. It is a study of the evolving role of diplomacy in international relations. POL 802 Modern Political Thought: N. PSYCHOLOGY
Credits: 3 Machiavelli to J.S. Mill Phone: (516) 299-2377 On Occasion This course is an investigation of the evolution of Western political thought from Niccolo Machiavelli Fax: (516) 299-3105 POL 762 Foreign Policy in Contemporary World to John Stuart Mill. Chair: Professor Lachter Politics Credits: 3 Professors: Corey, Feindler (Director, Clinical This course is the research and discussion of On Occasion Psychology Doctoral Program), Forestell selected topics in foreign policy techniques and (Provost), Keisner, Knafo, Matin, Rathus, Rossi, decision-making processes since World War II. POL 803 Contemporary Political Ideologies Silverstein Credits: 3 This course is a comparative study of major political Associate Professors: Campbell, Frye (Graduate On Occasion ideologies and their relationship to political events. Director), Goodman, Heimer, Neill, Ortiz, Tepper Credits: 3 Assistant Professor: Vidair POL 764 Politics of Multilateralism On Occasion Adjunct Faculty: 9 This course is a study of the theory and practice of The Department of Psychology offers the multilateralism in the contemporary international POL 811 American Political Theory Master of Arts in Psychology, the Advanced system. Particular attention is devoted to This course is an advanced historical and analytical Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and the international organizations involved with peace examination of government theories in the United Psy.D. in Clinical Psychology. Rigorous keeping, reactive and preventive diplomacy, conflict States. coursework encompasses child and adult resolution and conflict prevention. Credits: 3 psychology, abnormal behavior, therapy and Credits: 3 On Occasion psychological testing. The curricula explores the
On Occasion sciences of psychology – learning, perception, POL 815 Law and Political Theory in Ancient behavioral neuroscience, developmental processes, China POL 772 Institute on the United Nations and normal and abnormal processes – and their This course is a critical study of selected writers and This course is a study of the United Nations and its practical application. Your education in issues in the development of traditional Chinese related agencies and commissions. Students will psychology will teach you critical reasoning and political and legal thought. visit the United Nations and benefit from the research skills. Credits: 3 participation by representatives of this international The faculty’s expertise spans many areas, organization and its agencies. On Occasion including marriage and family, hypnosis, Credits: 3 POL 822 Studies in Constitutionalism sexuality, adolescent behavior, neuroscience, On Occasion psychotherapy, developmental disabilities and This course is an analysis of the rise of learning and memory. POL 782 International Relations constitutionalism in medieval and early modern In addition to classroom studies, you can gain This course is a systematic approach to specific Europe and focuses a particular emphasis on the hands-on experience at community youth centers, problems in international relations such as political revival of Roman law, the impact of hospitals, human resource departments or private nationalism, geography, population and food, Aristotelianism, and the development of the counseling practices. natural resources, imperialism, international law conciliar movement. Many psychology students become and organization, and collective security. Credits: 3 psychologists or enter related professions, but Credits: 3 On Occasion many others work in unrelated fields. Their On Occasion POL 823 Democracy and Dictatorship knowledge of human behavior and development, POL 783 Teaching of International Relations This course is a discussion and evaluation of learned as part of a broad-based education, makes This course consists of lectures, readings and traditional and contemporary interpretations of them excellent candidates for careers in a wide discussions of fundamental concepts, principles and democracy and dictatorship and takes into range of fields such as business, education and problems of international relations with current consideration both political and nonpolitical government. factors. applications. This course is primarily for secondary school teachers. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion M.A. in Psychology
On Occasion POL 951 Seminar on Public Opinion In earning this 36-credit Master of Arts degree POL 800 Basic Problems of Legal Philosophy This course covers research in the theory and in Psychology you will strengthen your research, This course is an examination of selected problems history of public opinion. Included are techniques writing and critical-thinking skills while of legal philosophy conducted through the study of in the measurement of public opinion and issues in broadening and deepening your knowledge of representative works of major schools of legal the philosophy of public opinion. human behavior. The core curriculum provides a thought. Credits: 3 thorough grounding in such topics as statistics, Credits: 3 On Occasion experimental methods, behavior analysis and
On Occasion learning, perception and cognition, and the neuropsychological bases of behavior. Each POL 801 Political Thought from Plato to the student must complete a thesis. 16th Century In designing a program to fit your own interests This course is an analysis of the evolution of and needs, you will have an opportunity to choose Western political thought from ancient Greece to from a full menu of electives, including "Social the 16th century. Psychology," "Personality," "Developmental
Page 127 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Psychology," "Psychopathology," M.A. in Psychology Requirements The program requires the completion of 18 "Psychopharmacology" and "Theory and Practice Required Experimental Psychology credits, and is designed so that all requirements of Psychotherapy." In addition to paving the way can be met within one calendar year (fall semester, Courses for further study on the graduate level, the M.A. in spring semester and summer session). The All of the following: Psychology will prepare you for a wide range of curriculum consists of 9 credits in basic courses in positions in treatment, education, industrial PSY 606 Statistics in Psychology 3.00 behavior analysis, 6 credits in advanced courses organization, management training and human PSY 607 Experimental Methods in 3.00 and 3 practicum credits. Applications are accepted resources. Psychology I until August 1. Admission Requirements The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. PSY 608 Experimental Methods in 3.00 Applicants to the Master of Arts in Psychology has approved the advanced certificate’s course Psychology II must meet the following requirements for sequence as meeting the course work requirements admission. This program admits for the Fall only. PSY 651 Behavior Analysis and 3.00 for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior To ensure attention to individual growth, the Learning Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet number of students is limited. Most have additional requirements to qualify for board PSY 652 Perception and Cognition 3.00 undergraduate degrees in psychology. However, certification. we are prepared to provide appropriate support for PSY 703 Neuropsychological 3.00 For more information about Behavior Analyst students with degrees in other disciplines who are Bases of Behavior Certification, visit the BACB Web site at now exploring psychology as career option. bacb.com. Elective Psychology Courses Applications are processed as they are received. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Four of the following: However, we strongly encourage application by Applicants to Advanced Certificate in Applied PSY 614 Social Psychology 3.00 August 1 for students who wish to be considered Behavior Analysis must meet the following for assistantships. PSY 616 Personality 3.00 requirements for admission. This program admits • Application for Admission. for the Fall only. Application for Admission. PSY 653 Developmental 3.00 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). Psychology • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or graduate transcripts from any college(s) or PSY 655 Psychopathology 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or universities you have attended. universities you have attended. PSY 657 Applied Behavior 3.00 • Submit the results of the General Graduate • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 Analysis Record (GRE) Exam. overall grade point average or equivalent in a • Applicants must have achieved at least a 3.0 PSY 658 Practicum in Applied 3.00 bachelor’s program. Students who do not meet overall grade point average or equivalent in a Behavior Analysis this requirement are welcome to discuss their bachelor's program. Students who do not meet options for admissions with the graduate PSY 661 Psychological 3.00 this requirement are welcome to discuss their advisor. Assessment options for admissions with the graduate • One professional and/or academic letters of advisor. PSY 664 Theory and Practice of 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s • Two professional and/or academic letters of Psychotherapy potential in the profession and ability to recommendation that address the applicant's complete a graduate program. PSY 666 Psychopharmacology 3.00 potential in the profession and ability to • Personal Statement that addresses the reason complete a graduate program. PSY 704 Advanced Issues in 3.00 you are interested in pursuing graduate work in • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Psychology I this area of study. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in • Students for whom English is a second PSY 705 Advanced Issues in 3.00 this area of study. language must submit official score results of Psychology II • Students for whom English is a second the Test of English as a Foreign Language language must submit official score results of Required Thesis Courses (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable the Test of English as a Foreign Language All of the following: TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable PSY 707 Thesis Tutorial I 3.00 computer based or 550 paper-based) or TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. PSY 708 Thesis Tutorial II 3.00 computer based or 550 paper-based) or Send application materials to: minimum IELTS score: 6.5. M.A. in Psychology Additional Graduate Admissions Office Send application materials to: Requirements C.W. Post Campus Graduate Admissions Office Long Island University Minimum Total Credits = 36 C.W. Post Campus 720 Northern Boulevard Minimum GPA = 3.00 Long Island University Brookville, NY 11548-1300
720 Northern Boulevard ACADEMIC POLICIES Brookville, NY 11548-1300 Advanced Certificate in Applied Each grade below B is considered a deficiency. ACADEMIC POLICIES Behavior Analysis Two deficiency grades will result in probation. Each grade below B is considered a deficiency. Three deficient grades will result in dismissal. It is Two deficiency grades will result in probation. This program is designed for individuals who the student’s responsibility to bring any Three deficient grades will result in dismissal. It is wish to receive a formal background in the theory deficiencies to the attention of the graduate the student's responsibility to bring any and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. committee chairperson. deficiencies to the attention of the graduate Behavior analysis is used most widely with Students enrolled in the CASE (Concentration committee chairperson. clinical populations in the area of developmental in Autism and Special Education) program can disabilities, including but not limited to clients also complete the requirements for the Advanced
diagnosed as mentally retarded and/or autistic. Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis by taking
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 128 C.W. Post Campus
PSY 607, 651, and 657. These courses are taken in Psychology Doctoral Program. The professional addition to the education courses required to Clinical Psychology Doctoral practice of psychology is the primary focus of the complete the CASE program. In order to complete training program. However, this practice is the 18 credits in the Advanced Certificate in Program informed by scholarly inquiry.
Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 credits in Education All program requirements are consistent with a Phone: (516) 299-2090 courses would substitute for the corresponding redefinition of a science-practice relationship that Director: Professor Feindler Psychology courses as follows: includes "the productive interaction of theory and Professors: Keisner, Knafo, Rathus, Rossi EDS 625 Contemporary Issues & Research in practice in a primarily practice based approach to (Affiliated), Silverstein Autism Spectrum Disorders substitutes for PSY inquiry" (Hoshmand and Polinghorne, 1992). In Associate Professors: Frye (Affiliated), Goodman, 658 Practicum in Applied Behavior Analysis. EDS addition, because our program focuses on two Neill (Affiliated), Ortiz 625 is an advanced seminar in current issues theoretical orientations, psychodynamic and Assistant Professor: Vidair facing the field of special education. cognitive-behavioral, our students are presented Adjunct Faculty: 9 EDS 629 Curriculum-based Assessment and with different models of clinical knowledge. The Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program Instruction of Students with Severe Students are encouraged to use the scientific (Psy.D.) trains students who want to practice as Disabilities/Autism substitutes for PSY 704 method in clinical thinking and to critically assess clinical psychologists with a strong interest in Advanced Issues in Psychology I: Autism. EDS their clinical practice. The program also employs a traditionally underserved populations. In addition 629 focuses on methodologies of: (1) assessment; developmental training approach, where to mastering a rigorous core curriculum, Psy.D. (2) curriculum development; (3) individualized expectations of minimum competency gradually students gain special competencies in one of three educational planning; and (4) instructional increase as students proceed through the sequence areas: Developmental Disabilities, Family programming for children with severe of coursework, supervised clinical practice and the Violence, or Serious and Persistent Mental Illness. developmental disabilities and autism. completion of other requirements. The program is Our highly experienced faculty provides clinical EDS 635 Behavior Management for Children designed so that student's assume increased and theoretical training in the two major with Autism and Developmental Disorders responsibility and independence as they progress orientations in the field today: cognitive behavioral substitutes for PSY 705 Advanced Issues in from the first year to completion. and psychoanalytic. As a result, our graduates are Psychology II: Development of Behavior Upon completion of the program, graduates are prepared to practice with one or both models, Intervention Programs. EDS 635 provides an expected to be able to function as competent and affording considerable flexibility in a professional introduction to the principles of applied behavior ethical psychologists providing psychological world of constantly changing demands and analysis (ABA) and its application for children services to various individuals, groups and opportunities. with autism and other developmental disabilities. organizations. Graduates are also expected to have After the first year, students balance course specialized knowledge and experience with at least work with clinical training as externs in approved Advanced Certificate in Applied one of three populations: people with serious and patient-care institutions. Second-year students persistent mental illnesses, people with Behavior Analysis Requirements train at the C.W. Post Psychological Services developmental disabilities and the victims of Required Applied Behavior Analysis Center, which offers low-cost preventative and family violence. These advanced concentration Courses clinical mental health services to community areas represent one facet of our public interest All of the following: members. Third- and fourth-year students mission. The competencies promoted in the complete closely supervised externships at one of PSY 607 Experimental Methods in 3.00 program are based on a blended version of the more than 50 training sites in the New York-New Psychology I National Council of Schools and Programs of Jersey metropolitan area, including inpatient, PSY 651 Behavior Analysis and 3.00 Professional Psychology Educational Model outpatient and community mental health facilities. Learning proposed by Peterson, Peterson, Abrams and The Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program is Stricker (1997) and the Competencies in PSY 657 Applied Behavior 3.00 accredited by the American Psychological Professional Psychology model outlined by Analysis Association. In 2009, the APA awarded the Kaslow (2004). This blended version reflects the Program with accreditation until 2016, the longest PSY 658 Practicum in Applied 3.00 generally accepted competencies in professional possible period of accreditation. Approximately 20 Behavior Analysis psychology training and the unique mission of the students from across the United States are C.W. Post Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program. PSY 704 Advanced Issues in 3.00 admitted each year; most have an undergraduate The goals and objectives determine the policies, Psychology I degree in psychology and some clinical curriculum, training experiences and environment experience. The program requires a full-time, year- PSY 705 Advanced Issues in 3.00 of the program and are designed to promote round commitment in each of the four years of Psychology II foundational competencies, core competencies and residency. The fifth year is spent in a full-time specialty competencies (Kaslow, 2004). These Advanced Certificate in Applied clinical internship at an American Psychological competencies are: Association-approved facility. As a culminating Behavior Analysis Additional Foundational experience, students design and conduct a Requirements 1. Ethics significant research project, and write a doctoral 2. Individual and cultural diversity, Minimum Total Credits = 18 dissertation under the direction of the Program 3. Professional Development Minimum GPA = 3.00 faculty. The program is 115 credits, including the Core clinical practicum. 4. Research and evaluation PRACTITIONER-SCHOLAR TRAINING 5. Assessment, MODEL PROGRAM 6. Intervention, Program Competencies, Goals and Objectives 7. Consultation and supervision and The term practitioner-scholar best describes the 8. Elective concentration primary educational model at the C.W. Post This last competency takes the form of at least one Campus of Long Island University Clinical of the three advanced training electives:
Page 129 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Serious and persistent mental illness, relevant research to generate new knowledge about effectively communicate to clients the methods to developmental disability or family violence. clinical phenomena, d) and evaluating the validity be used. Foundational Competencies, Goals and and utility of their own scholarly activity. Students Goal #5: To provide a training experience so that Objectives should be able to apply these skills to the program graduates can successfully employ 1. Ethical competence includes the following resolution of individual and group problems of a intervention approaches appropriate to the person components: knowledge of ethical codes, psychological nature. and the situation. standards and legal regulations and case law Objective 5: Students will demonstrate their Objective 14: Students will apply theory and relevant to professional practice. In particular understanding of quantitative and qualitative research when formulating a plan for helping ethical behavior requires knowledge of an ethical research methods as well as the case study clients to resolve their interpersonal difficulties, to decision making model and the ability to apply approach to clinical questions. reduce psychological problems and to increase that model in the various roles enacted by a Objective 6: Students will demonstrate appropriate effective use of coping strategies. professional psychologist (Kaslow, 2004) levels of knowledge in the following content areas: Objective 15: Students will successfully employ at Goal #1: To provide a training experience so that Biological, developmental, cognitive-affective, least two theoretical approaches to intervention: program graduates will become professional social, and cultural bases of behavior, learning and psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral or psychologists able to exhibit ethically sound the history of psychology. applied to evaluate levels of competence with the relationship skills with diverse populations. Objective 7: Students will be able to evaluate and help of psychologists from the community who are Objective 1: Students will demonstrate the utilize research literature. independent of the program core faculty. knowledge necessary to treat clients and other Objective 8: Students will be able to formulate a 4. Consultation and Supervision Competence professionals in an ethical and legal manner. research question, write and defend a proposal, involves "the planned collaborative interaction Objective 2: Students will behave in an ethical conduct the research project as proposed and between the professional psychologist and one or manner when interacting with clients and other communicate the purposes, procedures, outcomes, more clients or colleagues, in relation to an professionals. and implications orally and in writing. identified problem area or program" (Peterson, 2. Individual and cultural diversity competence 2. Assessment Competence requires the ability to Peterson, Abrams and Stricker, 1997, p. 380) and "requires self awareness of one's own attitudes, "describe, conceptualize, characterize, and predict the capacity to exercise supervisory skills, which biases, and assumptions and knowledge about relevant characteristics of a client" (Peterson, include knowledge of the ethical codes, laws, various dimensions of diversity and appropriate Peterson, Abrams and Stricker, 1997, p.380) This regulations and values that determine an ethical professional practice with persons from diverse involves the development of assessment, approach to psychological practice. The ability to groups" (Daniel, Roysircir, Abeles and Boyd). diagnostic, and clinical interviewing skills in teach others to develop competent clinical This can also be identified as multicultural cognitive, personality, and behavioral domains and intervention skills is also part of the competency. competence. It requires an understanding of the the ethical use of these assessment instruments and Goal #6: To provide training experiences so that need to consider and include individual and methods. all graduates will possess the skills necessary to cultural differences in clinical work, possession of Goal #4: To provide a training experience so that conduct effective clinical supervision and the knowledge necessary to conduct culturally program graduates will successfully employ consultation with other professionals. competent practice and the attitudes and values appropriate professional assessment instruments Objective 16: Students will possess the necessary consistent with such professional activities. and methodologies, including psychological tests skills to conduct clinical supervision and Goal #2: To provide a training experience so that and interview strategies. They will also be skilled professional consultation. program graduates will have the knowledge and in integrating and communicating their findings. 5. Professional Development Competence: skills to provide professional services to Objective 9: Students will successfully administer Peterson, Peterson, Abrams and Stricker (1997) organizations and individuals from diverse and evaluate instruments designed to assess identified relationship competence as including "a) backgrounds. cognitive functioning. intellectual curiosity and flexibility, b) Objective 3: Students will demonstrate respect for Objective 10: Students will successfully openmindedness, c) belief in the capacity for others who represent culturally diverse administer and evaluate personality assessment change in human attitudes and behavior, d) backgrounds and experiences. instruments. appreciation of individual and cultural diversity, e) Objective 4: Students will demonstrate the ability Objective 11: Students will successfully personal integrity and f) belief in the value self- to integrate their knowledge of diversity into their administer and evaluate behavioral assessment awareness." Kaslow (2004) refers to a similar professional practice. methodologies. competency as professional development. The Core Competencies, Goals and Objectives Objective 12: Students will successfully employ emphasis on professional development has the 1. Research and Evaluation Competency interview methods for assessment purposes. advantages of being more inclusive and consistent includes the capacity to grasp psychological Objective 13: Students will successfully integrate with a developmental approach to training. She inquiry and research methodology via qualitative, and communicate information from a variety of includes a)"interpersonal functioning quantitative or theoretical study of psychological assessment sources in developing reports and case operationalized as "social and emotional phenomena relevant to clinical issues. It includes a conceptualizations. intelligence, the capacity to relate effectively with desire to investigate local and/or individual 3. Intervention Competence is expected in the others, developing one's own professional psychological phenomena using a systematic mode following areas: Intervention skills related to approaches and persona, internalizing professional of inquiry. This competency area also involves psychodynamic psychotherapy, cognitive- standards, seeing one's self as a cultural being, and problem identification and the acquisition and behavioral therapy, and applied behavior analysis understanding the impact of one's own culture on interpretation of information concerning the with children, adolescents and adults in group as interactions with others". b) "Critical thinking problem in a scientific manner. well as individual formats. These skills include the implies thinking like a psychologist, that is Goal #3: To provide a training experience that formulation and conceptualization of clinical assuming a psychological and scientific approach presents students with knowledge, skills, and cases, the development and implementation of to problem solving and c) "self-assessment, or the attitudes required for a scholarly approach to a) treatment plans, the assessment of treatment capacity for self-reflection, possessing an accurate understanding the results of clinical research, b) progress and outcome, the performance of assessment and awareness of one's own level of effectively applying information from clinical treatment consistent with ethical principles and knowledge and skill, and using this information to research to practice, c) conducting clinically relevant legal guidelines and the ability to gauge one's readiness to provide psychological
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 130 C.W. Post Campus services in specific areas of practice" (Kaslow program success. Therefore, graduates can expect problems in living. The courses address different 2004, pp 776-777). Students and graduates should to be contacted on a regular basis in order to populations, modalities and theoretical models. be aware of their own biases, limitations, and complete program outcome evaluations which will Area three is the research core. Three courses in distress signals and be capable and desirous of include information about employment and statistics and research methodology prepare creating and maintaining safe and effective professional development. The program and APA students for understanding the role of research in environments when providing psychological are regularly monitoring these outcome measures. clinical practice and two independent courses are services. Our program focuses not only on the Program Requirements designed to help the student complete a doctoral application of professional development The program requires a full-time [year-round] dissertation. Area four is a series of six seminars competency with clinical populations, but also on commitment in each of the four years of residency. which focus on issues of professional how such change impacts on relationships with The fifth year is spent in completion of a full-time development, including learning about clinical colleagues, supervisors and community clinical internship. Students are regularly psychology in the public interest, professional professionals. In addition, an important aspect of evaluated by the faculty and clinical supervisors. socialization, clinical supervision and the professional development, or a central skill Evaluations reflect continued broadening of "psychological life of mental health necessary for successful clinical practice is what knowledge, personal and emotional development, organizations". The fifth area is a series of two Schon (1983) as described in Hoshmand and and an ability to employ increasingly sophisticated courses where the student receives beginning level Polinghorne (1992), called "reflection-in-action", clinical procedures. Steady development in each training in the application of his or her clinical or a "capacity to keep alive, in the midst of an area is required for the student to progress in the knowledge and skills to specific client populations action, a multiplicity of views of the situation". program. and their problems. The three elective Goal #7: To provide training experiences so that Specific requirements for the degree are: concentrations are family violence, developmental all graduates will possess "emotional and social • satisfactory completion of 89 credits in general, disabilities and serious and persistent mental intelligence" and have the "capacity to relate clinical, professional, and elective concentration illness. In addition, students may choose to take effectively with others" and for "selfassessment" courses; elective courses, such as marital therapy or family (Kaslow, 2004). • evaluations that reflect appropriate development therapy (usually offered during summer sessions). Objective 17: Students will demonstrate evidence of professional skills and judgment; Clinical Orientations of professional development as it is • satisfactory completion of a clinical competency Although the practice of clinical psychology is operationalized in Goal #7 to effectively carry out evaluation consisting of a case presentation, informed by a number of theoretical approaches, all clinical responsibilities. analysis, and defense; students in this program receive substantial Objective 18: Students will demonstrate • satisfactory completion of year-long externships didactic and practical training in two major professional development as described in Goal#7 in the second, third and fourth years, and the full- orientations, cognitive-behavioral and to effectively develop and maintain successful time internship in the fifth year of the program psychoanalytic. One or both of these orientations contacts with their colleagues. • completion of an acceptable doctoral dissertation influence most academic courses and both 6. Specialty Competence (Elective usually in the student's elective concentration area, orientations are a critical part of each student's Concentration Competence) includes the including an oral presentation of findings and clinical experience. For example, all second year development of advanced knowledge, skills and conclusions. students placed in the program's Psychological attitudes in at least one of three elective Once an applicant is accepted for admission, Services Center, receive psychotherapy concentration areas; serious and persistent mental every effort is made to assist the candidate in the supervision from at least two supervisors, one illness, developmental disability or family successful and timely completion of the program. psychoanalytic and the other cognitive-behavioral. violence. Each student is provided with a faculty and peer As a result of this experience, our graduates have Goal #8: To provide a training experience so that advisor. Student support groups, instructors, and the background and tools to practice with one or program graduates will have the knowledge, supervisors are available to help integrate the both models. This provides them with considerable attitudes and skills to provide professional services stresses and challenges of doctoral training into professional flexibility, necessary in the world of to individuals and groups involved in serious and professional growth. Continued and reasonable changing demands and possibilities. persistent mental illness, developmental expansion of professional knowledge, skills and CLINICAL TRAINING disabilities or family violence. values is the basic guidepost of a student's The clinical externships in the second, third and Objective 19: Students will demonstrate successful evaluation. fourth years are critical to the training of every knowledge of the theoretical and research CURRICULUM candidate. Sixteen hours per week are required in literature in at least one of the concentration areas. The Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program the second, third and fourth years of training. Objective 20: Students will possess advanced requires four years of full-time residence. The total Students receive a total of fourteen credits for clinical knowledge and skills in at least one of the number of credits required to graduate is 115. Of externship work. The second year placement is concentration areas. these credits 89 are for academic courses and 26 fulfilled on campus at the Psychological Services Following successful completion of the credits are for practica/externships/supervision Center. Externship sites are available in the three program and all experience requirements, courses. There are five basic competency areas, elective concentration areas, as well as in more graduates of the program are eligible to sit for the each of which includes a sequence of general clinical areas. The program is currently New York State licensing examination. Each comprehensive courses. Area one deepens the affiliated with more than 50 externship sites in a candidate should consult the Psychology students' knowledge of basic psychological variety of settings, including inpatient, outpatient, Handbook (New York State Education concepts and principles. There are six required and community mental health facilities. Department, 1990) as soon as possible in order to courses in this first area. Area two is the clinical OTHER PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS become familiar with training and experience core, which consists of courses in assessment, Workshops requirements as well as regulations and laws that psychopathology, psychotherapy and ethics. This Project S.A.V.E.: relate to the independent practice of psychology. area, the largest, includes twelve required courses Students must complete before beginning PSC Copies of the Handbook are available in the designed to train students in the basic Practicum Placement. Available through C.W. Program Office. understanding of psychopathology, methods of Post's School of Continuing Education The professional placement and satisfaction of assessment with different groups, and the Child Abuse Identification & Reporting: our graduates are two critical outcome measures of approaches for intervening with people who have Available through C.W. Post's School of
Page 131 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Continuing Education to work with underserved communities. After an letters of recommendation. H.I.V. Workshop for Psychologists: initial review of applications and supporting 5. Personal Statement Offered every 2-3 years by the C.W. Post Clinical documents, some applicants will be invited for a Write a statement describing your personal Psychology Doctoral Program personal interview with at least two faculty educational and professional goals and discuss CLINICAL AND DISSERTATION members. what you hope to gain from doctoral study at the MILESTONES Applications to the Psy.D. program are C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University. You Clinical Competency Evaluation accepted for the fall semester only. All application may submit your Personal Statement as part of the Must be scheduled by the student by June 15 of materials must be received by the January 15 online application. The statement should be one to his/her fourth year. Students must pass their CCE deadline, including transcripts, letters of three pages in length. before applying for internship that fall for the recommendation, statement of purpose, statement The statement should be one to three pages in following academic year. of research/inquiry, writing sample, Graduate length, typed and double-spaced. We prefer Dissertation Proposal Record Examination (GRE) test scores, a double-sided if possible. Be sure to include your Completed, generally, in the fall of student's fourth c.v./resume and non-refundable application fee. full name and page numbers in the upper-right- year. All requested materials should be submitted to the hand corner of each sheet and include the heading Dissertation Defense (associated courses: PSY Graduate Admissions Office. The Psy.D. Program "Personal Statement" on the top of each page. 838, 839 and 842) does not accept applications for the Spring Because our Doctoral program is specifically Students must defend their dissertations and hand semester admission. geared to training clinical practitioners, your in a bound copy, with the signatures of their 1. Required Admissions Application personal statement should address each of the dissertation committee members, to the program in Applicants to the Psy.D. Program must following: order have this requirement considered complete. complete the Long Island University Online 1. Your specific goals in applying to the Doctoral PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES CENTER Application for Admission at Program in Clinical Psychology. The Psychological Services Center (PSC) is a www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp. 2. The scope and nature of any prior clinical private, nonprofit mental health facility operated • For the field "Campus", select "C.W. Post" experience. by the Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program at • For the field "Admit type", select "Graduate" or 3. In addition to general training in the practice of the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University. "International Graduate" as appropriate clinical psychology, the C.W. Post doctoral The clinic operates with the objectives of • For the field "Admit term", select "Fall" program emphasizes training in the program's providing diverse psychological services to all • For the field "I'll be applying as", select "full current specialty concentration areas: Applied members of the local community as well as time" Child Psychology, Family Violence, and serving as a training facility for the C.W. Post • For the field "Intended major", select Serious and Persistent Mental Illness. Please Clinical Psychology Doctoral candidates. "Psychology-Clinical PSY.D." elaborate any interest you may have in one of The PSC is staffed by second-year graduate 2. Application Fee these three concentration areas. This statement students earning their doctoral degrees in clinical Mail a non-refundable application fee of $40 by is a preference, not a commitment. Students psychology. The graduate student-therapist's work either check or money order (made payable to make a formal commitment to one of the areas is closely supervised by licensed clinical Long Island University) or contact the Bursar to in the spring of the second year in the program. psychologists who are faculty members of the submit fee via credit card. Please write your name 6. Statement of Research/Inquiry Department of Psychology, as well as licensed on the check or money order. International Write a statement describing your primary clinical psychologists from the Long Island applicants must pay the fee in U.S. dollars by areas of research or inquiry interest. The statement community who serve as Adjunct Clinical sending an international money order or check. should be one to three pages in length. You may Supervisors. You can also pay by credit card by printing the submit your statement as a hard copy. The Psychological Services Center is located in Credit Card Authorization form on the Bursar Be sure to include your full name and page Lodge A on the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/bursar or by numbers in the upper-right-hand corner of each University, 720 Northern Boulevard, Brookville, calling 516-299-2323. Cash, international postal sheet. Include the heading "Statement of New York, 11548-1300. See the campus map. The money orders or Eurochecks are not accepted. Research/Inquiry" on the top of the page. phone number is 516-299-3211. 3. Transcripts 7. Curriculum Vitae/Résumé ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS AND Request one official copy of your Submit a curriculum vitae or résumé that PROCEDURES undergraduate and graduate transcript(s) from any includes clinical experience. Be sure to include An applicant's eligibility for admission to the college(s) you have attended. You may have the your full name and page numbers in the upper- Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology is based transcript(s) sent directly to the Graduate right-hand corner of each sheet. on evidence of intellectual aptitude, personal Admissions Office at C.W. Post, or you may wish 8. Graduate Admissions Test maturity and commitment to psychology in the to have them sent to you. In that case, you should Applicants are required to submit scores for the public interest. Applicants must hold at least a submit the transcripts in the original sealed general test (verbal, quantitative and written) of bachelor's degree in psychology or a related field envelope as part of your application packet. the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and the from an accredited college or university and have Photocopies or student copies are not considered subject GRE in Psychology. It is the applicant's some clinical experience. In addition, applicants official. responsibility to request that the Educational must have a minimum of 18 credit hours of 4. Letters of Recommendation Testing Service (ETS) forward official copies of psychology, including courses in Statistics, Three letters of recommendation are required. GRE scores directly to the C.W. Post Graduate Research Design or Methods, Personality, and These letters should be written by persons who can Admissions Office. Inquiries concerning this Abnormal Psychology, and competitive GRE comment from personal knowledge on the testing program and application to take the tests scores in each of the aptitude subtests & the academic and/or professional qualifications of the should be addressed to the Graduate Record Advanced Psychology test. Admission decisions applicant. Applicants to the Psy.D. Program must Examinations, Educational Testing Service at will be based on the following factors: academic submit one letter of recommendation from a http://www.gre.org, or call 1-800-GRE-CALL. proficiency, professional accomplishments, current or former instructor or professor. C.W. Post's Educational Testing Service Code is proposed intellectual focus, potential for Employers, former instructors or professional 2070. completing a rigorous program, as well as a desire colleagues of status may write the second and third
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 132 C.W. Post Campus
9. Sample of Scholarly Work program directly for information on applying for Based on Need, Merit, & Under-represented A sample of a published work or other Advanced Standing. Ethnic Minority Status: The department will scholarly writing (Not required, but strongly Financial Aid provide between $3,000 and $6,000 per year to suggested; limited to 10 pages; this can be a Students in the first three years of the program students who demonstrate a high degree of need, portion of any academic or clinical writing you can be expected to receive between $10,000 and to students who are particularly high performing, have done). Be sure to include your full name and $25,000 in financial aid. In rare exceptions, and to students who are from underrepresented page numbers in the upper-right-hand corner of students in the 4th year of the program can receive ethnic-minority groups. each sheet. Include the heading "Sample of up to $10,000 in financial aid. The department Student Health Insurance Scholarly Work' on the top of each page. funds doctoral students in three main ways (Work Commuter Student Health Insurance is 10. International Students – Degree scholarships, Teaching Assistantships, and available to all first-year students. In the second, Requirements Fellowships). In addition, the department, the third, fourth, and fifth years (while the student is in International applicants must complete the University, and individual students supplement clinical placement settings), all students must have Long Island University Online Application for these funds from a number of other sources. All health insurance. Compulsory health insurance Admission at www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp students expecting aid from the program must will be applied to each student’s bill every fall, but (select "International Graduate" in the field 'Admit complete the Free Application for Federal Student can be waived by the end of October of each Type" and select "Psychology-Clinical PSY.D." in Aid (FAFSA), regardless of whether or not they academic year. the field "Intended Major.") Applicants who do not will be requesting federal monies. Program Governance have a master's degree from a U.S. institution must PsyD Scholarship: As a research assistant, you The Doctoral Training Committee (DTC) is the also submit official score results of the Test of will assist a professor with his or her research for main governing body of the Clinical Psychology English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The six hours a week during the academic year. These Doctoral Program. Its members include: the required minimum acceptable TOEFL score is: assistantships pay $10,000 and up per academic Program Director, all core faculty, the 100 Internet-based (250 computer based or 600 year (September-May). Psychological Service Center Director, the paper-based) or minimum IELTS score: 7.5. Teaching Assistantship: Students teach their own Psychology Department Chairman, one International students whose native language is section of Introduction to Psychology to Psychology faculty representative, one student English, or who have received a degree from an undergraduates at C.W. Post. These positions pay representative from every student group, and one accredited college or university where the only $10,000 and up per academic year (i.e. for student representative for every class year. medium of instruction is English, may have the teaching two sections of an Introduction to Student Progress Evaluation English Language proficiency requirement Psychology course). Further elaboration of the program's policies on waived. The waiver is determined on an individual Fellowships to Reduce Mental Health Service academic standing and policies are available in the basis following a review of the student's Disparities: The purpose of this funding program Student Handbook, accessible on our Web site and application. is to encourage our students to work with certain handed out to all incoming first year students. Send application materials to: groups (low SES, African Americans, Hispanics, Academic Performance Graduate Admissions Office immigrants, people with physical disabilities, and The time limit for completing the Clinical C.W. Post Campus gay/lesbian/bisexual/transgendered people) after Psychology Doctoral Program is seven years from Long Island University they graduate from our program by providing a the date of enrollment. Students may, in the spring 720 Northern Boulevard financial incentive to gain experience and of their 7th year, request an extension via a formal Brookville, NY 11548-1300 expertise with these groups while a doctoral letter to the DTC. Students cannot take more than Personal Enrichment student at C.W. Post. In order to be eligible for this 8 years to complete the program. Program graduates may take courses in the fellowship, a student must plan to devote a Academic Evaluation Program provided that they: significant percentage of his/her career to working The grading scheme for all doctoral courses can • Complete and submit a "Personal with members of at least one of these groups. To be found on individual instructors' syllabi. The Enrichment/Visiting Student" application to the apply, a student does not have to belong to one of grading scheme is standard across all courses. Program, along with an application fee; and, these groups. He or she must simply want to work Students are also rated using the Academic • Meet with the Program Director and Instructor of with clients from at least one of these groups upon Competency Evaluation form, which rates all the course for approval graduation. These Fellowships pay $22,000 per foundational competencies as well as the relevant Unfortunately, the program cannot accommodate academic year and are renewable for the first three core competencies (which varies by course). visiting students enrolled in other graduate or years, as long as the student remains in good Evaluation of students' dissertation progress is doctoral programs into its required curriculum standing. monitored by the committee chair and the program courses. Visiting students may apply to take the Safe Zone Coordinator Fellowship: Each year, director. Dissertation defenses are evaluated on the elective courses, given that there is room in the the coordinator of the Safe Zone Project will basis of competencies. course and on the approval of the instructor. receive a fellowship equivalent to the size of the Clinical Work Evaluation Transfer Credits and Advanced Standing fellowships intended to reduce mental health Student externs and interns are evaluated bi- Because of the unique nature of the program, a disparities. annually by the extern/internship supervisors. All maximum of 12 transfer credits will be granted Research Grant Funding: Faculty and students evaluations are reviewed by the Director of judiciously. If a student wishes to be considered in the doctoral program regularly apply for Clinical Training and the students' advisor. The for transfer credit, those credits must be in funding to conduct research. Such funding may Clinical Competency Evaluation is one of the graduate courses taken within the last five years include payment for graduate research assistants. required milestones for all students completing with at least a grade of B. All applications for Other Sources of Funding: Program and practice their 3rd year externship. The CCE must be passed transfer credits must be submitted to the program assistantships are often available through external before students are allowed to apply for internship. by the spring of the 1st year. organizations which are associated with the Academic Conduct Other advanced standing status requests may be program and/or with which program faculty Academic irregularities or dishonesty, such as considered. Note that financial aid from the collaborate. These are typically offered through a plagiarism and cheating, may result in an program will not be available to students who separate application process with the organization. automatic failure in a course and dismissal from receive Advanced Standing status. Contact the Supplementary Departmental Financial Aid the program.
Page 133 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Unsatisfactory Academic Performance affirmative attitudes and engender LGBT-sensitive PSY 824 Developmental 3.00 A student whose academic performance is psychologists, the program provides a Safe Zone Psychology: Lifespan below competency level (i.e., a B in course grades training that is mandatory for all entering students PSY 826 Clinical Interviewing 3.00 and a 2 on all relevant competency ratings) will be enrolled in the program. By bearing some of the placed on probation and be required to formulate a responsibility of training individuals to PSY 851 Assessment of Children 3.00 remediation plan with their advisor and one faculty competently and ethically work with LGBT PSY 851L Assessment of Children 0.00 member. Remediation can be the result of poor individuals and related issues, the Safe Zone Laboratory grades, lower than expected competencies, ethical Project is an integral part of the program's effort to issues, or failures to meet required deadlines. respond to the American Psychological PSY 861 Child and Adolescent 3.00 Other relevant policies are discussed in the Student Association's call to clinical training programs for Psychopathology Handbook, given to all students in their first year. the promotion of knowledge and training in human Required Second-Year Courses Unsatisfactory Clinical Work Performance diversity. Although the Safe Zone Project does not All of the following: A student whose clinical work is rated as below provide comprehensive clinical training for the expected competency level will be required to treating those with LGBT-specific problems, or PSY 801 Psychological Statistics I 3.00 meet with the Director of Clinical Training and sexual and gender identity/orientation issues, the PSY 802 Psychological Statistics II 2.00 their faculty advisor. Other relevant policies are training does prepare a new generation of students PSY 805 Integrating Test Findings 3.00 discussed in the Student Handbook, given to all to be more informed, sensitive, and ultimately and Report Writing students in their first year. better clinicians to the LGBT community. The Leave of Absence Safe Zone Project offers the opportunity for a PSY 805L Integrating Test Findings 0.00 A student requesting a leave of absence must dialogue about diversity and endorses the and Report Writing write a formal letter to the Program Director program's provision of an atmosphere that respects Laboratory stating reasons for the request, an estimated return all individuals, regardless of sexual orientation, PSY 811 Ethical Practice in 3.00 to study date, and a plan for completion of the ethnic background, age, ability, and gender. Clinical Psychology program. Leaves are granted on a caseby- case Alumni Council basis. If granted, the time away will not count Formed in 2007, the Alumni Council is made PSY 821 Cognition, Perception and 3.00 towards the 7-year limit. up of alums from the first graduating class to the Cognitive Therapy Student Groups latest graduating class. The group meets bi- PSY 822 Individual Intervention: 3.00 The Doctoral Student Association (DSA) is annually and as needed. Psychodynamic the student organization for the program that meets Program Publications on a monthly basis to discuss the needs, concerns The program publishes The Participant PSY 830 Professional 3.00 and various areas of interest of the doctoral Observer on a bi-annual basis. This publication Development Seminar: students. This organization seeks to enhance the includes doctoral student, faculty, and alumni Case Supervision I students' professional development and training. submissions. Get a Grip: the weekly e-newsletter PSY 837 Introduction to Clinical 3.00 Membership is open to all fulltime doctoral of the Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program at Research students in the program. C.W. Post – Long Island University which keeps Peer-Advisement System: All first year students the program community informed of program PSY 840 Professional 3.00 are assigned upper-class students who serve as events, outside conferences, and job opportunities. Development Seminar: peer advisors. Case Supervision II Students for Multiculturalism Awareness in Psy.D. in Clinical Psychology PSY 865 Treatment of Children 3.00 Research & Training (S.M.A.R.T.) is an Requirements and Adolescents organization maintained and run by the program's Required First-Year Courses doctoral students. Its primary aim is to promote PSY 878 Group Intervention 3.00 All of the following: and advocate for continued education and training Supervision I PSY 803 Cognitive and 3.00 in issues pertaining to diversity and under-served Neuropsychological PSY 879 Group Intervention 3.00 populations within the doctoral program in clinical Assessment Supervision II psychology at C.W. Post. Our interests include, but are not limited poverty, ethnic/cultural PSY 803L Cognitive and 0.00 PSY 891 Psychological Clinic 3.00 diversity, race, sexual orientation, identity, and Neuropsychological Practicum I disability, to name a few. SMART committee Assessment Laboratory PSY 892 Psychological Clinic 3.00 members organize activities and outings to provide PSY 804 Personality Assessment 3.00 Practicum II an atmosphere for learning and discussion. Previous activities have included obtaining a grant PSY 804L Personality Assessment 0.00 PSY 893 Psychological Clinic 3.00 enabling us to invite renowned psychologists to Laboratory Practicum III provide colloquium lectures to the department, PSY 806 Advanced Adult 3.00 Required Third-Year Courses movie nights, and international pot luck dinners. Psychopathology All of the following: SafeZone PSY 844 Biological Basis of 3.00 The Safe Zone Project is a diversity training PSY 807 Behavioral Assessment 3.00 Behavior program that was adapted by the C.W. Post PSY 807L Behavioral Assessment 0.00 Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program to increase PSY 850 Professional 3.00 Laboratory the doctoral students' sensitivity, awareness and Development Seminar: knowledge of important issues that concern PSY 810 Clinical Psychology in 3.00 Benefiting from lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) the Public Interest Supervision individuals. In an effort to provide clinical doctoral PSY 820 Behavior Analysis 3.00 PSY 853 Group Psychotherapy 3.00 students with training that will help foster LGBT-
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 134 C.W. Post Campus
PSY 860 Professional 3.00 PSY 846 Concentration: Theory 3.00 PSY 610 Behavioral Assessment Development Seminar: and Research in Family Behavioral assessment is designed to identify, Preparation for the Violence specify, and measure specific behaviors and client Clinical Competency goals, and to design intervention strategies for PSY 856 Concentration: Clinical 3.00 Exam (CCE) individual clients relative to these behaviors and Applications in Family goals. PSY 894 Clinical Externship I 1.00 Violence Credits: 3 PSY 895 Clinical Externship II 1.00 Serious and Persistent Mental Illness On Occasion
PSY 896 Clinical Externship III 1.00 Concentration Requirements PSY 614 Social Psychology Required Serious and Persistent Mental Required Fourth-Year Courses This course is a discussion of fundamental issues in All of the following: Illness Courses contemporary social psychology, together with an All of the following: evaluation of theory, experimental methods and PSY 897 Clinical Externship IV 1.00 PSY 847 Concentration: Theory 3.00 research trends. PSY 898 Clinical Externship V 1.00 and Research in Serious Credits: 3 Required Third- or Fourth-Year Courses and Persistent Mental On Occasion
All of the following: Illness PSY 616 Personality PSY 852 Social and Community 3.00 PSY 857 Concentration: Clinical 3.00 The theories of personality are examined from a Psychology Applications in Serious dual viewpoint: the historical development of and Persistent Mental PSY 862 History and Systems of 3.00 theories of behavior and a critical evaluation of Illness Psychology these theories in the light of current research. Psy.D. in Clinical Psychology Credits: 3 PSY 864 Cultural Issues in 3.00 On Occasion Psychology and Additional Requirements Psychotherapy Minimum Total Credits = 115 PSY 651 Behavior Analysis and Learning This course provides (1) an introduction to the PSY 880 Supervision and 3.00 Minimum GPA = 3.00 major theories dealing with conditioning and Management of Mental learning, and (2) a systematic analysis of the current Health Professionals Psychology Courses data obtained from animal learning experiments in Required Capstone Courses the areas of reinforcement theory, stimulus control All of the following: PSY 606 Statistics in Psychology and aversive control. PSY 838 Doctoral Dissertation I 3.00 A graduate-level treatment of descriptive and Credits: 3 inferential univariate statistics. Data analysis using Every Fall PSY 839 Doctoral Dissertation II 3.00 SPSS will be studied in conjunction with the PSY 841 Full-Time, Year-Long 0.00 theoretical material. PSY 652 Perception and Cognition Internship Credits: 3 An examination of the principles of perception and Every Spring cognition, with a focus on their interaction. Students must choose a concentration Credits: 3 in Developmental Disabilities, Family PSY 607 Experimental Methods in Psychology I Every Spring
Violence or Serious and Persistent The major focus of this course is on the design, execution and evaluation of single-case research PSY 653 Developmental Psychology Mental Illness. designs. Topics to be considered include a This course explores major theories, developmental Developmental Disabilities discussion of the history and philosophy of norms and experimental research on development Concentration Requirements behavior analysis, a discussion of experimental throughout the life span. The focus is on the psychosocial development of the self in the Required Developmental Disabilities control, and single-case research techniques and examples from both experimental and applied historical, sociocultural and physical environmental Courses behavior analysis. Data presentation methods contexts. Special attention is given to ethnic and All of the following: including the use of Microsoft Excel will also be cross cultural similarities and differences, the PSY 848 Concentration: Theory 3.00 discussed. impact of the information age, and to the active and Research in Credits: 3 role of the individual in his/her developmental Developmental Every Fall journey. Disabilities Credits: 3 PSY 858 Concentration: Clinical 3.00 PSY 608 Experimental Methods in Psychology II On Occasion
Applications in This course covers the design, execution, and PSY 655 Psychopathology Developmental evaluation of psychological research using group The etiology, symptomatology and dynamics of Disabilities designs. Representative topics include between and within group designs, random assignment, and major mental disorders are discussed. Neuroses and Family Violence Concentration questionnaire construction. Data collection via the psychoses, and the classification and systematic Requirements Internet is emphasized. presentation of organic and nonorganic clinical patterns are presented. A discussion of current Required Family Violence Courses Prerequisite of PSY 607 is required. literature is included. All of the following: Credits: 3 Every Fall Credits: 3 Every Spring
Page 135 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
PSY 657 Applied Behavior Analysis PSY 803 Cognitive and Neuropsychological This course examines the theory and practice PSY 703 Neuropsychological Bases of Behavior Assessment underlying the application of principles of classical A systematic study of the neuroanatomical and This course consists of three principal areas: 1) and operant conditioning to the analysis and neurophysiological mechanisms mediating professional standards and test theory in treatment of problems in human behavior. behavior. Emphasis is placed on sensory systems psychological assessment; 2) preparation for Credits: 3 and on mapping these systems within the brain. administration, scoring and interpretation of Every Spring Neurological and psychological disorders are objective test instruments (emphasizing intellectual discussed with respect to the affected brain. assessment); and 3) general introduction to clinical PSY 658 Practicum in Applied Behavior Analysis Methods and techniques used in the investigation neuropsychology. Lectures, demonstrations, and Students will work in the field under the of neural correlates of behavior are demonstrated in supervised practice in supervision of a qualified behavior analyst in a the laboratory. administration/interpretation of select testing setting of their choice. The time period will vary Credits: 3 instruments are included. Laboratory: 2.5 hours between six weeks (Summer) or 14 weeks (Fall or Every Fall weekly. Year 1 course.
Spring semester). Practicum settings include, but Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 704 Advanced Issues in Psychology I are not limited to, agencies serving people with Credits: 3 This course is the advanced treatment of topics of developmental disabilities, consulting firms, Every Fall research facilities and schools. current theoretical interest. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 PSY 803L Cognitive and Neuropsychological Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall and Spring Assessment Laboratory
Required laboratory for PSY 803. Meets for 2.5 PSY 705 Advanced Issues in Psychology II PSY 660 Current Issues in Applied Behavior hours weekly. Year 1 course. This course is the advanced treatment of topics of Analysis Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. current theoretical interest. This course is designed to provide information Credits: 0 Credits: 3 about the current issues facing behavior analysts. Every Fall Topics may include ethical issues in providing ABA Every Fall, Spring and Summer services, state and local licensing of behavior PSY 804 Personality Assessment PSY 707 Thesis Tutorial I analysts, discussion of evidence-based treatment, This course emphasizes the administration and Student receives guidance on the selection of and the role of punishment in behavior analysis. clinical interpretation of both projective tests and problem and execution of the thesis experiment, Prerequisite of PSY 657 is required. self-report inventories of personality and followed by an oral defense of the thesis. Credits: 3 psychopathology. Supervised practice in Credits: 3 On Occasion administration and analysis of test findings Every Fall, Spring and Summer supplements lecture and in-depth examination of PSY 661 Psychological Assessment PSY 708 Thesis Tutorial II select case studies. Another major focus is the This course deals with the theories of intelligence, Student receives guidance on the selection of integration of findings from several tests and the history of the intelligence testing movement, problem and execution of the thesis experiment, communication of results in preparing coherent and the administration, scoring, interpretation and followed by an oral defense of the thesis. reports. Laboratory: 2.5 hours weekly. Year 1 reporting on the major tests of intelligence for all Prerequisite of PSY 708 is required. course. ages. Emphasis is placed upon the Stanford-Binet Credits: 3 Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Intelligence Scale, WPPSI, WISC and WAIS. The Every Fall, Spring and Summer Credits: 3 use of specialized tests of intelligence for select Every Spring handicapped populations (blind, deaf, etc.) is explored. The course includes supervised practical Clinical Psychology Doctoral PSY 804L Personality Assessment Laboratory experience. Courses Required laboratory for PSY 804. Meets for 2.5 Credits: 3 hours weekly. Year 1 course. On Occasion Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 801 Psychological Statistics I Credits: 0 PSY 664 Theory and Practice of Psychotherapy This is the first course in a two-course sequence on Every Spring This course is a survey of major theories of research and statistical methods. The curriculum individual intervention and includes an includes basic information about descriptive and PSY 805 Integrating Test Findings and Report introduction to basic techniques used in a one-to- inferential statistics. Year 2 course. Writing one counseling situation. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. This course focuses on advanced clinical Credits: 3 Credits: 3 interpretation of psychological tests of intelligence, Every Fall Every Spring cognitive functioning and personality. Attention is directed toward integrating findings from test PSY 666 Psychopharmacology PSY 802 Psychological Statistics II batteries, formulating clinical inferences about This course is a study of the neuropharmacological This course is the continuation of the study of adaptive functioning, and describing personality and behavioral effects of psychoactive drugs research and statistics that was begun in PSY 801. functioning in depth. Laboratory: 2.5 hours weekly. including stimulants and antidepressants, anti- We cover multiple regression, logistic regression, Year 2 course. anxiety agents, antipsychotics, hallucinogens or factor analysis, PCA, meta analysis, and ANCOVA. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. psychotomimetics, cannabis preparations and the Year 2 course. Credits: 3 opiates. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3 Credits: 2 On Occasion Every Summer
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 136 C.W. Post Campus
PSY 805L Integrating Test Findings and Report PSY 811 Ethical Practice in Clinical Psychology individuals confront at various ages in the lifespan Writing Laboratory This course is devoted to the development of and provide sensitivity training about the Required laboratory for PSY 805. Meets for 2.5 ethical and responsible clinical practice. Students contributions that and individual's multicultural hours weekly. Year 1 course. learn to be sensitive to ethical decision-making identity has on their unique personal development. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. models in the normal course of professional Through supervised case presentations, students Credits: 0 practice, and are exposed to various ethical will be prepared to conduct interviews utilizing Every Fall and Spring decision-making models. General ethical developmental theories and research, which are principles, such as nonmaleficence, beneficence, appropriate to the development level and stage of PSY 806 Advanced Adult Psychopathology justice, fidelity and autonomy, through processing life of the individual. Year 1 course. This course introduces the students to concepts of of ethical dilemmas, are a central part of the course. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. normality and abnormality. It covers basic Comparisons are made among ethical, regulatory, Credits: 3 theoretical models in conceptualizing how and why civil and criminal issues and violations. Learning Every Fall symptoms are formed and maintained, as well as how to integrate ethical guidelines with good the different etiological pictures entailed in various clinical practice is the basic objectives of the course. PSY 825 Synthesizing Psychotherapy Models diagnostic categories (neuroses, character disorder, Year 2 course. This is an advanced doctoral course for students mood disorders, psychoses, trauma, psychosomatic Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. who have already taken the basic individual disorders, and perversions). Psychopathology is Credits: 3 intervention (psychotherapy) courses. The course considered from an historical perspective (ways in Every Fall focuses on the philosophical, theoretical and which different cultures define metal health and practical similarities and differences between the foster specific defensive structures, and how cultural PSY 820 Behavior Analysis psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral factors enter into diagnosis and misdiagnosis of The purpose of this course is to introduce students approaches, the "common-factors" issues, pathology). Year 1 course. to the theory, principles and research strategies in integration or eclectic models, and other Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. the study of animal and human learning as well as approaches to psychotherapy. Credits: 3 the application of behavior analysis in clinical Credits: 3 Every Spring practice. Year 1 course. On Occasion Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 807 Behavioral Assessment Credits: 3 PSY 826 Clinical Interviewing This course provides both theoretical and practical Every Spring This course introduces the beginning doctoral knowledge of behavioral assessment. Distinction student to the basic elements of the psychological between traditional and behavioral assessment, PSY 821 Cognition, Perception and Cognitive interview. The course begins with the topics such as psychometric principles, diagnostic considerations Therapy the first meetings, listening, note-taking and and treatment evaluation issues are included. Major The course will review basic findings, theories and establishing rapport. Later topics include history behavioral assessment methods are reviewed and methodologies in the study of perception, taking, mental status exams, special patients, practiced. cognition, and emotions in normal and abnormal recommendations and communicating findings. Laboratory: 2.5 hours weekly. Year 1 course. behavior. Students will also be introduced to Year 1 course. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. cognitive therapy conceptualization and the practice Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Credits: 3 of empirically supported cognitive therapies. Year 2 Credits: 3 Every Summer course. Every Fall Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 807L Behavioral Assessment Laboratory Credits: 3 PSY 830 Professional Development Seminar: Case Required laboratory for PSY 807. Meets for 2.5 Every Fall Supervision I hours weekly. Year 1 course. This seminar will aim to facilitate candidate Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 822 Individual Intervention: Psychodynamic confidence and skill as clinicians. It uses lecturing, Credits: 0 This course is designed to educate students in the reading materials, case materials from formal Every Summer theory and practice of psychoanalytic student presentations and informal student psychotherapy. Basic concepts, such as transference, participation to accomplish its goals. The seminar PSY 810 Clinical Psychology in the Public Interest resistance, countertransference, working alliance, demonstrates the use of a psychoanalytic lens in the Students are familiarized with the program's termination and interpretation, are examined conceptualization of patient issues, the formulation mission through readings and discussions. through readings, presentations and examinations. of treatment process, and the recognition of therapy Questions are raised and discussed about: how to Students are introduced to object relational, as an intrapsychic/interactive process between define the public interest; the role of psychotherapy interpersonal and self-psychology approaches to patient and therapist. Year 2 course. in clinical psychology; whether managed care is in Freudian treatment. Modification due to patient Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. the public interest; and how clinical psychotherapy psychopathology and time limitations is also Credits: 3 fits into history and the cultural context. Also, it is considered. Year 2 course. Every Fall in the first semester that candidates begin to Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. examine and address how their own values and Credits: 3 PSY 837 Introduction to Clinical Research biases enter into their relationships with clients, Every Spring In this course students apply the critical thinking supervisors and staff. Special attention is paid to and rigorous methodologies of science to the factors like gender, age, ethnicity and PSY 824 Developmental Psychology: Lifespan practice of clinical psychology. The course will focus social/economic statuses which often enter in to Provides students with both theoretical and on research design as well as research strategies each candidate's treatment of others. Year 1 course. practical knowledge about the human lifespan relevant to practitioners, and will provide a Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. including an in-depth understanding of the bio- foundation of research and evaluation Credits: 3 psycho -social contributions in the development of competencies that will help prepare students to Every Fall the self. The course will familiarize students with complete the doctoral dissertation, as well as to the many challenges and opportunities that consume and conduct research as psychologist. The
Page 137 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 course will cover both quantitative and qualitative year, this course will be waived. A bound copy of PSY 848 Concentration: Theory and Research in methods. Year 2 course. the dissertation must be submitted to the program. Developmental Disabilities Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Year 5 course. This course has a special fee. The purpose of this concentration seminar is to Credits: 3 Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. provide solid background in theory, research and Every Fall Credits: 0 practice with people who are developmentally Every Fall and Spring disabled. Topics in this first course include PSY 838 Doctoral Dissertation I definitions, classifications, and epidemiology of Student must have dissertation committee chair PSY 844 Biological Basis of Behavior developmental disabilities, models of intelligence, chosen. Year 3 course. The purpose of this course is to study the brain diagnostic procedures, strategies for research and Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. through the examination of the nerve cell. research outcome in developmental disabilities. Credits: 3 Structure and function of the nervous system will Year 3 or 4 course. Every Spring be covered, along with neurotransmission and Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only.
clinically relevant brain anatomy. Methods and Credits: 3 PSY 839 Doctoral Dissertation II techniques are used in the investigation of neural Alternate Fall Student must have dissertation topic and pharmacological aspects of mental health practice. dissertation committee members (2) chosen. Year 4 Year 3 course. PSY 849 Consultation in Multicultural School course. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Settings Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Credits: 3 In this course, students will study theories of Credits: 3 Every Fall mental health consultation and organizational Every Fall change as they apply to instructional settings. They
PSY 846 Concentration: Theory and Research in will learn to analyze a school's culture and PSY 840 Professional Development Seminar: Case Family Violence organization in order to act as a positive change Supervision II The purpose of this course is to highlight a segment agent. They will also study ways of developing This seminar will aim to facilitate candidate of the larger topic of violence by focusing on consultative relationships with colleagues, parents confidence and skill as clinicians. It uses lecturing, violence in the home. This research and theory and community agency personnel in order to reading materials, case materials from formal course provides epidemiological, descriptive and develop intervention plans for children in schools. student presentations and informal student theoretical information on the significant areas of Skills crucial to effective consultation and ethical participation to accomplish its goals. The seminar child abuse, spouse abuse and sexual abuse. In guidelines for practice will be identified and used. demonstrates the use of a psychoanalytic lens in the addition to the scope of the problem, characteristics Students will learn about issues pertaining to conceptualization of patient issues, the formulation of the offender, the victim and the witnesses will be consultation in multicultural settings. Year 3 or 4 of treatment process, and the recognition of therapy described, and the dynamics of their relationships course. as an intrapsychic/interactive process between will be analyzed. Following theoretical explanations Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. patient and therapist. Year 2 course. from psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral and Credits: 3 Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. family systems perspectives, students will review the Alternate Spring Credits: 3 current state of clinical research in the area of Every Fall family violence as well as the methodological PSY 850 Professional Development Seminar:
limitations and conceptual inadequacies. Students Benefiting from Supervision PSY 841 Full-Time, Year-Long Internship will critique current clinical research and propose This course is designed to provide a link between The fifth year of the program is spent at a full-year, innovative and rigorous research ideas. Year 3 or 4 the doctoral program and the first semester for full-time clinical internship. Various sites are course. external field placement experiences (externships). available and most often students choose a site in Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Structured exercises and assignments are designed their concentration area. Student must apply to Credits: 3 to produce productive discussions about the internships sites, which vary in deadline and Alternate Fall externship experience including adjusting to new acceptance rate. Students must be accepted to and work environments, new administrative structures complete an internship program accredited by the PSY 847 Concentration: Theory and Research in and requirements, new patient populations, and American Psychological Association or listed as a Serious and Persistent Mental Illness new supervisory styles. Students are also guided member of the Association of Psychology The seriously mentally ill represent a unique through the process of selecting potential clients to Postdoctoral and Internship Centers (APPIC). PSY category of patients suffering from exceptionally be the focus of their Clinical Competency 841 is a requirement for completion of the program long episodes of suffering and adjustment Evaluation (CCE). Year 3 course. and receipt of the degree. Internship generally difficulties. These difficulties stem from the Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. begin in June of the fourth year or September of intensity of the illness, both psychological and Credits: 3 the fifth year. Year 4 or 5 course. This course has a biological, and are manifested in social, Every Fall special fee. interpersonal, family and community problems. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Many such patients are treatment refractory and PSY 851 Assessment of Children Credits: 0 await the continued integration of science and This course will cover theory and application in Every Fall and Summer clinical care for hopes of improvement. This course child assessment. In a combination of classroom
examines the psychology of serious mental illness, and laboratory (applied) settings, students learn the PSY 842 Dissertation Supervision Continuation exploring etiological, treatment, outcome, and principles of assessments with children, and Beginning in the fifth year or when all required mental health policy issues. Year 3 or 4 course. become familiar with the content and program courses excluding internship have been Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. administration of techniques of a range of standard completed, students are required to register for Credits: 3 child assessment tools. Students will administer, dissertation supervision continuation each fall and Alternate Fall score and write a report for one child testing case. spring semester until they successfully defend their Laboratory: 2.5 hours weekly. Year 1 course. dissertation. If a student successfully defends their Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. dissertation before the fall semester of their fifth
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 138 C.W. Post Campus
Credits: 3 techniques that are designed to treat specific Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Every Spring diagnostic categories – including: narcissistic, Credits: 3 schizoid, and borderline personality disorders, Every Fall PSY 851L Assessment of Children Laboratory psychosis, trauma and addiction, severe depression, Required laboratory for PSY 851. Meets for 2.5 and perversions. Year 3 or 4 course. PSY 862 History and Systems of Psychology hours weekly. Year 1 course. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. This course covers the philosophical and historical Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Credits: 3 roots of contemporary psychology. Topics include: Credits: 0 Alternate Spring 1) the question of psychology as science, 2) Every Spring examples of myths that have permeated our PSY 858 Concentration: Clinical Applications in discipline, 3) the prominent schools and systems of PSY 852 Social and Community Psychology Developmental Disabilities psychology, 4) the history of clinical psychology, 5) An examination of small group processes and social An introduction to intervention strategies with the role of gender, ethnicity and social issues in the problems in contexts that include issues of gender, people who have developmental disabilities and history of psychology and 6) major ethical issues disability, racism, homelessness, health psychology, their families. The relationship between applied that are part of the history of psychology. Primary adoption, terror management, environmental behavioral research and treatment is emphasized. readings and letters exchanged by prominent psychology, and media influences on aggression, The course focuses on the role of the clinical philosophers and psychologists are discussed. Year race, and the psychotherapeutic profession. Year 3 psychologist in providing services to individuals and 3 course. course. small groups of clients as well as the families of Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. people with developmental disabilities. Year 3 or 4 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 course. Every Spring Every Fall Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only.
Credits: 3 PSY 863 Family Therapy (Elective) PSY 853 Group Psychotherapy Alternate Spring This course provides a survey of a wide range of This course presents a historical orientation to issue related to families. Basic theories regarding group psychotherapy. The student will learn about PSY 859 Evidence-Based Psychological family functioning are discussed and a review of large and small group dynamics - both within the Interventions in Schools major family therapy modalities is presented. clinic and in society at large. Concepts covered This course will provide an overview of school- Throughout the course, attention is paid to the include group-as-a-whole, containment, holding, based psychological intervention strategies and impact of social class, race, gender, ethnicity, cohesiveness, leadership (and co-leadership), programs designed to improve the emotional, physical disability and sexual orientation on the prejudice and scapegoating, identification and behavioral and social functioning of children and structure and function of families. Students have individuation. Year 3 course. adolescents. Evidence-based interventions will be the opportunity to conceptualize the use of family Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. emphasized. Service delivery at the individual, therapy in their own concentration, to focus on a Credits: 3 group, and systems level, as well as indicated, topic of particular interest, and to being to evaluate Every Fall selective and universal prevention programs will be the impact of their own family experiences on their
addressed. Implementation issues specific to school development and their work. Year 1 or 2 course. PSY 856 Concentration: Clinical Applications in settings will be examined. Year 3 or 4 course. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Family Violence Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Credits: 3 Builds on theoretical foundations acquired in PSY Credits: 3 On Occasion 846 and emphasizes psychotherapeutic Alternate Fall interventions for offenders, victims and witnesses of PSY 864 Cultural Issues in Psychology and family violence. Students learn various methods of PSY 860 Professional Development Seminar: Psychotherapy clinical assessment used in family violence Preparation for the Clinical Competency Exam This course is designed to help students work more treatment and learn methods of intervention from (CCE) effectively with clients from different racial, ethnic cognitive-behavioral, psychodynamic and family This semester is a continuation of PSY 850 or cultural backgrounds. The lectures and readings therapies. Through the use of hypothetical and culminating in a written and oral case presentation provide an introduction to aspects of non-European actual case presentations, students implement and to a panel of three professional psychologists cultures such as African American, Asian American evaluate available therapies. Year 3 or 4 course. (including on full-time faculty member). Students and Latino in order to help students to better Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. are evaluated on such factors as treatment plans understand their clients' experiences, values and Credits: 3 and progress, ethical issues, difficulties with the case world view. Throughout the course, students will be Alternate Spring and sensitivity to human diversity. Year 3 course. introduced to clinical concepts that are central to
Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. the challenges of cross-cultural client work. Year 3 PSY 857 Concentration: Clinical Applications in Credits: 3 or 4 course. Serious and Persistent Mental Illness Every Spring Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. The aim of this course is to familiarize students Credits: 3 with psychotherapeutic understanding and PSY 861 Child and Adolescent Psychopathology Annually techniques for the treatment of serious and Provides a historical perspective and conceptual persistent mental illness. The first part of the course models of child and adolescent psychopathology PSY 865 Treatment of Children and Adolescents addresses key concepts – e.g., projective and emphasizes an integration of major Examines the psychodynamic and cognitive- identification, attacks on linking, psychic retreats developmental issues. The course focuses on behavioral approaches to dealing with various and autism, and regression – in the treatment of specific diagnostic classifications pertinent to childhood disorders. Developmental primitive or regressed states of mind, regardless of children and adolescents and covers clinical psychopathology, childhood assessment and diagnostic category. Part one of the course also symptomatology, epidemiology, etiologic diagnosis, and consultation with school and carefully examines the importance of appreciation considerations, course and prognosis, familial families are included. Year 2 course. and use of countertransference in these treatments. patterns, and influences and differential diagnosis. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Part two of the course addresses psychotherapy Year 1 course. Credits: 3
Page 139 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Every Fall Psychological Services Center (PSC) to receive PSY 877 Special Topic Elective supervised experience in the delivery of a variety of PSY 870 Professional Development Seminar: Consideration of a topic in clinical psychology not psychological services including individual and Internship Preparation covered in other courses, such as group psychotherapies, marital and family therapy, This professional development seminar is the next neuropsychological testing, psychopharmacology, psychoeducation, prevention and wellness in the series of courses designed to help students relational approaches to personality development, counseling and psychological assessment. In achieve a more advanced level of competence in autism, language and thought disorders, feminist addition to weekly individual supervision by both professional psychology. This seminar is designed psychology, psychotherapy with difficult patients, faculty and community licensed psychologists, the to support students through the internship psychology and law, and psychology of addictions, GST participate in weekly group therapy application process. The seminar addresses site Dialectical Behavioral Theory (DBT), object supervision, clinic administrative meetings and selection, essay development, calculating hours, relations theories, unconscious fantasies, dreams, educational seminars. Year 2 course. categorizing clinical data, writing a C.V., writing free association, creativity, couples therapy and Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. cover letters, selecting supplementary materials, psychopharmacology. Same as PSY 876 with Credits: 3 interviewing, ranking sites, the matching algorithm, Pass/No Pass grading. Every Fall match day and the Clearinghouse. The format of Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. the class is an open discussion, in which students Credits: 1 to 3 PSY 892 Psychological Clinic Practicum II will have the opportunity to discuss all aspects of On Occasion Continuation of PSY 891. Year 2 course. applying for an internship. Further consideration Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. in the field relative to the development and PSY 878 Group Intervention Supervision I Credits: 3 monitoring of internship training experiences will All clinical psychology doctoral students are Every Spring be explained. Students will be able to understand required to develop and lead two time-limited the current issues in training and the implications psychoeducational or psychotherapeutic groups PSY 893 Psychological Clinic Practicum III of recent changes for the future of clinical during their second year in the doctoral program. Continuation of PSY 892. Year 2 course. psychology. This course provides for supervision of the first Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. group leadership experience by faculty who are Credits: 3 Credits: 3 licensed psychologists. Students will meet weekly Every Summer
Every Summer with co-leader(s) and faculty supervisor for the duration of the groups. Year 2 course. PSY 894 Clinical Externship I PSY 871 Clinical Issues in Psychology I Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Supervised training in clinical psychology at This course covers advanced treatment of current Credits: 3 program-approved externship sites for two days per issues in psychology chosen by the instructor. Every Fall week. Year 3 course. Registration by permission of the instructor and Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. program director only. Topics can include: self PSY 879 Group Intervention Supervision II Credits: 1 psychology, personality disorders and All clinical psychology doctoral students are Every Fall neuropsychology. required to develop and lead two time-limited PSY 895 Clinical Externship II Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. psychoeducational or psychotherapeutic groups Continuation of PSY 894. Year 3 course. Credits: 1 to 3 during their second year in the doctoral program. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. On Occasion This course provides for supervision of the first group leadership experience by faculty who are Credits: 1 PSY 872 Clinical Issues in Psychology II licensed psychologists. Students will meet weekly Every Spring
This course covers advanced treatment of current with co-leader(s) and faculty supervisor for the PSY 896 Clinical Externship III issues in psychology chosen by the instructor. duration of the groups. Year 2 course. Continuation of PSY 895. Year 3 course. Registration by permission of the instructor and Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. program director only. Topics can include: self Credits: 3 Credits: 1 psychology, personality disorders and Every Spring Every Summer neuropsychology. PSY 880 Supervision and Management of Mental Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 897 Clinical Externship IV Health Professionals Credits: 1 to 3 Continuation of PSY 896. Year 4 course. Focuses upon supporting advanced students in On Occasion Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. developing their skills as clinical supervisors and Credits: 1 PSY 876 Special Topic Elective managers of psychologists as well as of professional Every Fall Consideration of a topic in clinical psychology not and administrative staff in mental health and other covered in other courses such as neuropsychological disciplines. The structure includes a combination of PSY 898 Clinical Externship V testing, psychopharmacology, relational approaches didactic and experiential learning with readings Continuation of PSY 897. Year 4 course. to personality development, autism, language and encompassing issues of specific technique, Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. thought disorders, feminist psychology, interpersonal relatedness, authority and Credits: 1 psychotherapy with difficult patients, psychology responsibility, ethics and organizational Every Spring and law, psychology of addictions, Dialectical development. Year 4 course. Behavior Theory (DBT), object relations theories, Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 899 Clinical Externship VI unconscious fantasies, dreams, free association, Credits: 3 For students continuing externship beyond creativity, couples therapy and Every Spring requirement and before internship: supervised psychopharmacology. training in clinical psychology at program-approved Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only. PSY 891 Psychological Clinic Practicum I externship sites for two days per week. Year 5 Credits: 1 to 3 This course offers the opportunity for Graduate course. On Occasion Student Therapists (GST) at the C.W. Post Open to students in the Psy.D. plan only.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 140 C.W. Post Campus
Credits: 0 the Paleolithic through the Neolithic periods. ECO 630 Labor Economics Every Fall, Spring and Summer Simultaneously, archaeological survey, excavation This course is an analysis of problems and issues and interpretation techniques are studied and concerning employment in an industrial society. SERVICE COURSE applied in connection with the sites being Stress is placed on the development of industrial investigated. Students are expected to contribute relations and practices, and their impact on DESCRIPTIONS original thinking on problems of typology, workers, management and the public. Attention is
interpretation and methods as they are encountered also given to underlying economic factors and other The following graduate courses are, if approved by in the excavations. Offered for 4 credits when given problem areas. a program’s director, available electives. with special field work. Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. Credits: 3 to 4 Credits: 3 Anthropology On Occasion On Occasion
ECO 631 Government and the Economy ANT 500 General Anthropology - Physical Economics (Economic Policy) Anthropology and Archaeology This course covers the role of government in the This course is a comprehensive survey of the two of ECO 612 Economic Environment of Business market economy with special reference to the the four sub-fields of anthropology. Emphasis in the The determinants of national income, employment U.S.A. and includes the following topics: physical anthropology portion is placed on basic and price levels are considered. Particular attention maintenance of competition; conservation of concepts of human developments and variation in is given to the relationship of the national economy resources and control of environmental pollution; the past, in the present and in the future. The to private enterprise. The role of private protection of the consumer; problems of poverty archaeological relatedness to physical anthropology investment, the relations between government and and affluence; monetary and fiscal policies to as well as its own unique methods, theories, and business (antitrust and labor legislation), and the promote economic growth. goals in the field of pre-history are also explored. use of national income accounts in short-run Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. Credits: 3 economic forecasting are reviewed. Topics covered Credits: 3 On Occasion include national income accounting, fiscal and On Occasion
ANT 501 General Anthropology - Cultural monetary policy and their impact on business, and ECO 636 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy Anthropology and Linguistics the determination of full employment goals. This course is a study of the impact of Based on the previous semester's work, this course Credits: 3 governmental fiscal operation on recourse investigates the approaches employed by cultural On Occasion allocation and income distribution. Special anthropology and linguistics in the study of man. ECO 615 The Economics of Management attention is given to the relationship of government The structure, processes and theory of culture is Decisions expenditures and taxation to employment and price analyzed and cultural systems are to be explored This course is designed to set the foundation for levels, and alternative choices available to influence with the view of solving adaptive problems in the the effective integration of economic theory and the rate of economic activity. technological and social areas. The linguistic focus administration. Topics discussed include demand Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. is on interrelatedness to culture theory and culture analysis, cost determination and pricing in varying Credits: 3 concepts. market conditions, from perfectly competitive to On Occasion Credits: 3 monopolistic. Strategies for competing in oligopoly On Occasion ECO 641 History of American Business markets are investigated. Quantification of This course covers the evolution of the American ANT 532 Area Studies economic models is stressed through instruction in industrial system with emphasis given to This course is an analysis of selected sociocultural basic econometrics. developments since 1870. Consideration is given systems and social problems in developing countries Credits: 3 to such factors as changing entrepreneurial of Africa, Latin America and the Middle East. On Occasion functions, the relationship of government to Credits: 3 ECO 620 Econometrics business, employment and labor conditions, and On Occasion This course is an introduction to the use of changes in political and social attitudes. ANT 533 Contemporary Asia mathematical and statistical techniques for the Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. This course is an exploration of the social structure solution of economic problems. The course Credits: 3 and cultural systems of Asian societies - China, includes analysis of micro- and macroeconometric On Occasion
India, Japan, Southeast Asia - by analyzing their models and their use for design making and ECO 646 Environmental Economics effects on human behavior and personality. Further simulation. This course is an economic analysis of emphasis is given to an investigation of social Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. environmental issues as problems in resource change brought about by East-West cultural Credits: 3 allocation among competing uses. The course deals contact. On Occasion with the inherent externalities of environmental Credits: 3 ECO 627 Economics of the City degradation and the cost-belief aspects of On Occasion This course is an analysis of the principal problems environmental quality. ANT 541 Archaeology of the Old World of the modern American city such as Credits: 3 This course is a concurrent lecture series in old transportation, housing, the ghetto, environmental On Occasion world archaeology combined with a five-week pollution, education, fiscal problems. The course is ECO 660 Business Conditions Analysis and intensive program in field archaeology at selected an exploration of feasible economic adjustments to Forecasting sites. This seminar these problems. Forecasting techniques, including time series investigates problems in pre-history with particular Credits: 3 analysis, patterns of statistical relationship and emphasis on the Mediterranean region and covers On Occasion econometric models that can be used to provide
Page 141 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 estimates of future overall activity for given examined including phenomenology, hermeneutics, the Solar System, Planetary Orbits and Motions, the components of the economy are examined. The use deconstruction and philosophical analysis. Moon and Eclipses. of forecasting methods to help decision-making or Credits: 3 Credits: 3 production planning for particular industries and On Occasion Annually tests to verify forecasts is considered. Prerequisite of ECO 612 is required. PHI 511 The Interrelations of The Arts PHY 501 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I Credits: 3 An examination of historical and applied This course covers the application of the principles On Occasion classifications of the arts, and a comparative study of physics to a wide variety of topics, including of the various arts from the standpoint of their dynamics, thermodynamics, kinetic theory and Environmental Studies materials and media, their technologies, their statistical mechanics. products and their experiences. Three hours lecture-recitation. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 ENV 702 Internship On Occasion On Occasion This course is open only to matriculated students who have completed at least 12 credits in courses in PHI 512 The History of Aesthetics Science Research the Environmental Studies Program with the A study of the literature in the history of aesthetics, permission of a faculty advisor and the program from the classical period through the rise of director. The internship involves placement for 260 modern aesthetics in the 18th century and the SCI 601 Science Research Workshop for High hours under the direction of a competent romantic theories of the 19th century to the School Teachers professional in a national, state or local government present. This workshop is focused on developing skills for facility or in a private organization. The internship Credits: 3 mentoring high school students in scientific is designed to provide professional training On Occasion research. experience in dealing with environmental problems Credits: 3 PHI 513 Creativity in the Arts (e.g., surface and subsurface waters, biological On Occasion An inquiry into the nature of creativity in the arts environments, U.S. Park Service). If taken during and its relationship to creativity in other fields. the summer, all summer sessions may be required Sociology Attention is given to the differences, if any, between for the completion of the 260 hours. creativity and such things as originality, fashion and Prerequisite of ENV 601, 602, 603 and PAD 729 style. SOC 500 Topics in Sociology are required. Credits: 3 This graduate course examines in-depth select Credits: 3 On Occasion topics in Sociology. The student's particular topic Every Fall, Spring and Summer will be determined in consultation with faculty and PHI 514 The Aesthetic Dimensions of the Arts ENV 707 Thesis Research with approval by the chair. May be taken more than This course focuses on a single art which is This course is open only to matriculated students once if topic is not the same. examined in-depth, with attention to its history, its who have completed at least 12 credits in courses in Credits: 3 materials and techniques, its meaning and the Environmental Studies Program with the On Occasion experience, and its critical literature. The course permission of a faculty advisor and the program may be taken more than once on different arts. director. Credits: 3 Prerequisite of ENV 601, 602, 603 and PAD 729 On Occasion are required. Credits: 3 PHI 515 Criticism in Art Every Fall, Spring and Summer A study of various theories of aesthetic criticism.
Credits: 3 ENV 708 Thesis On Occasion This course is open only to matriculated students who have completed at least 12 credits in courses in PHI 688 Issues in the History of Aesthetics the Environmental Studies Program with the A detailed examination of a particular issue or permission of a faculty advisor and the program movement or of a major work in the history of director. aesthetics. The course may be taken more than Prerequisite of ENV 601, 602, 603, 707 and PAD once if the content is different. 729 are required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion Every Fall, Spring and Summer
Astronomy and Physics Courses Philosophy
AST 501 Spherical and Elliptical Astronomy PHI 510 Issues in Contemporary Aesthetics The course is devoted to an advanced study of A critical examination of current questions in astronomical concepts, especially the motions of the aesthetic theory such as the nature of aesthetic Earth and other bodies in the solar system and the experience, the relation of the fine arts to the physical phenomena to which they give rise. Topics decorative arts, to craft, and to the popular and folk include the Celestial Sphere, the Sun, Precession of arts, interpretation, representation, institutional the Equinoxes, the Observer-Based Celestial theory, and the end of art. The practice and Sphere, Diurnal Motion, the Celestial Meridian, problems of different methodologies is also
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 142 C.W. Post Campus
COLLEGE OF MANAGEMENT
The College of Management seeks to equip students with essential management competencies coupled with an appreciation of professional accountability and social responsibility. Graduates of the College should possess the functional skills and professional capabilities to contribute in meaningful ways as part of today’s service-driven economy in public companies, private organizations and nonprofit entities. The College is distinguished by the AACSB-accredited bachelor's degree in business administration (offering concentrations in finance, marketing, international business and management) and the M.B.A. The Department of Health Care and Public Administration offers bachelor’s degrees and the only NASPAA accredited M.P.A. program on Long Island. The School of Professional Accountancy offers bachelor’s and master’s degrees in accountancy and a master’s degree in taxation. Across the College, courses of study are taught by a distinctively credentialed faculty and practicing professionals who provide students with the discipline area skills, knowledge professional abilities and personal attributes that can form the basis for success in their professional lives. Please direct your questions to the dean’s office at 516-299-3017, email: [email protected], or fax: 516-299-2786.
Francis N. Bonsignore Dean [email protected]
Andraes Alexander Assistant Dean [email protected]
Page 143 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Master of Business universities you have attended. MBA 623 Organizational Behavior 3.00 • Although most applicants achieve a score of MBA 624 Operations Management 3.00 Administration (M.B.A.) 500 or higher, a minimum GMAT (Graduate Management Admissions Test) score of 400 is MBA 625 Global Business: 3.00 The Master of Business Administration required for full admission (higher if the overall Environment and (M.B.A.) degree is a comprehensive, integrated, undergraduate GPA is between 2.75 and 3.0.) Operations 36-to-48 credit program, which combines the Students who have not yet taken the GMAT are Required Capstone Course highest levels of academic rigor and real-world invited to enroll in the Personal Enrichment MBA 820 Business Policy 3.00 relevance. Ethics is imbedded throughout the Program as non-matriculated students and take program. Accredited by AACSB International, the up to two 500-level M.B.A. core courses. The Elective Courses M.B.A. Program offers several flexible options to student is expected to successfully pass the Students must complete 3-5 elective courses support individual interests, career objectives and GMAT Exam no later than the completion of taken from BLW 701, TAX 726, or any 700 busy schedules. the second course. The GMAT is not required if level FIN, IBU, MAN, MIS, MKT courses. Students may pursue their education on a full- a student has taken the LSAT Exam within the Total credits required ranges from 36-48, or part-time basis in the Campus Program during past five (5) years and has received a minimum depending on the amount of core course weeknights and/or in the Saturday Program. The score of 141. Those students holding CPA waivers and elective credit requirements. M.B.A. is a general business degree, with electives license, JD degree, doctorate degree, or a available in the areas of finance, management, Master’s degree in Engineering also are exempt Advanced Certificate in Business marketing and international business. from the GMAT. The GRE is not accepted for The M.B.A. Program includes the dual joint admission into the C.W. Post M.B.A. program. Administration
J.D./M.B.A. Program offered in conjunction with • Two professional and/or academic letters of In an ever-changing economy, many graduates Touro Law Center in Central Islip, N.Y. and the recommendation on company letterhead that who hold the M.B.A. degree discover that in order Corporate M.B.A. Program, where classes are address the applicant’s potential in the to further their careers, they must expand their presented on-site at sponsoring corporate offices. profession and ability to complete a graduate skill set and/or acquire additional expertise in a In addition, C.W. Post’s Accelerated B.S./M.B.A. program. specific subject area or discipline field. The and B.A./M.B.A. programs allow qualified • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Advanced Certificate in Business Administration students to complete their Bachelor of Science or you are interested in pursuing graduate work in is specifically designed to meet these needs. The Bachelor of Arts degree and M.B.A. in only five this area of study. Advanced Certificate in Business Administration years. • A current résumé. is earned by successfully completing 12 units (4 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Students for whom English is a second courses) of 700- level courses with a grade of B or The College of Management Business Program language must submit official score results of better beyond the M.B.A. degree. Courses are has established the following criteria as the most the Test of English as a Foreign Language offered in the following subject areas: Finance, critical in the evaluation of candidates for graduate (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable International Business, Management and study: TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Marketing. A customized Advanced Certificate • Scholastic achievement and a desire to excel as computer-based or 550 paper-based) or tailored to meet a student’s specific career interests evidenced by previous academic work. minimum IELTS score: 6.5. and needs may be developed with approval from • Aptitude for graduate study as indicated by the Director of the Office of Graduate Programs scores on the Graduate Management Master of Business Administration for the College of Management. The Advanced Admissions Test (GMAT). Requirements Certificate in Business Administration is open to • Motivation, leadership potential and maturity as Required Core Courses all M.B.A. degree holders who received their evidenced by prior work experience and GBA 520 Economics for Business 3.00 degree from an AACSB-International accredited extracurricular activities. Decisions program. Applicants to the Master of Business GBA 521 Financial Accounting and 3.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Administration (M.B.A.) must submit the Reporting • Application for Admission following items for admission. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) • Application for Admission GBA 522 Corporate Financial 3.00 • An MBA from an AACSB-International • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Management accredited program. • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of GBA 523 Management and 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate/graduate 2.75 from an accredited college or university. Leadership in a Global transcripts from any college(s) or universities Students who do not meet these requirements Society you have attended. are welcome to discuss their options for • Two professional and/or academic letters of admission with the graduate advisor. No GBA 524 Marketing Management 3.00 recommendation on company letterhead that specific undergraduate major is required for GBA 525 Statistics For 3.00 address the applicant’s potential in the application. Applicants who are in their senior Management profession and ability to complete a graduate year at an undergraduate institution may apply program. for admission to the College of Management, Required Management Perspective Courses • Personal Statement that addresses the reason but acceptance will be made contingent upon MBA 620 Managing Information 3.00 you are interested in pursuing graduate work in submission of final grades and receipt of the Technology and e- this area of study. bachelor’s degree. Applicants who have Commerce • A current résumé. attended institutions outside the United States MBA 621 Financial Markets and 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second must hold a degree equivalent to a U.S. Institutions language must submit official score results of bachelor’s degree. the Test of English as a Foreign Language • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or MBA 622 Competitive Marketing 3.00 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Strategy
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 144 C.W. Post Campus
TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 FIN 708 Financial Engineering to yield successful portfolio management computer-based or 550 paper-based) or This course covers the creation of derivative performance. This course, when minimum IELTS score: 6.5. securities to meet financing needs. combined with FIN705, presents a complete This course will explore the rapid growth overview of the global capital markets. Advanced Certificate in Business of strategic financial product innovation Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its Administration: and securitization precipitated by environmental equivalents are required. Student must be in Finance and intra-firm factors. Chiefly acceptable plan of study. Students must complete four 700-level Finance as a solution to risk management, financial Credits: 3 (FIN) graduate courses and must receive a B or engineering will be explored from On Occasion better to satisfy requirement. both the corporate treasurer's perspective International Business and from the investor's and speculator's FIN 722 Real Estate Investments Students must complete four 700-level perspectives. Recent debt, equity, equity- related This course covers the theory and measurement International Business (IBU) graduate courses and derivative innovations will of return and risk on real estate and must receive a B or better to satisfy be examined. loans and equity investments, investment requirement. Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its decision making and financing Management equivalents are required. Student must be in alternatives, techniques of real estate Students must complete four 700-level acceptable plan of study. investment financing, evaluation of Management (MAN) graduate courses and Credits: 3 investment risk and credit quality on must receive a B or better to satisfy On Occasion selected types of properties and loans. requirement. Topics include: site selection, income Marketing FIN 710 Corporate Mergers and Restructuring properties, office buildings, shopping Students must complete four 700-level Strategies centers, industrial properties, condos and Marketing (MKT) graduate courses and must The aim of the course is to provide understanding co-ops, leasing valuation and marketing. receive a B or better to satisfy requirement. of the decisional dynamics and valuation Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its consequences of financial, business, and equivalents are required. Student must be in Graduate Business Courses organizational restructuring by corporate credits. acceptable plan of study. The course prepares students to plan, evaluate, and Credits: 3 execute corporate restructuring activities. On Occasion FIN 704 Financial Reports Analysis Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its This course provides a survey of analytical equivalents are required. Student must be in FIN 725 Money, Banking, and Capital Markets tools and techniques used to evaluate acceptable plan of study. This course's main objective is to analyze financial statements. Financial and corporate Credits: 3 and understand the principal forces that reports are analyzed for solvency, On Occasion are shaping the U.S. and world money quality of earnings, investments, and and capital markets. Money creation, the forecasting implications. Emphasis is FIN 716 International Finance demand for money, and the relation of placed on ratio and trend analysis for the This course presents an analysis of the financial money to inflation and financial flows detection and interpretation of strengths, opportunities and risks resulting from global are each examined. Interest rates are weaknesses, and problem areas of the market investment. Topics include determinants analyzed in the context of portfolio business. of foreign exchange rates and choice and their behavior is carefully Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its international capital flows; balance of examined. Emphasis is also placed on the equivalents are required. Student must be in payments analysis techniques; foreign changing role of competitive financial acceptable plan of study. exchange risk management, especially institutions and the effects of these Credits: 3 hedging and speculation strategies; the changes on the flow of funds and monetary On Occasion reasons and impact from official intervention; policy. and elements of country-risk Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its FIN 705 Securities Analysis - Equities analysis. equivalents are required. Student must be in This course focuses on security markets and Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its acceptable plan of study. investment opportunities. Students are exposed to equivalents are required. Student must be in Credits: 3 the concepts of market efficiency and risk and acceptable plan of study. On Occasion return in the context of valuation of equities, fixed Credits: 3 income securities, and derivative securities. The On Occasion FIN 726 International Corporate Finance objective is to provide a systematic method of This course is an analysis of the financial analyzing investment portfolios and the effects of FIN 717 Investment Analysis Fixed Income and opportunities, risk, and decision-making diversification and risk management. Derivatives processes associated with international Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its This course analyzes the activities of the operations. Topics include management equivalents are required. Student must be in financial intermediaries in the marketplace. of translation, transaction and economic acceptable plan of study. The course presents a rigorous exposure; taxation issues; multinational Credits: 3 quantitative and qualitative analysis of capital budgeting and current asset management; On Occasion the money and capital markets, concentrating complexities of international on the Fixed Income and performance evaluation and control systems; Derivatives markets. It focuses on the comparative financial statement risks and returns associated with investments analysis; cost of capital; and international in those markets, and on how financing options. The case method is these instruments can be optimally allocated utilized.
Page 145 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621, and the impact of changes in exchange rates. enables them to adapt marketing operations (FIN 716 or IBU 702) or its equivalents are MBA Students only. to opportunities in for-profit and required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Credits: 3 non-profit organizations. Focus is placed study. Every Fall and Spring upon the principal decision components Credits: 3 that include market segmentation, marketing On Occasion GBA 521 Financial Accounting and Reporting research, consumer behavior, This course examines basic accounting concepts product development, promotion, pricing FIN 727 Global Economic Environment of and methods and their significance to management and distribution. International and ethical Business and other users of financial statements. Topics issues are discussed. The main goal of this course is to analyze and include an introduction to fundamental accounting MBA Students only. understand the global economy in concepts; the measurement and reporting of Credits: 3 which business operates today. Attention centers on income, financial position, and cash flows; and the Every Semester the key policy issues and measurement and reporting of assets, liabilities, and major economic forces that affect business activity stockholders¿ equity. Ethical issues are considered GBA 525 Statistics For Management and on the tools necessary throughout this course. The course is designed to give a fundamental to evaluate these issues and forces. The tools of MBA Students only. knowledge of the principles, concepts, and analysis include the portfolio Credits: 3 techniques involved in the application of approach, post-Keynesian and modern monetarist Every Semester probability and statistics to business research and approaches, rational expectations, and state-of-the- managerial decisions. The range of applications art analysis of saving and investment. The course GBA 522 Corporate Financial Management covers also explores the role played by U.S. and world This course focuses on wealth maximization and various functional areas such as finance, financial markets in influencing managerial decision making in a marketing, accounting, management, economics the domestic and global economic environment. global market setting. Basic principles by which the and production. Topics covered include descriptive Material in the text will be modern corporation manages statistics, probability concepts and techniques heavily supplemented by, and integrated with, its assets, controls its liabilities and raises new applicable in risk assessment and decision theory, current events. capital are addressed. Topics include the time value statistical inference (estimation and hypothesis On Occasion, 3 credits of money, valuation and rates of return on testing), and some basic forecasting models Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its securities, financial statement analysis, capital including regression. equivalents are required. Student must be in budgeting techniques, as well as cost of capital, MBA Students only. acceptable plan of study. capital structure, and leverage considerations. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Prerequisite or co-requisite of GBA 521 or its Every Semester On Occasion equivalents is required. Credits: 3 IBU 702 International Finance FIN 750 Seminar In Finance Every Fall and Spring This course presents an analysis of the financial This seminar investigates advanced and timely opportunities and risks resulting from global topics in finance that influence GBA 523 Management and Leadership in a market investment. Topics include determinants of corporate and investor decision making. It also Global Society foreign exchange rates and international capital explores major issues that affect This course addresses contemporary global flows; balance of payments analysis techniques; financial markets and intermediaries. Topics management challenges stemming foreign analyzed will vary according to from changing organizational structures, complex exchange risk management, especially hedging and financial conditions and developments, but may environmental conditions, new speculation strategies; the reasons and impact from include: systemic risks to the technological developments, and increasingly official intervention; and elements of country risk financial system; value at risk; corporate diverse workforces. Highlighted are analysis. governance; financial engineering; and critical management issues involved in planning, Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is portfolio rebalancing strategies. organizing, controlling, and required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621 or its leading an organization. The course focuses on study. equivalents are required. Student must be in leadership and addresses the Credits: 3 acceptable plan of study. complex issue of business ethics inherent in On Occasion Credits: 3 decision making. Students will apply On Occasion theoretical management concepts to organizational IBU 703 International Trade and Competition situations with the use of The main goal of this course is to analyze and GBA 520 Economics for Business Decisions current business headlines and case studies. This understand competitive issues in the global trading Key micro and macro economic concepts and issues synergy of theory and practice system from a business perspective. The course are used to equip students to analyze economic will help students gain analytical skills for reviews and utilizes traditional theories of trade, but problems and appreciate the implications of global professional assessments. Students emphasizes modern concepts of dynamic economic will also make research-based oral presentations to competitive advantage – the role of firm strategies, events. The course develops key microeconomic further develop their communications skills. the role of location, country factors, and public concepts, such as the construction of supply and MBA Students only. policies in the context of the evolving system of demand curves, elasticity and marginal analysis. The Credits: 3 world trade. Critical business issues concerning course then develops key macroeconomic concepts Every Semester trade and competition arising out of the World and tools to examine key policy issues as: National Trade Organization (WTO) system, the regional Income Accounting, the aggregate supply and GBA 524 Marketing Management trading arrangements—such as the European Union demand curve, the supply and demand for money, This course is an analysis of the operations (EU), and the North American Free Trade fiscal and monetary policy, international trade, and of marketing systems. It familiarizes Association (NAFTA) – as well as the trade students with marketing principles and
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 146 C.W. Post Campus regulations and industrial policies of major trading IBU 708 International Corporate Finance organizational structure, design and culture. countries are examined. This course is an analysis of the financial Students diagnose organizational Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, 625 or its opportunities, risks and decision-making functions, analyze deficiencies, and equivalents are required. Student must be in processes associated with international operations. determine ways of adapting organizational acceptable plan of study. Topics include management of translation, structure to realize goals. Credits: 3 transaction and economic exposure, taxation issues, Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its On Occasion multinational equivalents are required. Student must be in capital budgeting and current asset management, acceptable plan of study. IBU 704 Management of International Business complexities of international performance Credits: 3 This course focuses on the management of direct evaluation and control systems, comparative On Occasion international investment, commonly known as financial statement multinational corporations. The course examines analysis, cost of capital, and international financing MAN 703 Project Analysis and Program the nature,growth and new directions of direct options. The case method is Management investment, and how they are related to changing utilized. This course provides a comprehensive analysis of economic, social and monetary conditions. The Prerequisites of GBA 520, 522, MBA 621, and projects in contemporary organizations. The course interplay of business and government in (FIN 716 or IBU 702) or its equivalents are addresses the basic nature of managing all types of international management is highlighted. required. Student must be in acceptable plan of projects: public, business, engineering, information Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is study. systems, and so on as well as the specific techniques required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Credits: 3 for project management. Topics include: the study. On Occasion organization's strategy and project selection, project Credits: 3 leadership, project planning, uncertainty and risk On Occasion IBU 710 IT Management in a Multinational management, project budgeting and cost Business Environment estimation, project scheduling, resource allocation, IBU 705 International Marketing This course focuses on worldwide IT environments, conflict and negotiation, project monitoring and This course is an analysis of both marketing strategy national infrastructures controlling, project auditing,and project evaluation and marketing management in the international and regulatory regimes, global IT applications, and termination. marketplace. It provides students with an global IS development strategies, Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its understanding of the global marketing environment global management support systems, and global IT equivalents are required. Student must be in and how the environment impacts the applicability management strategies. It acceptable plan of study. of the marketing strategies. Students will learn inculcates an in-depth understanding of managing Credits: 3 theoretical foundations of international marketing information resources across On Occasion and apply them to international marketing national borders, time zones, cultures, political campaigns based on the similarities and differences philosophies, regulatory regimes, MAN 705 Management Decision Theory of international markets in terms of cultural, and economic infrastructures. The course This course introduces the basic principles economic, regulatory and competitive forces. emphasizes the critical role and issues of IT and and techniques of making decisions Country market selection, market entry modes and Electronic Commerce (EC) in contributing to the in managerial situations. Students will ethical issues are discussed. success of global learn to develop decision models for Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is finance, marketing, manufacturing, trade and improving the quality of decisions; sharpen required. Student must be in acceptable plan of accounting practices. their ability to structure problems and study. Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is to perform logical analyses; translate Credits: 3 required. Student must be in acceptable plan of descriptions of decision problems into On Occasion study. formal models, and investigate those
Credits: 3 models in an organized fashion; identify IBU 707 Multinational Business in Emerging On Occasion settings in which models can be used Markets effectively and apply modeling concepts This course is an analysis and discussion of the IBU 750 International Business Seminar in practical situations. Emphasis will be opportunities and problems of operating This course is an analysis of the decision-making placed on model formulation and interpretation multinational firms in developing nations. processes and methods for defining, analyzing and of results in diverse industries Consideration is given to resolving contemporary international financial and and functional areas, including finance, marketing opportunities, national customs and trade problems. Emphasis is on assessing operations, and marketing. mores, natural resource policies, tax policies, international developments and trade relating to Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its governmental economic nationalism, economic business. equivalents are required. Student must be in liberalization and similar concepts and problems of Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is acceptable plan of study. operating in emerging economies. required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Credits: 3 Prerequisite of MBA 625 or its equivalents is study. On Occasion required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Credits: 3 study. On Occasion MAN 707 Small Business & New Venture Credits: 3 Management On Occasion MAN 702 Theories Of Organization This course examines the role of a small business in This course is a survey of organizational a dynamic, free enterprise economy. The course is theories with particular emphasis on goal designed to stimulate a creative approach to the setting, assessment, achievement and displacement. problems of a small firm by entrepreneurs. Topics include: the relationship Emphasis is placed upon: establishing new of authority, role responsibility, enterprises, financing, organizing, planning,
Page 147 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 operating, marketing, growth and acquisitions. communication skills, presentation skills, Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its constructive conflict resolution skills (personal and MAN 745 Business Consulting equivalents are required. Student must be in in-team) through the use of business-specific, This course covers the complete process of business acceptable plan of study. knowledge intensive exercises and role-plays. The consulting, from developing business proposals and Credits: 3 course develops students’ strategic thinking as well mobilizing a consulting team, to producing On Occasion as their ability to conduct circumspect situational- deliverables and deploying solutions. The course is analysis with ethical emphasis. designed to provide MBA students with the MAN 722 Human Resources Management Consequently students build a comprehensive set background and skills needed to pursue a career in This course is a review of the major areas of of skills necessary for a business career. The course consulting. personnel administration. Topics include: selection is highly beneficial to students in the management and replacement, compensation, training and major and would also be a strong elective to The course discusses specific applications in such development, labor relations, and employee complement any major. consulting fields as strategy consulting, training, services. Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its organizational development, technical and business These activities are viewed from the position of equivalents are required. Student must be in development consulting. Specific and practical both the large and small firm. acceptable plan of study. concepts, tools, techniques and frameworks are Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its Credits: 3 covered that can be used in all forms of consulting equivalents are required. Student must be in On Demand and any area of consulting application. acceptable plan of study. Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its Credits: 3 MAN 734 Supply Chain Management equivalents are required. Student must be in On Occasion The function of supply chain management is to acceptable plan of study. design and manage the processes, assets, and flows Credits: 3 MAN 723 Behavior Concepts Applied to of material and information required to satisfy On Occasion Management customers’ demands. Supply logistics related costs This course covers the application of behavioral account for 20-25% of a typical firm’s total cost. On MAN 750 Management Seminar concept techniques to the problems of managers the revenue side the supply chain decisions have a The problems of organizational management are and supervisors in large and small enterprises. direct impact on the market penetration and considered from a multi-disciplinary point of view. Topics customer service. Globalization of economy and Concepts and research from management studies include: approaches to personnel assessment, the electronic commerce has heightened the strategic are development and motivation of managers, and the importance of supply chain management and applied to specialized problems of management. fundamentals of executive performance. created new opportunities for using supply chain Theory and technique are integrated by using group Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its strategy and planning as a competitive tool. and individual study projects. The course is equivalents are required. Student must be in Electronic commerce has not only created new designed to enhance general management skills acceptable plan of study. distribution channels for consumers but also related to superiors, subordinates, staff specialists Credits: 3 revolutionized the industrial marketplace by and peers. On Occasion facilitating inter-firm communication and by Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its
creating efficient markets through trading equivalents are required. Student must be in MAN 725 Work, People, and Productivity communities. Moreover combination of enterprise acceptable plan of study. This course is an analysis of the problems of the information infrastructure and internet has paved Credits: 3 occupational environment in small and large the way for a variety of supply chain optimization On Occasion enterprises. Emphasis is placed upon practical technologies. In line with these developments, this problem solving of immediate concern to the MBA 620 Managing Information Technology and course focuses on management and improvement participants. Topics include: survey of new e-Commerce of supply chain processes. approaches This course is devoted to the management of Prerequisites of GBA 523, 525 MBA 624 or its to motivation, attitudes, job satisfaction, job information resources in an organization. It will equivalents are required. Student must be in enrichment, monotony, fatigue, working conditions emphasize management concepts and strategies acceptable plan of study. and conflict resolution, quality circles, and essential for the selection, development, design, Credits: 3 productivity. implementation, use, and maintenance of On Occasion Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its information and e-Commerce technologies and equivalents are required. Student must be in MAN 740 Social Entrepreneurship information systems in today's organizations. acceptable plan of study. This course is designed to integrate previous Business cases will be extensively utilized to Credits: 3 courses in Management, Marketing, Finance and facilitate classroom discussion. Every Fall Accounting in the application of business skills and Prerequisite or Co-requisite of GBA 520, 521, 524,
techniques in alleviating social problems. Students 525 or its equivalents are required. Student must be MAN 731 Negotiation & Strategy will be expected to develop a comprehensive in acceptable plan of study. Negotiation is a central part of personal career and Business Plan as well as assist external organizations Credits: 3 organizational strategy. Through the study and which are focused on meeting societal needs. With Every Semester practice of negotiation, students develop strategic the application of the business approach to meeting thinking, learn about the psychology of bargaining, MBA 621 Financial Markets and Institutions societal needs, students will gain further expertise explore their decision making and psychological This course provides the student with knowledge of in applying their skills to a real-world problem. biases, broaden their ability to convey important global financial markets; the institutions that Prerequisites of GBA 523 and MBA 623 or its points of view with respect to analyzing complex operate in those markets and the manner in which equivalents are required. Student must be in positions and ultimately develop their ability to various markets and institutions interrelate. Topics acceptable plan of study. apply the totality of learning through their covered include: types of markets and of financial Credits: 3 educational experience. The class is experiential institutions; determinants of interest rates; the risk On Occasion helping students build advanced interpersonal and and term structure of interest rates: money markets
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 148 C.W. Post Campus and capital markets; asset-backed securities; Prerequisite of GBA 525 or its equivalents are MIS 710 IT Management in a Multinational forwards, futures, options, swaps, and other required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Business Environment derivatives; equity markets; the role of central banks study. This course focuses on worldwide IT environments, in the creation of money and in the conduct of Credits: 3 national infrastructures and regulatory regimes, monetary policy; and an examination of some Every Semester global IT applications, global IS development recent developments in global finance. strategies, global management support systems, and Prerequisite of GBA 522 or its equivalents are MBA 625 Global Business: Environment and global IT management strategies. It inculcates an in- required. Student must be in acceptable plan of Operations depth understanding of managing information study. This course introduces the student to the discipline resources across national borders, time zones, Credits: 3 of international business. It demonstrates the cultures, political philosophies, regulatory regimes, Every Semester uniqueness of the international business and economic infrastructures. The course environment and focuses on aspects of business emphasizes the critical role and issues of IT and MBA 622 Competitive Marketing Strategy necessary to compete in the global arena. The first Electronic Commerce (EC) in contributing to the The course focuses on marketing planning half of the course focuses on: the environmental success of global processes, concepts, methods and strategies with a context in which international firms operate, finance, marketing, manufacturing, trade and global orientation at the product level as well as at country-specific factors (socio-cultural, political, accounting practices. the corporate level. It emphasizes the relationship legal and economic factors), the global trade, Prerequisites of GBA 523, MBA 620 or its between marketing and other functions and draws investment environment and the global monetary equivalents are required. Student must be in upon perspectives from industrial economics, system. Theories and concepts associated with these acceptable plan of study. corporate finance and strategic management factors are surveyed and the forces of Credits: 3 literature. Competitive marketing strategies and regionalization and globalization are discussed, On Occasion practices of contemporary firms are discussed as including the facilitating institutions. The second they relate to industrial and consumer products and half of the course examines the strategies and MKT 701 Marketing Communication and services. The overall objective of the course is to structures that firms adopt, and explains how firms Advertising help students incorporate and apply the skills, can perform their key functions: production, This course covers the role of mass and methods and insights they have acquired in prior marketing, R & D, finance, human resource personal communication and sales promotion marketing and other business courses in the design management and compete successfully in the in marketing management and and implementation of marketing strategies. international business environment. its social and economic implications. Prerequisite of GBA 524 or its equivalents are Prerequisite of GBA 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525 Research findings in communication theory, required. Student must be in acceptable plan of or its equivalents are required. Student must be in behavioral sciences, and comprehensive study. acceptable plan of study. models of buyer behavior are Credits: 3 Credits: 3 particularly stressed. The course surveys Every Semester Every Semester the planning, implementation and measurement of effectiveness of marketing MBA 623 Organizational Behavior MBA 820 Business Policy communication activities. Students are This course examines the important behavioral Business policy is an integrating course that required to develop integrated promotional issues facing individuals within organizations. prepares students for pulling together the diverse campaigns based on actual marketing Initially, focus is placed on the organizational disciplines involved in organizational decision information. factors that influence behavior. Next, the course making. The course explores formal and informal Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its examines the individual differences that influence aspects of policy formation, its application, and equivalents are required. Student must be in behavior. Topics in this section include motivation, consequences. Students deal with formal decision acceptable plan of study. reward systems, and values and ethics. The course theory and practice, organizational theory and Credits: 3 then focuses on the development of effective work practice, marketing and personnel policies and On Occasion groups to explore communications, negotiations, social conditions as they impinge upon and require teams, and the learning organizations. Selected new organizational thinking. This course develops MKT 702 Marketing Research topics in leadership conclude the course of study. students’ capabilities in strategic decision making in This course emphasizes the role of information in Prerequisite of GBA 523 or its equivalents are a changing world. Issues include the ranking and marketing decisions. Given the sheer variety and required. Student must be in acceptable plan of the definition and measurement of organizational quantity of information available in today's study. objectives; the concept of organizational strategy; environment, the ability to assess the quality of Credits: 3 mission; the formulation and evaluation of information is more important than ever Every Semester alternatives; the interrelationships between before. This course will provide students with the quantitative and qualitative analytical techniques; tools and techniques that are essential to MBA 624 Operations Management the roles of personal values, ethics, and political developing this ability. The course takes a very Operations Management is concerned with the power; product life cycle; capital allocation; and applied, hands-on approach to the subject, at the efficient and effective transformation of resources acquisitions and divestitures. A computer-based same time ensuring that students are exposed to the into goods and services. This course is designed to simulation, cases, lectures, and group analyses are theoretical concepts that are relevant. It covers two develop the ability to analyze and improve the employed. broad areas: research design and data analysis and performance of operations processes in Prerequisite of GBA 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, interpretation. Ethical issues are incorporated organizations. Topics to be discussed include MBA 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 625 or its throughout the course. A variety of examples, cases operations strategy, product/service selection and equivalents are required. Student must be in and assignments will be used to illustrate the design, capacity planning, quality management, acceptable plan of study. application of different research methodologies and facility location and layout, inventory management, Credits: 3 to provide an understanding of how research can be business process reengineering, and supply chain Every Semester used to make better decisions. management. Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its
Page 149 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 equivalents are required. Student must be in economic, analytical tools and behavioral models. policies in the context of the evolving system of acceptable plan of study. The growth of, and innovation in, vertical systems world trade. Critical business issues concerning Credits: 3 is examined with regard to social, economic and trade and competition arising out of the World On Occasion legal constraints. The course also surveys the Trade Organization (WTO) system, the regional objectives and decision-making processes of trading arrangements—such as the European Union MKT 703 Sales Management and Forecasting individual members at various channel levels. Case (EU), and the North American Free Trade This course emphasizes the management of selling studies that are used stress practical applications. Association (NAFTA) – as well as the trade activities and the outside sales force as one major Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its regulations and industrial policies of major trading phase of marketing management. The course equivalents are required. Student must be in countries are examined. includes discussion of the administrative activities acceptable plan of study. Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, 625 or its of sales force managers from the district manager Credits: 3 equivalents are required. Student must be in up to the top level sales executive in the firm. On Occasion acceptable plan of study. Organization of the sales department, operating the Credits: 3 sales force, planning sales force activities, and the MKT 712 Direct Marketing On Occasion analysis and control of sales operations are covered. The direct response techniques, an increasingly Major emphasis is given to determining market and important component of the marketing efforts of MKT 717 International Marketing sales potentials, forecasting sales, preparing sales companies of all sizes, are studied in this course in This course is an analysis of both marketing strategy budgets, and establishing territories and quotas. detail. Direct marketers have developed a and marketing management in the international Cases are used to stress practical applications. sophisticated awareness of the exact relationship of marketplace. It provides students with an Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its their marketing effort to sales and profits. This understanding of the global marketing environment equivalents are required. Student must be in course familiarizes students with the entire range of and how the environment impacts the applicability acceptable plan of study. direct marketing, media, and fulfillment strategies of the marketing strategies. Students will learn Credits: 3 with special emphasis on scientific database theoretical foundations of international marketing On Occasion management. and apply them to international marketing Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its campaigns based on the similarities and differences MKT 705 Consumer Behavior equivalents are required. Student must be in of international markets in terms of cultural, This course uses the multi-disciplinary approach to acceptable plan of study. economic, regulatory and competitive forces. understanding consumer behavior in the Credits: 3 Country market selection, market entry modes and marketplace by integrating the contributions of On Occasion ethical issues are discussed. cultural anthropology, psychology, sociology and Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, 625 or its economics. This course reviews the role of the MKT 715 Marketing Strategies for High Tech equivalents are required. Student must be in behavioral sciences in marketing in such areas as Products and Services acceptable plan of study. determination of product choice, brand loyalty and Innovation of new products and services is Credits: 3 switching, and company loyalty policies. Topics expensive to produce and inexpensive to reproduce. On Occasion include: learning theory, motivation, diffusion of As a result, high-technology firms that invest heavily innovation, reference group theory, roleplaying, in R & D often have difficulty in appropriating the MKT 750 Marketing Seminar perception, and attitude formation. Managerial fruits of their innovative efforts. Legal protection of This seminar offers advanced special topics in implications are intellectual capital by means of patents, copyrights marketing that are relevant to increasing the examined using case studies. and trade secrets do not work well in practice. effectiveness of marketing as an organizational Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its "Inventing around" patents is a common practice function. Topics will vary according to advances in equivalents are required. Student must be in that can often be accomplished at a relatively the field and the environment in which marketing acceptable plan of study. modest cost. Moreover, markets for high-tech operates. They include research methodology and Credits: 3 products and services suffer from high degree of techniques, impact of technology, ethics, and global On Occasion uncertainty. The course examines the unique marketing strategy. The course utilizes the expertise problems faces by the high-technology firms - with of guest speakers, when applicable. MKT 706 Product Strategy focus on ICT and pharmaceutical sectors - and Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, 625 or its The course provides a comprehensive presentation marketing strategies that help mitigate these equivalents are required. Student must be in of the product planning and development process problems within the larger context of emerging acceptable plan of study. and examines strategies over the product's life cycle. global market for technology/know-how as opposed Credits: 3 Topics include idea generation, concept to products and services. On Occasion development, screening criteria, concept testing, Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its commercialization and the development of equivalents are required. Student must be in DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH marketing plans. Marketing mix decisions over the acceptable plan of study. product life cycle are also covered. The Credits: 3 CARE AND PUBLIC product/brand manager organizational structure as On Occasion ADMINISTRATION well as ethical considerations is also examined. Prerequisites of GBA 524, MBA 622, or its MKT 716 International Trade Phone: 516-299-2716 equivalents are required. Student must be in The main goal of this course is to analyze and Fax: 516-299-3912 acceptable plan of study. understand competitive issues in the global trading Email: [email protected] Credits: 3 system from a business perspective. The course Chair: Carl L. Figliola On Occasion reviews and utilizes traditional theories of trade, but Professors: Figliola, Webster
emphasizes modern concepts of dynamic Associate Professors: Forman, Renz MKT 707 Marketing Distribution Systems competitive advantage – the role of firm strategies, Assistant Professor: Henderson This course is an analysis of the competitive struggle the role of location, country factors, and public Adjunct Faculty: 16 for channel command, and the utilization of
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 150 C.W. Post Campus
The Department of Health Care and Public requirements are welcome to discuss their PAD 604 Administrative 3.00 Administration offers graduate degree programs options for admission with the graduate Responsibility and the that prepare students for positions in hospitals and advisor. Applicants who have attended Legal Environment in the nursing homes; county, city, town and village institutions outside the United States must hold Public Sector governments; school districts; and federal and state a degree equivalent to a U.S. bachelor's degree. Elective Public Administration Courses agencies. Taught by dedicated faculty, the • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Students must complete four courses from the curriculum stresses leadership, effective graduate transcripts from any college(s) or list below. performance, problem-solving skills, ethical universities you have attended. PAD 712 Environmental Law and 3.00 concerns, and program analysis and • Two professional and/or academic letters of Administration implementation in a student-centered environment. recommendation that address the applicant's Graduate programs offer a number of options potential in the profession and ability to PAD 714 Seminar in the Politics of 3.00 reflecting real-world priorities: M.P.A. degrees complete a graduate program. Environmental Control in Public Administration or Health Care • Personal Statement that addresses the reason PAD 715 Environmental Pollution 3.00 Administration; a dual J.D./M.P.A. in Health Care you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Administration (in conjunction with the Touro this area of study. PAD 716 Coastal Zone 3.00 Law Center, Central Islip, N.Y.); and an Advanced • Students for whom English is a second Management Certificate in Nonprofit Management or language must submit official score results of PAD 717 Environmental Impact 3.00 Gerontology. The Master of Public Administration the Test of English as a Foreign Language Analysis is the only program on Long Island accredited by (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable the National Association of Schools of Public TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 PAD 725 Governmental Regulation 3.00 Affairs and Administration. computer-based or 550 paper-based) or of Land Use minimum IELTS score: 6.5. PAD 729 Environmental Planning 3.00 Send application materials to: M.P.A. in Public Administration Graduate Admissions Office PAD 748 Managing Metropolitan 3.00 C.W. Post Campus Government The M.P.A. in Public Administration prepares Long Island University PAD 780 Current Issues in Public 3.00 you for a wide range of managerial and leadership 720 Northern Boulevard Administration positions in local, state and national government, Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 the law, and non-profit organizations. For Required Public Administration Capstone administrators already employed in public service, Master of Public Administration Seminar Courses this 48-credit program provides opportunities to Major Requirements PAD 707 Thesis Research 3.00 improve your administrative skills, pursue a Required Public Administration Foundation Consultation and Thesis specific area of interest and prepare for increasing Courses levels of responsibility and management. PAD 708 Thesis Research 3.00 Your plan of study is comprised of 21 credits of MPA 501 Principles of Public 3.00 Consultation and Thesis foundation courses, including: "Principles of Administration Master of Public Administration: Nonprofit Public Administration", "Organizational Theory MPA 502 Organizational Theory 3.00 Management Concentration and Behavior in the Public Sector", "Economic and Behavior in the Required Nonprofit Management Core Courses Environment abd the Public Sector", "Computer Health & Public Sectors NPM 650 Introduction to Nonprofit 3.00 Applications" , "Analytical Methods", "Computer- Management MPA 503 Economic Environment 3.00 based Management Systems" and "The Policy and the Public Sector NPM 651 Fundraising and 3.00 Process in Health Care Administration". Development for The Advanced Core Curriculum (nine credits) MPA 504 Computer Applications 3.00 Nonprofit Organizations explore various aspects of public sector MPA 505 Analytical Methods 3.00 administration, including "Human Resource NPM 652 Human Resource 3.00 Administration," "Fundamentals of Budgeting and MPA 506 Computer Based 3.00 Management in Nonprofit Finance," and "Administrative Responsibility and Management Systems Organizations the Legal Environment." Twelve credits of MPA 507 The Policy Process in 3.00 NPM 653 Financial Management in 3.00 electives and a thesis complete this comprehensive Health Care and Public Nonprofit Organizations course of study. Administration The M.P.A. degree is accredited by the NPM 654 Legal, Ethical and 3.00 National Association of Schools of Public Affairs Master of Public Administration: Public Governance Issues in and Administration. Administration Concentration Nonprofit Organizations A specialization in Nonprofit Management is Required Public Administration Advanced Elective Public Administration Courses for available. Core Courses Nonprofit Management. Admission Requirements PAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 Students must complete all courses from the list Applicants to the M.P.A. Program must meet Administration in the below. the following requirements for admission: Public Sector MPA 701 Managerial 3.00 • Application for Admission. PAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 Communications • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) and Finance in the Public • A bachelor's degree with a minimum GPA of MPA 708 Work, People & 3.00 Sector 3.0 from an accredited college or university or Productivity successful completion of another Master's degree. Students who do not meet these
Page 151 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
MPA 713 Grant Writing and 3.00 institutions outside the United States must hold Required Health Care Administration Administration a degree equivalent to a U.S. bachelor’s degree. Capstone Seminar Courses • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or HAD 707 Thesis Research 3.00 MPA 721 Quality Improvement and 3.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Consultation and Thesis Program Evaluation universities you have attended. Strategies HAD 708 Thesis Research 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of Consultation and Thesis Required Nonprofit Management Capstone recommendation that address the applicant’s Seminar Courses potential in the profession and ability to General Health Care Administration NPM 707 Thesis Research 3.00 complete a graduate program. Concentration Requirements Consultation • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Students who select this concentration must you are interested in pursuing graduate work in complete four courses from the list below. Any NPM 708 Thesis 3.00 this area of study. 700-level MPA courses can be used in addition Foundation Courses 21 credits • Students for whom English is a second to the courses listed below. Advanced Core 9 credits language must submit official score results of HAD 701 Hospitals & Health Care 3.00 Specialization 12 credits the Test of English as a Foreign Language Organizations Capstone 6 credits (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable HAD 702 Epidemiology & Public 3.00 Total 48 credits TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Health computer-based or 550 paper-based) or M.P.A. in Health Care minimum IELTS score: 6.5. HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health 3.00 Send application materials to: HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 Administration Graduate Admissions Office Aging C.W. Post Campus The 48-credit Master of Public Administration Long Island University HAD 711 Long-Term Care 3.00 degree in Health Care Administration provides the 720 Northern Boulevard Administration comprehensive curriculum needed to succeed in a Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 highly complex, competitive and ever-changing HAD 712 The Management of 3.00 health care environment. Courses examine both Senior Community Master of Public Administration in practical and theoretical problems in the field and Programs provide an understanding of a wide range of topics Health Care Administration HAD 713 Rehabilitation and 3.00 including organizational structures, administrative Requirements Restorative Programs techniques, policy analysis and program Required Health Care Administration management. Foundation Courses HAD 714 Planning and Marketing 3.00 The plan of study is comprised of 21 credits of MPA 501 Principles of Public 3.00 in Health Care foundation courses, including: "Principles of Administration HAD 715 Mental Health 3.00 Public Administration," "Organizational Theory Administration and Behavior in the Public Sector," "Economic MPA 502 Organizational Theory 3.00 Environment and the Public Sector;" "Computer and Behavior in the HAD 723 Economics of Health 3.00 Applications," "Analytical Methods," "Computer- Health & Public Sectors HAD 724 Managed Care 3.00 based Management Systems" and "The Policy MPA 503 Economic Environment 3.00 Administration Process in Health Care Administration." and the Public Sector The Advanced Core Curriculum (nine credits) HAD 725 Financial Management of 3.00 explores various aspects of public sector MPA 504 Computer Applications 3.00 Health Care Institutions administration, including: "Human Resource MPA 505 Analytical Methods 3.00 HAD 780 Current Issues in Health 3.00 Administration," "Fundamentals of Budgeting and MPA 506 Computer Based 3.00 Administration Finance," and "Administrative Responsibility and Management Systems the Legal Environment." Twelve credits of HAD 726 Interdisciplinary 3.00 electives and a Thesis round out the program. MPA 507 The Policy Process in 3.00 Assessment A specialization in Gerontology is available. Health Care and Public HAD 727 Entrepreneurship in 3.00 Our M.P.A. degree is accredited by the Administration Gerontology National Association of Schools of Public Affairs Required Health Care Administration and Administration. HAD 728 Financial, Estate and 3.00 Advanced Core Courses ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Retirement Planning HAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 Applicants to the M.P.A. in Health Care Administration in the HAD 729 Bereavement: 3.00 Administration must meet the following Health Sector Psychological, Cultural requirements for admission. and Institutional • Application for Admission. HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 Perspectives • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) and Finance in The Gerontology Concentration Requirements • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of Health Sector 3.0 from an accredited college or university or Students who select this concentration must HAD 604 Administrative 3.00 successful completion of another Master’s complete the courses from the list below. Responsibility and the degree. Students who do not meet these HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health 3.00 Legal Environment in the requirements are welcome to discuss their Health Sector HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 options for admission with the graduate Aging advisor. Applicants who have attended
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 152 C.W. Post Campus
HAD 711 Long-Term Care 3.00 • Application for Admission. Gerontology candidate must have a bachelor’s Administration • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) degree from an accredited institution, and an • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of acceptable record in undergraduate and other HAD 712 The Management of 3.00 2.5 from an accredited college or university. studies as reflected on official transcripts. Each Senior Community Students who do not meet these requirements candidate must also meet admission criteria Programs are welcome to discuss their options for established for the M.P.A. degree program. Foundation Courses 21 credits admission with the graduate advisor. No ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Advanced Core 9 credits specific undergraduate major is required for Applicants to the Advanced Certificate in Specialization 12 credits application. Applicants who are in their senior Gerontology must meet the following Capstone 6 credits year at an undergraduate institution may apply requirements for admission. Total 48 credits for admission to the College of Management, • Application for Admission but acceptance will be made contingent upon • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) J.D./M.P.A. in Health Care submission of final grades and receipt of the • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or bachelor’s degree. Applicants who have graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Administration attended institutions outside the United States universities you have attended
must hold a degree equivalent to a U.S. • Two professional and/or academic letters of Dual Degree Program Offered by Touro Law bachelor’s degree. recommendation that address the applicant’s Center and C.W. Post • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or potential in the profession and ability to The dual J.D./M.P.A. in Health Care graduate transcripts from any college(s) or complete a graduate program. Administration prepares you for a variety of universities you have attended. • Personal Statement that addresses the reason challenging careers in hospitals, clinics and health • Copy of LSAT score taken within the past five you are interested in pursuing graduate work in care agencies. The Juris Doctor (J.D.) degree, (5) years with a minimum score of 141. this area of study. offered by Touro Law Center in Central Islip, • Two professional and/or academic letters of • A minimum overall GPA of 3.0 N.Y., provides extensive training in both recommendation on company letterhead that • International students are also required to fundamental legal theory and development of address the applicant’s potential in the achieve a minimum Test of English as a practical skills. The Master of Public profession and ability to complete a graduate Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 Administration (M.P.A.) degree, offered by the program. Internet-based (a minimum listening score of College of Management at the C.W. Post Campus • Personal Statement that addresses the reason 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or of Long Island University in Brookville, N.Y., you are interested in pursuing graduate work in 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also ensures a strong grounding in the principles of this area of study. Please indicate you are acceptable. health care administration. The dual degrees interested in the J.D./M.P.A. Program. Send application materials to: provide a comprehensive understanding of the • Students for whom English is a second Graduate Admissions Office interaction between the business and law fields. language must submit official score results of C.W. Post Campus The M.P.A. degree is accredited by NASPAA. the Test of English as a Foreign Language Long Island University The J.D. degree is accredited by the American Bar (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable 720 Northern Boulevard Association. The number of credits required is TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 112, and 12 credits from each program can be computer-based or 550 paper-based) or transferred to the other. The J.D. and M.P.A. minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Advanced Certificate in Gerontology degrees are awarded separately by their respective Send application materials to: Required Gerontology Course institutions upon the successful completion of Graduate Admissions Office HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 requirements. Students must apply and be admitted C.W. Post Campus Aging to each institution separately. Long Island University The program’s unique strengths include Elective Gerontology Courses 720 Northern Boulevard mastery of organizational processes and structures, Students must complete four courses from the Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 administrative and management techniques, and following: policy analysis and creation. Earning the two HAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 degrees position you for leadership roles in the Advanced Certificate in Administration in the rapidly changing and integrating fields of health Gerontology Health Sector care administration and law. HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 FOR C.W. POST: An increase in the older person population has and Finance in The The College of Management’s M.P.A. in created a need for professionals who can guide Health Sector Health Care Administration Program has individuals, families, communities and institutions established the following criteria as the most in dealing with the special needs of the elderly. HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health 3.00 critical in the evaluation of candidates for graduate With formal courses, lectures and case studies, the HAD 711 Long-Term Care 3.00 study: Department of Health Care and Public Administration • Scholastic achievement and a desire to excel as Administration offers instruction on an advanced evidenced by previous academic work. level. Upon completion of this 15-credit program, HAD 712 The Management of 3.00 • Motivation, leadership potential and maturity as Long Island University confers a graduate Senior Community evidenced by prior work experience and Advanced Certificate in Gerontology. The Programs extracurricular activities. program requires successful completion of five HSN 501 Principles Of Nutritional 3.00 Applicants to the Master of Public courses. A matriculated Master of Public Science Administration (M.P.A.) at the C.W. Post Campus Administration student who pursues this certificate of Long Island University must submit the may transfer up to three courses from his or her HAD 726 Interdisciplinary 3.00 following items for admission. M.P.A. curriculum. An Advanced Certificate in Assessment
Page 153 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
HAD 727 Entrepreneurship in 3.00 Send application materials to: and occupational safety. Gerontology Graduate Admissions Office Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. C.W. Post Campus Credits: 3 HAD 728 Financial, Estate and 3.00 Long Island University Annually Retirement Planning 720 Northern Boulevard HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting and Finance HAD 729 Bereavement: 3.00 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 in the Health Sector Psychological, Cultural This course familiarizes the student with the and Institutional Advanced Certificate in Nonprofit principles of budgeting and finance in the health Perspectives Management Requirements sector. Topics include budgetary systems, methods, Required Nonprofit Management Course Advanced Certificate in Gerontology requires processes and cycles, preparation, justification and NPM 650 Introduction to Nonprofit 3.00 15 credits to complete. financial information systems. The course includes Management a survey of the federal prospective payment system Advanced Certificate in Advanced Nonprofit Management Courses and other current developments in reimbursement Nonprofit Management Students must complete three courses from the methods. list below Prerequisites of MPA 501 & 503 are required. The 15-credit Advanced Certificate in NPM 651 Fundraising and 3.00 Credits: 3 Nonprofit Management provides graduate students Development for Every Fall with an understanding of the issues unique to Nonprofit Organizations HAD 604 Administrative Responsibility and the nonprofit organizations and the skills to supervise NPM 652 Human Resource 3.00 Legal Environment in the Health Sector and manage in nonprofit settings. The certificate Management in Nonprofit This course considers the authority and procedures requires successful completion of five courses. Organizations utilized by health care agencies in the Candidates who already have a Master of Public administration of their services. The course Administration degree may apply up to three NPM 653 Financial Management in 3.00 includes an analysis of problems of accountability courses (9 credits) toward the certificate. Nonprofit Organizations and the reconciliation of the administrative process Candidates for the Advanced Certificate in NPM 654 Legal, Ethical and 3.00 with medical, political, social, statutory and Nonprofit Management must have a bachelor’s Governance Issues in regulatory mandates. degree from an accredited institution, and an Nonprofit Organizations Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. acceptable record in undergraduate and other Credits: 3 studies as reflected by official transcripts. Each Elective Public Administration Course for Every Fall candidate must also meet admission criteria Nonprofit Management Students must complete one course from the list established for the M.P.A. degree program. HAD 701 Hospitals & Health Care Organizations below ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS This course reviews the organization and MPA 701 Managerial 3.00 Applicants to the Advanced Certificate in Non management of hospitals within a regional context Communications Profit Management program must meet the of primary care. Included are the elements of following requirements for admission. MPA 708 Work, People & 3.00 hospital • Application for Admission Productivity structure and organization, and a focus on problem • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) solving and development of MPA 713 Grant Writing and 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or administrative skills. Administration graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. universities you have attended MPA 721 Quality Improvement and 3.00 Credits: 3 • Two professional and/or academic letters of Program Evaluation On Occasion recommendation that address the applicant’s Advanced Certificate in Nonprofit Management potential in the profession and ability to HAD 702 Epidemiology & Public Health requires 15 credits to complete. complete a graduate program. This course defines and reviews the concept and
• Personal Statement that addresses the reason practice of public health administration in the you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Health Care and Public United States. It clarifies the regulatory and this area of study. Administration Courses monitoring function derived from public health • A minimum overall GPA of 3.0 policy with special emphasis on the application of • International students are also required to epidemiological theories and methods to the study achieve a minimum Test of English as a HAD 389 Honors Thesis of disease in various human Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 Honors Thesis populations. Internet-based (a minimum listening score of Must be in Honors Program Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or Credits: 3 Credits: 3 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also On Occasion On Occasion acceptable. HAD 602 Human Resource Administration in HAD 707 Thesis Research Consultation and the Health Sector Thesis This Course explores the theories and practices of In the first semester, advanced study of the human resource administration in health service scientific method in the Health organizations such as merit systems, unionism, Administration discipline together with the bureaucratic trends, personnel recruitment, testing, preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an and performance evaluations. Other topics include outline of the thesis. The second semester is equal employment opportunity, employee rights devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 154 C.W. Post Campus student must have completed at least 36 credits to the educational requirements for eligibility to the form of licensure, regulation, financing an register for HAD 707 and must seek permission of take the State Board Examination for a planning. the academic advisor. HAD 707 and 708 may NOT Nursing Home Administrator's license. Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are be taken simultaneously. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. required. Prerequisite of MPA 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, Credits: 3 Credits: 3 & 507 is required. On Occasion On Occasion Credits: 3 Every Semester HAD 712 The Management of Senior HAD 724 Managed Care Administration Community Programs This course analyzes various forms of managed care HAD 708 Thesis Research Consultation and The emphasis in this course is on the basic skills systems in terms of legislation, organization, Thesis necessary to supervise and conduct programs for administration, financing, marketing and legal In the first semester, advanced study of the the majority of older adults who are community aspects. An analysis of the essential ingredients in scientific method in the Health residents. Among these are workshops and the success of prepaid systems is included. Administration discipline together with the seminars on issues of retirement, nutrition, general Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an health, outreach, information and referral Credits: 3 outline of the thesis. The second semester is assistance, and related services. Governmental On Occasion devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A programs and relevant laws and regulations are student must have completed at least 42 credits to integrated with each topic. HAD 725 Financial Management of Health Care register for HAD 708 and must seek permission of Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. Institutions the academic advisor. HAD 707 and 708 may NOT Credits: 3 This course is a description and analysis of financial be taken simultaneously. On Occasion issues on the institutional level. Topics include Prerequisite of HAD 707 and 42 credits completed third party payment systems, managed care are required. HAD 713 Rehabilitation and Restorative financing and the contracting with providers and Credits: 3 Programs systems of cost control. Every Semester This course is a study of the functions of the Prerequisites of MPA 503 & HAD 603 are various services and programs, both free-standing or required. HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health in health facilities, that concern themselves with Credits: 3 This course applies legal principles to the health restoration from chronic disease, orthopedic On Occasion delivery system. Topics discussed include, but are disabilities, post-cardiovascular and other disabling not limited to: hospital code; consents; patients' conditions. The course includes familiarization with HAD 727 Entrepreneurship in Gerontology rights; admission and discharge of patients; the workman's compensation system. This course analyzes entrepreneurial concepts in malpractice; liability of hospitals, physicians, and Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. gerontology, integrating project planning and nurses; medical records; immunity of hospitals; Credits: 3 marketing of aging services. Students study medical staff rights and privileges; medical ethics On Occasion methods used to achieve goals and objectives in a issues relating to abortion, sterilization and artificial highly competitive, resource constrained elder care insemination. HAD 714 Planning and Marketing in Health Care environment. The course explores the Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. This course examines the issues pertinent to the characteristics of both free and regulated public and Credits: 3 role of the planning and marketing functions in a private geriatrics markets and life extension On Occasion health organization. Principles of planning, the implications. relationship between health planning and the Prerequisites of MPA 501 & 503 are required. HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of Aging development of a marketing plan, and action Credits: 3 This course is a survey of gerontology, including planning are explored as a means to provide On Occasion theories of aging, health and coordination in meeting health needs and physiological aspects of aging, psychological and providing health services. HAD 780 Current Issues in Health psychiatric problems, family and Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are Administration sex roles of the aged, the middle years, retirement, required. A special topics course exploring selected themes, and institutional placement Credits: 3 current developments and emerging issues in health in long-term care facilities. On Occasion administration. Recent sections have focused on Credits: 3 advanced computer application, quality assurance, On Occasion HAD 715 Mental Health Administration death and dying, and program This course is designed to acquaint the health evaluation. HAD 711 Long-Term Care Administration administrator with the organizational, legal and Prerequisites of MPA 501, 502, 503, and 507 are This course considers the unique organizational political issues affecting the delivery of mental required. and administrative aspects of the various types of health services. Credits: 3 long-term facilities as distinct from acute-care Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. On Occasion hospitals. The course includes the special Federal Credits: 3 and local code requirements pertinent to On Occasion MPA 501 Principles of Public Administration facility construction, administration, medical- This course is a prerequisite or co-requisite nursing care, and other numerous therapeutic HAD 723 Economics of Health for all other courses in the program. modalities required by the geriatric and This course reviews health delivery as an economic This course is an introduction to the convalescent patient. activity. Determinants of demand for health field of Public Administration and Note: When HAD 709, HAD 710, HAD services are analyzed and the supply of resources is includes organization and management 711, HAD 602, HAD 603 are taken as examined, along with the various approaches to concepts and the political process. The part of the total Health Care Administration bring the two into equilibrium. Particular attention origin, growth and interrelationships curriculum, program graduates should meet is given to public involvement in health services in within the public sector are discussed.
Page 155 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
This discussion falls within the broader School of Public Service MPA 506 Computer Based Management Systems MPA 708 Work, People & Productivity context of public policy processes with This course is an introduction to current This course focuses on learning and practicing special attention to the topics of bureaucracy concepts in information systems design practical management and supervisory and intergovernmental relations. and management. The use of these systems techniques for improving individual, Credits: 3 and implications for managers are group and organizational performance. Every Semester covered. Topics include the information Students learn the principles of behavioral systems life cycle and dimensions of computer- management which they apply in a MPA 502 Organizational Theory and Behavior in assisted management (e.g., office project at their own work place. They the Health & Public Sectors automation, electronic spreadsheets, data learn and practice giving effective positive This course examines and analyzes organizational base management and word processing). and corrective feedback, and to manage theories with emphasis on the Credits: 3 inter-group and interpersonal conflict. informal and formal aspects of the Every Semester Students learn to analyze their own work administrative process. Topics include style, and the styles of others, and discuss individual behavior patterns, group MPA 507 The Policy Process in Health Care and how to allocate tasks based upon that dynamics, communication, motivation, Public Administration knowledge. They learn how to conduct decision-making, and leadership as they This course is an analysis of the policy effective meetings, and how to lead work relate to the public health and nonprofit process in terms of the development and groups through a problem-solving process. sector. implementation of programs as they Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. Credits: 3 relate to the health care and public sectors. Credits: 3 Every Semester The impact of special interests is On Occasion examined as an integral part of the MPA 503 Economic Environment and the Public process. A variety of timely subject/case MPA 710 Labor Relations in the Public Sector Sector studies are explored. This course examines the interaction of This course examines the role of the Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. the labor movement with management public sector in economic decision-making. Credits: 3 in the political setting of government. The nature of public goods is Every Semester This course also examines collective bargaining described as it relates to the allocation, in relation to public bodies, and stabilization, and distribution functions MPA 701 Managerial Communications the impact of bargaining on a fiscal budget. of the economic system. The role of private In this course, theory and practice in Other policy processes as well as the investment, the relations between written and oral communication as role of the administration are covered government and business, and the use of applied to the public, health and nonprofit and include strategies of bargaining and national income accounts are examined. sectors are examined. Report writing, the role of public opinion. Opposing views about the reasons, methods memo writing, correspondence and Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. and institutions influencing governmental oral presentations are included. Credits: 3 regulation, fiscal and monetary Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. On Occasion policy and action are presented. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion MPA 712 Managing Diversity in the Workplace
Every Semester This course examines the role and function MPA 704 Intergovernmental Relations played by diversity, civil and human MPA 504 Computer Applications This course is an analysis of the vertical rights, and administrative agencies at the This course equips the student to use and horizontal relationships of the federal, state and local levels. The course computerized data base management systems national, state and local governments. analyzes the governmental response to and statistical packages. The students Topics include the theory of federalism, diversity issues. Topics include a review gain hands-on experience. Among intergovernmental cooperation and conflict, of current legislation and the respective the packages used are SPSS and other municipal, state and regional relationships. agencies established to address the problems database management systems. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. of discrimination. Prerequisite of MPA 505 & MPA 506 is required. Credits: 3 Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. Credits: 3 On Occasion Credits: 3
Every Semester On Occasion MPA 707 Training & Development MPA 505 Analytical Methods This course is devoted to the kinds of MPA 713 Grant Writing and Administration This course is an introduction to the methods, tools activities and problems encountered by In this highly experiential course, students and uses of applied research. The course surveys an agency's director of training and locate available federal, state, local basic data gathering, analytical concepts and development. Such items as the role of and foundation sources of funding for a techniques as they apply to administrative the training director in organizational specific project, write a letter proposal to problems. Skills and issues related to research are development, the relationship with line a foundation or private sector organization, also considered. managers, the relationship with the president, and follow-up with a full grant proposal, Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are and the techniques of training are following the request for proposal required. examined by case studies, lectures and (RFP) guidelines to a federal, state or Credits: 3 outside speakers. local agency. Topics addressed include Every Semester Prerequisites of MPA 502 and HAD 602 and PAD effective research, creating a plan for the 602 are required. program, elements of a good proposal, Credits: 3 components of the proposal package and On Occasion strategies for getting a proposal read by a
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 156 C.W. Post Campus foundation or corporation officer. internal expenditure control, audits, cash Administration, evaluation and reporting NPM 650 Introduction to Nonprofit flow management, long-term planning, functions, as well as accountability are Management endowment management, and capital described and discussed. This course introduces students to nonprofit financing. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. management beginning with the Prerequisite of NPM 650 is required. Credits: 3 history of philanthropy and the emergence Credits: 3 On Occasion of the nonprofit sector. Classical On Occasion organizational theory and principles as MPA 721 Quality Improvement and Strategies well as current management and supervision NPM 654 Legal, Ethical and Governance Issues in This course prepares students with the practices are applied to the structure, Nonprofit Organizations theory, knowledge and skills to implement resources and mission of the This course examines the laws affecting program evaluation and quality nonprofit organization. Special attention the establishment and operation of nonprofit improvement (e.g., Total Quality is focused on strategic planning. organizations, including incorporation Management) strategies and measurements. Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are and tax-exempt status, general The focus of the course is on required. liability, regulatory compliance/reporting, applications in Health Care Human Credits: 3 and contracts. The course explores the Services and Public Sector On Occasion roles, responsibilities, processes and powers Organizations. of boards of directors including issues Prerequisites of MPA 504 and 505 are required. NPM 651 Fundraising and Development for of board liability. The nonprofit agencys Credits: 3 Nonprofit Organizations advocacy responsibilities and opportunities On Occasion The course provides an overview of and ethical issues are examined and sources of funding for nonprofit organizations. discussed. MPA 724 Organizational Change & Development It explains the fundraising manager's Prerequisite of NPM 650 is required. A detailed examination of organization role in development planning and Credits: 3 development with a specialization in restructuring focuses on mechanisms for raising money, On Occasion for a more efficient delivery system of policy including donor profiles, foundation and progress. corporate philanthropy, government NPM 707 Thesis Research Consultation and Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. grant and contract programs, special Thesis Credits: 3 events, marketing and public relations In the first semester, students complete the On Occasion functions, direct mail and membership advanced study of the scientific method in the campaigns, planned giving, major gifts Public Administration discipline, together with the MPA 777 Critical Issues in the Health Public and and capital campaigns. Ethical and legal preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an Private Sectors issues related to fundraising are also outline of the thesis. The second semester is This course reviews critical issues facing addressed. devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A the public and private sectors and their Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are student must have completed at least 36 credits to interrelationship. Noted figures from the required. register for NPM 707 and must seek permission of public and private sectors present the Credits: 3 the academic advisor. NPM 707 and 708 may NOT issues from their perspective. On Occasion be taken simultaneously. Prerequisites of MPA 501 and 507 are required. Prerequiste of MPA 501, 502, 503, 504, 505,506, Credits: 3 NPM 652 Human Resource Management in 507 and 36 credits completed are required.. On Occasion Nonprofit Organizations Credits: 3
The course examines methods of recruiting, Every Semester MPA 785 Independent Study developing, supervising, motivating The student is expected to research one and recognizing volunteers and staff, NPM 708 Thesis Research Consultation and specific phase of a problem in considerable maximizing staff-volunteer relations, and Thesis depth under the supervision of a faculty communicating the mission effectively In the first semester, students complete the advisor, and to prepare a within the organization. HRM topics advanced study of the scientific method in the well-documented evaluative report such as legal employment issues, recruiting Public Administration discipline, together with the expressing his/her own assessment of the and hiring practices, diversity in the preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an impact and significance of both the problem workplace, compensation and benefits, outline of the thesis. The second semester is and of one or more solutions. performance appraisal, grievance mechanisms devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A Credits: 3 and discipline are also explored. student must have completed at least 42 credits to Every Semester Prerequisite of NPM 650 is required. register for NPM 708 and must seek permission of
Credits: 3 the academic advisor. NPM 707 and 708 may NOT MPA 788 Graduate Internship in Administration On Occasion be taken simultaneously. An opportunity for students without Prerequisite of NPM 707 and 42 credits are administrative experience to work in an NPM 653 Financial Management in Nonprofit required. organization based upon a plan approved Organizations Credits: 3 by the head of the program and the This course addresses financial management Every Semester agency. Students prepare a substantial concepts and techniques required research and/or analytical paper concerning for effective management of nonprofit PAD 601 Public Administration, Policies & their experience and participate in organizations. Topics include nonprofit Regulatory Practices an Internship Seminar. accounting, budget management, revenue An analysis of regulating administration in terms of Credits: 3 forecasting, financial statements/ policy development and the monitoring of public Every Semester reports, tax issues, grant compliance, sector progress.
Page 157 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Prerequisite of MPA 501,502 & MPA 503 are and their runoffs; and erosion problems and their required. PAD 708 Thesis Research Consultation and impact. Field work involves projects on such Credits: 3 Thesis problems as Long Island coastal watershed mapping On Occasion In the first semester, students complete the and the development of management guidelines; advanced study of the scientific method in the and the surveying of Long Island wetland resources PAD 602 Human Resource Administration in the Public Administration discipline, together with the and the preparation of management Public Sector preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an recommendations. This course is an exploration of the theories outline of the thesis. The second semester is Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. and practices of human resource devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A Credits: 3 administration in the public sector, student must have completed at least 42 credits to On Occasion including the merit system, civil service register for PAD 708 and must seek permission of and unionism. Bureaucratic trends, personnel, the academic advisor. PAD 707 and 708 may NOT PAD 717 Environmental Impact Analysis recruitment, testing, and performance be taken simultaneously. This course reviews federal and state laws specifying evaluation are discussed. Other Prerequisite of PAD 707 and 42 credits completed environmental impact statements, procedural topics include equal employment opportunity, Credits: 3 elements, and means of compliance. The employee rights and occupational Every Semester techniques for the evaluation of primary and safety. secondary impact on all components of the natural Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. PAD 712 Environmental Law and Administration and human environments with methods for Credits: 3 This course is an analysis of federal, state and local mitigating significant adverse impact Every Spring government laws and regulations concerning the are discussed. Environmental ecosystems, water and environment. Political and administrative problems air quality, noise, esthetics, historic/archaeological PAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting and Finance concerning the implementation of such legislation, considerations, transportation, population and land in the Public Sector regulatory approaches, subsidies, and other use,employment, etc. are covered. This course familiarizes the student with governmental alternatives are examined. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. the principles of budgeting, accounting Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. Credits: 3 and auditing in the public sector. Topics Credits: 3 On Occasion include budgetary systems, methods, On Occasion processes and cycles, preparation and justification PAD 723 Regional Planning Process of financial information. PAD 714 Seminar in the Politics of An examination of the regional planning process Prerequisites of MPA 501 & 503 are required. Environmental Control with emphasis on zoning. Economic development Credits: 3 This course is an investigation of problems and environmental concerns. Every Spring in the politics of environmental Credits: 3 control, including: air, water and noise On Occasion PAD 604 Administrative Responsibility and the pollution; regional planning; transportation; Legal Environment in the Public Sector population growth; and conservation PAD 725 Governmental Regulation of Land Use This course considers the authority and procedures of natural resources. Field studies in This course examines various forms of utilized by government agencies in the this area are included. Students produce governmental power (zoning, eminent domain, administration of public affairs. It includes the research papers on different aspects of urban renewal) to regulate the use of land. analysis of problems of accountability and the the man-environment relationship. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. reconciliation Prerequisites of MPA 501, 502, & 507 are required. Credits: 3 of the administrative process with constitutional, Credits: 3 On Occasion statutory, and regulatory mandates. On Occasion Prerequisites of MPA 501, 502, 503 & 507 are PAD 729 Environmental Planning required. PAD 715 Environmental Pollution This is a survey course exploring the development, Credits: 3 This course is a comprehensive review of utilization and maintenance of natural and man- Every Spring the origin, detection, and control of pollutants made in the surface and ground waters, resources. The planning function and its PAD 707 Thesis Research Consultation and atmospheres and terrestrial environments. relationship to the environment are covered. Thesis Auditory and visual pollution are Problems of air and water pollution, sewage, energy In the first semester, students complete the included. Conventional and advanced conservation, and noise levels are examined as they advanced study of the scientific method in the technologies are covered for water supply relate to Public Administration discipline, together with the and wastewater treatment, air pollution planning. preparation of a master's thesis proposal, and an control, and solid waste management. Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. outline of the thesis. The second semester is Federal, state and local environmental Credits: 3 devoted to the actual writing of the thesis. A standards are reviewed along with regulatory On Occasion student must have completed at least 36 credits to structures. register for PAD 707 and must seek permission of Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. PAD 734 Administration In Local Government the academic advisor. PAD 707 and 708 may NOT Credits: 3 A detailed examination of local governments with be taken simultaneously. On Occasion emphasis on village, town and municipal. Course Prerequiste of MPA 501, 502, 503, 504, 505,506, will also explore special districts and public 507 and 36 credits completed are required.. PAD 716 Coastal Zone Management authorities. Credits: 3 The course deals with the following: techniques for Prerequisites of MPA 501, 503, and 507 are Every Semester mapping coastal resources; wetland zoning required. problems; causes, consequences, and management Credits: 3 of stormwaters On Occasion
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 158 C.W. Post Campus
accounting professionals to campus to meet with professional accountancy, general business, and PAD 748 Managing Metropolitan Government accounting majors at formal and informal events. liberal arts and sciences. This course examines the politics of CONCENTRATION IN TAXATION changing constituencies and their impact The 30-credit Master of Science in on community participation and city M.S. in Accountancy Accountancy with a concentration in Taxation is management. This course surveys the designed to provide the student with the technical management and organization of expertise needed to succeed as an accountant or American metropolitan areas. CONCENTRATION IN PROFESSIONAL business adviser with a specialization in tax issues. Prerequisites of MPA 501, 503, and 507 are ACCOUNTING Combining a thorough education in accounting required. The 30-credit Master of Science in with a critical specialty in taxation and taught by Credits: 3 Accountancy with a concentration in Professional expert professionals with excellent academic On Occasion Accounting will prepare you for a career in public credentials, the M.S. in Accountancy with a
accounting, industry or government enterprises. concentration in Taxation is a degree of PAD 780 Current Issues in Public Administration This widely respected program offers a rigorous extraordinary value. This course is a special topic course course of study taught by top tax and accounting The program is offered in a blended learning exploring selected themes, current developments professionals with expertise in a broad range of format, which combines the convenience of online and emerging issues. Recent sections have focused topics. learning with the richness of live classroom on advanced computer application, quality circles, The program is offered in a blended learning discussion and interaction. Four courses are George format, which combines the convenience of online available online: "Not-for-Profit Entity Orwell, and Sunset Legislation. learning with the richness of live classroom Accounting," "Financial Statement Analysis," Prerequisites of MPA 501& 502 are required. discussion and interaction. Four courses are "Advanced Accounting Information Systems," and Credits: 3 available online: “Not-for-Profit Entity "Advanced Assurance Services and Computer On Occasion Accounting,” “Financial Statement Analysis,” Auditing." The remaining six courses are held in “Advanced Accounting Information Systems,” and the headquarters of the School of Professional SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL “Advanced Assurance Services and Computer Accountancy, Lorber Hall, which is equipped with ACCOUNTANCY Auditing.” The remaining six courses are held in "smart" classrooms, computer labs, wireless the headquarters of the School of Professional connections, and faculty and academic advising Phone: 516-299-2513 Accountancy, Lorber Hall, which is equipped with offices. Fax: 516-299-2297 “smart” classrooms, computer labs, wireless The M.S. in Accountancy is registered by the Email: Internet, and faculty and academic advising New York State Education Department to qualify [email protected] offices. The M.S. in Accountancy program is for a one-year reduction of the experience Director: Charles A. Barragato registered by the New York State Education requirement for CPA licensure.* It is intended for Professors: Abatemarco, Barragato, Bertucelli Department to qualify for a one-year reduction of those individuals who have completed an Associate Professors: Comunale, Leopold-Persoff, the experience requirement for CPA licensure.* undergraduate degree in accounting at an Rosner It is intended for those individuals who have accredited college or university and who wish to Adjunct Faculty: 10 completed an undergraduate degree in accounting fulfill the 150-hour requirement. The School of Professional Accountancy holds at an accredited college or university and who For those interested students who did not major the proud distinction of being the first autonomous wish to fulfill the 150-hour requirement. For those in Accounting, prerequisite courses are necessary. school of professional accountancy in the nation. interested students who did not major in Please consult Cathy Black at the Office of Founded in 1974, the School prepares students for Accounting, prerequisite courses are necessary. Graduate Programs at 516-299-4182 or careers as accountants, tax preparers and estate and Please consult Cathy Black at the Office of [email protected] for further information. financial planners. The curriculum qualifies Graduate Programs at 516-299-4182 or *The one-year reduction of the experience students to sit for the Certified Public Accountant [email protected] for further information. requirement applies only to candidates who have (CPA) examination in New York State. Graduate Program Goals completed the required prerequisites (or their programs in accountancy and taxation are offered 1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding equivalent). The New York State Education in the blended learning format, which combines beyond the core accounting fundamentals Department 150-hour program requires that the convenience of online learning with the 2. Demonstrate ability to analyze, synthesize, and certain content areas be met in the areas of benefits of live classroom discussion and apply accounting issues in domestic and professional accountancy, general business, and interaction. The School is part of C.W. Post’s international settings liberal arts and sciences. College of Management, which is accredited by 3. Demonstrate effective oral and written ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AACSB International – the Association to communication skills through case analyses, Applicants to the Master of Science in Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. simulations, and projects Accountancy must meet the following All courses incorporate the latest technology 4. Use information technology for decision requirements for admission. and software applications in the digital accounting making and problem solving in business • Application for Admission and taxation fields. Our faculty members possess 5. Identify and apply regulatory requirements in • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) an unsurpassed combination of experience and business and accounting environments • Official copies of all transcripts from any professional and academic credentials. An 6. Demonstrate ability to work effectively in college(s) or universities you have attended, extensive internship program connects students teams including college level high school courses. with leading firms in the New York metropolitan *The one-year reduction of the experience • Bachelor's degree from an accredited college area. Graduates are recruited by the "Big Four" requirement applies only to candidates who have with at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point global accounting firms as well as international, completed the required prerequisites (or their average in undergraduate studies or successful national, regional, and local accounting firms; equivalent). The New York State Education completion of another master's degree. An corporations, and government agencies. In Department 150-hour program requires that applicant who attended institutions outside the addition, student organizations regularly bring certain content areas be met in the areas of United States must hold a degree equivalent to
Page 159 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
a U.S. bachelor's degree. An undergraduate major in accounting is required for the M.S. in M.S. in Accountancy with a concentration in Elective Graduate Business Courses Accountancy program. Professional Accounting Students must complete two graduate Business • An applicant who is in his or her senior year at Required Taxation Courses courses from the following (BLW, FIN, IBU, an undergraduate institution may apply for Students must complete one of the following: MAN, MBA, MIS, or MKT). admission, but acceptance is contingent upon TAX 726 Tax Strategies and 3.00 Elective Graduate Accounting, Business or submission of final grades and receipt of a Business Decisions Taxation Courses bachelor's degree. All previous coursework will Students must complete one graduate TAX 760 Tax Research 3.00 be evaluated by the graduate accounting Accounting, Business or Taxation course from advisor. Students who have not taken necessary Elective Accounting Courses the following (ACC, BLW, FIN, IBU, MAN, prerequisites may be admitted to the program Students must complete three of the following: MBA, MIS, MKT, or TAX). subject to the completion of prerequisites with a ACC 709 Corporate Financial 3.00 M.S. in Accountancy with a concentration in B or better as part of their program of study. Reporting Taxation The following criteria have been established as Required Taxation Course ACC 720 Not-for-Profit Entity 3.00 the most critical in the evaluation of the TAX 760 Tax Research 3.00 Accounting application: Elective Taxation Courses • Scholastic achievement and a desire to excel ACC 742 Financial Statement 3.00 Students must complete three of the following: as evidence by previous academic work; Analysis TAX 620 Tax Accounting 3.00 • Aptitude for graduate study as indicated by ACC 754 Fraud Examination 3.00 scores on the GMAT; TAX 625 Federal Taxation of 3.00 • Leadership potential and maturity as ACC 790 Accounting Seminar 3.00 Estates, Gifts and Trusts evidence by prior work experience, TAX 620 Tax Accounting 3.00 TAX 729 State & Local Taxation 3.00 extracurricular activities, and responses to the application form questions. TAX 625 Federal Taxation of 3.00 TAX 762 Procedures and Practices 3.00 • A minimum score of 400 on the GMAT® exam Estates, Gifts and Trusts in Federal Taxation or a minimum 141 on the LSAT. Applicants TAX 726 Tax Strategies and 3.00 TAX 771 Corporate Taxation 3.00 holding professional licenses or advanced Business Decisions degrees may be eligible for a waiver. TAX 775 Partnerships and Limited 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of TAX 729 State & Local Taxation 3.00 Liability Entities recommendation that address the applicant's TAX 760 Tax Research 3.00 TAX 777 Estate Planning 3.00 potential in the profession and ability to complete a graduate program TAX 762 Procedures and Practices 3.00 TAX 788 International Taxation 3.00 in Federal Taxation • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Elective Graduate Business Courses you are interested in pursuing graduate work in TAX 771 Corporate Taxation 3.00 Students must complete two graduate Business this area of study courses from the following (MAN or MBA). TAX 772 Corporate 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second Elective Graduate Accounting, Business or Reorganizations and language must submit official score results of Taxation Courses Consolidations the Test of English as a Foreign Language Students must complete one graduate (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable TAX 773 Consolidated Returns 3.00 Accounting, Business or Taxation course from TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 the following (ACC, BLW, FIN, IBU, MAN, TAX 775 Partnerships and Limited 3.00 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or MBA, MIS, MKT, or TAX). Liability Entities minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Typical M.S. in Accountancy (Professional Send application materials to: TAX 776 Subchapter S 3.00 Accounting or Taxation) is 30 credits. Graduate Admissions Office Corporations C.W. Post Campus Long Island University TAX 777 Estate Planning 3.00 720 Northern Boulevard TAX 788 International Taxation 3.00 M.S. in Taxation Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 TAX 779 Tax Exempt 3.00 The 30-credit Master of Science program in M.S. in Accountancy Organizations Taxation is designed to provide the student with Major Requirements TAX 780 Fundamentals of 3.00 the technical expertise to succeed as a tax Required Graduate Accountancy Courses Qualified Employee professional. This requires a high level of ACC 750 Advanced Accounting 3.00 Benefit Plans knowledge and understanding of the fundamental Information Systems principles and practices of taxation. Both entry- TAX 790 Seminar in Current 3.00 level and experienced professionals, such as ACC 753 Advanced Assurance 3.00 Developments in accountants and attorneys, will benefit from this Services and Computer Taxation educational experience. Auditing TAX 791 Independent Study 3.00 Emphasis is placed on tax planning, research of Students must complete one of the following: (Director's Permission) tax problems, and Internal Revenue procedures. ACC 709 Corporate Financial 3.00 Risk management and professional ethics are
Reporting interwoven throughout the curriculum. A
specialized tax library, including computerized ACC 742 Financial Statement 3.00 research tools, is maintained to facilitate research. Analysis The program consists of 18 required core
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 160 C.W. Post Campus courses and 12 credits in specialized elective • Personal Statement that addresses the reason courses. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Accounting, Taxation, and The program is delivered in a blended learning this area of study. format, which combines the convenience of online • A minimum score of 400 on the GMAT® exam Business Law Courses learning with the richness of live classroom or a minimum 141 on the LSAT. Applicants discussion and interaction. Online courses include holding professional licenses or advanced ACC 709 Corporate Financial Reporting "Tax Research," "Subchapter S Corporations" and degrees may be eligible for a waiver. This course involves the study of authoritative "Federal Taxation of Estates, Gifts and Trusts." • Students for whom English is a second pronouncements on accounting Onsite classes are held in the headquarters of the language must submit official score results of principles that guide reporting financial C.W. Post School of Professional Accountancy, the Test of English as a Foreign Language position, results of operations, and Lorber Hall, which is equipped with "smart" (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable changes in cash flow. It includes case classrooms, computer labs, wireless Internet, and TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 studies and analysis of published financial faculty and academic advising offices. computer-based or 550 paper-based) or reports. The purpose of this course is ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS minimum IELTS score: 6.5. to attempt to bring theory and practice Applicants to the Master of Science in Taxation Send application materials to: closer together through application of must meet the following requirements for Graduate Admissions Office concepts and methods of accounting. admission. C.W. Post Campus Credits: 3 • Application for Admission Long Island University On Occasion • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) 720 Northern Boulevard • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 ACC 720 Not-for-Profit Entity Accounting graduate transcripts from any college(s) or This course provides an in-depth study of universities you have attended. M.S. in Taxation Requirements the accounting for government and other • A four year baccalaureate degree, with at least a Required Taxation Core Courses nonprofit organizations. The course 3.0 cumulative grade point average, from an TAX 620 Tax Accounting 3.00 focuses on the various governmental accredited institution, including 3 credits of funds and group of accounts of these TAX 625 Federal Taxation of 3.00 Auditing, 3 credits of Individual and Corporate public entities. In addition, attention is Estates, Gifts and Trusts Taxes and 3 credits each of Business and given to other nonprofit organizations Commercial Law (total 12 credits). An TAX 760 Tax Research 3.00 such as colleges, universities, and hospitals. applicant who attended institutions outside the Credits: 3 TAX 762 Procedures and Practices 3.00 United States must hold a degree equivalent to On Occasion in Federal Taxation a U.S. bachelor's degree. • An applicant who is in his or her senior year at TAX 771 Corporate Taxation 3.00 ACC 742 Financial Statement Analysis an undergraduate institution may apply for This course provides a survey of analytical TAX 775 Partnerships and Limited 3.00 admission, but acceptance is contingent upon tools and techniques used to evaluate Liability Entities submission of final grades and receipt of a financial statements. Financial and corporate bachelor's degree. All previous coursework will Elective Taxation Courses reports are analyzed for solvency, be evaluated by the graduate accounting Students must complete twelve credits from the quality of earnings, investments, and advisor. Students who have not taken necessary following: forecasting implications. Emphasis is prerequisites may be admitted to the program TAX 729 State & Local Taxation 3.00 placed on ratio and trend analysis for the subject to the completion of prerequisites with a detection and interpretation of strengths, TAX 772 Corporate Reorganization 3.00 B or better as part of their program of study. weaknesses, and problems areas. & Consolidation The following criteria have been established as Credits: 3 the most critical in the evaluation of the TAX 773 Consolidated Returns 3.00 Annually
application: TAX 776 Subchapter S 3.00 ACC 750 Advanced Accounting Information • Scholastic achievement and a desire to excel Corporations Systems as evidence by previous academic work; This course provides an advanced examination • Aptitude for graduate study as indicated by TAX 777 Estate Planning 3.00 of accounting information systems scores on the GMAT; TAX 779 Tax-Exempt 3.00 (AIS). It includes issues relating to the • Leadership potential and maturity as Organizations design and development of AIS with evidence by prior work experience, emphasis on the software selection extracurricular activities, and responses to TAX 780 Fundamentals of 3.00 process, hands-on experience in designing the application form questions. Qualified Employee accounting information systems using • Scholastic achievement and a desire to excel as Benefit Plans a database approach, various considerations evidence by previous academic work; TAX 782 Investment Tax Problems 3.00 during the systems development life • Aptitude for graduate study as indicated by cycle, and the impact of new and emerging scores on the GMAT; TAX 788 International Taxation 3.00 technologies on AIS applications and • Leadership potential and maturity as evidence TAX 790 Seminar in Current 3.00 controls. by prior work experience, extracurricular Developments in Credits: 3 activities, and responses to the application form Taxation Bi-annually questions. TAX 791 Independent Study 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of recommendation that address the applicant's
potential in the profession and ability to complete a graduate program
Page 161 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
ACC 753 Advanced Assurance Services and GBA 521 Financial Accounting and Reporting TAX 729 State & Local Taxation Computer Auditing This course examines basic accounting concepts In-depth analysis of ¿Nexus,¿ Uniform This course provides an advanced review and methods and their significance to management Division of Income for Tax Purposes Act, of assurance services and an in-depth and other users of financial statements. Topics the unitary principle, the multi-state analysis of computer auditing. Students include an introduction to fundamental accounting taxes compact regulations and P.L. 86- study current and emerging applications concepts; the measurement and reporting of 272. Various landmark Supreme Court of assurance services, including information income, financial position, and cash flows; and the decisions pertaining to multi-state taxation systems assurance. The course also measurement and reporting of assets, liabilities, and are discussed. Emphasis is placed on focuses on the collection and evaluation stockholders¿ equity. Ethical issues are considered New York State Income, Franchise and of evidence using statistical sampling throughout this course. Sales Taxes for those entities doing business techniques and hands-on computer MBA Students only. in New York State. assisted audit tools and techniques Credits: 3 Credits: 3 (CAATTs). Every Semester Bi-annually Prerequisite of ACC 750 is required. Credits: 3 TAX 620 Tax Accounting TAX 760 Tax Research Annually This course will provide the participant Sources of Legislative, Administrative with an in-depth analysis of the Code, and Legal precedents are discussed. ACC 754 Fraud Examination Regulations, Rulings and Cases governing Utilization of IRS publications, tax The nature of fraud, elements of fraud, tax accounting issues. Areas covered reporters, and judicial and statutory fraud prevention, fraud detection, fraud include accounting periods and methods authority is explained. An introduction investigation, design and use of controls (including cash, accrual and installment to computer-based tax research tools and to prevent fraud, and methods of fraud sales), inventory rules, debt-forgiveness, techniques is included. Several research resolution are examined in this course. time-value of money concepts and projects using these materials are The role of fraud examination to perform required adjustments for changes in required. Written and oral techniques for a variety of antifraud and forensic accounting methods. Materials are introduced presenting research results are discussed. accounting engagements including, but via lecture, open class discussion The presentation of three written not limited to, investigating suspected and review of selected case studies. research papers is required. This course is fraud, investigating assertions of fraud, Credits: 3 taught primarily on a distance learning developing fraud loss estimates and performing Annually basis. Assignments are prepared on and acquisition due diligence are also submitted via the Internet and weekly considered. TAX 625 Federal Taxation of Estates, Gifts and discussion board questions are discussed. Credits: 3 Trusts The participant must have access to a On Occasion A detailed study of the gift and estate tax computer with Internet access. provisions of the Internal Revenue Code Credits: 3 ACC 790 Accounting Seminar is covered. An introduction to the Annually Current trends in accounting and the income taxation of trusts and estates is accounting profession are analyzed. A also provided. TAX 762 Procedures and Practices in Federal review of relevant pronouncements, Credits: 3 Taxation exposure drafts and discussion memoranda Bi-annually Among topics considered are preparation issued in accounting and auditing is of tax returns, due dates and extensions, conducted. New developments are examined TAX 726 Tax Strategies and Business Decisions techniques for gathering information and for their significance to the practicing This course includes an examination of how taxes preparation of returns, statute of limitations, accountant. impact the business environment and affect tax examinations, appeals procedures Prerequisite of Completion of Accounting Core management decision making. Using a planning in the IRS, request for rulings, Courses is required. approach, students collection matters, tax fraud, and professional Credits: 3 learn how to adapt to constantly changing tax rules responsibility of taxpayer's representatives. On Occasion and assess their future impact. The objective of the Credits: 3 course is to provide the student with a framework Bi-annually BLW 701 Law For Business Managers to This course examines the current legal assess and predict how taxes affect business TAX 771 Corporate Taxation environment of business and how it activities and participants, including customers, This course reviews the tax aspects of affects the decision-making process for suppliers, employees, investors, and competitors. corporate formations, including corporate managers of business enterprises. The M.S. in Taxation students and M.S. in Accountancy characteristics, transfers to controlled topics covered include ethics, contracts, students in the taxation concentration may not corporations, corporate capital torts, intellectual property, international receive credit for this course. structure, the income tax calculations for transactions, employment agreements, Prerequisite of GBA 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, corporate entities and elections. Topics real property, consumer protection, forms MBA 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 625 or its covered include corporate stockholder of business organizations, and debtorcreditor equivalents are required. Student must be in relationships, corporate distributions, relations. acceptable plan of study. corporate redemptions and partial liquidation, Prerequisites of GBA 520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525 Credits: 3 accumulated earnings, and personal or its equivalents are required. Student must be in On Occasion holding companies. acceptable plan of study. Prerequisite of TAX 620 & TAX 760 is required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 On Occasion Annually
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 162 C.W. Post Campus
TAX 772 Corporate Reorganization and Credits: 3 Consolidations On Occasion Coverage includes reorganizations, recapitalization, acquisitions and disposal of assets, mergers, and TAX 779 Tax-Exempt Organizations divisive reorganizations as well as corporate tax In this course, the tax laws governing the attributes. creation and operation of tax exempt Prerequisite of TAX 771 is required. organizations are studied. Compliance Credits: 3 requirements governed by the Internal On Occasion Revenue Service are also reviewed. Prerequisite of TAX 620 & TAX 760 is required. TAX 773 Consolidated Returns Credits: 3 This course deals with the principles and mechanics On Occasion of consolidated returns including eligibility, computation of consolidated tax liability, inter- TAX 780 Fundamentals of Qualified Employee company transactions, inventory adjustments, basis Benefit Plans of property, net operating losses, earnings and This course is an in-depth study of ERISA. The profits and separate return limitations. course is geared towards an understanding of the Prerequisite of TAX 771 is required. pension and profit-sharing rules required for plan Credits: 3 qualification. Emphasis is placed upon the On Occasion establishment of a qualified plan for both incorporated and unincorporated forms of TAX 775 Partnerships and Limited Liability business. Entities Prerequisite of TAX 620 & TAX 760 is required. A study of Subchapter K of the Internal Credits: 3 Revenue Code and regulations pertaining On Occasion to that Subchapter. The tax problems associated with partnership formation, TAX 788 International Taxation operation, liquidation and distributions This course covers the taxation of are covered. Acquisitions of a partnership United States persons investing or doing interest, problems associated with a business abroad and nonresident aliens partner¿s guaranteed payment, optional and foreign corporations having nexus basis adjustment of partnership property with the United States. Topics covered and other current materials are examined. include, among others, the foreign tax The tax ramifications of Limited credit, Subpart F income, controlled foreign Liability Companies (LLC) and corporations, tax treaties, sourcing Partnerships (LLP) are discussed. rules and expatriate taxation. Prerequisite of TAX 620 & TAX 760 is required. Prerequisite of TAX 771 is required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Bi-annually Bi-annually
TAX 776 Subchapter S Corporations TAX 790 Seminar in Current Developments in This course is an in-depth study of the Taxation federal tax ramifications of operating the Current trends in federal taxation are analyzed. Tax S Corporation. The election, operation, cases, rulings and new developments are examined termination and special rules associated for their significance to tax practitioners. Students with the S Corporation status are examined. are required to complete the required taxation core Tax planning for the S Corporation prior to taking this class. is also emphasized. Prerequisites of TAX 620, 625, 760, 762, 771, 775 Prerequisite of TAX 771 is required. are required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Bi-annually On Occasion
TAX 777 Estate Planning TAX 791 Independent Study In general, this course covers Estate planning Directed independent reading and research projects techniques for the individual. The in an area selected by the student with the approval course includes study of the factors to be of a faculty member sponsor. The student is considered in planning an estate, including expected life insurance, trusts, specific legacies, to prepare a substantial integrative written provisions for protection of a going business, report at the conclusion of the semester. and estate and gift tax provisions of Students must seek approval of the Director of the Internal Revenue Code, especially the School of Professional Accountancy prior to with respect to marital deduction, powers taking this class. of appointment, exemptions, and jointly Credits: 3 owned property. On Occasion
Prerequisite of TAX 625 is required.
Page 163 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS AND NURSING
The School of Health Professions and Nursing offers a wide range of accredited programs that lead to rewarding careers. Undergraduate and graduate degrees include biomedical technology, clinical laboratory sciences, cytotechnology, forensic science, health information management, medical biology, nursing (for RNs only), nutrition, pre-pharmacy, pre-respiratory care, radiologic technology and social work. Drawing from intense classroom studies, real-world internship opportunities, laboratory-based courses and clinical experiences, you will develop the skills to serve others with competency and courage. You will take part in practicums at respected senior citizen facilities, pharmaceutical companies and well-respected hospitals including North Shore University Hospital and Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. You will graduate with a comprehensive résumé and a respected degree, ready to take advantage of the many opportunities in the growing field of health care. If you have questions, please contact the dean’s office at 516-299-2485, e-mail: [email protected], or fax: 516-299-2527.
MaryAnn Clark, Ed.D. Dean, School of Health Professions and Nursing [email protected]
Paul Dominguez, M.S. Assistant Dean [email protected]
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 164 C.W. Post Campus
Grievance Policy submit an Appeal Request Form to the Office of the Vice President of Academic Affairs DEPARTMENT OF 1. Student Grievance Policy within 5 business days after receipt of the Dean’s letter. BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES The School of Health Professions and Nursing 2. Basis for Appeal faculty members are committed to assist students Phone: 516-299-3047 It is presumed that academic decisions result with any academic difficulties. A student who Phone: 516-299-3039 (Clinical Laboratory from consistent, fair, and equitable application of wishes to submit a grievance has the right to do so Sciences) clearly articulated standards and procedures. by utilizing the following procedure: Fax: 516-299-3998 Students appealing such decisions must a. Instructor/faculty member: Email: [email protected] demonstrate that the standards and procedures The student must first make an effort to resolve Chair: Dr. Seetha Tamma were not clearly stated or that they were not the matter with the course instructor/faculty Professors: Tamma applied in a consistent, fair and equitable manner. member. The student must contact the instructor or Associate Professors: Chandrasekaran, Vellozzi An appeal may not be based on a disagreement faculty member within 10 business days of the Assistant Professors: Fink, Ginsburg, Gucwa, with the standards and procedures themselves. issue. The instructor will meet with the student to Martinez Further, an instructor’s evaluation of a student’s discuss the grievance within 5 business days of Program Director, Cardiovascular Perfusion: Chan work and performance in that instructor’s course being contacted. If there is no resolution, the Program Director, Clinical Laboratory Sciences: must not be over-ridden merely because of a student may file a formal written grievance with Capetandes difference of opinion or evaluative judgment the Chair/Program Director of the department Program Director, Cytotechnology: Friedlander formed in accordance with the generally accepted within 10 business days after meeting with the Program Director, Forensic Science: Harten canons of the relevant discipline and of Long instructor. Research Coordinator, Forensic Science: Buffolino Island University and the School of Health b. Chair/Program Director: Adjunct Faculty: 20 Professions and Nursing. The Chair/Director will schedule a meeting The Department of Biomedical Sciences offers An appeal may be initiated only on a claim that with the student within 5 business days of his/her accredited master’s degrees that prepare competent the decision/final grade was based on: receipt of the student grievance. At this time the and knowledgeable professionals dedicated to the (1) Clerical error; Chair/Director may also consult with the faculty highest standards of science and health care. (2) Arbitrary or capricious evaluation; member/instructor to discuss the grievance and Graduate programs include the National (3) Inconsistent or inequitably applied standards attempt to resolve the matter. The Chair/Director Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory for evaluation, or may consult other members of his/her department Sciences (NAACLS) accredited M.S. in Clinical (4) A disputed finding of academic dishonesty. informally or as part of a departmental Laboratory Sciences (CLS) in which students are The burden of proof in the appeal of a grade or meeting/committee. Individual departments shall selected on a competitive basis for clinical other academic decision is on the student. In every determine such procedures. The Chair must advise rotations required for eligibility to take the ASCP appeal, the student must present evidence that the the student in writing of his/her finding within 10 certification exam and upon passing will acquire grade/decision appealed was affected by one of the business days of the meeting with the student. New York State licensure for CLS; this is required first three conditions articulated above, or c. Dean: for employment in a clinical laboratory in NY. evidence that the allegation of academic • Subject to the procedures outlined below, the Other graduate programs include the M.S. in dishonesty was not warranted. student may appeal the decision to the Dean of Medical Biology with specializations in 3. Confidentiality the School of Health Professions and Nursing Hematology, Immunology, Medical Chemistry and All discussions and deliberations of the within 10 business days of the issuance of the Medical Microbiology; the M.S. in Clinical Academic Standing Committee shall be strictly Chair/Director’s decision. The student must Laboratory Management, which integrates confidential. Confidentiality shall be maintained in submit a written appeal to the Dean indicating technological and administrative courses to a fashion consistent with the Family Educational (1) the basis of the appeal and (2) all methods prepare graduates for management careers in the Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and other used to date to resolve the problem. clinical laboratory setting; and the M.S. in applicable privacy laws. The Committee may • The Dean will review the case and, if she/he Cardiovascular Perfusion, which is accredited by consult with or request documentation of a believes the appeal has merit, will refer the the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health student’s history of academic dishonesty and may matter to the Dean’s Academic Standing Education Programs (CAAHEP) in conjunction apprise its members of such information on a strict Committee. A meeting of the Academic with the Department of Cardiovascular and need to know basis. Standing Committee will be convened within Thoracic Surgery at North Shore University No student member of the Academic Standing 10 business days of receipt of the referral. Hospital in Manhasset, New York. • The Academic Standing Committee will hear Committee (if applicable) may be apprised of any statements from both the student and academic information concerning another student faculty/department. (including grades or other confidential • The Academic Standing Committee will make information) unless the student filing the appeal a recommendation to the Dean within 5 has expressly permitted such disclosure by signing business days after the conclusion of its the disclosure statement on the formal Academic meeting. Appeals Form. • The student will be notified by the Dean in writing of the decision within 10 business days of the dean receiving the recommendation from the Committee. • The Dean’s decision is the final decision making body within the School of Health Professions and Nursing. If the student wishes to appeal the Dean’s decision, the student must
Page 165 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
this area of study. M.S. Medical Biology Required ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS M.S. in Medical Biology Courses Admission to the Medical Biology Program is Core Courses (12 credits) Medical biology professionals produce the highly competitive. Students are expected to have Required Courses information necessary to diagnose, assess, prevent achieved a minimum grade point average for a 3.0 and treat disease states. With more than 70 percent out of a 4.0 (A grade) in all pre-requisite courses. BMS 520 Pathophysiology I 3.00 of treatment decisions by physicians based on The pre-requisite undergraduate courses for the BMS 612 Pathophysiology II 3.00 laboratory findings, medical biologists are vital major include: cornerstones of modern health care. • Eight semester hours (12 quarter hours) of BMS 703 Research Methods 3.00 The 36-credit Master of Science in Medical biology (with lab) One of the following: Biology can lead to positions in health education, • Eight semester hours (12 quarter hours) of BMS 513 Biochemistry 3.00 health care agencies, medical, pharmaceutical or organic chemistry and/or biochemistry (with diagnostics laboratories, management information lab) BMS 550 Medical Chemistry 3.00 systems or biomedical research in the public or • One year of college mathematics (may include BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 private sectors. Students pursue courses that a semester of statistics) Chemistry examine normal and diseased states of the human • One semester of introductory physics M.S. Medical Biology Capstone Course (3 body, pathophysiology, biomedical research, and A student may be accepted on a limited body fluid chemistries. Students choose one of matriculant basis if his or her credentials are credits) four specializations – hematology, immunology, deficient in not more than two areas. Limited Capstone Course medical chemistry or medical microbiology. These matriculants may apply for full matriculant status One of the following: courses constitute 12 credits of the core after removal of all deficiencies. Deficiencies must BMS 704 Clinical Research Thesis 3.00 curriculum, which includes completion of a thesis. be removed during the first year of graduate study. BMS 706 Research Project & 3.00 Four courses are recommended in each specialty; Courses taken to remove academic deficiencies Comprehensive Exam two courses are considered electives. The M.S. in must be passed with a grade of C or better and will Medical Biology is ideal preparation for further not be credited toward degree requirements. BMS 708 Experimental Research 3.00 study at the doctoral level. Courses may also be taken on a nonmatriculant Thesis Since the practice of medicine as it currently basis. A non-matriculant may apply for STUDENTS SELECT ONE AREA OF exists would cease without laboratory tests, the matriculant status after completing at least 9, but CONCENTRATION FROM THE future is bright for those who are trained to work no more than 12, graduate biomedical science FOLLOWING SPECIALTIES (21 credits in and manage clinical labs. The programs at C.W. credits provided their cumulative grade point Post are recognized for graduating competent and average is 3.0 or better. At least half of these - 15 credits of Specialty Courses and 6 knowledgeable professionals in this vital field. credits must be from among the core courses listed credits of Elective Courses): ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS below. The student must also have removed any Concentration in Medical Chemistry Applicants to the Master of Science in Medical technical and/or academic deficiencies. Requirements Biology must meet the following requirements for Undergraduate coursework taken to fulfill a Specialty (15 credits) admission. deficiency after the student has completed the Specialty Courses • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) bachelor’s degree must be passed with a grade of BMS 561 Introduction to 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or C or better. Hematology graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Send application materials to: universities you have attended. Graduate Admissions Office BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 • Bachelor’s degree with an undergraduate GPA C.W. Post Campus Chemistry of at least 3.0. Long Island University BMS 651 Pharmacology 3.00 • Applicants should have completed at the 720 Northern Boulevard undergraduate level: one year of biology; one Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 BMS 655 Toxicology and 3.00 year of college math (may include one semester Fax: 516-299-2137 Therapeutic Monitoring of statistics); one year of organic chemistry or E-mail: [email protected] BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 one semester of organic chemistry and one TRANSFER CREDITS Molecular Pathology semester of biochemistry. The minimum grade Courses taken at another university after point average of 3.0 in the undergraduate major admission to a master’s program at the C.W. Post Elective Courses (6 credits) is required. A candidate whose credentials Campus may not be used for transfer credit unless Elective Courses satisfy all of the above requirements as well as prior written permission is obtained from the BMS 540 Biomedical Statistics 3.00 university admissions requirements may be major department. Previous graduate credits BMS 561L Hematology Lab 3.00 accepted as a fully matriculated student. earned at other institutions may be credited to a • Students for whom English is a second student’s graduate degree. A request to transfer BMS 562 Theories of Blood 3.00 language must submit official score results of credits must be made to and approved by the Coagulation the Test of English as a Foreign Language Director of the Medical Biology program with the BMS 581 Immunology 3.00 (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable submission of official transcripts of all previous TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 graduate work. Transfer credit is normally limited BMS 585 Immunohematology 3.00 computer-based or 550 paper-based) or to six semester credit hours with an earned grade BMS 591 Medical Microbiology 3.00 minimum IELTS score: 6.5. of (B) or better. Transfer credits are not recorded • Two letters of recommendation, preferably on a student’s transcript unless he or she completes BMS 594 Medical Parasitology 3.00 from former science professors. 15 semester credit hours in residence and is fully BMS 610 Histopathology 3.00 Personal Statement that addresses the reason matriculated. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 166 C.W. Post Campus
BMS 641 Bioinformatics 3.00 Concentration in Immunology BMS 673 Cancer Research: 3.00 Perspectives, Prospects BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 Requirements and Problems the Clinical Laboratory Specialty (15 credits) Specialty Courses One of the following: BMS 661 Advanced Hematology 3.00 BMS 581 Immunology 3.00 BMS 661 Advanced Hematology 3.00 BMS 673 Cancer Research: 3.00 BMS 665 Experimental 3.00 Perspectives, Prospects BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 Hematopoiesis and Problems Molecular Pathology Elective Courses (6 credits) BMS 687 Advanced Immunology 3.00 BMS 673 Cancer Research: 3.00 Perspectives, Prospects Electives Courses BMS 691 Advanced Medical 3.00 and Problems BMS 540 Biomedical Statistics 3.00 Microbiology BMS 687 Advanced Immunology 3.00 BMS 585 Immunohematology 3.00 BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00 One of the following: BMS 591 Medical Microbiology 3.00 BMS 705 Selected Topics in 3.00 BMS 591 Medical Microbiology 3.00 BMS 610 Histopathology 3.00 Medical Biology BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00 Concentration in Medical BMS 641 Bioinformatics 3.00 Elective Courses (6 credits) BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 Microbiology Requirements Elective Courses the Clinical Laboratory Specialty (15 credits) BMS 561 Introduction to 3.00 Specialty Courses Hematology BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 BMS 581 Immunology 3.00 Chemistry BMS 561L Hematology Lab 3.00 BMS 591 Medical Microbiology 3.00 BMS 651 Pharmacology 3.00 BMS 562 Theories of Blood 3.00 BMS 594 Medical Parasitology 3.00 Coagulation BMS 655 Toxicology and 3.00 Therapeutic Monitoring BMS 691 Advanced Medical 3.00 BMS 585 Immunohematology 3.00 Microbiology BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 BMS 594 Medical Parasitology 3.00 Molecular Pathology BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00 BMS 610 Histopathology 3.00 BMS 687 Advanced Immunology 3.00 Elective Courses (6 credits) Elective Courses BMS 641 Bioinformatics 3.00 BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00
BMS 540 Biomedical Statistics 3.00 BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 BMS 705 Selected Topics in 3.00 the Clinical Laboratory BMS 561 Introduction to 3.00 Medical Biology Hematology BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 M.S. in Medical Biology GPA Requirement Chemistry BMS 561L Hematology Lab 3.00 Major GPA of 3.00 is Required
BMS 651 Pharmacology 3.00 BMS 562 Theories of Blood 3.00 M.S. in Clinical Laboratory Coagulation BMS 655 Toxicology and 3.00 Therapeutic Monitoring Management BMS 585 Immunohematology 3.00 BMS 661 Advanced Hematology 3.00 BMS 610 Histopathology 3.00 The Master of Science in Clinical Laboratory BMS 691 Advanced Medical 3.00 Management (CLM) provides students with the BMS 641 Bioinformatics 3.00 Microbiology practical skills and credentials to manage clinical BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 laboratories. The CLM program addresses four BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00 the Clinical Laboratory key areas of laboratory management: finance, BMS 705 Selected Topics in 3.00 operations, personnel and marketing. BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 Medical Biology Certification: Students who complete the M.S. Chemistry in Clinical Laboratory Management and possess Concentration in Hematology BMS 651 Pharmacology 3.00 two years of full-time acceptable experience in Requirements clinical laboratory supervision or management BMS 655 Toxicology and 3.00 Specialty (15 credits) within the last 10 years may apply for the Therapeutic Monitoring Specialty Courses Diplomate in Laboratory Management from the BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 BMS 561 Introduction to 3.00 American Society for Clinical Pathology. Molecular Pathology Hematology Applicants must be ASCP-certified and New York state-licensed clinical laboratory scientists (CLS), BMS 673 Cancer Research: 3.00 BMS 561L Hematology Lab 3.00 and employed in a clinical laboratory as a CLS. Perspectives, Prospects The 36-credit degree requires 21 credits in core and Problems BMS 562 Theories of Blood 3.00 Coagulation courses, 6 credits in specialty courses in BMS 687 Advanced Immunology 3.00 management and 9 credits in medical biology One of the following: courses. In the area of financial management, BMS 705 Selected Topics in 3.00 BMS 581 Immunology 3.00 students encounter topics such as budgets, cost Medical Biology analysis, purchasing, accounting, reimbursements,
Page 167 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 inventory control, capital equipment acquisitions, this area of study. are not recorded on a student’s transcript unless he billing and collection, cash flow analysis and/or • Students for whom English is a second or she completes 15 semester credit hours in contract negotiation. Operations management language must submit official score results of residence and is fully matriculated. explores quality assurance quality improvement the Test of English as a Foreign Language principles, licensure, accreditation, medico-legal (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable MS Clinical Laboratory Management issues, intra- and inter-departmental relations, data TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Required Clinical Laboratory Management processing, safety, flow charting and management computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Core Courses of the operating facility. Personnel aspects cover minimum IELTS score: 6.5. HAD 604 Administrative 3.00 motivation, staffing/scheduling, performance Send application materials to: Responsibility and the standards and evaluations, counseling or Graduate Admissions Office Legal Environment in the disciplinary action, education, training/continuing C.W. Post Campus Health Sector education, the job description, wage and salary Long Island University MPA 502 Organizational Theory 3.00 administration and negotiation. Market 720 Northern Boulevard and Behavior in the management covers productivity, capacity, turn- Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Health & Public Sectors around-time and relationships with other local ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS laboratories. Admission to the Clinical Laboratory Program MPA 506 Computer Based 3.00 Students in the program apply their learning is highly competitive. Students are expected to Management Systems through completion of a clinical management have achieved a minimum grade point average for 3 credits from one of the following: project under the direction of a mentor. a 3.0 out of a 4.0 (A grade) in all pre-requisite BMS 541 Computer Application in 3.00 Throughout the program, students are challenged courses. Health Sciences to make management decisions, and, upon The pre-requisite undergraduate courses for the graduation, will possess scientific and technical CLN major include: MPA 504 Computer Applications 3.00 knowledge combined with administrative • 8 semester hours (12 quarter hours) of Biology Required Clinical Laboratory Management capabilities for a successful management role (with lab) Specialty Courses within the laboratory setting. • 8 semester hours (12 quarter hours) of Organic BMS 540 Biomedical Statistics 3.00 About the Profession Chemistry and Biochemistry (with lab) Clinical Laboratory Manager are employable as • 1 year of college Math which may include a BMS 549 Resources Management 3.00 supervisory personnel in a hospital clinical semester of Statistics BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 laboratory, reference laboratory, clinical A student may be accepted on a limited the Clinical Laboratory pathology, physician's office laboratory, matriculant basis if his or her credentials are biotechnology or industrial research, public health deficient in not more than two areas. Limited HAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 laboratory, clinical diagnostic company or matriculants may apply for full matriculant status Administration in the educational institution. after removal of all deficiencies. Deficiencies must Health Sector ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS be removed during the first year of graduate study. HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Clinical Laboratory Courses taken to remove academic deficiencies and Finance in the Health Management must meet the following must be passed with a grade of C or better and will Sector requirements for admission. not be credited toward degree requirements. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Courses may also be taken on a nonmatriculant Elective Clinical Laboratory Management • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or basis. A non-matriculant may apply for Course graduate transcripts from any college(s) or matriculant status after completing at least 9, but 3 credits from one of the following: universities you have attended. no more than 12, graduate biomedical science BMS 650 Advanced Medical 3.00 • A bachelor’s degree, preferably in a natural credits provided their cumulative grade point Chemistry science, with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Students average is 3.0 or better. At least half of these BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 who do not meet these requirements are credits must be from among the core courses listed Molecular Pathology welcome to discuss their options for admission below. The student must also have removed any with the graduate advisor. technical and/or academic deficiencies. BMS 661 Advanced Hematology 3.00 • Applicants should have completed at the Undergraduate coursework taken to fulfill a BMS 673 Cancer Research: 3.00 undergraduate level: one year of biology; one deficiency after the student has completed the Perspectives, Prospects year of college math (may include one semester bachelor’s degree must be passed with a grade of and Problems of statistics); one year of organic chemistry or C or better. one semester of organic chemistry and one TRANSFER CREDITS BMS 687 Advanced Immunology 3.00 semester of biochemistry. The minimum grade Courses taken at another university after BMS 691 Advanced Medical 3.00 point average of 3.0 in the undergraduate major admission to a master’s program at the C.W. Post Microbiology is required. A candidate whose credentials Campus may not be used for transfer credit unless satisfy all of the above requirements as well as prior written permission is obtained from the BMS 698 Medical Virology 3.00 university admissions requirements may be major department. Previous graduate credits BMS 705 Selected Topics in 3.00 accepted as a fully matriculated student. earned at other institutions may be credited to a Medical Biology • Two professional and/or academic letters of student’s graduate degree. A request to transfer recommendation, preferably from former credits must be made to and approved by the MPA 721 Quality Improvement and 3.00 science professors, that address the applicant’s Director of the Clinical Laboratory Science Strategies potential in the profession and ability to program with the submission of official transcripts
complete a graduate program. of all previous graduate work. Transfer credit is • Personal Statement that addresses the reason normally limited to six semester credit hours with you are interested in pursuing graduate work in an earned grade of (B) or better. Transfer credits
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 168 C.W. Post Campus
Required Clinical Laboratory Management The pre-requisite undergraduate courses for the major department. Previous graduate credits Major include: earned at other institutions may be credited to a Capstone Courses • 8 semester hours (12 quarter hours) of Anatomy student's graduate degree. A request to transfer BMS 703 & 709 and Physiology (with lab). credits must be made to and approved by the BMS 703 Research Methods 3.00 • 8 semester hours (12 quarter hours) of Organic Director of the CLS program with the submission Chemistry and Biochemistry (with lab) of official transcripts of all previous graduate BMS 709 Clinical Management 3.00 • 1 semester of Statistics work. Project • 1 semester of Genetics or Molecular Biology Transfer credit is normally limited to six International students are also required to semester credit hours with an earned grade of (B) M.S. in Clinical Laboratory achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 90 IBT (a or better. Transfer credits are not recorded on a minimum listening and speaking score of 25 is student's transcript unless he or she completes 15 Science also required); 233 CBT; or 577 PBT. IELTS of semester credit hours in residence and is fully
7.0 or above is also acceptable. matriculated. The M.S. in Clinical Laboratory Science ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS program requires a 6-month full-time clinical The technical (non-academic) standards M.S. in Clinical Laboratory Science placement. Students may begin as part-time but established by the programs in this department are will require a full-time commitment in order to Core courses evidence of the "essential functions" that students complete this graduate degree program. The Required Clinical Laboratory Science Courses must be able to accomplish in the program. Department of Biomedical Sciences integrates BMS 544 CLS Certification Exam 1.00 Essential functions include requirements that didactic courses with simulated laboratories taught Seminar students be able to engage during educational and at the University and clinical courses taught at an training activities so that they will not endanger BMS 547 Management, 2.00 approved clinical affiliate laboratory. Through other students, the public at large, or patients. Supervision, Teaching each step of the program, university-based courses • Vision Standard — The student must be able to and Professionalism are reinforced in the professional laboratory read charts and graphs, read instrument scales, Seminar setting. Students are exposed to state-of-the-art discriminate colors, read microscopic materials, instrumentation and are educated by the highly BMS 551 Clinical Chemistry I and 3.00 and record results. qualified faculty to become entry-level laboratory Urinalysis • Speech and Hearing Standard — The student professionals with comprehensive competency must be able to communicate effectively and BMS 562 Theories of Blood 3.00 evaluated skills for entry into a laboratory career sensitively in order to assess non-verbal Coagulation profession. communication and be able to adequately Clinical Laboratory Science (CLS) Generalists BMS 563 Hematology and Body 3.00 transmit information to all members of the are students who pursue a complete NAACLS Fluids health care team. Accredited Program of study that combines • Fine Motor Functions Standard — The BMS 585 Immunohematology 3.00 university-based courses with hospital/reference student must possess all skills necessary to laboratory based clinical practica that address all BMS 587 Clinical Immunology 3.00 carry out diagnostic procedures, manipulate clinical laboratory areas. NAACLS refers to the BMS 591 Medical Microbiology 3.00 tools, instruments and equipment. The student National Accrediting Agency for Clinical must be able to perform phlebotomy safely and BMS 609 Laboratory Information 1.00 Laboratory Sciences, which is the national accurately. Systems accrediting body for CLS Programs. Students • Psychological Stability Standard — The completing this Generalist program are eligible to BMS 610 Histopathology 3.00 student must possess the emotional health take National Certification examinations leading to required for full utilization of the applicant's BMS 647 Quality Management for 3.00 MT(ASCP). MT(ASCP) = Medical Technologist intellectual abilities. The student must be able the Clinical Laboratory (American Society of Clinical Pathologists) to recognize emergency situations and take certification. Graduates are eligible for New York BMS 652 Clinical Chemistry II & 3.00 appropriate actions. state licensure. Instrumentation A criminal conviction and/or the use of illegal ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS drugs may impede or bar your entry into your BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in 3.00 Completed Admission applications must be chosen field of study. You should be aware that Molecular Pathology submitted by February 15 for acceptance into the clinical and hospital sites may reject a student, or subsequent fall semester cohort. Applicants must Required Clinical Laboratory Science remove a student from their site if a criminal submit official transcripts from all colleges or Practicum Courses record is found or if a positive drug test is noted. universities attended, a degree noted transcript Clinical practicum are offered off-campus Inability to gain clinical or field work will result in demonstrating completion of a baccalaureate during the spring semester over a 24 week the inability to meet program objectives and degree is required, and two letters of period (January through June) done full-time. outcomes. Inability to meet objectives and recommendations, preferably from former science BMS 759 Practicum in Clinical 3.00 outcomes may result in your failure to complete professors. Applicants to the Departmental Chemistry/Urinalysis the program requirements, thus requiring your Programs are contacted for a personal interview. withdrawal from the program. In addition, the BMS 769 Practicum in Hematology, 3.00 Following the interview and fulfillment of the presence of a criminal conviction may also prevent Coagulation, admission requirements stipulated of each your completion of the required state or federal Histotechniques candidate, the academic requirements are pursued. licensure, certification or registration process. Admission to the Clinical Laboratory Science BMS 789 Practicum in 3.00 TRANSFER CREDITS Program is highly competitive Students are Immunohematology/ Courses taken at another university after expected to have achieved a minimum grade point Clinical Immunology admission to a master's program at the C.W. Post average for a 3.0 out of a 4.0 (A grade) in all pre- Campus may not be used for transfer credit unless requisite courses. prior written permission is obtained from the
Page 169 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
BMS 799 Practicum in 3.00 Shore University Hospital School of Phone: 516-299-3047 Microbiology Cardiovascular Perfusion, and are eligible to sit for E-mail: [email protected] the national board certifying examination in ADVANCED STANDING INTO THE M.S. Required Clinical Laboratory Science Capstone Clinical Perfusion. Recipients of the certificate of PROGRAM IN CARDIOVASCULAR Courses completion having completed all academic course PERFUSION AT C.W. POST BMS 703 Research Methods 3.00 work are then awarded an M.S. in Cardiovascular An experienced or practicing cardiovascular BMS 706 Research Project & 3.00 Perfusion from C.W. Post. perfusionist who desires an M.S. in Cardiovascular Comprehensive Exam NOTE: Applicants to the M.S. in Cardiovascular Perfusion may apply for admission to this Perfusion at C.W. Post must first be admitted to program. Their clinical expertise will be evaluated M.S. in Clinical Laboratory Science GPA the Cardiovascular Perfusion Program at by North Shore University Hospital (NSUH) Requirement North Shore University Hospital in Manhasset, regarding individual competency in courses of Major GPA of 3.00 is Required N.Y. For more information or to apply, contact: surgery (6 credits); perfusion technology (6 Richard Chan, CCP, Program Director credits); and three clinical practicums (I, II, III) - M.S. in Cardiovascular Perfusion NSUH-LIU-CWP School of Cardiovascular (5 credits each). The Director of the
Perfusion Cardiovascular Perfusion Program at the NSUH The Master of Science program in 225 Community Drive South Entrance will assign the grades for these courses. The other Cardiovascular Perfusion combines the resources Great Neck, N.Y. 11021 admission criteria listed above under 1, 2, and 3 of two centers of exceptional health care 516-918-4356 must also be met. Students with advanced standing education: the Department of Biomedical Sciences [email protected] must take 27 credits of graduate course work in at the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Medical Biology in the Department of Biomedical University in Brookville, N.Y. and the Department • Admission into the Cardiovascular Perfusion Sciences at the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island of Surgery, Division of Cardiothoracic Surgery at Program at North Shore University Hospital in University. North Shore University Hospital (North Shore- Manhasset, N.Y. Long Island Jewish Health Care System) • Once the applicant has been accepted by North MS Cardiovascular Perfusion Manhasset, N.Y. As a student in the program, you Shore University Hospital, the completed will complete 27 credits at the C.W. Post Campus Requirements application will be forwarded to the and 27 credits taught at North Shore University Required Cardiovascular Perfusion Core Department of Biomedical Sciences at the C.W. Hospital. Upon completion of the program, you Courses Post Campus of Long Island University. No will be qualified as a cardiovascular perfusionist BMS 520C Pathophysiology I 3.00 additional application is needed. who serves as a member of the health care team • Completion of a bachelor's degree from an BMS 550C Medical Chemistry 3.00 during major surgeries. accredited college/university with a minimum A perfusionist is a highly skilled technologist BMS 612C Pathophysiology II 3.00 GPA of 2.75 on a 4.0 system. who operates equipment that supports or replaces • Undergraduate courses that must have been BMS 703C Research Methods 3.00 the patient's circulation and lung functions during completed include: surgery. Working closely with physicians to select Required Medical Biology Courses — 2 semesters of college biology (8 credits) appropriate equipment and techniques, the BMS 540C Biomedical Statistics 3.00 — 2 semesters of anatomy and physiology (8 perfusionist monitors vital cardio-pulmonary credits) BMS 561C Introduction to 3.00 parameters to ensure the safe management of — 2 semesters of college chemistry (8 credits) Hematology physiologic functioning during open heart surgery. — 1 semester of college math (3 credits) Furthermore, the perfusionist is educated in the BMS 562C Theories of Blood 3.00 — 1 semester of college physics administration of prescribed blood products, Coagulation (recommended) (4 credits) anesthetic agents and cardiovascular drugs via the • Three letters of recommendation BMS 651C Pharmacology 3.00 extracorporeal circuit. The perfusionist is Candidates are assessed for admission into the Required North Shore University Hospital knowledgeable and competent in the use of a program based upon: Based Courses variety of techniques, including hypothermia, • Clinical experience with life support/cardiac hemodilution, and procedures involving BMS 800C Surgery 6.00 patients specialized instrumentation and advanced life • Academic performance BMS 810C Perfusion Technology 6.00 support. • Motivation to enter the field The perfusionist may also be responsible for BMS 820C Clinical Practicum I 5.00 • Insight into perfusion technology administrative duties, purchasing, supply and For further information regarding the program BMS 822C Clinical Practicum II 5.00 equipment control, inventory, quality assurance contact: and personnel management. Based on institutional BMS 824C Clinical Practicum III 5.00 Richard Chan, CCP, Program Director factors and available facilities, the perfusionist Required Cardiovascular Perfusion Capstone NSUH-LIU-CWP School of Cardiovascular may also be engaged in research of new products, Course Perfusion development of surgical techniques and data One of the following research courses AND 225 Community Drive South Entrance analysis. At all times, the perfusionist must milestones: Great Neck, N.Y. 11021 maintain the highest ethical and professional Phone: 516-918-4356 health care standards. 704C Clinical Research Thesis E-mail: [email protected] The M.S. in Cardiovascular Perfusion is a 24- BMS 704C Clinical Research Thesis 3.00 Dr. Seetha Tamma, Chair month program integrating didactic and clinical Department of Biomedical Sciences OR courses with practica which provide the necessary Long Island University entry level skills in cardiovascular perfusion. C.W. Post Campus Students successfully completing the program will 720 Northern Boulevard receive a certificate of completion from the North Brookville, N.Y. 11548
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 170 C.W. Post Campus
706C Research Project and whole body levels and strategies for prevention toward the reduction of these rates is considered. BMS 706C Research Project & 3.00 and therapy of disease. The course deals with the The use of epidemiologic investigations of chronic Comprehensive Exam role of the immune system in health and disease, physical and mental disease is discussed. concepts of microbial pathogenesis and the Credits: 3 OR responses of the host to infection; allergy and On Occasion
hypersensitivity; tissue graft rejection, clinical tissue 708C Experimental Research Thesis matching, clinical immunosuppression, the BMS 544 CLS Certification Exam Seminar BMS 708C Experimental Research 3.00 immune system vs. cancer, autoimmune diseases, This course is designed to provide CLS students the Thesis and congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies appropriate experience to answering in ASCP and OR including AIDS. NCA certification examination questions and in Only open to students enrolled in the case study analysis. The major categories of 709C Clinical Management Project Cardiovascular Perfusion program. hematology, chemistry, immunology, immunohematology (blood bank), and BMS 709C Clinical Management 3.00 Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. microbiology are addressed. The sessions are team Project Credits: 3 taught by practicing professionals and program Every Fall faculty. Students will gain experiences in reviewing, Biomedical Science Courses BMS 540 Biomedical Statistics critiquing and presenting research journal articles. This course covers the fundamentals of statistics as This course provides a concise study tool for
applied to medical and biological sciences, certification and licensure. BMS 511 Biomedical Ethics including measures of central tendency and Pre requisite of BMS 591, BMS 563, BMS 551, This course is general survey of the ethical issues variability, theory of sampling, theory of estimation, BMS 562, BMS 585, BMS 587 and BMS 652 are relevant to the human life cycle. Topics such as sample frequency functions, confidence limits, null required organ transplants termination of life, euthanasia, hypothesis, linear regression and correlation, chi- Credits: 1 abortion, genetic control and medical squared test, t-Test, F-Test and analysis of variance, Every Summer experimentation are discussed. This course is elements of sequential analysis, statistical geared primarily for individuals with a back ground techniques adapted to laboratory quality control BMS 547 Management, Supervision, Teaching or interest in the health and medical technologists, and design of experiments. Use of statistical and Professionalism Seminar radiologic technologists, nurses, health care programs for analysis of data is integrated within This seminar identifies the five components of administrators and other professionals in the health the course. Management in Laboratory Medicine: duties and field. Credits: 3 responsibilities including “problem solving-decision Credits: 3 Every Spring making” processes; concepts of managerial On Occasion leadership: communication skills; process of
BMS 540C Biomedical Statistics personnel administration: evaluation of employee BMS 513 Biochemistry This course covers the fundamentals of statistics as performance; effective laboratory operations and This course is four hours of lecture and is an applied to medical and biological sciences, principles of laboratory finance: cost containment. inquiry into the chemistry of amino acids, proteins including measures of central tendency and Additionally, information on teaching, and lipids. Enzymes and their role in cytoplasmic variability, theory of sampling, theory of estimation, professionalism, supervision, regulatory agency carbohydrate metabolism and fatty acid synthesis sample frequency functions, confidence limits, null requirements, laboratory information systems, and are discussed. The role of the mitochondrion, hypothesis, linear regression and correlation, chi- the importance of continuing medical education especially the Krebs cycle and oxidative squared test, t-Test, F-Test and analysis of variance, are discussed. Case study assignments reflect typical phosphorylation, is explored. elements of sequential analysis, statistical laboratory problems encountered. Teaching Credits: 3 techniques adapted to laboratory quality control principles include writing of objectives and Every Fall and design of experiments. Use of statistical educational methodology. BMS 520 Pathophysiology I programs for analysis of data is integrated within Credits: 2 This graduate course introduces the student to the the course. Every Spring predisposing factors and pathological processes Only open to students enrolled in the BMS 549 Resources Management leading to disease, at the molecular, cellular, organ, Cardiovascular Perfusion program. Resources Management is a course which addresses and whole body levels and strategies for prevention Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. important topics in two areas of Laboratory and therapy of disease. The course deals with the Credits: 3 Management: physical and human resources, both role of the immune system in health and disease, Every Spring of which are essential for maintenance and growth concepts of microbial pathogenesis and the BMS 541 Computer Application in Health of clinical laboratory. Topics addressed in physical responses of the host to infection; allergy and Sciences resources include: the accreditation process, hypersensitivity; tissue graft rejection, clinical tissue This course is an introduction to the use of certification and licensure of laboratory health matching, clinical immunosuppression, the computers in the various fields of the health professionals, laboratory policies and procedures, immune system vs. cancer, autoimmune diseases, sciences. Review of statistical applications for data workload recording, budgets, purchasing and and congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies analysis is also included. Term project required. inventory control, laboratory design, space including AIDS. Credits: 3 utilization and laboratory safety. Human resources Credits: 3 On Occasion topics involve the actual clinical laboratory Every Fall
organization, job descriptions, recruitment, hiring BMS 542 Epidemiology BMS 520C Pathophysiology I and orientation of laboratory personnel, their This course is an introduction to epidemiologic This graduate course introduces the student to the performance appraisal, staff development and those principles employed in the investigation of disease. predisposing factors and pathological processes leadership qualities of management personnel. A review of public health statistics in relation to leading to disease, at the molecular, cellular, organ, Their course emphasis is to highlight those disease rates and evaluation of community efforts
Page 171 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 laboratory resource issues in management that and pathways for blood coagulation and findings, methods of collection and assessment. professionals must address in their daily work coagulopathies; emphasizes theory and procedures Credits: 3 environment to recognize the problems and necessary for diagnosis of disease of blood-forming Every Fall formulate their solutions. tissues. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 BMS 574 Tissue Culture Every Fall Every Fall and Spring This course is a study of the theory, application, and techniques useful for propagating tissues in the BMS 550 Medical Chemistry BMS 561C Introduction to Hematology research laboratory. This intensive laboratory This course is the introduction to the analysis of This course describes the erythroid, myeloid and course is designed to provide students with state-of- analytes in body fluids. Emphasis is placed on lymphoid differentiation pathways from the the-art practical, hands-on experiences in the area of describing normal and pathophysiologic changes in pluripotent stem cell to mature cells; describes the cell and in vitro tissue culturing. This course will disease. Quality control, evaluation, interpretation pathophysiology of anemias, leukemias, lymphomas focus on both qualitative and quantitative analysis and laboratory tests used in quantitation are and pathways for blood coagulation and of fundamental cell behavior, including presented. The biomedical significance of metabolic coagulopathies; emphasizes theory and procedures proliferation, differentiation, migration, and disorders of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids is necessary for diagnosis of disease of blood-forming adhesion. Topics selected for study include sterile discussed. tissues. techniques, cell nutrition, media preparation, Credits: 3 Only open to students enrolled in the establishment and maintenance of callus and Every Fall Cardiovascular Perfusion program. suspension cultures, growth measurement, Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. morphogenesis, cell isolation, tissue and organ BMS 550C Medical Chemistry Credits: 3 culture. This course is the introduction to the analysis of Every Fall Credits: 3 analytes in body fluids. Emphasis is placed on On Occasion describing normal and pathophysiologic changes in BMS 561L Hematology Lab disease. Quality control, evaluation, interpretation This course is presented as advanced theory and BMS 581 Immunology and laboratory tests used in quantitation are practice in Hematology. Normal and abnormal The topics covered in this course include innate presented. The biomedical significance of metabolic cellular morphologies are differentiated and and adaptive immune systems, Cells and organs of disorders of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids is contrasted. Methods of assessment and the the immune system, types of antigens, antigen discussed. discussion of normal and abnormal findings are recognition by T and B cells at both the cellular and Only open to students enrolled in the addressed. Correlation of laboratory data and molecular levels, various cellular and autocrine and Cardiovascular Perfusion program. clinical relevance with disease states are exocrine interactions that regulate immunity; Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. emphasized. aberrant Immune activation; cellular, molecular Credits: 3 Credits: 3 and immunochemistry techniques; humoral and Every Fall Alternate Spring effector mechanisms. Credits: 3 BMS 551 Clinical Chemistry I and Urinalysis BMS 562 Theories of Blood Coagulation Every Fall and Spring This course introduces students to safety principles, This course covers the theoretical aspects of blood quality control and laboratory math and the coagulation in normal and disease states, including BMS 585 Immunohematology analysis, quantitation, the serum and urine laboratory methods which demonstrate various This course addresses the many aspects associated specimen. Emphasis is based on the clinical blood factors. with transfusion medicine. Lecture and laboratory correlations and analytical procedures commonly Credits: 3 coursework are incorporated to address the performed on serum to determine the quantity of Every Fall theoretical aspects of Immunohematology carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, enzymes, and non- supported by a technical emphasis on laboratory protein nitrogen substances and to assess cardiac, BMS 562C Theories of Blood Coagulation procedures performed in a hospital transfusion liver, renal, pancreatic and gastrointestinal This course covers the theoretical aspects of blood service. function. Analysis of the physical, chemical and coagulation in normal and disease states, including Credits: 3 microscopic examination of urine (urinalysis) is also laboratory methods which demonstrate various Every Fall presented along with the disease processes that blood factors. hinder kidney function. BMS 587 Clinical Immunology Credits: 3 Only open to students enrolled in the In addition to reviewing the cells and tissues of the Every Spring Cardiovascular Perfusion program. immune system, specific and non-specific Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. mechanisms of the immune response, the major BMS 555 Instrumentation for the Clinical Credits: 3 histo-compatibility complex, hypersensitivities and Laboratory Every Fall tumor surveillance of the immune system, this This course is a study of current principles of course emphasizes immunologic techniques in the automated instrumentation analyses performed in BMS 563 Hematology and Body Fluids serologic identification of antigens and antibodies. the clinical setting. The course provides practical The formed elements of the peripheral blood, their Emphasis is made on measurement of the immune exposure to several commercially available systems. precursors, function and structure – including basic product or reaction which can yield significant Credits: 3 methodologies for quantitation of cells and cellular information in the clinical differential diagnosis or On Occasion components – are discussed. Normal and abnormal monitoring the progress of a disorder / disease. cellular morphologies, their clinical relevance in Prerequisite course in Immunology is required. BMS 561 Introduction to Hematology both the quantitative and qualitative assessment of Credits: 3 This course describes the erythroid, myeloid and disease in blood is also emphasized. Other body Every Spring lymphoid differentiation pathways from the fluids are also addresses: cerebrospinal, synovial, pluripotent stem cell to mature cells; describes the pericardial, peritoneal, pleural, amniotic fluids and pathophysiology of anemias, leukemias, lymphomas seminal fluid in terms of normal and abnormal
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 172 C.W. Post Campus
coordinate and interface departments of Clinical nucleic acid, protein, structure, sequence motif, BMS 590C Hospital Communication and Culture and Anatomical Pathology in the hospital setting. genome and other relevant databases and 4) Practicum Problems concerning needs analysis, cost, value of overview and discussion of basic sequence This course prepares students for the dynamic the system and communication through computer manipulations and analyses including sequence hospital environment through the total immersion technology are addressed. The usefulness of assembly and editing, coding region identification, of the student in this setting thus preparing for a computer operations in charting, graphing, database searching, retrieval, and similarity analysis, greater level of communication. The facets of database analysis and on-line Internet services is multiple sequence alignment, restriction analysis, culture distinct to a hospital and surgical room will also presented. Students identify criteria to be PCR primer design. be explored. An extensive terminology list will be considered to evaluate the success of LIS systems, Prerequisite of BMS 656 is required. developed by the student and preceptors to quality management and their competency. Credits: 3 establish understanding and practice of diction for Prerequisite coursework in computers is required. On Occasion vocabulary commonly utilized in the hospital Credits: 1 environment. Every Spring BMS 647 Quality Management for the Clinical Laboratory Only open to students enrolled in the BMS 610 Histopathology This course addresses the implementation of quality Cardiovascular Perfusion program. This course will teach the student the histologic improvement principles for the Clinical Laboratory. Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. and cellular composition of tissues in different It begins with a discussion of the rational about Credits: 3 disease states as compared to normal tissue. continuous quality improvement, the group or On Demand Emphasis is on major changes observed in tissues teamwork approach to quality improvement, and undergoing pathologic processes such as: the process of formulating flowcharts, matrices and BMS 591 Medical Microbiology inflammation, degenerations, necrosis, growth quality control charts to analyze and quantitate This course serves three purposes: (1) as a disorders; those changes that occur that influence quality improvements measures. It ends by “refresher” course to those who are in the field; (2) the health and function of normal tissues within discussing and responding to actual case situations as a prerequisite for further study in microbiology; various body systems. Examination of pathology by utilizing clinical practice guideline that help to and (3) as preparation for professional board slides is an essential course requirement. understand the nature of disease processes and examinations. The delineation of microbial species: Credits: 3 outcomes of early interventions. bacteria, fungi, algae, viruses, rickettsiae, chlamydia, Every Fall Credits: 3 protozoa, helminths and other animal parasites Every Spring implicated in disease are presented. The course BMS 612 Pathophysiology II covers methods used in diagnostic microbiology as Molecular, biochemical and metabolic events which BMS 648 Microbial Physiology well as medical, clinical, epidemiological and identify disease of several body systems are This course examines the metabolic activities of nosocomial aspects of microbial disease states. presented. This course introduces the student to bacteria and fungi. Emphasis is placed on the Additionally, computerization, instrumentation, basic morphologic and functional changes of major bacterial cell, enzymes, energy, respiration, miniaturization, and DNA recombinant studies disease processes in Cardiovascular, Renal, fermentation, metabolism, synthesis, catabolic, applicable to microbiology are covered. Respiratory, Endocrine and Digestive systems, and anabolic and amphibolic pathways. Microbiological Credits: 3 Neurologic diseases. assays, spectrophotometry, complete fermentation Every Fall Credits: 3 study and other procedures utilizing basic and Every Fall and Spring advanced techniques and equipment are included. BMS 594 Medical Parasitology Collateral readings and term report are required. This course examines host parasite relationships BMS 612C Pathophysiology II Prerequisite of BMS 591 is required. relative to disease transmission, pathology, Molecular, biochemical and metabolic events which Credits: 3 immunology, epidemiology, survey and control. identify disease of several body systems are On Occasion Emphasis on laboratory preparations and diagnosis presented. This course introduces the student to of parasitic diseases includes those aspects of life basic morphologic and functional changes of major BMS 650 Advanced Medical Chemistry cycles that are useful for clinical diagnosis. disease processes in Cardiovascular, Renal, This is an advanced course designed to provide in- Credits: 3 Respiratory, Endocrine and Digestive systems, and depth understanding of the medical approach to On Occasion Neurologic diseases. evaluating disorders. Several topics are presented for review, analysis and discussion. This course also BMS 595 Zoonoses Only open to students enrolled in the has a laboratory component which provides further Diseases of feral and domesticated animals Cardiovascular Perfusion program. emphasis about medically significant analytes. communicable to man, which include bacterial, Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. Prerequisite of BMS 550 is required. mycotic, rickettisial, chlamydial, viral,protozoal and Credits: 3 Credits: 3 helminthic infections are examined. Vectors Every Spring Every Spring associated with zoonoses are reviewed. The public health and the epidemiology of the diseases and the BMS 641 Bioinformatics BMS 651 Pharmacology procedures used to prevent and control humane This course provides a one semester introduction The application of pharmacology, the study of and animal infection are stressed. Overpopulation and overview to the fields of bioinformatics and drugs and poisons, is termed therapeutics. To better of animals as a threat to health and the sociological genomics. The focus will be on providing a practical understand the use of drugs in specific disease implications of pet ownership are also discussed. description of the topics, tools, issues and current states, therapeutics is emphasized in this course. Credits: 3 trends in bioinformatics. Topics to be discussed The student develops an understanding of the On Occasion include 1) introduction to the storage, disease process being treated and any concomitant representation, analysis, and retrieval of diseases the patient may have. The consequences BMS 609 Laboratory Information Systems bioinformatics data; 2) introduction to genomics and expectations of the drugs being administered This course describes the selection and evaluation and related fields including proteomics, and (considering its pharmacodynamics, pharmacognosy of Laboratory Information Systems (LIS) to pharmacogenomics; 3) description and use of and pharmacokinetics) in that specific patient are
Page 173 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 presented. BMS 661 Advanced Hematology Prerequisite of BMS 580 or 581 is required. Credits: 3 In-depth coverage of concepts of cell origin and Credits: 3 Every Spring differentiation, as well as the molecular concepts of On Occasion disease and current trends in research are covered. BMS 651C Pharmacology Quality control experience in lab practice, marrow BMS 691 Advanced Medical Microbiology The application of pharmacology, the study of differential counts, histochemical and biochemical Isolation, identification and significance of drugs and poisons, is termed therapeutics. To better techniques are included in-depth. microorganisms implicated in disease and as understand the use of drugs in specific disease Prerequisite of BMS 561 is required. encountered in the clinical microbiology laboratory states, therapeutics is emphasized in this course. Credits: 3 are covered in-depth. The significance of The student develops an understanding of the Every Spring saprophytes found in the clinical specimen, unusual disease process being treated and any concomitant isolates and findings are discussed. Proficiency diseases the patient may have. The consequences BMS 665 Experimental Hematopoiesis testing implemented as part of the practical and expectations of the drugs being administered This course includes the development of techniques microbiology, computerization, instrumentation, (considering its pharmacodynamics, pharmacognosy in experimental hematopoiesis, primarily on miniaturization and DNA recombinant studies and pharmacokinetics) in that specific patient are mammalian bone marrow. Instruction of students applicable to microbiology are reviewed. presented. in techniques of altering hematopoiesis and Prerequisite of BMS 591 is required. evaluation of results is also included. Credits: 3 Only open to students enrolled in the Prerequisite of BMS 561 is required. Every Spring Cardiovascular Perfusion program. Credits: 3 Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. Alternate Spring BMS 696 Medical Mycology Credits: 3 This course is a study of the classification, Every Spring BMS 673 Cancer Research: Perspectives, identification, life cycles morphology, physiology, Prospects and Problems biochemistry and immunology of fungi of medical BMS 652 Clinical Chemistry II & This course covers molecular biology of cancer, and clinical significance. A discussion of the fungi Instrumentation intrinsic and extrinsic factors that regulate cancer, as microbial entities and economic importance is This is an advanced course designed to provide in- cell cycle regulation, oncogenesis, tumor markers, included. The course employs the use of depth understanding of the medical approach to angiogenesis, senescence, apoptosis, metastasis, microbiological techniques in the elucidation of evaluating disorders. Several topics are presented immune and biotherapy. This course covers the fungi implicated in disease as encountered in the for review, analysis and discussion. This course also assessment of the effects of various biological clinical microbiology laboratory as well as the has a laboratory component which provides further disciplines, i.e., genetics, biochemistry, virology, identification of other fungi. Proficiency testing is emphasis about medically significant analytes. endocrinology, pathology, pharmacology, discussed and implemented as part of the practical Prerequisite of BMS 551 is required. hematology and immunology, upon past and aspects of the course. Credits: 3 present efforts in cancer research. Prerequisite of BMS 591 is required. Every Fall Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Every Fall and Spring Alternate Spring BMS 655 Toxicology and Therapeutic Monitoring This course covers the instrumental methods of BMS 687 Advanced Immunology BMS 698 Medical Virology assay. Toxicologic and pharmacologic action on and This course examines immunology with emphasis Isolation, identification and classification of the by the host organism are examined along with a on current areas of research. The course is designed viruses in man and animals with application to review of major drug and toxin types. Special topics to give a broad but thorough covering of disease states such as causes, diagnosis and of interest are covered in the detection and Immunology with an emphasis on regulation of prevention are examined. Prerequisite: Course in identification of drugs in biological fluids. immunoglobulin gene rearrangement, B-cell and T biochemistry or molecular biology. Credits: 3 cell differentiation, determination of self from non- Credits: 3 Every Fall self and antigen recognition by T and B cells at Every Fall and Spring both the cellular and molecular levels; various BMS 656 Diagnostic Techniques in Molecular cellular and autocrine and exocrine interactions BMS 699 Laboratory Techniques in Virology Pathology that regulate immunity, receptor-mediated Production, purification and quantitation of Molecular diagnostics is the application of methods triggering of cellular responses via second viruses, with analysis of virion structure and in biotechnology to the diagnosis of disease. messengers, the cellular, humoral and effector investigation of steps in viral replication are covered Biotechnology involves techniques used in mechanisms; tumor immunology, immunotherapy in this course. molecular biology as applied to the study of cell and tumor vaccines; offered in spring. Prerequisite of BMS 698 is required. function at the DNA/RNA level. This course Prerequisite of BMS 580 or 581 is required. Credits: 3 surveys some of the standard techniques used in Credits: 3 On Occasion biotechnology: cell culture, polymerase chain Every Spring reaction (PCR), immunohistochemistry, cloning, and probe synthesis. Formal lectures are followed BMS 688 Laboratory Techniques in by experiments in a laboratory equipped to perform Immunochemistry some of the aforementioned techniques. Most of Lectures illustrate the quantitative and qualitative these techniques represent transferable technologies aspects of immunochemistry and state-of-the-art that may be used in various fields; i.e., forensic monoclonal developments. Laboratory exercises pathology, clinical laboratory medicine and cancer demonstrate molecular weight sieves, ion-exchange screening. chromatography, affinity chromatography, gel Credits: 3 precipitation reactions, enzymatic cleavage of Every Fall and Spring antibodies, labeling of antibodies and enzyme
immunoassay procedures.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 174 C.W. Post Campus
BMS 700 Selected Problems in Laboratory decided by the mentor. The student (with the help Medicine BMS 704C Clinical Research Thesis of the mentor) has to have logically defined This course examines a research problem under the This course is a clinical research project designed to objectives and a clear hypothesis. In this course the guidance of a member of the Department of develop and enhance research skills appropriate to student has to carry out the experiments, review Biomedical Sciences faculty. Open only to the area of specialization chosen for the M.S. relevant literature, collect all research data, matriculated students. Students may register only degree. The research data is obtained from a health formulate graphs, figures or tables and write the once for this course. Credit value is restricted to 1 care facility, academic setting, business or industry, results, discussion, summary, conclusions and or 2 credits and requires the approval of the community program or clinical research facility. defend the thesis with a PowerPoint presentation. chairperson, the Graduate Committee and the The collected data is analyzed and a thesis is written Prerequisite of BMS 703 is required. mentor. Open only to matriculated students. and presented to the department. Open only to Credits: 3 Credits: 1 to 2 matriculated students with approval by department Every Semester On Occasion chairperson, Graduate Committee and mentor. BMS 708C Experimental Research Thesis BMS 700C Selected Topics In Lab Medicine Only open to students enrolled in the For experimental theses, the model system may be This course examines a research problem under the Cardiovascular Perfusion program. animals, tissue cells or microbial agents. The topic guidance of a member of the Department of Prerequisite of BMS 703 and a Cardiovascular selection for experimental thesis is generally Biomedical Sciences faculty. Open only to Perfusion major is required. decided by the mentor. The student (with the help matriculated students. Students may register only Credits: 3 of the mentor) has to have logically defined once for this course. This course requires the Every Semester objectives and a clear hypothesis. In this course the approval of the Director of the Cardiovascular student has to carry out the experiments, review Perfusion program and the Biomedical Sciences BMS 705 Selected Topics in Medical Biology relevant literature, collect all research data, chairperson. This seminar course deals with current topics and formulate graphs, figures or tables and write the critiques and evaluates techniques used in an area results, discussion, summary, conclusions and Only open to students enrolled in the of specialization in Medical Biology. These include defend the thesis with a PowerPoint presentation. Cardiovascular Perfusion program. Medical Chemistry, Hematology, Immunology and Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. Medical Microbiology. Different topics are offered Only open to students enrolled in the Credits: 1 during an academic year. Open only to Cardiovascular Perfusion program. On Occasion matriculated students. Prerequisite of BMS 703 and a Cardiovascular Credits: 3 Perfusion major is required. BMS 703 Research Methods On Occasion Credits: 3
This is a course designed to provide practical tools Every Semester for initiation and development of a research BMS 706 Research Project & Comprehensive proposal. The scientific approaches to problem- Exam BMS 709 Clinical Management Project solving, data collection and analysis are discussed. This course provides another option for successful This course is designed for the Clinical Laboratory Credits: 3 completion of the Master of Science degree through Management M.S. degree candidate who will Every Fall, Spring and Summer the completion of a research project and a address a management problem within the clinical comprehensive examination in the specialty. Open setting. Examples of some project topics include: BMS 703C Research Methods only to matriculated students with approval by motivation of co-workers, organization and This is a course designed to provide practical tools department chairperson, Graduate Committee and communication improvements, measuring group for initiation and development of a research mentor. effectiveness, selection criteria for employees, proposal. The scientific approaches to problem- Prerequisite of BMS 703 is required. appraisals of laboratory personnel, staffing, solving, data collection and analysis are discussed. Credits: 3 development of educational activities, Every Semester implementation of procedures, budgeting cost
Only open to students enrolled in the analysis, workloads, inventory management and BMS 706C Research Project & Comprehensive Cardiovascular Perfusion program. cost-containment measures. Problems should be Exam Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. defined, solutions suggested and tested and a This course provides another option for successful Credits: 3 project paper (Thesis) written and defended. Open completion of the Masters of Science degree Every Summer only to matriculated students with approval of through the completion of a research project and a department chairperson, Graduate Committee and BMS 704 Clinical Research Thesis comprehensive examination in the specialty. Open mentor. This course is a clinical research project designed to only to matriculated students with approval by Prerequisite of BMS 703 is required. develop and enhance research skills appropriate to department chairperson, Graduate Committee and Credits: 3 the area of specialization chosen for the M.S. mentor. Every Semester degree. The research data is obtained from a health care facility, academic setting, business or industry, Only open to students enrolled in the BMS 709C Clinical Management Project community program or clinical research facility. Cardiovascular Perfusion program. This course is designed for Master of Science degree The collected data is analyzed and a thesis is written Prerequisite of BMS 703 and a Cardiovascular candidate who will address a management problem and presented to the department. Open only to Perfusion major is required. within the clinical setting. Examples of some matriculated students with approval by department Credits: 3 project topics include: motivation of co-workers, chairperson, Graduate Committee and mentor. Every Semester organization and communication improvements,
Prerequisite of BMS 703 is required. measuring group effectiveness, selection criteria for BMS 708 Experimental Research Thesis Credits: 3 employees, appraisals of laboratory personnel, For experimental theses, the model system may be Every Semester staffing, development of educational activities, animals, tissue cells or microbial agents. The topic implementation of procedures, budgeting cost selection for experimental thesis is generally
Page 175 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 analysis, workloads, inventory management and BMS 799 Practicum in Microbiology North Shore University Hospital are designed to cost-containment measures. Problems should be The student will learn under the direction of provide perfusion students with an intensive defined, solutions suggested and tested and a preceptors at the assigned clinical sites to isolate, opportunity to develop, practice and master the project paper (Thesis) written and defended. Open culture and identify bacterial, fungal, and parasitic skills required to perform safe extracorporeal only to matriculated students with approval of pathogens. 40 hour week for 6 weeks = 240 hours. circulation procedures. These clinical practice department chairperson, Graduate Committee and Enrollment Requirement: minimum GPA 3.0 in courses require directed hands-on use of equipment mentor. didactic courses in the program and successful and techniques that constitute the cardiopulmonary interview. Program director permission required. bypass procedure. Under the direct supervision of a Only open to students enrolled in the Credits: 3 clinical instructor, the students are exposed to Cardiovascular Perfusion program. Every Spring increasing levels of responsibility in the clinical Prerequisite of BMS 703 and a Cardiovascular conduct of perfusion. As the students' abilities Perfusion major is required. BMS 800C Surgery permit, they assume expanding responsibilities with Credits: 3 This graduate course reviews the anatomy, the ultimate goal of functioning independently as a Every Semester physiology and pathology of the heart, emphasizing practicing perfusionist. These clinical practice disorders caused by circulatory shock, pericarditis, courses are taught in the operating room theater BMS 759 Practicum in Clinical cardiac tamponade, endocarditis, corpulmonale with special emphasis on developing technical skills Chemistry/Urinalysis and cardiac failure. The course also identifies in the extracorporeal procedure itself. Instruction The student will work with assigned preceptors at cardiac surgical equipment and instruments used in will also include current adjunctive methods in assigned clinical sites learning the techniques, cardiac surgical procedures. Surgeries on patients autotransfusion, mycocardial preservation procedures, instrumentation, and rational of experiencing coronary artery disease, resection of techniques, intra-aortic balloon support, and aseptic routine and special chemistry tests. The rationale of left ventricular aneurysm, mitral and aortic valve techniques. At course completion, the student will clinical significance will be addressed. 40 hour week repair, complex congenital cardiac malformations, have: for 6 weeks = 240 hours. Routine urinalysis will be hypoplastic left heart syndrome, malformations 1. Developed sufficient clinical competency about instructed for one week; special chemistry involving resulting in left to right to left shunts, aortic the rudiments of extracorporeal circuit, its esoteric chemistry methodologies for one week. aneurysm and acute aortic transection are components, design, assembly and operation of the Enrollment Requirement: minimum GPA 3.0 in presented. First year (Modules I & II) of CVP equipment. didactic courses in the program and successful Program taught through the School of 2. Under directed supervision, begun to successfully interview. Program director permission required. Cardiovascular Perfusion, Department of perform those technical manipulations that Credits: 3 Cardiovascular & Thoracic Surgery, North Shore constitute the essential part of the extracorporeal Every Spring University Hospital (Great Neck, NY). Only open circuit and other perfusion procedures
to students enrolled in the Cardiovascular 3. Been evaluated by the instructors supervising the BMS 769 Practicum in Hematology, Coagulation, Perfusion program. (1152 hours Clinical clinical learning experiences. Students are evaluated Histotechniques Instrumentation) by using an evaluation form titled “Perfusion The students will work with assigned preceptors at Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. Student Case Evaluation”. assigned clinical sites to learn to perform and to Credits: 6 Following the completion of Perfusion Clinical troubleshoot with instrumentation routine and Every Fall Practice courses, each student is required to specialized tests in hematology and coagulation. perform clinical cases for clinical competency The rationale of clinical significance will be BMS 810C Perfusion Technology determination. In these Clinical Competency addressed. Students will learn to perform This course combines clinical competency in Cases, each student’s ability to function techniques in the histology department. 40 hour perfusion techniques, didactic instruction with independently as a clinical perfusionist is evaluated week for 6 weeks = 240 hours. Special Hematology practical operating room experience and laboratory for his or her level of training. These clinical for one week and Coagulation for one week. study of the extracorporeal circuit. The course competency evaluations are performed utilizing the Enrollment Requirement: minimum GPA 3.0 in begins with a discussion of the evolution of standard procedures for clinical student case didactic courses in the program and successful perfusion technology, describes the laboratory evaluation. In addition, the clinical instructors interview. Program director permission required. components needed, venous and arterial cannuli, evaluate the entry-level clinical competency skills as Credits: 3 flow limitations, and determination of Reynold’s required by the American Board of Cardiovascular Every Spring number. Included also are discussions of Perfusion. Second year (Module III & IV) of CVP heater/cooler and heat exchanges; circulation, Program. Only open to students enrolled in the BMS 789 Practicum in Immunohematology/ hypothermia, tubing, circuits, charting, pressure Cardiovascular Perfusion program. (960 hours Clinical Immunology monitoring, arterial blood gas, electrolytes, each; 288 hours total) The students will work with assigned preceptors at cardiotomy reservoirs and suction systems, Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. the assigned clinical site learning routine and cardiopulmonary bypass and safety, and myocardiac Credits: 5 advanced techniques of blood banking procedures protection delivery systems. The course teaches and techniques. All aspects of transfusion medicine Every Summer techniques, procedures, laboratory techniques, will be addressed. Two weeks will be dedicated to management and evaluation of the total perfusion BMS 822C Clinical Practicum II the clinical immunology lab learning various process. First year (Module I & II) of CVP Program. The Clinical Practicum Courses completed at molecular and immunological procedures and their Only open to students enrolled in the North Shore University Hospital are designed to associated clinical significance. 40 hour week for 6 Cardiovascular Perfusion program. provide perfusion students with an intensive weeks = 240 hours. Enrollment Requirement: Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. opportunity to develop, practice and master the minimum GPA 3.0 in didactic courses in the Credits: 6 skills required to perform safe extracorporeal program and successful interview. Program director Every Spring circulation procedures. These clinical practice permission required. courses require directed hands-on use of equipment Credits: 3 BMS 820C Clinical Practicum I and techniques that constitute the cardiopulmonary Every Spring The Clinical Practicum Courses completed at bypass procedure. Under the direct supervision of a
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 176 C.W. Post Campus clinical instructor, the students are exposed to in the extracorporeal procedure itself. Instruction prepare nurse educators for faculty and staff increasing levels of responsibility in the clinical will also include current adjunctive methods in educator roles, and is delivered in an innovative conduct of perfusion. As the students’ abilities autotransfusion, mycocardial preservation blended format whereby all the courses in the permit, they assume expanding responsibilities with techniques, intra-aortic balloon support, and aseptic program are offered half online and half face-to- the ultimate goal of functioning independently as a techniques. At course completion, the student will face. The Master of Science programs in Nursing practicing perfusionist. These clinical practice have: are fully accredited by the Commission on courses are taught in the operating room theater 1. Developed sufficient clinical competency about Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). with special emphasis on developing technical skills the rudiments of extracorporeal circuit, its We offer individualized attention and small in the extracorporeal procedure itself. Instruction components, design, assembly and operation of the classes to accommodate the needs of the will also include current adjunctive methods in equipment. Registered Nurse. Faculty members are available autotransfusion, mycocardial preservation 2. Under directed supervision, begun to successfully to answer questions and prospective students are techniques, intra-aortic balloon support, and aseptic perform those technical manipulations that encouraged to contact the Department of Nursing techniques. At course completion, the student will constitute the essential part of the extracorporeal for further information about the programs of have: circuit and other perfusion procedures study. 1. Developed sufficient clinical competency about 3. Been evaluated by the instructors supervising the the rudiments of extracorporeal circuit, its clinical learning experiences. Students are evaluated components, design, assembly and operation of the by using an evaluation form titled "Perfusion M.S. in Advanced Practice equipment. Student Case Evaluation". Nursing 2. Under directed supervision, begun to successfully Following the completion of Perfusion Clinical perform those technical manipulations that Practice courses, each student is required to C.W. Post offers the Master of Science in constitute the essential part of the extracorporeal perform clinical cases for clinical competency Advanced Practice Nursing to become a clinical circuit and other perfusion procedures determination. In these Clinical Competency nurse specialist. The 39-credit program can be 3. Been evaluated by the instructors supervising the Cases, each student's ability to function completed in six semesters of part-time study. clinical learning experiences. Students are evaluated independently as a clinical perfusionist is evaluated Graduates of the master’s degree program will be by using an evaluation form titled "Perfusion for his or her level of training. These clinical eligible for national board certification through the Student Case Evaluation". competency evaluations are performed utilizing the American Nurses Credentialing Center. Clinical Following the completion of Perfusion Clinical standard procedures for clinical student case nurse specialists practice in a variety of health care Practice courses, each student is required to evaluation. In addition, the clinical instructors settings. They are expert clinicians in a specialized perform clinical cases for clinical competency evaluate the entry-level clinical competency skills as field of nursing and provide direct care, determination. In these Clinical Competency required by the American Board of Cardiovascular collaborate with other health care professionals to Cases, each student’s ability to function Perfusion. Second year (Module III & IV) of CVP manage complex patients, consult with nursing independently as a clinical perfusionist is evaluated Program. Only open to students enrolled in the staffs, design and participate in nursing and patient for his or her level of training. These clinical Cardiovascular Perfusion program. (960 hours education programs, and are involved in competency evaluations are performed utilizing the each; 288 hours total) institutional change by developing and standard procedures for clinical student case Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. incorporating policy and procedural changes in evaluation. In addition, the clinical instructors Credits: 5 health care delivery systems. evaluate the entry-level clinical competency skills as Every Spring ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS required by the American Board of Cardiovascular Applicants to the M.S. in Advanced Practice Perfusion. Second year (Module III & IV) of CVP Nursing: Clinical Nurse Specialist must meet the Program. Only open to students enrolled in the following requirements for admission. Cardiovascular Perfusion program. (960 hours DEPARTMENT OF NURSING • Application for Admission. each; 288 hours total) • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Phone: 516-299-2320 Open to Cardiovascular Perfusion students only. • Possess a current New York State Registered Fax: 516-299-2352 Credits: 5 Nurse license Email: [email protected] Every Fall • One year of clinical experience preferred Chair: Dr. Mary Infantino • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or BMS 824C Clinical Practicum III Professors: Wysoker graduate transcripts from any college(s) or The Clinical Practicum Courses completed at Associate Professors: Kapp, Knapp, Zitkus universities you have attended. North Shore University Hospital are designed to Program Director, Nursing Education: Kapp • Applicants with non-nursing Bachelor’s provide perfusion students with an intensive Program Director, Family Nurse Practitioner: degrees will be considered. opportunity to develop, practice and master the Zitkus • Prior undergraduate coursework, or the skills required to perform safe extracorporeal Adjunct Faculty: 10 equivalent, in Health Assessment. If an circulation procedures. These clinical practice The Department of Nursing in the School of applicant does not meet this requirement they courses require directed hands-on use of equipment Health Professions and Nursing offers three may still be admitted into the program as a and techniques that constitute the cardiopulmonary accredited graduate programs that prepare nurses limited matriculant until appropriate bypass procedure. Under the direct supervision of a to become strong, effective leaders who excel in coursework is completed. This must be done clinical instructor, the students are exposed to clinical management and nursing education. The prior to the Spring semester of the second year increasing levels of responsibility in the clinical School offers Master of Science degrees in Family of study. conduct of perfusion. As the students’ abilities Nurse Practitioner (FNP), Advanced Practice • A personal interview with faculty permit, they assume expanding responsibilities with Nursing: Clinical Nurse Specialist (CNS), and • There is one recommended course and one the ultimate goal of functioning independently as a Nursing Education (NED). Also offered are post- prerequisite course for the master’s program. practicing perfusionist. These clinical practice master’s advanced certificates in Family Nurse The Department of Nursing recommends an courses are taught in the operating room theater Practitioner and Nursing Education. The Master of undergraduate research course or workshop with special emphasis on developing technical skills Science in Nursing Education is designed to
Page 177 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
prior to taking the graduate research course. In NUR 632 Clinical Nurse Specialist 4.50 completed. This must be done prior to the addition, an undergraduate health assessment Practicum Spring semester of the second year of study. course or workshop is required prior to taking • A personal interview with faculty NUR 632S Clinical Nurse Specialist 0.00 the graduate advanced health assessment • There is one recommended course and one Seminar course. prerequisite course for the master’s program. • Two professional and/or academic letters of NUR 633 Clinical Nurse Specialist 4.50 The Department of Nursing recommends an recommendation that address the applicant’s Practicum undergraduate research course or workshop potential in the profession and ability to prior to taking the graduate research course. In NUR 633S Clinical Nurse Specialist 0.00 complete a graduate program. addition, an undergraduate health assessment Seminar • Personal Statement that addresses the reason course or workshop is required prior to taking you are interested in pursuing graduate work in MS Advanced Practice Nursing Major the graduate advanced health assessment this area of study. GPA course. • A minimum overall GPA of 3.0 The Required GPA is 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of • International students are also required to recommendation that address the applicant’s achieve a minimum Test of English as a potential in the profession and ability to Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 M.S. in Family Nurse complete a graduate program. Personal Internet-based (a minimum listening score of Statement that addresses the reason you are 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or Practitioner interested in pursuing graduate work in this
563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also area of study. C.W. Post offers the Master of Science in acceptable. • A minimum overall GPA of 3.0 Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) accredited by the Send application materials to: • International students are also required to Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. The Graduate Admissions Office achieve a minimum Test of English as a 46-credit program is designed to be completed in C.W. Post Campus Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 six semesters of part-time study. Graduates of the Long Island University Internet-based (a minimum listening score of FNP program will be eligible for a New York 720 Northern Boulevard 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or State Certificate as family nurse practitioners and Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also will be eligible for national board certification acceptable. through the national certifying agencies for C.W. Post Advanced Practice Nursing Send application materials to: advanced practice nursing (American Nurses Graduate Admissions Office M.S. Core Courses Credentialing Center, American Academy of C.W. Post Campus C.W. Post Required Classes for Advanced Nurse Practitioners). Family nurse practitioners Long Island University Practice Nursing M.S. perform health assessments, diagnose medical and 720 Northern Boulevard Required Core Courses nursing problems, and provide healthcare Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 management and guidance to patients and their NUR 501 Issues in Professional 3.00 families in a wide variety of health care settings. Nursing for Advanced MS Family Nurse Practitioner Nurses and Nurse The FNP program serves to increase the MS Family Nurse Practitioner Educators opportunity for nurses to obtain advanced practice preparation as well as serve to increase the number Core Courses NUR 601 Theories and Conceptual 3.00 of nurse practitioners available to deliver both NUR 501 Issues in Professional 3.00 Models of Nursing primary and tertiary care to families. Nursing for Advanced Theories and Conceptual The School of Health Professions and Nursing Nurses and Nurse Models of Nursing at C.W. Post also offers a 27-credit post-master’s Educators Advanced Certificate in Family Nurse Practitioner NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3.00 NUR 601 Theories and Conceptual 3.00 to RNs who hold a master’s degree in nursing and Models of Nursing NUR 604 Advanced Physiology and 3.00 wish to become family nurse practitioners. Theories and Conceptual Pathophysiology ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Models of Nursing NUR 605 Pharmacology for 4.00 Applicants to the M.S. in Family Nurse Advanced Practice Practitioner must meet the following requirements NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3.00 Nursing for admission. NUR 604 Advanced Physiology and 3.00 • Application for Admission. NUR 606 Advanced Health 2.00 Pathophysiology • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Assessment • Possess a current New York State Registered NUR 605 Pharmacology for 4.00 NUR 606L Advanced Health 2.00 Nurse license Advanced Practice Assessment Practicum • One year of clinical experience preferred Nursing (90 hours) • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or NUR 606 Advanced Health 2.00 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or NUR 621 The Family:Social,Ethical 3.00 Assessment universities you have attended. and Policy Issues • Applicants with non-nursing Bachelor’s NUR 606L Advanced Health 2.00 NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3.00 degrees will be considered. Assessment Practicum • Prior undergraduate coursework, or the (90 hours) Required Specialty Courses equivalent, in Health Assessment. Applicants NUR 610 Clinical Nurse Specialist 4.00 NUR 621 The Family:Social,Ethical 3.00 who do not meet this requirement may still be Theory and Policy Issues admitted into the program as limited matriculants until appropriate coursework is NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3.00
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 178 C.W. Post Campus
Specialty Courses must meet the following requirements for NUR 648 Teaching Strategies for 3.00 NUR 611 Diagnosis & Management 4.00 admission. Educators I:Primary Care of the • Application for Admission. NUR 650 Assessment Evaluation in 4.00 Adult • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) Nursing • Possess a current New York State Registered NUR 612 Diagnosis And 4.00 Nurse license NUR 652 Teaching Practicum I 4.00 Management II: Illnesses • One year of clinical experience preferred and Physical Conditions NUR 652S Teaching Seminar 0.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or of the Child graduate transcripts from any college(s) or NUR 654 Teaching Practicum II 4.00 NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: Primary 6.00 universities you have attended. NUR 654S Teaching Seminar II 0.00 Care of Families (Adult) • Applicants with non-nursing Bachelor's degrees will be considered. MS Nursing Education Major GPA NUR 622S Diagnosis & Management 0.00 • A personal interview with Department of The Required GPA is 3.00 I Seminar Nursing faculty NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: 6.00 • The Department of Nursing recommends an Advanced Certificate in Family Primary Care of Families undergraduate research course or workshop (Child) prior to taking the graduate research course. Nurse Practitioner
• Two professional and/or academic letters of NUR 623S Diagnosis and 0.00 The post-master's Advanced Certificate in recommendation that address the applicant’s Management II Seminar Family Nurse Practitioner is a 27-credit program potential in the profession and ability to offered to RNs who hold a master's degree in Free Electives complete a graduate program. nursing and wish to be certified as Family Nurse Courses that are not being used to satisfy major • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Practitioners. Candidates for this certificate will or core requirements. you are interested in pursuing graduate work in complete course work and preceptored clinical MS Family Nurse Practitioner Major this area of study. practice in settings providing primary health care • a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 GPA to families. • International students are also required to The Required GPA is 3.00 The program is designed to be completed in achieve a minimum Test of English as a four semesters of part-time study. Candidates for Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 the certificate will be required to complete course Internet-based (a minimum listening score of work in pharmacology, family theory and three M.S. in Nursing Education 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or semesters of preceptored clinical practice in 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also The Master of Science in Nursing Education settings providing primary health care to families. acceptable. qualifies graduates to teach in nursing programs at Coursework in pathophysiology and advanced Send application materials to: the LPN, associate, bachelor’s and master’s levels health assessment are required for admission. Graduate Admissions Office and to serve as staff educators in health care Qualified candidates may challenge from 3 to 11 C.W. Post Campus facilities. The program is open to nurses who need credits for advanced standing in the program Long Island University specific education courses to qualify for New York through presentation of acceptable courses from an 720 Northern Boulevard State certification as secondary school health accredited nursing program taken within the last Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 education teachers. five years. The program is accredited by the Commission The program is offered in a blended learning C.W. Post Nursing Education M.S. format, which combines the convenience of online on Collegiate Nursing Education. learning with the benefits of live classroom Required Courses ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS discussion and interaction. Nearly half of each C.W. Post Required Classes for Nursing Applicants to the Advanced Certificate in course in the M.S. in Nursing Education program Education M.S. Family Nurse Practitioner program must meet the is taught online, with the balance occurring in a Required Nursing Education Core Courses following requirements for admission. traditional classroom setting. This provides you NUR 501 Issues in Professional 3.00 • Application for Admission with the opportunity to meet personal and Nursing for Advanced • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) professional obligations, while fulfilling degree Nurses and Nurse • Possess a current New York State Registered requirements. Educators Nurse license The core curriculum for the M.S. degree • One year of clinical experience preferred NUR 601 Theories and Conceptual 3.00 includes coursework in nursing theory, issues in • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Models of Nursing professional nursing for advanced practice nurses graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Theories and Conceptual and nurse educators, and nursing research. As part universities you have attended Models of Nursing of their degree requirements, students are required • Possess a master's degree in nursing (with a to complete a research proposal, 12 credits of core NUR 602 Nursing Research I 3.00 minimum 3.0 GPA) from an accredited school courses and 21 credits of specialty courses. of nursing NUR 702 Nursing Research II 3.00 The 33-credit program can be completed in five • Prerequisite coursework in advanced semesters of part-time study and one summer Required Nursing Education Specialty Courses physiology and pathophysiology and advanced session. Nurse Educator candidates complete two NUR 644 Curriculum Devel In 3.00 health assessment. This coursework may also semesters of preceptored teaching practice. Nursing be completed at C.W. Post. The program is accredited by the Commission on • Qualified candidates may transfer from 3 to 11 NUR 646 Technology for Nursing 3.00 Collegiate Nursing Education. credits for advanced standing in the program Education ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS through the presentation of acceptable courses Applicants to the M.S. in Nursing Education from an accredited school of nursing taken
Page 179 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
within the last five years (provided a "B" grade you are interested in pursuing graduate work in or better was received in the course). Advanced Certificate in Nursing this area of study. • A personal interview with faculty • a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 • Two professional and/or academic letters of Education • International students are also required to
recommendation that address the applicant's achieve a minimum Test of English as a A post-master’s Advanced Certificate in potential in the profession and ability to Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 Nursing Education can be completed in four complete a graduate program. Internet-based (a minimum listening score of semesters and one summer session. The program is • Personal Statement that addresses the reason 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or open to qualified nurses who have a master’s you are interested in pursuing graduate work in 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also degree in nursing and who want to become nurse this area of study. acceptable. educators. The 21-credit program prepares the • a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 Send application materials to: student to teach in nursing programs at the LPN, • International students are also required to Graduate Admissions Office associate, bachelor’s and master’s levels, and in achieve a minimum Test of English as a C.W. Post Campus hospitals and health care facilities. The core Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 85 Long Island University curriculum includes specialty coursework in Internet-based (a minimum listening score of 720 Northern Boulevard nursing education, including curriculum 22 is also required); 225 Computer-based; or Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 development, instructional technology and 563 Paper-based. IELTS of 7.5 or above is also teaching and learning strategies. Clinical acceptable. C.W. Post Required Courses for placements are provided by the Department. Send application materials to: The program is offered in a blended learning Advanced Certificate in Nursing Graduate Admissions Office format, which combines the convenience of online Education C.W. Post Campus learning with classroom instruction. The program C.W. Post Required Classes for Advanced Long Island University is perfect for busy working nursing professionals 720 Northern Boulevard Certification in Nursing Education who want to earn teaching credentials, but who Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Required Nursing Education Specialty Courses don’t have the time to attend onsite classes on a NUR 644 Curriculum Devel In 3.00 weekly basis. The online component of these Advanced Certificate in Family Nurse Nursing blended courses enables the student to attend class Practitioner on their own schedule virtually anywhere there is NUR 646 Technology for Nursing 3.00 Specialty Course Requirements an Internet connection, while reaping the rewards Education Required Courses of face-to-face contact with professors. Nearly half NUR 648 Teaching Strategies for 3.00 of each course in the Advanced Certificate NUR 600P Practicum 0.00 Educators program is taught online, with the balance NUR 605 Pharmacology for 4.00 occurring in a traditional classroom setting NUR 650 Assessment Evaluation in 4.00 Advanced Practice providing the opportunity to meet personal and Nursing Nursing professional obligations, while fulfilling degree NUR 652 Teaching Practicum I 4.00 NUR 611 Diagnosis & Management 4.00 requirements. I:Primary Care of the The program is accredited by the Commission NUR 652S Teaching Seminar 0.00 Adult on Collegiate Nursing Education. NUR 654 Teaching Practicum II 4.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS NUR 612 Diagnosis And 4.00 Applicants to the Advanced Certificate in NUR 654S Teaching Seminar II 0.00 Management II: Illnesses Nursing Education must meet the following and Physical Conditions Advanced Certificate in Nursing requirements for admission. of the Child Education GPA Requirements • Application for Admission. The Required GPA is 3.00 NUR 621 The Family:Social,Ethical 3.00 • Application fee: $30 (non-refundable) and Policy Issues • Possess a current New York State Registered Nursing Courses Nurse license NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: Primary 6.00 • One year of clinical experience preferred Care of Families (Adult) • Official copies of your graduate transcripts NUR 501 Issues in Professional Nursing for NUR 622S Diagnosis & Management 0.00 from any college(s) or universities you have Advanced Nurses and Nurse Educators I Seminar attended This course addresses the current professional and • Applicants with non-nursing Bachelor's degrees NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: 6.00 legal issues that influence nursing practice, nursing will be considered. Primary Care of Families education and the health care delivery system. • Qualified candidates may transfer from 3 to 11 (Child) Health care policy, changes in the economics of credits for advanced standing in the program health care, and their impact on nursing will be NUR 623S Diagnosis and 0.00 through the presentation of acceptable courses considered. Management II Seminar from an accredited school of nursing taken Credits: 3 Advanced Certificate in Family Nurse within the last five years (provided a “B” grade Every Fall or better was received in the course). Practitioner GPA Requirements • A personal interview with faculty NUR 600P Practicum The required GPA is 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of Students who meet any of the following criteria will recommendation that address the applicant’s need to register for NUR 600P. Fee is equivalent to
potential in the profession and ability to one credit per 100 practicum hours. 1) Students
complete a graduate program. who require additional time beyond the academic
• Personal Statement that addresses the reason semester to achieve the total required practicum
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 180 C.W. Post Campus hours are required to register for NUR 600P. 2) psychosocial, spiritual developmental, occupational Credits: 4 Students in the advanced practice program who and cultural aspects of health assessment are Every Fall have a two semester lapse in time between any of studied in depth, in order to develop an evidence- the practicum graduate courses are required to based comprehensive health assessment and plan of NUR 612 Diagnosis and Management II: Illnesses register for NUR 600P. 3) Students who are care for clients, which includes the selection and and Physical Conditions of the Child considered by faculty to be borderline satisfactory interpretation of appropriate laboratory and other This course focuses on the diagnosis and competency standard/s are required to register for diagnostic tests. The promotion and maintenance management of common acute and chronic NUR 600P. 4) Post Master’s FNP Certificate of health management in the care of the client will diseases and conditions of the child. Emphasis is Program students. be emphasized. Concurrently, students will placed on the reinforcement and synthesis of Credits: 0 complete a laboratory practicum where theoretical clinical knowledge from nursing and medical On Demand content will be integrated into the students’ sciences as a foundation for critical thinking and experience. A case study approach will be utilized. clinical reasoning in the management of the NUR 601 Theories and Conceptual Models of Prerequisites of NUR 604 & NUR 605 and Co- pediatric patient in the primary are setting. Nursing requisite of NUR 606L are required. Prerequisite of NUR 606 & Co-requisite of NUR This course provides an in-depth exploration of Credits: 2 623 & NUR 623S are required. theories and the utilization and application of Every Spring Credits: 4 theory to nursing. The relationships among Every Spring philosophy, methods of inquiry and theory NUR 606L Advanced Health Assessment development are analyzed. The utilization of Practicum (90 hours) NUR 621 The Family:Social, Ethical and Policy theoretical and conceptual models for nursing will The laboratory practicum is designed to be taken Issues be discussed. concurrently with Advanced Health Assessment. Through the exploration of family theory and the Credits: 3 The practicum experience provides the opportunity examination of cultural, social, ethical, legal and Every Fall for advanced practice nursing students to integrate family policy issues, the student will develop a theoretical content into the clinical experience. comprehensive view of issues which need to be NUR 602 Nursing Research I Emphasis is placed on developing an evidence- considered in the delivery of quality health care. This course provides the student with the skills to based comprehensive and problem-oriented health Credits: 3 analyze the steps of the research process and to examination of the client. Every Fall formulate a research question related to advanced Co-requisite of NUR 606 is required. NUR 622 FNP Practicum I: Primary Care of practice nursing or nursing education. Students are Credits: 2 Families (Adult) encouraged to work collaboratively with colleagues Every Spring in the workplace to identify a research problem. This is the first clinical course (270 hours) of the Prerequisite of NUR 601 is required. NUR 610 Clinical Nurse Specialist Theory diagnosis and management sequence wherein Credits: 3 Students will have the opportunity to synthesize, students are assigned preceptors (a nurse Every Spring apply and build upon the knowledge and skills practitioner or a physician) in a primary care relevant to the process of advanced nursing practice setting. Students are introduced to practice NUR 604 Advanced Physiology and that were acquired in previous specialty, protocols and essential competencies necessary to Pathophysiology foundation, research and elective courses. The provide primary health care to a diverse adult client The pathophysiology underlying diseases is studied traditional and emerging role of the CNS and population. Comprehensive client management, to enable the student to form a basis for clinical selected functions, namely, change agent/leader, including a holistic client approach, health judgment and diagnosis. The key principles and consultant/collaborator, educator, clinical expert promotion, disease prevention, and evidence-based facts underlying present knowledge of tissue and and researcher will be explored in depth as they decisions are emphasized in this course. organ systems, their specialized function and specifically relate to the roles and of the clinical Co-requisite of NUR 611 & 622S is required. interrelationships will be studied. nurse specialist. Perfecting leadership skills and Credits: 6 Credits: 3 knowledge of planned change will be a focus of the Every Fall
Every Spring course. NUR 622S Diagnosis & Management I Seminar Prerequisite of NUR 606 and Co-requisite of NUR NUR 605 Pharmacology for Advanced Practice In conjunction with the practicum experience, a 632 & NUR 632S are required. Nursing seminar component facilitates the student’s Credits: 4 In order to prescribe medication appropriately and progress throughout the practicum experience. Every Fall safely, the advanced practice nurse must have an Co-requisite of NUR 622 is required. understanding of pharmacology, the use of NUR 611 Diagnosis & Management I:Primary Credits: 0 therapeutic agents in specific disease states, dosage, Care of the Adult Every Fall toxicity, and monitoring parameters. This course This course focuses on the management of an adult NUR 623 FNP Practicum II: Primary Care of builds on previous nursing knowledge to provide client’s common complaints and/or symptoms. The Families (Child) the understanding necessary to safely and effectively student is introduced to practice protocols and This is the second clinical course (270 hours) of the prescribe drug therapy. Content also includes both competencies used to manage the client’s health diagnosis and management sequence. The state and federal laws, and regulations relating to care problem in a primary care setting. An emphasis preceptored clinical experience takes place in a prescribing drugs in a managed care environment. is placed on a comprehensive client management primary care setting and provides the opportunity Credits: 4 plan that includes health promotion and disease for the family nurse practitioner candidate to Every Fall prevention, as well as evidenced-based decisions practice skills and develop essential competencies in that promote optimal physical and mental health. A NUR 606 Advanced Health Assessment diagnosing and managing common diseases and case study format is utilized. The student will build upon basic physical conditions of infants and children. Emphasis is Prerequisite of NUR 606 & Co-requisite of NUR assessment skills in this course. Comprehensive placed on refining technical skills in evaluating 622 & 622S are required. physical examination of the client as well as growth and development and the physical
Page 181 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 examination of infants and children. Credits: 0 discussion focuses on weekly clinical experiences Co-requisite of NUR 612 & 623S is required. Every Spring with an emphasis on professional attributes and Credits: 6 competencies inherent in the educator role. Every Spring NUR 644 Curriculum Development in Nursing Problems and issues provide for an exchange of This course includes a study of the principles and ideas relating to a variety of issues. The discussions NUR 623S Diagnosis and Management II processes of curriculum development for will enable the students to gain additional Seminar educational programs in nursing. The student will information, insights, and approaches to teaching. In conjunction with the practicum experience, a learn the roles and responsibilities of educators in Co-requisite of NUR 652 is required. seminar component facilitates students’ progress developing curricula for various educational Credits: 0 throughout the practicum experience. programs. The forces and issues that influence Every Spring Credits: 0 curriculum development will be explored. Critical Every Spring thinking will be discussed as a guiding principle in NUR 654 Teaching Practicum II curriculum development. This practicum provides the student with 180 hours NUR 632 Clinical Nurse Specialist Practicum Credits: 3 of preceptored learning experience. The student This practicum is to be taken concurrently with the Every Spring applies teaching and evaluation methods in a CNS Theory Course (NUR610). The preceptored variety of practice settings including academic practicum experience (205 hrs) will provide the NUR 646 Technology for Nursing Education programs and various other learning environments. opportunity for the Clinical Nurse Specialist This course prepares students to incorporate Traditional and nontraditional methods of teaching student to practice skills and develop competency technology into teaching and decision-making. will be utilized by students as they meet the in a selected clinical specialty of their choice. The Students will acquire hands-on skills in a variety of demands of various settings. traditional and emerging role of the CNS and applications and techniques. Students will come to Prerequisites of NUR 644, 646, 648, and 650 with selected functions, namely change agent/leader, understand and learn these techniques within the co-requisite of NUR 654S required. consultant/collaborator, educator, direct care context of sound pedagogical practice. Credits: 4 provider and researcher will be developed. Credits: 3 Every Fall Co-requisite of NUR 610 & 632S is required. Every Summer Credits: 4.50 NUR 654S Teaching Seminar II Every Fall NUR 648 Teaching Strategies for Educators The seminar offers dialogue between students and This course focuses on teaching and learning faculty members. The discussion focuses on weekly NUR 632S Clinical Nurse Specialist Seminar strategies. The role of the nurse educator utilizing clinical experiences with an emphasis on The seminar offers discussion between students and various teaching strategies both in academia and in professional attributes and competencies inherent faculty members. The discussion is focused upon a variety of practice settings will be explored and in the educator role. The discussions will enable the weekly clinical experiences with a focus on analyzed. students to refine their approaches to teaching as developing professional attributes and Credits: 3 they become competent educators. competencies inherent in the CNS role. The Every Fall Co-requisite of NUR 654 is required. discussions should enable the students to gain Credits: 0 NUR 650 Assessment and Evaluation in Nursing additional information, insights and approaches to Every Fall problem solving. This course focuses on assessment strategies and Co-requisite of NUR 632 is required. evaluation processes that are relevant to nursing NUR 700P Research Proposal Advisement Credits: 0 programs in academe and in the practice setting. Faculty advisement for completion of the research Every Fall The student will learn how to plan for, construct proposal is required and may extend beyond the and analyze classroom tests, and how to assess academic semester if the proposal is not completed NUR 633 Clinical Nurse Specialist Practicum clinical performance in various learning in time. If additional proposal advisement is The preceptored practicum experience will provide environments. Strategies to assess learning and necessary, students must register for NUR 700P. the opportunity for the Clinical Nurse Specialist evaluate program outcomes will be explored. The fee for NUR 700P is equivalent to one credit student to obtain an additional 205 hours to Credits: 4 per semester. practice skills and to further develop competency in Every Fall Credits: 0 their selected clinical specialty of their choosing. On Demand The traditional and emerging role of the CNS and NUR 652 Teaching Practicum I selected functions, namely, change agent/leader, This is one half of a two semester practicum that NUR 702 Nursing Research II consultant/collaborator, educator, direct care provides the student with the opportunity to apply This course facilitates the opportunity for the provider and researcher will be further developed. teaching and evaluation methods in a variety of student to refine and develop the research proposal Co-requisite of NUR 633S is required. practice settings including academic programs and that was initiated in Nursing Research I. Particular Credits: 4.50 various other learning environments. Traditional emphasis is placed on research design, data Every Spring and nontraditional methods of teaching will be collection methods, data analysis and ethical issues. utilized by students as they meet the demands of Prerequisite of NUR 602 is required. NUR 633S Clinical Nurse Specialist Seminar various settings. Students will complete 180 hours Credits: 3 The seminar provides an opportunity to dialogue of preceptored learning experiences. Every Spring with faculty members and other students. The Prerequisites of NUR 644, 646, 648, 650 and Co- discussion is based upon weekly clinical experiences requisite of NUR 652S are required. with a focus on further developing professional Credits: 4 attributes and competencies inherent in the CNS Every Spring role. The seminar will enable students to gain additional information, insights and approaches to NUR 652S Teaching Practicum I Seminar problem solving. The seminar provides an opportunity for discussion Co-requisite of NUR 633 is required. between students and faculty members. The
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 182 C.W. Post Campus
• Two professional and/or academic letters of
DEPARTMENT OF recommendation that address the applicant’s M.S. in Nutrition potential in the profession and ability to NUTRITION complete a graduate program.
The Master of Science in Nutrition prepares • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Phone: 516-299-2762 students to assume leadership positions in the you are interested in pursuing graduate work in Fax: 516-299-3106 nutrition community. The program is designed to this area of study Email: [email protected] enhance professional qualifications as a food and Students for whom English is a second Chair: Dr. Jerrilynn Burrowes nutrition specialist. Challenging courses for the language must submit official score results of the Associate Professors: Burrowes, Gizis, Shorter advanced study of nutrition with specializations in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Assistant Professor: Isoldi Clinical Nutrition, Nutrition and Exercise The required minimum acceptable TOEFL score Program Director, Didactic Program in Dietetics: Physiology, Nutrition in Geriatrics and Eating is: 79 Internet-based (213 computer-based or 550 Shorter Disorders are provided. The student chooses one paper-based) or minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Program Director, Dietetic Internship: Sarcona of these concentrations to complement a core Send application materials to: Adjunct Faculty: 18 curriculum of nutrition science, research methods, Graduate Admissions Office Good health and nutrition are essential to an biomedical statistics as well as communications, C.W. Post Campus individual’s quality of life. In fact, the importance education and counseling skills. A choice of Long Island University of healthy eating, dietary planning and disease challenging electives enables students to pursue 720 Northern Boulevard prevention are issues that most people talk about individual interests. Students also complete a Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 on a daily basis. To meet the demand for qualified thesis as a culminating experience of the degree. Fax: 516-299-2137 nutritionists and registered dietitians, the The program is 36 credits. For those who wish E-mail: [email protected] Department of Nutrition offers a full range of to become Registered Dietitians, the Department undergraduate and graduate degree programs in offers a 42-credit option, which includes 6 credits Nutrition Requirements nutrition, including a Commission on of supervised practice in the Dietetic Internship Core Nutrition Requirements (6 courses - Accreditation for Dietetics Education (CADE) program. 18 credits) accredited Dietetic Internship leading to eligibility ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Nutrition Required Courses (3 courses - 9 to the American Dietetic Association examination Applicants to the Master of Science in Nutrition credits) to become a Registered Dietitian (RD). Rigorous must meet the following requirements for academic programs are supplemented with admission. NTR 540 Biomedical Statistics 3.00 extensive clinical experience that links theory and • Long Island University Application for NTR 609 Advanced Nutrition I 3.00 practice. Admission NTR 610 Advanced Nutrition II 3.00 The Master of Science in Nutrition prepares • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) students to assume leadership positions in the • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or One of the following: (1 course - 3 credits) nutrition community. The program is designed to graduate transcripts from any accredited NTR 606 Communication and 3.00 enhance professional qualifications as a food and college(s) or universities you have attended. Education Skills in nutrition specialist. Challenging courses for the Applicant must have a minimum GPA of 2.75 Nutrition advanced study of nutrition with specializations in in major courses. NTR 626 Advanced Nutrition 3.00 Clinical Nutrition, Nutrition and Exercise • Applicants for admission must have completed Counseling Physiology, Nutrition in Geriatrics and Eating the following courses at the undergraduate Disorders are provided. The student chooses one level: one (1) year of biology (to include One of the following: (1 course - 3 credits) of these concentrations to complement a core Anatomy and Physiology) and four (4) NTR 703 Research Methods 3.00 curriculum of nutrition science, research methods, semesters or a total of 16 credits in chemistry NTR 707 Preparation of Thesis 3.00 biomedical statistics as well as communications, (to include General/Inorganic, Organic and Proposal education and counseling skills. A choice of Biochemistry). In addition, students who have challenging electives enables students to pursue not completed an undergraduate major in One of the following: (1 course - 3 credits) individual interests. Students also complete a nutrition must complete the following NTR 704 Clinical Research Thesis 3.00 thesis as a culminating experience of the degree. undergraduate courses or the equivalent as NTR 706 Research Project 3.00 Graduates of our programs are skilled prerequisites to the M.S. program: nutritionists and registered dietitians who work in NTR 708 Experimental Research 3.00 a wide range of settings, including hospitals, NTR 100 Concepts in Nutrition Thesis extended care facilities, community health NTR 101 Contemporary Nutrition Strategies Selection of one of the following programs and public health agencies. In addition, NTR 211 Medical Nutrition Therapy I exciting career opportunities exist in areas such as: NTR 212 Medical Nutrition Therapy II Concentrations (9 credits): advertising; food service, including manufacturing • Students who meet the standards for admission 1. Clinical Nutrition and distribution, restaurants and catering; (including a 2.75 grade point average (GPA) in 2. Eating Disorders pharmaceutical companies; sports programs; their major) may be matriculated upon 3. Geriatric Nutrition higher education in colleges and universities, admission to the program. Other students, after 4. Nutrition & Exercise Physiology teaching hospitals and medical schools; corporate; fulfilling admission and undergraduate Electives (9 credits) community and public health and wellness requirements and completing 12 graduate consultation. credits with an average of "B" or better, may 36 Credits is required for the M.S. in
apply through the academic advisor to the Nutrition Degree
Graduate Admissions Office for matriculation Clinical Nutrition Requirements status. No more that 12 graduate credits may be Clinical Nutrition Requirements (9 taken by limited matriculated students.
Page 183 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 credits) Elective Requirements (9 credits) Clinical Nutrition Required Courses Elective Nutrition and Biomedical Sciences Dietetic Internship NTR 602 Nutrition Assessment 3.00 Courses The Dietetic Internship (DI) is a graduate-level BMS 513 Biochemistry 3.00 NTR 603 Diabetes Management 3.00 advanced certificate program that prepares BMS 520 Pathophysiology I 3.00 NTR 604 Nutrition In The Life 3.00 students to sit for the Registered Dietitian exam. Through coursework and supervised clinical Cycle BMS 612 Pathophysiology II 3.00 experiences, students are equipped with the skills NTR 607 Clinical Nutrition 3.00 NTR 503 Recent Trends In 3.00 and knowledge to serve communities through the Nutrition NTR 611 Concepts For Nutrition 1.00 promotion of optimal nutrition, health and well- Practice NTR 541 Computer Applications in 3.00 being. The need for dietetics practitioners is Health Sciences expected to increase as the health care community NTR 612 Enteral & Parenteral 3.00 places a greater emphasis on the benefits of Nutrition NTR 602 Nutrition Assessment 3.00 healthy eating, disease prevention and medical NTR 615 Dietetic Internship 1.00 NTR 603 Diabetes Management 3.00 nutrition therapy. Clinical Seminar I The Dietetic Internship offers a Medical NTR 604 Nutrition In The Life 3.00 Nutrition Therapy and Health & Wellness NTR 616 Dietetic Internship 3.00 Cycle emphasis which comprises 14 credits: 6 graduate Clinical Seminar II NTR 605 Nutrition In Geriatrics 3.00 credits in the supervised practice and 8 graduate NTR 705 Selected Topics in 1.00 credits in classroom coursework for a total of 1200 NTR 606 Communication and 3.00 Nutrition hours. The DI is affiliated with more than 80 Education Skills in facilities in Long Island and Queens and includes a NTR 705S Selected Topics in 1.00 Nutrition variety of experiences to give the intern a broad Nutrition NTR 607 Clinical Nutrition 3.00 view of the field of dietetics. Sites include Eating Disorders Requirements hospitals, community centers, long-term care NTR 608 Field Experience in 3.00 Eating Disorders Requirements (9 credits) facilities, ambulatory care units and food service Nutrition Eating Disorders Required Courses organizations. Each intern will experience eight rotations that are tailored to individual preferences NTR 608 Field Experience in 3.00 NTR 611 Concepts For Nutrition 1.00 and past experiences. Graduate coursework that Nutrition Practice complement the supervised practice is also part of NTR 612 Enteral & Parenteral 3.00 NTR 620 Eating Disorders I 3.00 the program. Nutrition Students wishing to apply to the Dietetic NTR 621 Eating Disorders II 3.00 NTR 615 Dietetic Internship 1.00 Internship must have a baccalaureate degree from Geriatric Nutrition Requirements Clinical Seminar I a Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) that has Geriatric Nutrition Requirements (9 been accredited by the Commission on NTR 616 Dietetic Internship 3.00 credits) Accreditation for Dietetics Educate (CADE), Clinical Seminar II Geriatric Nutrition Required Courses American Dietetic Association. Students with a degree in another discipline must satisfy the HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 NTR 617 Weight Control 3.00 requirements of a DPD prior to application to the Aging NTR 618 Advanced Energy & 3.00 Dietetic Internship. Exercise NTR 605 Nutrition In Geriatrics 3.00 Students may choose to complete only the One of the following: NTR 619 Sports Nutrition and 3.00 Advanced Certificate program and are not required to complete the M.S. degree in Nutrition. HAD 711 Long-Term Care 3.00 Exercise Physiology The program is accredited by the Commission Administration NTR 620 Eating Disorders I 3.00 on Accreditation for Dietetics Education of the HAD 712 The Management of 3.00 NTR 621 Eating Disorders II 3.00 American Dietetic Association (ADA). Upon Senior Community successful completion of the Dietetic Internship, a NTR 626 Advanced Nutrition 3.00 Programs Certificate of Advanced Studies is awarded, and Counseling Elective Nutrition and Biomedical Sciences students are eligible to sit for the registration Courses NTR 700 Special Problems in 1.00 examination to become a Registered Dietitian. Nutrition & Exercise Physiology Nutrition Upon passing the Registration Examination for Dietitians, a student will become a Registered Requirements NTR 700 Special Problems in 1.00 Dietitian (R.D.). Nutrition Nutrition & Exercise Physiology Deadline for submission of the application is Requirements (9 credits) NTR 705 Selected Topics in 1.00 February 15. Requirements for admission to the Nutrition & Exercise Physiology Required Nutrition Dietetic Internship include prior completion of the Courses DPD academic requirements of the American NTR 705S Selected Topics in 1.00 Dietetic Association. NTR 617 Weight Control 3.00 Nutrition
NTR 618 Advanced Energy & 3.00 MS Nutrition GPA Requirement Exercise MS Nutrition Graduate GPA NTR 619 Sports Nutrition and 3.00 The minimum Graduate GPA is 3.00 Exercise Physiology
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 184 C.W. Post Campus
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Course Title Credits Community Health and Wellness Twenty students will be accepted to each Concepts for • Community Agency • Campus Nutrition Dietetic Internship (DI) class for the Fall semester NTR 611 Nutrition 1 (6 weeks) (12 weeks): only. Practice (Fall) Counseling and • Application deadline for Fall entry: February Education (4 weeks); 15 DI Clinical I Community (5 • Dietetic Internship Application from the (Fall) – NTR 613 3 weeks); Dietetic Internship Centralized Application Supervised School Food Service – System (DICAS) available at portal.dicas.org Practice *Campus Dining (3 Application will be available after December 8 DI Clinical II weeks) for the February deadline. There will be a $40 (Spring) – fee for the first application and $20 for each NTR 614 3 Research Research Supervised additional dietetic internship application. Practice • Research (2 weeks) • Research (2 weeks) Submit all required documents to the Dietetic Internship Centralized Application System DI Clinical Sixteen interns participate in the MNT (DICAS) as per instructions available at NTR 615 Seminar I 1 emphasis. The main strength in the MNT http://portal.dicas.org.The following will be (Fall) concentration is the varied experiences; each included as part of the DICAS application student rotates in a hospital, long-term care DI Clinical process: facility, renal dialysis unit and an outpatient NTR 616 Seminar II 3 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or setting. These sites allow the interns to have (Spring) graduate transcripts for proof of learning activities related to many conditions, but baccalaureate or master’s degree and Advanced in a different situation. They are also able to Didactic Program in Dietetics of the NTR 616 Counseling 3 collaborate with an assortment of preceptors and American Dietetic Association (DPD) Skills (Fall) other health professionals, and gain knowledge on requirements. Student must have maintained a variety of ways to conduct medical nutrition At the beginning of the fall semester interns a minimum GPA of 3.0 in major courses therapy with an extensive array of patients from attend an orientation to the program for a review (food and nutrition). different age groups, cultures and with varied of the policies and procedures and receive the DI • Three letters of recommendation (preferably conditions. An extensive assignment for interns in Manual. In addition to the orientation, the interns two from student's undergraduate nutrition this emphasis includes completing the Nutrition take an intense, one-credit course, NTR 611, program, and one from a work employer). Care Process (NCP) and then evaluating the Concepts for Nutrition Practice prior to the • One copy of the Declaration of Intent to interventions with evidence guidelines using the supervised practice experience. The interns also complete the degree and minimal Academic Nutrition Care Manual and the Evidence Analysis take NTR 626, Advanced Counseling Skills in the Requirements or one copy of the Didactic Library. A culminating experience for this fall semester. The supervised practice experience Program in Dietetics Verification Statement. emphasis is completing a written and oral case is in addition to the graduate coursework and totals • Personal Statement that addresses the reason study, along with summarizing the skills (i.e., 1152 hours (32 hours per week for 36 weeks); 50 you are interested in pursuing graduate work clinical, efficiency, negotiation and assertiveness) hours of simulated activities in the nutrition care in this area of study. attained during the hospital rotation. process, nutrition support, and research are done in • Applicants must complete the computer Incoming interns request the H & W emphasis NTR 615 and 616, DI Seminar I and II. Rotations matching process with D & D Digital online and four are chosen based on a good foundation of for each concentration are as follows: at www.dnddigital.com $50 fee. oral communication and potential for leadership,
Upon receipt of DICAS Match with C.W. Post, organizational skills, and the ability to be a self- Emphasis: Emphasis: prospective students will also be required to fulfill starter. The interns who are part of the campus the following admissions criteria: MEDICAL rotation learn to work as a team as well as HEALTH and • Long Island University Application for NUTRITION individually. Interns in the Health and Wellness WELLNESS Admission. THERAPY area will have extensive practice in counseling; • Students for whom English is a second they will be able to follow their clients weekly as Medical Nutrition Medical Nutrition language must submit official score results of needed, until the semester is complete; therefore, Therapy Therapy the Test of English as a Foreign Language they can see the NCP all the way through and (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable • Clinical/Hospital (12 • Clinical/Hospital (11 evaluate real outcomes and are required to TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 weeks) weeks) complete an outcomes assessment report. The computer-based or 550 paper-based) or • Renal (2 weeks) • Renal (2 weeks) intern will evaluate their own counseling skills and minimum IELTS score: 6.5. • Long Term Care (5 • Long Term Care (5 their peers’ counseling, and meet with the RD DIETETIC INTERNSHIP ACADEMIC weeks) weeks) advisor for discussion about facilitation of CALENDAR • Counseling & behavior changes with clients. Interns in this area The Dietetic Internship (DI) of the C.W. Post Education (2 weeks) will also conduct numerous presentations to Campus of Long Island University offers an groups on campus. In this concentration, the Food Service Systems Food Service Systems emphasis in Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT) culmination will require the interns to put their Management Management and Health and Wellness (H & W). The DI outcomes data and achievements together into a includes graduate coursework and supervised • School Food Service • School Food streamlined presentation. practice experiences that are completed in two (3 weeks) Service* – (part of Supervised Practice Rotations: academic semesters. • Institutional Food campus rotation) Clinical/Hospital Rotation (384 hours, MNT Dietetic Internship Certificate of Advanced Service (4 weeks) • Institutional Food Emphasis; 352 hours, H & W Emphasis): As an Studies (14 credits) Service (4 weeks) introduction to clinical care, the intern will learn about the role of a registered dietitian in a hospital
Page 185 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 and/or medical center. Emphasis will be placed on skills with diverse clients/patients and produce materials given out in class. Rotations for each various medical conditions but not limited to educational materials appropriate for the target concentration are as follows: cardiology, diabetes, gastroenterology and audience. Some examples of settings for the Emphasis: MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY oncology, surgery, and nutrition support/critical Medical Nutrition Therapy emphasis include Medical Nutrition Therapy care. The intern will be able to complete the centers for diabetes, cardiac rehabilitation, private • Clinical/Hospital (12 weeks) nutrition care process, including appropriate chart practices, and pediatrics. The site for the Health • Renal (2 weeks) documentation and implementation of nutrition and Wellness emphasis: CWP Campus • Long Term Care (5 weeks) intervention in an acute care setting. Department of Health Services and the Department • Counseling & Education (2 weeks) Renal Rotation (64 hours): This experience of Athletics. will be a continuation of medical nutrition therapy Research Rotation (64 hours): In this Food Service Systems Management in the specialized setting of a dialysis unit in an experience the interns will conduct a survey on the • School Food Service (3 weeks) outpatient setting. Emphasis will be on nutrition C. W. Post Campus related to nutrition attitudes, • Institutional Food Service (4 weeks) care of clients diagnosed with end-stage renal beliefs and practices toward food, nutrition and disease. The intern will be able to complete the health of the C. W. Post college students. The Community nutrition care process, including appropriate chart interns will work in groups to complete the • Community Agency (6 weeks) documentation and implementation of nutrition research process. The rotation culminates with the intervention for dialysis patients. groups completing a written report for publication Research Long-Term Care Rotation (160 hours): This and developing a poster session. • Research (2 weeks) placement will provide the intern with exposure to Emphasis: HEALTH and WELLNESS the role of the dietitian in a long-term care skilled Advanced Certificate in Dietetic Medical Nutrition Therapy nursing facility highlighting the special needs of Internship institutionalized individuals. The intern will be The Dietetic Internship (DI) of the C.W. Post • Clinical/Hospital (11 weeks) able to complete the nutrition care process, Campus of Long Island University offers an • Renal (2 weeks) including appropriate chart documentation and emphasis in Medical Nutrition Therapy and Health • Long Term Care (5 weeks) implementation of nutrition intervention in acute and Wellness. The DI includes graduate Food Service Systems Management care, rehabilitation, day care and long-term care. coursework and supervised practice experiences The intern will distinguish the roles of each health that are completed in two academic semesters. • School Food Service* – (part of campus rotation) care member and participate in interdisciplinary Dietetic internship Requirements team meetings. • Institutional Food Service (4 weeks) Required Courses (14 credits) Food Service Rotations (224 hours): This NTR 611 Concepts For Nutrition 1.00 Health and Wellness experience will provide the intern with exposure to Practice all aspects of the food service operation including • Campus Nutrition (12 weeks): Counseling and daily procedures as well as the managerial NTR 613 Dietetic Internship 3.00 Education (4 weeks); Community (5 weeks); functions of the Food Service Director in a Clinical Experience School Food Service – *Campus Dining (3 hospital or long-term care setting (institutional weeks) NTR 614 Dietetic Internship 3.00 food service) and school food service (school Clinical Experience Research setting). The interns will operate in all areas of • Research (2 weeks) foodservice that includes menu planning, ordering, NTR 615 Dietetic Internship 1.00 receiving, storage, delivery, production and Clinical Seminar I management of providing foodservice for the Nutrition Courses NTR 616 Dietetic Internship 3.00 clientele. Clinical Seminar II Community Rotation (192 hours MNT NTR 501 Principles of Nutritional Science Emphasis; 160 H & W Emphasis): In this rotation, NTR 626 Advanced Counseling 3.00 This course examines the basic principles of the intern will be exposed to the role of the Skills nutrition, including a detailed look at the micro dietitian in the community setting with various Advanced Certificate Dietetic Internship and macro nutrients and their application to daily populations and diverse cultures. Emphasis will The required GPA is 3.00 living. For students with no previous nutrition be on nutrition education and communication At the beginning of the fall semester interns attend course work. Not applicable to the M.S. degree in skills. Interns will be able to recognize the an orientation to the program for a review of the Nutrition. nutritional needs of the population being served policies and procedures and receive the DI Credits: 3 and be able to construct appropriate educational Manual. In addition to the orientation, the interns On Occasion presentations and written materials to inform the take an intense, one-credit course, NTR 611, target audience about nutrition. Some community Concepts for Nutrition Practice prior to the NTR 503 Recent Trends In Nutrition sites include: WIC, senior centers, food banks, supervised practice experience. The supervised Explores current concepts in nutrition, in particular group homes for disabled adults, and cooperative practice experience is in addition to the graduate the relationship of food and health. The role of extensions. Sites for the Health and Wellness coursework and totals 1152 hours (32 hours per nutrients is discussed with reference to current emphasis: CWP Campus Department of Health week for 36 weeks); 50 hours of simulated research issues. Focus is on developing skills Services and the Department of Athletics. activities in the nutrition care process, nutrition necessary to make healthful food choices and to Counseling and Education Rotation (64 support, and research are done in the DI Seminar; evaluate current research for validity and clinical hours, MNT Emphasis; 128 hours, H & W any amount of time missed from a rotation must be application. Pre-requisite of NTR 101 or equivalent Emphasis): This experience will provide the intern made up. Absences from any required courses, is required. with exposure to the role of the dietitian in an NTR 611, 615, 616 and 626 must be discussed Credits: 3 outpatient setting. Emphasis will be on nutrition with the instructor. Assignments must be made up On Occasion counseling and education of individuals and and arrangements must be made to obtain groups. Interns will be able to practice counseling
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 186 C.W. Post Campus
Credits: 3 review of recently published research will be NTR 540 Biomedical Statistics Alternate Years incorporated into the course. Fundamentals of statistics as applied to medical and Prerequisites of CHM 71 and NTR 100 or its biological sciences. Measures of central tendency NTR 605 Nutrition In Geriatrics equivalents are required. and variability; theory of sampling; theory of Physiological, psychological, environmental and Credits: 3 estimation; sample frequency functions; confidence sociological influences on nutrition among older Every Spring limits; null hypothesis; linear regression and persons. Emphasis on food intake and nutritional correlation; chi-square test; F-test and analysis of status of older persons in institutionalized and NTR 611 Concepts For Nutrition Practice variance; elements of sequential analysis; statistical community settings. Geriatric field experience is A course to bridge theory and practice for the techniques adapted to laboratory quality control; required. dietetic interns as they prepare for clinical practice. design of experiments. Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are Included will be application experiences in medical Credits: 3 required. terminology, charting principles, assessment Every Spring Credits: 3 parameters, and menu preparation. Oral Alternate Years communications and writing guidelines will be NTR 541 Computer Applications in Health reviewed with an emphasis on the integration of Sciences NTR 606 Communication and Education Skills in computer technology to enhance presentation style. Introduction to the use of computers in the various Nutrition Only open to DI students. fields of health sciences. Review of statistical This course will provide the student with Co-requisites of NTR 613 & 614 are required. applications for data analysis is also included. Term interpersonal skills essential for effective nutrition Credits: 1 project. This course is cross-listed as BMS 541 practice. Addresses notable theoretical frameworks Every Fall Computer Applications in Health Sciences. for health/nutrition education programs. Program Credits: 3 components including needs assessment, NTR 612 Enteral & Parenteral Nutrition On Occasion performance objectives, implementation strategies, The specifics of enteral and parenteral nutrition for and evaluation. Includes interventions specific to prevention and treatment of undernutrition. The NTR 602 Nutrition Assessment small group patient education. theoretical components of nutrition support will This course is grounded in the nutrition care Prerequisite of NTR 211 or its equivalents are provide a basis for the recommendation of process with emphasis on the components of required. appropriate feeding regiments for clients. nutritional assessment. Dietary assessment Credits: 3 Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are methods including 24-hour recall, food records, Alternate Spring required. food frequency questionnaires, and diet history are Credits: 3 critiqued. Other methods germane to evaluating NTR 607 Clinical Nutrition Every Spring nutritional status are examined including clinical Examines the biochemical and medical background assessment (medical history and physical of a wide variety of clinical conditions with specific NTR 613 Dietetic Internship Clinical Experience examination), anthropometric and body application to the theory of prevention, the A 1200-hour supervised practical experience to composition assessment, and biochemical nutritional treatment or management. The include responsibilities in the areas of clinical assessment (laboratory values). Nutritional procedures followed for the nutritional assessment, nutrition, food service management and assessment methods are applied to evaluating planning, implementation and evaluation of the community nutrition. Acceptance into the DI nutritional status in both individual and clients are presented. program in nutrition is required. population-based assessment. Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are Prerequisite of acceptance into DI program in Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are required. nutrition is required. required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Alternate Spring Every Fall Alternate Years NTR 608 Field Experience in Nutrition NTR 614 Dietetic Internship Clinical Experience NTR 603 Diabetes Management On-site clinical experience (75 hours) to be A 1200-hour supervised practical experience to The pathophysiology, complications and treatment arranged by faculty, considering particular interest include responsibilities in the areas of clinical modalities of Type 1, Type 2 and gestational of the student. nutrition, food service management and diabetes are explored in this course. In addition, Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are community nutrition. Acceptance into the DI effective methods to educate individuals with required. program in nutrition is required. diabetes are discussed. Credits: 3 Prerequisite of acceptance into DI program in Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are Annually nutrition is required. required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 NTR 609 Advanced Nutrition I Every Spring Alternate Spring A study of macronutrients: carbohydrate, fat, and protein and the interrelationships of these nutrients NTR 615 Dietetic Internship Clinical Seminar I NTR 604 Nutrition In The Life Cycle in human metabolism. Review of recently A seminar supplementing the clinical experience Changes in nutrition requirements during the published research will be included. provided in NTR 613/614. Only open to DI human life cycle are examined, particularly as Prerequisites of CHM 71 and NTR 100 or its students. related to growth, development and aging. equivalents are required. Co-requisite of NTR 613 or 614 is required. Psychosocial aspects of food intake are included. Credits: 3 Credits: 1 Current understanding of special needs, Every Fall Every Fall developmental characteristics and risks or issues common to various age groups are examined. NTR 610 Advanced Nutrition II NTR 616 Dietetic Internship Clinical Seminar II Prerequisite of NTR 211 or its equivalents are A detailed discussion of the role of vitamins and A seminar supplementing the clinical experience required. minerals in human metabolism and health. A provided in NTR 613/614. Only open to DI
Page 187 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 students. collection and analysis. Co-requisite of NTR 613 or 614 is required. NTR 621 Eating Disorders II Prerequisite of NTR 540 is required. Credits: 3 This course is designed to provide students with a Credits: 3 Every Spring didactic foundation in medical nutrition therapy, Every Fall nutrition education, and nutrition counseling of NTR 617 Weight Control patients with eating disorders. The role of the NTR 704 Clinical Research Thesis In-depth review of energy metabolism and the nutritionist in a multidisciplinary treatment team A clinical research project designed to develop and dimensions of obesity, including etiology, appetite will be emphasized. enhance research skills appropriate to the area of regulation, and endocrine factors, various methods Prerequisite of NTR 620 is required. specialization chosen for the MS degree. The of treatment, including behavioral approaches, Credits: 3 research data will be obtained from a health care counseling, and exercise. Alternate Years facility, academic setting, business or industry, Prerequisite of NTR 211 or its equivalents are community program, or clinical research facility. required. NTR 625 Renal Nutrition The collected data will be analyzed and a thesis will Credits: 3 This course will review the basic anatomy, be written and presented to the department. Open Every Spring and Summer pathophysiology, and functions of the human only to matriculated students with approval by the kidney and the effects of kidney disease on nutrient Department Chair, Graduate Committee, and NTR 618 Advanced Energy & Exercise metabolism. The nutrition assessment and Mentor. This course will identify the physiological role of management of various disease will be examined. Prerequisite of NTR 703 is required. the macronutrients in exercise: aerobic and Case studies will be incorporated into the course to Credits: 3 anaerobic; and the energy systems required for strengthen clinical practical skills. Critical review of Every Semester physical activity will be reviewed. Nutrition and research articles in the format of a Journal Club will exercise prescriptions for athletes will be discussed, be instituted. NTR 706 Research Project as well as techniques needed to conduct body Prerequisite of NTR 212 or its equivalents are This course provides another option for successful composition and fitness testing. required. completion of MS degree in Nutrition through the Prerequisite of C or better in NTR 100 is required. Credits: 3 completion of a library research project in the Credits: 3 On Occasion specialty. Open only to matriculated students with Annually approval by the Department Chair, Graduate NTR 626 Advanced Counseling Skills Committee and Mentor. NTR 619 Sports Nutrition and Exercise This course is designed to provide students with a Prerequisite of NTR 703 is required. Physiology conceptual basis for patient-centered nutrition Credits: 3 To develop a comprehensive understanding of the counseling. Focus on developing non-verbal and Every Semester role nutrients play in athletic training, verbal skills to understand nutrition-related exercise/recovery and performance. This class is problems from the patient’s perspective and to NTR 707 Preparation of Thesis Proposal designed to integrate current scientific knowledge engage the patient in problem-solving processes. Open only to matriculated students with approval of nutrition and sports with the physiology of Skill development progresses from paper and pencil of the department chairperson, exercise/training. Examined components will exercises to simulated patient counseling sessions. Graduate Committee and mentor. emphasize micronutrients (vitamin/mineral) and Prerequisite of NTR 211 or its equivalents are Credits: 3 water as related to wellness, physical fitness and required. Every Semester sports performance. Students learn optimum Credits: 3 nutrition requirements for various sports. Every Fall NTR 708 Experimental Research Thesis Exploration of current peer reviewed research will Open only to matriculated students with approval show sport specific improvement trends. NTR 700 Special Problems in Nutrition of the department chairperson, Graduate Additionally, performance influencing ergogenic Research problem under the guidance of a member Committee and mentor. aids and their individual efficiency and effectiveness of the department faculty. Students may register Prerequisite of NTR 703 is required. will be addressed. only once for this course. One 1 or 2 credits, to be Credits: 3 Prerequisite of C or better in NTR 100 is required. determined with the approval of the Department Every Semester
Credits: 3 Chair, the Graduate Committee, and mentor. Annually Open only to matriculated students. 1 or 2 credits DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL Credits: 1 to 2 NTR 620 Eating Disorders I On Demand WORK
This course is designed to provide students with a Phone: 516-299-3924 comprehensive overview of the epidemiology, NTR 700 Special Problems in Nutrition Fax: 516-299-3912 pathophysiology, prevention and treatment of Research problem under the guidance of a member Chair: Dr. Ilene Nathanson eating disorders. The integration of nutritional, of the department faculty. Students may register Professors: Nathanson medical and psychological treatments in outpatient, only once for this course. One 1 or 2 credits, to be Associate Professors: Barretti, Giffords, Weiss day treatment, and inpatient settings will be determined with the approval of the Department Assistant Professors: Calderon emphasized. Current research findings will be Chair, the Graduate Committee, and mentor. Director of Field Education: Brodlieb incorporated into course work throughout the Open only to matriculated students. 1 or 2 credits Program Director, BSW: Weiss semester. Credits: 1 to 2 Adjunct Faculty: 14 Prerequisite of NTR 211 or its equivalents are On Demand The Department of Social Work offers a Master required. NTR 703 Research Methods of Social Work (M.S.W.) accredited by the Credits: 3 Provides the students with practical tools for the Council on Social Work Education. The M.S.W. Alternate Years initiation and development of a research proposal. program offers five concentrations: gerontology, The scientific approach to problem solving, data non-profit management, child and family welfare,
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 188 C.W. Post Campus alcohol and substance abuse, and forensic social student receives a generalist background that and the skills to work effectively and to administer work. Classroom instruction and internship includes a conception of generalist practice, an programs in virtually any segment of the social placements are led by faculty who are locally and eclectic knowledge base and an understanding of service community – from child welfare to health nationally recognized for their scholarly the relationship of values, diversity, populations at and mental health – and in a variety of programs contributions to social justice and improving the risk and promotion of social justice to the social that address a broad range of social issues from human condition. Field work in varied settings, work professional role with systems of all sizes. hunger and homelessness to women at risk. Upon including schools, homeless shelters, child and ADVANCED STANDING completion of the concentration in Nonprofit family counseling centers, charitable Students who have successfully completed Management, graduates may also qualify for an organizations, senior citizen facilities, and social foundation coursework achieved under the Advanced Certificate in Non-profit Management service agencies enhances academic learning and auspices of an accredited baccalaureate program by taking just one additional course, which is allows the student to make a real impact on a may be eligible for Advanced Standing status. This offered by the School of Business. multi-cultural society. Social work as a profession policy complies with the Council on Social Work *The Gerontology and Nonprofit Management is an exciting growth area that offers professional Education's guidelines regarding advanced concentrations are offered in collaboration with flexibility and personal satisfaction. standing. Students are not expected to repeat the Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) coursework already covered in an accredited social programs at the C.W. Post and Brooklyn
work program; however, only those courses in Campuses of Long Island University, both of Master of Social Work which the student has received a "B" or better will which are accredited by the National Association be accepted for credit. Up to one full year of credit of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration The 60-credit Master of Social Work (M.S.W.) may be accepted. (NASPAA). offers degree candidates five different MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK – Alcohol and Substance Abuse Concentration concentrations – gerontology, nonprofit CONCENTRATIONS The Alcohol and Substance Abuse management, alcohol and substance abuse, child Gerontology Concentration concentration incorporates various methods and and family welfare or forensic social work. The Students in the Gerontology concentration will systems of practice to prepare students to work program is a collaboration between the show an intellectual mastery of and demonstrate with individuals, families, groups and the University’s Brooklyn Campus and its C.W. Post the professional ability to competently respond to community at large. This concentration prepares Campus (Brookville), and courses are available at the physical, psychological, social and spiritual graduates to work in settings ranging from school both locations. It is accredited by the Council on needs of older people and the major issues, to community-based organizations and from Social Work Education (CSWE), signifying that it concepts and theories related to late-age mental health clinics to the criminal justice system. meets the highest standards of academic functioning. Students who choose this Graduates of this program will have the excellence. concentration may choose one of two tracks: direct knowledge, the skills and the values to deliver The program is integrated to provide a step- client service through senior community service, alcohol and substance abuse counseling and to wise progression in student understanding of or leadership in long-term care administration. perform assessment; clinical evaluation; treatment generalist and specialized practice. The first-year The senior community service track incorporates planning; case management; and client, family and curriculum includes content in the eight foundation both clinical and administrative content areas. community education. In addition, they will areas of policy, practice, human behavior, field, Students in this track will learn to plan and to become completely familiar with their professional diversity, populations at risk, and promotion of develop community services for older adults; and ethical responsibilities as well as the social justice and values. It introduces the student perform intervention, develop treatment plans and documentation process. to the components of generalist practice with understand and manage issues of death, The Alcohol and Substance Abuse systems of all sizes and provides an understanding bereavement and loss. concentration has been designed in conjunction of generalist practice that distinguishes between Those who take the long-term care with the New York State Department of generalist and advanced content while supporting administration track will gain an in-depth Education’s requirements for the Certificate in the integration of specialized knowledge and understanding of health care facility Alcohol and Substance Abuse Counseling technologies into a generalist perspective. It also administration, health care financing, legal issues (CASAC). Students can complete the requirements introduces the student to the principles of in health and personal management. The long-term for CASAC by fulfilling additional internship interdisciplinary collaboration, preparing them for care administration track meets most of the hours after completing the M.S.W. degree. work in interdisciplinary fields of practice. academic requirements for eligibility for the Child and Family Welfare Concentration The second-year curriculum builds upon the Nursing Home Administrator’s licensing The Child and Family Welfare concentration will first year by deepening the student’s understanding examination in New York State. provide educational curriculum to students and demonstrated mastery of psychosocial As an added benefit, graduates of either interested in working in an interdisciplinary assessment, administrative theory and practice, Gerontology track may also qualify for a New context with children and their families. This and diversity sensitive practice. Students select a York State Advanced Certificate by taking just one concentration was developed with input from the specific area of concentration – non-profit additional course, which is offered by Long Island Nassau County Department of Social Services, the management, substance abuse, gerontology, child University. Nassau County Coalition Against Domestic and family welfare or forensic social work – for *The Gerontology and Nonprofit Management Violence, the Family and Children's Association more specialized education in a particular area of concentrations are offered in collaboration with and other community-based organizations' practice. The research curriculum in the second the Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) personnel. It incorporates the knowledge, values year supports the concentrated study by programs at the C.W. Post and Brooklyn and skills that professionals need to effectively demonstrating application of research Campuses of Long Island University, both of work with children and their families across a methodology to the student’s specialized area of which are accredited by the National Association broad range of social issues and in multiple concentration. Field experience in the second year of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration settings. After completing their first-year M.S.W. provides an opportunity for the student to apply (NASPAA). coursework, students will develop their generalist and specialized knowledge in the Nonprofit Management Concentration understanding about policies and services specific selected area of concentration. The curriculum is The concentration in Nonprofit Management to children and families, family violence across the consistent with program goals insofar as the provides students with the knowledge, the values lifespan, community-based practice with children
Page 189 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 and families, and childhood psychopathology. the social and behavioral sciences; the natural SWK 612 Practice II: Social Work 3.00 Forensic Social Work Concentration sciences including biology and courses reflective Practice II: Working with Forensic social workers perform a vital public of a basic interest in human services. Families service in guiding their clients through the ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS SWK 613 Social Work Practice with 3.00 daunting and ever-changing legal system. These To be admitted to this program you must: Organizations and professionals possess a firm grasp of the civil, • Hold a baccalaureate of arts degree from a Communities criminal and juvenile justice systems, along with a regionally accredited university profound understanding of how socioeconomic, • Have a minimum overall grade-point average SWK 621 Human Behavior in the 3.00 cultural, religious, and other aspects of their of 2.8 or better Social Environment I: clients’ lives may impact access to legal services. • Have a B average or better in courses taken Birth Through To meet a growing national interest in forensics during the final four semesters of Adolescents (the application of physical science, mental health, undergraduate study SWK 622 Human Behavior in the 3.00 technology and the legal system) and a growing • Submit a minimum of three Letters of Social Environment II: recognition of the complex interplay between Reference Young Adulthood social, clinical, and legal services, the Department • Submit a personal narrative/autobiographical Through Late Adult hood of Social Work offers a Forensics Social Work essay. concentration within the 60-credit Master of Social • Resumé SWK 701 Field Instruction I: 3.00 Work (M.S.W.) program. • Submit an undergraduate transcript from all Foundation As a graduate of the Master of Social Work colleges or universities previously attended SWK 702 Field Instruction II: 3.00 Program with the concentration in Forensic Social • Possess the personal characteristics and Foundation Work, you will be exceptionally prepared to apply qualifications essential for professional work the principles of social work to the legal system, with vulnerable individuals and with SWK 798 Introduction to Social 3.00 including applicable local, state and federal laws; populations at risk Work Research civil and criminal courts and the juvenile justice • Submit an application to the Office of Social Work Advanced Course system; law enforcement agencies; and Admissions (visit the Office of Graduate Requirements correctional facilities. Your clients may be Admissions at www.liu.edu/cwpost/admissions. Required Social Work Advanced Courses (18 children or adults, individuals or families, SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR credits) organizations or communities. Their legal ADMISSION difficulties may involve child custody and parental Students interested in the M.S.W. degree SWK 623 Administrative Behavior 3.00 rights issues due to domestic violence and neglect program may begin the application process by SWK 650 Psychopathology 3.00 and crimes relating to mental illness and substance submitting an Admission Application to the C.W. abuse. They may face arrest and incarceration, be Post Campus or Brooklyn Campus of Long Island SWK 703 Field Instruction III : 3.00 imprisoned or hospitalized, or be on probation or University. Applications may be obtained by Specialization parole. contacting the program administrators by SWK 704 Field Instruction IV: 3.00 The Forensic Social Work concentration contacting Betsy Klipera Program Coordinator, Specialization prepares you to serve all of these populations, by Master of Social Work Program at 516-299-3924 identifying societal issues and their impact on your or online. SWK 790 Capstone 3.00 clients; screening, assessing and counseling your • C.W. Post Online Application at SWK 799 Advanced Research 3.00 clients; planning and implementing interventions; www.liu.edu/cwpost/onlineapp Methods for Practice making client referrals; and otherwise serving as • Brooklyn Campus Online Application at STUDENTS SELECT 4 COURSES IN ONE effective advocates for diverse and at-risk clients, https://apply.liu.edu/new/UserLogin.aspx AREA OF CONCENTRATION FROM THE who may range from individual children or adults Note: For the required personal statement in the FOLLOWING SPECIALTIES IN THEIR to organizations or communities. online application, make sure to follow the ADVANCED YEAR (12 credits): ADMISSIONS CRITERIA guidelines for the essay as indicated above. The admissions criteria reflect the program’s Long Term Care Administration goals and objectives and support Long Island MS Social Work Foundation Major Major Requirements University’s mission of Access and Excellence. Requirements Gerontology- Long Term Care The program seeks students from varied MS Social Work Foundation Administration SubPlan Requirement 1 backgrounds who reflect the diversity of the Requirements Required Long Term Care Administration populations its graduates will serve, including the Required Social Work Foundation Courses (30 Courses suburban population of Nassau County and the credits) HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 multiethnic, urban population of Brooklyn and Aging Queens, as well as the greater tri-state area. SWK 601 History and Philosophy of 3.00 Through direct care or leadership roles in the field Social Work, Social HAD 711 Long-Term Care 3.00 of social work, students who apply to this program Welfare Polices and Administration Services should be interested in working with populations Pick two of the following Health Care at risk, including the elderly; immigrants and SWK 602 History & Philosophy of 3.00 Administration Courses refugees; the physically and mentally challenged; Social Work & Social HAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender (GBLT) Welfare (Policy II) Administration in the individuals and groups; the suburban and urban SWK 611 Social Work Practice I: 3.00 Health Sector poor; and other populations that are economically Working with Individuals at risk. HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 & Groups The program seeks applicants who have a broad and Finance in the Health liberal arts education consisting of the humanities; Sector
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 190 C.W. Post Campus
HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health 3.00 SWK 675 Introduction to the 3.00 Techniques of Substance MS Social Wrk Long Term Care Social Work Courses Abuse Counseling Administration REQ 1 Sub Plan Major GPA SWK 677 Sociological & 3.00 SWK 601 History and Philosophy of Social Work, 3.00 Major GPA Required Psychological Aspects Of Social Welfare Polices and Services Senior Community Services Major Substance Abuse This introductory policy class provides information about the development of Requirements SWK 678 Physical & 3.00 social work as a profession; historical and Pharmacological Effects Gerontology- Senior Community Services contemporary social welfare policies, services and Subs Abuse Sub Plan Requirement 1 institutions; and examines how economic, political, Required Senior Community Services Courses MS Social Wrk Alcohol & Substance and organizational systems influence how services HAD 710 Gerontology: Processes of 3.00 Abuse Counseling Sub Plan Major GPA are created Aging 3.00 Major GPA Required and provided. These themes are discussed within a Pick two of the following Senior Community Child and Family Welfare Major context of social issues Services Courses Requirements and connect social welfare policy and social work practice. Students will gain HAD 602 Human Resource 3.00 Child and Family Welfare Sub Plan historical and contemporary knowledge of the Administration in the Required Child and Family Welfare Courses various forms and mechanisms of Health Sector SWK 660 Families & 3.00 oppression and discrimination and their HAD 603 Foundations of Budgeting 3.00 Children:Policies & relationship to social and economic justice for and Finance in the Health Services society in general and at-risk/special populations. Sector SWK 661 Family Violence Across 3.00 Credits: 3 Every Fall HAD 709 Legal Aspects In Health 3.00 the Lifespan
MS Social Wrk Senior Community SWK 662 Community Based 3.00 SWK 602 History & Philosophy of Social Work Services REQ 1 Sub Plan Major GPA Practice with Children & & Social Welfare (Policy II) 3.00 Major GPA Required Families This course is the second class in the policy sequence. Students explore the modern welfare Non Profit Management Major SWK 663 Childhood 3.00 state from local, state, federal, and national Psychopathology Requirements perspectives and learn about those factors, which Nonprofit Management Sub Plan MS Social Wrk Child and Family Welfare contribute to the existence of social problems. Required Nonprofit Management Courses Sub Plan Major GPA Students are introduced to a framework for policy NPM 650 Introduction to Nonprofit 3.00 3.00 Major GPA Required analysis and related concepts such as the basis of Management Forensic Social WorkSub Plan Major social allocations, and the nature of social provisions. The course also provides students with NPM 651 Fundraising and 3.00 Requirements the opportunity to develop a deeper understanding Development for Forensic Social Work Sub Plan of the social work profession’s role in advocacy and Nonprofit Organizations Required Forensic Social Work Courses social action for policy change. Information about NPM 652 Human Resource 3.00 SWK 630 Forensic Social Work & 3.00 government benefits and programs including those Management in Nonprofit the Criminal and Juvenile that address income support, family and child Organizations Justice Systems welfare, disability, aging, substance abuse, and health care are also provided. NPM 653 Financial Management in 3.00 SWK 631 Interviewing, Evaluating, 3.00 Pre or co-requisites of SWK 601 & 621 are Nonprofit Organizations and Offering Treatment as a Forensic Social Worker required. NPM 654 Legal, Ethical and 3.00 Credits: 3 Governance Issues in SWK 632 Forensic Social Work 3.00 Every Spring Nonprofit Organizations with Drug and Alcohol Populations in the SWK 611 Social Work Practice I: Working with MS Social Wrk Nonprofit Management Criminal and Juvenile Individuals & Groups Sub Plan Major GPA Justice Systems The first of three practice courses, this course 3.00 Major GPA Required provides a foundation for social work practice on SWK 633 Forensic Social Work and 3.00 Alcohol & Substance Abuse micro and mezzo levels with diverse populations in Domestic Violence – a variety of settings. It provides an overview of the Counseling Major Requirements Legal, Cultural, Ethnic values, ethics and knowledge base upon which Alcohol and Substance Abuse Counseling and Religious Issues social work practice is based. The course provides a Sub Plan Forensic Social Work Courses Sub Plan generalist problem solving approach to the Required Alcohol & Substance Abuse Major GPA understanding of social work practice with Counseling Courses 3.00 Major GPA Required individuals and groups. Building upon the SWK 674 Theories & Principles of 3.00 generalist model this course demonstrates the Alcohol & Substance linkages between a generalist perspective and an Abuse Counseling integrated theoretical perspective for advanced practice with individuals and groups. The course includes historical content, person in-environment
Page 191 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 and systems perspectives, communication and collaboration. Building upon the generalist model, clients of diverse background in making positive relationship-building exercises, a walk-through of a this course demonstrates the linkages between a changes in their lives. clinical interview and the stages of treatment, an generalist perspective and an integrated theoretical Pre or co-requisites of SWK 601 & 621 are integrated clinical approach to individual and perspective for advanced clinical practice with required. group practice and an application of generalist and individuals and groups. The course also explores Credits: 3 advanced practice skills with groups in specific commonalities and differences between a generalist Every Spring settings. perspective for working with families and more Prerequisites of SWK 601, 602, 621 & 622 are specialized approaches. Special emphasis is placed SWK 623 Administrative Behavior required. on psychodynamic systems and This course provides students with a conceptual Credits: 3 cognitive/behavioral theories and techniques of framework for understanding human service Every Fall intervention with individuals, groups and families. organizations with a special emphasis on the social [This course is required for Advanced Standing work field. It explores the role and function of the SWK 612 Practice II: Social Work Practice II: students.] agency-based social work practitioner and manager Working with Families Credits: 3 through the study of organizational behavior and The second of three courses in the Practice Every Fall structure. Students also consider the function of Sequence, this course focuses on working with human service organizations within the context of families and the individuals within the family SWK 621 Human Behavior in the Social economic, political, social and technological factors through the life span. Developing an understanding Environment I: Birth Through Adolescents and the ways in which these factors influence of the interplay between the developmental issues This course, the first of two in this sequence focuses administration and service delivery. The course of the individual and the life stages of the family as on understanding human behavior via assessing the provides an overview of important management a unit, through the life span will be a primary focus interaction between developmental processes and functions and tasks that are necessary to provide of the course. Another primary focus of the course environmental factors. The course covers biological, quality services to clients including how to manage is an exploration of the work of various family psychological, social and moral development and information, finances, and people. theorists and their varied methods of intervention. the acquisition of skills necessary to lead civil, Prerequisite of all SWK First Year courses and a co- Special emphasis will be placed on psychodynamic moral, and fulfilling life. The course examines these requisite of SWK 703 are required. systems and cognitive/behavioral theories and developmental processes in the context of social Credits: 3 techniques of intervention. structures such as the family, the school, the Every Fall Prerequisite or co-requisites of SWK 602, 611, 621, community and the culture. The course provides 701, & 798 are required. the theoretical and empirical support for several SWK 630 Forensic Social Work & the Criminal Credits: 3 social work values and ethical standards. These and Juvenile Justice Systems Every Spring values and standards include respect for the dignity The course provides an overview of the specialty of and uniqueness of the individual, respect of a forensic social work and its interface with the SWK 613 Social Work Practice with person’s right to self-determination, and respect for criminal justice system, from arrest to sentencing Organizations and Communities spirituality and the religious beliefs of others. and conviction. Legal and ethical aspects of This course will provide a generalist perspective of Credits: 3 professional practice, including issues associated the role of the social worker in the organization and Every Fall with competency of the accused as well as the the community. The course presents a generalist preparation of the presentence forensic evaluation. problem solving approach to the understanding of SWK 622 Human Behavior in the Social The debate regarding punishment versus practice with organizations and communities and Environment II: Young Adulthood Through Late rehabilitation is explored along with a multi- the application of knowledge and skills with these Adult hood systemic perspective on the causes and prevention two systems. The course includes content on the This course, the second of two in this sequence, of crime and juvenile misconduct. Their interface contexts in which macro practice occurs, i.e. focuses on understanding human behavior via with sexual, religious, racial and other sub-group communities and neighborhoods, organizations, assessing the interaction between developmental involvement will also be discussed and realized. and the legislative arena; and, the components of processes and environmental factors throughout Credits: 3 coalition building within an interdisciplinary adulthood and the latter part of life. The course Every Fall theoretical framework. covers biological, psychological, and social Prerequisite or co-requisites of SWK 601, 602, 611, development, evaluating major theories such as SWK 631 Interviewing, Evaluating, and Offering 621, 622, 701, & 798 are required. psychosexual development, psychosocial Treatment as a Forensic Social Worker Credits: 3 development, learning theories and system theories. The clinical overview leading to an accurate Every Spring Developmental processes are examined in the understanding of the underpinnings of the context of social structures such as the family, the pathology which led to the involvement in the SWK 614 Advanced Principles of Administrative school, career choices, the community, and the judicial system is a critical part to the successful & Clinical Practice Within an Interdisciplinary culture. The course examines the interaction among practice of forensic social work. This course Context. theories of development and presents an integrated scrutinizes this vital component of the forensic The course is designed to orient advanced standing understanding of human behavior in the social social work process. The course also focuses on students to advanced practice knowledge environment. Each phase of life, from early separating the various components associated with introduced in the first year of the two year MSW adulthood to old-age, is carefully examined in light the forensic social work role, e.g. tasks and potential program to close a knowledge gap between of the various developmental theories to provide a ethical conflicts. The principles of generalist and advanced standing students and regularly thorough understanding of the reciprocal clinical practice are applied to the assessment and matriculated students. As such, the course provides relationship between individuals and their treatment of individuals charged with a range of a theoretical orientation to the interdisciplinary environment. In addition, the theoretical criminal and juvenile offenses with special attention context of social work practice; identifies the frameworks of the course are evaluated in terms of to the specific issues associated with sentencing, components of role conflict resolution; and, their applicability to social work practice and diagnosis, incarceration, and release. Macro tasks explores strategies for promoting interdisciplinary interventions that are geared towards assisting related to mediating the needs of individuals and
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 192 C.W. Post Campus the purposes of institutions are also addressed. in order to distinguish and interpret present present a client profile, history, bio-psycho-social Credits: 3 concerns,” (Zide & Grey 2001) is the theoretical assessment and Questions/Discussion to precede Every Fall and philosophical framework through which the the practitioner’s discussion of the actual case course’s information will flow. Student will become outcome/current standing. Cases will come from a SWK 632 Forensic Social Work with Drug and familiar with DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria and variety of organizations including some that focus Alcohol Populations in the Criminal and Juvenile the empirical and epidemiological data that on prevention, child abuse and maltreatment, Justice Systems supports each diagnosis. The course will also look at foster care and adoption substance abuse, physical The course focuses on the role of the Forensic the behaviors that are evaluated in the process of and emotional disabilities, health and mental social worker in drug and alcohol related treatment arriving at a differential diagnosis. The cultural health. and crime. Heroin, cocaine, marijuana, prescription context will play a major role in understanding Credits: 3 drugs, “club drugs” (i.e. MDMA, etc.), and alcohol these conditions. Every Spring will be placed under a clinical microscope. Prerequisite of all SWK First Year courses, SWK Different drugs are sought by different populations 623, 703, and 799 are required. SWK 663 Childhood Psychopathology of people which generally lead to different types of Credits: 3 This course provides a bio-psycho-social criminal activity. The impact of drug and alcohol Every Spring developmental perspective on a range of childhood abusing offenders’ behavior on their children will disorders as they are classified in the Diagnostic and also be explored. The legal and ethical issues SWK 660 Families & Children:Policies & Statistical Manual, 4th Ed Text Revised. (DSM-IV- associated with the forensic social work population Services TR). It provides an in-depth study of the etiology, are explored. Attention is focused on the This course enables students to build upon their course, prognosis, and resolution of major relationship and potential role conflicts between knowledge of social welfare policy and services and psychological and psychiatric conditions that are social work practice and 12 step self-help programs. apply this knowledge to the needs of children and encountered by children with an emphasis on a The legal and ethical issues associated with the their families. If presents students with knowledge family and system approach to the forensic social work population are explored. of concepts, policies and practices, which conceptualization and treatment of such Attention is focused on the relationship and characterize child welfare services in American conditions. The DSM-IV-TR multiaxial system will potential role conflicts between social work practice society. It provides historical and legal information serve as a backdrop and context in which these and 12 step self-help programs. about various policies and programs within family conditions will be presented and studied. A Credits: 3 and children's services at the federal, state and local developmental-systems (Mash and Barkley, 1996) Every Spring levels and examines the multiple systems that approach will guide the theoretical and influence the life of children and their families. In philosophical framework of this course as the SWK 633 Forensic Social Work and Domestic addition, it explores current trends, controversial students become familiar with DSM-IV-TR Violence – Legal, Cultural, Ethnic and Religious and topical issues in child welfare and family diagnostic criteria for childhood psychopathology Issues services and the social worker's role in an and the empirical and epidemiological data that The course focuses on the role of the forensic social interdisciplinary approach, and how to advocate for supports each diagnosis. The course will look at worker in understanding, assessing, preventing, and individuals and families. internalizing and externalizing disorders of managing domestic violence. The cyclical nature of Credits: 3 childhood that social workers are likely to domestic violence and its association with alcohol Every Fall encounter in various settings of practice (e.g., and substance abuse is addressed with special schools, hospitals, community centers, adoption attention to the needs of adult children of SWK 661 Family Violence Across the Lifespan agencies, ACS and DSS agencies). The students will alcoholics who often perpetuate a pattern of violent This course examines the problem and learn to consider issues such as adaptation, age behavior which leads to intergenerational consequences of family violence across the lifespan appropriateness, clusters and patterns of symptoms involvement with criminal and juvenile justice and its impact on children. It presents theoretical, and behaviors that are instrumental in the process systems. The course incorporates a multi-systemic research, policy and practice issues involving of differential diagnosis. The cultural context will perspective with an emphasis on assessing and interfamilial child abuse and neglect, intimate play a major role in understanding these conditions treating the perpetrator, as well as the victims of partner violence, child witnessing of intimate and the differential validity, to the extent to which domestic violence and also focuses on the forensic partner violence, and elder abuse. It explores it exists, in assessment and treatment of children. social worker’s role in impacting the institutions individual and group level interventions, structural Credits: 3 associated with the efforts to reduce domestic influences on family violence, and policy Every Spring violence. implications in the field of social work. In addition, Credits: 3 the course will emphasize rights to safety and safety SWK 674 Theories & Principles of Alcohol & Every Spring planning for populations at-risk within the context Substance Abuse Counseling of social justice with an emphasis of how This course will introduce students to the basic SWK 650 Psychopathology interdisciplinary approach can assist in the theories and principles of alcoholism and substance This course provides a bio-psycho-social perspective empowerment of survivors of abuse. abuse counseling, as well as techniques for to a range of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, 4th Credits: 3 motivating the chemically dependent client to Ed Text Revised (DSM-IV-TR) classified Every Fall engage in treatment. Emphasis will be placed on the maladaptive behaviors that are exhibited by many theories of vocational counseling and the social work clients. It provides an in-depth study of SWK 662 Community Based Practice with relationship between work, self-esteem, and the etiology, course, prognosis, and resolution of Children & Families recovery. major psychological and psychiatric conditions. The This course provides students with the opportunity Prerequisite of all SWK First Year courses are DSM-IV TR multiaxial system will serve as a to hear community based practitioners present required. backdrop and context in which these conditions actual case studies based on a “case of the week” Credits: 3 will be presented and studied. The Competency model. These cases provide students with the Every Fall Based Assessment Model, which follows a “process opportunity to review family and children type cases of reviewing and understanding an individual’s past presented by local practitioners. Each case will
Page 193 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SWK 675 Introduction to the Techniques of delivery system 2) to develop generalist problem- Credits: 3 Substance Abuse Counseling solving and relationship-building skills, 3) and to Every Fall This course will provide students with a foundation integrate and apply knowledge from Practice, in basic and advanced techniques of counseling the Policy, HBSE and Research to work with clients. SWK 790 Capstone substance abuse population. Student will receive a Prerequisites of SWK 601, 602, 621 & 622 are This course, offered in the spring semester of the comprehensive overview of chemical dependency required. concentration year is intended to provide students treatment and explore various counselor Credits: 3 with the academic framework within which they intervention methods. The qualities and Every Fall design and implement the capstone project. professional skills necessary for competent and Students review their knowledge about role conflict effective practice will also be thoroughly examined. SWK 702 Field Instruction II: Foundation within interdisciplinary setting that is related to Prerequisite of all SWK First Year courses are This is the second course in a four semester Field their respective areas of concentration studies. required. Instruction sequence in the Masters in Social Work Students then choose a topic related to the Credits: 3 program and the final semester of Field Instruction concentration area and design and carry out a Every Fall in the Foundation year. Field Instruction II research project that examines role conflict within continues to prepare students 1) to function at a an interdisciplinary context of social work. Finally, SWK 677 Sociological & Psychological Aspects Of beginning level of competence in a social service students design a solution to the role conflict that is Substance Abuse delivery system 2) to develop generalist problem- embedded in interdisciplinary collaborative practice This course will offer students a comprehensive solving and relationship-building skills, 3) and to of social work. The course focuses on application of view of substance abuse from a historical integrate and apply knowledge from Practice, skills that have been taught in previous semesters to perspective exploring what importance cultural and Policy, HBSE and Research to work with clients. a particular area of concentration. Such skills social views play (ed) in the treatment of such Prerequisite or co-requisites of SWK 601, 602, 611, include: Critical thinking, ethical practice, practice disorders. Students will utilize cultural attitudes, 621, 622, 701, & 798 are required. skills in systems of all sizes, research skills, legal sanctions and normative values regarding Credits: 3 communication skills, organizational skills and substance use and will analyze what addiction is, Every Spring interdisciplinary collaboration. and who is defined as an addict by various Prerequisites of all First Year and Fall Second Year disciplines (i.e., medicine, sociology, psychology SWK 703 Field Instruction III : Specialization SWK courses, SWK 623, and 704 are required. etc.) and systems (i.e., family, criminal justice, social This is the third course in a four semester Field Credits: 3 service etc). Students will examine ethnicity and its Instruction sequence in the Masters in Social Work Every Spring role in substance abuse and counseling. Students program. The first two semesters of Field should be prepared to think critically and engage in Instruction provide the Foundation and the second SWK 798 Introduction to Social Work Research a dialogue regarding the complex bio-psycho-social two semesters provide the Specialization. The The selection of the appropriate research question issues that impact persons who are afflicted with the Specialization year prepares students 1) to gain is an important issue in social disease of addiction and how these complex issues expertise in gerontology, nonprofit management, work research as far as diversity is concerned. In impact treatment strategies. substance and alcohol abuse or child and family this course, students are Prerequisite of SWK 674 & SWK 675 is required. welfare, 2) to function at an advanced level of taught to pay closer attention to the implications Credits: 3 competence in a social service delivery system, 3) to and hidden presumptions Every Spring continue to practice problem-solving and and assumptions of the issue or topic being relationship-building skills, 4) and to continue to researched. Students are taught SWK 678 Physical & Pharmacological Effects integrate and apply knowledge from Practice, that failure to question the question may still result Subs Abuse Policy, HBSE and Research to work with client in the acquisition of knowledge; This course will examine how the abuse of alcohol systems. however, the process of acquiring that knowledge and other drugs affect the body with emphasis on Prerequisite of all SWK First Year courses are may violate various the central nervous system, organ systems and required. social work values and principles without adding to general physical health. The physiological basis for Credits: 3 effective practice. Moreover, the disease concept of addiction will be reviewed. Every Fall the use of that knowledge may also violate a Psychoactive drug categories will be explored in number of social work values and relation to the history of use, routes of SWK 704 Field Instruction IV: Specialization principles. This course aims to improve students administration and how the body processes licit This is the fourth course in a four semester Field understanding of the place and illicit substances. The effects of drugs and Instruction sequence in the Masters in Social Work research plays and has played in social work pharmacological interactions on metabolic program. The first two semesters of Field practice. Using the Code of Ethics processes and neuropsychological functioning will Instruction provide the Foundation and the second as a foundation for all research ventures, students be discussed. two semesters provide the Specialization. The will be taught the basic concepts of research Prerequisite of SWK 674 & SWK 675 is required. Specialization year prepares students 1) to gain question formation, psychometrics and use of Credits: 3 expertise in gerontology, nonprofit management or measurement Every Spring substance and alcohol abuse counseling or child instruments. The course will introduce key and family welfare 2) to function at an advanced components of research including SWK 701 Field Instruction I: Foundation level of competence in a social service delivery research design, data collection, appropriate This is the first course in a four semester Field system 3) to continue to practice problem-solving communication of research findings, Instruction sequence in the Masters in Social Work and relationship-building skills, 4) and to further and its relevance to the evaluation of practice, program. The first two semesters of Field develop and integrate and apply knowledge from programs, and policies. Instruction provide the Foundation and the second Practice, Policy, HBSE and Research to work with Prerequisites of SWK 601, 602, 621 & 622 are two semesters provide the Specialization. The client systems. required. Foundation prepares students 1) to function at a Prerequisites of all SWK First Year courses, SWK Credits: 3 beginning level of competence in a social service 650, & 703 are required. Every Fall
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 194 C.W. Post Campus
SWK 799 Advanced Research Methods for Practice This course advances the student¿s capacity to evaluate practice and generate knowledge. Emphasis is placed on advanced qualitative and quantitative research design and data analysis. Students are encouraged to explore and use non-reactive research and secondary analysis techniques such as unobtrusive measures and content analysis when dealing with populations that may have special sensitivities to overt observation. Prerequisites of all SWK First Year courses (SWK 601, 602, 611, 612, 613, 621, 622, 701, 702, 798) are required. Credits: 3 Every Spring
Page 195 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SCHOOL OF VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS
The School of Visual and Performing Arts offers the aspiring actor, singer, dancer, artist, TV or radio producer, graphic designer, art therapist, musician, filmmaker, journalist, photographer, game designer, teacher, arts manager or public relations professional the perfect blend of conservatory training and liberal arts education. Our faculty artist-mentors provide inspired instruction and guide students as they perfect their skills and discover their personal styles. Individual attention, state-of-the-art facilities and our proximity to New York City offer the optimal learning experience. The School of Visual and Performing Arts provides access to dozens of venues to showcase student talent, including art galleries; film and photography studios; TV and radio stations; new media labs; exhibition halls; national and international tours; the Hillwood Art Museum; and Long Island's premier arts venue, Tilles Center for the Performing Arts. Internships at some of the world's top arts, entertainment, public relations and news organizations, and the opportunity to network with influential people in the industry, give our students a competitive advantage. For information, please contact the Dean’s Office at 516-299-2395, email [email protected], or visit the website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/svpa. Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/svpacwp and on Twitter at www.twitter.com/svpacwp.
Noel Zahler, Ph.D. Dean [email protected]
Carolyn Schurr Levin, J.D. Acting Assistant Dean [email protected]
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 196 C.W. Post Campus
DEPARTMENT OF ART new avenues of expression and the understanding The portfolio should be mailed to: of traditional and contemporary modes for creating Art Department Graduate Studies Office Phone: (516) 299-2464 art. In every phase of work, emphasis will be C.W. Post Campus Fax: (516) 299-2858 placed on the originality and substance of artistic Long Island University Website: www.liu.edu/svpa/art concepts, scholarly comprehension of problems, 720 Northern Boulevard Chair: Donna M. Tuman, Ed.D., Director, Art knowledge of materials and craftsmanship. All Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Education students will take courses in art history, drawing, Phone: 516-299-2465 Senior Professors: Powers, Kudder Sullivan design and creative concepts as well as classes in Email: [email protected] Professors: Harrison, Mills, Olt, Slaughter their major concentration. (Please indicate degree applying for on portfolio)
Associate Professors: Aievoli, Conover, DelRosso, C.W. Post’s beautiful, 307-acre landscaped Kerr, Seung Lee, O’Daly, Tuman campus, with its lush lawns, gardens and historic C.W. Post Required Classes for Art Assistant Professors: Baum, Seung Yeon Lee, Rea mansions, is itself an inspiration to creativity. In M.A. Adjunct Faculty: 27 addition, the University offers a generous array of Required Art Foundation Courses (6 credits) exhibition spaces, facilities and resources, The Art Department offers five graduate ART 503 Creative Concepts 3.00 degrees: an M.F.A. in Fine Arts and Design, an including the Hillwood Art Museum and the ART 517 Design I 3.00 M.A. in Art, an M.A. in Clinical Art Therapy, an Student Art League Gallery. The vibrant New M.A. in Interactive Multimedia Arts, and an M.S. York art scene is only a short car or train ride Required Studio Art Courses (3 away. in Art Education (birth to Grade 12). The graduate credits) art program is conceived and structured to provide ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ART 611 Drawing I 3.00 the student with a professional orientation to art. Applicants to the Master of Arts must meet the The primary focus of the program is on studio following requirements for admission. Required Major Concentration Courses - art. The art faculty recognizes the creation of art as • Application for Admission. choose 3 courses (9 credits) a profound and exciting experience and endeavors • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). & Directed Elective Courses - choose 2 to reveal new avenues of expression and • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or courses (6 credits) graduate transcripts from any college(s) or understanding of traditional and contemporary ART 613 Painting I 3.00 modes. In every phase of work, emphasis is placed universities you have attended. ART 614 Painting II 3.00 on the originality and substance of artistic • Bachelor’s degree in art education with at least concepts, scholarly comprehension of problems, a 3.0 cumulative grade point average from an ART 615 Painting III 3.00 knowledge of materials and craftsmanship. accredited school. The candidate must have ART 616 Painting IV 3.00 Studio classes are led by a distinguished faculty completed an undergraduate major in art or a of practicing artists who work closely with you to minimum of 36 credits in Studio Art classes. ART 621 Printmaking I 3.00 develop your unique and full potential. Our • A portfolio, evaluated by the Art Department ART 622 Printmaking II 3.00 comprehensive master's degree programs are faculty, is required for admission. The portfolio designed for serious, talented students who desire must be submitted to the Art Department ART 623 Printmaking III 3.00 a strong liberal arts background and the cultural Graduate Studies Office and should contain 15 ART 624 Printmaking IV 3.00 advantages that only a private University can offer. to 20 samples of your most recent work and a Renowned visiting artists and art historians numbered inventory list. Samples can be either ART 635 Sculpture I 3.00 conduct lectures, critiques and seminars, and every original works, slides (enclosed in a slide page), ART 636 Sculpture II 3.00 student has access to numerous art studios, state- CD or DVD. Photography applicants are of-the-art imaging, student exhibition galleries, encouraged to submit a portfolio of 20 original ART 637 Sculpture III 3.00 and the University's permanent collection and prints. ART 638 Sculpture IV 3.00 ongoing new exhibitions in the Hillwood Art • Personal Artist Statement that addresses the Museum. You will take full advantage of C.W. reason you are interested in pursuing graduate ART 690 Advanced Graduate 3.00 Post's proximity to New York City's wealth of work in this area of study. Projects • Two professional and/or academic letters of creative resources. ART 691 Advanced Graduate 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s Projects potential in the profession and ability to M.A. in Studio Art complete a graduate program. ART 692 Graduate Projects 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second Advanced The 36-credit Master of Arts program is language must submit official score results of ART 693 Advanced Graduate 3.00 designed for visual artists who want to advance the Test of English as a Foreign Language Projects their skills in a stimulating and creative setting. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable The primary focus of the program is on studio art. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 Required Art History Courses - choose 2 You can select a major concentration in one of the computer-based or 550 paper-based) or courses (6 credits) following areas: painting, drawing, printmaking, minimum IELTS score: 6.5. ART 581 Art History Colloquium 3.00 sculpture, ceramics, photography, computer Send application materials, with the exception ART 585 Art History Independent 3.00 graphics, graphic design or mixed media. Each of the portfolio, to: Study student's program of study is individually designed Graduate Admissions Office to meet his or her special needs through a private C.W. Post Campus ART 671 History of Contemporary 3.00 conference with the graduate art adviser. Long Island University Art The faculty, comprised of highly accomplished 720 Northern Boulevard ART 672 Problems in 3.00 and award-winning artists, recognizes the creation Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Contemporary Art of art as a profound and exciting experience. We Fax: 516-299-2137 provide a congenial environment that encourages E-mail: [email protected]
Page 197 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
ART 679 History of Photography 3.00 faculty, the Art, Psychology and Counseling • Bachelor's degree from an accredited school Departments, as well as the New York area artist with at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point ART 680 Concepts and Issues in 3.00 community, contribute to a cohesive and average. The candidate must have fulfilled the Contemporary stimulating clinical curriculum and training prerequisite of 12 credits in psychology and a Photography experience. The program offers more than 100 minimum of 18 credits in studio art. A portfolio Required Thesis Courses (6 credits) clinical training internship sites for students to evaluation, student profile with statement of ART 707 Master's Studio Thesis 3.00 fulfill the clinical training portion of the philosophy, submission of an APA/MLA (M.A., M.S.) curriculum. To augment course study, students research paper, personal interview with the will visit museums and galleries on Long Island director of the Art Therapy program, an ART 708 Master's Studio Thesis 3.00 and in New York City as well as present group or attendance to a graduate art therapy class are (M.A., M.S.) individual art openings. required. Students who do not meet the C.W. Post Required Classes for Art The curriculum's focus is on the practice of art minimum grade point average (3.00) or who are M.A. - Photography psychotherapy; however, the art process and the in need of prerequisites may be accepted on a art object are continually emphasized as they apply limited matriculation basis. The student with Required Art Foundation Courses (6 credits) to the clinical practice of art psychotherapy. serious deficiencies in preparation, but holds ART 503 Creative Concepts 3.00 Consequently, art is made in all foundational art promise as a student, may be given non- ART 517 Design I 3.00 therapy seminars in large art studio settings. Three matriculated status with one year probationary credits are taken in drawing, painting and clay review. All limited matriculated students have Required Photography Courses (15 credits) works for the art therapist. This foundational art one year to complete the requirements for full ART 602 Photo Workshop 3.00 therapy course culminates with a gallery opening matriculation. See the director of the art therapy ART 603 Color Photography 3.00 where students present their 2-D and 3-D work. program for further information. Printing Additionally, students exhibit their artwork a • Portfolio evaluation, student profile with minimum of two times per year in campus statement of philosophy, submission of 5 pages ART 604 Current Ideas In 3.00 galleries, either as individual artists or in art- of an APA academic paper and an interview Photography therapy-themed group shows. An art studio with the Director of the Art Therapy program is ART 605 Photography Studio I 3.00 elective is required; students may choose from a required. Additionally, the applicant is variety of Art Department offerings that include required to sit in for a graduate class. If ART 606 Photography Studio II 3.00 world-renowned graduate level studio courses in students are international other arrangements Required Art History Courses (6 credits) printmaking, painting sculpture, photography, are made. Students who do not meet the ART 679 History Of Photography 3.00 photography and ceramics. minimum grade point average (3.0) or who are The diagnostic and therapeutic value of in need of prerequisites may be accepted on a ART 680 Concepts and Issues in 3.00 painting, drawing, photography and sculpture is limited matriculation basis. The student with Contemporary explored in-depth within this clinical and serious deficiencies in preparation, but holds Photography diagnostic curriculum. You will focus on children, promise as a student, may be given non- Required Thesis Courses (6 credits) adults and disabilities in art therapy clinical classes matriculated status with one year probationary ART 707 Master's Studio Thesis 3.00 that utilize the latest research findings, theories review. All limited matriculated students have (M.A., M.S.) and techniques. one year to complete the requirements for full Research is one of the hallmarks of this clinical matriculation. See the director of the art therapy ART 708 Master's Studio Thesis 3.00 program and students are required to take nine program for further information. (M.A., M.S.) credits in research and thesis preparation. Many • A portfolio, evaluated by the Art Therapy 1 Directed Elective Course - see above (3 students present their findings at national Department faculty, is required for admission credits) conferences or in publication or video format to and is the substitution for the Graduate Record
fulfill the thesis requirements. Candidates of the Examination. The portfolio must be submitted M.A. in Clinical Art Therapy M.A. in Clinical Art Therapy also have written to the Art Department Graduate Studies Office grants that are implemented after graduation. The and should contain 15 to 20 samples of your The Clinical Art Therapy program offers a distinguished faculty is internationally known most recent work and a numbered inventory creative educational experience that leads to a within the art therapy community for their research list. Samples can be either original works, Master of Arts in Clinical Art Therapy. The 54- efforts across a range of clinical topics. slides (enclosed in a slide page), CD or DVD. credit program is approved by the American Art The emphasis of the use of art as a therapeutic Photography applicants are encouraged to Therapy Association and is a New York State tool is demonstrated in this program's commitment submit a portfolio of 20 original prints. educational training program for licensure to to multicultural methods of art therapy treatment. • Personal Artist Statement that addresses the practice art therapy in New York State. Students Students pursuing the M.A. in Clinical Art reason you are interested in pursuing graduate are welcome to study full-time (9-12 credits per Therapy not only come from many U.S. states but work in this area of study. semester) or part-time (a minimum of 6 credits per also from Korea, Taiwan, Japan, Russia, Israel, • Two professional and/or academic letters of semester) in a curriculum that provides India, Trinidad, Brazil and the Bahamas. Core recommendation that address the applicant's individualized attention and prepares the art faculty routinely present and teach internationally. potential in the profession and ability to therapist to practice clinically within the helping ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS complete a graduate program. professions. Applicants to the Master of Arts must meet the • Students for whom English is a second The Clinical Art Therapy program is a small and following requirements for admission. language must submit official score results of intimate program with class sizes that range from 8 • Application for Admission. the Test of English as a Foreign Language to 25 students. The program is enhanced by artistic • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable input from a strong international and national • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 student presence. Emphasis is placed on creating a graduate transcripts from any college(s) or computer-based or 550 paper-based) or clinical art therapy community in which students, universities you have attended. minimum IELTS score: 6.5.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 198 C.W. Post Campus
Send application materials, with the exception processing, HTML, digital imaging, digital of the portfolio, to: M.A. in Interactive Multimedia illustration, digital video or MIDI. Applicants Long Island University, C.W. Post Campus to the program without this basic level of Graduate Admissions Office Arts computer literacy will be required to take either
Long Island University a special summer workshop at THE C.W. Post The only constant in today's multimedia world 720 Northern Boulevard Campus or a comparable college-level course at is change. To prepare for a career in this fast- Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 another institution with the approval of the moving field, you need an education that puts a The portfolio should be mailed to: department to enhance their existing computer premium on flexibility, creativity and a truly Art Department Graduate Studies Office skills. Credits earned in such preparation for diverse skill-set. In this 36-credit Master of Arts Art Therapy Department admission to the program, whether on a program students develop their skills within an C.W. Post Campus graduate or undergraduate level, may not be interactive digital environment that fosters cross- Long Island University used as part of, or in substitution for, program discipline collaboration and critical analysis. 720 Northern Boulevard requirements. Applications are accepted for the While working in a chosen area of Brookville, NY 11548-1300 Fall term only - Spring exceptions are made concentration, you will explore several of the Phone: 516-299-2935 depending on space availability. disciplines involved in multimedia production, Email: [email protected] • Portfolio Requirements: Applicants must send a from storyboarding and wire-framing to Web portfolio, or sample of their work by May 30, to design and development to video/audio production MA Clinical Art Therapy the Interactive Multimedia Arts Office, to 3D design and animation. The emphasis is on • Required Art Therapy courses (39 Humanities Hall, Room 120, C.W. Post creating new work, but to enrich that process, you credits) Campus of Long Island University, Brookville, will study the theory and history of multimedia art N.Y. 11548. Attn: Patrick Aievoli ARTH 600 Theories in Art Therapy 3.00 forms, and the legal and ethical issues that arise in
ARTH 602 Drawing, Painting and 3.00 today's rapidly evolving technologies. Acceptable sample formats are: Slides, Sculpture for the Art Students pursuing the M.A. in Interactive photos, VHS tape, DVDs, CDs, Thumb Drives Therapist - Studio Multimedia Arts will have access to state-of-the- and URL's. Do not send masters or original art Interactive Multimedia Arts Labs - including ARTH 603 Multicultural Issues in 3.00 materials. Please make sure all materials are 65 networked computers, six full color printers, Clinical Art Therapy properly labeled with your name and address. and 10 flatbed scanners (2D and 3D), all supported
ARTH 605 History and Philosophy of 3.00 with annually updated software. A new Media Interview: Once your application and support Art Therapy Television Studio, with the latest in production and material has been reviewed, you will be editing equipment, enables students to incorporate ARTH 607 Clinical Methods in 3.00 contacted for an interview with the Interactive professional-quality video and audio into their Group Art Therapy with Multimedia Arts Program Director. multimedia projects. Adults The program is highly selective, and accepts ARTH 609 Special Populations & 3.00 approximately 14 students each year. Professionals • Submit a Personal Statement that describes Topics in Child Art in the field present guest lectures via web video your artistic work as it relates to the program, Therapy conferencing. Students and faculty enjoy field trips and state what you wish to accomplish in your to leading NYC-area digital marketing agencies. studies here. Any relevant professional ARTH 611 Therapeutic Systems 3.00 Our program is a paperless environment - all experience should also be described in this in Family Art Therapy projects are created and stored digitally for access statement. A GRE is not necessary. ARTH 614 Internship I: 3.00 at anytime from anywhere. • Submit two professional and/or academic Supervision Seminar ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS letters of recommendation that address the Applicants to the Master of Arts must meet the applicant's potential in the profession and ARTH 615 Internship II: 3.00 following requirements for admission. ability to complete a graduate program. Supervision Seminar • Application for Admission. • Students for whom English is a second ARTH 616 Clinical Projectives and 3.00 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). language must submit official score results of Art-Based Assessments • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or the Test of English as a Foreign Language graduate transcripts from any college(s) or (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable ARTH 706 Research Methods 3.00 universities you have attended. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 PSY 655 Psychopathology 3.00 • Bachelor's degree in the Visual Arts or a related computer-based or 550 paper-based) or field with at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point minimum IELTS score: 6.5. PSY 666 Psychopharmacology 3.00 average from an accredited school. Applicants Send application materials, with the exception • Elective Art or Psychology course (3 with less than a 3.0 GPA may be restricted to of the portfolio, to: credits) 12 credits for the year. Graduate Admissions Office • Any graduate level PSY or EDC course (3 • Digital Graphic imaging skills. (Students need C.W. Post Campus credits) to be familiar with digital imaging programs for Long Island University • Required Thesis Courses (6 credits) both raster and vector formats.) 720 Northern Boulevard ARTH 707 Thesis Research 3.00 • Examples of creative work and a personal Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 interview with the Program Director will be Fax: 516-299-2137 ARTH 708 Thesis 3.00 required. Candidates for entrance to the E-mail: [email protected]
program must have a basic level of computer The portfolio should be mailed to: literacy. They should be familiar with the P.C. Interactive Multimedia Arts Office or Macintosh platform and have experience Humanities Hall, Room 119a, with two or more of the following: word- C.W. Post Campus
Page 199 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Long Island University museums, galleries and alternative spaces. language must submit official score results of 720 Northern Boulevard The beautiful C.W. Post Campus, with its 307 the Test of English as a Foreign Language Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 acres of lush lawns, gardens and historic mansions, (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Phone: 516-299-2465 is an inspirational setting for creative endeavors. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 E-mail: [email protected] The professionally equipped studios and ultra computer-based or 550 paper-based) or modern facilities include Hillwood Art Museum, minimum IELTS score: 6.5. MA Interactive Multimedia Arts Hutchins Gallery, Student Art League Gallery, Send application materials, with the exception • Required Foundation courses (15 credits) Ceramics Center and Sculpture Building. The of the portfolio, to: IMA 501 Overview of Interactive 3.00 program provides abundant opportunities for Multimedia Technology networking with potential employers in the city- Graduate Admissions Office wide art scene. C.W. Post Campus IMA 502 Writing, Research and 3.00 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Long Island University Evaluation for Applicants to the Master of Fine Arts must meet 720 Northern Boulevard Multimedia the following requirements for admission. Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 IMA 503 Multimedia Laboratory I 3.00 • Application for Admission. Fax: 516-299-2137 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). E-mail: [email protected] IMA 504 Social, Ethical and Legal 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or The portfolio should be mailed to: Contexts of graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Communications universities you have attended. Art Department Graduate Studies Office Technologies and • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited school C.W. Post Campus Multimedia with at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point Long Island University IMA 505 Multimedia History, 3.00 average. The candidate must have completed an 720 Northern Boulevard Theory and Criticism undergraduate major in Art or must have a Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 minimum of 57 credits plus 12 credits in Art Phone: 516-299-2465 • Required Laboratory courses (15 credits) History. All M.F.A. applicants specializing in Email: [email protected] IMA 601 Moving Image In 3.00 photography must have a working knowledge (Please indicate degree applying for on portfolio) Multimedia of digital imaging upon entering the program. GRADUATE AND ACADEMIC IMA 603 Multimedia Laboratory II 3.00 Students who do not meet these requirements ASSISTANTSHIPS are welcome to discuss their options for The Department of Art offers Graduate and IMA 604 Internet and Web Design 3.00 admission with the graduate advisor. Academic Assistantships. Apply when you submit IMA 605 3D Modeling and 3.00 • A portfolio, evaluated by the Art Department your portfolio to the Department of Art Graduate Imaging faculty, is required for admission. The portfolio Studies Office. Please complete a Graduate must be submitted to the Art Department Assistantship Application, which is available from IMA 701 Special Topics 3.00 Graduate Studies Office prior to the March 15 the graduate art advisor. Three letters of in Multimedia deadline and should contain 15 to 20 samples recommendation are required. • Elective Courses: to be used as substitutes (6 of your most recent work and a numbered credits) inventory list. Samples can be either original Masters in Fine Arts and Design IMA 602 Sound in Multimedia 3.00 works, slides (enclosed in a slide page), CD or • Required Fine Arts Studio courses DVD. Photography applicants are encouraged • One of the following sequences: (2- IMA 702 Advanced Digital Editing 3.00 to submit a portfolio of 20 original prints. The year plan) 27 credits Required Laboratory courses (6 credits) deadline for the portfolio submission is March STSP 601 Studio Specialization and 9.00 IMA 707 Thesis Research 3.00 15 for the following Fall admission. After the Research I portfolio has been submitted for review, IMA 708 Thesis: Final Project 3.00 STSP 602 Studio Specialization and 9.00 students can apply for Graduate and Academic Research II Assistantships. Please see below. M.F.A in Fine Arts and Design • Personal Artist Statement that addresses the STSP 603 Studio Specialization and 9.00
reason you are interested in pursuing graduate Research III This intensive yet flexible 60-credit program work in this area of study. • Or offers advanced art students the opportunity to • Two professional and/or academic letters of (3-year plan) 27 credits further their creative development and pursue a recommendation that address the applicant’s STSP 601A Studio Specialization and 6.00 graduate degree in a two- or three-year plan of potential in the profession and ability to Research I study. Within the M.F.A. in Fine Arts and Design complete a graduate program. degree program, students select a concentration in • Transfer Credits: If pertinent to the applicant's STSP 601B Studio Specialization and 6.00 painting, printmaking, sculpture, ceramics, plan of study, a maximum of 12 graduate Research II photography or computer graphics and are credits with a grade of B or better may be STSP 602A Studio Specialization and 3.00 mentored by student-selected faculty teams. transferred from another university's graduate Research III In addition to taking courses in art history and program (15 credits from within Long Island aesthetics, students work closely with faculty to University). The transfer will take place after STSP 602B Studio Specialization and 6.00 prepare a thesis project in their area of the completion of 15 credits within this Research IV concentration. Through "Seminars in program but the request must be made at the STSP 603A Studio Specialization and 6.00 Contemporary Issues," current exhibitions, artists' time of the original application to the degree Research V writings, theory and criticism, students and faculty program and must be approved by the Graduate make full use of the University's unique position Advisor. near the vast resources of New York City's • Students for whom English is a second
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 200 C.W. Post Campus
• Official copies of your undergraduate and/or Send application materials, with the exception • Required Fine Arts Seminar courses (9 graduate transcripts from any college(s) or of the portfolio, to: credits) universities you have attended. Graduate Admissions Office • Bachelor's degree in art education with at least C.W. Post Campus SEM 600A MFA Seminar 3.00 a 3.0 cumulative grade point average from an Long Island University SEM 600B MFA Seminar 3.00 accredited school which meets the New York 720 Northern Boulevard State requirements for certification or have Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 SEM 600C MFA Seminar 3.00 completed an undergraduate major in art from Fax: 516-299-2137 • Required Related Art & Art History courses an accredited school with a minimum of 36 E-mail: [email protected] (6 credits) credits in Studio Art classes. If the applicant The portfolio should be mailed to: ART 550 Art Criticism for Artists 3.00 has fewer than 36 undergraduate Studio Art Art Department Graduate Studies Office credits he/she will only be excepted as a C.W. Post Campus ART 642 New Media In Art 3.00 "limited-matriculant" until this New York State Long Island University • Four of the following courses: (12 credits) requirement is satisfied. Also, if the Art 720 Northern Boulevard ART 581 Art History Colloquium 3.00 Department faculty feels it is necessary, after Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 reviewing an applicant's portfolio, they may Phone: 516-299-2465 ART 585 Art History Independent 3.00 require that the student take additional Art Email: [email protected] Study and/or Art History courses to eliminate a (Please indicate degree applying for on portfolio) ART 671 History of Contemporary 3.00 deficiency before being admitted into the Art master's degree program. These credits cannot Art Department Courses ART 672 Problems in 3.00 be applied toward the master's degree. The
Contemporary Art student's status will be "limited-matriculant" until these courses are completed and a grade of ART 503 Creative Concepts ART 679 History Of Photography 3.00 B or better is attained. In some cases a second This is an exploratory course of basic ideas in the creative experience dealing with content and ART 680 Concepts and Issues in 3.00 portfolio review will be required for full concepts in contemporary visual art. Through Contemporary matriculation. readings, lectures and projects the student discusses Photography • A portfolio, evaluated by the Art Department faculty, is required for admission. The portfolio and analyzes these ideas in relationship to his/her • Required Thesis course (6 credits) must be submitted to the Art Department personal view and creative output. FTHE 708 Fine Art Thesis 6.00 Graduate Studies Office and should contain 15 Credits: 3 to 20 samples of your most recent work and a Every Fall
numbered inventory list. Samples can be either M.S. in Art Education (B-12) ART 517 Design I original works, slides (enclosed in a slide page), This is a studio course intended to relate the Joint Program with College of Education and CD or DVD. Photography applicants are vocabulary of form and language of art to the Information Sciences encouraged to submit a portfolio of 20 original student's personal visual statements. Students are The Master of Science in Art Education (Birth prints. expected to produce a related series of works with to Grade 12) offers a unique opportunity for • Personal Artist Statement that addresses the concentration on experimentation, change and students to advance their development as creative reason you are interested in pursuing graduate synthesis involved in the creative process of artists while sharing their love of art with young work in this area of study. producing visual statements that communicate people in public and private schools. • Two professional and/or academic letters of personal ideas. The plan of study is aimed at advancing each recommendation that address the applicant's Credits: 3 candidate as both artist and teacher. Candidates in potential in the profession and ability to Every Spring the program sharpen their design and drawing complete a graduate program. skills through studio classes and workshops in • Students for whom English is a second ART 519 Photography traditional and electronic media. Students also take language must submit official score results of This course is an introduction to the mechanics courses aimed at enhancing their teaching skills the Test of English as a Foreign Language and aesthetics of photography. This is a studio and exploring the psychological, philosophical and (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable course in basic photographic processes, principles social foundations of art education. TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 and techniques and examines the use of the camera With input and guidance from two graduate computer-based or 550 paper-based) or as an art medium. advisors each student designs a personalized minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Credits: 3 curriculum that reflects his or her strengths and SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR Every Semester professional goals. TRANSFER STUDENTS The program is accredited by the Teacher • If pertinent to the applicant's plan of study, a ART 520 Advanced Photography Education Accreditation Council, which signifies maximum of 12 graduate credits with a grade This course is independent study and work in that it meets the highest standards of quality in of B or better may be transferred from another advanced techniques and processes with emphasis preparing competent, caring and qualified university's graduate program (15 credits from on composition and creativity. Seminars, individual professional educators in public and private within Long Island University). criticism and instruction is included. schools. • The transfer will take place after the completion Prerequisite of ART 519 or permission of instructor ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS of 15 credits within this program but the is required. Applicants to the Master of Science in Art request must be made at the time of the original Credits: 3 Education must meet the following requirements application to the degree program and must be Every Semester for admission. approved by the Graduate Advisor. • Application for Admission. ART 550 Art Criticism for Artists • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). This course is designed to help art students describe
Page 201 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 and analyze their own work within the context of required prior to registration. The student works photographers who have used it; correcting art history and contemporary art criticism. We will independently under the guidance of the professor perspective, lenses and fundamental principles of discuss the major categories and perspectives of art in the area of specialization. lighting, as well as landscape and portraiture interpretation from personal identity to medium, Credits: 3 photography with large format. Course work social engagement to creative inspiration. We will Every Semester includes the Scheimpflug Rule, the Bellow's focus primarily on writing by artist, including Formula and an examination of the Zone System. criticism, interviews, and biography. The final paper ART 592 Graduate Projects Prerequisite of ART MAJOR or (ART 519 & 520) project will be a draft of the Master of Fine Arts This course is comprised of advanced projects in art or permission of instructor is required. thesis. in an area of special interest to the student which is Credits: 3 Credits: 3 not available in existing courses or goes beyond the Every Semester Every Fall current art offerings. The project is chosen after consultation with the major professor. Approval by ART 606 Photography Studio II ART 581 Art History Colloquium the art chairperson or graduate art advisor is An intensive exploration of a variety of lighting At least two colloquia seminars are offered each required prior to registration. The student works techniques, including glassware, solid and clear semester. The topics of study are based on such independently under the guidance of the professor objects. Handling filtration for daylight-rated film factors as the area of specialization of the instructor, in the area of specialization. and manipulating strobe lighting is also covered. the timeliness of a subject in relation to a major Credits: 3 Students produce 4" X 5" chromes in a portfolio of exhibition or issue within the field, and the needs Every Semester work. of students to explore the art and culture of diverse Prerequisite of ART 605 is required. historical periods and societies. General topics ART 593 Graduate Projects Credits: 3 include American art, various epochs of European This course is comprised of advanced projects in art Every Semester art, Asian art, Pre-Columbian art, the tribal arts of in an area of special interest to the student which is Africa and Oceania, and comparative cultural not available in existing courses or goes beyond the ART 611 Drawing I analysis on issues such as rulership, the current art offerings. The project is chosen after This course is a critical analysis of drawings representation of gender, burial traditions, consultation with the major professor. Approval by executed by students in the class. Students are monumental architecture, portraiture, colonialism the art chairperson or graduate art advisor is required to be active participants in this studio and conquest, sacred symbolism, and many other required prior to registration. The student works class. New themes are assigned each week. The aspects of the visual arts. One colloquium course independently under the guidance of the professor student, in consultation with the faculty member, each semester focuses on Non-Western or ancient in the area of specialization. selects the appropriate drawing material and art. Credits: 3 technique based on the student's major field of Credits: 3 Every Semester interest. Special emphasis is placed on drawing
Every Semester techniques and furthering critique skills of the ART 602 Photo Workshop student. ART 585 Art History Independent Study This course is an advanced photo workshop. Credits: 3 This course offers an opportunity for individual, Students attempt to define their personal direction Every Semester supervised research into a specific art historical and style. Photography is accepted in any format in topic or question. A subject reflecting the student's either black and white, color or digital. Intense ART 612 Drawing II specialty interest is selected in consultation with the group critiques evaluate students' work. This course is a critical analysis of drawings instructor. Use of museum collections or gallery Prerequisite of ART MAJOR or (ART 519 & 520) executed by students in the class. Students are exhibitions is encouraged. Guided readings and or permission of instructor is required. required to be active participants in this studio assignments allow the student to practice art Credits: 3 class. New themes are assigned each week. The historical inquiry in depth. Every Fall student, in consultation with the faculty member,
Credits: 3 selects the appropriate drawing material and ART 603 Color Photography Printing Every Semester technique based on the student's major field of This is an advanced course which explores the interest. Special emphasis is placed on drawing ART 590 Graduate Projects techniques and aesthetic problems of digital color techniques and furthering critique skills of the This course is comprised of advanced projects in art capture and printing. student. in an area of special interest to the student which is Prerequisite of ART MAJOR or (ART 519 & 520) Prerequisite of ART 611 is required. not available in existing courses or goes beyond the or permission of instructor is required. Credits: 3 current art offerings. The project is chosen after Credits: 3 Every Semester consultation with the major professor. Approval by Every Semester the art chairperson or graduate art advisor is ART 613 Painting I ART 604 Current Ideas In Photography required prior to registration. The student works This course is the study and experimentation of The class explores the work of leading independently under the guidance of the professor various painting concepts, media and techniques in photographers with special emphasis on new in the area of specialization. a studio environment. Students concentrate on directions and new ways of seeing. It also includes Credits: 3 independent creative projects and the development direct contact with professional photographers. Every Semester of a personal concept and style. Criticism and Prerequisite of ART MAJOR or (ART 519 & 520) discussion are emphasized. ART 591 Graduate Projects or permission of instructor is required. Credits: 3 This course is comprised of advanced projects in art Credits: 3 Every Semester in an area of special interest to the student which is Every Spring not available in existing courses or goes beyond the ART 614 Painting II ART 605 Photography Studio I current art offerings. The project is chosen after This course is the study and experimentation of Explores intricacies of the view camera, including consultation with the major professor. Approval by various painting concepts, media and techniques in an historical examination of important the art chairperson or graduate art advisor is a studio environment. Students concentrate on
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 202 C.W. Post Campus independent creative projects and the development lithography, and photo process. Students are simple print techniques such as monotype and non- of a personal concept and style. Criticism and encouraged to develop a personal vision through toxic solar plate etching, which also will be discussion are emphasized. independent projects. demonstrated. This workshop will introduce Prerequisite of ART 613 is required. Prerequisite of ART 621 is required. beginners to new tools and re-fire the imaginations Credits: 3 Credits: 3 of experienced paper/printmakers. Every Semester Every Semester Credits: 3 Every Summer ART 615 Painting III ART 631 Graduate Ceramics This course is the study and experimentation of This course explores contemporary art issues and ART 642 New Media In Art various painting concepts, media and techniques in how they relate to craft media. Students will learn This course introduces students to the use of a studio environment. Students concentrate on how to apply conceptual art ideas to ceramic electronic media in studio arts. Through both a independent creative projects and the development projects. The objective is to re-think craft media as hands-on and an analytical approach, students of a personal concept and style. Criticism and an aesthetic platform; to develop a personal body of create works using video, computer, sound and discussion are emphasized. work that is innovative, experimental, and light as tools. These media are developed in Prerequisite of ART 613 is required. professional. conjunction with the student's prior interest Credits: 3 Credits: 3 (photo, sculpture, installation and performance art). Every Semester Every Semester The critical dialogue surrounding the use of various media are addressed through readings and the ART 616 Painting IV ART 635 Sculpture I viewing of films and videos. Emphasis is placed on This course is the study and experimentation of This course offers students the opportunity to the relationship between individual art practice and various painting concepts, media and techniques in experiment in all sculptural media and concepts its implications a studio environment. Students concentrate on while clarifying their personal sculptural objectives. for social and aesthetic issues. independent creative projects and the development Students work on independent projects in media Credits: 3 of a personal concept and style. Criticism and and concepts stemming from the student's interests. Every Spring discussion are emphasized. Credits: 3 Prerequisite of ART 613 is required. Every Semester ART 643 Teaching Multimedia Credits: 3 Methods and approaches to the teaching of Every Semester ART 636 Sculpture II multimedia at the secondary level. Designed to This course offers students the opportunity to equip the secondary art teacher with skills in ART 621 Printmaking I experiment in all sculptural media and concepts developing projects that integrate the use of video, This course is the experimental exploration of while clarifying their personal sculptural objectives. sound and animation, including traditional and diverse techniques, concepts and interrelationships Students work on independent projects in media digital work in the classroom. involving intaglio, collograph, screen-printing, and concepts stemming from the student's interests. Credits: 3 lithography, and photo process. Students are Prerequisite of ART 635 is required. Every Semester encouraged to develop a personal vision through Credits: 3 independent projects. Every Semester ART 660 Philosophy of Art Education Credits: 3 This course is the study of past and current Every Semester ART 637 Sculpture III philosophies of art education including This course offers students the opportunity to the work of Pestalozzi, Froebel, Dewey, Lowenfeld, ART 622 Printmaking II experiment in all sculptural media and concepts D'Amico, Eisner, Gardner and others. Students This course is the experimental exploration of while clarifying their personal sculptural objectives. have the opportunity to compare current literature diverse techniques, concepts and interrelationships Students work on independent projects in media to the work of past generations in art education in involving intaglio, collograph, screen-printing, and concepts stemming from the student's interests. order to construct strategies for teaching art in the lithography, and photo process. Students are Prerequisite of ART 635 is required. schools. encouraged to develop a personal vision through Credits: 3 Credits: 3 independent projects. Every Semester Every Fall Prerequisite of ART 621 is required. Credits: 3 ART 638 Sculpture IV ART 661 Elementary Art Education Studio Every Semester This course offers students the opportunity to Workshop experiment in all sculptural media and concepts This course is an examination of the value and ART 623 Printmaking III while clarifying their personal sculptural objectives. function of art education as it relates to the artistic This course is the experimental exploration of Students work on independent projects in media development of children through early adolescence. diverse techniques, concepts and interrelationships and concepts stemming from the student's interests. Students experiment with a variety of studio involving intaglio, collograph, screen-printing, Prerequisite of ART 635 is required. methods, strategies and techniques in teaching and lithography, and photo process. Students are Credits: 3 assessing the visual arts and develop original encouraged to develop a personal vision through Every Semester curriculum materials. independent projects. Prerequisite of ART 660 is required. ART 641 Papermaking Prerequisite of ART 621 is required. Credits: 3 Students will learn a variety of papermaking Credits: 3 Every Spring Every Semester production techniques as they produce exquisite sheets, both plain and with embedded imagery. ART 664 Literacy and Learning Through the ART 624 Printmaking IV Diverse fibers, colored pulps, sheet formation, Visual Arts This course is the experimental exploration of custom deckles and inclusions will be This course will explore the instructional diverse techniques, concepts and interrelationships demonstrated. Students are encouraged to develop possibilities of connecting reading and writing to involving intaglio, collograph, screen-printing, imagery on the fresh sheets through painting and learning in the visual arts. Methods of integrating
Page 203 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 literacy in the visual arts program through speaking, ARTH 602 Drawing, Painting and Sculpture for writing, reading, and studio activities will presented ART 691 Advanced Graduate Projects the Art Therapist - Studio in order to support and extend classroom learning. This course focuses on art studio projects in a Various drawing, painting and techniques of Means of adapting these activities to a variety of specialized area. Students select a project of special sculpture will be introduced with an emphasis upon instructional levels will be discussed. interest after consultation with the chairperson of the progression from restrictive to expansive self- Prerequisite of Art 660 and Art 661 are required the Art Department or graduate art advisor. Special expression. The media's applicability and Credits: 3 permission must be secured before registering for relationship to the emotional realm will be Every Fall the course. explored. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 ART 671 History of Contemporary Art Every Semester Every Fall This course surveys art historical and cultural developments from the mid-twentieth century to ART 692 Graduate Projects Advanced ARTH 603 Multicultural Issues in Clinical Art the present, with an emphasis on the movements, This course focuses on art studio projects in a Therapy media and critical methodologies emerging in specialized area. Students select a project of special This course is designed to stimulate awareness of recent decades. Topics of discussion include the interest after consultation with the chairperson of racial, ethical, political, and gender biases inherent relationship between popular culture and fine art, the Art Department or graduate art advisor. Special in society at large and, more specifically, in the the representation of gender and cultural identity, permission must be secured before registering for mental health field. The student is instructed in the the evolving role of the museum and art market, the course. development of culture-specific methods of art and the impact of new technologies on art making Credits: 3 therapy treatment for culturally diverse client and reception. Every Semester populations.
Credits: 3 Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607 and 609 ART 693 Advanced Graduate Projects Every Fall are required. This course focuses on art studio projects in a Credits: 3 specialized area. Students select a project of special ART 672 Problems in Contemporary Art Every Spring This course addresses a case study or specific interest after consultation with the chairperson of problem in the history and analysis of the Art Department or graduate art advisor. Special ARTH 605 History and Philosophy of Art contemporary art. The topic is developed by the permission must be secured before registering for Therapy instructor as an exploration of a significant aspect the course. A survey course in the history of art therapy as it of recent art and culture. The focus may be on an Credits: 3 developed in the United States and Europe from artistic medium, a specific theme or subject, the Every Semester 1940-present. Also included is an in-depth impact of a certain movement or theoretical exploration of the different philosophies which ART 707 Master's Studio Thesis (M.A., M.S.) perspective, the representation of an aspect of have emerged and which continue to evolve in This course is open only to matriculated students. It identity, or the institutional conditions of the art contemporary practice. is intended for graduate students who have elected industry. Credits: 3 to do a creative thesis in a particular area of studio Credits: 3 Every Fall art. The course includes presentation, analysis, and On Occasion discussion of thesis projects with regard to purpose, ARTH 607 Clinical Methods in Group Art ART 679 History Of Photography concept, material, and execution. Exhibition of Therapy with Adults This course is an historical survey of photography thesis is required. Registration must be approved by Exploration of the practice of group psychotherapy. from its pre-camera origins to its modern practice in the graduate counselor or designated representative. In this course, major theories and research findings the 1950s. Students will examine concepts and Credits: 3 will be addressed as they apply to group practice in issues affecting the photographic medium from Every Semester the field of art therapy. artistic, historical, sociological and technological Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, and 605 are ART 708 Master's Studio Thesis (M.A., M.S.) perspectives and its impact on society. required. This course is open only to matriculated students. It Credits: 3 Credits: 3 is intended for graduate students who have elected Every Fall Every Spring to do a creative thesis in a particular area of studio ART 680 Concepts and Issues in Contemporary art. The course includes presentation, analysis, and ARTH 609 Special Populations in Photography discussion of thesis projects with regard to purpose, Child/Adolescent Art Therapy and Art Education This course is a survey of post-1950 photography: concept, material, and execution. Exhibition of An in-depth survey of different populations being the historical, sociological and artistic concepts and thesis is required. Registration must be approved by served by art therapists and art educators, including issues in contemporary photography. the graduate counselor or designated representative. autism, schizophrenia, depression, sensory deficits, Prerequisite of ART 679 is required. Credits: 3 developmental disabilities, and other childhood Credits: 3 Every Semester disorders within mental health settings or requiring
Every Spring IEPs in the public school system. ARTH 600 Theories in Art Therapy Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, and 605 are A survey course of diverse psychological theories as ART 690 Advanced Graduate Projects required. they relate to the field of art therapy. This course focuses on art studio projects in a Credits: 3 Credits: 3 specialized area. Students select a project of special Every Spring interest after consultation with the chairperson of Every Fall the Art Department or graduate art advisor. Special permission must be secured before registering for the course.
Credits: 3
Every Semester
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 204 C.W. Post Campus
will select a topic and develop a review of the Emphasis will be on understanding the architecture ARTH 611 Therapeutic Systems in Family Art relevant literature in the field which comprises the and theory of interface aesthetics. Projects will be Therapy first half of the thesis. centered around the individual's own expression Exploration of the practice of family art Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607, 609, and his or her source material, including traditional psychotherapy. In this course, major family systems and 616 are required. and digital art. theories, methods and treatment interventions will Credits: 3 Credits: 3 be addressed as they apply to family art therapy. Every Fall Every Spring Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607, 609, and 616 are required. ARTH 708 Thesis FTHE 708 Fine Art Thesis Credits: 3 Completion of thesis including presentation of the In this course, a creative studio project is Every Fall case materials, visual productions, and analysis undertaken in the candidate's major area including a discussion and conclusion. of specialization. The thesis project is under the ARTH 614 Internship I: Supervision Seminar Prerequisite of ART 707 is required. supervision of a Master's Thesis Committee, In-depth field experience under the direct Credits: 3 consisting of a chairperson and two faculty supervision of a registered art therapist. Each Every Spring members. In certain circumstances, a member or internship requires 350 hours on site. Population members of the committee may be selected from requirements: one internship with adults, one with CGPH 601 Graduate Computer Graphics outside the college faculty. The thesis project must children or adolescents. The seminar provides an Digital Paint is intended to provide students with be accompanied by a written statement and atmosphere for interns to reflect upon this advanced knowledge and expertise in the creation bibliography. An exhibition of the thesis is experience which leads to further integration and of digital artwork. Students explore new methods required, and the project must be photographed for synthesis. Students will present case studies on an of manipulating their own artistic creations and the college records. individual or group process. photos using digital imaging software techniques. Credits: 6 Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607, 609, Students develop a personal aesthetic and use it Every Spring and 616 are required. within their own artwork. Production techniques Credits: 3 concerning output are discussed. Students have IMA 501 Overview of Interactive Multimedia Every Summer their own computer workstations and access to Technology color scanners and printers. This course introduces the student to interactive
Credits: 3 multimedia technologies, both standard and newly ARTH 615 Internship II: Supervision Seminar Every Semester developed. Technologies and their applications are This course is a continuation of ARTH 614. discussed in the context of a rigorous intellectual Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607, 609, CGPH 602 Graduate Digital Design framework, including media theory and human and 616 are required. Digital Design is intended for artists and graphic factors, which enable the student to develop skills Credits: 3 designers who want to combine digital illustration, and evaluate the potential of new multimedia Every Fall image editing, and page layout techniques within a technologies. professional design environment. Students use ARTH 616 Clinical Projectives and Art-Based Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or appropriate design and computer graphics software Assessments permission of instructor is required. to create effective visual communication artwork. This course will focus on classic clinical projectives Credits: 3 The interaction among digital graphics, text and such as the House-Tree-Person (HTP) and the Every Fall illustration are thoroughly examined, presented and Draw-a-Person clinical projective (DAP). discussed within a critique setting. Students use IMA 502 Writing, Research and Evaluation for Additionally, graphomotor or expressive analysis of digital cameras, CD-ROM and printers to create an Multimedia drawings will be emphasized. A variety of art-based advanced suite of digital and printed portfolio This course examines the ways in which writers of assessment measures will be introduced throughout pieces. electronic, often interactive, texts must adapt to this course with case examples focusing the Credits: 3 computers and allied technologies. It also provides diagnostic aspects of the clinical art therapy process. Every Semester students with the special skills needed to write and Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602 and 605 are think creatively in this demanding environment. In required. CGPH 603 Motion Graphics addition, this course conducts formative evaluation Credits: 3 Motion Graphics is a hands-on computer class of message design and revises presentations in Every Spring intended for students interested in the response to audience feedback. computation, creation, and production of a ARTH 706 Research Methods Credits: 3 multimedia artwork. Students learn how to create This course will give the graduate art therapy Every Fall and develop storyboards and integrate their images student a basic overview of developing a research by constructing a multilevel digital production with IMA 503 Multimedia Laboratory I design. Students will learn the role of the graphics, imaging, sound, text and animation. This course examines the principles and issues in Institutional Review Board and write a formal IRB Credits: 3 design applicable to interactive media. Visual that will involve either a mock trial or formal Every Semester organization of digital images and motion graphic presentation. elements,typography, storyboarding, flow-charting Prerequisites of ARTH 600, 602, 605, 607, 609, CGPH 604 Web Design Portfolio For Artists and choices of technological options are explored. and 616 are required. This course explores the internet as an exhibition Students may choose to work independently; Credits: 3 space for artists and designers. Students will build however, collaborative projects are highly Every Summer and create their own website to showcase their fine encouraged. art, design, photography and new media projects. ARTH 707 Thesis Research Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or Students will learn the basic fundamentals of Research and preparation of the thesis. Working permission of instructor is required. HTML, web-based tools, and the use of internet both in class and on an individual basis, students Credits: 3 resources as they apply to artistic creativity. Every Fall
Page 205 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
allied equipment. Sound design software such as history of conceptual developments in the theory IMA 504 Social, Ethical and Legal Contexts of SAW Plus and Sound Forge are used in and practice of editing, students proceed to explore Communications Technologies and Multimedia conjunction with multimedia software. and implement editing techniques through This course traces the evolution of electronic Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or exercises in rhythm, pacing, continuity, montage, communications technologies and their social, permission of instructor is required. psychological vs. real-time, induced vs. real- cultural and intellectual impact on individuals and Credits: 3 movement, cutting dialogue, interview scenes, communities. Ethical, legal and policy issues Every Spring splitting tracks, mixing music and effects, dissolves, related to the development and application of the wipes and digital transitions. new multimedia technologies in today's complex IMA 603 Interactive Multimedia Laboratory II Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or regulatory environment are given particular This course covers advanced team-oriented skills permission of instructor is required. emphasis with special attention to copyright law, needed to explore, conceptualize and produce Credits: 3 intellectual property, privacy, free speech and interactive multimedia work. Students work within Every Spring indecency. a team environment using presentation graphics Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or software to create 3D animations and interactive IMA 707 Thesis Research permission of instructor is required. presentations. Discussions and critiques include the Students define the objectives of their thesis/final Credits: 3 role of each participant, the integrating of design project as well as the methodology they plan to Every Spring and computing and production challenges within a utilize. Primary thesis research is presented in a digital environment. creative context (i.e., storyboarding); thereby IMA 505 Multimedia History, Theory and Prerequisite of IMA 503 and an Interactive demonstrating their understanding of structure, Criticism Multimedia major are required or permission of form and the utilization of the tools necessary for This class presents a historical and critical context instructor is required. eventual integration directly into their final thesis within which the field of multimedia and Credits: 3 project. interactivity can be studied. It moves toward Every Spring Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or developing ways of analyzing the relationship of the permission of instructor is required. new interactive work to the rich history of IMA 604 Internet and Web Design Credits: 3 multimedia art forms. Subjects to be introduced This course gives students advanced knowledge in Every Fall include photography, cinema, radio, television, creating artwork and communications for viewing computers and the internet, as well as study of the in internet browsers. Students create their own impact of new technologies on the field of cultural original artwork and gain knowledge in important IMA 708 Thesis: Final Project studies. aspects of production of images for displaying in This is a culminating course for all students within Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or HTML format, as well as creating home pages and the Interactive Multimedia Arts program. Within permission of instructor is required. setting up internet connections. the candidate's major area of specialization, Credits: 3 Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or students are expected to successfully present their Every Spring permission of instructor is required. thesis in the form of an interactive work, video or Credits: 3 film to be shown within an exhibition setting. IMA 601 Moving Image In Multimedia Every Spring Prerequisite of IMA 707 and an Interactive This workshop on film and video production Multimedia major are required. techniques is targeted to multimedia producers. IMA 605 3D Modeling and Imaging Credits: 3 Specific aesthetic concerns include shot This course examines aspects of 3D design and Every Spring composition for use on a computer screen and animation including 3D model building, scene creation of images that are used at less than full building, lighting, texture creation and mapping, as SEM 600A MFA Seminar screen framing. Also covered are television studio well as animation techniques. The focus is on the This course is open only to matriculated MFA techniques such as chroma and luminance keys development of an original personal aesthetic. students. The seminar focuses on the topics drawn which assist and expedite work in computer Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or from the philosophical and aesthetic interests of the environments. Students learn to incorporate permission of instructor is required. participants. The format incorporates critiques, archival media and stock footage from various Credits: 3 readings, discussions, as well as the participation of sources into their multimedia projects. Experience Every Spring visiting artists. Contemporary problems as they is gained in visual concept development, script and relate to the making of art are examined. storyboard creation, camera operation, art IMA 701 Special Topics in Multimedia Credits: 3 direction, This is an umbrella course which serves to bring Every Semester lighting, sound and importing images for digital specialized and innovative topics to students in this SEM 600B MFA Seminar editing. program. The course may be taught by outside This course is open only to matriculated MFA Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or experts or regular faculty as appropriate. Cutting students. The seminar focuses on the topics drawn permission of instructor is required. edge technologies and applications are stressed. The from the philosophical and aesthetic interests of the Credits: 3 goal is to familiarize students with new participants. The format incorporates critiques, Every Fall developments and ways of thinking in the multimedia field. readings, discussions, as well as the participation of IMA 602 Sound In Multimedia Prerequisite of Interactive Multimedia major or visiting artists. Contemporary problems as they This course provides a theoretical and conceptual permission of instructor is required. relate to the making of art are examined. foundation for the student, while providing a Credits: 3 Credits: 3 strong hands-on component in which the hardware Every Spring Every Semester and software of sound used in multimedia are SEM 600C MFA Seminar explored. Although the primary tool is the IMA 702 Advanced Digital Editing This course is open only to matriculated MFA computer, students work with recording media This course is a workshop in the digital editing of students. The seminar focuses on the topics drawn such as analog tape, DAT, multi-track recorders and motion pictures and sound. Beginning with a
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 206 C.W. Post Campus from the philosophical and aesthetic interests of the explore at least one area of studio art other than the with the technical, creative and collaborative skills participants. The format incorporates critiques, student's area of concentration. Each month all necessary to enter the professional world of digital readings, discussions, as well as the participation of graduate students meet in order to present their game design and other interactive media. visiting artists. Contemporary problems as they work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism relate to the making of art are examined. under the direction of a graduate faculty member Credits: 3 are emphasized during these informal seminars. M.A. in Digital Game Design Every Semester Credits: 3 and Development Every Semester STSP 601 Studio Specialization and Research I The Master of Arts in Digital Game Design and This course is the concentrated development in an STSP 602B Studio Specialization and Research IV Development is an innovative 36-credit area of specialization under the guidance of two or This course is the concentrated development in an interdisciplinary program that provides students more faculty members. All students are required to area of specialization under the guidance of two or with the technical, creative and collaborative skills explore at least one area of studio art other than the more faculty members. All students are required to necessary to enter the professional world of game student's area of concentration. Each month all explore at least one area of studio art other than the and other interactive media design. The degree graduate students meet in order to present their student's area of concentration. Each month all offers a comprehensive and intensive study of the work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism graduate students meet in order to present their nature and process of digital game design and the under the direction of a graduate faculty member work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism underlying principles of human game play. The are emphasized during these informal seminars. under the direction of a graduate faculty member project-based curriculum allows students to focus Credits: 9 are emphasized during these informal seminars. on developing skill sets in computer programming, Every Semester Credits: 6 art/graphics or interface/content development Every Semester STSP 601A Studio Specialization and Research I while collaborating with others in the cohort on This course is the concentrated development in an STSP 603 Studio Specialization and Research III large-scale team projects. Students are encouraged area of specialization under the guidance of two or This course is advanced work in the area of to do internships at game development companies more faculty members. All students are required to specialization, preparing the candidate for the in New York City. In addition to game explore at least one area of studio art other than the thesis. The student works under the supervision of development, the program stresses the following student's area of concentration. Each month all a major faculty advisor and in consultation with elements essential to success in the industry: graduate students meet in order to present their professional specialists in an area outside of the storyboarding, paper prototyping, usability testing, work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism department. and project management. Students will be taught under the direction of a graduate faculty member Prerequisite of STSP 602 is required. how to write grant proposals and approach venture are emphasized during these informal seminars. Credits: 9 capital to support their work and encouraged to Credits: 6 Every Semester collaborate with business faculty on marketing and Every Semester disseminating their thesis projects. STSP 603A Studio Specialization and Research V ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS STSP 601B Studio Specialization and Research II This course is advanced work in the area of Applicants to the Master of Arts in Digital This course is the concentrated development in an specialization, preparing the candidate for the Game Design and Development must meet the area of specialization under the guidance of two or thesis. The student works under the supervision of following requirements for admission. more faculty members. All students are required to a major faculty advisor and in consultation with Recommended deadline for admission is May 30. explore at least one area of studio art other than the professional specialists in an area outside of the • Application for Admission student's area of concentration. Each month all department. • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) graduate students meet in order to present their Credits: 6 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism Every Semester graduate transcripts from any college(s) or under the direction of a graduate faculty member universities you have attended. are emphasized during these informal seminars. DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA • Bachelor's degree and strong preparation in at Credits: 6 least one of the 3 areas of program Every Semester ARTS specialization:
(a) Programming for Games: Phone: 516 299-2382 STSP 602 Studio Specialization and Research II B.S. in Computer Science or the equivalent Website: www.liu.edu/cwpost/mediaarts This course is the concentrated development in an (b) Visual Design for Games: Chair: Professor Fowles area of specialization under the guidance of two or B.A. or B.F.A. in Digital Art and Design, Professors: Carlomusto, Dodrill, Jasen more faculty members. All students are required to Interactive Multimedia or the equivalent Associate Professors: Bertozzi, Dress explore at least one area of studio art other than (c) Game Design: Assistant Professor: Mardenfeld their area of concentration. Each month all B.A. or B.F.A. in Game Design or in a related Adjunct Faculty: 12 graduate students meet in order to present their subject such as English, theatre, film, psychology The Department of Media Arts prepares work that is in progress. Discussion and criticism or education students for dynamic and rewarding careers in under the direction of a graduate faculty member Students may be admitted with a more general radio, television, advertising, journalism, public are emphasized during these informal seminars. undergraduate degree coupled with considerable relations, new media, and digital game design. We Prerequisite of STSP 601 is required. practical experience, at the discretion of the offer a strong foundation in media theory, ethics, Credits: 9 Program Director. culture and history as well as access to cutting- Every Semester • Personal interview with the Program Director edge technologies and practical work experiences. will be required. Once your application and STSP 602A Studio Specialization and Research III The Department offers an M.A. in Digital Game support materials have been reviewed, you will This course is the concentrated development in an Design and Development that is a unique be contacted for an interview with the Program area of specialization under the guidance of two or opportunity to prepare students for careers in Director. more faculty members. All students are required to interactive media. The program provides students
Page 207 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
• Candidates for entrance to the program must DGD 522 Advanced Game 3.00 entertainment. have a basic level of computer literacy. They Programming Credits: 3 should be familiar with the PC or Macintosh Annually DGD 524 Systems Engineering for 3.00 platform and have experience with two or more Game Development of the following: word-processing, HTML, DGD 504 Game Development 1 This hands-on workshop teaches the fundamentals digital imaging, digital illustration, digital DGD 526 Project Management for 3.00 of game and other interactive media design using video or MIDI. Game Development • Submit a Personal Statement that describes software that allows for interactivity through web DGD 503 Visual Design 1 3.00 your work as it relates to the program, and state browsers, tablets, phones and other platforms. what you wish to accomplish in your studies DGD 506 Visual Design 2 3.00 Students learn the basics of object-oriented here. Any relevant professional experience programming and how to use it to build compelling DGD 621 Dimensional Imaging & 3.00 should also be described in this statement. A interactive environments. Focus is on how to Animation I GRE is not necessary. storyboard, paper prototype, test and build games • Submit one piece of writing that demonstrates DGD 622 Dimensional Imaging & 3.00 that integrate text, audio, video and other kinds of ability to think critically (academic paper, Animation II content. Students will write and conduct usability article, etc.) and examples of work that tests and learn how to constructively critique each Required Digital Game Design Thesis Courses demonstrate competence in individual area of other’s work. DGD 707 Thesis Prototyping 3.00 expertise: games, levels/mods of existing Credits: 3 games, artwork, interface/web design, etc. Send DGD 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 Every Fall
links, DVD or flash drive. DGD 709 Thesis Lab 3.00 DGD 505 Game Development 2 • Submit two professional and/or academic In Game Development 2, students will spend the letters of recommendation that address the entire semester making a single digital game. applicant's potential in the profession and Working in small groups, students will develop an ability to complete a graduate program. original concept, prepare design documentation, • Students for whom English is a second Digital Game Design and and then iteratively create the game from prototype language must submit official score results of Development Courses to alpha and beta versions, and then to a final the Test of English as a Foreign Language version. Students will choose the platform and tools (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable for their game, although a handful will be TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 DGD 500 Computing Scripting Fundamentals for recommended. In addition to game production computer-based or 550 paper-based) or Games (CS 500) skills, a second focus of the course is management minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Students will learn the fundamentals of computer of the process of game development. Each team will Send application materials to: scripting languages. The course will cover basic learn about production schedules, risk Graduate Admissions Office control and data types. The native scripting management, formal play-testing methods, bug C.W. Post Campus Long Island University language of the Adobe Flash development tracking, and other important aspects of managing 720 Northern Boulevard environment (ActionScript) will be used. This class a game project. The end result of the course will be Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 will also cover the basics of frame-based animation a fully playable small-scale game. Students will also Phone: 516-299-2900 using the Flash environment in conjunctions with create a personal portfolio that showcases their own Fax: 516-299-2137 ActionScript. and their group work. Email: [email protected] Pre requisite of DGE 505 is required Credits: 3 Pre requisite of DGD 504 is required Credits: 3 MA in Digital Game Design and Annually Annually Development DGD 501 Introduction to Game Design Required Core Courses Students will play many kinds of games and learn DGD 506 Visual Design 2 (IMA 605) Required Digital Game Design Courses how to critically analyze play environments. Course This course will start with an introduction to file DGD 501 Introduction to Game 3.00 readings range from German philosophers to management on Macintosh computers. Students Design current game theorists. Students will research player will gain a basic proficiency in the industry standard experience, the changing content of games, and the software, Autodesk Maya 3D. Emphasis will be DGD 504 Game Development 1 3.00 effects of playing games on players. The results of placed on principles of 3D design techniques for DGD 505 Game Development 2 3.00 research are then used to develop new games. animation and interactive media. This course will Course is writing-intensive; requiring two research conclude with an introduction to 3D character DGD 511 The History of Games 3.00 papers and a game design document. development, rigging and animation for both the DGD 625 The Game Industry 3.00 Credits: 3 movie and gaming environments. Pre requisite of DGD 503 is required Elective Digital Game Design Courses Every Fall Credits: 3 Student must take four courses (12 credits) DGD 503 Visual Design 1 ( IMA 503) Annually from the following: This course will start with an introduction to the DGD 513 Social Game Design 3.00 basic qualities of interactive software, 2 dimensional DGD 510 Narrative Game Design Narrative is an important framework for DGD 525 Audio Design for Games 3.00 graphic design software and basic programming (ActionScripting). Course instruction will be on a understanding how games create meaningful DGD 510 Narrative Game Design 3.00 variety of software used to create interactive experiences for players. This game design course will investigate the intersection of games and DGD 512 Educational Game Design 3.00 products. Students will gain knowledge of diverse forms of digital games dealing with the areas of storytelling through the study and creation of game DGD 520 2D Programming 3.00 information, education, promotion, art and narratives. It will look at the ways that games uniquely tell stories through their status as
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 208 C.W. Post Campus participatory, dynamic systems. Students will write as well as background in CS up to, and including, Credits: 3 analytical papers, game scripts and create playable data structures (stacks/queues, dictionary, hash, Annually prototypes using XHTML/CSS and HTML5. trees and graphs). Credits: 3 Credits: 3 DGD 621 Advanced 3D Animation 1 (CGPH 21) Annually Annually This course explores intermediate techniques in digital 3D modeling and animation with Autodesk DGD 511 The History of Games DGD 522 Advanced Game Programming (CS Maya 3D. Emphasis will be placed on environments This course gives students an understanding of 522) and character development. Students will be games as a designed, cultural form. It covers the This course involves advanced game programming encouraged to explore a personal animation style. entire history of games, from the earliest board techniques associated with 3D game programming. Pre requisites of DGD 505 and DGD 506 are games and sports through the latest videogames ¿ Topics include object rendering, terrain generation required. although the emphasis is on digital games. The and skyboxing, perspectives of camera views, audio Credits: 3 course draws readings from game studies that look effects, lighting, and physical phenomena Annually at games and play from both humanities and social representation. Students will create a 3D game that science perspectives. Students will also learn to look incorporates these elements. DGD 622 Advanced 3D Animation 2 at games as designed experiences, discussing what Pre requisite of DGD 520 is required This course explores advanced techniques in digital does and does not make for a successful game. Credits: 3 3D modeling and animation for games and Assignments will consist of written papers and Annually interactive media. With Autodesk Maya 3D, and its presentations. peripheral applications, students will be versed in Credits: 3 DGD 524 Systems Engineering for Game creating environments, particle systems and Annually Development (CS 524) animated characters. Emphasis will be placed on This course applies the concepts of Systems the synthesis of these components in the game DGD 512 Educational Game Design Engineering to the game development life cycle. environment. Although most games are designed for purposes of Successful systems integration begins with Pre requisites of DGD 505 and DGD 621 are pure entertainment, increasingly games are appropriate decisions for platforms, hardware and required. designed for educational ends as well. This includes software. Students will learn to plan and control the Credits: 3 the design of games for school curricula, games for scope of a game project defined by user and system Annually social and political activism, and games for training requirements. Quality control involves the testing purposes. How is the fun of a game balanced with of the game program against those requirements. DGD 625 The Game Industry its educational needs? What are the best topics and The students will perform both unit and This course looks at the business aspects of the subjects for educational games to take on? How integration testing as well as understand the role of game industry. Students will complete readings and exactly do games teach their players? This course alpha and beta testing in achieving a quality game. analyses on the economic history of digital games, will look at the challenges of creating educational Pre requisite of DGE 505 is required and will examine game funding, distribution, games through the creation and analysis of actual Credits: 3 regulation, marketing, public relations and business games. Annually models for games. An important part of the class is Pre requisites of DGD 501 and DGD 504 are visits to game and media companies in NYC, where required DGD 525 Audio Design for Games students meet with professionals who are making Credits: 3 This course gives students an understanding of the and publishing games. This class will use students¿ Annually role that audio plays in digital games and other experiences in their zero-credit summer internships interactive environments, and provides them with to inform class discussion and final project. The DGD 513 Social Game Design the technical skills to create and deliver audio in a final project in this class will be a business analysis Games are traditionally social experiences. For the contemporary professional environment. Students of a game or game company, or a business proposal thousands of years of game history before the will learn how audio interacts with narrative and for a new game or game company. computer, people played games in part because it visual components to create a satisfying user Credits: 3 brought them together for a social experience. The experience. Assignments will consist of individual Annually advent of computer games has created even more student production of audio appropriate for digital ways for people to interact through games, games. DGD 707 Thesis Prototyping mediated by technology, across vast distances. This Pre requisite of DGE 505 is required This course is the first semester of the yearlong course will explore the social component of game Credits: 3 thesis project. At the beginning of the course, design, focusing on how to create meaningful Annually students finalize initial project concepts and form experiences for large numbers of players both on groups for the completion of their theses, with and off the computer. This includes an exploration DGD 526 Project Management for Game guidance from the instructor. The rest of the of massively multiplayer online games as well as low- Development (CS 526) semester is spent on concepting, planning, tech street games and big urban games. This course applies the concepts of Systems designing, and prototyping the thesis game. The Pre requisite of DGE 505 is required Engineering to the game development life cycle. goal is to end the semester with an actual, playable Credits: 3 Successful systems integration begins with prototype for each game. Because this course Annually appropriate decisions for platforms, hardware and introduces players to larger digital game software. Students will learn to plan and control the development, time is also spent on project DGD 520 2D Game Programming (CS 520) scope of a game project defined by user and system planning, risk management, and production Using an object-oriented language and a low level requirements. Quality control involves the testing scheduling. The semester ends with a working game engine, students will create 2D games based of the game program against those requirements. prototype and production plan for a thesis project on established specifications. Students will apply The students will perform both unit and to be completed in the spring. data structures and algorithmic development to integration testing as well as understand the role of Pre requisite of DGD 505 and two core different scenarios based on existing game alpha and beta testing in achieving a quality game. requirements in each student's specific track (Game structures. The course assumes a proficiency in C# Pre requisite of DGE 505 is required Design, Programming or Visual Design)
Page 209 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Credits: 3 workshops, master classes and concerts both on credentials, students may be offered limited Annually Campus and at major concert halls in New York matriculation status. City and abroad. Performance majors enjoy • Two professional and/or academic letters of DGD 708 Thesis Seminar vibrant careers as composers, performers in recommendation that address the applicant's The thesis seminar is the capstone of the thesis Broadway shows, members of major orchestras potential in the profession and ability to complete process in the second semester of the final year. In and opera companies, and music scholars and a graduate program this course, students work closely with the researchers. • Personal Statement that addresses the reason you instructor, who oversees and troubleshoot their are interested in pursuing graduate work in this projects in a weekly discussion group where they area of study share their work with peers in a critique context. M.A. in Music • Appear before a faculty member or panel, either During the thesis seminar, students not only create individually or as a participant in a group situation, their game, but also prepare to share it with the CONCENTRATION IN THEORY AND for assessment of interpersonal and musicianship public, creating a website, launch schedule, and PR COMPOSITION skills. plans. The thesis seminar is also the setting for a The 36-credit Master of Arts degree in Music • Submit a current résumé formal presentation of projects at the end of the with a concentration in Theory and Composition • Students for whom English is a second language semester. offers an in-depth study of tonal and atonal must submit official score results of the Test of Pre requisite of DGD 707 is required. harmony, form, arranging, orchestration, and English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The Credits: 3 development of an individual's compositional required minimum acceptable TOEFL score is: 79 Annually technique. The rich array of courses taught by our Internet-based (213 computer-based or 550 paper-
outstanding faculty of professional musicians and based) or minimum IELTS score: 6.5. DGD 709 Thesis Lab educators ranges from "Polyphonic and Harmonic Send application materials to: The Thesis Lab is a corollary class to the Thesis Analysis"and "Orchestration" to "Jazz Graduate Admissions Office Seminar. The Thesis Lab provides work times for Composition and Arranging" and "Music Notation C.W. Post Campus the students collaborating on thesis projects to at the Computer." A thesis is required to complete Long Island University work together in a lab facility. The Thesis Lab this degree program. An acceptable large-scale 720 Northern Boulevard includes all of the collaborative work relating to musical composition may be submitted to satisfy Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 the creation of the thesis game, including the this requirement. CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY AND design and production process, playtesting, and the The degree prepares students for a wide variety LITERATURE creation of a launch plan and website. of careers including music historian, solo or group The 36-credit Master of Arts in Music with a Pre requisite of DGD 707 is required. performer, accompanist, chamber musician/singer, concentration in History and Literature explores Credits: 3 studio musician, composition/theory specialist, the evolution of musical styles, both instrumental Annually music educator, music technology specialist, and vocal, and cultural developments that private school teacher, private studio instructor or influenced Western and world music. Both DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC music producer. comprehensive historical surveys as well as
As a student in this program, you will work with advanced studies in specialized areas of Phone: (516) 299-2474 faculty members who are active musicians with musicological research are taught. The degree Fax: (516) 299-2884 flourishing professional careers and extensive prepares students for a wide variety of careers Website: www.liu.edu/cwpost/music networking connections in the music world. In including music historian, solo or group performer, Chair: James McRoy, D.A., Director of Bands addition, you will have access to workshops and accompanist, chamber musician/singer, studio Professors: Chinn, Golden, McRoy, Watt master classes conducted by high-profile musical musician, composition/theory specialist, music Associate Professors: Miceli, Wright artists from across the country and around the educator, music technology specialist, private Assistant Professors: Rhynie (T.K. Blue), Shapiro world. Music majors also perform on national and school teacher, private studio instructor or music Adjunct Faculty: 68 international tours organized and led by their producer. The Department of Music provides a dynamic, professors. You also will have the opportunity to As a student in this program, you will work with intensive and supportive environment that will participate in one or more of C.W. Post's 16 faculty members who are active musicians with nurture your talent as a performer, music educator ensembles, including groups that specialize in flourishing professional careers and extensive or scholar. The Department offers courses leading contemporary, traditional and early music styles. networking connections in the music world. In toward an M.A. degree (with concentrations in Admission Requirements addition, you will have access to workshops and Music Theory and Composition, and in Music Applicants to the Master of Arts with a master classes conducted by high-profile musical History and Literature) and an M.S. degree in concentration in Theory and Composition must artists from New York City and around the world. Music Education (Birth to Grade 12). In addition meet the following requirements for admission. Music majors also perform on national and to their academic involvement, graduate students • Application for Admission. international tours organized and led by their are encouraged to participate in the rich • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). professors. You also will have the opportunity to performance and concert life of the department. • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or participate in one or more of C.W. Post's 16 Our conservatory-style program, within a graduate transcripts from any college(s) or ensembles, including groups that specialize in liberal arts university, brings you a diverse array of universities you have attended. contemporary, traditional and early music styles. performance and academic opportunities. We offer • Have an undergraduate major in music or must Admission Requirements a full curriculum of bachelor’s and master’s degree have a minimum of 36 credits in music classes Applicants to the Master of Arts with a programs taught by more than 70 nationally and • Bachelor's degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative concentration in Music History and Literature internationally recognized performers, conductors, grade point average in undergraduate studies or must meet the following requirements for composers, researchers and music educators. The successful completion of another master's degree. admission. Department of Music offers a variety of public Applicants who do not meet this academic • Application for Admission. performance opportunities to showcase student requirement will be reviewed individually by the • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). skills and talents, including solo student recitals, program director. Based on a review of all • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 210 C.W. Post Campus graduate transcripts from any college(s) or Post's 16 ensembles, including groups that advanced snare drum solo; (2) two-mallet universities you have attended. specialize in contemporary, traditional and early keyboard piece (marimba, xylophone, or • Have an undergraduate major in music or must music styles. vibraphone); (3) two-drum timpani piece have a minimum of 36 credits in music classes Admission Requirements For Vocalists: • Bachelor's degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative Applicants to the Master of Arts in Music • Two pieces of contrasting styles. One selection grade point average in undergraduate studies or History and Literature must meet the following must be in a language other than English. The successful completion of another master's degree. requirements for admission. other classical selection may be in English if Applicants who do not meet this academic • Application for Admission. desired. requirement will be reviewed individually by the • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable). • Exploration of vocal range and aural abilities. program director. Based on a review of all • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or • An accompanist will be provided if you require credentials, students may be offered limited graduate transcripts from any college(s) or one, or you may bring your own accompanist if matriculation status. universities you have attended. you wish. • Two professional and/or academic letters of • Have an undergraduate major in music or must recommendation that address the applicant's have a minimum of 36 credits in music classes MA Music Major Requirements potential in the profession and ability to complete • Bachelor's degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative Required Music Course for all Sub-Plans a graduate program grade point average in undergraduate studies or MUS 608 Seminar in Musicology 3.00 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason you successful completion of another master's degree. are interested in pursuing graduate work in this Applicants who do not meet this academic Music History & Literature Sub-Plan area of study requirement will be reviewed individually by the Requirements • Appear before a faculty member or panel, either program director. Based on a review of all Elective Music History & Literature Courses individually or as a participant in a group situation, credentials, students may be offered limited Four of the following: for assessment of interpersonal and musicianship matriculation status. MUS 540 Criteria For Musical 3.00 skills. • Two professional and/or academic letters of Performance • Submit a current résumé recommendation that address the applicant's MUS 600 Opera History 3.00 • Students for whom English is a second language potential in the profession and ability to complete must submit official score results of the Test of a graduate program MUS 601 Seminar in the History of 3.00 English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The • Personal Statement that addresses the reason you Music I required minimum acceptable TOEFL score is: 79 are interested in pursuing graduate work in this MUS 602 Seminar in the History of 3.00 Internet-based (213 computer based or 550 paper- area of study Music II based) or minimum IELTS score: 6.5. • Submit a current résumé Send application materials to: • Students for whom English is a second language MUS 603 Seminar in the History of 3.00 Graduate Admissions Office must submit official score results of the Test of Music III C.W. Post Campus English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The MUS 604 Seminar in the History of 3.00 Long Island University required minimum acceptable TOEFL score is: 79 Music IV 720 Northern Boulevard Internet-based (213 computer-based or 550 paper- Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 based) or minimum IELTS score: 6.5. MUS 605 The Role of the 3.00 CONCENTRATION IN PERFORMANCE Send application materials to: Symphony in the History The 36-credit Master of Arts in Music with a Graduate Admissions Office of Music concentration in Performance is geared toward C.W. Post Campus Elective Music Theory & Composition Courses candidates with strong background in solo Long Island University Two of the following: instrumental, vocal, or conducting performance. 720 Northern Boulevard?Brookville, N.Y. 11548- MUS 518 The Study of Musical 3.00 This plan of study is based substantially on courses 1300 Form and activities with performance emphasis. Auditions for Admission Advanced instruction in applied music, coaching, An audition is required for those candidates MUS 520 Jazz Composition and 3.00 conducting, master classes and workshops are pursuing the M.A. in Music with a Concentration Arranging offered as well as opportunities in solo, chamber, in Performance. Audition dates are available on MUS 611 Polyphonic and Harmonic 3.00 and various large ensemble performances. The the Department of Music home page. Alternate Analysis degree prepares students for a wide variety of dates can be made by appointment. Call 516-299- careers including music historian, solo or group 2475 or e-mail [email protected]. MUS 613 Seminar Harmony and 3.00 performer, accompanist, chamber musician/singer, Auditions are held in the C.W. Post Fine Arts Counterpoint studio musician, composition/theory specialist, Center. You can register to audition by completing MUS 616 Analysis Of 20th Century 3.00 music educator, music technology specialist, the online Audition Registration Form on the Music private school teacher, private studio instructor or department website, www.liu.edu/cwpost/music. music producer. As a student in this program, you You can also register by phone at 516-299-2475. MUS 619 Seminar In Composition 3.00 will work with faculty members who are active Audition Requirements MUS 645 Orchestration 3.00 musicians with flourishing professional careers Professional attire is expected. and extensive networking connections in the music For Instrumentalists: Required Music Thesis Courses world. In addition, you will have access to • Two pieces of contrasting styles. These could be MUS 707 Research Methods 3.00 workshops and master classes conducted by high- two complete pieces or individual movements MUS 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 profile musical artists from New York City and from two different works. around the world. Music majors also perform on • Major scales national and international tours organized and led • Sight-reading by their professors. You also will have the Percussionists: opportunity to participate in one or more of C.W. Audition repertoire should include: (1)
Page 211 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Elective Music Courses MUS 659 Institutes & Workshops in 1.00- Students are required to complete 9 credits in Music: Chamber Music 3.00 M.S. in Music Education (B-12) Music in the 500, 600, or 700 series Festival Joint Program with the College of Education 3.00 Cumulative GPA Required. MUS 710A Chamber Music 1.00 and Information Sciences The minimum Overall GPA 3.00 Ensembles To teach music is to introduce children to an art Music Theory & Composition Sub- MUS 545A- Any Studio Lesson 1.00- form that is basic to all of humanity. But the Plan Requirements B Course 2.00 benefits of music education go far beyond learning Elective Music Theory & Composition Courses to sing, play and appreciate music. Cognitive MUS 557A- Any Studio Lesson 1.00- Four of the following: development, fine motor skills, cultural awareness D Course 2.00 MUS 518 The Study of Musical 3.00 and increased intellectual capacity all progress Form MUS 750- Any Studio Lesson 1.00- from the study of music. Music education 788A- Course 2.00 combines the joy of artistic expression with the MUS 520 Jazz Composition and 3.00 D challenge and rewards of classroom instruction. Arranging The Master of Science in Music Education MUS 630 Any Conducting Course 1.00- MUS 611 Polyphonic and Harmonic 3.00 prepares professional music teachers and leaders to MUS 679A- 2.00 Analysis work with children of all ages, from infants, B toddlers and preschoolers to elementary, middle MUS 613 Seminar Harmony and 3.00 Elective Music History & Literature Courses and high school students in New York State. The Counterpoint Two of the following: program includes a semester of student teaching in MUS 616 Analysis Of 20th Century 3.00 MUS 540 Criteria For Musical 3.00 elementary and secondary schools as well as Music Performance comprehensive coursework in the social and psychological aspects of teaching and modern MUS 619 Seminar In Composition 3.00 MUS 600 Opera History 3.00 educational methods and materials. Students who MUS 645 Orchestration 3.00 MUS 601 Seminar in the History of 3.00 elect to waive student teaching are required to take Elective Music History & Literature Course Music I an additional 6 credits in lieu of student teaching and pass a comprehensive examination. Two of the following: MUS 602 Seminar in the History of 3.00 A joint program of the C.W. Post College of MUS 540 Criteria For Musical 3.00 Music II Education and Information Sciences and School of Performance MUS 603 Seminar in the History of 3.00 Visual and Performing Arts, the M.S. in Music MUS 600 Opera History 3.00 Music III Education offers two plans of study: a 42-credit plan for initial teaching certification by the New MUS 601 Seminar in the History of 3.00 MUS 604 Seminar in the History of 3.00 York State Education Department and a 36-credit Music I Music IV plan leading to professional certification, for MUS 602 Seminar in the History of 3.00 MUS 605 The Role of the 3.00 students with a significant background in Music II Symphony in the History education. of Music ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS MUS 603 Seminar in the History of 3.00 Applicants to the Master of Science in Music Music III Elective Music Theory & Composition Courses Two of the following: Education must meet the following requirements MUS 604 Seminar in the History of 3.00 for admission. MUS 518 The Study of Musical 3.00 Music IV • Application for Admission Form Required Music Thesis Courses • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) MUS 520 Jazz Composition and 3.00 • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or MUS 707 Research Methods 3.00 Arranging graduate transcripts from any college(s) or MUS 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 universities you have attended. MUS 611 Polyphonic and Harmonic 3.00 • Have an undergraduate major in music or music Elective Music Courses Analysis Students are required to complete 9 credits in education or must have a minimum of 36 Music in the 500, 600, or 700 series MUS 613 Seminar Harmony and 3.00 credits in music classes Counterpoint 3.00 Cumulative GPA Required. • Bachelor’s degree with at least a 3.0 cumulative The minimum Overall GPA 3.00 MUS 616 Analysis Of 20th Century 3.00 grade point average in undergraduate studies or successful completion of another master’s Performance Sub-Plan Requirements Music degree. Elective Performance Courses MUS 619 Seminar In Composition 3.00 • Two professional and/or academic letters of 12 credits from the following: MUS 645 Orchestration 3.00 recommendation that address the applicant’s MUS 538A- Any Ensemble Course 1.00 potential in the profession and ability to Required Music Thesis Courses Q complete a graduate program MUS 707 Research Methods 3.00 MUS 539 Instrumental Performance 1.00 • Personal Statement that addresses the reason Workshop MUS 708 Thesis Seminar 3.00 you are interested in pursuing graduate work in this area of study MUS 549 Vocal Performance 1.00 Free Electives (3 credits) • Appear before a faculty member or panel, Workshop Can be filled with 3 credits from any other either individually or as a participant in a group graduate music course. situation, for assessment of interpersonal and 3.00 Cumulative GPA Required. musicianship skills. The minimum Overall GPA 3.00 • Submit a current résumé
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 212 C.W. Post Campus
• Students for whom English is a second MUS 538F Orchestra and musical context for the literature chosen. The language must submit official score results of Audition required. course will culminate with a staged performance. the Test of English as a Foreign Language Credits: 0 to 1 Audition required. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Every Fall and Spring Credits: 0 to 1 TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 On Occasion computer-based or 550 paper-based) or MUS 538G Jazz Ensemble minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Audition required. MUS 539 Instrumental Performance Workshop Send application materials to: Credits: 0 to 1 This course is a weekly forum for performance and Graduate Admissions Office Every Fall and Spring discussion of the art of interpretation. Emphasis is
C.W. Post Campus placed on student performances, comparative MUS 538H Merriweather Consort Long Island University listening, score analysis and selected readings on Audition required. 720 Northern Boulevard style and performance practice. Credits: 0 to 1 Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 Credits: 0 to 1 Every Fall and Spring Every Fall and Spring
Music Courses MUS 538I Percussion Ensemble MUS 540 Criteria For Musical Performance Audition required. This course includes the history of musical Credits: 0 to 1 MUS 518 The Study of Musical Form performance in relation to musical composition, Every Fall and Spring the analytical evaluation of past and present day This course is a study of the formal procedures used performers, and the identification of present day by composers from the 17th century to the present. MUS 538J Guitar Ensemble standards of performance. Credits: 3 Audition required. Credits: 3 Alternate Spring Credits: 0 to 1 Every Summer Every Fall and Spring MUS 520 Jazz Composition and Arranging MUS 545A Studio Lessons: Alexander Technique This course is an introduction to concepts and MUS 538K Brass Ensemble The course is an application in private format of techniques used in jazz arranging and composing Audition required. principles covered in MUS 545, the Alexander through the study of examples taken from the Credits: 0 to 1 Technique. Special fee, $325. works of Ellington, Thad Jones, Gil Evans and Every Fall and Spring others. The student learns instrumental ranges and Credits: 1 transpositions, rhythm section notation and re- MUS 538L Flute Ensemble Every Fall, Spring and Summer harmonization techniques. Four- and five-part Audition required. MUS 545B Studio Lessons: Alexander Technique writing is explored in a project for octet. More Credits: 0 to 1 The course is an application in private format of advanced students write a big band arrangement. Every Fall and Spring principles covered in MUS 545, the Alexander Credits: 3 Technique. Special fee, $335. Every Spring MUS 538M String Ensemble Audition required. Credits: 2 MUS 538A Chorus Credits: 0 to 1 Every Fall, Spring and Summer
Audition required. Every Fall and Spring MUS 548 Vocal Pedagogy Credits: 0 to 1 This survey of pedagogical sources of singing begins Every Fall and Spring MUS 538N Wind Ensemble Audition required. with 17th century "bel MUS 538B Chamber Singers Credits: 0 to 1 canto" Italian technique and continues up through Audition required. Every Fall and Spring the 20th century art and science Credits: 0 to 1 of voice. A thorough overview of the physiology and Every Fall and Spring MUS 538O Jazz Combo anatomy of the singing voice; discussion of Audition required. acoustics for phonation and articulation and its MUS 538C Madrigal Singers Credits: 0 to 1 integration with vocal diction to comprise a solid Audition required. Every Fall and Spring singing technique is presented. The course includes Credits: 0 to 1 an in-depth discussion of comparative schools of Every Fall and Spring MUS 538P Vocal Jazz Combo thought in pedagogy and relevance to modern voice Audition required. instruction. MUS 538D Vocal Jazz Ensemble Credits: 0 to 1 Credits: 2 Audition required. Every Fall and Spring Every Spring Credits: 0 to 1 Every Fall and Spring MUS 538Q Opera Ensemble MUS 549 Vocal Performance Workshop Introduction to the study and performance of This is a weekly master class with instructor and MUS 538E Symphonic Band operatic literature. The students will learn the accompanist. Singers can use this class to present Audition required. basics of stage movement, the historic traditions of works in progress for recitals and rehearsals for Credits: 0 to 1 stagecraft, and then proceed to actually staging and opera scenes and productions. Every Fall and Spring performing solos, duets, trios, and ensembles from Credits: 0 to 1
the operatic repertoire. Additional topics to be Every Fall and Spring covered include: building a three dimensional character, coordination of singing, acting and MUS 550 Vocal Diction movement; memorization and text interpretation A four semester sequence for singers, pianists and techniques; brief overview of historic conventions conductors.
Page 213 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
MUS 550A Italian Credits: 3 MUS 550B English Alternate Spring MUS 626 Choral Literature MUS 550C French This course is a comprehensive study of materials, MUS 550D German MUS 604 Seminar in the History of Music IV trends, and instructional procedures that pertain to Credits: 2 This course explores the history of music for the school choral organizations. Suggested for third and On Occasion 20th century. fourth-year Music and Music Education majors Credits: 3 only. MUS 557A Studio Lessons: Vocal Coaching Alternate Fall Credits: 3 Vocal coaching lessons supplement the technical Every Fall work of voice lessons allowing the student to go in- MUS 605 The Role of the Symphony in the depth into repertoire, language, issues of History of Music MUS 630 Conducting I interpretations of poetic texts and refinement of This course examines the history of the symphony The course covers the elements of conducting. performance skills. Special fee, $325. from its origin in the 17th century to the present. Credits: 2 Credits: 1 Credits: 3 Every Fall
Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Summer MUS 631 Conducting II MUS 557B Studio Lessons: Vocal Coaching MUS 608 Seminar in Musicology Advanced problems and techniques of instrumental Vocal coaching lessons supplement the technical This course is a discussion of such problems of and choral conducting are explored. work of voice lessons allowing the student to go in- musicology as musical bibliography, musical Credits: 2 depth into repertoire, language, issues of historiography, ethnomusicology, musical notation Every Spring interpretations of poetic texts and refinement of and performance practice. Individual research MUS 632 Graduate Music Teaching & Learning performance skills. Special fee, $335. projects are assigned. Seminar Credits: 2 Credits: 3 This course develops a comprehensive Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall understanding of the way children learn when they MUS 557C Studio Lessons: Instrumental MUS 611 Polyphonic and Harmonic Analysis learn music. Students apply Edwin E. Gordon's Coaching This course covers the analysis of music as it Music Learning Theory to choral, general, special To supplement the work of individual instrumental pertains to horizontal, vertical, structural and needs, and instrumental music teaching and lessons, private instrumental coaching allows the rhythmic elements. Music from various historical learning situations. Strategies for meeting state and student to prepare in-depth standard repertoire for periods is studied. national standards are included. This course is performance with accompaniment. Special fee, Credits: 3 required for students seeking New York State initial $325. Alternate Fall teaching certification.
Credits: 1 Credits: 1 MUS 613 Seminar in Harmony and Counterpoint Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall This course is a review of counterpoint and MUS 557D Studio Lessons: Instrumental harmony, allied with a study of musical form. MUS 633 Musicianship for Music Teachers Coaching Pertinent examples from the literature are analyzed. This music skills class is designed to prepare To supplement the work of individual instrumental Credits: 3 students for success as public school music teachers. lessons, private instrumental coaching allows the Alternate Spring Students will gain confidence with tonal and student to prepare in-depth standard repertoire for rhythm solfege, basic improvisation, and functional MUS 616 Analysis of 20th Century Music performance with accompaniment. Special fee, piano skills. Special emphasis is placed on keyboard This course is a study of structural, proportional $335. harmonization, music reading and accompaniment. and organizational techniques in the 20th century Credits: 2 The Graduate Skills Competency will serve as the from Debussy to the present. Every Fall, Spring and Summer final examination for this course. Credits: 3 Credits: 2 MUS 600 Opera History Alternate Fall Every Fall and Spring
The course is the study of operatic masterpieces MUS 619 Seminar In Composition from the 17th to the 20th centuries. MUS 634 Enhancing Literacy Through Teaching This course includes practical ideas and procedures Credits: 3 Music in Special Education of composing from a modern perspective. Both Every Fall This course focuses on the knowledge of learning tonality and atonality are explored each semester styles and multiple intelligence through a multi- MUS 601 Seminar in the History of Music I with an emphasis on executing original sensory technique that will insure the successful This course explores the history of music from compositions. inclusion of students with specific learning antiquity through the Medieval/Renaissance. Prerequisite of MUS 645 or permission of the disabilities; children from diverse backgrounds and Credits: 3 instructor is required. cultures; those who are physically, mentally, Alternate Spring Credits: 3 psychologically, socially or emotionally challenged; Every Spring the twice exceptional and the talented and gifted.
MUS 602 Seminar in the History of Music II Students will be asked to write insights on assigned MUS 621 Choral Conducting and Interpretation This course explores the history of music from the articles, books or films as the different categories of This course is the study of choral conducting and Baroque and Classical eras. special learners while meeting the national and rehearsal techniques. Credits: 3 state standards for learning. Methods, materials and Credits: 3 Alternate Fall resources will be selected for each educational level, On Occasion and assessment and evaluation techniques will be MUS 603 Seminar in the History of Music III shared. In addition, a brief look will be given to This course explores the history of music for the prominent musical personalities who have 19th century.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 214 C.W. Post Campus championed their challenges and who serve as conducting and rehearsal techniques and includes MUS 659 Institutes & Workshops in Music inspiration for excellence in the field. the study of band and orchestra scores. Special courses offered on a one time only basis. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Credits: 1 to 3 Every Fall and Spring On Occasion On Occasion
MUS 635 Brass Methods MUS 645 Orchestration MUS 661 History and Philosophy of Music This course is group applied instruction in the This course is a study of the techniques of Education Brass family of instruments that leads to a basic orchestration and instrumentation with special This course explores the historical, philosophical level of playing competence and familiarity with attention given to the properties and capabilities of and cultural factors that influence the development each instrument in the family. Teaching methods the individual instruments. This course includes of school music programs in America. Current are examined as well as the development of some exposure to the use of music notation trends and problems in music education are ensembles and the literature and materials needed software and a reading by a symphonic orchestra of investigated. Students in the seminar develop for these ensembles and for group lessons. student orchestrated material. individual projects. Credits: 1 Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Every Spring Every Fall On Occasion
MUS 636 Percussion Methods MUS 646 Symphonic Music For Orchestra MUS 662 Secondary Choral Music Methods This course is group applied instruction in the Audition required. This course covers the organization and Percussion family of instruments that leads to a Credits: 3 implementation of vocal music activities, programs basic level of playing competence and familiarity Every Fall and Spring and performing groups in grades 7 to 12. Methods with each instrument in the family. Teaching and materials for vocal ensembles and group lessons methods are examined as well as the development MUS 647 Concert Band Literature & Materials are explored. Special attention is paid to rehearsal of ensembles and the literature and materials Audition required. techniques, lesson planning and outcome needed for these ensembles and for group lessons. Credits: 3 assessment. A field-based experience that includes Credits: 1 Every Fall and Spring conducting is required.
Every Spring Credits: 2 MUS 651 Teaching Music in the Elementary Every Spring MUS 637 Woodwind Methods School This course is group applied instruction in the This course is an examination of the organization MUS 663 String Literature Woodwind family of instruments that leads to a and operation of general music programs in K-6. This course is a detailed and comprehensive study basic level of playing competence and a familiarity Students are required to participate in the of string techniques, instructional practices and with each instrument in the family. Teaching Rompertunes Early Childhood Music Teaching and approaches that pertain to public school methods are examined as well as the development Learning Program. Classroom methods include: instrumental music programs. Suggested for third of ensembles and the literature and materials Orff, Kodály, Dalcroze, Gordon and Laban. and fourth-year Music and Music Education majors needed for these ensembles and for group lessons. Credits: 3 only. Credits: 1 Every Fall Credits: 2
Every Fall Every Fall MUS 652 Teaching General Music in the Middle MUS 638 Instrumental Music Methods School and High School MUS 664 Band Literature This course covers the organization, administration This course is a study of methods necessary to teach This course is a detailed and comprehensive study and implementation of instrumental activities, classroom music in the secondary school utilizing of wind and percussion techniques, instructional programs and performing groups in grades 4 to 12. the materials made available by the New York State practices, and administrative procedures that Methods and materials for instrumental ensembles, Education Department in response to the pertain to public school instrumental music band, orchestra, wind and jazz ensembles are Commissioner’s regulations and the Regents’ goals. problems. Suggested for third and fourth-year included. Special attention is paid to rehearsal Prerequisites of EDI 600, 601, 610 or permission of Music and Music Education majors only. techniques, lesson planning and outcome the instructor are required. Credits: 2 assessment. A field-based experience that includes Credits: 3 Alternate Fall conducting is required. On Occasion
Credits: 2 MUS 665 Marching Band Techniques MUS 657 Topics in Music Every Spring Designed to provide the student with thorough Special topic courses in music to be determined by knowledge in all aspects of the school marching MUS 639 String Methods the instructor. band program. Students will learn program This course is group applied instruction in the Credits: 1 to 3 administration, including budgeting, scheduling, String family of instruments that leads to a basic Every Fall, Spring and Summer human resource management, and school and level of playing competence and a familiarity with community relationships; show design concepts and MUS 658 Workshops in Music Education each instrument in the family. Teaching methods application; visual instructional techniques; unique Workshops of immediate concern for school music are examined as well as the development of and specific outdoor musical instructional programs, such as innovative classroom, ensembles and the literature and materials needed techniques; and support group utilization. instrumental, or choral methods, arranging for for these ensembles and for group lessons. Credits: 2 school ensembles, technology in the music Credits: 1 Alternate Fall classroom, instrument repair, and the relationship Every Fall of music to other subject areas. MUS 671 Administration and Supervision Of MUS 641 Instrumental Conducting and Credits: 3 Music Education Interpretation Every Summer A study of the organization, maintenance and
This course is the development of instrumental operation of music programs
Page 215 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 in elementary, middle and high schools, including The preparation of the thesis is taken under the budgeting, scheduling, selecting guidance of the candidate's approved committee. MUS 751A Studio Lessons: Viola personnel, developing courses of study, public The completed thesis is the subject of an oral Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to relations and the value of examination. one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons public performance. Special emphasis will be given Prerequisite of MUS 707 is required. must be given to receive a passing grade. Students to guidelines recommended Credits: 3 must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a for all music education teachers by the New York Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lesson Availability Form immediately after State Education Department. registering. Lessons are scheduled before and Credits: 3 MUS 710A Chamber Music Ensembles during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit On Occasion Instrumentalists and select vocalists are assigned to Lessons are 25 minutes, once a week. Special fee, chamber music ensembles based on their level of $325. MUS 673 Technology and Music Education ability and experience. Students study and perform Credits: 1 This is an introductory course designed for Music standard chamber music from the Baroque Period Every Fall, Spring and Summer Education majors who are new to music to the 20th century in ensemble combinations of technology. Students learn to integrate MIDI trios, quartets, quintets and octets. Each chamber MUS 751B Studio Lessons: Viola instruments and computers at every level of music music ensemble meets weekly for a one hour Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to instruction. The course focuses on the applications coaching session with a music faculty member. one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons of music technology in performance as well as in Credits: 0 to 1 must be given to receive a passing grade. Students the classroom at the K-12 level. Every Fall and Spring must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Credits: 2 Lesson Availability Form immediately after Every Spring MUS 714A An Introduction to Music Technology registering. Lessons are scheduled before and This is an introductory course designed for students during the first weekend of each semester. 2-Credit MUS 679A Studio Lessons: Advanced Conducting who are new to music technology. Students learn lessons are 50 minutes, once a week. Special fee, Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to to use MIDI keyboards and computers to compose, $335. one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons arrange, perform and print music. Credits: 2 must be given to receive a passing grade. Students Credits: 3 Every Fall, Spring and Summer must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Every Fall Lesson Availability Form immediately after MUS 752A Studio Lessons: Cello registering. Lessons are scheduled before and MUS 714B Music Notation at the Computer Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Using an advanced software system such as Finale, one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons Lessons are 25 minutes, once a week. Special fee, students notate music for instrumental and vocal must be given to receive a passing grade. Students $325. combinations from solo to orchestral. Several must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Prerequisite of MUS 630 or permission of the methods of information input are explored. The Lesson Availability Form immediately after department chairperson is required. relationship between established musical syntax and registering. Lessons are scheduled before and Credits: 1 that of the software is studied. The course results in during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Every Fall, Spring and Summer an audible professional-looking score with Lessons are 25 minutes, once a week. Special fee, performable extracted parts. $325. MUS 679B Studio Lessons: Advanced Conducting Credits: 3 Credits: 1 Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to Every Spring Every Fall, Spring and Summer one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be given to receive a passing grade. Students MUS 750A Studio Lessons: Violin MUS 752B Studio Lessons: Cello must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lesson Availability Form immediately after one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be registering. Lessons are scheduled before and must be given to receive a passing grade. Students given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit during the first weekend of each semester. 2-Credit must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson lessons are 50 minutes, once a week. Special fee, Lesson Availability Form immediately after Availability Form immediately after registering. $335. registering. Lessons are scheduled before and Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Prerequisite of MUS 630 or permission of the during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 department chairperson is required. Lessons are 25 minutes, once a week. Special fee, minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Credits: 2 $325. Credits: 2 Every Fall, Spring and Summer Credits: 1 Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer MUS 707 Research Methods MUS 753A Studio Lessons: Bass This course is open to matriculated students only. MUS 750B Studio Lessons: Violin Lessons are given once a week on a one to one The course is designed to develop research Applied Lessons are given once a week on a one to basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be techniques and the use of music reference and one basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit research materials. The selection of a thesis topic must be given to receive a passing grade. Students the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson and the completion of an approved thesis proposal must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Availability Form immediately after registering. are required. Lesson Availability Form immediately after Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Prerequisite of MUS 608 is required. registering. Lessons are scheduled before and weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Credits: 3 during the first weekend of each semester. 2-Credit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Every Fall, Spring and Summer lessons are 50 minutes, once a week. Special fee, Credits: 1 $335. Every Fall, Spring and Summer MUS 708 Thesis Seminar Credits: 2 This course is open to matriculated students only. Every Fall, Spring and Summer
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 216 C.W. Post Campus
the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson MUS 753B Studio Lessons: Bass MUS 754C Studio Lessons: Jazz Guitar Availability Form immediately after registering. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 Availability Form immediately after registering. Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Lessons are scheduled before and during the first weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 762A Studio Lessons: Clarinet minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Credits: 2 Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson MUS 753C Studio Lessons: Jazz Bass MUS 754D Studio Lessons: Jazz Guitar Availability Form immediately after registering. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 Availability Form immediately after registering. Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Lessons are scheduled before and during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 762B Studio Lessons: Clarinet minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Credits: 1 Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson MUS 753D Studio Lessons: Jazz Bass MUS 760A Studio Lessons: Flute Availability Form immediately after registering. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 Availability Form immediately after registering. Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Lessons are scheduled before and during the first weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 762C Studio Lessons: Jazz Clarinet minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Credits: 2 Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson MUS 754A Studio Lessons: Guitar MUS 760B Studio Lessons: Flute Availability Form immediately after registering. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 Availability Form immediately after registering. Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Lessons are scheduled before and during the first weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 762D Studio Lessons: Jazz Clarinet minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Credits: 1 Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson MUS 754B Studio Lessons: Guitar MUS 761A Studio Lessons: Oboe Availability Form immediately after registering. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Availability Form immediately after registering. Availability Form immediately after registering. Credits: 2 Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Every Fall, Spring and Summer weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. MUS 763A Studio Lessons: Bassoon Credits: 2 Credits: 1 Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Every Fall, Spring and Summer Every Fall, Spring and Summer basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit MUS 761B Studio Lessons: Oboe the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Availability Form immediately after registering. basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Lessons are scheduled before and during the first given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25
Page 217 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 765A Studio Lessons: Recorder Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 763B Studio Lessons: Bassoon given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 771A Studio Lessons: Horn Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 765B Studio Lessons: Recorder Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 764A Studio Lessons: Saxophone given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 771B Studio Lessons: Horn Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 770A Studio Lessons: Trumpet Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 764B Studio Lessons: Saxophone given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 772A Studio Lessons: Trombone Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 770B Studio Lessons: Trumpet Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 764C Studio Lessons: Jazz Saxophone given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 772B Studio Lessons: Trombone Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 770C Studio Lessons: Jazz Trumpet Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 764D Studio Lessons: Jazz Saxophone given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 772C Studio Lessons: Jazz Trombone Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 770D Studio Lessons: Jazz Trumpet Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 218 C.W. Post Campus
Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 772D Studio Lessons: Jazz Trombone Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 783C Studio Lessons: Jazz Piano given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 780B Studio Lessons: Percussion Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 773A Studio Lessons: Tuba Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 783D Studio Lessons: Jazz Piano given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 780C Studio Lessons: Jazz Percussion Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 773B Studio Lessons: Tuba Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 784A Studio Lessons: Organ given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 780D Studio Lessons: Jazz Percussion Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 774A Studio Lessons: Euphonium Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 784B Studio Lessons: Organ given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 783A Studio Lessons: Piano Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 2 MUS 774B Studio Lessons: Euphonium Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 MUS 785A Studio Lessons: Synthesizer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit Lessons are scheduled before and during the first the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 MUS 783B Studio Lessons: Piano Availability Form immediately after registering. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first Credits: 2 basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 Every Fall, Spring and Summer given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Credits: 1 MUS 780A Studio Lessons: Percussion Availability Form immediately after registering. Every Fall, Spring and Summer Lessons are given once a week on a one to one Lessons are scheduled before and during the first
Page 219 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
MUS 785B Studio Lessons: Synthesizer professional artists and to hone their skills at options for admissions with the graduate Lessons are given once a week on a one to one renowned theatres, concert halls and film studios. advisor. basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be • Students for whom English is a second given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit language must submit official score results of the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson M.A. in Theatre the Test of English as a Foreign Language Availability Form immediately after registering. (TOEFL). The required minimum acceptable Lessons are scheduled before and during the first The 36-credit Master of Arts in Theatre TOEFL score is: 79 Internet-based (213 weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 emphasizes contemporary theory, pedagogy and computer-based or 550 paper-based) or minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. practice. It is designed to nurture and create theatre minimum IELTS score: 6.5. Credits: 2 artists who may work as actors, directors, • All applicants must interview with the Every Fall, Spring and Summer designers, educators or other creative participants chairperson; performers must audition.. in today’s theatre, and to meet the needs of Admission to the program is for the Fall MUS 788A Studio Lessons: Voice students who plan to go on to the Ph.D. or M.F.A. semester only. The Graduate Admissions Lessons are given once a week on a one to one in Theatre. Office and the Department of Theatre, Film, basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be The flexible curriculum allows the student to Dance & Arts Management must give approval given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit study a variety of methodologies both for all potential students in this program. the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson experientially and through observation, and to • All applicants must submit a Personal Availability Form immediately after registering. design a course of study suited to individual needs. Statement that addresses the reason you are Lessons are scheduled before and during the first In addition to the core curriculum, you will be able interested in pursuing graduate work in this weekend of each semester. 1 Credit Lessons are 25 to specialize within your area of interest through area of study. minutes, once a week. Special fee, $325. small seminars, tutorials and hands-on experience. • Submit two professional and/or academic Credits: 1 A two-semester thesis project is required for letters of recommendation from theatre Every Fall, Spring and Summer graduation, and is individually designed for each instructors or professionals familiar with the
student with a faculty mentor. This final project applicant’s theatre training and work. MUS 788B Studio Lessons: Voice facilitates your passage from academia to the Recommendations must address the applicant’s Lessons are given once a week on a one to one profession. potential in the profession and ability to basis. 12 lessons are scheduled . 10 lessons must be Candidates in the master’s in theatre program complete a graduate program. given to receive a passing grade. Students must visit are active participants in the Post Theatre • Students admitted to this program are reviewed the Department of Music, to fill out a Lesson Company, which produces plays and musicals for by the Department of Theatre, Film, Dance & Availability Form immediately after registering. the public and campus community. Students have Arts Management after completion of one year Lessons are scheduled before and during the first access to a number of performance spaces to of study (18 credits), and must be invited by the weekend of each semester. 2-Credit lessons are 50 showcase their talents. Our beautiful suburban faculty to continue in the program. Criteria for minutes, once a week. Special fee, $335. campus is only 50 minutes away from the theatre maintaining matriculation in the program Credits: 2 capital of the world – New York City. There are include an acceptable grade point average, Every Fall, Spring and Summer many opportunities to collaborate with along with evidence of seriousness and professional playwrights, directors and producers. professionalism about the course of study. DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Students may be required to successfully FILM, DANCE AND ARTS Applicants to the Master of Arts must meet the complete a comprehensive examination on following requirements for admission. classical and modern plays at the end of their MANAGEMENT Send application materials to: first year.
Graduate Admissions Office • Performers, Directors: Audition and Phone: 516-299-2353 C.W. Post Campus interview Fax: 516-299-3824 Long Island University • Designers, Stage Managers: Portfolio review Website: www.liu.edu/cwpost/theatre 720 Northern Boulevard and interview Chair: Cara Gargano, Ph.D. Brookville, N.Y. 11548-1300 • Theory and history focus: Writing sample & Professors: Fraser, Gild, Gargano, Porter, Zeig Fax: 516-299-2137 interview Associate Professors: Miceli, Halliburton-Beatty, E-mail: [email protected] Koshel, Sohn, Wildman Additional Admission Requirements Theatre M.A. Requirements Assistant Professors: DesRochers, Robinson • Application for Admission Required Theatre Arts Courses (21 credits) Adjunct Faculty: 20 • Application fee: $40 (non-refundable) THE 500 Current Theatre in New 3.00 The Department of Theatre, Film, Dance and • Official copies of your undergraduate and/or York Arts Management provides intense, demanding graduate transcripts from any college(s) or THE 502 Performance Theory III: 3.00 and rigorous training for actors, directors, universities you have attended. Seminar in Classical playwrights, designers and technicians; • Bachelor’s degree in theatre or a related field Theatre filmmakers, screenwriters, cinematographers, with an overall and major minimum 3.0 editors, and lighting and sound specialists; cumulative grade point average from an THE 503 Performance Theory II: 3.00 dancers, choreographers, teachers and musical accredited school. Preparation for the program, Seminar in Modern theatre performers; company managers, stage in addition to theatre courses might also include Theatre managers, producers and agents. The Department coursework in art and music history, THE 505 Design Concepts for 3.00 offers an M.A. in Theatre, which lays the artistic photography and design. In addition, applicants Visual Artists and intellectual groundwork for professional are expected to have practical experience in success. theatre as an actor, director, playwright or THE 522 Graduate Acting I 3.00 C.W. Post’s proximity to New York City gives designer. Students who do not meet these Theory, Pedagogy and students frequent opportunities to work with requirements are welcome to discuss their Practice
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 220 C.W. Post Campus
THE 531 Directing 3.00 graduate student a hands-on opportunity to serve as Credits: 3 a peer mentor, a company coach, a company Every Fall THE 590 Perfomance Theory & 3.00 publicist, or other position in support of the Critical Thinking I: department and the Post Theatre Company. THE 508 Drafting for Designers and Technicians Research Methods & Required for all graduate students. This course covers engineering drawing, with Writing Credits: 0 special emphasis on the specifics of theatrical Three Required Theatre Department Contract Every Semester drafting. Floor plans, design elevations, shop Courses drawings, sections, pictorial drawings are examined. THE 500B Department Contract II Credits: 3 THE 500A Department Contract 0.00 This is a graduate service contract offering the Alternate Spring THE 500B Department Contract 0.00 graduate student a hands-on opportunity to serve as THE 510 Stage Management Any 3 courses in Graduate Theatre (9 credits) a peer mentor, a company coach, a company This course covers the principles and skills of stage One of the following options (6 credits): publicist, or other position in support of the management, including analysis of script, THE 707P Thesis - (Production) 3.00 department and the Post Theatre Company. Required for all graduate students. preparation of prompt book, rehearsal organization, THE 708P Thesis (Production) 3.00 Credits: 0 production coordination and the running of productions. Practical crew requirement. OR: Every Semester Credits: 3 THE 708W Thesis(Written) 3.00 THE 500C Department Contract III Every Fall THE 708W Thesis (Written) 3.00 This is a graduate service contract offering the THE 511 Theatre and Dance Management and graduate student a hands-on opportunity to serve as Administration Arts Management Courses a peer mentor, a company coach, a company publicist, or other position in support of the This course is an in-depth study of management
and administration principles for theatre and dance department and the Post Theatre Company. ARM 589 Advanced Independent Study in Arts Required for all graduate students. organizations: commercial, nonprofit, educational, Management Credits: 0 repertory, touring. This course is for individual faculty guided projects. Every Semester Includes production guidelines, budgeting, May be repeated for credit. development, promotion, Credits: 1 to 3 THE 502 Performance Theory III: Seminar in business records and resources. Individual projects Every Semester Classical Theatre are required. This course is a seminar focusing on research in Credits: 3 Film Courses classical theatre history and dramatic literature. Alternate Fall Emphasis is on researching specific topics related to
THE 521 Graduate Acting I Theory and Practice readings and performance viewing. CIN 589 Advanced Individual Study in Film Prerequisite of THE 590 is required. This is a seminar and lab course offering the This course is for individual faculty-guided projects Credits: 3 advanced student both the opportunity to observe and requires the approval of Every Summer acting pedagogy in practice, as well as participate in Department Chairperson. May be repeated for an acting class. credit. THE 503 Performance Theory II: Seminar in Prerequisite of Theatre M.A. status or its Credits: 1 to 3 Modern Theatre equivalents are required. Every Semester This course is a seminar focusing on research in Credits: 3 modern and contemporary theatre and drama. Every Fall
Dance Courses Emphasis is on researching specific topics related to readings and performance viewing. THE 521A Grad Acting Lab I
Observation and participation in undergraduate Prerequisite of THE 590 is required. DNC 589 Advanced Individual Study in Dance Credits: 3 acting courses as a teaching assistant. This course is for advanced individual faculty- Every Spring Co-requisite of THE 521 is required. guided projects. The approval of the Department Credits: 0 Chairperson is required. May be repeated for 1, 2, THE 504 Technical Theatre Practices Every Fall and Spring or 3 credits. This course is an introduction to the materials, THE 521B Grad Acting Lab II Credits: 1 to 3 processes and techniques for scenic construction, Observation and participation in undergraduate Every Semester painting and rigging, stage lighting, sound, acting courses as a teaching assistant. costumes and properties. The course includes Co-requisite of THE 521 is required. Theatre Courses practical experience in laboratory exercises and production. Crew requirement Credits: 0
Every Fall and Spring Credits: 3
THE 500 Current Theatre In New York Every Semester THE 522 Acting II:Theory Pedagogy & Practice Visits to theatrical productions in New York City. This is a seminar and lab course offering the Discussion and analysis of the theatrical experience. THE 505 Design Concepts for Visual Artists student both the opportunity to observe acting Special ticket charge This course presents a conceptual approach to pedagogy in practice, as well as participate in an Credits: 3 lighting, scenic, and costume design for the acting class. The primary acting pedagogy studied is On Occasion actor/director/designer and includes an analysis of the Stanislavski Method, and the student will study the designer's drawings. Communication skills in THE 500A Department Contract I expressing concepts to designers is covered. exercises and techniques associate with the method, This is a graduate service contract offering the Class projects are required. as well as create original exercises. May be repeated
Page 221 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012 four times for credit. and theory (focus, stillness,creating an inner world THE 561 Lighting Design Prerequisite of Theatre M.A. status or its and an intense physical life on stage), with special This course is a practical approach to problems in equivalents are required. emphasis on connecting the training to preparation design and emphasizes production experience. The Credits: 3 for rehearsal and performance. course includes portfolio development and Every Spring Credits: 3 criticism. Every Spring Design assignment is required. THE 531 Directing Credits: 3 This course is a study and practicum in directing THE 541A Speech Alternate Fall for the theatre. Students concentrate on blocking, A studio course focusing on the practice of stage movement, and the creation of theatrical American Stage Standard Speech,including the THE 563 Scene Design images in various kinds of spaces. Course work study of the International Phonetic Alphabet and This course presents a practical approach to involves directing scenes and short plays, dialect work. problems in design by emphasizing production and focusing on work with the actors. May be Credits: 3 experience. Portfolio development and criticism is repeated for credit. Every Spring included. Design assignment is required. Credits: 3 Credits: 3 Every Spring THE 541B Voice Alternate Fall This course focuses on the use of the vocal THE 533 Production Laboratory instrument. Through exercises, based primarily on THE 564 Scenic Painting This course is an intensive experience in theatrical Linklater technique, the student explores the This course is a practical approach to scene production for public performance. Students act, relationship of breath to the text and acquires the painting, and includes techniques from the simplest direct, or fulfill staff responsibilities in the knowledge to care for and maintain vocal health to trompe l'oeil. productions of the Post Theatre Company. May be and production. Credits: 3 repeated for credit. Prerequisite of Theatre M.A. status or its On Occasion Credits: 1 equivalents are required. Every Semester Credits: 3 THE 565 Costume Design Every Fall An advanced exploration of the principles and THE 534 Production Laboratory procedures of costume design for theatre and This course is an intensive experience in theatrical THE 542 Advanced Suzuki dance. Includes examination and practical production for public performance. Students act, The goals of this class are to find and synthesize application of the process of script analysis for the direct, or fulfill staff responsibilities in the approaches to the generation of new theatrical designer through design projects, with sketch productions of the Post Theatre Company. May be material which are guided by the physical, aided by development, repeated for credit. the intellect, and inspired by the emotive; to use the color control, presentation and construction of Credits: 1 voice as an extension of the body costumes. A study of the history of clothing is Every Semester and sound as a physical impulse instead of the included. Extensive reading, research and means to convey thought; to explore individual individual projects are required. THE 535 Production Laboratory expression of the human experience, firstly by Prerequisite of THE 504 & 505 is required. This course is an intensive experience in theatrical means of the physical self, and then adding the Credits: 3 production for public performance. Students act, spoken word. The primary physical technique Every Fall direct, or fulfill staff responsibilities in the employed is the Suzuki Method complemented by productions of the Post Theatre Company. May be other techniques. Focus on physical vocal training THE 566 Make-Up and Mask repeated for credit. and compositional work. Practical instruction in make-up techniques in Credits: 3 theatre, film, dance, and television. Every Semester Fall, 3 credits The function of make-up is initially explored
Prerequisite of THE 540 or 51 or its equivalent is through mask work. Design for the Theatre, Film THE 536 Production Laboratory required. and Dance process, production styles, sketch This course is an intensive experience in theatrical Credits: 3 development and make-up techniques are then production for public performance. Students act, Every Fall studied through demonstration and individual direct, or fulfill staff responsibilities in the application. productions of the Post Theatre Company. May be THE 544 Acting for Film & Television Prerequisite of THE 504 & 505 is required. repeated for credit. Techniques for acting on camera for film and Credits: 3 Credits: 1 television. Every Spring Every Semester Prerequisite of THE 521 is required.
Credits: 3 THE 580 Contemporary Musical Theatre Seminar THE 537 Production Laboratory On Occasion This course offers opportunities for practical work This course is an intensive experience in theatrical in musical theatre production for public performance. Students act, THE 549 History Of Style Credits: 3 direct, or fulfill staff responsibilities in the A survey of costume, architecture and décor of the Every Fall productions of the Post Theatre Company. May be major periods of western civilization from pre- repeated for credit. Must be taken when performing history to the present time with an emphasis on the THE 589 Advanced Individual Study - Theatre for the PTC. source of research needed for design. Visits to This course is for individual faculty-guided projects. Credits: 1 galleries, museums, libraries and historical sites. The approval of the Department Chair person is Every Semester Extensive research required. required. May be repeated for credit.
Credits: 3 Credits: 1 to 3 THE 540 Beginning Suzuki Technique Alternate Fall Every Semester A studio course on Suzuki movement technique
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 222 C.W. Post Campus
THE 590 Performance Theory & Critical Thinking I: Research Methods & Writing This course introduces the graduate student to the methods and materials of intensive theatre research from a performance studies perspective. The course focuses on how to watch, analyze, and think about performance, culminating in an annotated bibliography, and a research paper. Prerequisite of Theatre M.A. status or its equivalents are required. Credits: 3 Every Fall
THE 599 Theatre Internship This course provides practical hands-on experience under the guidance of professionals in active theatre companies off campus. Internship assignments are made in consultation with graduate faculty and must fulfill specific criteria. Credits: 3 On Demand
THE 605 Theatre as a Learning Tool This course includes drama techniques for classroom use. A one-week intensive workshop introducing the philosophies underlying drama/theatre education and the tools with which classroom teachers can implement that philosophy into the classroom. Credits: 3 On Occasion
THE 707P Thesis - (Production) This is the research semester of the two-semester production thesis option for masters candidates in theatre. Credits: 3 Every Semester
THE 707W Thesis (Written) This is the research semester of the two-semester written thesis option for masters candidates in theatre. Credits: 3 Every Semester
THE 708P Thesis(Production) This is the second semester of the two-semester production thesis option for masters candidates in theatre. Credits: 3 Every Semester
THE 708W Thesis (Written) This is the second semester of the two-semester written thesis option for masters candidates in theatre. Credits: 3 Every Semester
Page 223 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION / BLENDED AND ONLINE LEARNING ACADEMY OF LIFELONG LEARNING PROGRAMS AT LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY To help members of the local community reach their full potential, the C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University is pleased to introduce the Academy of Technology-enhanced, blended and online learning are an important part of Lifelong Learning. Unique to our region in its breadth, the new Academy of fulfilling Long Island University’s mission of access and excellence in higher Lifelong Learning provides outstanding opportunities for adults of all ages and education. These courses and programs are delivered through the University’s walks of life to hone their skills, obtain professional certification and satisfy Blackboard Learning Management System, which enables students to complete their intellectual curiosity. The academy provides classroom and studio their online coursework at any time of day and at any place in the world there courses, workshops, lectures and seminars in liberal arts and sciences, along is an Internet connection. LIU’s blended learning programs feature classes that with vocational and professional preparation, and an array of enrichment include both face-to-face and online components, reducing the amount of time programs for personal growth. Programs are offered throughout the year in students need to be physically on campus while still reaping the benefit of historic Lorber Hall and throughout the C.W. Post Campus. meeting in person with professors and other professionals. The Academy of Lifelong Learning includes: The University currently offers the following degree programs in the • The School of Continuing Education, with more than 10 institutes and blended or online learning format: special programs offering non-credit courses, certification programs and hands-on workshops. Brooklyn Campus • The Hutton House Lectures, featuring perpetually popular courses taught by Advanced Certificate, Bilingual Extension* renowned practitioners and educators in the liberal arts, sciences, visual and Advanced Certificate, Educational Leadership performing arts. B.S. Nursing (RN to BS track) The academy also participates in additional lifelong learning programs in M.S. Adult Nurse Practitioner cooperation with the many professional schools and programs on the C.W. Post M.S. Computer Science Campus. M.S. Family Nurse Practitioner The Academy of Lifelong Learning is founded on the principle that learning M.S. Human Resources Management is for everyone, at every stage of life. Whether you wish to explore a new M.S. Nurse Educator vocation or avocation, take your career to the next level, or just become better informed, the Academy of Lifelong Learning at C.W. Post can help you C.W. Post Campus transform your life. M.S. Accountancy For information about lifelong learning opportunities at C.W. Post, visit our M.S. Library & Information Science/School Library Media website at www.liu.edu/cwpost/ce or call us at 516-299-2236. M.S. Nursing Education M.S. Taxation
LIU-Hudson Graduate Center at Westchester
Advanced Certificate, Bilingual Extension*
LIU-Riverhead
M.S. and Advanced Certificate in Homeland Security Management*
Our programs are accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher
Education and are registered with the New York State Education Department.
For additional program information, please consult the appropriate academic
department pages of the campus bulletin.
*Denotes a fully online program.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 224 C.W. Post Campus
Computer Science 0702 BS
APPROVED PROGRAMS - C.W. POST Educational Leadership 0828 MSEd, Adv.Cert.
New York State Education Department Inventory of Registered Programs Health Education 0535 BS Enrollment in other than registered or otherwise approved programs may Health Education and 0837 BS jeopardize a student’s eligibility for certain student aid awards. Physical Education
Early Childhood 0823 BS, MS Education
College of Education and Information Sciences Information Mgmt & 0799 BS
Technology Major Hegis Code Degree Information Mgmt & 0799 BS/MS Adolescence Education 0803 MS Technology / (7-12) Information Technology Adolescence Ed: English 0803 BS/MA Education / English Information Technology 0799 MS History / Adolescence 2205.01 BA/MS Education Ed Information Studies 0702 Ph.D. Adolescence Ed: 1701.01 BS/MS Information Systems 0702 BS, MS, BS/MS Mathematics / Applied Mathematics Interdisciplinary 0899 Ed.D. Educational Studies Adolescence Ed: 1105.01 BS/MA Spanish / Spanish Library and Information 1601 MS Science Adolescence Education: 0803 MS (English, Spanish, 5-6 Library and Information 0899.01 MS Ext, Biology, Earth Science / School Library Science, Mathematics, or Media Social Studies) Literacy: Birth-Grade 6 0830 MS Adolescence Ed: 0401.01 BS Management 0913 MS Biology Engineering Adolescence Ed: 1905.01 BS Mental Health 2104.1 MS Chemistry Counseling Adolescence Ed: Earth 1917.01 BS Middle Childhood 0804 MS Science Education: (English, Adolescence Ed: English 1501.01 BS Spanish, Biology, Earth Science, Mathematics, or Adolescence Ed: French 1102.01 BS Social Studies) Adolescence Ed: Italian 1109.01 BS Music Education “B-12” 0832 BS, BM, MS Adolescence Ed: 1701.01 BS Physical Education 0835 BS Mathematics Public Library 1601 Adv.Cert. Adolescence Ed: Social 2201.01 BS Administration Studies School Counselor 0826.01 MS Adolescence Ed: 1105.01 BS Spanish School District Business 0827 MSEd, Adv.Cert. Leader Archives & Records 1699 Adv.Cert. Management Special Education 0808 MSEd
Art Education “B-12” 0831 BFA, MS Speech-Language 1220 BS Pathology and Childhood Ed, Initial 0823 BS Audiology Certification Speech-Language 1220 MA Childhood Ed 0802 MS Pathology Childhood / Special 0808 MS Teaching English to 1508 MA Education Speakers of Other Childhood Teaching 0830 MS Languages (TESOL) Literacy B-6
Page 225 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Adolescence Ed: Italian 1109.01 BS
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Mathematics 1701 BA, BS
Major Hegis Code Degree Adolescence Ed: 1701.01 BS Mathematics Adolescence Education 0803 MS (7-12) (English, Spanish, Mathematics for 1701.01 MS 5-6 Ext, Biology, Earth Secondary School Science, Mathematics, or Teacher Social Studies) Adolescence Ed: 1701.01 BS/MS American Studies 0313 BA Mathematics /Applied Mathematics Applied Behavior 2099 Adv.Cert. Analysis Mathematics and 1799 BS Physics Applied Mathematics 1703 MS Middle Childhood 0804 MS Applied Mathematics 1703 BS Education (English, with Computer Science Spanish, Biology, Earth Biology 0401 BA, BS, MS Science, Mathematics or Social Studies) Adolescence Ed: 0401.01 BS Biology Philosophy 1509 BA
Chemistry 1905 BA, BS Physics 1902 BA
Adolescence Ed: 1905.01 BS Political Science 2207 BA, MA, BA/MA Chemistry Political Science / Public 2207 / 2102 BA/MPA Clinical Psychology 2003 Psy.D. Administration
Comparative Languages 1101 BA Psychology 2001 BA, BS, MA
Criminal Justice 2105 BA, MS, BA/MS Sociology 2208 BA
Criminal Justice - Adolescence Ed: Social 2201.01 BS 2105 MS Security Administration Studies
Earth Science 1917 MS Spanish 1105 BA, MA
Adolescence Ed: Earth 1917.01 BS Adolescence Ed: 1105.01 BS Science Spanish
Economics 2204 BA Adolescence Ed: 1105.01 BS/MA Spanish /Spanish English 1501 BA, MA
Adolescence Ed: English 1501.01 BS College of Management Adolescence Ed: English 0803 BS/MS / English Major Hegis Code Degree
Forensic Science 1999.2 BS Accountancy 0502 BS, MS, BS/MS, BS/MBA French 1102 BA Business Administration 0506 BS, MBA, BS/MBA, Adolescence Ed: French 1102.01 BS Adv.Cert Genetic Counseling 0422 MS Gerontology 2299.1 Adv.Cert. Geography 2206 BA Health Care 1202 BS, MPA, BS/MPA Geology 1914 BA, BS Administration
History 2205 BA, MA Health Care Administration and Law History / Adolescence 2205.01 BA/MS 1202 / 1401 MPA/JD (with Tuoro Law Ed Center) Interdisciplinary Studies 4901 BA, BS, MA, MS Non-Profit Management 2102 Adv.Cert. International Studies 2210 BA Political Science / Public 2207 / 2102 BA/MPA International Studies / 2210 / 0506 BA/MBA Administration Business Administration Public Administration 2302 BS, MPA, BS/MPA Italian 1104 BA Taxation 0502.1 MS
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 226 C.W. Post Campus
School of Health Professions and Nursing School of Visual and Performing Arts
Major Hegis Code Degree Major Hegis Code Degree
Advanced Practice Art 1002 BFA, MA 1203.12 MS Nursing Art Education “B-12” 0831 BFA, MS Nursing / Advanced 1203.1 BS/MS Art History and Theory 1003 BA Practice Nursing Arts Management 1099 BFA Biomedical Science: 1299 BS Clinical Lab Science, Art Therapy 1099 BS Generalist Clinical Art Therapy 1099 MA Biomedical Science 0417 BS Dance Studies 1008 BFA Cytotechnology Digital Arts and Design 1002 BFA Biomedical Technology 1299 BS Electronic Media 1601 BFA Cardiovascular 1223 MS Perfusion (with North Digital Game Design & 1099 MA Shore / Long Island Development Jewish Health Care Film 1010 BFA System) Fine Arts & Design 1001 MFA Clinical Laboratory 1299 MS Management Instrumental 1004 BM Performance Clinical Laboratory 1299 MS Science Interactive Multimedia 0605 MA Arts Dietetic Internship 1306 Adv.Cert. Music 1004 BS, MA Nursing / Family Nurse 1306 BS/MS Practitioner Music Education “B-12” 0832 BS, BM, MS
Family Nurse 1203.1 MS, Adv.Cert. Photography 1011 BFA Practitioner Print and Electronic 0601 BFA Forensic Science 1999.3 BS Journalism
Health Information 1215 BS Public Relations 0604 BFA Management Theatre Arts 1007 BA, BFA Medical Biology 1299 MS Theatre 1007 MA Nursing (RNs) 1203.1 BS Vocal Performance 1004 BM Nursing Education 1203.1 MS
Nursing Education 1203.12 Adv.Cert
Nutrition 1299 BS, MS 0424 BS/MS
Radiologic Technology 1225 BS
Social Work 2104 BS, MSW
Page 227 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
C.W. POST FACULTY Jeanie Attie Robert L. Battenfeld Chair, History Department; Head, Periodicals Department; Michael J. Abatemarco Associate Professor of History Professor, Library Professor of Accounting B.A., University of Pittsburgh; B.A., SUNY New Paltz; B.S., J.D., State University of New York at M.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University M.L.S., Queens College, City University of New Buffalo; York; LL.M., NYU School of Law Richard Auletta M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University C.P.A. Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; Rachel Baum Donna Abbondandolo M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo Assistant Professor of Art Program Director of Health Information Director, Art History Management Selenay Aytac B.F.A., Bryn Mawr College; M.B.A., Hofstra University Assistant Professor, Library, M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University R.H.I.A., C.H.C., C.C.S., C.P.C. Technical Services B.L.D.S., Istanbul University; James P. Bednarz Nassima Abdelli-Beruh M.B.A., Isik University Professor of English Assistant Professor of Education Ph.D., Long Island University B.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University D.E.U.G., University of Paris X – France; M.A., University of Paris X – France; G. Glenn Baigent Maura Belliveau Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Chair, Finance Department; Associate Professor, Management New York Associate Professor of Finance A.B., Mount Holyoke College B. Eng., Technical University of Nova Scotia; M.S. in Organizational Behavior and Industrial Shahla Marvizi Ahdout M.B.A., St. Mary's University; Relations, University of California, Berkeley Co-Director, Graduate Program, Mathematics Ph.D., Kent State University Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Department; Associate Professor of Mathematics Donald G. Baker Geoffrey C. Berresford B.S., Arya-Mehr University of Technology; Professor of Political Science Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology B.A., University of Denver; B.A., Lawrence University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University M.S., Ph.D., New York University Iftikhar Ahmad Associate Professor of Education Tong Bao Elena Bertozzi B.A., M.A., University of Peshawar (Pakistan); Assistant Professor of Marketing and International Program Director, Digital Game Design and M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New Business Development; York; B.E., Shanghai Jiaotong University, (China); Associate Professor of Media Arts M.A., The Graduate Center, City University of M.S., Simon Fraser University, (Canada); B.A. , Williams College New York; Ph.D., Johnson Graduate School of Management, M.L.S. , M.S., Indiana University Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University Cornell University Ph.D., European Graduate School
Patrick J. Aievoli Charles A. Barragato Robert E. Bertucelli Director, Interactive Multimedia Arts Director, School of Professional Professor of Accounting Associate Professor of Art Accountancy; Professor of Accounting B.S., M.S., Long Island University; A.A.S., SUNY at Farmingdale B.S., M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island C.P.A., C.F.P., C.L.U. B.S., SUNY at Buffalo University; M.A. Empire State College Ph.D., Baruch College, City University of New April Blakeslee York; Assistant Professor of Biology John Amato, Jr. CPA; CFE B.A., M.A., Boston University; Associate Professor of Education Ph.D., University of New Hampshire B.A., Hofstra Universty; Marietta Barretti M.S., Ithaca College; Associate Professor of Social Work Talib Kibwe (T.K.) Blue (Eugene Rhynie) Ed.M., Ed.D. Columbia University A.A., Queensboro Community College; Director of Jazz Studies B.S.S.W., M.S.W., Adelphi University; Assistant Professor of Music; Susan Andima D.S.W., Hunter College, City University of New B.A., New York University; Associate Professor of Mathematics York M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; Meryl Barrow Donna Blumenthal, C.G.C. M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado Associate Professor of Education Associate Director, Genetic Counseling Program; B.S., State University of New York at Albany; B.A., University at Albany, State University of Daniel L. Araoz M.S., Adelphi University; New York Senior Professor of Education D.A., Adelphi University M.S., Sarah Lawrence College B.A., M.A., Gonzaga University; M.S.T., University of Santa Clara; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 228 C.W. Post Campus
Margaret F. Boorstein Jeremy A. Buchman Jean Carlomusto Chair and Director, Graduate Program, Earth Pre-Law Advisor; Director, Television Studio; Professor of Media and Environmental Science Department; Associate Professor of Political Science Arts Professor of Geography B.A., Columbia University; B.F.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island A.B., Barnard College, Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University M.P.S., Tisch School of the Arts, New York Pasquale Buffolino University Terry Bordan Research Coordinator of Forensic Science Chair, Counseling and Development B.S., M.S., Adelphi University; Visalam Chandrasekaran Department; M.Phil., Ph.D., City University of New York Associate Professor of Biomedical Sciences Professor of Education M.D., Stanley Medical College, Madras University B.A., Queens College, City University of New Kathleen Burlingame American Board of Pathology (Anatomic and York; Assistant Professor, Library Clinical Pathology); M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; Technical Services American Board of Pathology (Blood Ed.D., University of Sarasota B.A. Oberlin College Banking/Transfusion Medicine) M.L.S., Indiana University Arvind Borde T. Steven Chang Senior Professor of Mathematics Anne Burns Chair, Marketing and International Business B.S., Bombay University; Professor of Mathematics Department; M.A., Ph.D., Stony Brook University B.A., M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island Professor of Marketing and International Business University; B.S., M.B.A., National Cheng Kung University Thomas F. Bowman M.S., Ph.D., Stony Brook University (Taiwan); Professor of Education Ph.D., National Chengchi University (Taiwan); B.A., Western Washington State College; Jerrilynn Burrowes Ph.D., George Washington University M.Ed., Ed.D., Washington State University Chair, Nutrition Department; Associate Professor of Nutrition James Chilaka Dengting Boyanton B.A., Fisk University; Associate Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Education M.S., Ph.D., New York University B.S., University of Nigeria; B.A., Central China Normal University; M.A., Cornell University; M.Ed., University of Virginia; Michael M. Byrne Ph.D., Boston University Ph.D., University of Virginia Associate Professor of Education and Library and Information Science Genevieve Chinn Mary Kathleen Boyd-Byrnes B.A., University of Notre Dame; Professor of Music Associate Professor, Library M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University Program Director, Music History Studies Reference Services B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University B.A., Geneseo State University; Orly Calderon M.S.L.I.S., M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island Assistant Professor of Social Work Haeryun Choi University B.A., Southampton College, Long Island Assistant Professor of Education University; B.A., Seoul National University (South Korea); Carol M. Boyer M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; M.Ed., State University of New York at Buffalo; Associate Professor of Finance M.S., Psy.D., Hofstra University Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign B.S., Trinity University; M.B.A., Texas State University; Carol Campbell Heting Chu Ph.D., Florida State University Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Library and Information Science A.B., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; B.A., Peking University; Frank Brady M.A., New York University; M.L.I.S., McGill University; Chair, Health, Physical Education and Movement M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana- Ph.D., Drexel University Science Department; Champaign Professor of Education Paul J. Ciborowski B.A., H.D.E., D.P.E., St. Patrick’s College Anthony Capetandes Associate Professor of Education (Dublin, Ireland); Program Director of Clinical Laboratory Sciences B.A., University of Dayton; M.A., Ed.D., New York University B.S., C.W. Post, Long Island University; M.A., New York University; M.S., Ph.D., New York Medical College Ph.D., Fordham University Pamela Brodlieb MT (ASCP) Director of Field Education MaryAnn Clark M.S.W., Adelphi University; Scott Carlin Dean, School of Health Professions and Nursing; B.A., M.S., University at Albany Associate Professor of Geography Professor B.A., Brandeis University; B.S., The Ohio State University; Theodore J. Brummel Ph.D., Clark University M.A., New York University Associate Professor of Biology Ed.D., University of Houston B.A., Transylvania University; Ph.D., University of California at Irvine
Page 229 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Neo Cleopa Julia E. De Carlo Robert Domingo Chair, Mathematics Department; Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Marymount College; B.A., SUNY Plattsburgh; B.A., University of Arkansas; M.S., St. John's University; M.S., Adelphi University; M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi University Ph.D., Fordham University M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School, City University of New York Marco Codebò Albert De Vivo Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages Professor of Foreign Languages Michele M. Dornisch Laurea in Philosophy, Laurea in Italian Literature, B.A., Lehman College, City of University of New Chair, Curriculum and Instruction Department; University of Genoa (Italy); York; Associate Professor of Education Ph.D., University of California at Santa Barbara M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University B.A., Lock Haven University; M.A., West Virginia University; Lynn Cohen Richard Del Rosso Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor of Art B.S., State University of New York, New Paltz; B.F.A., M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island Matthew J. Draud M.S., Johns Hopkins University; University Chair and Director, Graduate Program, Biology Ph.D., Fordham University Department; Rick DesRochers Professor of Biology James J. Colangelo Assistant Professor of Theatre B.A., Thomas More College; Associate Professor of Education B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana; B.A., Manhattan College; M.F.A., University of Massachusetts Amherst Ph.D., Lehigh University M.S.Ed., St. John’s University; P.D., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; Jay Diehl Abby Dress Psy.D., California Southern University Assistant Professor of History Director, Public Relations Program; B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; Associate Professor of Media Arts Christie L. Comunale M.A., University of Chicago; B.A., Hofstra University; Associate Professor of Accounting Ph.D., New York University M.B.A., Dowling College B.B.A., M.B.A., Loyola College; Ph.D., University of South Florida Joan Digby James Dunne C.P.A. Director, Honors and Merit Fellowship Program; Associate Professor of Education Professor of English B.A., State University of New York Stony Brook; Charles Conover B.A., New York University; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Program Director, Digital Art and Design M.A., University of Delaware; University Associate Professor of Art Ph.D., New York University B.F.A., New York Institute of Technology; Thomas R. Fahy M.A., New York University Phyllis T. Dircks Director, American Studies Program; Senior Professor of English Associate Professor of English Martha Cooney B.A., St. John’s University; B.A., University of California at Davis; Associate Dean, User Services; M.A., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Associate Professor, Library Ph.D., New York University Chapel Hill B.A., Syracuse University; M.L.S., Pratt Institute; Victor J. DiVenere Vladimir E. Fainzilberg M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University Associate Professor of Geology Chair, Chemistry Department; B.A., B.S., M.S., University of Florida; Professor of Chemistry Jeffrey R. Corey M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University M.S., Moscow Institute of Physics and Professor of Psychology Technology; B.S., Trinity College (Hartford); Arnold Dodge Ph.D., Kishinev State University M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware Chair, Educational Leadership and Administration Department; Kathleen M. Feeley Angela Cornwell Assistant Professor of Education Director, Center for Community Inclusion; Assistant Professor, Library B.A., Stony Brook University; Associate Professor of Education Reference Services M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; B.A., M.S., St. John’s University; B.S., St. John’s University Ph.D., New York University Ph.D., University of Minnesota M.L. S., Pratt Institute M.S., Long Island University Christopher F. Dodrill Eva L. Feindler Professor of Media Arts Director, Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program; Manoj Dalvi B.A., Brooklyn Campus, Long Island University; Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Finance M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New B.A., Mount Holyoke College; B.A., Sydeham College, University of Bombay York M.A., Ph.D., West Virginia University J.D., Government Law College, University of Bombay Veronika Dolar L.L.M., Harvard Law School Assistant Professor of Economics Ph.D., Columbia University B.A., University of Western Ontario; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 230 C.W. Post Campus
Chantal Ferraro Amy Freedman Daniel S. Ginsburg Associate Professor of Anthropology Chair, Political Science and International Studies Assistant Professor of Biomedical Sciences B.A., Queens College, City University of New Department; B.S., Ph.D., Stanford University York; Associate Professor of Political Science M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City B.A., Barnard College, Columbia University; George A. Giuliani University of New York M.A., Ph.D., New York University Professor of Education B.S., State University of New York at New Paltz; Susan Fife-Dorchak James Freeley M.S., Ph.D., St. John’s University Co-chair, Computer Science & Management Associate Professor of Management Engineering Department B.S., Fordham University; Frances Gizis Professor of Computer Science M.B.A., Pace University; Associate Professor of Nutrition B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Fordham University B.H.Sc., University of Guelph; M.S., Long Island University; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University Erica Frouman-Smith Ph.D., New York University Director, Graduate Program, Foreign Languages Carl L. Figliola Department; Arthur S. Goldberg Chair, Department of Health Care and Public Associate Professor of Foreign Languages Professor of Chemistry Administration; B.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst; B.A., M.S., New York University; Professor of Health Care and Public M.A., University of Wisconsin at Madison; Ph.D., University of Hawaii Administration Ph.D., University of New Mexico at Albuquerque B.A., Long Island University; Ruth Golden M.A., Ph.D., New York University Nancy Frye Director, Opera Ensemble; Director, Graduate Program, Psychology Program Director, Vocal Studies; Marc Fink Department; Professor of Music Assistant Professor of Biomedical Sciences Associate Professor of Psychology A.B., University of California, Berkeley B.A., City University of New York, Queens B.A., New College; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles College; M.S., Texas Tech University; M.M., University of Southern California Ph.D., Mt. Sinai School of Medicine of New York Ph.D., University of Florida University Eugene Goldin Cara Gargano Professor of Education Paul H. Forestell Chair, Theatre, Film, Dance & Arts Management B.A., M.S.Ed., Queens College; Provost, C.W. Post Campus, Brentwood Campus Department Ed.D., St. John’s University and Long Island University at Riverhead; Professor of Theatre and Dance Professor of Psychology B.A., M.A., University of Rochester; Roger N. Goldstein B.S., M.A., University of New Brunswick; Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Hawaii New York B.A., Oberlin College; New York School of Ballet M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Morrey A. Forman Associate Professor of Health Care and Natalie Gelber Geoffrey D. Goodman Public Administration Assistant Professor, Library Associate Professor of Psychology A.A., Staten Island Community College, City Technical Services B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; University of New York; M.A., Institute of Foreign Language, Russia M.A., Columbia University; B.A., City College, City University of New York M.L. S. Queens College Ph.D., Northwestern University M.P.A., Baruch College, City University of New York; Donald Gelman Karleen Goubeaud Ph.D., New York University Chair, Physics Department; Associate Professor of Education Professor of Physics B.S., Bob Jones University; Barbara R. Fowles B.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New M.S., University of Pittsburgh; Chair, Media Arts Department; York; D.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Professor of Media Arts M.S., Ph.D., New York University B.A., Barnard College, Columbia University; Elizabeth Granitz M.A., Ph.D., Ferkauf Graduate School, Yeshiva Elissa Giffords Associate Professor of Economics University Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Cornell University; A.A., Nassau Community College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Los Jon Fraser B.A., Hofstra University; Angeles Professor of Theatre and Film M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University B.A., Columbia University; Anne E. Greb, C.G.C. M.F.A., New York University David C. Gild Director, Clinical Genetics Education Professor of Theatre Director, Genetic Counseling Program B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University; B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin at Madison M.F.A., D.F.A., School of Drama, Yale University
Page 231 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Sean A. Grennan Francis T. Harten A. Hoyt Hobbs Associate Professor of Criminal Justice Director of Forensic Science Professor of Philosophy B.A., M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; B.S., Fordham University; B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City M.S., Touro College M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University University of New York NYPD Crime Scene Detective (retired) Crime Laboratory Detective Serologist (retired) Michael Hogan Sara Gronim Associate Dean, College of Education & Director, Graduate Program, History Department; Kent Hatch Information Sciences Associate Professor of History Assistant Professor of Biology Director, Clinical Education & Professional B.S.N., Boston University; B.S., Brigham Young University; Certifications M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at Madison B.A. Spring Hill College York; M.A. University of South Alabama Ph.D., Rutgers University Melvin R. Heck Ph.D. University of Alabama Professor of Education Anke Grosskopf B.A., University of North Dakota; Steven Hollander Associate Professor of Political Science and M.B.A., Long Island University; Associate Professor of Education International Studies M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University B.S., M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of B.A., University of Mannheim; New York; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Steven G. Heim Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University Associate Professor of Computer Science Azad Gucwa B.A., M.S., Long Island University; Jody Howard Assistant Professor of Biomedical Sciences D.M.A., Stony Brook University Interim Director of Palmer School; B.S., Ph.D., Stony Brook University Associate Professor of Library and MT (ASCP) Walter Heimer Information Science Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Metropolitan State College; Sheila A. Sidlett Gunther B.A., Allegheny College; M.L.S., University of Denver; Chair, Foreign Languages Department; M.A., Ph.D., The New School for Social Research M.A., University of Colorado; Associate Professor of Foreign Languages Ph.D., Emporia State University B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania Alexander Henderson Assistant Professor Health Care and Public Gregory S. Hunter Michael Hadani Administration Director, Doctor of Philosophy in Information Assistant Professor of Management B.A., M.P.A., Villanova University Studies Program; B.A., M.A., The Hebrew University; Ph.D., Rutgers (The State University of New Director, Certificate Program in Archives and Ph.D., Syracuse University Jersey) Records Management; Professor of Library and Information Science Cheryl Halliburton-Beatty Steven Hess B.A., St. John's University; Associate Professor of Dance Associate Professor of Foreign Languages M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., New York University B.A., Boston University A.B., City College, City University of New York; M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University Mary Infantino Chair, Nursing Department; Margaret Hallissy Willie Hiatt Associate Professor of Nursing Professor of English Assistant Professor of History B.S., Molloy College; B.A., St. John’s University; B.A., University of Kentucky; M.S., Ph.D., Adelphi University M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University M.A., Tulane University; R.N., A.N.P. Ph.D., University of California at Davis Jan Hammond Kathy Keenan Isoldi Associate Professor of Education Katherine C. Hill-Miller Assistant Professor of Nutrition B.S. State University of New York Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; B.A., Queens College; M.S. Western Connecticut State University Professor of English M.S., Ph.D., New York University Ed.D. Teachers College, Columbia B.A., Fordham University; R.D., C.D.E. M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University Robert Hannafin David Jalajas Dean of College of Education & Information Mellissa J. Hinton Associate Professor of Management Sciences Head, Technical Services; A.B., Occidental College; B.S. Accounting, St. Francis College Associate Professor, Library M.S., San Jose State University; M.B.A. Finance, Fordham University, NY B.A., State University of New York at Oswego; Ph.D., Stanford University Ph.D. in Education, Arizona State University, M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island University Tempe, AZ Lorene Hiris Joan Harrison Professor of Finance Professor of Art B.S., Brooklyn Campus, Long Island University; B.A., M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island M.B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University University; D.P.S., Pace University
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 232 C.W. Post Campus
David Jank Christine Kerr John J. Koshel Assistant Professor of Library and Information Director, Art Therapy Associate Professor of Film Science Associate Professor of Art B.A., Hamilton College; B.A., Northeastern University; B.A., Finch College; M.F.A., New York University M.S., Simmons College M.A., University of San Francisco; M.S., Baruch College, City University of New Ph.D., Saybrook Research Center Louisa Kramer-Vida York; Assistant Professor of Education Ph.D., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University Susan Ketcham B.A. Marymount Manhattan College Professor, Library C.A. S. P.D., Ed.D. Hofstra University David A. Jasen Brentwood Campus Professor of Media Arts B.S., Slippery Rock University; Thomas Krichel B.A., American University; M.S., M.L.S., Long Island University Associate Professor of Library and Information M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University Science Alex Kim Diplome, Université des Sciences Sociales de James Joyce Assistant Professor of Marketing and International Toulouáe; Director of Radiologic Technology Business Magistre, Université de Paris, Sorbonne; B.S., S.U.N.Y. Downstate Medical Center; B.S., M.A. in Economics, University of Illinois at M.A., University of Exeter; M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University Chicago Ph.D., University of Surrey RT(R) Ph.D., Purdue University Harvey W. Kushner Estelle Kamler Lawrence Kirschenbaum Chair, Criminal Justice Department; Professor of Education Associate Professor, Library Professor of Criminal Justice B.A., M.A., Queens College, City University of Periodicals Department B.A., Queens College, City University of New New York; B.S., City College of New York York; Ed.D., Hofstra University M.L.S., Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New Minna Kapp York; Gerald Lachter Associate Professor of Nursing M.S., Manhattan College Chair, Psychology Department; B.S., Hunter-Bellevue, City University of New Professor of Psychology York; Stanley Klein B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; M.B.A., Baruch College, City University of New Professor of Political Science M.A., Columbia University; York; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University New York R.N. Danielle Knafo Professor of Psychology Catherine Larkin Stewart Karp B.A., M.A., Tel Aviv University; Associate Professor, Library, Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Digital Services and Slide Library B.S., Queens College, City University of New New York B.A., Long Island University; York; M.A., Queens College (CUNY); M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of New York Loretta Knapp Ph.D., Long Island University Deputy Vice President for Academic Affairs; Kathleen Keefe-Cooperman Associate Professor of Nursing Seung Lee Assistant Professor of Education B.S.N., State University of New York Downstate Director, Graduate Studies and Fine Arts B.A., Rhode Island College; Medical Center; Professor of Art M.A., Pace University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University B.F.A., Maryland Institute of Art M.S., University of Hartford; R.N. M.F.A., Pratt Institute Psy.D., University of Hartford Nada Kobeissi Seung Yeon Lee Robert Keisner Associate Professor of Management Art Therapy Program Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Houston; Assistant Professor of Art B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; M.I.M., Baylor University; B.S., Yonsei University M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New M.B.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University M.A., New York University York; Ed.D., Columbia University Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Nana Koch Associate Professor of Education Paula E. Lester Patrick J. Kennelly B.A., M.A., Adelphi University; Director, Doctor of Education in Associate Professor of Geography M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Interdisciplinary Educational Studies B.S., Allegheny College University Program; M.S., University of Arizona; Senior Professor of Education Ph.D., Oregon State University Michael E.D. Koenig B.A., M.A., Lehman College, City University of Professor of Library and Information Science New York; B.S., Yale University; M.S., Pace University; M.S., M.B.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., New York University Ph.D., Drexel University
Page 233 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Gavrielle Levine Glenn Magee Suzanne M. McGuirk Associate Professor of Education Chair, Philosophy Department; Clinical Instructor of Radiologic Technology B.A., Barnard College, Columbia University; Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., S.U.N.Y. Albany; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; B.A., George Mason University M.S., M.S., M.S., C.W. Post. Long Island Ph.D., Columbia University M.A., Ph.D., Emory University University RT(R) Roberta Levitt Christopher Malinowski Assistant Professor of Education Associate Professor of Computer Andrea Sabatini McLoughlin B.S., University of Bridgeport; Science/Management Engineering Associate Professor of Education M.A., Hofstra University; B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; B.S., Stony Brook University; P.D., Ph.D., Hofstra University M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University M.S., Queens College, City University of New York; Lee Yuen Lew Robert Manheimer Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, University Assistant Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education Park B.Sc., M.Ed., University of Malaya (Malaysia); B.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New Ph.D., University of Iowa York; Richard McNabb M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University Professor of English Eric Lichten B.A., M.A., Ph.D., The University of Arizona Chair, Sociology and Anthropology Department; Laura Manzari Professor of Sociology Associate Professor, Library James W. McRoy B.A., Queens College, City University of New Reference Services Chair, Department of Music York; B.A., M.L.S., Queens College (CUNY); Director, Bands M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City J.D., St. John’s University Professor of Music University of New York B.A., M.S., Aaron Copland School of Music, Sandra Mardenfeld Queens College, (CUNY) Steven Liebling Director of Print / Electronic Journalism D.A., Ball State University Professor of Physics Assistant Professor of Media Arts B.A., Brown University; B.S., SUNY at Buffalo Karin A. Melkonian M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin M.A., New York University Pre-Health Professions Advisor; Associate Professor of Biology Jozsef Losonczy Luis R. Martinez B.A., Connecticut College; Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Biomedical Sciences Ph.D., Stony Brook University B.A., New York University; B.S., University of Puerto Rico; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology M.S., Long Island University; Elizabeth Mezick M.B.A., Pace University; Associate Professor, Library Arthur Lothstein Ph.D., Albert Einstein College of Medicine Reference Services Professor of Philosophy B.B.A., Adelphi University; B.A., Queens College, City University of New Ethel Matin M.S.L.S., Long Island University York; Professor of Psychology M.S., Long Island University M.A., Ph.D., New York University B.A., Hunter College, City University of New York; Jennifer Scott Miceli Kathryn Lusteg Ph.D., Columbia University Program Director, Music Education; Associate Dean, College of Education Associate Professor of Music and Information Sciences; Dona McDermott B.M., The Hartt School of Music, University of Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor, Library Hartford; B.S., State University College at Geneseo; Instructional Services M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music, M.A., P.D., Long Island University; B.A., Marymount Manhattan College; University of Rochester Ph.D., New York University M.L.S., St. John’s University; M.B.A., Long Island University Edmund Miller Deborah Lutz Senior Professor of English Associate Professor of English Sheila McDonald B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; B.A., University of Colorado at Boulder; Associate Professor of English M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of B.A., Howard University; Ph.D., Stony Brook University New York M.A., City College, City University of New York; Ph.D., Stony Brook University Richard K. Mills John Lutz Professor of Art Chair, English Department; A. Scott McGowan B.A., M.F.A., City College of New York Assistant Professor of English Senior Professor of Education B.A., M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island B.S., University of Scranton; Ronald Minge University; M.A., Niagara University; Professor of Education Ph.D., Stony Brook University M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University B.A., Western Washington College; M.A., Ph.D., Washington State University
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 234 C.W. Post Campus
Joel Mittler John O’Hare Glynis Pereyra Professor of Education Clinical Coordinator of Radiologic Technology Assistant Dean, College of Liberal Arts and B.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New B.A., M.S., Adelphi University Sciences; York; RT (R) Director, Interdisciplinary Studies Program M.S., Professional Certificate, Queens College, B.A., Kutztown State University of Pennsylvania City University of New York; Karen Ogulnick Ph.D., University of Maryland M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Associate Professor of Education University B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh; Ilene Leopold Persoff M.A., Hunter College, City University of New Associate Professor of Accounting Sue Moon York; B.A., Brandeis University; Assistant Professor of Management Ph.D., New York University M.S., Long Island University; B.Com, M.I.R., Queens University (Canada) C.P.A. Ph.D., University of Toronto, Rotman School of Frank Olt Management Program Director, Ceramics; James Peters Professor of Art Professor of Mathematics and Physics Panos Mourdoukoutas B.F.A., M.F.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island B.S., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of New York; Chair, Economics Department; University Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technology Professor of Economics B.A., University of Salonica; Camilo Ortiz Nancy J.S. Peters M.A., Florida Atlantic University; Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., Stony Brook University B.S., Cornell University; B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University Roslyn Muraskin Amherst Director, Long Island Women’s Institute; Roger Pierangelo Professor of Criminal Justice Dennis A. Pahl Associate Professor of Education B.A., Queens College, City University of New Director, Graduate Program, English B.S., St. John's University; York; Department; M.S.Ed., P.D., Queens College; M.A., New York University; Professor of English Ph.D., Yeshiva University M. Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City B.A., University at Albany, State University of University of New York New York; E. Mark Pires M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Associate Professor of Geography Muhammad Muslih Buffalo B.A., University of Vermont; Professor of Political Science M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University M.A., American University of Beirut; Anthony Palumbo M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University Assistant Professor of Education Joseph Piro B.A., M.S.Ed., St. John’s University; Associate Professor of Education Suzanne Nalbantian P.D., Ed.D., Hofstra University B.A., St. Francis College; Professor of English M.A., City University of New York, Queens B.A., Barnard College, Columbia University; Shailendra Palvia College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University Professor of Management Information Systems M.S., Fordham University; B.S., Indian Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., Teachers College, Columbia Ilene L. Nathanson M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota University Director, Master of Social Work Program; Director, Center of Aging; Lawrence Paretta Louis Pisha Professor of Social Work Assistant Professor, Library Head, Interlibrary Loan B.S., Cornell University; Reference Services Associate Professor, Library M.S.W., D.S.W., Yeshiva University B.A., Hofstra University A.A., Rockland Community College; M.S. L., I. S., Long Island University B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo; John C. Neill M.C. J., Boston University M.L.S., Rutgers University; Associate Professor of Psychology D.L.S., Columbia University B.A., University of California at San Diego; Heather Parrott M.A., Ph.D., Boston University Assistant Professor of Sociology Patrizia Porrini B.S., College of Charleston; Associate Professor of Management Martin L. O’Connor M.A., Ph.D., University of Georgia B.S., M.B.A., New York University; Associate Professor of Criminal Justice Ph.D., Leonard N. Stern School of Business, New B.A. C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; Marilyn Pedalino York University J.D., Hofstra University Assistant Dean of College of Education & information Sciences Maria Porter Terence O’Daly B.A. St. John’s University Director of Theatre Associate Professor of Art M.S. Emerson College Professor of Theatre B.F.A., Southampton College; Ph.D. Boston College B.A., M.F.A., University of California, San Diego M.A., New York Institute of Technology
Page 235 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Joan Powers Justin R. Renz Grace Rossi Director, Photography Associate Professor of Health Care and Public Professor of Psychology Senior Professor of Art Administration B.A., Susquehanna University; B.A., M.F.A., Brooklyn College (CUNY) B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Hunter College, City University of New M.B.A., D.P.A., New York University York; Manju Prasad-Rao Ph.D., The Graduate School, City University of Head, Instructional Media Center Jeong-eun Rhee New York Associate Professor, Library Associate Professor of Education B.A., Mount Carmel College (India); B.A., Ewha Women’s University; Sheldon N. Rothman M.A., Central College (India); M.A., West Virginia University; Co-Director, Graduate Program, Mathematics M.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., Ohio State University Department; M.S.L.S., M.S., Long Island University Professor of Mathematics Eduardo Rivera, Jr. B.A., M.A., Queens College, City University of Nicholas J. Ramer Assistant Professor, Library New York; Associate Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Reference Services Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Sciences; B.A., Stony Brook University New York Associate Professor of Chemistry M.S., Hofstra University B.S., B.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island M.S. L. I. S., Long Island University Udayan Roy University; Professor of Economics Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania William Roberson B.Sc., Presidency College, Calcutta University; Head Librarian, Brentwood Campus Ph.D., Stony Brook University P.M. Rao Professor, Library Professor of Marketing and International Business B.A., M.S., SUNY at Stony Brook; David Rozenshtein B.A., University of Madras; Advanced Certificate in Library and Information Associate Professor of Computer Science M.B.A., University of Toledo; Science, St. John’s University; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Stony Brook University Ph.D., Leonard N. Stern School of Business, New M.S.L.S., Long Island University York University Wendy A. Ryden Wendy Roberts Coordinator, Writing Across the Curriculum; Shaireen Rasheed Assistant Professor, Library Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Education Reference Services B.A., Drew University; B.A., State University of New York at Stony B.A., M.L.S., SUNY at Buffalo M.F.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New Brook; York; M.A., New School for Social Research; Lisa Robinson Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Assistant Professor of Film New York B.A., University of California at Berkeley Jill H. Rathus M.F.A., New York University Joelle Saad-Lessler Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., Cornell University; Lawrence Rocks B.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University M.A., Ph.D., Stony Brook University Professor of Chemistry B.S., Queens College, City University of New William Saffady Winn Rea York; Professor of Library and Information Science Director, Art Foundation M.S., Purdue University; B.A., Central Michigan University; Assistant Professor of Art D.Sc., Technische Hochschule (Vienna) M.A., M.S.L.S., Ph.D., Wayne State University B.F.A., James Madison University; M.F.A., University of Iowa Jennifer Rogers Joseph Sanacore Assistant Professor of Sociology Professor of Education R.H. Red Owl B.A., University of California at Irvine; B.A., Adelphi University; Professor of Education M.A., Ph.D., University of California at Santa M.A., New York University; A.B., Erskine College; Barbara M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; M.P.A., Georgia State University; P.D., Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Georgia Jorge Rosario-Vélez Ed.D., Hofstra University Associate Professor of Foreign Languages John J. Regazzi B.A., M.A., Inter-American University of Puerto Scott Santagata Professor, College of Education and Information Rico; Assistant Professor of Biology Sciences Ph.D., Stony Brook University B.S., University of Rhode Island; B.A., St. John’s University; M.S., American University; M.A., University of Iowa; Rebecca Rosner Ph.D., University of Southern California M.S.L.I.S., Columbia University; Associate Professor of Accountancy Ph.D., Rutgers University B.S., B.B.A., Brooklyn College; Alessandra (Sandy) Sarcona M.B.A., Ph.D., Baruch College, City University of Director of Dietetic Internship New York; B.S., East Carolina University; C.P.A. M.S., New York University R.D., C.S.S.D.
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 236 C.W. Post Campus
Kristin Schaefer-Schiumo Hyun Shin Soopum Sohn Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Marketing and International Associate Professor of Film B.S., Cornell University; Business B.F.A., Chung Ang University; Art Center College M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University B.B.A., M.B.A., Seoul National University, South of Design Korea M.F.A., American Film Institute; New York John Scheckter M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign University Professor of English Ph.D., U.C.L.A., Anderson School of Management A.B., Grinnell College; Michael Soupios M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa Jongtae Shin Director, Graduate Program, Political Science Assistant Professor of Management and International Studies Department; Maithili Schmidt-Raghavan B.A., Seoul National University (South Korea) Professor of Political Science Professor of Philosophy M.S., Seoul National University (South Korea) B.A., St. Lawrence University; B.A., M.A., Nagpur University; M.S. Stanford University M.S., M.A., M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor Ph.D., Columbia University Island University; M.A., D.Min., Seminary of the Immaculate Bette E. Schneiderman Michael Shodell Conception; Associate Professor of Education and Professor of Biology Ed.D., Columbia University; Library and Information Science B.S., Stony Brook University; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo; B.A., M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley Ph.D., Fordham University Ph.D., Hofstra University Barbara Shorter Amy E. Spaulding Conrad Schoeffling Associate Professor of Nutrition Professor of Library and Information Science Head, Special Collections B.S., Hunter College, City University of New B.S., Williamette University; Associate Professor, Library York; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh; B.A., Iona College; M.S., New York University; D.L.S., Columbia University M.S.L.S., M.A., Long Island University M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University Phyllis Kudder Sullivan William A. Schutt, Jr. Shahid Siddiqi Senior Professor of Art Associate Professor of Biology Professor of Marketing and International Business B.S., Hofstra University B.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island University; B.S., Calcutta University; M.F.A., Long Island University M.A., State University of New York at Geneseo; M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management Calcutta; Ph.D., Cornell University Ph.D., Wharton School, University of Brian Sweeney Pennsylvania Assistant Professor of Sociology Jonna Gormely Semeiks B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; Associate Professor of English Marshall L. Silverstein M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University at Bloomington B.A., Hunter College, City University of New Professor of Psychology York; B.A., Rutgers University; Rachel Szekely Ph.D., Rutgers University M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University Assistant Professor of English B.A., Smith College; Mark Shapiro Neill G. Slaughter Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Program Director, Choral Activities Professor of Art New York Assistant Professor of Music B.F.A., University of Georgia B.A., Yale University M.F.A., Indiana University Michelle Y. Szpara G.P.D., Peabody Institute of Johns Hopkins Associate Professor of Education University Dianne Slavin B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Diplome, Ecole Normale de Musique de Paris Chair, Communication Sciences and Disorders Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania D.M.A., Stony Brook University Department; Associate Professor of Education Molly R. Tambor Zenu Sharma B.S., Boston University; Assistant Professor of History Assistant Professor of Finance M.A., Ph.D., New York University A.B., M.A., Smith College; B.Com., M.S.in Finance, Punjab University (India) Ph.D., Columbia University Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute June Ann Smith Associate Professor of Education Seetha M. Tamma Susan Shenker B.A., Northern Caribbean University (formerly Chair, Biomedical Sciences Department; Assistant Professor of Education West Indies College); Professor of Biomedical Sciences B.A., Arcadia University M.A., Andrews University; M.S.W., Yeshiva B.Sc., M.Sc., Andhra University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University University; Ph.D., University College Cork Ph.D., Andrews University
Page 237 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
Lillian Hess Tanguay Hilary Vidair Robert Wildman Associate Professor of Geology Assistant Professor of Psychology Program Director, Arts Management B.A., Buffalo State College; B.A., Stony Brook University; Associate Professor in the Department of Theatre, M.A., Brooklyn College, City University of New M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra University Film, Dance and Arts Management York; M.F.A., Yale School of Drama Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of Emily Walshe B.A., Stanford University New York Associate Professor, Library, Reference Services Lesley Wolk Lois Tepper B.A., Kalamazoo College Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor of Psychology M.S.L.I.S., M.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Island B.A., M.A., University of the Witwatersrand B.A., M.A., Hofstra University; University Johannesburg, South Africa; Ph.D., Stony Brook University Ph.D., Syracuse University Jiamin Wang Stephen T. Tettelbach Associate Professor of Management Joyceln Yen Yen Woo Professor of Biology B.E., M.E., Ph.D., Tsinghua University (China) Associate Professor of Education B.S., University of Miami; B.A., National University of Singapore; M.S., University of Washington; Stephanie D. Watt PGDE National Institute of Education; Nanyang Ph.D., University of Connecticut Program Director, Piano Studies; Technological University; Program Director, Theory Studies; Ed.M., Ph.D., Teachers College, Columbia Efleda Tolentino Professor of Music University Assistant Professor of Education B.F.A., M.A., M.S., C.W. Post Campus, Long B.A., M.A., University of the Philippines; Island University Vincent Wright Ph.D., New York University Associate Professor of Music Thomas C. Webster B.A., City College, City University of New York Scott Torns Professor of Health Care and Public Certificate, Fontainebleau Ecole (Fontainebleau, Assistant Professor of Education Administration France) Doctor of Chiropractic, NY Chiropractic College A.A., B.A., Graceland College; M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Amy Wysoker Donna M. Tuman Professor of Nursing Chair, Art Department Gail Weintraub B.S., SUNY Downstate Medical Center; Director, Art Education Visiting Instructor of Education M.A., New York University; Associate Professor of Art B.S., Indiana State University; Ph.D., Adelphi University B.S., M.S., Queen’s College, City University of M.A., Adelphi University New York; Baichun Xiao Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University Tzipi Weiss Chair, Management Department; Director, Baccalaureate Social Work Program; Senior Professor of Management Jean Uhl Associate Professor of Social Work B.S., Nanjing University (China); Associate Professor, Library B.A., Tel Aviv University; M.B.A., Catholic University of Leuven (Belgium); Instructional Media Center M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Wharton School, University of B.A., M.L.S., M.S., Long Island University M.S.W., D.S.W., Adelphi University Pennsylvania
Donald L. Ungarelli Shawn Welnack Wei Yang Professor, Library Assistant Professor of Philosophy Associate Professor of Management B.A., M.S.L.S., M.S.Ed., Long Island University; B.A., M.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin at B.S., HuaZhong University of Science and D.A.L.M., Simmons College Milwaukee Technology, WuHan (China); Ph.D., Tulane University M.S., Tsinghua University, Beijing (China); James Vacca M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University Chair, Special Education and Literacy Mary Westermann-Cicio Department; Associate Professor of Library and Information Maria Zarycky Associate Professor of Education Science Associate Professor, Library, Instructional Media B.A., State University of New York at Brockport; B.A., M.S.L.S., M.P.A., C.W. Post Campus, Long Center M.A., P.D., State University of New York at Island University; B.A., M.L.S., State University of New York at Albany; M.A., Ph.D., Stony Brook University Buffalo; Ph.D., Syracuse University of New York M.S., Long Island University Stephanie White Ernestine Marie Vellozzi Senior Professor of Computer Science Susan Zeig Associate Professor of Biomedical Sciences B.A., Hunter College, City University of New Program Director, Film B.S., M.S., Ph.D., St. John’s University; York; Professor of Film M.S., College of Pharmacy and Allied Professions, M.S., New York University; B.S., Empire State College, State University of St. John’s University M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic University New York Diplomat (American Board of Medical Microbiology)
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 238 C.W. Post Campus
Mahmoud Zeinalian Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Sharif University of Technology; M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate Center, City University of New York
Qiping Zhang Assistant Professor of Library and Information Science B.S., M.S., Peking University (Beijing, China); M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Zhaohui Zhang Associate Professor of Finance B.S., Shaanxi Institute (China); M.S., Ph.D., Texas Tech University
Ling Zhu Assistant Professor of Management LL.B., Shanghai Jiao Tong University (China); LL.M., Ph.D., The University of Arizona
Bruce Zitkus Associate Professor of Nursing B.S.N., S.U.N.Y. Albany; M.S.N, Stony Brook University; Ed.D., Dowling College A.R.N.P., A.N.P.-B.C., F.N.P.-B.C., C.D.E.
Page 239 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
CAMPUS ADMINISTRATORS Joseph Granitto Theresa Mall Mullarkey B.A., M.A. B.S. Director of English Language Institute Chancellor Debra J. Annibell B.A. Joanne Graziano '93 Lisa L. Mulvey '94 Assistant Vice President for Human Resource B.S., M.B.A. B.S. Administration and International Employment Assistant Provost for Admissions and Recruitment Associate Vice President for Development Associate Provost for Student Financial Services and Alumni Relations Francis N. Bonsignore B.S., M.P.A. Adam Grohman '00 Mary Nigro '86, '96 Dean, College of Management B.F.A. B.S., M.S., Ed.D. Director of Student Conduct and Community Director of Recreational Sports Edward A. Boss, Jr. Education; Veteran and Military Affairs B.A. Coordinator Sarah Ralls Bursar B.A. William Gustafson Director of Sports Information Fr. Ted Brown B.M., M.M., D.M.A B.S., M.A., M.Div. Associate Provost for Student Success Paul Rapess '09 Director of Religious Life B.S., M.S., M.S. Robert D. Hannafin Director of Public Safety Catherine Calame '01 B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. B.A., M.B.A. Dean, College of Education and Information Susan Rock Director of Admissions Marketing Sciences B.A., M.A. Director of Learning Support Center Beth Carson '91 Jessica Hayes '96, '01 B.A., M.S. B.S., M.S., Ed.D. Kay Hutchins Sato Registrar Assistant Provost for International B.S., Ed., M.Ed., Ed.S., Ed.D. Student Services Assistant Provost, Continuing Education & Jason Cascone Hutton House Lectures B.S., M.A., M.C.D.P., L.M.H.C. Carlyle Hicks Director of Career Development B.A., M.A. Denise Seigel '71, '94 Director of Residence Life B.A., M.A. MaryAnn Clark Director of Transfer Admissions B.S., M.S., Ed.D. Katherine Hill-Miller Dean, School of Health Professions and Nursing B.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. Elliott Sroka Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences B.A., M.A., Ph.D. William Clyde, Jr. '86 Executive Director, Tilles Center B.S., M.S. Rita Jorgensen '74, '78, '86 Director of Arthur O. Eve Higher B.F.A., M.A., M.S. Karen Urdahl Education Opportunity Program/MLK/EAP Director of Non-Traditional Student Programs B.S. Director of Financial Assistance Bryan Collins William Kirker B.S. B.S. Amy L. Urquhart '76, '79 Director of Athletics and Head Football Coach Director of Facilities Services B.S., M.S. Assistant Provost for Student Affairs Valeda Frances Dent Rita Langdon '91, '95 B.A., M.S.W., MILS B.S., M.A. Dana Weiss '95, '05 Dean of University Libraries Associate Provost and Director of Public B.A., M.S., M.B.A. Relations Senior Assistant Provost for Budget and Theresa Duggan Auxiliary Services B.S. Nancy Marksbury '02, '04 Director of Conference Services B.A., M.S. Ian Wright Deputy CIO-Information Technology B.S., M.S.Ed. Ronald Edwards Director of International Admissions B.S. John McLoughlin '08 Human Resources Officer B.A., M.P.A Noel Zahler Assistant Provost for Academic & Career B.A., M.A., M.F.A., D.M.A. David Follick Planning and Institutional Effectiveness Dean, School of Visual and Performing Arts B.S. and M.Ed. Director of Freshman Admissions William Milford Carol Zerah B.A., M.S.W., C.S.W., B.C.D. B.A., M.S. Paul Forestell Director of Student Health and Counseling Director of Graduate Admissions B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Provost
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 240 C.W. Post Campus
LONG ISLAND UNIVERSITY TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION
Board of Trustees
CHAIRMAN Peter Gibson ’82 Martin L. Sperber H’09 Edward Travaglianti Michael Gutnick ’68 David Sterling Steven S. Hornstein ’80 Sharon Sternheim SENIOR VICE CHAIR Alfred R. Kahn ’ 84, H’05 Ronald J. Sylvestri ’66 Thomas L. Pulling Shirley Strum Kenny Rosalind P. Walter H’83 Eric Krasnoff SECRETARY Leon Lachman TRUSTEES EMERITI Steven J. Kumble H’90 Brian K. Land ’86 William F. de Neergaard ’47, H’98 Byron E. Lewis ’53 Donald H. Elliott H’85 MEMBERS David H. Lipka Eugene H. Luntey H’98 Linda Amper ’78, ’85 Howard M. Lorber ’70, ’91, H’01 John M. May Roger L. Bahnik Angelo Mangia Richard Stark Stanley F. Barshay ’60 Michael Melnicke William Zeckendorf, Jr. H’92 Mark A. Boyar ’65 Theresa Mall Mullarkey John R. Bransfield, Jr. Salvatore Naro ’83 EX OFFICIO Roland A. DeSilva ’62 Richard P. Nespola ’67, ’73 David J. Steinberg Michael Devine ’68 William Nuti ’86 Michael N. Emmerman ’ 67 Joel Press ’68 H-indicates honorary doctorate from Long Island George L. Engelke, Jr. Edward E. Shorin H’99 University Daniel B. Fisher ’ 67 Harvey Simpson
University Officers
David J. Steinberg Richard W. Gorman Daniel J. Rodas B.A., M.A., Ph.D., B.A., M.S.W. B.A., Ed.M., M.B.A., Ph.D. Litt.D., LL.D. D.H.L. Vice President for University Relations Vice President for Planning; President Vice President for Human Resources Gale Stevens Haynes ’72, ’76 (M.S.) Robert N. Altholz B.A., M.S., J.D., LL.D. Mary M. Lai ’42, H’86 B.A., M.B.A. Provost B.S., M.S., D.H.L., D.B. Vice President for Finance and Treasurer Brooklyn Campus Senior Adviser and Treasurer Emerita
George Baroudi Jeffrey Kane B.S. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Vice President for Information Technology Vice President for Academic Affairs
Paul H. Forestell Lynette M. Phillips B.A., M.A., Ph.D. B.A., J.D. Provost Vice President for Legal Services C.W. Post Campus and University Counsel
Page 241 C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Bulletin 2011 - 2012
University Administration Loretta Knapp Susan Shebar ’96 B.S.N., M.A., Ph.D. B.A., M.A. Kathleen A. Campo Deputy Vice President for Academic Affairs University Director of Development Services Executive Assistant to the President Kamel Lecheheb Spencer S. Simon Claude Cheek B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.B.A. B.A., M.A., M.B.A. Deputy CIO, Dean of Information Technology, University Director of Academic Workload Associate Vice President for Institutional Research Brooklyn Campus Matthew A. Siebel Elizabeth Ciabocchi David Mainenti B.A., J.D. B.S., D.C., Ed.D. B.S., M.S. Associate Counsel Associate Vice President for Instructional Associate Vice President for Student Technology & Faculty Development Financial Services and Compliance Nancy Sissons A.A.S. Lisa Conza Nancy Marksbury Director of University Fringe Benefits Programs B.S. B.A., M.S. Associate Vice President for Human Resources Deputy CIO, C.W. Post Information Technology Elliott Sroka B.F.A., M.F.A., Ph.D. Valeda Frances Dent Kathleen Morley Executive Director, Tilles Center B.A., M.S.W., MILS B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Dean of University Libraries University Director of Assessment Matilda Tazzi Director, University Mailing, Duplicating, and John Doran Catherine Murphy Courier Services B.A. B.A., J.D. Senior Director of Employee Benefits Associate Counsel Peter Tymus B.E. Christopher Fevola S. Gavi Narra Associate Vice President for Capital Projects B.S. B.S., M.S. Associate Vice President, University Director of Deputy CIO, Information Systems Paola Villatoro-Ragusa ’00 Budgets and Procurement B.A., M.A. Margaret J. Natalie Staff to the Board of Trustees Melodee A. Gandia ’00 A.S., B.S. B.S., M.S. Director of Purchasing Kim Volpe-Casalino Associate Vice President for Development B.A., M.A. Linda Noyes Assistant Vice President for Public Relations Heather Gibbs ’03 C.P.P. B.A., M.S. Associate Controller for Compensation Gail D. Weiner Assistant Vice President, Operations and Tax Compliance B.A., M.A., J.D. Office of the President Assistant Vice President for Joseph Pelio Jr. ’93 Employee Relations Robert Glass B.S., M.S. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Controller for Accounting Services Christopher A. Williams, Esq. University Dean of International Education; B.A., J.D. Dean of Global College Frank Perugini Associate Vice President for Public Policy, B.S. Government and Foundation Relations
Jennifer S. Goodwin Assistant Vice President for Web Communications B.A., C.F.R.E. Associate Vice President for Development M. Peggy Riggs ’89 and Campaign Operations B.S. Academic Budget Officer Salvatore Greco B.S., M.S. Anthony J. Riso Associate Vice President for Information Systems B.S., M.B.A. Assistant Controller Stephen Hausler ’02 B.A. Kathryn S. Rockett ’82 Assistant Vice President for Creative Services B.S., M.A., M.B.A. Assistant Vice President for Sponsored Research Lee Kelly B.A., M.B.A., Ed.D. Mark Schmotzer Associate Vice President for Compensation B.S., M.B.A., C.P.A. Associate Vice President and Controller
C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University Graduate Bulletin 2011 - 2012 Page 242